h
Ym&
\!L
«**
r
.' iti m
5#*
THE
JOURNAL
OF THE
Bombay Natural History Society.
EDITED BY
IMC. FHXPS O 3SB" , CIME.Z.3S.,
AND
VOL. XV.
Consisting of Five Parts and containing Twelve Coloured Plates,
Eighteen Lithographs, Two Photographs and Sixty -two Blocks,
Dates of Publication,
Part I(Pages 1 to 16}) 10th June, 1903.
„ II (Pages 162 to S7 4) 28th Oct., 1903.
„ III (Pages 375 to 536) 15th Feb., 1904.
„ IV (Pages 537 to 735) ... ... ... ... ,. 27th June, 1904.
„ V (Index t &cl) ... ... ... IQth Oct., 1904.
D oilt'a g:
PRINTED AT THE TIMES PRESS, BOMBAY.
1
ERR A T A.
Page 304, liae 21, after the figure 26 read " Driqiadia:'
Page 306, line 15, for '* Xeronia ,1 read " ETonta."
Page 414, in the figure, the letterings " pt " and " pal " should be transposed.
Page 415, line 5, for " Wope" read " Hope."
Page 511, last line, for " rubescens " read " erubescent."1'1'
Page 510, line 26,
Page 513, line 17,
Page 514, line, 30 for " rink,*'' read " ring.
, line 26, ")
Y for « Tonglie" read "Touglv,:'
Page 513, line 17, J
CONTENTS OF VOLUME XV.
V
PA.GE.
New Species of Indian Hymenoptera. By Major C. G. Nurse,
13tb Bombay Infantry 1
The Moths of India. Supplementary Paper to the Volumes
in " The Fauna of British India." Series II, Part IX. By
Sir G. F. Hampson, Bart., f.z.s., f.e.s 19
On Two Cetaceans from Travancore. By H. S. Ferguson.
With a Note on the same. By R. Lydekker, b.a., f.r.s.,
f.g.s., Ac. (With Plates A $ B) 38
A List of the Butterflies of the Konean. By E. H. Aitken
and E. Comber , 42
The Poisonous Plants of Bombay. By Lt.-Col. K. R. Kirtikar,
I.M.S., f.l.s., Member, Association Internationale des Bota-
nistes, Holland, Civil Surgeon, Ratnagiri. Part XX. (With
Plate V) 56
The Birds of the Madhubani Sub-division of the Darbhanga
District, Tirhot, with Notes on Species noticed else-
where in the District. By C. M. Inglis. Part VI 70
The Ferns of North- Western India. By C. W. Hope. Part •
III— The General List 78
Snake-Bites and Poisonous Fishes. By P. W. Bassett-Smith,
M.R.C.S., r.n 112
Miscellaneous Notes —
1. — Size of remarkable Trees. By G. Marshall Woodrow... 131
2. — Nesting notes from Kashmir. By Kenneth Buchanan,
Major, 4th Sikhs 131
3. — Notes on a few Caterpillars of Indian Sphingidtfi. By
A. H. Mosse, Lieut., i.s.c 133
4. — Number of eggs of the Daboia ( Vipera Eusselli). By
A. H. Mosse, Lieut., i.s.c 134
5. — The incubation of a Cuckoo's egg. By A. H. Mosse,
Lieu ., i.s.c, Assist. Political Agent, Mahi Kantha... 134
6. — A Centipede eating a Snake. ( With a Photograph.)
By W. P. Okeden 135
7. — A Man-eating Panther. By L. S. Osmaston, Deputy
Conservator of Forests ,.... 135
8. — Note on the Breeding of certain Herons, etc., in Southern
India. By H. N. Packard, C, R. Apta t, 138
52038
vi CONTENTS.
TAGS.
Miscellaneous Notes — contd.
9. — Queer find of a Painted Snipe's egg. By H. N. Packard,
Capt., R.A • , 139
10. — Bird's nesting in Southern Shan States of Burma. By
H. H. Harrington, Capt 140
11.— Rare Ducks. By E. C. Stuart Baker 141
12.— Gazelle taking to Water. By G. S. Rodon, Major 142
13.— The Crested Grebe. By E. C. Stuart Baker ...- 142
14. Food of the Hamadryad or King Cobra. By W. H.
Craddock 143
15. — Occurrence of the Cotton Tea] (Nettapus Coromandelia-
nus) in Sind. By J. W. Parrington, Lieut., 47th
1 hi L I 0 1 \ • I V • i * £1.* ■•*•••••••••••■ «o* «••••• !•■«••••*•••••••••••• It"*-
16. — Food of Melursus ur sinus (The Sloth-Bear or Indian
Bear). By H. R. G. Hasted 144
17. — Felis Bengalensis (The Leopard Cat.) By H. R. G.
Hasted 144
18. — Notes on Birds near Quetta. By J. W. Watson, Capt.,
i.m.s 144
19. — Note on Hiercctus fascialus. By W. D. dimming 145
20. — Prehistoric-Man-Hunting in India. By H. W. Seton-
Karr ....„ , 14G
21. — Drought-resisting Fodder Plants for India. By W.
Wedderburn 148
Proceedings of the Meetings held on the 5th February, 5th
March and 16th April 1903 156
Insect Life in India and How to Study it, being a Simple
Account of the more important Families of Insects,
with Examples of the Damage they do to Crops, Tea,
Coffee and Indigo Concerns, Fruit and Forest Trees in
India. (With a Plate.) By E. P. Stebbing, f.l.s., f.e.s.... 163
A List of the Batrachians known to inhabit the Malay
Peninsula, with some Remarks on their Habits, Distri-
bution, &c. By A. L. Butler, f.z.s., m.b.o.u., &c.
(Director of Game Preservation, Soudan Government) 193
The Moths of India. Supplementary Paper to the Volumes
in " The Fauna of British India." Series II, Part X.
(With Plate C.) By Sir G. F. Hampson, Bart., f.z.s., f.e.s.. 206
CONTENTS. vii
PAGE.
The Gaur and the Gayal (Bos gaurus and Bos frontalis). By
E. C. Stuart Baker, p.z.s 227
The Birds of Travancore. By H. S. Ferguson, f.l.s., with
Notes on their Nidification. By T. F. Bourdillon, f.l.s.
(With a Plate) 249
Notes on the Anopheles in Ceylon and on the Life History
of Anopheles fuliginosus. Giles. By Major N. Man-
ders, r.a.m.c., f e.s. (With Remarks and Drawings —
Plates A and B — by E. E. Green, f.e.s., Entomologist to
ihe Government of Ceylon) , 265
The Trees and Shrubs of the Lonavla and Karl a Groves.
By G. A. Gammie, f.l.s., Professor of Botany and Agri-
culture, College of Science, Poona 279
The Classification of the Lepidoptera papilionina. By
L. C. H. Young, Entomological Hony. Secy, to the Bombay
Natural History Society 294
" Kills " by Carnivorous Animals, being some Remarks on
the Method of their Identification. By W. A. Wal-
Hnger, Divisional Forest Officer, Dharwar 312
A Catalogue of the Heterocera of Sikhim and Bhutan. By
G. C. Dudgeon, f.e.s., with Notes by H. J. Elwes, f.r.s.,
&c, and Additions by Sir George Hampson, Bart, b.a., f.e.s.,
&c. Part XV 319
The Anopheles of Karwar (North Kanara). (With a Plate.)
By H. Cogill, m.r.c.s., l.r.c.p., Acting Civil Surgeon,
Sholapur 327
The Birds of the Madhubani Sub-division of the Dar-
bhanga District, Tirhut, with Notes on Species noticed
elsewhere in the District. By C. M. Inglis. Part VII... 337
Miscellaneous Notes —
1. — Late Stay of Snipe. By C. D. Lester, Captain 344
2.— A Panther Experience. By T. R. D. Bell 344
3. — The Four-horned Antelope (Tetracerus quadricornis), By
G. S. Rodon, Major 34G
4. — The Nesting of the Yellow-browed Bulbul (Iole icterica)
and the Spotted Babbler (Pellorneum ruficeps). By
R. M. Betham, Major, 8th Bombay Infantry 346
5.— Eood of Dry o plus my cterizans. By A. M. Primrose ... 347
viii CONTENTS.
PAGE.
Miscellaneous Notes — concld.
6. — Note on Clangula glaucion (The Golden-Eye). By E.
C. Stuart Baker, f.z.s 348
7. — The Enemies of Butterflies. By C. G. Nurse, Major,
13th Bombay Infantry 349
8. — Curious accident to a Kingfisher. By E. C. Cholmon-
deley 350
9. — Late Stay of the Sheldrake (Tadorna cornuta) in Tirhut
and peculiar form of Albinism in the Common Heron
(Ardea cinerea). By Chas. M. Inglis 350
10. — Notes on Birds near Quetta. By T. E. Marshall, Capt.,
R.A 351
11. — Sambar killed by Wild Dogs. By Reginald H.
Heath 355
12.— Further Notes on Konkan Butterflies. By E. Comber. 356
13. — The Golden Cat (Feh's temmincklii). By L. 0. Clarke,
i.c.s 357
14. — Dr. Calmette's Antitoxic Serum and the Poison of the
Daboia ( Vipera Russelli). By G. S. Rodon, Major. 358
15. — Ferocity of the Hamadryad or King-Cobra (Naia
bungarus). By W. Raby Noble 358
16.— Notes on the Insects of Quetta. By C. G. Nurse,
Major, 13th Bombay Infantry 359
17. — Curious accident to the Common Swift (Cypselus
affinis). By M. D. Mackenzie 362
18. — Four interesting Bombay Plants. [With 3 Plates.)
By G. Marshall Woodrow 363
19. — Rat killed by Lead-poisoning. By A. C. Yate, Lieut.-
Col., 2nd Baluch Battn , 364
20.— The Food and Poison of Centipedes. By W. D.
dimming 364
21. — Jatropha enrcas. By F. Gleadow „ 365
22. — Parasites in Peregrine Falcons. By S. Delme Rad-
clifFe, Capt., Meywar Bhil Corps 365
23. — Dioscorea dcemona. Roxb. By G. M. Ryan, i.f.s.,
f.l.s „ 366
Proceedings of the Meetings held on the 23rd July and 24th
September 1903 368
CONTENTS. ix
PAGE.
Insect Life in India and How to Study it, being a Simple
Account of the more important Families of Insects,
with Examples of the Damage they do to Crops, Tea,
Coffee and Indigo Concerns, Fruit and Forest Trees in
India. Part II. By E. P. Stebbing, f.l.s., f.e.s 375
A List of the Batrachians known to inhabit the Malay
Peninsula, with some Remarks on their Habits, Distribu-
tion, &c. By A. L. Butler, f.z.s., m.b.o.u., &c. (Director
of Game Preservation, Soudan Government) 387
The Use of Calmette's Antivenine in Snake-Bite in India.
By Lt.-Col. W. B. Bannerman, m.d., b.sc, f.r.s.e., Indian
' Medical Service 483
On two Dolphins from Madras. {With Plates C and D). By
R. Lydekker 408
The Ferns of North-Western India. By C. W. Hope 415
Descriptions of Three New Frogs from Southern India and
Ceylon. (With a Plate). By G. A. Boulenger, f.r.s.,
v.p.z.s , 430
The Present Position of Economic Entomology in India.
By H. Maswell-Lefroy, m.a., f.e.s., f.z.s., Entomologist to
the Government of India 432
A New Termite from India. Described by J. Desneux (Brussels) 445
The Colouration of Birds' Eggs. By D. Dewar, i.c.s 447
The Birds of Travancore. By H. S. Ferguson, f.l.s., with
Notes on their Nidification. By T. F. Bourdillon, f.l.s.
{With a Plate.) P Art II 455
The Collections in the Society's Museum. By E. Comber,
f.z.s. . 475
Synonymic Catalogue of the Lepidoptera papilionina in the
Society's Collection. By L. C. H. Young, Hon. Secy.,
Insect Section of the Bombay Natural History Society 483
Further Notes on the Classification of Indian Butterflies.
By L. C. H. Young, F.E.S. 498
A List of Travancore Batrachians. ( With Plates A, B and C.)
By H. S. Ferguson, f.l.s 499
Miscellaneous Notes —
1. — Notes on the Breeding of Certain Birds near Darjeeling.
By B. B. Osmaston, i.f.s , , 510
x CONTENTS.
PAGE.
Miscellaneous Notes — contd.
2. — Occurrence of the Cotton Teal in Guzerat. By A. H.
Mosse , , 515
3(a). Some Panther Notes. By A. H. Mosse 516
3(6). Some Panther Notes. By W. D. Gumming 517
4. — Notes on the Nidification of the Indian Black-breasted
Rain-quail (Corturnix Coromandelica.) By R. H.
Heath 518
5. — The Nesting of Lanius collurioides (The Burmese Shrike)
and Artamus fnscus (The Ashy Swallow Shrike) in
Upper Burma. By H. H. Harington, Capt. ... 519
6. — The Nesting of Pomatorlmws nuchalis (The Tweeddate
Scimitar Babbler). By H. H. Harington, Capt. .. 519
7. — The Koel laying in the Nest of Pica rustica (The Magpie).
By H. H. Harington, Capt 520
8. — Birds Nesting in Garwhal. By S. L. Whymper. 520
9. — Sand-grouse and Locusts. By R. H. Heath 522
10. — Occurrence of the Dwarf Goose (Anser erythropus) in
Assam. By E. C. Stuart-Baker 524
11. — Cannibalism in Snakes. By F. Wall, Capt., i.m.s 524
12. — The Oceanic or Andaman Teal (Nettium alUgulare).
By Chas. M. Inglis « 525
12(6). The Oceanic or Andaman Teal (Nettium albigulare).
By N. F. Wilson, Commander, R.I.M.S. "Canning." 525
13.— On the Penis of Russell's Viper. By F. Wall, Capt.,
i.m.s 526
14. — Note on Young Fishing Cat (Felis viverrina ). By F.
Wall, Capt., i.m.s 526
15. — The Manipur Bush-quail, or Hume's Bush-quail (Micro-
perdix Manipur ensis). By H. B. Thornhill, Lt.-Col.. 527
16. — Locusts in Gujarat. By A. H. Mosse 528
17. — Extraordinary Courage of a Panther. By L. C. Brodie. 529
18. — Occurrence of Sarcogrammus indicus (the Red-wattled
Lapwing) in the Dibrugarh District, Upper Assam.
By H. Stevens 529
19. — Occurrence of Horeites brunneifrons (the Rufous-capped
Bush-warblcr). By H. Stevens , 530
CONTENTS. xi
PAGE.
Miscellaneous Notes — concld.
20.— Butterflies of the Konkan District. By L. C. H.
Young v 530
21. — Enemies of Insects. By L. C.H.Young 530
22. — Occurrence of the Common Indian Bee-eater (Merops
viridis) in Baluchistan. By C. G. Nurse, Major, 1.18th
Infantry 530
23. — The Enemies of Butterflies. By H. Maxwell Lefroy ... 531
24. — A Note on the Habits of Chlorion (Sphex) lobatus. By
H. Maxwell Lefroy 531
25.— Abnormal Growth of Trees. By C. E. C. Fischer, i.f.s. 532
26. — Some Notes on Harrier Hawks in Uva, Ceylon. By F.
Sikes 529
Proceedings of the Meetings held on the 5th November
and 17th December 1903 , 534
Notes on the Flora of Northern Ganjam. By Cecil E. C.
Fischer, i.f.s 537
New Species of Indian Hymenoptera, apid^e. By Major
C. G. Nurse, 113th Infantry 557
The Wild Plantain (Musa superba, Roxb.). By G. M.
Ryan, i.f.s., f.l.s. {With a Photograph) .= 586
The Distribution of Butterflies in India. By L. C. H.
Young, b a., f.e.s 594
A Catalogue of the Heterocera of Sikhim and Bhutan. By
G. C. Dudgeon, f.e.s. With Notes by H. J. Elwes, f.r.s., &c,
and Additions by Sir George Hampson, Bart., b.a., f.e.s., &c.
Part XVI 602
The Origin of the English Names of Plants. By the late
Thomas Comber, f.l.s 614
The Moths of India (Supplementary Paper to the Volumes
in " The Fauna of British India "). By Sir G. F. Hamp-
son, Bart., f.z.s., f.e.s. Series III, Part I 630
The Birds of Travancore. By H.S. Fergusson, f.l.s. With
Notes on their Nidification by T. F. Bourdillon, f.l.s.
Part II 654
Notes on some of the Plants introduced into the Victoria
Gardens, Bombay, during the past 8 Years. By Cavasji
D. Mahaluxmivala. Part IV 674
2
xii CONTENTS.
PAGE,
Two Notorious Insect Pests. By R. S. Hole, i.f.s., f.c.h.,
f.e.s., Officiating Deputy Conservator of Forests. {With
Plates A to E) 679
On the Original Home of the Tiger. By Col. C. F. Stewart,
C.B., C.M.G., c.i.e „ 698
Notes on the Habits of the Hoolock. By Geo. Candler, m.b.
(Cantab.) 700
The Ancestry of the Horse. By R. L 703
Miscellaneous Notes —
1, — The Measurements of the Largest Pair of Indian Bison's
Horns (Bos gaums) in the Possession of the Bombay
Natural History Society. By W. S. Millard, Bony.
Secretary, Bombay Natural History Society 706
2. — The Food of the Common Krait (Bungariss candid us).
By F. Wall, Capt., i.m.s 706
3. — The Flamingo (Phcenicopterus roseus) Breeding on the
Runn of Cutch. ( With a Plate.) By Rao Khengarji... 706
4. — Tiger versus Bear. By W. H. Lane, Capt., Indian Army. 707
5. — Late Stay of Snipe. By W. H. Lane, Capt., la., Burma
Military Police 708
6.— Late Stay of Snipe. By E. H. Aitken 709
7. — Notes on Birds' Nesting from Poona. By R. M. Betham,
Major 709
8. — The Himalayan Nut-cracker (Nucifraga hemispila) and
other Walnut-eating Birds. By W. Osborn, Lt.-
General 712
V. — Nesting of the Hornbills. By W. Osborn, Lt.-General.. 715
10. — The Black and Yellow Grosbeak (Hesperiphona icter hides).
By W. Osborn, Lt.-General 716
11. — Occurrence of the Whooper Swan (Cygnus musicus) in
Sind. By J. Crerar, i.cs 716
12. — The Crested Hawk-Eagle (Spizoetus cirrhatus). By
C. E. C. Fischer, i. f.s 716
13. — Birds Bathing in Cloudy Weather. By A. Newnham,
Major 717
14. — Natural Checks on Over-increase. By A. Newnham,
Major 717
15. — The Occurrence of Rare Birds in India. By E. C.
Stuart Baker, F.z.s , - 718
CONTENTS. xiii
PAGE.
Miscellaneous Notes — concld.
16. — A Large Baobab Tree. By W. B. Bannerman, Lt.-Col.,
i.m.s 718
17.— Doves at Jullundnr. By H. A. F. Magrath, Major 719
18. — Tbe Occurrence of the Malay Fish-Owl (Ketupa javanen-
sis) in Assam. By H. N. Ooltart 719
19. — Fly-Fishing in the Bombay Presidency (Megalops cyprino-
ides) as a Fly- taker. With a plate copied from Thomas'
" Rod in India." By W. A. Wallinger 719
20. — The Large Brown Flying-Squirrel [Pteromys oral). By
A. F. Piuhey, Major, Resident, Meywar 721
21. — Indian Yams (Dioscorea doemona), Roxb. By G. M.
Ryan, i.f.s 721
22. — Shooting Notes in Oannanore. By F. Wall, Capt., I.M.S. 722
23. — The Lapwing or Peewit {Vanellus vulgaris). By H. H.
Harrington, Capt. 723
24. — Melanism amongst Panthers. By T. A. Hauxwell,
Conservator of Forests ...0 723
25 — Papilo Machaon in Baluchistan. By C. G. Nurse, Major,
113th Infantry 723
26. — Occurrence of a Rare Sea Snake (Distira g tile spice) on
the Malabar Coast. By F. Wall, c.m.z.s., Capt., i.m.s. 723
27. — The Eggs of the Small Sun-Bird (Arachnecihra minima).
By J. Davidson 726
28. — Occurrence of the Ceylon White-ej^e (Zosterops Ceylonen-
sis) in the Nilgherries. By D. G. Hatchwell 726
29. — Occurrence of the White-throated Rock-Thrush, Petro-
phila (Monticola) gularis, in Burma. By K. C.
Macdonald. D. S. Police 727
30. — The Indian Edible-nest Svviftlet (Collocalia fuciphaga) in
the Pulney Hills. By R, Foulkes 727
31.— The Boldness of Panthers. By M. Young, York and
Lancashire Regiment 727
32. — A Viperine Snake which is Oviparous. By G. A. Miller. 729
Proceedings of the Meetings held on the 21st January, 25th
February, and 31st March 1904 731
LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.
VOH.TTJVEE :XV.
PAGE
Aitken, E. H., and K. Combeb,
F.Z.S. ; A List of the Butterflies
of the Konkan 42
; Late Stay of Snipe. 709
Baker, E. C. Stewart, F.Z.S. ;
Rare Ducks 141
; The Crested Grebe,.. 142
— ; The Gaur and the Ga-
yal (Bosgaurus and Bos frontalis'). 227
; Note on Clangula
glawcion (The Golden-Eye) ... 348
- ; Occurrence of the
Dwarf Goose {Anser erythropus)
in Assam 624
The Occurrence of
Rare Birds in India 718
Bannerman, Lt.-Col. W. B., M.D.,
B. Sc, F.R.S.B., I. M.S. ; The Use
of Calmette's Antivenine in Snake-
bite in India 403
; A large Baobab Tree. 718
Bassett-Smith, P. W., M.R.C.S.,
R.N ; Snake-bites and Poisonous
Fishes 112
Bell, T. R. D., I.F.S. ; A Panther
Experience 344
Beth am, Major K. M ; The Nesting
of the Yellow browed Bulbul (Iole
ieteriea) and the Spotted Babler
Pellomeum ruficeps) 346
— — ■ ; Notes on Birds-Nesting
from Poona 709
Boulexger, G. A., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. ;
Description of Three New Frogs
from Southern India and Ceylon.
(With a Plate) ... 430
Brodie,L. C. j Extraordinary Cour-
age of a PaDther 529
Buchanan, Major K., 4th Sikhs ;
Nesting Notes from Kashmir ... 131
Butler, A. L., F.Z.S., M.B.0 U , etc.
(Director of Game Preservation to
the Soudan Government); A List
of the Batrachians known to in-
habit the Malay Peninsular, with
some Remarks on their Habits, Dis-
tribution, etc 193j 387
PAGE.
Candler, G., M.B. (Cantab.) ; NoteB
on the Habits of the Hoolock „. 700
Cholmondeley, E. C. ; Curious
Accident to a Kingfisher 350
Clarke, L. O., I.C.S. ; The Golden
Cat QFelis temminclti) 357
Cogill, H., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P.
(Acting Civil Surgeon, Sholapur) ;
The Anopheles of Karwar, North
Kanara 327
Colt ART, H.N. ; The Occurrence of
the Malay FiBh Owl (Ketupa jxi-
anensis) in Assam 719
Comber, E., F.Z.S., and E. H.
Aitken; A List of the Butterflies of
the Konkan 42
; Further Notes on
Konkan Butterflies 356
5 The Collections in the
Society's Museum 475
Comber, T., F.L.S. (The late) ;
The Origin of the English Names
of Plants 614
Craddock, W. H. ; The Food of the
Hamadryad or King Cobra ... 143
Crerar, J., I.C.S; Occurrence of
the Whooper Swan (jCygnus mu-
sicuO 716
Cumming, W. D. ; Note on Hiercetus
fasciatus ... ._ li5
; The Food and Poison
of Centipedes 364
J Some Panther Notes. 517
Davidson, J. ; The Egjrs of the
Small Sun-bird (Arachnechthra
minima) 726
Dfsneux, J. (Brussels); A New
Termite from India 445
Dewar, D., I,C8.j The Colouration
of Birds1 Eggs 447
Dudgeon, G. C., F.E.S. ; A Cata-
logue of the Heterocera cf Sikkim
ard Bhutan, with Notes by H. J.
Elwes, F.R.S., etc., and Additions
by Sir George Hampson, Bart,,
BA, F.E.S., etc. Part XV-
XVI,
-319, 602
XVI
LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.
PAGE.
Ferguson, H. S., F.L.S ; On Two
Cetaceans from Travancore, with
a Note od the same, by R. Lydek-
ker, B.A., F.R S., F.G.S., etc.
(With Plates A. and B.) 38
. ; The Birds
of Travancore, with Notes on their
Nidification, by T. F. Bourdillon,
F.L.S. Part I. (With a Plate) ... 249
; Part II.
(With a Plate) 455, 654
; A List of Travancore
Batrachians, (With Plates A, B and
Oj ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• toV
Fischer, C. E.G., I.F.S.; Abnormal
Growth of Trees -. 532
; Notes on the Flora of
Northern Ganjam 537
; The Crested Hawk-
Eagle (_Spizaetus cirrhattts) ... 716
Foulkes, R. ; The Indian Edible
Swiftlet (jColloealia, fuciphaga)
in the Pulney Hills 727
Gammie, G. A., F.L.S. (Professor of
Botany and Agriculture, College
of Science, Poona) ; The Trees and
Shrubs of the Lonavla and Karla
Groves ... 279
GiuEADOW, F. ; Jatropha cnreas ... 3G5
Hampsok, Sir G. F., Bart., F.Z.S.,
F.E.S. ; The Moths of India.
Supplementary Paper to the
Volumes in "The Fauna of
British India." Series II, Part IX.. 19
; Series II, Part X.
(With Plate.) ... 206
. ; Series III, Part I ... 630
Harrington, Capt. H. H. ; Birds
Nesting in the Southern Shan
States of Burma ... 140
; The Nesting of Lanius
colluroides (The Burmese Shrike)
and Artamns fuscut (The Ashy
Swallow Shrike) in Upper Burma 519
■ ; The Nesting of Poma-
torrhinus nuchalis (The Tweeddale
Scimitar Babbler) 519
• ; The Koel laying in the
Ne9t of Plea rustica (The Magpie). 520
page-
Harrington, The Lapwing or Pee-
wit ( Vanellus vulgaris') 723
Hasted, H.R. G. ; The Food of
Melursus ursinus (The Sloth-Bear
or Indian Bear) 144
■ ; Felis bengalen-
sis (The Leopard Cat) 144
Hatchwell, D. G. ; Occurrence of
the Ceylon White-eye QZosterops
ceylonensis) in the Nilgherries ... 726
Hauxwell, T. A. (Conservator of
Forests) ; Melanism among Pan-
thers 723
Heath, R. H. ; Sambur killed by
Wild Dogs 355
; Notes on the Nidifi-
cation of the Indian Black-
breasted Rain Quail {Coturnix
coroviandelica) 518
Sand-grouse and
Locusts 522
Hole, R. S., I.F.S., F.C.H., F.E.S.
(Officiating Deputy Conservator of
Forests) ; Two Notorious Insect
Pests. (With Plates A to E) ... 679
Hope, C. W. ; The Ferns of North-
western India. Part III. The
General List
...78,415
Inglis, C. M. ; The Birds of the
Madhubani Sub-division of the
Darbhanga District, Tirhut, with
Notes on Species noticed elsewhere
in the District. Parts VI & VII. 70, 337
; Late Stay of Shel-
drake {Tadorna cornuta) in Tir-
hut, and peculiar Form of Albin-
ism in the Common Heron QAr-
dea cinerea) ... 350
; The Oceanic or An-
daman Teal QNettium albigulare). 525
EACH, H.H. the Maharao Rhen-
garji of ; The Flamingo (Plucni-
copterus rosevs') breeding in the
Rann of Each. (With a Plate) ... 706
Kirtikar, Lt.-Col. E. R., I.M.S.,
F.L.S. (Member of the Associa-
tion Internationale des Botanistes,
Holland, Civil Surgeon, Ratnagiri);
The Poisonous Plants of Bombay.
Part XX. (With Plate. V)
LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.
XTil
PAGE.
Kirtikar, R. L. ; The Ancestry of
the Borse ... ■. 703
Lane, Capt. W. H., I. A. ; Tiger
versus Bear ... ... 707
; Late Stay of Snipe. 708
Lefroy, H. Maxwell., M.A.,
F.E.S., F.Z S.f Entomologist to the
Government of India; The Present
Position of Economic Entomology
in India ... ... ... ••• 432
. . ; The Enemies of But-
terflies ... 531
— ■ ; A Note on the Habits
of Chlorion (Sphex)lobatus ... 531
Lester, Capt., C. D. Late Stay of
Snipe ••• 344
Lydekker, R., B.A., F.R.S , etc. ;
On Two Dolphins from Madras.
(With Plates C & D) 408
MacdonAld, K. C. ; Occurrence of
the White- throated Bock-thrush
{Petrophila [Mmticola'] gularis")
in Burma ... 727
Mackenzie, M. D.; Curious accident
to the Common Swift (jOypselus
ajjinis'). ... ... ... ... 363
Magrath, Major j H. A. F. Doves
at Jullunder 719
Maeuluxmivala, C. D. Notes
on some of the Plants introduced
into the Victoria Gardens, Bora-
bay, during the past 8 years.
Part IV 674
Manders, Major N., B.A.M.C.,
F.E.S ; Notes on the Anopheles in
Ceylon and on the Life History
of Anopheles fuliginosus (Giles).
With Remarks and Drawings
(Plates A and B) by E. E. Green,
F.E.S. (Entomologist to the Gov-
ernment of Ceylon) 265
Marshall, Capt. T. E., R.A.;
Notes on Birds near Quetta ... 351
Millard, W. S. (Honorary Secre-
tary , Bombay Natural History
Society) ; The Measurements of the
largest Pair of Indian Bison's
Horns (Bns gaums") in the Pos-
session of the Society 706
PAGE
Miller, G. A.; A. Viperine Snake
which is Oviparous 729
Mosse, Lieut., A. H., I.S.C.; Notes
on a few Caterpillars of the Indian
Sphingidas 133
; Number of Eggs of
the Daboia (Viper a russelli) ... 134
■ ; The
Incubation of a Cuckoo's Egg ... 134
; Occurrence of the Cot-
ton Teal in Guzerat 515
;Some Panther Notes 5)6
• ; Locusts in Guzerat .. 528
Newnham, Major A.; Birds Bath-
ing in Cloudy Weather 717
— — ; Natural
Checks on Over-increase 717
Noble, W. Raby ; Ferocity of the
Hamadryad or King Cobra (Naia
tungarus") 358
Nurse, Major C. G.; New Species of
Indian Hymenoptera 1, 557
; The Enemies of But-
terflies 349
' ; Notes on the Insects
of Quetta 359
; Occurrence of the
Common Indian Bee-eater (Merops
viridis) in Baluchistan 530
i Papilio machaon in
Baluchistan 723
Okeden, W. P. ;• A Centipede Eat-
isg a Snake. (With a Photo-
graph) 135
Osborn, Lt.-Genl. W. The Hima-
layan Nutcracker (Nucifraga
hemispila) and other Walnut-
eating Birds 712
; Nesting of the
Hornbills 715
■ ; The Black and Yellow
Grosbeak (Hesperiphona icterioi-
desj ... ... ... ... ... 716
Osmaston, B. B., I.F.S. ; Notes on
the Breeding of certain Birds near
Darjeeling 510
■ L. S. (Deputy Conser-
vator of Forests) ; A Man-eating
Fanther 135
XV1U
LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.
PAGE.
Packard, Capt. H. N., R.A.; Note
oq the Breeding of ceitain Herons,
etc , in Southern India 138
; Queer Find of a
Painted Snipers Egg 139
Parrington, Lieut. J. W., R.F.A. ;
Occurrence of the Cotton Teal
{Nettaput coromandelianus') in
Sind ... ... ••• ••• ••• 1*«
Pinhey, Major A. F (Resident at
Mey war) ; TheLarge Brown Flying
Squirrel ... 721
Peimrose, A. M.; Food of JDryophis
mycterizaus ... ... ••• 347
Radcliffe, Capt. S. Delme ; Para-
sites in Peregrine Falcons ... 3C5
Rodon, Major G. S. ; Gazelle
Taking to Water 142
; The Four-horned
Antelope {Tetracerus quadricor-
ni&) ... ... 349
Radclife, Capt. S. Delme ; Doctor
Calmette^ Antitoxic Serum and
the Poison of the Daboia (Vipera
russelli) ... ••• ••• ••• 358
Ryan, G. M., I.F.S., F.L.S.; Dioseo-
rea acemona ... 366
; The Wild Plantain
(Musa superba, Rox.) (With a
Photograph) 586
; Indian Yams (JDios-
oorea dcemona) ... 721
Seton-Karr, H. W. ; Prehistoric
Man-hunting in India 146
Sikes, F. ; Some Notes on Harrier
Hawks in Uva, Ceylon 529
Stevens, H. ; Occurrence of Sarco-
grammus indious (The Rod-wat-
tled Lapwing) in the Dibrugarh
District, Upper Assam 529
; Occurrence of Ho-
reites irunneifrons (The Rufous-
capped Bush Warbler) 530
Stewart, Col. C. F., C. B., C M.G.,
CLE. ; On the Original Home of
the Tiger C98
PAGE.
Stebbing, E. P., F.L.S , F.E.S.; In-
sect Life in India and how to
study it, being a simple Account
of the more impoitant Families of
Insects, with Examples of the
Damage they do to Crops, Tea,
Coffee and Indigo Concerns, Fruit
and Forest Frees in India. Parts
I and II 163, 375
Thornhill, Lt.-Col. H. B., The
Manipur Bush-Quail or Hume's
Bush-Quail (_Microperdix niani-
purensis) 527
Wall, Capt. F.,)I.M.S., C.M.Z.S.;
Cannibalism in Snakes 524
; On the Penis of
Russell's Viper 526
; Note on Young
Fishing Cat QFelis viverrina) ... 52 6
; The Food of the
Common Krait QBungarus can-
didus) 706
„. ■ ; Shooting
Notes in Cannanore 722
; Occurrence of a Par s
Sea-snake QDistira gilletpicB) on
the Malabar Coast 723
Wallinger, W. A. Divisional
Forest Officer) ; " Kills " by Car-
nivorous Animals, being some
Remarks on their Method of Iden-
tification 312
- ; Fly-fishing in the
Bombay Presidency {Megalaps
cyprinoides as a fly-taker), with
a Plate copied from Thomas1 " Rod
in India " 719
Watson, Capt. J. W., I.M.S.; Notes
on Birds near Quetta 144
Wedderburn, W. ; Drought-resist-
ing Fodder Plants for India ... 118
Whymper, S. L. ; Birds Nesting in
Garwhal 520
Wilson, Commander N. F., R.I. M.S.
"Canning11 ; The Oceanic or
Andaman Teal QNettium albi-
gulare")
525
LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.
xix
Page
Woodkow, G. Marshall; Size of
remarkable Trees 131
, — ; Four Interesting
Bombay Plants (with Three
Plates) S63
Yate, Lt.-Col. A. C. ; Pal killed by
Lead-poisoning 364
Young,L.C.H., B.A. (Oson.), F.E.S.
(Entomological Hon. Secy, to the
B.N.H.SO; The Classification of the
Indian Lepi&optera Papilionina... 294
Page
Young, L.C.H., B.A. (Oxon.), F.E.S.
(Entomological Hon. Secy, to the
B.N.H.S); Synonymic Catalogue
of the Lepidoptera Papilionina in
the Society's Collection 483
; Further Notes on the
Classification of Indian Butterflies 498
; Butterflies of the
Konkan District 530
; Enemies of Insects... 530
; The Distribution of
Butterflies in India 594
Young, M.; The Boldness of Pan-
thers 727
LIST OF PLATES.
"VOI-XT3VTES
The Common Wild Duck or Mallard (Anas boscas)
Pseudorca crassidens
Tursiops fergusoni
Jhatropa curcas, Linn. Nat. Ord. Euphorbiacese
Gymnogramme levingei, Baker, Plate XXXV
A Centipede eating a Snake
The Spot Bill or Grey Duck QA nas pcecilorliyncha')
Acridimn peregrinum, Oliv. — The North-West or Migratory Locust
Indian Moths, Plate C
Anopheles fuliginosus , Giles
}i 51 ) ) ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• •••
The Anopheles of Karwar
Agaricus ivoodrowii, Massee, Poona Brown Mushroom
Lepiota altissima, Massee, Vern. alini ...
Jatropha glandvlifera, Roxb., Vern. Underbibi
Frerea indiea, Dalz
The Red-crested Pochard {Netf-a rufi.no)
Tursiops catalania, ...
Sotalia fergusoni
Pana aurantiaca
1
Rliaeojyhorus pleurotcenia. \ New frogs from Southern India and Ceylon
Jxalus halyi J
Trochalopterum meridionale, Blanford's Laughing Thrush
Bhopocichla bourdilloni^ Bourdillon's Babbler
Travancore Batrachians, Plate A
,. .. %.j ±y ••# ••• ••• #•• ••• •••
.. u •• o «•• ••• ••• ••• ••• ■••
The Tufted Pochard, Fuligula fuligula
Muta superba (The Wild Plantain)
Notorious Insect Pests, Plate A ... ...
Nests and Egg3 of the Com -non Flamingo {PhrcnicoiJterus roscus)
Megalops ryprinoides ... ... ... ... ...
To face
page
1
*•• oo
... 40
... 56
... 135
... 163
... 163
... 206
... 270
... 272
... 328
... 363
... 363
... 364
... 364
... 375
... 408
... 412
... 430
... 456
... 456
... 500
... 500
... 500
... 537
... 586
... 680
... 682
... 684
... 686
... 690
... 706
... 720
ERRATA in No. 1, Vol. XV.
In page 78, after line 1— insert as line 8, " Tribe XI, Polypodmm."
In „ 90, in 16th line from foot— for " Thum," read " Thun."
In „ 102, in line 13 from foot — close up the "* •" and
the word " Fronds.''
In „ 103, inline 19 from top -for "Tribe B," read "Tribe
XIII"
In „ 106, before 14th line from foot— insert "Sub-order VI,"
Ophioglossacese.
u Geuus 33, Ophioglossum."
In „ 106, in 2nd line from foot— for " Ophisoglossum," read
il Ophioglossum."
In „ 107, in 7th line from top — after " Mr. Clarke," insert
''also."
In „ 108, in top line for " five," read " fine."
In „ 109, 7th line from top -for " Walliches," read "Wal-
lich's. "
In „ 111, at foot of page add—;, " End of Part III, The
General List."
o
o
CO
-p
-i
1
o
pq
&
o
»-3
Q
<
J
<
a
o
o
o
o
UJ
I
T3
vV
Vol. XV.
JOURNAL
OF THE
BOMBAY"
BOMBAY.
No. i.
NEW SPECIES OF INDIAN HYMENOPTERA.
By Major C. G. Nurse, 13th Bombay Infantry.
The following new species belong to the family Sphegidre. The
most interesting are two species of the little known genus Homogam-
brus, of which the 9 has not previously been described. Three species
of the genus Palarus have also been included below ; in the Indian
region this genus has hitherto only been recorded from Ceylon. Two
species in the following paper were sent me by Mr. G. C. Dudgeon,
who also forwarded their descriptions in M.S. Bis notes on Stigmus
cnculus are particularly interesting, as his observations confirm those of
Geraud that certain species of this genus store their nests with Aphidre.
A STAT A QUETTJ3 n. sp.
9 Smooth and shining, except the median segment, which is finely
longitudinally striate ; front very convex, pronotum somewhat long,
median segment gradually narrowed and rounded posteriorly.
Black ; the apices of the femora, and the whole of the tibia?, and tarsi
bright red ; abdomen red, the 3rd and 4th segments reddish black ;
pubescence sparse, greyish black ; wings hyaline, infuscatecl at apex,
radial cell very short, its apex not reaching beyond the apex of the 3rd
cubital cell, stigma dark testaceous, nervures and teguue pale testaceous.
$ Differs from the 9 as follows : less conspicuously shining, front
and mesonotum minutely but sparsely punctured, pubescence grey,
longer and denser, abdomen often reddish black ; wings clear hyaline,
their apices not infuscated, stigma less dark.
Long. 9 5-5 mm. $ 7 mm.
Habitat: Quetta.
l
2 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
This species is nearest to A. lubricata (Nurse) described from Deesa,
but differs in the sculpturing, and in the greater part of the femora
being black, and not red. I have several specimens of the $, but only
one of the $, and as it is much smaller than the other sex, it may be
an unusually small specimen.
HOMOGAMBEUS CREON, n. Sp.
$ Clypeus and front smooth and shining, rnesonotum, scutellum,
and post scutellum sparsely punctured, median segment striate, the
striations longitudinal at base, oblique at the sides, almost semicircular
at apex in the centre, abdomen minutely punctured ; front above the
base of antennas raised almost tuberculate, median segment roundly
truncate posteriorly, abdomen scarcely as long as thorax. Black; the
mandibles, legs, and apical abdominal segment red ; the apical margins
of the abdominal segments very narrowly reddish ; pubescence silvery,
in some lights with a golden tinge, especially on the clypeus and front;
the bases of 1st and 2nd abdominal segments more or less pruinose ;
wings hyaline, nervures and tegulea pale testaceous.
Long. 6-7 mm.
Habitat : Deesa, five specimens : Quetta, one specimen. The
latter has the whole abdomen red, but does not appear to differ in
other respects from the Deesa specimens, and I conclude it must be
the same species.
This genus has not previously been recorded from India, in fact only
a few species are known.
HOMOGAMBRUS MENELAUS, U. Sp.
$ Front minutely but not very regularly, vertex and thorax
more coarsely punctured, median segment finely reticulate, abdomen
minutely punctured ; head broader than the thorax, clypeus very
prominent and convex, its apical margin nearly transverse, with two
notches in the centre ; the portion of the front above the base of
antennae raised, smooth and shining; eyes convergent towards tho
vertex, but not meeting, their distance apart at vertex being about half
as much again as the distance of the anterior ocellus from the margin
of the eyes ; posterior ocelli flattened, but not obsolete ; antenna? with
the scape as long as the 2nd and 3rd joiuts of the flagellum united, the
second being slightly the longer ; median segment with a semicircular
portion at base reticulate ; abdomen scarcely longer than thorax, apical
segment with a smooth and not very clearly defined pygidium.
NEW SP3CIES OF INDIAN I7YMEN0PTERA. 3
Black and shining 5 the apical margins of the abdominal segments, the
tibias and tarsi, testaceous: a little short, golden, pubescence on the
ctypeus and front ; wings hyaline, nervures and teguke pale testaceous.
Long. 4 — 5-5 mm.
Habitat : Peshin, Baluchistan, three specimens ; Deesa, one speci-
men. The latter, however, differs from the Peshin specimen in
having the whole of the legs red, and the apical margins of the abdo-
minal segments not testaceous. The appendicular nervure is also
more clearly defined. But the sculpture does not appear to differ from
that of the other specimens, and I think that it is the same species.
No 9 of this genus has, I believe, been hitherto described, but,
although 1 have not obtained a $ of this species, I have little doubt
that I have correctly placed it. It is too small to be the other sex of
H. creon above.
TA.CHYTES DILWARA, n. Sp.
9 Head and thorax extremely minutely and closely punctured, ab-
domen minutely aciculate ; clypeus convex, transverse anteriorly ; an
impressed line from between bases of antennas through anterior ocellus
to vertex ; median segment with a median longitudinal furrow. Black ;
the greater part of tho femora, and the whole of the tibias and tarsi red ;
pubescence on clypeus, front, and legs golden, on the thorax and base
of first abdominal segment greyish and somewhat sparse, except on the
median segment ; pile on abdomen silvery, a few stiff, black hairs on
apical abdominal segments, pygidium with stiff golden-red and black
hairs intermingled, appearing golden-red when viewed obliquely ;
wings flavo-hyaline, nervures pale testaceous, tegulje red ; third cubital
<eell much narrowed, narrower than the second both above and below.
Long. 12-16 mm.
Habitat : Mount Abu.
Nearest to T. modesta, from which it can be distinguished by the
hairs on the pygidial area being black and golden-red, not silvery.
Tachytes shiva, n. sp.
9 Differs from T. dilwara above only in the median segment being
shorter and the whole of the legs being black, not red ; the legs are
covered with golden pile, and the spines are testaceous red, as in T,
dilwara.
Long. 16 mm.
Habitat. Deesa ; Mount Abu.
4 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Larra netera, n. sp.
9 Head shining, the clypeus and vertex minutely and closely punc-
tured, the extreme apex of the clypeus impunctate ; mesonotum, scutel-
lum, and postscutellum rather more deeply and less finely punctured
than the head, median segment finely transversely striate, with punc-
tures between the striae ; abdomen shining, the bases of the segments
extremely minutely punctured, their apices impunctate ; apex of clypeus
waved, scarcely emarginate ; front above the antenna3 with three sol-
cations, impunctate and very shining ; ocellus situated in a hollow, ano-
ther and slighter hollow whore the posterior ocelli should be ; mesono-
tum with a slight impressed median longitudinal line at base ; median
segment roundly truncate posteriorly, with a trace of a longitudinal
carina ; pygidium with a few scattered punctures. Black ; the greater
part of the mandibles, the intermediate and posterior femora and tibiae
red ; all the spines of the legs more or lessrufo-testaceous ; scarcely any
pubescence except on the thorax below, where it is short and greyish ;
wings fusco-hyaline, the hind wing at base hyaline, nervures dark tes-
taceous, tegulse rufo-testaceous.
Long. 13-17 mm.
Habitat : Quetta.
Allied to L. erratka, but may be distinguished from it by having
the intermediate femora and tibiae, and the posterior tibia?, red and not
black.
Palarus indicus, n. sp.
$ Clypeus with a few shallow punctures, front, vertex, and prono-
tum impunctate, mesonotum and scutellum sparsely punctured, post-
scutellum impunctate, median segment with oblique, almost semicircular,
striations, abdomen sparsely and shallowly punctured ; mandibles Avith
a wide incision on their outer margin, eyes at vertex about as far apart
as the length of the third joint of the antennre ; clypeus small, very
convex, nearly semicircular, its apex rounded ; front with the portion
between the base of antennae and the ocelli much raised, almost iubercu-
late, with a median longitudinal impressed line ; anterior ocellus large
and round, situated in a deep hollow ; posterior ocelli elongate-oval,
with a fovea between them ; antennae with the scape short and stout,
the third joint the longest, fourth and fifth subequal ; pronotum moder-
ately wide, depressed in tha centre ; median segment rounded in the
middle posteriorly, with a wide median depression, deepest posteriorly,
NEW SPECIES OF INDIAN TIYMENOPTERA. 5
the lateral angles slightly raised and very conspicuous ; abdomen long-
er than the head and thorax united, first ventral segment with two
conspicuous tubercles, third ventral segment very much produced be-
low, seventh ventral segment with two small tubercles, pygidium elon-
gate, with a deep median groove, its apex notched; a little short,
sparse, silvery pubescence on the front, cheeks, legs, and apical abdo-
minal segments. Head with the clypeus, anterior portion of front, ver-
tex, and occiput black ; antennse yellow at base, gradually becoming
red at apex ; thorax black, the pronotum yellow, tubercles and a spot
above them yellowish red, scutellum and postscutellum red ; abdomen
yellow, the first segment and the depressed portions of the remaining
segments, including the pygidium, light red; the margins of all the
segments when extended very narrowly black ; legs red. Forewing
flavo-hyaiine, its apical margin lighter, the portion about tli3 appen-
dicular cell infuscated ; hindwing lighter flavo-hyaliue, its margin hya-
line ; nervures testaceous, tegulpe reddish yellow ; second cubital cell
very slightly stalked, third cubital cell reaching just beyond the apex
of the radial cell ; both recurrent nervures received into the second
cubital cell, the first just within its inner angle, the second one-third
the length of the cell on the cubital nervure from its outer angle.
Long. 16 mm.
Haritat : Deesa ; a single specimen.
Palarus quiescens, n. sp.
9 Clypeus with a few shallow punctures, front im punctate ; meso-
notum minutely and closely punctured at the sides, sparsely and coarse-
ly in the centre, scutellum with a few scattered punctures; median
segment striate, the striae longitudinal at base, oblique at the sides,
transverse at apex ; abdomen finely and closely, but somewhat irregu-
larly, punctured; the distance apart of the eyes at vertex is about the
length of the third joint of the antennse, which is the longest ; clypeus
small, convex, its anterior margin rounded, from its posterior margin
to the anterior ocellus runs a conspicuous ridge ; anterior ocellus the
largest, the posterior ones oval ; pronotum narrow, and depressed be-
low the level of the mesonotum ; median segment below the level of the
posts cmtellum, its posterior lateral angles raised and conspicuous ; pygi-
dium long and narrow, impunctate, with its margins raised \ ventral
segments not produced below. Yellow ;. the tips of the mandibles, two
irregular marks on the front between the base of , antennae and the
6 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
vertex, the mesonotum, except a U-shaped marked, a spot-behind the
tegulae, the base and median furrow of the median segment, the base
and apex of the abdominal segments, and small round lateral spots on
the latter, black ; antenna? and the bases and apices of some of the ab-
dominal segments more or less red ; pygidium yellow at base, red at
apex ; a little silvery pile on the front ; wings hyaline, nervures tes-
taceous, tegulas yellow ; the appendicular cell is not very clearly
marked, tri9 third cubital cell reaches considerably beyoud the radial
cell, the third cubital nervure being received near the apex of the
radial cell, which is broadly rounded ; the second cubital cell, which is
only very slightly stalked, receives both recurrent nervures, the first
well within its inner angle, and the second at a slightly greater distance
from its outer angle.
$ Differs from the 9 as follows : first ventral segment with two
small tubercles, second ventral segment much produced below, pygidium
shorter, much broader, tridentate at apex, the middle tooth slightly,
but not much, longer than the lateral ones ; the third cubital nervure
is received farther from the apex of the radial cell and the first recurrent
nervure is interstitial, or nearly so, with the first transverse cubital
nervure.
Long. 8-10 mm.
Habitat : Deesa ; five specimens. One 9 has the yellow markings
much less developed than the others, and the greater part of the thorax,
especially below, is black.
Palarus fabius, n. sp.
9 Allied to P. quiescens above, but differs as follows : smaller
and less robustly built comparatively, mesonotum impunctate, abdomen
more sparsely punctured, thorax with long silvery pubescence, no
U-shaped mark on mesonotum, and less yellow on the thorax gene-
rally ; wings with the nervures paler testaceous, the first recurrent
nervure interstitial with the first transverse cubital nervure j all the
femora and sometimes the tarsi more or less red.
9 Smaller than the same sex of P. quiescens ; the front, except the
clypeus, black, thorax darker and withont the U-shaped mark on the
mesonotum ; the black markings of the abdomen more developed,
pygidium with the central tooth much longer than the lateral ones, all
the femora more or less black.
Long, 6-8 m«e.
NEW SPECIES OF INDIAN HYMENOPTEPA. 7
Habitat : Deesa.
The above three species are easily distinguished from P. orientalis,
the only speeies previously recorded from the Indian region, by the
much greater convergence of the eyes.
MlSCOPHUS QUETTAENSIS, n. Sp.
9 Head, thorax, and abdomen very minutely and closely punctur-
ed, median segment finely obliquely striate ; clypeus slightly raised in
the centre, its apex almost transverse ; front with a median longitudinal
impressed line ; abdomen scarcely longer than thorax. Black, with
bronzy reflections ; basal two abdominal segments dark red ; head,
thorax, apical portions of abdominal segments, and legs with sparse,
short, silvery pile ; wings hyaline, their apices slightly infuscated.
$ Similar, slightly smaller, abdomen longer in proportion, the
segments slightly constricted, front with golden pile.
Long. 5 mm.
Habitat : Quetta ; two specimens.
This species may be easily known from both M. rothneyi, and from
M. difficilis described below, by its being punctured.
MlSCOPHUS DIFFICILIS, 11. Sp.
9 $ Head, thorax, and abdomen smooth and shining ; clypeus
much broader than long, rounded anteriorly ; front between base of
antennae and anterior ocellus with a longitudinal impressed line •
median segment rounded posteriorly, with a trace of a median longi-
tudinal furrow, the segment microscopically striate at base, the stria?
oblique at the sides, transverse in the centre. Black ; the scape of the
antennae, the tibiae, and tarsi red ; wings hyaline, forewing fuscescent
along the costal margin, nervures and tegulee black.
Long. 3-4 mm.
Habitat : Peshin, Baluchistan ; six specimen?.
This lSj I believe, the smallest species yet dpscribed.
Gastrosericits electus, n. sp.
9 Head and thorax minutely aciculate, abdomen smooth ; clypeus
much broader than long, emargiuate anteriorly ; median segment
rounded posteriorly ; pygidium with a few scattered punctures. Head
and thorax black ; the base of the mandibles, clypeus, the greater part
of the soape and sometimes the flagellum of the antennae, the abdomen,
the greater part of the femora, and the whole of the tibiae and tarsi,
red ; head, thorax, and abdomen covered with a short, silvery pile,
8 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
which in some lights has a golden tinge ; pygidium without pubescence
(possibly abraded) ; wings hyaline, nervures testaceous, tegulae red.
Long. 5-6 mm.
Habitat : Deesa ; three specimens.
Of the four Indian species hitherto described, three, viz., G. rothneyij
G. wrougldoni, and G. nifitarsis can be at once distinguished from
the present species by their much larger size ; G. binghami has the legs
more or less yellow ; G. Waltlii from Egypt has the abdomen chiefly
black, and is much larger.
Trypoxylon mediator, n. sp,
$ Head, thorax, and abdomen impunctate, median segment with
the basal half somewhat coarsely reticulate ; clypeus much produced an-
teriorly, its margin rounded, and reaching well below the lower mar-
gin of the eyes ; anteunae close together at base, inserted some distance
above the posterior margin of clypeus ; the second joint of thoflagellum
the longest, slightly longer than the apical joint ; emargination of the
eyes deep but narrow, distance of eyes apart at posterior margin of cly-
peus only half their distance apart at vertex ; a deep furrow from an-
terior ocellus to base of antennae, the portion of the front on either side
of it and just in front of anterior ocellus much raised ; median furrow
of median segment not conspicuous, no lateral furrows ; first abdomi-
nal segment very long, slightly longer than second and third united,
the two latter subequal. Black; the mandibles, base of the tibiae, cal-
caria, and the tarsi more or less rufo-testaceous ; pubescence silvery,
very thick on clypeus and front ; wings hyaline, nervures black, tegu-
l?e testaceous ; the radial cell conspicuously long.
$ Similar, smaller, the antennas longer, their apical joint curved
and pointed ; the intermediate and posterior tarsi rufo-testaceous only
at the bases of the joints.
Long. 7-LO mm.
Habitat : Quetta ; several males and one female. The latter I
found nesting in a hole in the trellis work of my verandah.
Of the ludian species the present is nearest to T. cognatum, but may
be distinguished by the median segment being reticulate and not
striate.
Ammophila bolanica, n. sp.
9 Head, prouotnm, mesonotum, and scutellum posteriorly some-
what sparsely punctured, scutellum posteriorly finely but obscurely
NEW SPECIES OF INDIAN HYMENOPTEHA. 9
striate, median segment finely and regularly rugose, abdomen smooth
and shining; eyes with their inner orbits nearly parallel, elypeus broader
than long, arched anteriorly ; posterior ocelli nearer to one another
than to the margin of eyes ; antennae with the third joint the longest,
but not so long as the fourth and fifth united ; pronotum rather long,
mesonotum with a median longitudinal line at base ; median segment
gradually sloping for about two-thirds of its length, then perpendicular,
its posterior margin rounded : petiole short, formed of the first seg-
ment only, second segment gradually widening to apex, about the same
length as tho first, and rather longer than* the third abdominal segment.
Black ; the abdomen very shining ; front, scape of the antennse, cheeks,
thorax, and femora covered with long but not very dense black pubes-
cence; legs very spinose ; forewing subfuscous, hindwing rather lighter,
the first discoidal nervure is received nearly in the middle of the
second cubital coll.
Long. 16-17 mr.i.
Habitat : Quetta ; four specimens.
I first saw this insect in the Bolan Pass on my way to Quetta. It is
allied both to A. Iceta described from Chaman, South Afghanistan, and
to the European spacies A. ebenina, which extends into Persia, hut it
differs from both in being smaller and in the sculpture of the median
segment.,
Ammophila funerea, n. sp.
$ Olypeus almost impunctate, vertex of head sparsely punctured,
pronotum impunctate, mesonotum obliquely, seutellum and post
scutellum longitudinally, and median segment transversely striate ;
abdomen impunctate, the first two segments shining; elypeus much
produced, its anterior margin transverse, a con picuous median longi-
tudinal carina not reaching the anterior margin ; distance of eyes
apart at vertex about half as much again as at elypeus ; posterior
ocelli rather closer together than their distance from margin of eyes ;
antennae with the second joint of the flagellum the longest, apical five
joints widest in the middle ; pronotum wide, not or scarcely notched ;
the striatum of the median segment much coarser at the sides than
above ; petiole formed of the first abdominal segment only, second seg-
ment gradually widened towards apes, where, however, it is much
narrower than t,he base of the third segment ; less stout, tarsal claws
bidentate. Black ; antennae, abdomen, and legs pruinose ; front with
10 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
a very little whitish pile, cheeks and thorax in front and at the sides
with a little greyish to fuscous pubescence ; wings hyaline.
Long. 23 mm.
Habitat ; Deesa ; a single specimen.
This species, having the tarsal claws bid en Kite, belongs to the sub»
genus Parapsammophila, of which the only other Indian representative
is A. erytlirocephala. The latter species has, however, the wings
fuscous and the legs. red.
Sphex fraoilis, n. sp.
9 Head and thorax with thick but rather short white pubescence,
hiding the sculpturing, except on the median segment, which is finely
transversely striate ; clypeus broader than long, its anterior margin
rounded, with a very slight emargination in the centre ; inner margins
of e} 03 parallel, oheeks and occiput moderately developed, mandibles
very long, simple at apex ; second joint of flagellum of antennae half
na long again as the third ; pronotum rather long, mesonotum with an
impressed line at base, scutellum notched, but not postscutellum ;
median segment rather long, gradually sloping, rounded posteriorly,
without any longitudinal furrow ; petiole of abdomen rather shorter
than second and third segments united, remaining segments forming an
elongated oval ; ventral plates of abdomen not pubescent or punctured ;
legs long, slender, the tarsi strongly spinose, claws bideniate. Black ;
the mandibles in the centre, tegulee, second and following abdominal
segments, apex of femora, tibia?, and tarsi, rather light red ; the ab-
dominal segments have at apex bisinuate bands of lighter colour; many
of the spines of the legs are white ; wings hyaline, nervures testaceous \
second cubital cell higher than long, rhomhoidal, third much narrowed
above, sub-triangular \ the first recurrent nervure is interstitial with the
first transverse cubital nervure, the second recurrent nervure is receiv-
ed into the third cubital cell near the inner angle.
$ Smaller, clypeus more produced, eyes very slightly divergent at
vertex, all the legs, and the second and basal half of the third abdominal
segments blaok ; the second abdominal segment with thick white pubes-
cence.'
Long. 9 17 mm. $ 13 mm.
Habitat : Deesa ; Quetta.
This species looks like a miniature S. nhosvst but it is less than half
the size, and differs in other respects.
NEW SPECIES OF INDIAN IIYMENOPTERA. li
Sphex p.etractus, n, sp.
$ Head and thorax with rather thick but short pubescence^ which
hides the sculpturing, abdomen pruinose ; clypeus longer than broad>
Very convex, its anterior margin nearly transverse in the centre^
rounded at the sides; eyes slightly divergent towards vertex, occiput and
cheeks not much developed ; mandibles simple, rather long and slen-
der ; second joint of flagellum of antennse longer than third ; pronotum
short, not notched ; scutellum notched, but not postscutellum ; median
segment long, gradually sloping, narrowed and rounded at apex, without
a furrow, coarsely but obscurely transversely striate ; petiole rather
longer than the second segment, which is suhequal to the third in length ;
ventral segments not pubescent or punctured : legs long> slender,
rather feebly spined, the claws bideiitate, the inner calcar of posterior
tibia? pectinated. Black ; the apical margins of the abdominal seg-
ments sometimes very narrowly testaceous, the abdomen below red ;
pubescence and pile greyish white ; wings hyaline, their apical mar-
gins very slightly infttscated.
Long. 15-17 mm.
Habitat : Qnetta ; three specimens.
In Bingham's key this species would cortle next to S. nivosus, biit it
is not very nearly allied to that species. Of the European species if
appears to come nearest to S. argentulus (Fabr.), but it is much smaller,
the wings are not dark at base, and the pubescence is greyish white$
not black.
PSEN REFPvACTUS, 11. Spj,
9 Clypeus and front with the sculpturing hidden by the pubes-
cence, vertex of head impunctate, mesonotum finely, sparsely, and shal-
iowly punctured, abdomen smooth and shiniilg ; clypeus broader than
long, its anterior margin rounded, with a very slight incision in the
centre ; inner margin of eyes rounded, the width apart of eyes at Ver-
tex being slightly greater than below ; antenna? inserted about
the length of the third joint of the flagelltlm above the posterior margin
of the clypeus, strongly clavate, the second joint of the flagellum half as
long again as tho third, front with a carina between the antennse ;
cheeks strongly developed ; pronotum short, below the level of the me-
sonotum, the latter broader than long, rounded anteriorly ; median
segment with a triangular portion tit base depressed, the depressed por-
tion longitudinally striate, and produced into a somewhat narrow
12 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
median furrow, the sides of the median segment rounded, obscurely
reticulate ; petiole shorter than thorax, remainder of abdomen as long
as head, thorax, and petiole united ; pygidium punctured. Black; the
mandibles in the centre, the second and third abdominal segments, and
sometimes the margins of the remaining segments, dark red ; tibiee at
base and the whole of the tarsi' more or less testaceous, calcaria pale ;
clypeus and front covered with short, silvery pubescence ; thorax,
femora below, and apical two or throe segments of abdomen with longer,
sparse, greyish pubescence ; wings hyaline, the first recurrent nervure
is received into the second cubital cell before the middle, the second
recurrent nervure into the third cubital cell just beyond its inner angle.
Long. 12 mm.
Habitat : Mount Abu ; throe specimens.
This species belongs to Cameron's Annulipes group. Of the Indian
species it comes next to P. re/iventr/s, but can easily be distinguished
from it by the petiole being shorter than the thorax, whereas in rufi-
ventris it is as long as head and thorax united.
Stigmus cuculus, n. sp. (Dudgeon M. S.)
" 5 Differs from S. eongruus (Walk.) in being less than half the
" size, in the whole of the antenn?e being testaceous, clypeus subtrian-
" gular and slightly produced ; tubercles not white.
" Long. 3-5 mm.
"Habitat : Holta, Kangra Valley.
" This small insect nests in the holes bored in soft pine by a minute
" species of beetle. It stores its nest with aphidas, and lives in colonies
" of thirty or forty together. My specimens were procured from a table
" in my verandah, where I had many opportunities of watching their
"habits. It is much smaller than the other two Indian species of the
" genus."
Passalckcus dtjdgeoni, n. sp.
9 Head and mesonotum finely and closely punctured, median
segment finely reticulate, abdomen imptmctate or nearly so ; clypeus
broader than long, subtriangular, its anterior margin rounded, labrum
triangular, mandibles blunt at apex ; eyes divergent towards the
vertex, their distance apart there being half as much again as at the
base of antennae ; front without tubercles, scape of antennas as long as
the first four joints of the flagellum united, these latter joints being
subequal. apical join' of flagellum the longest ; mesopleur;e with a
NEW SPECIES OF INDIAN HYMENOPTERA. 18
single furrow 5 median segment rounded posteriorly, abdomen rather
longer than thorax, petiole very short, second segment the longest,
second and third segments constricted at apex. Black ; the scape of the
antennae, tubercles, apex of all the femora, the greater part of the tibia*,
and all the tarsi more or less yellow ■ the first two joints of the flagellum
testaceous ; wings hyaline and iridescent, nervures dark brown,
■tegulse yellowish ; clypeus, front, and cheeks with short, stiff, silvery
pubescence.
Long, 5 mm.
Habitat : Kangra Valley, Punjab, 4,500ft ; two specimens sent me
by Mr. G. C. Dudgeon.
This species is easily distinguished from P. levipes by its smaller
size, and by the median segment being reticulate. It is near to P.
rdiculatus (Cam.), but has no keels on the head.
DlODONTUS TENUIS, K. Sp.
9 S Head with a few scattered punctures, mesonotum and abdo-
men smooth and shining, median segment finely rugose ; clypeus with
the anterior margin rounded, with a deep notch in the centre, eyes
slightly divergent towards the vertex, cheeks strongly developed ;
posterior ocelli further apart from one another than from the margin
of eyes ; antennae short, stout, the third joint of the flagellum slightly
the longest, remainder subequal ; median segment narrowed and round-
ed posteriorly. Black ; the mandibles, except their tips, the scape of
the antennae, apex of the femora, and the whole of the tibiae and tarsi
pale yellow ; the flagellum of the antennae red ; clypeus and front (#)
with short, thick, silvery pubescence ; wings hyaline and iridescent,
nervures black, tegulae pale testaceous.
Long. 3 — 3-5 mm.
Habitat : Quetta ; Peshin ; five specimens.
Two species of this genus have been described from India by Mr.
Cameron, viz. D. geniculatus and D. striolatus. From the former the
present species may be distinguished by the tibiae and tarsi beino-
yellow : from the latter by the antennae being red, not black. The
only European species with yellow mandibles, D. minutus (Fabr.) has
also the antennae black.
DlODONTUS SELECTUS, 11. Sp.
9 Head, thorax, and abdomen almost smooth, with a few scattered
punctures, median segment finely reticulate : clypeus with three
14 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
minute teeth anteriorly ; eyes with their inner orbits parallel, cheeks
strongly developed, as broad as the eyes or nearly so ; anterior ocellus
closer to the posterior ones than the latter are to one another ; median
segment laterally with a small tubercle. Black ; the mandibles and
the tibia? and tarsi yellow, the tibiae darker in the centre ; wings
hyaline, nervures and tegula? testaceous.
$ Similar ; olypeus and front with silvery pubescence, flagellum
of antenna? pale below, eyes divergent towards vertex.
Long. 4-5 mm.
Habitat : Deesa ; Quetta ; Peshin ; six specimens.
This species is nearest to D. geniculates, but may be separated from
it by the lateral tubercles on the median segment.
DlODONTUS RUSTICUS 11. sp.
$ Head rather closely and coarsely punctured, the punctures on
the front running into stria*, thorax sparsely punctured, median
segment reticulate abdomen microscopically witb minute and not
very close punctures ; clypeus with the anterior margin rounded,
labrum notched ; eyes divergent towards the vertex, cheeks well
developed ; antenna? long, filiform, the apical joint the longest.
Black ; the tibia? and tarsi more or less pale testaceous, the latter
darker in the middle ; front with thick silvery pubescence ; wings
hyaline, nervures black, tegula? pale testaceous.
Long. 5 mm.
Habitat : Quetta ; Peshin ; six specimens.
The only Indian species hitherto described which has black man-
dibles.
GORYTBS INTRtJDENS, n. Sp.
9 Impunctate, or nearly so, except the scutellum and median
segment, which are somewhat sparsely and shallowly punctured ; eyes
convergent below, their width apart at vertex being about twice that
at base of antenna1, their facetting fine and regular ; ocelli very
small, the distance apart of the posterior ones being greater than their
distance from the margin of eyes ; clypeus broader than long, its
anterior margin produced and almost transverse; antenna? long, filiform^
inserted not much above the posterior margin of clypeus, the second joint
of flagellum the longest, third and following joints gradually decreasing
in length to apex; cheeks well developed, their width being more
than half the width of the eyes; pronotam narrow, mesosteinum
NEW SPECIES OF INDIAN HYMENOPTERA. 15
sharply defined laterally, almost carinate ; median Segment gradually
sloping towards apex, with a triangular sharply dofined enclosed space,
the latter with outwardly divergent striae ; anterior tarsi with long
spines ; abdomen longer than head and thorax united, first segment
not petiolate, but gradually widening towards apex, where it is as wide
as the base of the second segment ; second segment about as long as the
first, with a deep transverse furrow at base ventrally ; pygidium shaped
like an isosoeles triangle, sparsely punotured. Dark red; the front,
vertex, and apical two or three joints of the antennae black ; scutelluin,
posfsoutellum, and a broad apical band on second abdominal segment
yellow ; the enclosed space at the base of median segment, the femora
above, a median narrow band on second, and the base of the third abdo-
minal segments blackish ; slightly prninose, with a little sparse silver pile
on clypeus and median segment ; wings sub-hyaline, with a dark fuscous
oloud covering the whole of the radial and the greater part of the second
and third cubital cells, stigma very light testaceous, norvures testaceous,
tegulas red ; the first recurrent nervure is received into the second cubital
cell near the middle, the second near its outer angle ♦ medial cell of
hindwing very long, nearly twice the length of anal cell.
$ Similar, the antennae longer, anterior tibiae and tarsi yellow,
Long. 8 mm.
Habitat : Mount Abu ; five specimens.
Having the eyes convergent below, this species would come into
Bingham's key under " A," but it is not very near any of the other
species in that section. Superficially it somewhat resembles G. cajyi-
tatus (Niu-se), but the yellow markings are fewer, and the eyes are
much more strongly convergent below. The very small ocelli serve
to distinguish it at once from G. capitatus, in which species the ocelli
are quite three times as large as in the present species.
GORYTES IMPUDENT, D. Sp.
$ Smooth and impunctate, covered with some sparse, white
pubescence ; eyes with their inner margins parallel, the facetting fine
and regular ; ocelli large, the posterior ones distant from the margin
of eyes about half as much as their width apart; clypeus very short
and broad, its interior margin slightly arched ; antennae long, inserted
close above the posterior margin of clypeus, apical joint the longest,
curved and pointed, the three joints preceding it somewhat thickened ;
cheeks moderately developed ; median segment with a well-defined
16 JOURNAL, BOMB A Y NA TURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
triangular enclosed space, produced at apex into a longitudinal furrow,
the enclosed space reticulate, sides of the segment well rounded ; first
abdominal segment not petiolate, about as long as second, the latter
has no transverse ventral furrow ; pygidium small, with a few punc-
tures. Head black, the clypeus and front to just above the base of
antennae and the scape pale yellow ; mandibles and flagellum of
antennae more or less red ; thorax red, the enclosed space of median
segment and its furrow black ; abdomen black, first segment with
two oval sublateral apical spots, second with an apical band much nar-
rowed in the middle, and fifth segment pale yellowish white, ventrally
entirely black ; legs black, the anterior and intermediate femora red
below, and the anterior tarsi reddish ; a yellow or yellowish white line
on all fhe tibiae above ; wings subhyaline, first cubital nervure re-
ceived into second cubital cell just before its middle ; median cell of
hind wing about twice as long as anal cell.
Long. 6 mm.
Habitat : Mount Abu ; a single specimen.
Nearest to G. pietus, but may easily bo distinguished from it by
the absence of the fuscous patch in the forewing.
Ckabro balucha, n. sp.
9 Head finely and closely, thorax less finely, abdomen extremely,
minutely and closely punctured ; eyes widely divergent towards vertex,
their distance apart there being at least four times that near base of
antennae ; facetting of eyes not regular, being coarser towards their inner
margin below ; mandibles without a notch on their outer margin, bident-
ate at apex ; clypeus much broader than long, convex in the centre, with
a conspicuous longitudinal carina, its anterior margin bi-omarginate ;
flagellum of antennae with all the joints subequal, first and second nar-
rowed at base ; cheeks nearly as broad as eyes ; posterior ocelli about
as far apart as their distance from inner margin of eyes ; pronotum
comparatively broad, notched in the centre, raised above the
level of anterior margin of mesonotum ; median segment small,
somewhat narrowed posteriorly, rather steeply sloped, rugose at the
sides and apex, with no enclosed space at base, but with a narrow
median longitudinal furrow, which becomes slightly broader at apex ;
abdomen with the first segment not petiolate, but narrowed at base,
becoming gradually wider towards apex, about equal in length to the
second and third segments united ; pygidium long, narrow, pointed, bare,
NEW SPECIES OF INDIAN HYMENOPTERA. 17
with a few scattered punctures. Black ; the abdomen shining ; the
mandibles, except their tips, the scape and the first one or two joints
of the flagellum of antenna?, the pronotum, tubercles, scutellum, post-
scutellum, a spot on the coxa? below (frequently obsolete), all the
femora, tibia?, and tarsi, broad bands on the second, fourth, and fifth
abdominal segments, and sometimes also on the third segment bright
yellow ; the tarsi at apex more or less inclining to ferruginous ; cly-
peus wifch-short, thick, silvery pubescence, remainder of head, thorax,
and apical abdominal segments with short, sparse, greyish pile ; wings
subhyaline, nervures and tegulae testaceous, cubital nervure received
into the radial cell just before its middle.
$ Similar ; antenna? 12-jointed as in the 9, but with joints 2-6 of
the flagellum very much thickened, being about three times as wide as
the scape ; anterior tarsi slightly thickened, whitish ; scutellum and
postscutellum black, not yellow ; abdomen with yellow bands on second
to sixth segments, apical abdominal segment when extended smooth,
emarginate at base, with stiff greyish hairs at apex.
Long. 6-S mm.
Habitant : Quetta ; common.
This species belongs to the Thyreopus group, and having no enclosed
space at base of median segment, it is not very near to any of the In-
dian species. It makes its nest in hollow reed-stems, and stores
common house flies for its progeny. I saw a $ go into a reed-stem,
which I then cut off, and bred several specimens of both sexes from it.
Crabro prosopiformis, n. sp.
9 Smooth and shining, with a few scattered punctures on the
head and mesonotum ; eyes at vertex more than twice their width apart
near base of antenna? ; facetting of eyes coarser near inner margin
below than elsewhere ; mandibles not notched below, their apices
simple ; clypeus with the anterior margin produced and rounded in
the middle ; antenna? with the joints of flagellum subequal, not
thickened ; posterior ocelli much further apart from one another than
from inner margin of eyes ; cheeks strongly developed, nearly as w^ide
as eyes ; pronotum narrow, notched, below the level of mesonotum ;
median segment with a narrow triangular space at base depressed and
longitudinally striate, its apex produced into a median furrow, into
which two lateral furrows join ; abdomen slightly longer than thorax, not
petiolate, the first segment only slightly longer than the second ; pygi-
3
18 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
dium shaped like an isosceles triangle. Black ; the mandibles, except
their tips, scape of antennse, pronotum, tubercles, scutellum usually,
apex of anterior and intermediate femora, and the whole of the tibiae and
tarsi yellow ; flagellum of antennse below ferruginous, pygidium red ;
clypeus with rather long silvery pubescence, remainder of head, thorax,
and abdomen with a little sparse, greyish pile ; wings hyaline, stigma
dark, nearly black ; nervures dark testaceous, tegulse light testaceous ;
the cubital nervure is received into the radial cell before the centre.
$ Similar, smaller, the apical segment more blunt at apex.
Long. 4 — 4-5 mm.
Habitat : Quetta ; Peshin ; fairly common.
This species belongs to the Lindenius group. In Bingham's key it
would come next to C. nanus, from which it differs in sculpturing. It
bears a strong resemblance, superfioially, to a Prosopis.
Crabro elongatus, n. sp. {Dudgeon MS).
" 9 Head, thorax, and abdomen smooth, the former opaque, the
" latter shining ; an impressed line from base of antennae to anterior
" ocellos ; median segment convex, narrowed posteriorly, with some
11 longitudinal striae at base, and a median longitudinal furrow ;
" abdomen petiolate, first segment as long as the rest of the abdomen,
" very narrow, with the apex rather abruptly nodose ; posterior tibiae
" dilated ; clypeus with silvery pile, cheeks obscurely pilose. Black ;
1 the scape of antennae, anterior and intermediate tarsi, anterior tibiae,
" apex of the anterior femora, and a spot on each side of the pronotum
" pale yellow.
" Long. 8-9 mm.
" Habitat : Holta, Kangra Valley, 4,500ft.
" Nearest to 0. petiolatus (Nurse), but larger, the petiole narrower
" and the yellow markings as mentioned. "
19
THE MOTHS OF INDIA.
SUPPLEMENTARY PAPER TO THE VOLUMES IN
" THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA."
SERIES II. PART IX.
By Sir G. F. Hampson, Bart., f.z.s., f.e s.
(Continued from page 659 of Vol. XIV.)
♦
Moths of India — 5a.
Schcenobian^e.
Genus Goniopalpia, nov.
Proboscis absent ; palpi with the 2nd joint porrect and extending about
twice the length of head, the 3rd upturned and dilated at extremity :
maxillary palpi filiform ; antennas
laminate ; tibiae with the spurs long.
Forewing with vein 3 from before
angle of cell ; 4*5 from angle ; 6 from
below upper angle ; 7 from angle,
straight ; 8'9*10 stalked ; 11 free ; the
Goniopalpia delicatalis $ f termen somewhat excised from apex
to middle. Hindwing with veins 3 and 5 from close to angle of cell ; 6*7 from
upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8 ; the termen strongly excised from apex
to middle and again towards tornus.
4240a. Goniopalpia delicatalis, n. sp.
$. White; palpi with the 1st and 2nd joints black at sides and the 3rd
joint near extremity ; fore tibiae blackish above, the tarsal joints ringed with
black. Forewing with the base of costal area tinged with fulvous ; traces of a
curved antemedial line ; a slight fuscous discoidal lunule ; the veins beyond
the cell streaked with fulvous yellow and the interspaces suffused with
fuscous ; a subterminal white line from costa to vein 2, incurved at lower
extremity, slightly edged by black on inner side and strongly on outer side
and with some fulvous yellow suffusion beyond it ; the termen yellow with
fine black line on its inner side ; cilia white with fine blackish line through
them and the tips blackish. Hindwing with the terminal half slightly tinged
with fulvous yellow.
Habitat. — Khasis. Exp. 14 mill. Type— In Coll. Rothschild.
4254a. Patissa fulvidorsalis, n. sp.
$. Palpi not extending beyond the frons ; silvery white ; legs tinged with
golden fulvous on inner side ; abdomen dorsally fulvous yellow except the
1st two and terminal segments.
Habitat,— Sikhim, 1800' (Dudgeon). Exp. 36 mill. Type— In B. M.
20 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
4269a. Schcenobios atjrivena, n. sp.
£. White ; palpi at sides and stripes on shoulders and legs orange. Fore-
wing with the costa and interspaces streaked with orange ; a subterminal
orange line ; a terminal series of orange red points ; cilia orange.
Habitat.— Khasis. Exp. 22 mill. Type^-hx B. M.
Anerastian^:.
Genus Statina.
Statina, Rag. N. Am. Phyc.and Gall., p. 19 (1887).
Type — S. roseotinctella, Rag.
Range— N. and S. America ; Kashmir ; New Guinea.
Proboscis aborted, minute ; palpi downcurved, extending about four times
length of head; irons with tuft of hair ; antenna? of male ciliated. Forewing
with vein 2 frons towards angle of cell ; 3 and 5 on a long stalk. 4 absent ;
6 from below upper angle; 8"9-l0 stalked ; 11 from angle. Hindwing with
vein 2 from close to angle of cell; 3"4 absent; 6"7 from upper angle, 8
anastomosing strongly with 7.
4275a. Statina cashmiralis, n. sp.
9. Head and thorax whitish, strongly tinged with red ; abdomen dorsally
ochreous. Forewing ochreous-white, suffused with rufous ; the median
nervure and base of veins 3'5, streaked with white. Hindwing semihyaline
ochreous-white.
Habitat.— Kashmir, Dras (Leech). Exp. 22 mill. Type— In B. M.
4302&. Saluria minutella, n. sp.
A. Antenna? with short branches extending to near apex.
Head and thorax fuscous-grey ; abdomen white, dorsally ochreous towards
base. Forewing fuscous-grey ; the costal area broadly whitish, extending to
median nervure and vein 5 in and beyond end of cell ; traces of an antemedial
line and discal point. Hindwing white, slightly tinged with fuscous.
Habitat.— Deesa (Nurse) ; Ceylon (Pole.) Exp. 14 mill. Type — In B. M.
4314a. Polyocha tricoloralis, n, n.
„ variegatella, Hmpsn., Journ., Bom. Nat. Hist. Soc., XII.
p. 310, nee Rag.
Habitat. — Sikhim.
4314a. Polyocha variegatella, Rag. Nouv. Gen., p. 39 ; id., Rom. Mem.,
VIII,, pi. 36, f. 16.
9 . Head and thorax deep flesh-pink ; pectus and legs paler, the fore tibise
and tarsi streaked with white above ; abdomen ochreous-white. Forewing
with narrow white costal fascia, ending in a point, just before apex ; the rest
of wing deep flesh-pink, suffused with brown down to median nervure and vein
3 ; the veins with slight pale streaks. Hindwing semihyaline yellowish-white ,
tinged with fuscous towards costa.
Habitat. — Kangra Valley. Exp. 34 mill.
4315a. Polyocha pulverealis, n. sp.
2. Antenna? with long uniseriate branches ; forewing with veins 4'5 and
10 from cell ; hindwing with veins 3"4"5 stalked.
THE MOTHS OF INDIA. 21
Head, thorax and abdomen pale grey-brown, mixed with black. Forewing
pale grsy-brown, irrorated with black, thickly on costal half, a diffused black
discoidal spot ; a terminal series of points. Hindwing pale, tinged with
brownish, especially towards costa ; a fine terminal line.
Habitat.— Khasis. Exp. 30 mill. Type— In B. M.
2315&. POLYOCHA ORNATELLA, n. Sp.
$. Antenna? of male with long uniseriate branches; forewing with veins
4'5, approximated for some distance ; 10 from cell ; hindwing with vein
3 from cell.
Head and thorax pale yellowish-brown ; abdomen ochreons. Forewing
with the costal area crimson, suffused with purplish-fuscous ; a white sub-
costal stripe ending on costa at apex ; the inner area yellow with antemedial
and medial crimson bands and a broad terminal band slightly tinged with
grey ; cilia ochreous with two crimson lines through them, dark at apex. Hind
wing fuscous ; cilia yellow with a dark line through their bases towards apex.
Habitat.— Kangra Valley, 4500' (Dudgeon). Exp. 26 mill. Type—In B. M.
Phycitin.e.
4320a. Homoj:osoma nimbella, Zell Isis, 1839, p. 178.
., Saxicola, Vaughan Month. Mag., VII., p. 132 (1870).
„ Caniusella, Bag. Rom. Mem., VIII., p. 248, pi. 33, f. 16
(1901).
Head and thorax white, irrorated with brown ; abdomen white, obscurely
banded with fuscous. Forewing whitish, tinged with brown and thickly irro-
rated with fuscous ; the area from costa to median nervure whiter to the
postmedial line ; an indistinct dark subbasal spot on median nervure ; a
curved medial series of three spots on the veins ; the two discoidal points
large ; a rather indistinct oblique postmedial line. Hindwing semihyaline
white ; the veins, a fine terminal line and a line at base of cilia brownish.
Habitat. — Europe ; Canaries ; W. Asia ; Kashmir, Dras. Exp. 18-24 mill.
43246. Homceosoma nigrimedialis, n. sp.
£. Pale reddish-brown ; forewing with some black irroration on costal
area ; a prominent black streak on median nervure and base3 of veins 2-3'4 •
a black streak on vein 1, most prominent on medial area ; slight black streaks
on veins of terminal area ; the lines pale, the 1st line medial, sinuous the
2nd oblique and slightly bent inward below costa ; a terminal series of black
stria?. Hindwing semihyaline white ; the veins and costal area fuscous • a
fuscous terminal line and line through the cilia.
Habitat. — Khasis. Exp. 22 mill. Type — In Coll. Rothschild.
4325e. Eccopidia oinistis, n. sp.
9. Head, thorax and abdomen grey, irrorated with fuscous; the anal
tuft fulvous. Forewing grey, irrorated with fuscous ; an indistinct curved
medial Hue interrupted at median nervure ; two discoidal points ; the ter-
minal area suffused with purple-red, forming a diffused darker band. Hind-
wing semihyaline, tinged with brown.
Habitat— Ceylon, Kandy (Pole). Exp. 16 mill. Type— In B. M.
22 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
4325/. PSOROSA PROLEUCALIS, tl. sp.
$. Head and thorax ochreous ; antenna? fuscous, the tuft of scales in sinus
black ; abdomen ochreous, dorsally tinged with fuscous. Forewing ochreous ;
the costal area broadly white to the 2nd line and slightly irrorated with red ;
the basal area suffused with fuscous to the antemedial line except on costal
area and base of inner margin ; the antemedial line represented by a red spot
on subcostal nervure and black spots on white patches on median nervure and
vein 1 ; the discoidal black points prominent, the lower large ; the subter-
minal line white, rather punctiform, oblique from costa to vein 6, excurved
at middle and slightly angled inwards on vein 1 ; defined on each side by an
oblique black streak from apex, then by short black streak on the veins;
some white on termen and a prominent series of black points ; cilia brown
with two white lines through them. Hindwing pale ochreous, the veins and
costal area tinged with brown ; a fine terminal line and line at base of cilia.
Habitat.— Simla (Nurse). Exp. 22 mill. Type—In. "B. M.
4325a. PSOROSA BIFILIFERALIS, n. Sp.
ft. Antennas with slight sinus at base of shaft with scale teeth in it.
Head and thorax white ; antennae brownish ; tarsi banded with black ;
abdomen whitish, dorsally banded with black. Forewing pale brownish-
ochreous, the costal half white, irrorated with brown, the costal edge blackish ;
an antemedial diffused black patch on vein 1 ; an indistinct medial line ;
discoidal points prominent, black, the lower largest ; postmedial line whitish, de-
fined by diffused black on each side ; a terminal black patch with white patch
on it, broad at costa, narrowing to a point at vein 1. Hindwing semihyaline
white, tinged with fuscous towards termen ; a fine dark line at base of cilia.
Habitat.— Sikhim, 2000' (Pilcher). Exp. 16 mill. Type— In B. M.
4327a. Heterographis bellenica, Stgr. Hor. Ent. Boss, 1870, p. 209,
pi. II, f. 18.
Head, thorax and abdomen white, tinged with ochreous above. Forewing
bright yellow ; the costa white, broad, rather diffused ; oblique purplish-pink
sub-basal and medial bands from subcostal nervure to inner margin ; a
postmedial band, with irregularly sinuous edges, bent outwards to costa,
where it joins the terminal band which runs round the apex. Hindwing
pale ochreous, the cilia white except at base.
Habitat. — Greece ; Syria ; Deesa. Exp. 16 mill.
4328a. Heterographis deserticola, Stgr. Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1870, p. 201 ;
Rag. Rom. Mem., VIII., p. 148, pi. XXVIII., f. 17.
Head, thorax and abdomen white, tinged with pale yellow-brown above;
the 3rd joint of palpi and frontal tuft blackish in the Indian, yellowish in the
European, specimens. Forewing pale yellow-brown, with white costal fascia,
narrowing to apex ; slight traces of discoidal points ; the termen blackish.
Hindwing hyaline white, the veins, terminal area and base of cilia tinged with
brown.
Habitat. — Armenia, Sarepta ; Transcaucasia. Iskabad ; Punjab, Ferozpur.
Exp. 14-20 Mill.
THE MOTHS OF INDIA. 23
43286. Heterographis niveicostella, Rag. Rom. Mem., VIII., p. 149,
pi. XXXIX, f. 7.
$. Pale reddish-brown. Forewing slightly irrorated with darker scales ;
a white costal fascia, irrorated with brown and narrowing to apex ; traces of
discoidal points. Hindwing semihyaline white, the terminal half and base of
cilia tinged with brown.
Habitat.— Transcaucasia, Askabad ; Deesa. Exp. 18 mill.
4329a. Heterographis microstictella, n. sp.
g. Maxillary palpi flattened against the frons.
Ochreous-white, tinged with pale rufous ; abdomen white. Forewing with
white costal fascia irrorated with ochreous and narrowing to apex ; traces
of a sinuous white antemedial line, with a fuscous point on its outer side on
vein 1 ; the discoidal points very obscure and pale rufous ; an obscure
sinuous whitish subterminal line, with slight dark shade on inner side.
Hindwing semihyaline white, tinged with fuscous towards termen.
Habitat.— Deesa (Nurse). Exp. 20 mill. Type—In B. M.
4329J. Heterographis fulvimarginella, n. sp.
$. Head, thorax and abdomen whitish, marked with patches of fulvous
and black scales above. Forewing whitish, thickly suffused with fulvous and
black scales, leaving a white costal fascia slightly irrorated with black and
narrowing to apex ; an oblique dentate whitish antemedial line ; the sub-
terminal line whitish, angled inwards in discal fold and with fulvous band on
outer side ; cilia whitish. Hindwing semihyaline white, the veins and ter-
men tinged with brown.
Habitat. — Deesa (Nurse). Exp. 24 mill. Type— -In B. M.
4331a. Heterographis obscuralis, n. sp.
Head, thorax and abdomen brownish-grey, mixed with pale grey. Forewing
pale grey and grey-brown ; an indistinct pale almost medial line defined by
grey, excurved from below costa to submedian fold where it is slightly angled
inwards ; two obscure dark discoidal points ; a pale subterminal line, defined
on each side by grey, slightly angled inwards at vein 6, then excurved to
submedian fold, where it is again angled inwards ; an obscure terminal series
of dark points. Hindwing pale brownish-grey ; cilia white at tips.
Habitat. — Ceylon, Hambantota, Matale (Pole). Exp. 16 mill. Type — In
B. M.
4332a. Heterographis craticulella, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1887,
p. 251.
Antenna? of male with slight sinus at base of shaft with scale teeth in it.
$. Head and thorax ochreous-brown, mixed with white ; abdomen white
dorsally, tinged with ochreous. Forewing ochreous-brown ; a broad white
fascia just below costa from base to near the postmedial line ; an oblique
white antemedial band diffused on outer side ; a wedge-shaped white fascia
on median nervure from beyond the antemedial band, enclosing a short brown
streak at lower angle of cell and expanding towards the oblique postmedial
24 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
line which expands on costa ; a white fascia on vein 1 between the ante- and
postmedial lines ; an oblique white subterminal band not reaching costa
towards which it expands, somewhat diffused on inner side ; all the white
markings with some dark-brown scales on their edges. Hindwing semihyaline
ochreous ; a fine terminal line ; cilia white with a fine line at baae.
Habitat. — C. Asia, Marghilan ; Kashmir (Dras). Exp. 24 mill.
4341&. EUZOPHERODES IRRORALIS, n. sp.
Head and thorax pale brownish-ochreous ; abdomen ochreous-white.
Forewing pale brownish-ochreous, irrorated with black and with black
points on middle of median nervure and vein 1, at upper angle of cell and
postmedial points just below costa, in discal fold and on vein 1 and a
terminal series. Hindwing ochreous-white.
Habitat. — Ceylon, Hambantota, Puttalam (Pole). Exp. 10 mill. Type —
In B. M.
4341c. EOZOPHERODES EPHESTIALIS, n. Sp.
$. Forewing with veins 3-5 from angle of cell ; 8' 9'10 stalked.
Head and thorax greyish-brown, mixed with black ; abdomen pale brown.
Forewing grey-brown, irrorated with black ; the costal area black, irrorated
with grey ; a black streak on base of inner margin ; a diffused black streak on
vein 1 from before middle to the diffused medial black band ; discoidal
points large, almost conjoined ; postmedial line strong, erect and angled
outwards at middle ; an indistinct dentate subterminal line ; a terminal
series of black points. Hindwing pale brown, with rather darker terminal
line and line at base of cilia.
Habitat— Sikhim, 7000' (Pilcher). Exp. 22 mill. Type— In B. M.
43436. Euzophera albicostalis, n. sp.
£. Head, thorax and abdomen fuscous-brown, the head and thorax
suffused with black. Forewing pale brown, thickly irrorated with fuscous ;
the costal area white, tapering to a point before apex ; a whitish discoidal
point and an indistinct series of dark points on termen. Hindwing pale
brown, tinged with fuscous towards costa ; a fine dark terminal line and line
at base of cilia.
Habitat. — Kashmir, Scind Valley (Leech). Exp. 26 mill. Type — In B. M.
4343c. Euzophera cedrella, n. sp.
Forewing with veins 4'5 and 10 from cell ; hindwing with veins 3'5 from cell.
Fuscous-brown, irrorated with grey and with a slight olive tinge.
Forewing with rather narrow antemedial white band, dentate on outer side
below costa and in submedian fold and bent outwards to inner margin ; a
black discoidal lunule ; a more or less prominent minutely dentate white
postmedial line, bent inwards below costa and outwards between veins 5 and
2 ; a terminal series of black points. Hindwing uniform golden-brown ; the-
cilia paler, with a brown line near base.
The larva destroys the cones of the Deodar Cedar.
Habitat. — Simla (Pilcher) ; Punjab, Jaunsar. Exp. 22 mill.
THE MOTHS OF INDIA.
25
Genus Mesginia.
Mescinia, Rag. Rom. Mem., VIII., p. 83 (1901).
Type — .¥. commatella, Zell., from Colombia.
Proboscis well developed ; palpi upturned, the 2nd joint reaching above
vertex of head, the 3rd long ; antennae ciliated. Forewing with veins 2"3 stalked,
4*5 from angle ; 6 from upper angle ; 8
and 10 stalked ; 9 absent ; 11 from ceil.
Hindwing with vein 2 from before angle
of cell ; 3*5 stalked ; 4 absent ; 7 becom-
ing coincident with 8.
Mescinia micans £ §.
4346. Mescinia micans.
4346a. Mescinia olivescalis, n, sp.
9. Very pale olive-brown ; palpi blackish towards tips ; abdomen dorsally
suffused with fuscous. Forewing irrorated with fuscous; an obscure dark
discoidal spot. Hindwing hyaline, the veins and a terminal line brown.
Habitat— Ceylon, Kandy. Exp. 12 mill. Type—In B. M.
Sect. II. Maxillary palpi of male, minute, triangularly scaled ; frons with-
out tuft.
4348a. Sandrabatis ph^eella, n. sp.
<J. Head, thorax and abdomen deep fuscous-brown ; palpi in front and
anal tuft ochreous. Forewing deep fuscous-brown ; a black spot on vein 1
on traces of the antemedial line ; the two discoidal black points prominent ;
the postmedial line very indistinct, angled inwards below costa, outwards on
vein 5 ; traces of a dentate subterminal line ; a terminal series of black
points. Hindwing of pale-brown with dark terminal line and line through
the cilia which are yellowish.
Habitat— Sikhim, 1800' (Dudgeon). Exp. 28 mill. Type— In B. M.
Genus Blajbioides, nov.
Palpi upturned to above vertex of head with a hollow containing the
brush-like maxillary palpi ; antennas of male with the basal joint dilated ;
the shaft laminate with a large sinus and tuft at base. Forewing loDg and
narrow ; veins 4*5 from a point ; 8*9'10 stalked. Hindwing with the cell
about one-fourth of wing; vein 2 from angle ; 3 approximated for some
distance to 4*5 which are stalked ; 7 anastomosing strongly with 8.
4348J. Blabioides strigerella, n. sp.
$. Head and thorax bright rufous, slightly streaked with black ; maxil-
lary palpi ochreous ; abdomen ochreous. Forewing bright rufous, the veins
streaked with blackish ; a whitish
streak above median nervure ; a
pale curved subcostal streak from
before middle to apex ; a pale
streak from inner margin near base,
oblique to vein 1 along which it
Blabioides strigerella $ f runs to the subterminal line which
26 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
is oblique, angled inwards below apex and pale ; a fine dark terminal line.
Hindwing pale brownish, with fine dark terminal and cilial lines.
Habitat.— Ceylon, Nawalapittya. Exp. 20 mill. Type— la. B. M.
Genus Ptyomaxia, nov.
Type — P. trigoniphora, Hmpsn.
Range — Ceylon.
Palpi upturned, reaching just above vertex of head, the third joiut well
developed ,• maxillary palpi small, dilated with scales, flattened against the
frons ; antennas of male laminate
with large sinus and tuft at base.
Forewing with costal fold ; veins
3'4'5 from angle of cell ; 8'9'10
stalked. Hindwing with the cell
about one-third of wing ; vein 2
from angle ; 3"4'5 stalked ; 6"7
Ptyomaxia trigonifera $ I stalked ; 7 anastomosing with 8.
4349a. Ptyomaxia trigonifera, n. sp.
£. Pale yeilowish-brown ; antennae with the tuft red-brown. Forewing
with oblique diffused medial whitish line with large dark red-brown patch
beyond it, its base on costa extending almost to apex, its apex on vein 1.
Hindwing suffused with fuscous, the cilia pale.
Habitat.— Ceylon, Puttalaro (J. Pole). Exp. 16 mill. Type— In B. M.
4351a. Nephopteryx hypocautella, n. sp.
£ . Maxillary palpi flattened against the frons ; antennas without sinus and
tuft ; forewing with the cell on underside clothed with ferruginous red scales.
Head, thorax and abdomen clothed with white and grey-brown scales.
Forewing irrorated brown and white ; a brownish-ochreous band just before
middle with two tufts of vinous red scales on its inner side below the cell,
with a fine white line on their inner side, a purplish spot on costa on outer edge
of band ; traces of the discoidal points and of a sinuous subterminal line.
Hindwing semihyaline white, the terminal half tinged with brown.
Habitat. — Deesa (Nurse). Exp. 14 mill. Type — In B. M.
4359a. Nephopteryx rivdlella, Bag. Nov. Gen., p. 18; id., Rom. Mem.,
VII.,p.294,pl.XLI.,f. 14.
Head white ; thorax purplish-brown, mixed with white ; abdomen brown
with segmental white lines. Forewing cupreous-brown with a purplish
gloss ; some ochreous at base of inner margin ; the 1st line almost medial,
fine sinuous and placed on a broad somewhat diffused white band ; the post-
medial line very indistinct, white, sinuous. Hindwing semihyaline white, the
costa and termen brown ; a brown line through the cilia.
Habitat— W. Africa, Accra ; Deesa ; Ceylou ; Penang. Exp. 16 mill.
4359&. Nephopteryx fumosella, Bag. AnD. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1887, p. 229 ;
id., Bom. Mem., VII., p. 246, pi. IX, f. 4.
THE MOTHS OF INDIA. 27
Antennae of male with slight sinus at base of shaft with scaly teeth in it.
Head and thorax ochreous, strongly irrorated with fuscous-brown ; abdomen
ochreous, tinged with fuscous. Forewing ochreous-grey, strongly irrorated
with fuscous-brown ; the autimedial line indistinct, whitish, oblique from
costa to median nervure, interrupted below cell and angled inwards on vein
1 ; two dark discoidal points ; the subterminal line indistinct, whitish,
inwardly oblique from costa to vein 5, minutely dentate on veins 5 to 2 and
angled inwards in submedian fold ; a terminal series of dark points. Hind wing
semihyaline, tinged with pale-brown ; a darker terminal line and fine line at
base of cilia.
Habitat. — C. Asia, Samarkand ; Kashmir, Goorais Valley. Exp. 30 mill.
4359c. Nephopteryx myrmidonella, Rag. Rom. Mem., VIII., p. 103, pi.
XLIV, f. 7.
Antennae of male with a slight sinus at base of shaft with tuft of black
scales in it, maxillary palpi flattened against the frons.
Head, thorax and abdomen grey-brown and white, tbe head and thorax irror-
ated with some black scales. Forewing grey-brown, with fine white streaks
defining the subcostal and median nervures, the discal fold in cell and the
veins beyond the medial line which have dark streaks on them ; some black
irroration, especially on basal half of inner area ; a slightly sinuous medial
yellow line defined by rough black scales, forming a large tuft on inner side
below the ceil ; a black point at lower angle of cell. Hindwing, semihyaline
white, with fine brownish terminal line, diffused inwards in female.
Habitat.— W. Africa, Old Calabar, Nigeria Borgu, E. Africa, Teita
(Jackson) ; Deesa (Nurse) ; Ceylon, Puttalam (Pole). Exp. $ 14, $ 10 mill.
4408. Phycita hyemalis transfer to Nephopteryx sect. PaUbothra
4360a and re-name the species with uniseriate branches to antennae Phycita
monopecten. n.n. ; the former occurs in Formosa, Simla, Sikhim, Ceylon and
Sierra Leone, the latter in Ceylon.
4362a. Nephopteryx {PaUbothra) tumidella, n. sp.
Mid-femora of male with a tuft of long hair in a groove.
Head and thorax dark-brown, slightly mixed with grey ; abdomen grey-
brown. Forewing dark-brown, slightly irrorated with grey ; the antemedial
band with its inner part olive-yellow, its outer pure white and defined on
each side by ridges of leaden scales ; the discoidal points obliquely placed on
a white patch which extends to costa and along it to the subterminal line
which is white defined by dark-brown, its medial part excurved ; a terminal
series of black points. Hindwing semihyaline white, the veins and termen
tinged with brown.
Habitat— Ceylon, Puttalam (Pole). Exp. 16 mill. Type—In B. M.
4363a. Nephopteryx (Thylocojrtila) atrisquamella, Hmpsn., Rom. Mem.,
VIII., p. 551, pi. 57, f. 19.
$. Fore and hindwings with streaks of black scales below costa on under-
side. Head and thorax black, slightly mixed with pale-brown ; abdomen grey
28 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
with black subdorsal patches, the ventral surface irrorated with black. Fore-
wing black, irrorated with leaden grey scales ; the inner and terminal areas
obscurely tinged with brown ; faint traces of a black medial line and
discoidal series of points ; a more distinct subterminal greyish line, defined on
each side by black and excurved at middle ; a terminal series of black points.
Hindwing hyaline white, the termen tinged with brown.
$. Rather browner.
Habitat. — Ceylon, Puttalam, Matale ; Queensland, Cooktown. Exp. 21-26
mill.
4363&. Nephofteryx albifascialis, n. sp.
ft. Legs and hindwing normal.
Head white and brown with some purple-red scales ; the brush-like
maxillary palpi fulvous ; thorax and legs purplish black-brown with whitish
patches on tibiae ; abdomen brownish-ochreous, tinged with dark-brown at
base and extremity. Forewing black-brown ; the inner and terminal areas
mixed with grey and red-brown scales ; a pure white slightly curved fascia
from below costa near base to apex. Hindwing semihyaline ochreous-white,
the costa and termen tinged with brown ; cilia white, brown at base.
Habitat.— Ceylon, Matale (Pole). Exp. 20 mill. Type —In B. M.
4364a. Nephofteryx striginervella, n. sp.
Palpi of male hollowed out to receive the brush-like maxillary palpi ;
antennae with slight ridge of scales at base, ending in a projecting point, the
shaft serrate and fasciculate.
ft. White, with an ochreous-brown tinge ; antennae with the shaft black-
ish ; palpi with dark streaks ; thorax with a few dark scales. Forewing
irrorated with some red-brown scales ; an oblique antemedial series of
reddish and black streaks lengthening towards inner margin and with an
obscure line beyond them ; raised bosses of pale and black scales at and below
lower angle of cell ; the veins of outer area streaked with dark red and
black. Hindwing yellowish semihyaline white.
Habitat.— Ceylon (J. Pole). Exp. 18 mill. Type— In B. M.
4370a. Nefhopteryx rubralis, n. sp.
ft . With streaks of black scales on underside below basal half of costa of
forewing and subcostal nervure of hindwing.
Head and thorax ocbreous, strongly tinged with red-brown ; abdomen
ochreous. Forewing ochreous, tinged with red-brown, the inner and terminal
areas irrorated with fuscous ; the 1st line medial, whitish, diffused, enclosing
a black point on vein 1 and with diffused dark scales on its edges; lower
discoidal point prominent, black, the upper indistinct ; the 2nd line subter-
minal, formed of small dentate white marks on blackish streaks on the veins ;
an indistinct terminal series of dark points. Hindwing yellowish-white.
5 . Head, thorax and forewing redder, the last with hardly a trace of the
blackish markings.
Habitat.— Madras (Watson). Exp. 20 mill. Type— In B. M.
THE MOTHS OF INDIA. 29
±370b. Nephopteryx calamalis, n. sp.
g. With streaks of black scales on underside below basal half of costa ot
forewing and subcostal nervure of hindwing.
Head and thorax pale-ochreous, slightly irrorated with black ; abdomen
ochreous. Forewing pale-ochreous, irrorated with black ; more thickly on
inner and terminal areas ; the 1st line medial represented by a black point on
median nervure and a black-defined whitish line f rom submedian fold to inner
margin, angled inwards on vein 1 ; a prominent black point at lower angle
of cell ; the subterminal line whitish, defined by black, angled inwards and
interrupted in discal and submedian folds and minutely dentate on median
nervules ; a distinct terminal series of black points. Hindwing semihyaline
yellowish-white, with some fuscous suffusion on costal area ; a dark terminal
line and line at base of cilia.
Habitat.— Ceylon, Puttalam (Pole). Exp. 20 mill. Type— In B. M.
4370c. Nephopteryx asbolalis, n. sp.
Forewing of male with patch of black scales at base of costa on underside,
the anal tuft more or less black.
Head, thorax and abdomen ochreous : palpi and fore and mid legs with
patches of black ; mid and hind tibial spurs and tarsi black. Forewing och-
reous, with more or less blackish suffusion on inner half and on terminal
area ; the antemedial line whitish, oblique and indistinct from costa to
median nervure, where there is a black point beyond it, angled inwards on
vein 1, where there is a more or less developed black patch before it and
black point with pale patch beyond it on its outer side ; two black discoidal
point3 ; the subterminal line whitish defined by black, oblique from costa to
vein 6 ; excurved at middle and angled inwards in submedian fold ; a termi-
nal series of black points. Hindwing semihyaline yellowish-white, with some
fuscous suffusion on costa and fine dark lines on termen and at base of cilia.
Ab. 1. Forewing with the ground color grey ; hindwing with streaks of
black scales on base of costa and subcostal nervure on underside.
Habitat. — Sierra Leone (Clements) ; Simla (Pilcher) ; Deesa (Nurse) ; Bel-
gaum (Watson) ; Bali (Doherty). Exp. 20 mill.
4383. Myelois pectinicornella. The larva bores in the pods of cocao
in Ceylon and is very destructive.
4383a. Myelois ephestxalis, n. sp.
Antenna? of male ciliated.
Head and thorax grey, mixed with fuscous ; tarsi with pale rings ; abdomen
ochreous with fuscous dorsal bands. Forewing grey, thickly irrorated with
fuscous ; an oblique antemedial black line, slightly angled outwards in sub-
median fold, defined by whitish on inner side and diffused on outer; a more
or less prominent dark discoidal lunule ; a pale subterminal line, defined by
blackish on inner side and excurved at middle. Hindwing semihyaline, tinged
with fuscous ; cilia of both wings white at base, fuscous at tips.
Habitat.— Simla (Pilcher) ; Sikhim (Dudgeon). Exp. 16 mill. Type—In B. M.
30 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
4384a. Hypsipyla psarella, n. sp.
Head, thorax and abdomen grey, mixed with brown ; abdomen with
segmental white lines. Forewing gvey, thickly irrorated with brown ; an
antemedial white line oblique from costa to below cell, where it is acutely
angled, then angled inwards on vein 1 ; a dark discocellular lunule ; a
minutely dentate white subterminal line, slightly bent outwards at middle ; a
series of dark terminal points. Hindwing semibyaline white, the termen
and costa tinged with fuscous.
Habitat— Sikhim, 1800' (Dudgeon) ; Puttalam, Ceylon (Pole). Exp. 26
mill. Type— In B. M.
4384&. Hypsipyla elachistalis, n. sp.
ft. Maxillary palpi dilated and flattened against frons which is conical and
prominent.
Head and thorax grey, mixed with fuscous, the shoulders tinged with olive-
yellow ; abdomen grey. Forewing grey ; the costal area tinged with olive-
yellow ; the basal area suffused with fuscous and vinous scales ; a medial
black line with an ochreous band on its inner side oblique from costa to
discal fold, then erect ; two fuscous and vinous discoidal points ; the terminal
area suffused with fuscous and vinous scales obliquely from apex to middle
of inner margin ; a pale subterminal line defined on each side by black and
slightly bent outwards at vein 6 ; an ill-defined terminal series of black
points. Hindwing white, tinged with fuscous ; cilia of both wings with a dark
line through them.
Habitat. — Ceylon, Hambantota (Pole). Exp. 16 mill. Type— In B. M.
4384c. Hypsipyla rotundipex, n. sp. (PI. C, f. 26.)
Antennas of male laminate ; forewing with the basal half of costa fringed
with long hair, the apex rounded.
ft. Head and thorax black-brown ; abdomen reddish-brown. Forewing
black-brown, with rufous streaks below submedian fold and vein 1 and
between veins of outer area. Hindwing semibyaline brown with a rufous
tinge, the veins and fine terminal line and line through the cilia darker.
Habitat .— Sikhim, 2600' (Pilcher). Exp. 36 mill. Type— -In B. M.
4386a. Phycita hemipexella, n. sp.
ft. Antennas of male with large sinus and tuft ; the basal half of shaft
bipectinate with diminishing branches ; maxillary palpi triangular, flattened
against the frons.
Head, thorax and abdomen ochreous ; thorax suffused with purplish-
fuscous, except the front of tegulas and shoulders ; abdomen irrorated with
purplish-fuscous. Forewing ochreous, the costal area and cell suffused with
black, leaving an ochreous discoidal spot ; a blackish antemedial patch below
the cell ; the postmedial line indistinct, angled beyond the cell, then very
oblique and ending at vein 1 ; traces of a waved subterminal line •, the inner
area irrorated with purplish-red. Hindwing semihyaline whitish, the costal area
tinged with fuscous ; a fine brownish terminal line and a line through the cilia
THE MOTHS OF INDIA. 31
Habitat— Sikhim, 1800' (Dudgeon). Exp. 18 mill. Type— In B. M.
43866. Phycita ph^eella, n. sp.
$ . Maxillary palpi flattened against the frons ; antenna) with a large
sinus and tuft at base.
Head and thorax dark-brown, tinged with grey and irrorated with a few
blackish scales ; abdomen brown. Forewing dark-brown, suffused with grey
and irrorated with blackish scales ; a slight medial dark streak on vein 1, a
series of postmedial streaks and some dark points on termen. Hindwing
hyaline white ; the fringes of hair on median nervure and base of vein 1
brown ; the termen and base of cilia brown.
Habitat.— Deesa (Nurse). Exp. 22 mill. Type— In B. M.
4393. Phycita steniella.
$ . Maxillary palpi filiform ; antennae with the basal joint dilated and
angled behind, the shaft with large sinus ending with a tuft of scales.
4403a. Phycita erythrolophia, n. sp.
Maxillary palpi of male brush-like in hollow of labial palpi ; antennae
laminate, ciliated with large hollowed out tuft at base of shaft ; mid-tibiae
with fold containing a tuft of vinous hair ; claspers and anal tuft very large,
the latter tinged with vinous ; hindwing with the base streaked with vinous
scales on underside, a small hyaline streak above base of vein 2.
£. Grey, tinged with brown; head blackish. Forewing irrorated with
brown ; an oblique antemedial ridge of large black scales across cell and
submedian interspace ; a medial whitish line, slightly defined by brown,
oblique from costa to below cell where it is angled ; the discoidal points black
and obliquely placed ; the subterminal line white, defined by brown, dentate,
augled outwards on vein 6 ; a terminal series of black points. Hindwing
semihyaline, the veins and margins brownish.
9. Head not blackish.
Habitat— Ceylon, Matale (Pole). Exp: $ 24, $ 20 mill. Tijpe— -In B. M.
4497a. Phycita ardentia, n. sp.
$ . Head and thorax dark-rufous ; abdomen pale yellow-brown. Forewing
purplish red-brown ; a pinkish white medial line angled inwards on vein 1
and with some purplish grey on its outer edge ; a dark discoidal lunule ;
a whitish subterminal line obtusely angled on vein 5 ; a fine dark terminal
line. Hindwing whitish semihyaline, the apical area tinged with fuscous ; a
fine dark terminal line and line through the cilia.
Habitat— Sikhim, 7000' (Pilcher). Exp. 20 mill. Type— In B. M.
4407/'. Phycita ochralis, n. sp.
Autennae of male with slight sinus at base of shaft with black scale teeth
in it.
£. Head, thorax and abdomen ochreous ; palpi and legs irrorated with
fuscous. Forewing ochreous ; the costal edge black, the costal area suffused
with black and white scales towards apex ; a diffused patch of rufous
and black scales on inner area before middle; the cilia fuscous and white.
32 JO URN A L} BOMB A Y NAT UFA L HIS TOR Y SOCIETY, Vol. X V.
Hindwing semihyaline tinged with fuscous, especially on costal area ; cilia
white with fuscous line at base.
Habitat. — Kashmir, Goorais Valley (Leech). Exp. 22 mill. Type — In B. M.
4427a. Cryptoblabes ephestialis, n. sp.
9. Head and thorax dark-brown ; pectus, legs and abdomen grey-brown.
Forewing dark-brown, the inner half suffused with red-brown ; the lines
represented by a few silvery grey scales. Hindwing hyaline, the veins and
margins brown.
Habitat— Ceylon, Matale (Pole). Exp. 14-16 mill. Type— In B. M.
Genus Epischnia.
Epischnia. Zell. Isis 1839, p. 178.
Type — E. prodromella, Hiibn.
Range — X. America ; Europe ; S. Africa ; Madagascar ; W. C. and X. Asia
to Kashmir.
Proboscis fully developed ; palpi thickly scaled, the 2nd joint oblique, the
3rd porrect ; maxillary palpi dilated with hair ; frons with tuft of hair ;
antennas of male laminate with sinus at base of shaft, ending in some scale
teeth and a slight tuft of hair ; a large tuft of hair and large scales below
shoulders. Forewing with veins 3#4'5 well separated ; 6 from below upper
angle ; 8*9 stalked ; lO'll from cell. Hindwing with vein 3 approximated to
4*5, for nearly half their length ; 6"7 stalked ; 8 free.
4433a. Epischnia cretaciella, Mann. Ver. Zool. Bot. Wien 18G9,
p. 380 ; Rag. Rom. Mem,, VII., p. 504, pi. XX., f. 1.
Head, thorax and abdomen white, tinged with pale-brown and irrorated
with fuscous. Forewing white, irrorated with black and the interspaces
tinged with pale-brown, the veins with streaks of black scales, defined on each
side by white, the antemedial line represented by a slight oblique striga from
costa and a slight striga on vein 1 ; a black point at lower angle of cell ; traces
of a postmedial line oblique from costa near apex to submedian fold where it
is angled inwards ; a subterminal series of short diffused streaks. Hindwing
semihyaline whitish ; the veins brown ; the costal and terminal areas suffused
with brown, especially in female ; a fine terminal line and a line at base of
cilia.
Habitat.— E. Europe; W.Asia; Kashmir (Dras). Exp. 28-30 mill.
Genus Selagia.
Selagia — Hiibn. Verz., p. 37 (1827).
Type — S. argyrella, Schiff.
Range — X. America ; Europe ; X. and Central Asia to Kashmir ; Japan.
Proboscis fully developed ; palpi thickly scaled, extending about the length
of head, the 2nd joint oblique, the 3rd porrect ; maxillary palpi somewhat
dilated with scales ; frons rounded ; antennas of male laminate, the shaft
with sinus and tuft at base, Forewing with vein 3 from near angle of cell :
THE MOTHS OF INDIA* 33
4*5 approximated for some distance ; 6 from below upper angle ; 8"9 stalked ;
10*11 from cell. Hindwing with the lower angle of cell produced, vein 3
from augle, 4'5 stalked ; 6*7 stalked ; 8 free.
44336. Selagia spadicella— Hiibn. Eur. Schmett Tin., p. 31, f. 225
(1827) ; Rag. Rom. Mem., VII., p. 472.
Tinea janthiwlla—nubn. Eur. Schmett Tin., ff. 374-375 (1827).
Nephopteryx saltuella — Mann. Wien. Mori. 18G2, p. 392.
Head and thorax rufous, mixed with fuscous and grey ; legs fuscous and
grey ; abdomen ochreous. Forewing rufous, the costal area and veins with
diffused fuscous and grey streaks ; the antemedial line represented by slight
dark streaks on the veiDS, or greyish, oblique from costa to median nervure
and angled inwards on vein 1 ; discoidal points obscure ; the postmedial line
obsolete or greyish, oblique, and angled inwards in submedian fold. Hind-
wing semihyaline ochreous ; the costal area suffused with fuscous ; a fine
terminal line and a line at base of cilia.
Habitat.— Europe ; C. Asia ; Kashmir, Goorais Valley, Exp. 30 mill,
4434a. Etiella grisea, n. sp.
$. Head and thorax grey ; maxillary palpi ochreous ; abdomen whitish.
Forewing pale grey,irrorated with fuscous ; three obliquely placed antemedial
bosses of leaden-coloured scales below the cell, with obscure yellow band
beyond them, followed by durk points on median nervure and vein 1 ; two
dark discoidal points and a diffused patch below end of cell ; traces of a
subterminal line excurved at middle ; a fine terminal line. Hindwing yellow-
ish semihyaline white with pale brownish terminal line.
<{>. With ill-defined white subcostal fascia to forewing.
Habitat.— Ceylon, Puttalam (J. Pole). Exp. 18-24 mill. Type—In B. M.
44346. Etiella myosticta, n. sp.
£. Maxillary palpi filiform, slightly dilated at extremity.
Head and thorax ochreous, tinged with rufous ; abdomen ochreous. Forewing
ochreous, tinged with rufous, sparsely irrorated with fuscous ; a fine whitish
streak on median nervure ; the costal area greyish, slightly defined with
fuscous below ; a black point at lower angle of cell ; a curved postmedial
series of slight blackish streaks on the veins ; a terminal series of black points.
Hindwing semihyaline ochreous, tinged with brown towards costa and
termen ; a fine terminal line and a line at base of cilia.
Habitat— Simla (Pilcher). Exp. 22 mill. Type.— In B. M.
4134c. Etiella uniformalis, n. sp.
£. Head and thorax ochreous, tinged with rufous and mixed with
fuscous ; abdomen ochreous. Forewing ochreous-grey, thickly irrorated and
suffused with fuscous-brown ; a more ochreous streak in submedian fold.
Hindwing ochreous-grey, tinged with fuscous-brown.
Habitat. — Kashmir, Goorais Valley (Leech). Exp. 28 mill. — Type — In 8, M
34 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
EPIPASCHIANyE.
Genus Odontopaschia, nov.
Palpi obliquely upturned, the 3rd joint porrect ; maxillary palpi strongly
dilated with scales ; antennae of male
with tufts of scales at extremity of
basal joint ; the shaft laminate, ex-
cised at base. Forewing with vein
3 from close to angle of cell ; 4'5
stalked ; 7*8 stalked, 9 absent ; 10
from cell ; a large tooth of scales
Odontopaschia virescens ^ j. .-,,,„. . ?,
^ on middle of inner margin ; turts
of large erect scales at middle of cell and on discocellulars, bearing a few
long thick hairs. Hindwing with vein 3 from close to angle of cell ; 4
absent ; 7 anastomosing with 8.
4435a. Odontopaschia virescens, n. sp.
Head and thorax brown ; abdomen fuscous and grey. Forewing with the
inner half brown, the costal half white, irrorated with green and with a
large medial patch of dark-green ; the antemedial line defined by fuscous,
oblique, curved above inner margin and with a patch of diffused black scales
before it on inner area ; the tufts of scales in cell black and brown ; some
blackish scales below end of cell ; the postmedial line dark, bent outwards at
vein 5, dentate to vein 2, then excurved ; a terminal series of black points.
Hindwing fuscous-brown.
Habitat— Khasis. Exp. $ 22, $ 26 mill. Type— -In B. M.
4438c. Macella eufibarbalis, n. sp. (PI. C, f. 31.)
Maxillary palpi of male free, strongly tufted with hair ; palpi with the 2nd
joint very long ; a very large tuft of hair on inner side of 2nd and 3rd joints ;
antennse ciliated, the basal joint dilated ; tufts of scales behind antenna?;
hindwing with long fringes of hair on inner margin.
ft . Head, thorax and abdomen clothed with olive-green, white, pinkish and
fuscous scales ; palpi whitish, dark towards extremity; the tufts on inner
side of 2nd joint red ; abdomen with some black dorsal marks, the extremity
brown and black. Forewing clothed with whitish and green scales, irrorated
with black ; a blackish mark at base of inner margin ; an obliquely curved
antemedial black band from cell to inner margin, with some brownish
suffusion on its inner side ; a tuft of brown scales in end of cell with dark
mark on coata above it ; the black postmedial line oblique from costa to vein
3, then strongly incurved and dentate •, the apical area rufous ; a terminal
series of black spots. Hindwing fuscous, pale towards base ; a pale sub-
terminal mark on vein 2 ; the fringes of hair on inner area red. Underside
with the apical area of forewing and whole of hindwing clothed with pale-
brown scales.
9. Much more green and fuscous with hardly any white scales ; the thorax,
base and apical areas of forewing especially green ; underside purplish-
THE MOTHS OF INDIA. 35
fuscous with pale patches towards base of wings ; the discoidal iunules
distinct.
Habitat.— Sikhim, 1800' (Dudgeon). Exp. 30 mill. Type— In B. M.
4442a. Macalla plicatalis, n. sp.
£. Palpi with the 2nd joint short, the 3rd very long and hollowed out
to contain the brush-like maxillary palpi ; antennae ciliated with no tuft of
scales behind them. Hindwing with the inner area dilated, forming a
large fold containing rough fulvous scales on underside.
Head and thorax pale olive-brown ; abdomen with the basal half yellow on
dorsum, the terminal half and ventral surface ochreous, irrorated with
fuscous. Forewing pale olive-brown with a thinly scaled patch on disk ;
some black scales on costa before middle and small tufts at middle and end
of cell ; an indistinct diffused dentate black line curved from costa to vein 2,
then retracted to below end of cell ; cilia pinkish with a series of black points.
Hindwing seraihyaline white ; the terminal area tinged with fuscous ; tha
inner area ochreous ; cilia pinkish with a series of black points.
Habitat— Ceylon, Matale (J. Pole). Exp. 32 mill. Type— In B. M.
4446a. Macalla metasarcia, n. sp. (PI. C, f . 32.)
9- Head and thorax ochreous, mixed with black; abdomen pinkish-
ochreous, banded with black. ForewiDg pinkish-ochreous, almost entirely
suffused with olive-black ; prominent tufts of raised scales at middle and
end of cell; an indistinct pale antemedial line; a postmedial line, highly
excurved at middle, defined on inner sides by a black line, with a diffused
pinkish-ochreous area on its inner side ; a terminal series of black points ;
cilia pinkish with a black line through them. Hindwing flesh-color ; a curved
black postmedial line obsolescent towards costa and inner margin and with
black not on vein 2 ; a terminal band, wide at apex, tapering to a point at
anal angle ; cilia with a fuscous line through them.
Habitat.— Sikhim, 1800' ( Dudgeon). Exp. 22 mill. Type— In B. M.
4449. Macalla Margarita.
$. Palpi with the extremity of 2nd and the 3rd joint fringed with long
scales, the 3rd joint curved forward into a hook ; maxillary palpi triangular
and flattened against the frons ; vertex of head hollowed out between an-
tenna?, with tufts of scales from above eyes meeting over vertex ; antennas
with long cilia for half their length, then with short cilia.
Habitat. — Ceylon, Hambantota (J. Pole).
4453a. CjENC-domus fumosalis, n. sp. (PI. C, f. 30.)
Dull olive-brown and fuscous. Forewing with obscure antemedial, medial
and postmedial dark bands ; a streak of black and white hair in submedian
fold, another streak from middle of cell to near termen and a shorter streak
above vein 6, the postmedial line excurved at middle. Hindwing with
medial ridge of black and white hair and streaks in the interspaces towards
apax- ; an obscure pale postmedial line excurved and dentate at middle.
Habitat.— Khasis. Exp. $ 32, $ 40 mill. Tyves—ln Coll. Rothschild and
B.M.
36 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
4464a. Stericta rubrescens, n. sp.
ft. Head, thorax and abdomen olive-green, the last with segmental black
lines. Forewing olive-green with black patches at base below the cell and
on inner margin ; a tuft of black hair in ;middle of cell ; a medial line
oblique from costa to submedian fold, where it is slightly angled ; the post-
medial line oblique from costa to just below vein 3, then strongly incurved ;
some pink suffusion beyond it and a large patch in submedian interspace
towards tornus. Hindwing suffused with pink ; some black suffusion at base
and a patch below end of cell ; the postmedial Hue indistinct, oblique from
costa to vein 3, where it is angled ; traces of a curved subterminal line.
Habitat.— Sikhim, 7000' (Pilcher). Exp. 22 mill. Type— In B. M.
4464*. Stericta suspensalis, Wlk. Cat. XXXIV, p. 1217.
ft. Head and thorax olive ; abdomen whitish, tinged with olive ; the basal
segments with some black dorsal suffusion. Forewing whitish, the costal and
antemedial areas tinged with olive ; a blackish patch at base of inner area ;
traces of an antemedial white line ; a prominent postmedial slightly curved
white line, slightly angled inwards above inner margin, the area beyond it
fuscous ; the ridges of raised scales black and white. Hindwing whitish,
tinged with olive before and beyond the curved postmedial line which is
white denned by black on inner side towards inner margin and with black
point below costa and three short streaks beyond its medial part.
In one specimen the whole hindwing is blackish to the postmedial line, and
a large patch replaces the streaks beyond it.
Habitat. — Khasis ; Ceylon ; Borneo ; Bali. Exp. 20 mill.
4464c. Stericta olivialis, n. sp.
Antennae of male with the basal joint dilated, but without process ; maxil-
lary palpi brush-like in fold of labial palpi.
ft. Head and thorax white and olive-green ; abdomen white and olive-
green with dark dorsal bands. Forewing white, thickly irrorated with olive-
green ; the costa with olive-green patches at base and middle ; obliquely
placed subbasal blackish spots below cell and on inner margin ; an ante-
medial blackish line from cell to inner margin, interrupted at vein 1 ; a similar
medial line angled outwards below cell, then inwards to near antemedial
line ; a black spot at upper angle of cell and short streaks above bases of
veins 3, 4 ; the postmedial line aentate, oblique from costa to vein 4 and in-
curved in submedian interspace, defined by white on outer side, followed by a
large apical olive patch and another towards tornus ; a terminal series of
small black spots. Hindwing whitish, tinged with brown ; the terminal area
fuscous ; a dark terminal line and line at base of cilia.
Habitat.— Bhutan (Dudgeon) ; Khasis. Exp. 30 mill. Type — In B. M.
4i74a. Orthaga mixtams, Wlk. Cat. XXVII, p. 104 (1863).
Forowing of male without glandular swelling on costa ; maxillary palpi
dilated with scales and flattened against the frons ; antennas with the basal
joint dilated.
THE MOTHS OF INDIA. 37
Head and thorax clothed with golden-green and white scales ; ahdomen
white and fuscous, tinged with brown towards extremity. Forewing white,
irrorated and the basal area suffused with golden-green ; a more or less
developed antemedial patch of black suffusion on median nervure, sometimes
extending to costa and inner margin ; a curved medial black line from cell to
inner margin ; a discoidal tuft of black scales ; the terminal third of wing
suffused with golden-green and more or less with black, from vein 6 to inner
margin extending as a broad band to inner side of postmedial line which is
dentate, oblique from costa to vein 4, then somewhat inwardly oblique and
angled inwards in submedian fold, defined by white on outer side ; a termi-
nal series of black striae. Hindwingpale fuscous-brown, with fine dark termi-
nal line and line at base of cilia.
Habitat. — Bhutan ; Borneo, Sarawak ; Java. Exp. 26 mill.
38 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
ON TWO CETACEANS FROM TRAVANCORE,
By H. S. Ferguson.
WITH A NOTE ON THE SAME,
By R. Lydekker, b.a., f.r.s., f.g.s., &c.
( With plates A <y B.)
(Bead before the Bombay Natural History Society on 5th February 1903.)
On the 14th of February, 1901, word was brought to ine that
a whale had been stranded on the beach in the neighbourhood of
Trivandrum, I at once sent Mr. Shaukara Narayana Pillay, the head
taxidermist of the Museum, with men to secure the animal and
make the necessary arrangements for skinniug it and obtaining its
skeleton. He made the following measurements and notes on the
spot : —
Length, taken in a straight line from tip of snout
to the bottom of the notch in the flukes
Greatest circumference
Do. do. at genital.
Do. do. at anus
Caudal fin from tip to tip ...
Dorsal fin (falcate)
Do. vertical height...
Flippers (falcate) ...
Blow-hole on the top of the head situated a little to the left of the
middle line 21 inches from the tip of the snout. Head not distinct
from neck. Beak not distinct, colour smooth glistening black through-
out. After skinning it, he made the following notes on the internal
organs : —
Heart from root of aorta to apex ... ... ... 1ft. 4in.
Do. circumference ...u ... ... ... 2ft. 5in.
Liver lobe (a) 2ft. 2in., (6) 2ft. lin.
Kidneys, right 1ft. 6in., left 1ft. 2im
Stomach resembling a wide sack 32im long and 15in. broad.
Intestines 109ft. 4in. long.
The stomach contained two fish, one 4ft. lin., the other 1ft. tun.
long, in a half-digested state.
To enable the skin to be set up and at the same time to retain the
skeleton complete, a cast of the skull was taken and was utilisod in set-
<
(1)
o
6
O
in
-p
I
o
m
p-
o
•"3
►0
CM
G>
CO
to
en
z
Ld
Q
en
en
<
u
<
o
a:
o
a
D
Ld
CO
Q.
TWO CETACEANS FROM TRAVANCORE. 39
ting up the skin instead of using the skull. Subsequent examination
of the skeleton brought out the following points : —
Vertebral column. — Cervical vertebrae 7. Dorsal 10. Lumbar 10.
Caudal 20.— Total 47. The first four cervieals fused together. Epi-
physes fused with the centra.
Ribs 10. Sternal G. Costal 4. All ossified, the first 6 ribs two-
headed.
The sternum composed of an ossified presternum and two mesosterna,
with a cartilaginous xiphisternum.
The scapula fan-shaped with the external surface concave.
Phalanges I 1, II 2, III 5, IV 7, V 1.
Skull length 1ft. 10in., breadth between the orbits 1ft. 2in.
Teeth T°T stout, 2in. in length and from \ to fin. in diameter.
Ramis of mandible 21in., symphysis 3fin.
Pterygoids divergent posteriorly.
The anterior portion of the premaxilla broader than that of the
maxilla.
Length of rostrum taken from an imaginary line joining the angles
of the mouth 1ft. 2iD.
From the size of the teeth it is evident that the animal is a " Killer "
or tl Grampus." The only genus mentioned by Blanford is Orca and
the only species 0. gladiator. It differs from this in colour, in having
the dorsal fiu of moderate size and falcate, the pectoral fins also of
moderate size and falcate in the number of vertebras, and the number
of ribs. It approaches more nearly to the genus Pseudorca, a meagre
description of which is given by Beddard in his Book of Whales, but
differs in the number of vertebrae (not an important point however) and
in the divergence of the pterygoids.
Curiously enough on the same day the fishermen brought me
another cetacean, which they had that morning caught in their nets.
Its description is as follows : —
Colour uniform shining black, passing gradually into a fleshy plum-
heous tinge on the sides and under surface. Pectoral, dorsal and caudal
fins present. Beak distinct. Lower jaw slightly longer than the upper.
Length from tip of snout to notch in centre of
caudal fin ... 8ft. lin.
Do. do. to origin of pectoral fin ... 1ft. lin.
Do. do. to origin of dorsal fin ... 3ft. 8in.
40 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XK
Length of pectoral fin which is falcate
Do. dorsal fin which is falcate...
Height of dorsal fin ...
Width of gape
Greatest height
Do. circumference
Smallest circumference at root of tail
A single nasal aperture or blow hole on the top of the head. A
prenaria adipose elevation marked off by a V-shape groove.
Vertebroe column. — Cervical 7, all fused together. Dorsal 13.
Lumbar 17. Caudal 24. — Total 61. Epiphyses distinct. Vertebrse
centra rather short. Sternum composed of presternum and two mesos-
terna ossified, with a cartilaginous xiphisternum.
Ribs 13. Costal 7. Sternal 6, all ossified. The first four ribs two-
headed.
Phalanges I 1, II 6, III 8, IV 1, V 1. II and III well developed.
Skull. — Rostrum from anterior of the prenarial projection 4£in.
Mandible 17|in., symphysis barely 2in.
Teeth moderate |f and ||=51. Length of skull 20in.
Breadth 8iin. between orbits. Pterygoids not meeting in the
middle line, borders divergent posteriorly.
This is a slightly immature specimen. According to Blanford's
synopsis of the Indian Genera, it can only belong to the genus Tursiops,
but it differs from the genus in having the pterygoids separate, and it
differs in many respects from the only species Tursiops tursio described
by him.
NOTES ON THE TRIVANDRUM CETACEANS,
By R. Lydekker, b.a., f.r.s., f.g.s., &c.
The first of the two specimens referred to by Mr. Ferguson (PI. A)
is undoubtedly referable to the genus Pseudorca, and presents no
characters by which it can be distinguished from the widely distributed
False Killer (P. crassidens). As that species, which is new to the
Indian Fauna, never appears to have been properly figured, I have
thought it well to reproduce the excellent sketch sent by Mr. Fer-
guson. I do not attach any importance to the difference with regard
to the divergence of the pterygoid bones, nor in the number of verte-
bra (17 instead of 50).
n co
CD
-P
o
en
1 — I
o
o
LO
-P
-p
erf
!Z5
&
1
o
PQ
pi
o
•-a
<s
tfj
N
0)
1-
TWO CETACEANS PROM TRAVANCORE. 41
With regard to the second specimen (PI. B), I agree with Mr. Fer-
guson in assigning it to the genus Tursiops, in spite of the fact that it
differs from all the other species in the separation of the pterygoid
hones of the skull. Externally it agrees with Tursiops in the form of
the beak and fins, as well as in the general outline of the body, and the
number and characters of the teeth. The number of vertebra (61) is
also that of Tursiops (61 — 64), and of no other of the allied genera.
Of the four species of Tursiops recognised by Mr. True,* the typical
T. tursio, in addition to the united pterygoids, differs by the colour of
the under-parts, which is either pale-grey or white, and the smaller
number of teeth (§§), the number of vertebrae being 64. The smaller
T. parvimanus, of the Adriatic, in which the teeth number §£ and the
vertebra 62, has also greyish-white under-parts. In the Australian
T. catalania the under-parts are likewise white. On the other hand,
Tursiops abusalam of the Red Sea comes nearer to the Trivandrum
dolphin, having |^ teeth and 61 vertebra, and showing flesh-coloured
markings mixed with green on the under-parts. The dark sea-green
of the upper-parts does not, however, accord with Mr. Ferguson's de-
scription ; and there is the aforesaid difference in the pterygoids. The
Pacific T. gilli is too imperfectly known to admit of comparison.
On the whole, I think it advisable to regard the Trivandrum dolphin
as a new species of Tursiops, allied to T. abusalam (of which I have no
specimens for comparison), but distinguished by the divided pterygoids,
the blacker colour of the upper-parts and the more decided plumbeous
flesh-colour of the under-surface, which is marked with streaks instead
of spots. It may be appropriately named l\fergusoni%
Mr. Ferguson has promised to present the skull to the British
Museum. When it arrives, I might publish a notice of its characters.
Bull. IT. S. Mus., No. 3G; p. 158 (1889).
42 JO URN A L, B OMB A Y NA TURA L HIS TOR Y SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
A LIST OF THE BUTTERFLIES OF THE KONKAN.
By E. H. Aitken and E. Comber.
Since the first and second volumes of the Society's journal wero-
published no attempt has been made to compile a list of our Bombay
Batterflies and the references to local species in the later volumes have
been few and far between. As there must be, in one way or another,
a considerable number of our 7uembers who collect, or have collected,
butterflies in the neighbourhood of Bombay in a more or less serious
fashion, and who would be greatly assisted in their work if such a list
were available for reference, we have gathered together the names, with
a few short notes, of all those species that we have either personal know-
ledge of, or reliable information about, as occurring in the district.
One difficulty that confronted us was that of deciding as to what
the limits of the local district should be, but, rejecting the idea of
confining the list to those species that have been found on Bombay
island itself on the ground that so largo a portion of its area is
now-a-days no longer suitable for the production and support of insect
life, we decided to include the whole of the Konkan in the area dealt
with, as being in itself a definite and characteristic district and as
including most of the localities where those who attempt a collection
are likely to find themselves in the field with net and killing bottle.
Taking the description of the district given by the late Mr. W. F.
Sinclair in his papers on " The Waters of Western India," the Konkan
may, reughly speaking, be defined as follows : — " Between the lGth
and 21st degrees of North latitude ( i.e., from Vingorla to Surat) and
between the watershed of the Sahyadri range (Western Ghats), with
an average elevation of about 3,000 feet (rising in places to 4,500 ft.),
and the coast. " Any species found within this district may not
unnaturally be expected to occur at any other sttitable locality within
its boundaries.
The list compiled by Mr. E. H. Aitken and published in the first
and second volumes of our journal was based on the specimens then in
the Society's collection from all parts of the Bombay Presidency with
the exception of Sind and Canara. This list, besides being necessarily
very incomplete, is not in the hands of many of our present local
members, and is of course now largely out of date so far as the names-
attached to the species are concerned, owing to the constant changes
A LTST OF THE BUTTERFLIES OF THE KONKAN. 43
that have been made since its publication, as species, previously de-
scribed under new names, have been found to be only local or geogra-
phical varieties of others and as the present practice of priority in
nomenclature has been carried to an extreme.
For the Nymphalidce and Lycccnidce we have followed Marshall and
de Niceville's book and we give their reference numbers in brackets
for each species. In the absence of any up-to-date list of the Pierinm
and PapilionincG we have adopted the arrangement and nomenclature
of Messrs. Bell, Davidson and Aitken's paper on the Butterflies of
North Canara, which appeared in Vols. X. and XI. of our journal, in
conjunction with Capt. Watson's paper in Vol. VIII. of our journal
on certain genera of Pierinoe. In the case of the Hesperiidm wo
follow Capt. Watson's paper in Vol. IX. of our journal.
The number of species in our list only totals 130, and there are un-
doubtedly many more that can be added to it, but perhaps, with the
present as a basis, others will be encouraged to add their experiences by
'Communicating to the Society additions, which have not come our way.
FAMILY— NYMPHALID.E.
Sub-Family — Danain^.
1 ( 16 ). Danais aglea (Cramer) [==/?. grammica (Boisduval)
in Marshall and de Niccville].
Common at Matheran and on the hills after
the rains, but not usually found below the Ghats.
It has however been taken in Salsette.
2 ( 26 ). Do. limniace (Cramer). Common everywhere.
3 ( 28 ). Do. chrt/sippus (Linnseus). Common everywhere.
The variety or " sport," which wants the
black on the apex of the forewing and has
been named D. Uugii, occurs occasionally
throughout the district.
4 (31). Do. genutia (Cramer). Common everywhere.
5 (17). Euplcea Jcollari (Felder) [ = E, sinhala (Moore) in
Marshall and de Niceville].
We took a specimen of this at Pali Hill,
Salsette, in July last year. Probably fairly
common throughout the district but often
overlooked.
6 ( 61 ). Do., core (Cramer), Common everywhere.
44 JOURNA L, BOMBA ¥ NA TUBAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
7 ( 75 ). Euplma coreta (Godart) [= E. coreoides (Moore) in
Marshall and de Niceville]. Dr. Smith in-
cludes this species in his list of Matheran
butterflies, and it may be found to occur in the
district.
Sub-Family — Satyrinje.
8 ( 97 ). Myodesis mineus (Linureus). Common everywhere.
The dry season form replaces the other about
November.
9(99). Do. persons (Fabr;). Mr. J. A. Betham included
this species in his list of Matheran Species in
Vol. VIII of the Society's journal.
10 (135). Lethe europa (Fabr:). This species may probably be
found anywhere on the hills. Mr. J. Davidson
records it in the Society's journal (Vol. VIII.,
p. 556) at Matheran.
11 (140). Do. neelgherriensis (Guerin). Common on the hills
before the rains, but not confined to them. It
has been taken in the neighbourhood of Bombay.
12 (204).* Ypthima philomela (Johansseu). This species is probably
often passed over, being mistaken for the next
as they are indistinguishable in flight. The
only definite records we have are from Andheri
in Salsette and by Mr. J. A. Betham from
Matheran.
13 (217). Do. huebneri (Kirby). Common everywhere.
14 (243). Melanitis leda (Linnaeus). This species and its rain-
season form M. ismene (Cramer) is common
everywhere. Just after the rains in certain
years they invade the whole town of Bombay in
swarms and are to be seen in almost every
room in the Fort.
Sub-Family — Acr.ein^e.
15 (2i)8). Telchinia violce. This is apparently not a common
species everywhere ; but it no doubt occurs
throughout the district, and it becomes very
common in some places about March.
* Specimens marked with an asterisk will be acceptable if sent to the Bombay
Natural History Soeioty's museum.
A LIST OF THE BUTTERFLIES OF THE KONKAN. 45
Sub-Family— Nymphalinye,
1G (300). Ergolis taprobana (Westwood). In Marshall and de
Niceville, Major Yerbury is quoted as having
taken this at Khandala. As a matter of fact
it is very common there and at Matheran after
the rains.
17 (301). Do. ariadne (Linn re us). This, if distinct from the
preceding species, is only doubtfully record-
ed from the district. It was included by Mr.
J. A. Betham in his Matheran list,
18 (303). Bijblia illthjia (Drnrv). Comparatively common at
Nandurbar in the Tapti Valley after the rains
and probably to be found in other suitable
localities also.
19 (314). Afella phalantha (Drury). Common everywhere.
20 (335). Apatura camiba (Moore). This has been taken at
Matheran, as recorded by Mr. J, Davidson in
Vol. VIII of the Society's journal, and by Mr.
Oliver. We have also found it at Khandala.
21 (343). Precis iphita (Cramer). Occurs throughout the dis-
trict.
22 (344). Junonia asterie (Linnaeus) and its dry season form
J. almana (Linnaeus). A common species,
especially after the rains.
23 (347). Do. lemonias (Linnaeus), Common throughout the
district.
24 (349). Do. hierta (Fabr :) Common in all suitable localities.
25 (350). Do. orithjia (Linnaeus). Common in all suitable
localities.
26 (379). Neptis lencothoe (Cramer). This species, which for
many years was known as N. varmona
(Moore), is the common one of the genus
throughout the district, being very numerous
from October till February.
27 (400). Do. opluana (Moore). Generally distributed through-
out the district.
28 (402). Do. jumbah (Moore). Occurs in Salsette and at
Matheran.
46 JOURNAL, BOMBA Y NA TVRAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
29 (419). Hypolimnas bolina (Linnaeus). A common species.
30 (420). Do. misippus (Linmeus). Also a common
species. The " dorippus " form of the female
has been taken several times in different
parts.
31 (440). Parthenos vircns (Moore). We have seen this once at
Vingorla.
32 (454). Athyma perius (Linnseus). Common on the ghats and
at Matheran. We know of no actual instance
of it near the coast, but it may no doubt be
found to occur.
33 (474). Symphoedra nais (Forster). This is a common species
in Salsette and round about Bombay, but it
does not appear to be found on the hills.
454 (513). Euthalia garuda (Moore). Common wherever there are
mango trees about. This species is peculiarly
susceptible to baits such as overripe fruit or
a little toddy.
35 (517). Do. htbentina (Cramer). Not very rare on the hills
including Matheran. It occurs occasionally
in Bombay.
36 (520). Pyrantels cardui (Linnseus). Common in all suitable
localities.
37 (544). Cyrestls tJiycdamas (Boisduval). Mr. E. H. Aitken
found this " very common at Mahable^hwar "
during the cold weather of 1885-86. Dr.
Smith includes a species of this genus as
found at Matheran.
38 (556). Kallima horsfieldii (Kollar) [ = K. wardi (Moore) ].
Fairly common on all well-wooded hills,
39 (568). Charaxes athamas (Drury). Common enough on the
ghats and at Matheran.
40 (570). Do. fabius (Fabr :). Not so common as the pre-
ceding species, but also found on the plains.
There are specimens in the Society's collection
from the Tanna district.
41 (577). Do, imna (Butler). By no means very rare on the
ghats and at Matheran.
A LIST OF THE BUTTERFLIES OF THE RON KAN. 47
FAMILY— LEM0N1ID.E.
S UB-FAMILY — LlBYTHiEINiE.
42 (615). Abisara echerius (Stoll). After the rains very common
on the hills and in the low jungles of the
Tanna district. The local form was for many-
years distinguished as A.fraterna (Moore).
Sub-Family — Lyclenid.e.
43 (C42). Spalgis epius (Westwood). Not a common species,
hut it occurs in Bombay and Salsette and
at Karanja across the harbour.
44 (673). Chilades trochilus (Freyer). Common enough after
the rains in Bombay and the Tanna district.
45 (G81). Cyaniris puspa (Horsfield) Occurs on the ghats and
at Matheran. We have no record of it near
the coast.
46 (G94). Zizera malia (Kollar). A very common butterfly,
especially after the rains. The closely allied Z.
harsandra (Moore) has been recorded, but all
our specimens would be referred to Z. maha.
47 (702). Do. gaika (Trimon). Occurs in Bombay and
Salsette.
48 (703). Do. otis (Fabr :). The specimens from Bombay
and Salsette that we have been able to
examine would no doubt be placed by some
in Z. sangra (704) or Z, indica (705), but
there appears to be little doubt that they are
merely synonyms of Z. otis.
49 (712).* Lyccenesthes lyccenitia (Felder). Since Mr. E. H.
Aitken wrote in Voh I of our journal that he
had a strong impression that he had caught
this in Bombay, we have no definite record
of its occurrence.
50 (715). Talicada nyseus (Guorin). This peculiarly distributed
species is found at Mahableshwar, sometimes
in swarms at some particular spot. It occurs
also at Karanja across the harbour.
51 (733). J amides bochus (Cramer). Not uncommon in Bombay
and Salsette, especially after the rains.
48 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL BISTORT SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
52 (738). Lampides cvlianus (Fabr :). Very common in Bombay
and Salsette and more so on the hills.
53 (743). Catochrysops strabo (Fabr:). This species is to bo found
regularly in Bombay and Salsette.
54 (745). Do. enejus (Fabr:). A commoner species than
the preceding.
55 (750).* Do. pandava (Horsfield). Our only definite re-
cord of this species is from Nandurbar in the
Tapti Valley, but it doubtless occurs in other
parts of the district.
56 (752). Tarucus theophrastus (Fabr :). A common species.
57 (758). Do. plinius (Fabr :). Occurs throughout the dis-
trict, but is apparently nowhere very common.
58 (759). Castilius rosimon (Fabr :). Very common from August
to the end of the year both on the hills and the
plains.
59 (706). Do. decidea (Hewitson). This is apparently not a-
common species. It occurs occasionally in
Salsette and Matheran.
CO (767). Polyommatus bceticus (Linnaeus). Common every-
where.
61 (775).* Iraota timoleon (Stnll). This is found at Matheran,
and Marshall and de Niceville mention both
Khandala and Ratnagiri as places where it oc-
curs.
62 (776). Do. moecenas (Fabr :). There are specimens in the
Society's collection from the Tanna district, and
it is also found occasionally in Bombay, though
it is more common on the hills than near the
coast.
63 (791). Arhopala amantes (Hewitson). This species occurs in
Salsette and also across the harbour at Ka-
ranja, in fact in all hilly jnngles. Further
investigation should disclose other species
of this handsome genus as occurring in this
district.
64 (850). Curetis thetis (Fabr :). Occurs regularly, probably
throughout the district.
A LIST OF THE BUTTERFLIES OF THE KONKAN. 49
65 (890). Zesius chrysomalius (Hiibner). Marshall and de Nice-
ville record this species from " Alibagh in
January, and March," and also at "Hasvira
Kolaba district, in January."
6Q (903). Aphiceus vukanus (Fabr. ). Fairly numerous in
Salsette and on grassy hills everywhere : also
at Nandurbar in the Tapti Valley.
67 (907). Bo. lilacinus (Moore). Marshall and de Niceville
record a strongly marked specimen labelled
11 Bombay," received from the B. N. H. Society.
6S (910). Bo. lohita (liorsfield). This has been taken at
Pali Hill in SaL-ette. Dr. Smith includes it
in his Matheran list.
69 (931). Tajuria longinus (Fabr,). This is not a common species,
but it is found in Bombay, Salsette, and also on
the hills.
70 (959). Rathinda amor (Fabr.). Occurs almost everywhere,
but is nowhere confmon.
71 (967). Catapoecilma elegans (Druce). This species has been
taken at Bassoin in the Tanna district and at
Janjira.
72 (977). Loxurj, atymnus (Cramer). This is evidently rare.
Mr. "W. E. Hart recorded the capture of one
" about half a mile beyond the upper end of
Vehar lake " in the Society's journal (Vol. IV,
p. 69) and we took one at Andheri in Salsette
in September 1901.
73 (986). Deudorix epijarbas (Moore). This is generally distri-
buted, but nowhere common. Mr. J. A.
Betham records it at Matheran in the Society's
journal (Vol. VIII, p. 423), and it is also
found occasionally in Salsette.
74 (995). Rapala schistacea (Moore). A specimen of this species-
is included amongst the few of Mr. Oliver's
specimens from Matheran that we have been
able to examine.
75 (1006). Do. melampus (Cramer). We have found this about
Bombay, but it does not seem to be common.
7
50 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XT.
76 (1012). Virachola isocrates (Fabr.). This is common enough
near the coast wherever there are pomegranate
trees, in the fruit of which the larv?e feed.
77 (1013). Do. perse (Hewitson). This apparently is not found
near the coast, but occurs on the hills. It ia
common at Matheran.
FAMILY.— PAPILIONID2E.
Sub-Family — Pierin^e.
78 Niehitona xipliia (Fabr.). Common everywhere.
79 Delias eucharis (Drury). Quite common all the year round.
80 Catopsilia pyranthe (Linn*). Common ; sometimes to be seen
in swarms.
81 Do. crocale (Cramer). This species, and the equally vari-
able C. calilla (Cramer), which it is impossible
to separate, is by no means an uncommon butter
fly, especially during and after the rains, but at
times for months together none are to be seen.
At times too they migrate towards the south
or south-west in countless numbers.
82 Terias hecabe (Linn.). Very common everywhere, after the
rains appearing in swarms.
83 Do. libythea (Fabr.). This species occurs near the coast,
and we have specimens from Rewa Danda,
but it is apparently not by any means
common, though it mav often be overlooked
amongst the far larger number of the other
two representatives of the genus.
84 Do. Icela (Boisduval). At times this is very common,
especially during the cold weather, but at
other times none are to be seen.
85 Teracolus Calais (Cramer). The formerly recognised local species
T. cyprceus (Fabr.) has now been sunk as an
inconstant variety of the above. It is an ex-
tremely local species, as it never wanders far
from the food-plant of the larva {Sahadora
persica) which is a very eccentrically distributed
tree. Near the tree the butterfly generally
swarms. We have no record of it from the hills.
A LIST OF THE BUTTERFLIES OF THE KONKAN. 51
86 Teracolus puellaris (Butler). This common Gujerat species
occurs at the northern limits of the Konkan.
We have never heard of it in the neighbour-
hood or south of Bombay or on the hills.
87 Do. diViaii (Fabr.). This is also a local speGies. Col.
Swinhoe took it in Bombay during a famine
year, and we found it lately in great numbers
on Worli Hill, Bombay. It occurs — probably
more or less regularly — in the Tapti Valley,
being a common Gujerat species.
88 Do. eucharis (Fabr.). Cap. Watson considers this a
distinct species from the next, viz.,
89 Do. etrkla (Boisduvul). They both occur commonly in
Bombay and everywhere in the district, but no
doubt are to be found locally all along the
coast.
90 Ixtas marianne (Cramer). Common everywhere.
91 Do, pi/rene (Linn.) Common everywhere.
92 Hebemoia glancippe (Linn.) This is a local species according
as the food-plant of the larva (a kind of caper)
is plentiful or not. It occurs all over the
hills and is not at all uncommon in Salsette,
while it has been seen occasionally in Bombay
Island.
93 Nepluronla gcea (Felder). Quite common in Bombay and
Salsette, especially after the rains, and every-
where throughout the district.
94 Appias llbythea (Fabr.). Very common in Bombay and
Salsette at times, especially before the rains.
95 IlapMna phryw (Fabr.). This in its various seasonal forms
is ver}r common everywhere.
$Q Belenois mesentina (Cramer). More or less common every-
where.
Sub-Family — Papilionin^e.
97 Omdhoptcra minos [Cramer). Mr. E. H. Aitken records this
from Karanja, across the Harbour, and also
from Ratnagiri. It is probably carried great
distances by the wind.
52 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
98 Papilio hector (Linn.). Occurs regularly about Bombay' and;
Salsette. And also on the hills, and is very
abundant in some years.
99 Do. aristolochioe (Fabr.). Certainly more common than
P. hector, occurring throughout the district.
100 Do. agamemnon (Linn.). Quite common all over the
district, particularly about gardens.
101 Do. sarpedon (Linn.). Confined entirely to the hills,
where it is common from October till the end
of the year.
102* Do. nomius (Esper). In the Society's journal (Vol. I)„
Mr. E. H. Aitken mentioned specimens iu the
collection from " the ghats which lie be-
tween the Tanna and Nasik districts." Besides
this our only record is a single but unquestion-
able specimen observed by himself on Malabar
Hill.
103 Do. erithonius (Cramer). Common everywhere.
104 Do. pammon (Linnseus). Quite common all over the dis-
trict. Of the several forms of females tbe poly-
tes type, which resembles P. aristolochice, is the
commonest and the romulus type is not rare*
but we have no record of the form that is simi-
lar to the male.
105 Do. pdymnestor (Cramer). Quite common on the hills
above 2,000 feet and occasionally found even in
Bombay.
106 Do\ helenus (Linnaeus). This also oceurs on the hills-. It
has been recognised beyond doubt by Mr. E.
H. Aitken on Malabar Hill.
107 Do. dissimilis (Linnams). This occurs in Bombay and
Salsette, but is never to be seen in any num-
bers. It is also found at Matheran and on the
ghats.
Sub-Family — HesperiidvE.
108 Celcenerrhinus ambareesa (Moore). Found all over the
district in suitable localities, but especially
common on the hills.
A LIST OF TEE BUTTERFLIES OF THE KONKAN. &3
109 Celcenorrliinvs leucocera (Kollar). In Capt. Watson's book
on the Indian Hesperiidce, Col. Swinhoe is
mentioned as having obtained this species in
Bombay. We have not seen it within our
limits ourselves.
110 Sarangesa purendra (Moore). Mr. J. A. Betham records
this species in his Matheran list in the
Society's? journal (Vol. VIII).
111 Do. dasaliara (Moore). Mr. R. C. Wroughton
took this species at Bassein, Tanna district,
as mentioned in the list in the Society's
journal (Vol. I). We have taken it lately in
Salsette.
112 Coladenia tissa (Moore). Mr. Aifcken records two specimens
taken " by Mr. R. C. Wroughton at Bansda,
between the Surat and Tanna districts,"
in the second volume of the Society's journal.
113 Hesperia galha (Fabr.). This is not uncommon anywhere
throughout the district.
114 Suastus gremias (Fabr.). Not uncommon in Bombay and
Salsette. We have no record of it from the
bills.
115 Iambrix salsala (Moore). Col. Swinhoe took this species in
Bombay, and we have found it occasionally in
Salsette lately.
116* Taractrocera mcevius (Fabr.). Our only record of this
species in the district is from one specimen
taken last year by Mr. N. Marryat at
Nandurbar in the Tapti Valley.
117 Do. nhevillei. This species, which was formerly
known as Ampittia coras (Cramer), swarms
in the grass in Bombay and Salsette during
the hot weather and early part of the mon-
soon.
118 Arnetta vindliiana (Moore). To this species that formerly
known as Isoteinon nilghiriana (Moore) is
now sunk. It has been recorded by both
Col. Swinhoe and Mr. Betham from Matheran.
54 JOURNAL, BOMBA Y NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
119 Matapa ana (Moore). This species is probably more
common than our records would appear to
indicate. It is included by Dr. Smith
in his Matheran list, but we have no
definite instance of its occurrence since.
It may be easily recognised by its bright
red eyes.
120 Gangara thyrsis (Fabr.). About Bombay and Salsette this is
by no means uncommon in certain localities,
but as it does not come out till sun-down it
may often be overlooked.
121 Udaspes folus (Cramer). This very conspicuous species is quite
common in all suitable localities, including
both the hills and the neighbourhood of Bom-
bay.
122 Telicota bambusce (Moore). Occurs in Bombay neighbour-
hood as well as on the hills, wherever bamboos
grow.
123 Baoru (Parnara) bevani (Moore). Common about Bombay
and Salsette.
124 Do. do. guttatus (Bremer and Grey). This species,
which is closely allied to the preceding, is
named by Capt. Watson as having been taken
by Col. Swinhoe at Bombay.
125 Do. (Chopra) sinensis (Moore). = C. prominens,
(Moore)]. Not uncommon in Salsette, Bom-
bay, and across the harbour.
126 Do. do. mathias (Fabr.). The commonest of the
whole family all about the neighbourhood
of Bombay, especially during the rains.
The doubtfully distinct B. agna (Moore)
has been recorded by Col. Swinhoa from
Bombay.
127 Hasora (Parata) chromus (Cramer). Found everywhere
throughout the district.
128 Do. do. chdbrona (Fabr.). This species is recorded
from Bombay by Col. Swinhoe under the
name of alexia.
A LIST OF THE BUTTERFLIES OF THE KONKAN. 55
129* Bibasis sena (Moore). Mr. J. A. Betham records this in
his Matheran list in the Society's journal
(Vol. VIII.), having taken it in the "Mar-rai."
130 Badamia exclamationis (Fabr.). Common everywhere both
on the hills and near the coast. At times
hundreds may be seen migrating across the
harbour at Bombay.
5G JOURNAL, BOMBA Y NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
THE POISONOUS PLANTS OF BOMBAY.
By Lieut.-Colonel K. R. Kirtikar, i.m.s., f.l.s.,
Member,
Association Internationale des Botanistes,
Holland,
Civil Surgeon, Ratnagiri.
Part XX.
(With Plate V.)
{Continued from page 45, Vol. XIV.)
JATROPHA CITRCAS, Linn.
Natural Order — Eufhorbiace.$:.
Marathi : — ^Tr55=( Jepal ), *rr*Tc5f V^=(Mogli Erand).
A large, low-branching, irregular, scraggy shrub.
BRANCHES — irregular ; younger ones with close-packed leaves
and green bark.
BARK — of older branches from one to two lines thick, light-green,
covered with a thin pellucid or translucent paper-like epidermis which
cracks and falls off in irregularly-shaped pieces. The bark on section
with a penknife pours out copiously a thin translucent whitish juice
which on exposure to air turns brown or even blood-red, and dries up
in opaque tears or irregular masses. The bark of the oldest branches
is light-ash-coloured, and has here and there innumerable yellowish
spots of the size of a millet-seed.
WOOD — white, very soft and spongy ; pith well marked and dense
in young and topmost branches. The wood, says Dymock, is loaded
with starch.
LEAVES — scattered on the older branches ; closely packed at the
top of youngest branches ; alternate ; the youngest leaves of a reddish
tinge, with a tomentose under-surface, the tomentum disappearing as
the leaf grows old and assumes a green color. Upper surface smooth.
Shape broad-cordate, or orbicular-cordate ; 5-angled. Hence called
" Angular-leaved Physic-nut" Hooker says the leaves are 8 — 5 lobed,
but as generally observed they are distinctly 5-lobed. Lobes 4 — 6
inches in diameter.
Nerves — otherwise called VEINS, well marked and prominent on
the under-surface.
HJ Budl-.a-varkfiLT del Miniern.BT-os Ckromo litK.Lon.dor..
THE POISONOUS PLANTS OF BOMBAY.
Jatropha e^irca-s ,Xi:nrL .Na.t.0rd.Eu-ph.or\bi<5Lceae .
THE POISONOUS PLANTS OF BOMBAY. 57
Petioles — as long as the blade ; round ; smooth ; inserted on a kid-
ney-shaped projection of the bark and surrounded at the insertion by a
thin expansion of the epidermis. Stipules absent.
INFLORESCENCE.
Flowers monoecious, yellow, or yellowish-green ; pubescent ; in ter-
minal corymbose cymes bearing many small flowers ; the central flower
in the cjme or in its forks being always female. The flowers are
scentless absolutely. The peduncle is often seen arising from exterior
axils. Bracts, entire small, one below each sub-division of the cyme,
and generally one pressing on the calyx.
I.— MALE FLOWERS.
Found at the extremities of the ramifications of the main flower
stalk, on short articulated pedicels ; deciduous.
CALYX — greenish ; sepals five, lanceolate, imbricate.
PiU2FLORATion, convoluted.
COROLLA — yellow; J inch in diameter; petals five, ovafe-ob-
Jong ; villous within. Hooker soys that the corolla is salver-shaped. ;
Roxburgh says it is campanulate. It is the female corolla that is
campanulate, as will be seen from my Plate V accompanying.
Pr<efloration, contorted.
STAMENS — many, says Hooker ; 8 — 10, says A. de Jussieu *
6 says Roxburgh.
Filaments — connate, says Hooker. A. de Jnssieu describes them
thus: — " Inferiorly connate, of which 3 — 5 are interior and larger than
the outer ones. " (Euphorbiacearum Genera, p. 37, Paris, 1824).
Roxburgh, on the other hand, describes the arrangement of the fila-
ments thus : — " Filaments six, the central one very thick and columnar ;
the five external ones filiform, towards the base adhering to the central
one ; all erect and a little longer than the calvx." The central masa
of filamentous column represents the abortive Gynoecium.
Anthers — yellow ; often tinged brown. Says Roxburgh — u Ten,
sagittate, equal ; five supported by the long central filament, and one by
each of the others." Hooker describes the anthers as erect, 2-celled.
The anther-lobes dehisce longitudinally from above downward. Anthers,
says Baillon, are extrorse, dehiscing marginally. Pollen — large,
spherical. Disk — always present but varies in form. It is either a
yellow entire ring, or is made up of five yellow glandules or squamules
" The glands of the hypogynous disk are free or united " (Baillon),
58 JO URN A L, BOMB A T NA TUBA L HISTOR Y SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
II.— FEMALE FLOWERS.
Seated in the divisions of the male pedicels, " with their own pedicels
not articulated" (Roxb.).
CALYX — as in the male flowers, but persistent.
COROLLA — as in the male flowers, but more substantial, and dis-
tinctly companulate.
Disk — not so well-marked as that of the male flowers.
STYLES— 3 ; bifid or bi-lobed (A. de Jussieu); short. '< Connate
below or united in a slender column ; glabrous ' (Hooker).
STIGMAS— 3 ; bifid, pubescent.
OVARY. — 3-carpelled, each carpel containing one ovule ; superior -
" glabrous" says Hooker. Note that the ovary and styles are said to be
pubescent in Jatropha cuxcas of Wallich (Syu., — J. Wightianus), —
Hooker. It may be noted here that at times only one ovule, or two,
mature into seed. Very seldom have I seen the three ovules yielding
three seeds. But that the three ovules do so yield three seeds will
be seen from my illustrative plate accompanying this paper. The ovule
is pendulous from the inner angle of the central column.
FRUIT — A tricoccous capsule ; oval, or globosely oblong ; 1 — 1£
inch long ; f inch broad, or even 1 inch ; green when first formed ;
yellow when mature ; brownish or black when dry. Hooker says there
are 2 — 4 cocci, but 1 have never seen the fourth coccus.
Exocabp — thick and succulent ; fully of milky or pellucid white
juice ; 2 lines thick. Black or brownish, and easily removable when
dry.
Endocakp — " crustaceous or bony " says Hooker.
SEEDS — \— | inch long; ■§ inch broad; oblong; laterally at-
tached about the middle of the cell, with a distinct white aril at the
hilum ; convex on the outer or dorsal side ; angular on the inner or ven-
tral side.* There is a well-marked ridge on the ventral surface
(Dymock).
Testa — smooth, black, crustaceous.
" The lorka and legmen" says O'Shaughnessey, il are separable.
The internal tegmen is hard, brittle, with resinous and brownish frac-
ture ; the almond is white, foliaceous, covered with a thin white mem-
brane." This membrane is like tissue-paper and easily separable.
The almond is inodorous, of agreeable ta?te, but slightly acrid after
* Footnote. — O'Shaughnesscy's Bengal Dispensatory, p. 558, Calcutta, 1841.
THE POISONOUS PLANTS OF BOMBAY. 59
chewing. It renders the saliva emulsive, and irritates the fauces
(O'Shaughnessey).
Albumen—" Fleshy " says Hooker j " Copious and oily " says
Dymock (Pharmaeographia Indica, Vol. III., p. 276, Bombay 1893).
It is best to speak of the " Albumen " as Endosperm*
Cotyledons — broad ; flat ; foliaceous ; adhering closely to the large
mass of endosperm. The endosperm cells contain a net-work of proto-
plasm saturated with oil. This oil does not exist in the form of
globules or drops, though it can be extracted by pressing the endos-
perm-tissue as in the case of the seeds of the castor-oil plant.
Radicle— superior, short, thick.
Embryo — straight, central.
GENERAL REMARKS.
Jatropha curcas is an exotic, naturalized in India. It appears to be
a free and rapid grower in this country, not wanting much care. It is
a hardy plant, which has taken quite kindly to the soil of Western
India whether it be in the Konkan or in the Dekkan. In both these
divisions of Western India, I have seen it grow profusely as a hedge-
plant, where no human hand has watered it. It evidently takes its
nourishment from the air, and from the soil in which it grows, depend-
ing mainly on the rain-water and dew, whenever it can get it. Id.
the Konkan it gets its water-supply from the monsoon rains from
June to October. Hooker says that the plant is ever-green. It is not
so in tho Konkan. I have seen that in the Thana and Ratnagiri dis-
tricts it is leafless, though in inflorescence during April and May. Nay,
in 1898 in Satara (Dekkan) I found the plant leafless in January and
February. The plant is a native of Brazil and of the West Indies.
From Brazil it is said to have been introduced here by the Portuguese
(Dymock). It may be so ; it is probably introduced here from Northern
Africa also, by way of Arabia. No mention appears to have been made
of this plant by Henrique Van Rheede in his elaborate work entitled
Hortus Indkus Malabaricus published at Amsterdam in 1678 in six
folio volumes, fully illustrated with the aid of three local Pandits —
Rango Bhat, Vinayak Pandit, and Appa Bhat. The Marathi or quasi--
Marathi letterpress of the preface these three Pandits then wrote is.
very characteristic of the Marathi spoken and written in Malabar in,
the seventeenth century.
60 JOURNA L, BOMB A Y NA TUBA L HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XY.
Jatropha curcas, however, appears to Lave been mentioned in Bhav-
Prakash, a Sanskrit work describing several Indian plants. "Its author,
Bkav Misra," says Dattaram Chobhe, " flourished in Madras about 350
years ago." Surgeon- Goneral Balfour of Madras says that Bhav Misra
flourished so far back as 1550 A. D. It is possible then that the Portu-
guese must have introduced the plant into India. Sir George Bird wood
says that ''Jatropha cnrcas was first mentioned by Monardes" (Veg.
Products, Bombay Presidency, page 77 and page 308, 2nd ed. Bombay,
1865). Monardes is evidently a misprint for Monardus, for no such
name as Monardes is mentioned by Professor Sachs in his History of
Botany (1530 — 1860), published at Wurzburg in 1875, and translated
into English by Garnsey and Professor Balfour in 1890 (Oxford). I
find, however, from John Gerarde's Herb all that Thomas Johnson, an
Apothecary of London who re-edited Gerarde's Herball in 1663 A.D.,
mentions an American writer named Nicolas Monardus. Johnson, in
addressing his readers in a prefatory note, speaks of Nicolas Monardus
as being a writer on the simple medicines of the West Indies. Evi-
dently Monardus flourished about the middle or end of the sixteenth
century. From Johnson's remarks in Gerarde, I find that the works
of Monardus, originally written in Spanish, were translated into Latin
by Carolus Clusius between 1583 and 1601. " Carolus Clusius," says
Johnson, il was a learned, diligent, and laborious HerharistP Carolus
Clusius, a Frenchman by birth, was otherwise named Charles de
l'^oluse. He was born in Arras in 1526. His family suffered from
religious persecution in France, and he spent the greater part of his
life in Germany and the Netherlands. In 1573 he was invited to the
Imperial Court of Vienna by Maximilian II. Clusius accepted the
invitation and removed to Vienna. Subsequently in 1593 he became
Professor of Botany in Leyden and died there in 1609 (Sachs).
O'Shaughnessey notes that Jatropha curcas is a native of New Anda-
lusia and Havana (in the Island of Cuba). A. de Jussieu says that it is
also a native of North Africa. Now, it is a well-kuown fact that India,
especially its Western Coast, and North Africa, through Arabia, have
for several centuries past been in close mercantile intercourse with each
other. It is, therefore, just possible that Jatropha curcas was intro-
duced into India by the mercantile Arab and Afric visitants of the
shores of Western India. But I have no authentic information on this
point. It is a mere surmise of mine. The Afric coast has given to the
THE POISONOUS PLANTS OF BOMBAY. 61
Batna^iri Coast a class of fishermen called the Ddldis who are dis-
tinctly of Afric blood and origin. Possibly their progenitors brought
the plant with them. Why not ?
In English parlance the plant is known as the Physic-nut or the
Purging-nut. It must be noted that it is quite different from the plant
known as Poison-nut which is Strychnes Nux- Vomica. The seeds of
Jatropba curcas are known as Pignons cCInde (Dymock). The oil
obtained from the seed is spoken of as Oleum infernale by Professor
Dr. L. Lowin of Berlin (page 374, Lehrbuch der Toxikologie, 1897).
The oil is similarly spoken of by Dymock thus : — " It was formerly
employed as a purgative by European physicians under the names
of Oleum Ricini majovis and Oleum infernale." Roxburgh says that
the plant is one of the most common on the Coromandel Coast, and in
flower and fruit all throughout the year. This fact is worth noting,
as showing the effects of local influences on the growth of plants.
Talbot of Cunura fixes a definite time for flowering and fruiting. That of
flowering from April to May • that of fruiting during the rainy season.
I must note here one important remark which Roxburgh makes regard-
ing the wood of the plant. In observing that the wood of Jatropha
curcas is too soft and spongy to be of any use he cogently adds that
the wood " will not even burn freely."
With regard to the oil expressed from the seeds, O'Shaughnessy and
Roxburgh say that it is used to burn in lamps by the poorer classes of
the natives of Bengal. I am not aware that it is used on this side of
India for any such purpose. But in America it appears to be so used
freely.
In noticing this plant as an exotic in his Flora of Ceylon (Vol. IV.
p. 16, London 1898), Dr. Trimen says that it is very commonly planted
as a fence round native gardens, and that it is a violent purgative.
Dymock says that » Jatropha curcas is said to have been introduced
from Brazil by the Portuguese. Sir George Birdwood gives South
America as the habitat of the plant. The plant seems to be well-known
in China, as the Chinese turn out a fine black varnish by boilino- the
seed-oil with Oxide of Iron. Dr. Dymock observes that the juice of
the plant, when dried in the sun, forms a bright reddish-brown, brittle
substance like shell-lac, which may yet be put to some useful technical
purpose (Pharmacogr. Ind., Vol. III., p. 275). A similar remark is
made by Dalzell and Gibson : — " The fresh juice of the stem when
62 JO URN A L, BOMB A Y NA TDRAL HISTOR 7 SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
dried forms an elegant lac-like substance, which may yet be applied in
the Arts" (p. 77, Supplement, Bombay Flora, Ed. Soc. Press, 1861).
Though the oil of the seeds of Jatropha curcas is largely used in
lamps in the different parts of India mentioned above, it is known in
European commerce as the " seed-oil " (G. Birdwood). No such oil
that I am aware of is exported from India. So says Sir George Bird-
wood also.
In a work entitled ll A General System of Botany " by Emm Le
Maout and J. Decaisne, translated by Mrs. Hooker in 1873, London,
Longmans, Green & Co., at page 698, I find the following remark which
is well worthy of the consideration of Indian soap-makers. The re-
mark runs thus : — " The seeds of Jatropha curcas [Physic-nut], a
shrub growing throughout the hot countries of America, yield a plenti-
ful supply of an oil of which soap is made."
Garcias de Orta, in his Colloquies on Indian Plants, mentions a plant
named Jatropha (see p. 79, 2nd Edition, Lisbon, 1872). Whether it
is the same as Jatropha curcas or not I am not able to determine.
The following are the Synonyms of Jatropha curcas, Linn., as given
in Hooker's Index Kewensis (pages 1251-1252, Part II, 1893, Claren-
don Press, Oxford) : —
1. Jatropha acerifolia, Salisb. Prod. 389.
2. J. condor, Wall. Cat. N. 7799.
3. J. curcas, Wall. Cat. N. 7799 D=Wightiana.
Note that there is a plant called Jatropha peltata, figured by Wight
in his plate 1 169 in the Icones Plantarum which is the same as Jatro-
pha Wightiana, referred to above under synonym No. 3. Note again
that what Wight depicts as Jatropha villosa in plate 1359 of his Icones
is said by the Compiler of the Index Kewensis to be nothing but
Jatropha Wightiana. The older writers speak of this plant as Curcas
purgans. Beck says it is the Tuva tree of the Philippine Islands. It
is also known as Indian nut.
In a list of five hundred Indian plants published in Canarese at
Mangalore by the Basel Mission Book and Tract Depository under the
authorship of C. Stolz, the following synonyms are given : —
(1). Castiglionia lobata, R. B.
(2). Ricinus aroericanus, Mill.
(Page 11, 2nd Ed., 1891).
THE POISONOUS PLANTS OF BOMBAY. 63
It may be noted here that like the leaves of the Castor-oil plant (Rici-
nus communis, Linn.') the leaves of Jatropha ourcas have galactagogue
properties. A. decoction of the leaves is used in the Cape de Verd
Islands to excite secretion of milk in women (A. A. B. in Maunder's
Treasury of Botany, Part I, page 363, Edition 1870). Dr. Bennett of
Sydney (Australia) is credited with having made the following
observation in his work entitled The Gatherings of a Naturalist : —
'; The milky acrid glutinous juice, when dropped on white linen,
produces an indelible stain, at first of a light-blue colour, but after
being washed changes to a permanent brown : it might, therefore, form
a very excellent marking ink." I have not been able to obtain such a
stain- Will any of my readers help me in settling this point ? The
oil of Jatropha ourcas seeds is said to be of a light colour, and used as
a substitute for Linseed oil, as well as for dressing cloth (Maunder's
Treasury of Botany). It is also said to form a basis for the red dye of
the cotton fabric known as Turkey red.
The following remarks are made with the object of engaging the
attention of those earnest students of plant-life who are interested in
the investigation of the question as to hew the environment of a plant
in the Eastern and Western hemispheres respectively affect the exist-
ence and growth of any particular genus or species of this or that
plant. It is well-known that several members of the Euphorbiacese,
like several members of the Cactacete, are succulent plants. Strictly
speaking, Jatropha curcas is not a succulent plant, but at all times of the
year in Tropical East India, especially on the coast of Western India, in
the Konkan and in the Dekkan, it is rich in a milky juice. Such
plants, rich in milky juice all throughout the year, may during their
existence in the hot weather be aptly compared to camels — as the
"ships of the desert." Indeed, they provide for themselves a large
quantity of water and are then able to dispense with further supplies
for a long time without injury. " The cells of the aqueous tissue are
comparatively large, and their walls thin ; the active protoplasm within
forms a delicate layer round the walls — that is to say, a sac whose
cavity is filled with watery, often mucilaginous fluid." These remarks
of Kemer Von Marilaun's (Oliver's Translation, History of Plants,
p. 328, Vol. I., 1894, London) may well apply to Jatropha curcas.
It may be noted here that the flowers of Jatropha curcas besides
being odourless don't appear to be invaded by insects. Cattle wont touch
64 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol, XV.
its leaves. Hence as a hedge-plant it is very serviceable as already
noted in ray foregoing remarks. I may here emphasiza the fact that
Jatropha curcas is one of the Euphorbiaceous plants in which each
plant without exception develops both true staminate and pistillate
flowers on one and the same flower stalk. Jt must be further observed
that the members of the Euphorbiales, not to speak of the genera only
but also of the specimens of the species and varieties locally obtained,
differ at times very widely in individual, development of parts of the
plant under local influences of soil and climate. But what I have
noted abovo is the result of ray personal observation of this plant in
its living condition in Bombay, Thana, Satara, and Ratnagiri.
I have noted above that Dr. Dymock speaks of the seed of Jatropha
curcas as Pignon d'lnde. Just a word of warning to my readers. 1
find from Baillon's Natural History of Plants, translated from his
elaborate French work by Marcus Hartog, that there are two kinds of
Pignon d'lnde, viz. — the large and the small. The large one is the
seed of Jatropha curcas, otherwise called by Baillon as the Jatropha of
Barbadoes (Castiglionia lobata, R. el Pav.). The small Pignon of India
is the seed of Croton Tiglium, the oil of which is much more deadly
(p. 162, Vol. V., 1878, London. Baillon's Translation into English by
M. Hartog.)
From Paxton's Botanical Dictionary it appears that Jatropha curcas
was introduced into England from South America in 1731. It is
noted as an ever-green plant ( p. 310, Edition by IS. Hereman, 1868,
London).
Baillon remarks that the wood of Jatropha curcas is " soft, easily
decaying ; palisades are however made in the Indies" (West — K. R. K.).
Baillon further adds that Jatropha curcas is used for hedge rows in the
Antilles (Marcus Hartog's English Translation of Baillon, Vol. V.,
p. 175).
POISONOUS PROPERTIES.
The seeds of Jatropha curcas are poisonous. They produce, when
taken internally, vomiting and drastic purging. The oil obtained from
the seeds has similar effects. " The seeds are employed by the native
doctors of the Philippine Islands and considered excellent and mild
purgatives in doses of from one to four seeds. The effects which result
from an overdose are vomiting, purging, a burning sensation in the
THE POISONOUS PLANTS OF BOMBAY. 65
stomach, with a determination of blood to the head.
Dr. Bennett, the well-known naturalist of Sydney, has himself adminis-
tered these seeds to Europeans, but has found their effects very
irregular, and occasioning, in all cases, a burning sensation in the
bowels followed with nausea and vomiting " \_A. A. B. in Maunder's
Treasury of Botany],
Beck says that the effects of seeds are at times so great that in
addition to vomiting and purging there is insensibility, and great weak-
ness followed by death. Violent inflammation of the mucous membrane
of the stomach and intestines has also been noted (p. 832, Medical
Jurisprudence, 5th Edition, London, 1836).
The following is an extract from Dr. Hilton-Fagge's Report on
Toxicology and Materia Medica (p. 347, New Sydenham Society's
Year-Book, 1865, London) : — " In the Medical Times and Gazette —
(London, 1864, I. 703) — are recorded several cases of poisoning1' by
the seeds of Jatropha curcas, " which occurred at Birmingham, where
three or four sacks of the nuts were sold by auction. These nuts were
left on the floor, and some boys, getting access to them, put some into
their pockets, and finding their taste pleasant not only ate some of
them themselves, but gave others to their friends. In consequence
thirty-three persons were taken so ill as to be obliged to be carried
to the General Hospital. Some of them had only eaten three or
four of the nuts, but others ate as many as fifty. Symptoms came on
in some cases in ten minutes ; in others not until two to two hours
and a half had elapsed. The chief effects were pain and burning in
the throat, pain and distension of the abdomen, giddiness, vomiting
and drowsiness; and after an interval, purging— the evacuations
being copious, mucous, and not unlike the rice-watery stools of cholera.
In some cases the depression was very great ; in many there was
dysuria ; fever was always present as an after-effect. Dilatation of the
pupils was believed to exist in those who took a large quantity of the
poison. It is doubtful whether the drowsiness—from which the patients
were easily roused — was a narcotic effect of the nuts or whether it was
caused by the great prostration." [N.B. — lam inclined to think the
latter caused drowsiness— K. II. A".] Strangely enough, all the cases
recovered 1 The treatment consisted of the administration of emetics
and purgatives. Will not the Homoeopaths say " Similia similibus
curantur ? "
66 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Dr. Norman Ohevers* quotes a case reported by Morrett of Salem
(Madras Presidency), and fully detailed in the Madras Quarterly
Journal of Medical Science, p. 37, July 1861. The case was that " of
a healthy young English gentleman, who ate fifteen or twenty nuts
of Jatropha curcas. The taste did not arouse suspicion. In an hour
and-a-half burning sensations in the throat and stomach were felt,
attended with great restlessness. There was profuse purging, with
great pain and vomiting, by which portions of the nut were rejected.
In another hour and-a-half there were severe cramps of the lower
limbs. The purging now ceased. The cramps were so violent that
frequently the patient sprang in agony out of bed, and stamped
his feet with all his force upon the ground as if to flatten them, the
cramps distorting them. The cramps affected, with less severity, the
muscles of the arms, abdomen and back. Occasionally there were
convulsive twitches of the back, almost like those in tetanus. He
gradually became perfectly deaf. There was also impairment of
sight. The pulse was very small, thready and weak. Skin cold,
damp, and clammy. Features sunken and contracted. Treatment —
Hot brandy and water, warm bath, anodyne frictions, and hot
bottles. In about seven hours reaction set in and he slowly
improved. Throughout the following day he remained totally deaf,
and had slight cramps. Next day he was awakened by the
church bell, and was quite convalescent. Although during his illness
he had appeared quito conscious, he had no recollection whatever
of what happened later than the profuse purging. Several other
young gentlemen were in like manner affected in a less alarm-
ing degree, having taken fewer of the nuts, but in none of
them was there deafness or loss of memory." In giving this
long extract from Chevers my only apology is that his work
is out of print now. My quotation, therefore, is likely to be
of use to those who do not happen ;to have his work in their
library.
So far as I know, the seeds of Jatropha curcas have never been
ixsod for criminal poisoning. Brigade-Surgeon Lyon, CLE., in his
Medical Jurisprudence (p. 205, Ed., 1889, Calcutta) says that several
cases of accidental poisoning are recorded. My foregoing observations
will amply bear him out in his assertion.
* Xedical Jurisprudence for India, p, 275, Calcutta, 1870. Thacker, Spink it Co.
F1IE POISONOUS PLANTS OF BO MBA Y. 67
To add further evidence with regard to the poisonous nature of
Jatropha curcas I quote Sir Robert Christison of Edinburgh. He
observes that the seeds of the physic-nut of the West Indies,
" when applied in the form of powder to a wound, produce violent
spreading inflammation of the subcutaneous cellular tissue ; and when
introduced into the stomach they inflame that organ and the intestines.
Four seeds will act on man as a powerful cathartic. I have known
violent vomiting and purging occasioned by a few grains of tho
cake left after the expression of the fixed oil from the bruised seeds ;
and in some experiments, I performed a few years ago, I found that
from twelve to fifteen drops of the oil produced exactly the same effects
as an ounce of castor oil, though not with such certainty " as that of
castor oil, I presume. [K. R. K.*~],
I offer to my readers the following quotation from A. S. Taylor's
Medical Jurisprudence (2nd Ed., Vol. I., p. 328) : —
"In August 1858, 139 children in Dublin suffered severely from
eating some of these nuts, namely, of Jatropha curcas {Medical Times
and Gazette, August 1858). They all recovered." * *
" M. Chevalier refers to a case in which thirty-three persons were
poisoned by eating these seeds. The symptoms which they suffered
from were nausea, vomiting, and general depression. Twenty were
so ill that they were placed in the beds of an hospital ; the remaining
thirteen soon recovered."
In 1871, when a student in Grant Medical College, Bombay, I ate
two seed-almonds of Jatropha curcas which was then growing near
the Vehar water-pipe in the College garden in front of the Clock-
tower. I suffered from the effects of the almonds for fully six hour3,
though the nuts were pleasant to eat. My friend and fellow-student
Khan Bahadur Dr. K. B. Cooper, now Civil Surgeon of Shikarpur,
also ate some with me. Perhaps he will remember the incident.
I remember it very well, as the emssis it produced was very
trying. My medical attendant, Dr. Sakharam Arjun, of sacred and
loving memory, then living in the same house with mo, gave me a
word of warning not to play pranks with my life in the course of my
botanical studies by tasting unknown plants, merely for the sake of
experiment. Such foolhardiness, I know, has often destroyed valuable
lives. There is a saying in Marathi ^TrST^T Tl^T II fepCr ^f^T,
* Christiaon's Treatise on Poisonw, p. 591, '1th Edition. Edinburgh., 1^46.
68 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL I11ST0RY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
which means that if jepal is recklessly used, death is the result
(Mr. G. S. Bhide, Jailor, Ratnagiri Prison).
As regards the seat of the poisonous element, O'Shaughnessy
says that it is the embryo which is the source of the acridity of the
seed and its poisonous nature. I doubt this very much. I feel
almost sure, that the acridity and the poisonous principles lie in the
once so-called albumen, and now called the endosperm. I do not at
all believe, as suggested by O'Shaughnessy. that the removal of the little,
insignificant embryo rids the nut of its poisonous property and makes
it " bland and alimentary." Although this statement is made by
O'Sbaughnessy on the high authority of M.M. Fee and Humboldt,
I must set my face humbly against it.
I find myself " all at sea ' with regard to the chemical nature of
the poisonous element of Jatropha curcas.
The active principle of the oil of Jatropha curcas, says Rai Bahadur
Kanny Lull Dey, F.C.S. of Calcutta, has been named Jairoplu'c acid.
A recent research (A. Siegel, 1894) attributes the activity of the seeds
to a poisonous toxalbumen analogous to Ricin and named Curciu
(p. 169, Indian Drugs, 2nd Edition, 1896, Calcutta). Ricin, says
J. Charles E. Sobn, F.C.S., a member of the Society of Public
Analysts of London, is a poisonous principle of castor seed of the
albuminous kind (p. 191, Index to a Dictionary of the Active Principles
of Plants, 1894, London). Dymock observes that Dr. H. Stillmark
has discovered in the seeds of Ricinus communis an albuminoid body
which has been named Ricin. This, however, says Dymock, does not
appear to be the purgative principle (p. 277, Ph. Ind., Vol. 111.),
It may be noted that Ricin appears to have a peculiar effect on blood,
causing a rapid conglomeration of the red corpuscles, together with
the formation of a substance like fibrin.
The oil of Jatropha curcas is said to contain an active principle simi-
lar to that of the castor seeds. It is known as Ricinoleic acid. Its
formula is C1SH3403. It occurs as a glyceride in castor oil together
with tripalmatin and tristearin. It also occurs in Jatropha curcas. It
is a thick oily liquid which solidifies below 0° C, and mixes in every
proportion with alcohol and ether. Its alcoholic solution has an acid
reaction, an unpleasant persistent acrid taste, and does not oxidize in
the air (Roscoo and Schorlemmer's Treatise on Chemistry, Vol. Ill ;
Organic Chemistry, Part II, p. 484, Edition, 1890, Macmillan).
THE POISONOUS PLANTS OF BOMBAY. 69
I must not omit to mention here what Professor Schmiedebero- of
the University of Strassburg says regarding the active principle of Cas-
tor oil. He says : — " It is soluble in the intestinal fluids only ; here
alone it meets with the conditions necessary to its efficiency after it
gets into the bowels. Like Croton oil, Gamboge and Jalap resin,
Castor oil is insoluble in watery fluids, and consequently passes the
stomach unchanged. In the intestines it is dissolved by the alkalies of
the bile and pancreatic juice." These remarks may well apply to the
seed-oil of Jatropha curcas.
DESCRIPTION OF PLATE V.
Fig. No. 1. Jatropha curcas, ^ natural size sprig with diminutive
inflorescence and tender red leaf.
„ 2. Natural size inflorescence, with the companulate
female flower.
„ 3. Fruit natural size.
,, 4. Transverse section of natural sized fruit with tricoccous
arrangement, showing a seed in each coccus.
„ 5. Seed. Natural size, showing the white aril at the top.
* Elements of Pharmacology, translated by Dixon of the University of Sydney,
pp. 108 and 109, Edinburgh, 1887.
70 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
THE BIRDS OF THE MADHUBANI SUB-DIVISION OF THE DAE-
BHANGA DISTRICT, TIRHUT, WITH NOTES ON SPECIES
NOTICED ELSEWHERE IN THE DISTRICT.
By C. M. Inglis.
Part VI.
{Continued from page 111 of Vol. NIV.)
Order— GAVLE.
Family Laridw.
(254) Larus ichthyaetus.— The Great Black-headed Gull.
Blanford, No. 1489 ; Hume, No. 979.
A rare gull in the district. Though I heard from one of my men about
a large gull several times it was not till the 18th of last December that I
obtained one. A mir-shikar in my employ brought me a live one -which had
got snared in a noose at the Maiser Chaur. I kept it for several days in my
water aviary, but it died. All gulls are known here as " Kheir."
(255) L. ridieundus. — The Laughing Gull.
Blanford, No. 1490 ; Hume, No. 981.
This species is also rather rare. I have only succeeded in getting three
specimens, one being in breeding plumage which was got on the 11th March.
They were obtained from November to March. I have never seen more than
one of this species ou the same marsh.
(25G) L. brunneicephalus. — The Brown-headed Gull.
Blanford, No. 1491 ; Hume, No. 980.
This is the common gull on the marshes in the vicinity of Baghownie and
a few are also met with on the Keray River. I never came across any gulls
in the sub-division though they are certain to occur on the Minti and Sum da
chaurs. On the Maiser Chaur these gulls are, I believe, to be found in fair
numbers throughout the co!d weather. It was some time before I procured
specimens, as on the marsh which I shot over they were rather wary. These
gulls settle a lot on the water and nearly always where cormorants (P#
javanicus) are feeding, and for many days my man used to hit the latter birds
instead of the gulls. They seemed to have a charmed life and it was not till
the 31st January 1902 that the spell was broken. All my specimens were got
from November to the middle of March and none had assumed the breeding
plumage. The stomachs of all the gulls I have examined have contained
nothing but fish.
(257) L. CACHINNAKS. — The Yellow-legged Herring-Gull.
Blanford, No. 1495 ; Hume, No. 978 bis.
Rare. A single immature specimen was procured on the Kokoron Chaur on
the 4th March 1902 and brought to me by a mir-shikar. He had caught it
with birdlime.
THE BIRDS OF THE MADHVBANI SUB-DIVISION. 71
Sub-family Sternince.
(258) Hydrochelidon hyerida. — The Whiskered Tern.
Blanford, No. 1496 ; Hume, No. 984.
Very common. They occasionally breed here during July and August in
tanks, I sent a note on their breeding here, to this Journal some time ago.
Native name for all terns Tehari,
(259) Hydroprogne caspia. — The Caspian Tern,
Blanford, No. 1498 ; Hume, No. 982.
A rather scarce-oold weather visitant. I have only four specimens. I got
one in November, two in February and one on the 16th of March. They
are rather wary birds. The one shot in November was a perfect specimen,
but with no white on the lower lores. This bird, which was only wounded
when hit, uttered the harsh cry as recorded by Hume.
(260) Sterna anglica.— The Gull-billed Tern.
Blanford, No. 1499 ; Hume, No. 983.
This species is also rather scarce and is seldom seen after February. I saw
one in breeding plumage on the 28th March flying over the indigo fields at
Baghownie.
(261) S. seena. — The Indian River-Tern.
blanford, No. 1503 ; Hume, No. 985.
Yery common. It breeds on the sand banks of the Kamla in March and
April.
(262) S. melanogaster.— The Black-bellied Tern.
Blanford, No. 1504 ; Hume, No. 987.
Not quite as common as the former species. They breed at the same time
and place as seena.
(263) S. fuliginosa.— The Sooty Tern.
Blanford, No. 1514 ; Hume, No. 992 Us.
I have nothing further to add to my note on this species already sent to
our Journal.
Sub-family Rliynchopinoe.
(264) Rhynchops albicollis.— The Indian Scissors-bill.
Blanford, No. 1517; Hume, No. 995.
Rather scarce. A few are however generally seen on tho banks of the
Kamla near Jainagar daring July and August.
Order STEGANOPODES.
Family Pehcanidce.
(265) Pelecanus roseus. — The Eastern White Pelican.
Blanford, No. 1520 ; Hume, No. 1003.
A fine female caught by a mir-shikar with birdlime in the Benoa Ohaur on
the 17th July 1901. It was alone preening its feathers near the edge of
the water. This is the only one that either I, or my men have ever seen in
the district. Native name Ganggoya,
72 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
(266) Pelecanus onocrotalus. — The Roseate Pelican.
Blandford, No. 1521 ; Hume, No. 1001.
I have just received on the 17th March a female of this species or
rather what I should say was intermediate betwean onocrotalus and roseus.
It is a fine bird very deeply suffused with pink. It has got the 24 rec-
trices of onocrotalus but the bill is too small for that species, being
only 14"*8. The frontal region is also much swollen. The measure-
ments taken in the flesh are as follows: — length, 63""5 ; wing, 27"; tail,
7"'5 ; tarsus, 5" ; bill at gape, 14"'8 and expanse 108"-25. A female of roseus
was also brought in from the same place, viz., the Maiser Chaur. Native
name Jalasind.
(267) Pelecanus philippensis. — The Spotted-billed Pelican.
Blanford, No. 1523 ; Hume, No. 1004.
Rather common. This species is met with from the end of June to the
beginning of October. They frequent tanks, rivers and marshes.
Native name Koorair.
Family Phalacrocoracidce.
(268) Phalacrocorax carbo — The Large Cormorant.
Blanford, No. 1526 ; Hume, No. 1005.
Not very common, only found during the cold weather. I have never
seen many together, but Mr. Scroope wrote me that he had seen consider-
able numbers at Awari on the 21st February. Native names Gandil and
Kurruk.
(269) P. fdscicollis. — The Indian Shag.
Blanford, No. 1527 ; Hume, No. 1006.
This species is, I believe, to be obtained on the Maiser Chaur. The
mir-shilcars know it well and say they have seen it there. Native name
Ganowli.
(270) P. javanicus.— The Little Cormorant.
Blanford, No. 1528; Hume, No. 1007.
Uncommon in the north of the district but common elsewhere. I have
never found it breeding, though I have seen it all the year round near
Baghownie. Near that Factory and about the end of July a large number
frequented a piece of water near which there were some mango trees.
I hoped they would breed, but they left the neighbourhood without doing
so. I am certain they must breed somewhere near here. Native name
Ghogur.
Sub-family Plotinae.
(271) Plotus melanogaster. — The Indian Darter.
Blanford, No. 1529 ; Hume, No. 1008.
Mr. Scroope met this species near Jhanjiarpur and Mamgachi, at the
latter place on the 9th January. I have never come across it, but received
specimens snared by a mir-slulcar somewhere in the district. Native name
Banwa,
THE BIRDS OF THE MADHUBANI SUB-DIVISION. 73
Order— HERODIONES.
Sub-order Platale<e.
Family Ibididce.
(272) Ibis melanocephala. — The White Ibis.
Blanford, No. 1541 ; Hume, No. 941.
Scarce in the sub-division except near Minti, where a flock of about fifty
was seen in February. The 27th May is the latest date on which I have got
this species ; a fine male in breeding plumage being secured on that date. The
testes were greatly enlarged. The skin of the win^ in the young bird is fleshy.
I have not found this species breeding here. Nntive name Hasoo dahil,
(273) Inocotis papillosus. — The Black Ibis.
Blanford, No. 1542 ; Hume, No. 942.
Very common. I have taken eggs from March to August. A pair com-
menced building on the 23rd September, but deserted the nest. Most of the
nests were on Simul (Bombax sp.), generally single, though I have found two
nests close to each other. One nest with two fresh eggs was found on a pipal
(F% religiosa). It was an old nest of O.calvus, but the Ibises had lined it with
mango leaves and grass. This is called the " Planter's Friend " by many
Europeans on account of the number of crickets they kill in the indigo fields ;
some people also call it the curlew. Native name Karankal.
(274) Plegadis falcinellus.— The Glossy Ibis.
Blanford, No. 1544 ; Hume, No. 943.
I never came across this species in the sub-division, but it is fairly common
at some distance from Baghownie, on the Chilwara Chaur from March to May.
I have not found it breeding here. The head is the last to change into breed-
ing plumage. I have a bird with the back and wings in breeding plumage,
and also getting some chestnut feathen in the lower plumage, but the head is
in winter plumage. Native name Kavaira.
Family Plataleklo?.
(275) Platalea leucorodia. — The Spoonbill.
Blanford, No. 1545 ; Hume, No. 939.
I have seen few spoonbills near Jainagar and Narhar, but Scroope saw a
big flock containing 42 birds at Kolwahi, a village a few miles from Narhar.
One of my men says he saw about a couple of hundred on the Minti Chaur
in February. I have got specimens from November to the middle of April.
Native name Koorpia dabil.
Sub-order Ciconi^e.
Family Ciconiidce..
(276) Ciconia alba.— The White Stork.
Blanford, No. 1546 ; Hume, No. 919.
Very common during the cold weather. They arrive about the end of
October and remain to the end of March. Numbers are snared by the mir-
shikar with birdlime. Sometimes they are very tame and I have shot them
dead with No. 6 shot. Native names Ghybur and Burra Eehva,
10
74 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
(277) C. nigra.— The Black Stork.
Blanford, No. 1547 ; Hume, No. 918.
A scarce winter visitant. They also remain till March. My men generally
come across one or two every cold weather and have several times fired at
them but never succeeded in getting one yet. Once I had a shot at one as it
flew over my bungalow at Narhar but it was rather far off for the cartridges
I had. I think this is the species the mir-shikars call Mullaik but cannot be
certain till they bring me one in.
(278) Dissura episcopus.— The White-necked Stork.
Blanford, No. 1548 ; Hume, No. 920.
"Very common. Simul trees are the favourite sitss for their nests ; one nest
was taken on a pipal. Usually only a single neist is found on the one tree
but I have found two touching each other. The earliest nest with eggs was
taken on the 15th July, and the latest on the 28th October. They do lay earlier,
as a female shot by Mr. G. Dalgliesh on the 3rd June had in the oviduct an
egg ready for ejection. This bird had a nest on.the tree on which she was
shot ; on going there a month later I found the cock-bird had paired again.
I took some young in down from a nest on the 15th August. Feathers com-
menced to appear on the head, back and wings on the 20th, and by the 13th
September the whole body was covered with them. These birds had perfect
liberty and flew away on the 8th October. Most of the day they rested on
their tarsus and when about to be fed used to emit a peculiar guttei al sound
which seemed to come from far down in the throat. A young bird whilst
feeding in a field at Narhar began to stagger and fell. There was some seet
water in the field and it must have imbibed some of this which evidently had
an intoxicating effect on it. Native names Lag lag and Retwa.
(279) Xenorhynchus asiaticus. — The Black-necked Stork.
Blanford, No. 1549 ; Hume, No. 917.
I have found this species decidedly rare here, but Mr. G-. Dalgliesh writes
in the Zoologist " a not uncommon resident." I got one, a young female at
Narhar in December 1898, and Mr. Scroope sent me the following note on
the 19th January 1900 : — " What interested me beyond anything was the
diccovery of the black-necked stork at the latter place (Kachara). I got quite
close to a pair which were wading .... I saw several huge storks at
Minti also which I feel sure were this species." Some mir-shikars saw some
at the Benoa Chaur about the end of July but failed to snare any. I have a
couple of fine adult birds got in August. Native name Loha sarang.
(280) Leptoptilus dubius.' — The Adjutant.
Blanford, No. \bb0 • Hume, No. 915.
Rather scarce. They arrive in June and I have seen them up to December,
one being brought me on the 21st of that month. It is very seldom, how-
ever, that they are seen so late as that. I do not think they breed here and
the late birds probably go to the Gorakhpur District, The mir-shikars snare
them in nooses fastened on small but strong bamboo pegs which are stuck in
THE BIRDS OF THE MADHOBANI SUB-DIVISION. 75
the ground. The nooses; which are all close together, are put down on three
sides near where the bird is feeding and the meu gradually make it edge up
to them. If it steps into them well and good, if not they take them up and
put them down further on. It is generally a very lengthy proceeding but that
is immaterial to the native. Mahomedans eat its flesh. A fine male measured
60|- inches in length, had a pouch of 14" and a wing expanse of 8'- 11".
Native name Garur.
(281) L. javanicus. — The Smaller Adjutant.
Blanford, No. 1551 ; Hume, No. 916.
On the 24th November I saw a pair feeding in some shallow water at
Narhar. I got another one in the Darbhanga District on the 8th June 1902.
I have also heard this species make the same guttural noise as D. episcopus.
Native name Chandiari.
(382) Pseodotantalus leucocephalus. — The Painted Stork.
Blanford, No. 1552 ; Hume, No. 938.
I only obtained a single specimen in the sub-division but got numbers, both
young and adults, brought me at Baghownie by mir-shikars from May to
September. Native name Kanharrl.
(283) Anastomus oscitans. — The Open-bill.
Blanford, No. 1553; Hume, No. 940.
I once missed one in a tank near Jainagar in December 1890. I saw none
in 1897, 1898 and 1899. One of my men came across a flock of about 125 at
Minti in February 1900. I have got them from October to June but have
never seen any during the other months. I do not think they breed with us.
A few are in the white plumage by April but the majority seem to assume
it in the following month. Native name Dohar.
Sub-order Ardej:.
Family Arde/dce.
(284) Ardea manillensis. — The Eastern Purple Heron.
Blanford, No. 1554 ; Hump, No. 924.
I have not found this species common here and have only got one adult.
Some, most of them young birds, are to be seen on most of the chaurs. Native
name Khyra.
(285) A. cinerea. — The Common Heron,
Blanford, No. 1555 ; Hume, No. 923,
This is a common species. I have noticed them up to May but doubt
whether they breed with us. I have a falcon which flies at this species and
brings them down in nice style. On the ground he fastens on to the neck
just below the head and the heron appears to be quite helpless. Native name
Kabud.
(286) Herodias alba.— The Large Egret.
Blanford, No. 1559 ; Hume „T$o*. 924 Us & 925.
This is the only egret I have personally seen in this district. I have always
found them most wary. A very fine specimen in breeding plumage was
76 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
brought me from Fureckeer in the Monghyr District on the 11th March.
It measured, length to etui of train 47"; wing 17"; tail 7"'5: tarsus 8""5 ;
bill at gape, 6" 5 ; expanse 07". Bill yellow with tip dusky ; legs and, feet
black, tibia greenish. Three specimens all in full breeding dress had the
bills yellow, though Blanford gives it as black in that plumage. Another
one also in breeding plumage brought me measured, length 36"*5 ; wing
14" "25; tail 5"6 ; tarsus 7"; bill at gape 5"'5 ; expanse 54"'2. The larger
ones the mir-shikars call Mallang bogla and the smaller ones Torra bogla.
They find no difficulty in distinguishing the two varieties, but I have
seen too few to form an opinion as to whether they are two species or
one.
(287) H. intermedia.— The Smaller Egret.
Blanford, No. 1560 ; Hume, No. 926.
A dozen or so of this species have been brought in to me by mir-shikars but
none in breeding plumage. Native name Patokha bogla.
(288) Herodias garzetta. — The Little Egret.
Blanford, No. 1561; Hume, No. 927.
Mr. G. Dalgliesh saw a bird of this species in full breeding plumage at Dulsing
Serai in August 1900. Three or four have been brought to me by mir-shikars.
A couple brought from Fureckeer were in breeding plumage. One a fine male
measured — length 26"; wing 11"; tail 4"; tarsus 4""2 ; bill at gcpe 4"4 ;
expanse 41". Bill black with base of lower mandible flesh colour tinged with
green ; facial skin greenish-yellow ; iris yellow ; tarsus black ; toes dirty-yellow.
The dorsal feathers of this species are most valuable. According to the mir-
shikars they sell from Rs. 8 to Rs. 15 per tola and those of alba and intermedia
from Rs. 8 to Rs. 10. Native name Karchia bogla.
(28fJ) Bubulcus coromandus.— The Cattle Egret.
Blanford, No. 1562 ; Hume, No. 929.
Very common. I have found them breeding here in August. In one colony
which was breeding there were quite as many birds in winter plumage as in
the other dress. They assume the breeding plumage in April. Native name
Surkhia bogla.
(290) Lepterodius asha. — The Indian Reef-Heron.
Blanford, No. 1563 ; Hume, No. 928.
A male of this species in the dark plumage, but without the crest, was
brought me to-day, the 25th March, from the Benoa Chaur. It was, according
to the mir-shikar who brought it, the only one of its kind and was feeding
with other egrets. The colours of the soft parta were :—bill reddish-yellow,
base of maxilla brown and of lower mandible yellowish-green and flesh
colour ; orbital skin dull-green and yellow round the orbits ; iris golden-yellow ;
tibia brown also just below the knee on one leg and the greater portion of the
tarsus of the other leg of the same colour ; remainder of tarsus of both legs
yellowish-green ; toes reddish-yellow above and dirty-yellow beneath. Native
name Kala karchia.
THE BIRDS OF THE MADHUBAN1 SUB-DIVISION. 77
(291) Ardeola grayi. — The Pond Heron.
Blanford, No. 15G5 ; Hume, No. 930.
Exceedingly common. This is the well known " Paddy bird." They breed
here from April to September. They commence to assume their breeding
plumage in March. Native name Bogla.
(292) Butorides javanica. — The Little Green Heron.
Blanford, No. 15C7 ; Hume, No. 931.
Fairly common. They breed here in May, June and July. I have never
found them breeding in colonies as stated by Mr. G. Dalgliesh in the
Zoologist. They are not so nocturnal as supposed to be, for I have very often
found thsm on the edge of a bare tank in broad daylight. Native name Kat
bogla.
(293) Nycticorax griseus. — The Night Heron.
Blanford, No. 1568 ; Hume, No. 937.
Rather uncommon. I have found them at different times throughout the
year. In June a few were nesting in a mango grove not far from Baghownie,
but they deserted the place. Native name Wdk.
(294) Ardetta sinensis. — The Yellow Bittern.
Blanford, No. 1571 ■ Hume, No. 934.
Very rare. I have only secured a single specimen which was shot in a
paddy field near Jainagar in September. Mr. G. Dalgliesh got one in Dalsing
Serai in December.
(295) A. cinnamomea.— The Chestnut Bittern.
Blanford, No. 1572 ; Hume, No. 933.
Fairly common. I have taken a few nests in August and September.
Native name Lai bogla.
(296) Dupetor flavicollis. — The Black Bittern.
Blanford, No. 1573 ; Hume, No. 932.
Very rare. I have never seen this species in the sub-division and only
secured a pair on the 24th May at Baghownie. They were on the edge of a
tank in the Factory. In their stomachs were the remains of shell and other
fish and water insects. Mr. G. Dalgliesh got a pair at Bunhar Factory in
February.
(297) Botaurds stellaris.— The Bittern.
Blanford, No. 1574 ; Hume, No. 936.
I have also found this species scarce. One or two have been shot here and
about half a dozen brought in by mir-shikars. They are cold-weather visit-
ants. The latest date on which one was got was the 29th March. Mr. G.
Dalgliesh also shot a pair of this species. Native name Moon.
(To be continued.)
78 JO UENAL, BOMB A Y NATURAL HISTOE 7 SO CIETY, Vol. XV.
THE FERNS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA.
Including Afghanistan, the Trans-Indus Feotected States, and Kashmir:
arranged and named on the basis of Hooker and Baker's Synopsis Filicum, and
other works, with New Species added.
By C. W. Hope.
(Continued from page 749, Vol. XIV.)
Part III.— THE GENERAL LIST— {continued).
Genus 26.— POLYPODIUM, L.
Subgenus Phegopteris, Fee.
1. P. erubescens, Wall. ; Syn. Fil. 306 ; C. R. 543. Phegopteris
erubescens, Wall, (under Potypodium), Bedd. H. B. 289.
Kashmir : Basaoli, 5500', Clarke 1876 ; MacLeod 1891 : " mouth of gorge near 30th
milestone, in very wet soil, G^OGO'."
Punjab : Hazara Dist. — Siran Ptange, coll. Inayat, Sahar. Herb, collr. 1899 ;
Chamba State, McDonell, J. Marten 1898, Kullu— 6-8000', Coventry 1894 ; Simla
Reg.— Edgeworth, Bates : near Simla 5-6000', and Mashobra 7-8000', Blanford : " at
the bottom of some of the deep valleys below Simla, where it is pretty common.
My highest elevation is about 5500' " ; Sirmur, T. Thomson.
N.-W. P. : D. D. Dist.— Jaunsar 4500', C. G. Rogers ; Mussooree 4-6000', by water,
not uncommon ; T. Garh.— Phedi 4-5000', and below Laluri 3-4000', Duthie ;
B. Garh. — Mrs. Fisher ; Kumaun — B. B. 1827, Wallich type specimen ; Ramganga
R. and Karim 6200', S. and W. 1848 ; Naini Tal 55-6000', Hope 1861 ; Davidson,
Trotter ; ridge above Bageswar 6000', MacLeod 1893.
DiSTRib.— J-sia : N. Ind. (Him.), Nepal, Wallich Sikkim ; Assam — Khasia 3-7000',
" somewhat rare." Malay Penins. and Isles. China — Yunnan, Delavay 1886,
Lowest pair of pinnae deflesed. Stipes and rhachises not always pink :
sometimes pale-yellow or straw-coloured. Grows in wet ground below springs,
or by tbe sides of streams — tbe fronds bending over the water, and attains a large
size, 10 ft. long, including the long stipes — if my memory serves me rightly as
to Naini Tal specimens. A Chamba specimen has pinna? 13? in. 1. by l£ br.
It grows 8 ft. high in Mussooree.
2. P. auriCUlatum, Wall. ; Syn. Fil. 306 ; C. E. 543. Phegopteris
auriculata, Wall, (under Polypodium), Bedd. H. B. 290.
Punjab : Chamba State — McDonell ; Simla Beg. — Edgeworth ; near Koti 6000',
Gamble 1878 ; Samal Vy. (below Simla) 4500', Blanford : " very rare in the neigh-
bourhood of Simla. I have met with it but once Vl ; Simla — several stations, 57-6000',
Bliss 1890-91 and 92.
N.-W. P. : B. B. Bist.— Mussooree, King, in Herb. Hort. Sahar. ; B. Garh. 4-5000',
Duthie 1885 ; Kumaun— Naini Tal, Hope 1861 ; Goriganga Yy. 6500', MacLeod
1893, pinnae very narrow: " grows almost in beds of streams, in denBe shade."
Distrib. — Ada : N. Ind. (Him.), Nepal, Wallich 1821 ; Sikkim and Bhotan,
5-8000': " plentiful about Darjeeling" ; Assam— Khasia 5000', Hook. fil. et T. Thom-
son. Java : fide Clarke. China— Yunnan, Mengtze 6000', Henry.
THE FERNS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA. 79
A specimen collected by Mr. Bliss afc Simla is 16 in. br. with pinnas 1^ in.
wide, If in. nearest rhachis , veinlets 12— 14 of aside, up to 17 in lowest
segments, forked in lowest, and occasionally so in next above. In this species
the sori are considerably nearer the costa than the edge.
3. P. PhegopteriS, L. ; Syn. Fil. 308 ; C. E. 541. Phegopteris vul-
garis, Mett., Bedd. H. B. 290.
Tkans-Ind. States : JDjY.— Hirga 9500', Surg.-Lt. S. A. Harriss, 1895.
Kashmir :— Tajwas Nala, 11-12,000', Levinge 1872-75 ; Dr. Aitchison 86-10,000' ;
Sarpat 10,000', MacLeod ; Gulmarg 8-9000', Duthie.
Punjab : C/wwtJa— Pangi 8000', McDonell 1882 ; Upper Chenab Vy. 8000' (in
Kashmir ? ), Baden Powell 1879 ; "Chamba" J. Marten ; Pa'ngi— Sancb. Vy. 8500',
Harsukh (Sahar. Herb. collrO 1899 ; Lahaul, Dr. G..Watt.
N.-W. P. : T. Garhioal—B&nga, Pani 10,000', and Kidarkanta 10-11,000', Duthie
1879 ; Kumaun— between Milain and Rilkot 10,000', MacLeod 1893.
DlSTBlB. — Amert : Greenland to Alaska, Labrador, Newfoundland, and Canada ;
U. S. : New England to Virginia and westward ; Europe : Iceland, Scandinavia and
British Isles to Spain, N. Italy and Greece, and intervening regions; Caucasus. Asia :
N. Ind. (Him.), Sikkim— Sundukphu 11,500' Levinge. Siberia, Mandschuria, Kams-
cttatka, and Japan.
4. P. distans, Don ; Syn. Fil. 308 ; C. E. 544. Phegopteris distans,
Don (under Polypodium), Bedd. H. B. 292.
Kashmir : ?
Punjab \-Chaanba 1 Simla Region ?
N.-W. P. : D. D. Dist.— Jaunsar, Chakrata 7000', Gamble No. 22,825, 1891 ;
Kumaun, near suspension bridge on old road to Almora, Hope 1861.
Distbib Asia : N. Ind. (Him.). Nepal , Wallich; Sikkim, C. B. Clarke : typical ;
Assam— Khasia, Simons. Malay Peninsula. Java. China.
As both Clarke and Beddome say, P. distans has tufted stipes, and -as in all
Gamble's specimens from Sikkim and Chittagong — 1G sheets — which are com-
plete, the caudex is erect with tufted stipes, and as this is the character of some
thirty specimens in the Calcutta Herbarium, I have separated the numerous
specimens from N.-W. India, hitherto called P. distans, but which have a
widely creeping and branching rhizome, and I give them as a new species —
P. late-repens, nest below. I am doubtful about the Kashmir specimens which
I have not seen except Trotter's, which we agreed are late-repens, and also about
MoDoneirs from Chainba. Gamble's, and some of Blanford's, specimens from
the Simla Eegion have erect caudices, and so have Gamble's from Jaunsar in the
Dehra Dun District. The Kumaun specimens have the caudex rather decum-
bent and stipes subtufted, but are otherwise the same.
Generally speaking, P. distans seems to be a smaller, stiffer, narrower, and
less cut fern than the next, but occasionally the fronds are broad for their length.
This is so with a specimen from Sikkim, coll. King, No. 4132, 1877, which
Sir George kindly sent me in 1890, as a type of Don's plant. That frond is
30 JO URNAL, BO MB A Y NA TURA L HISTOR Y SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
14 inches broad. The stipes are very erect, closely set, and densely scaly for
some way up. The pinuas are cut down | or 4/5ths to the rkachis, and the
segments are entire, or very slightly crenate at the apex. Don's description in
the Prod. Fl. Nepal is : —
" P. distans, fronde lanceolata — pinnata : primus distantibus suboppositis
lanceolatis acuminatis altepinnatifidis pilosiusculis ; segmentes oblongis apice
rotundatis ; imis inciso-serratis ; superioribus repandis, stipite rhachique
semi-territibus villosis, soris remotis biserialis.
" Hab. in Nepaliae alpibus, Wallich. Frons bi — v. tripedalis. Ehachis
purpurascens."
There is no allusion to a rhizome in the above. Mr. Duthie once kindly noted
down for me the localities and collector's names of the (Indian ?) specimens
named P. distans in the Calcutta Herbarium ; and I grouped them in five forms,
thus : — (1) Typical form, from Simla, Gamble ; Sikkim, Khasia, and Nilgiris ;
(2) var. minor, C. B. Clarke, from Sikkim ; (3) var. glabrata, C. B. Clarice,
Kumaun, R. Blinlcworth, without rhizome, named P. Irunneum Wall, on
original ticket : margins of segments almost entire ; (4) var. paludosum, from
Labaul, Khasia, Nilgiris Gamble, and Ceylon, — rhizome erect, stipes tufted ; and
(5) var. adnata (sp.) Wall, from Dharmsala Edgeivorth, Chamba C. B. Clarice,
G.irhwal 8000' Blanford, Nepal, Nilgiris Beddome, Ceylon Thwaites. Mr.
Duthie noted that there were no type specimens of Don or Wallich, except a
doubtful one of each ; and that tne specimen ascribed to Don looked very
different from the rest of var. adnata, the margins of the segments being
almost entire.
5. P. late-repens, n. sp,, (Trotter MS.) Hope Plate XIV. (see Vol. XII.,
p. 628).
Add.— for Jaunsar hab.— Molta Range G0G0', Duthie 1896 ; B. Garh.
Mrs. Fisher : pinnules entire, only toothed at points : no stipes present.
Kumaun : Inayat, nat. collr. Sahar. Herbarium, No. 25,088, 8-1890.
6. P. DryopteriS, L., including P. Robertianum Hoffm.; Syn. Fil. 309;
O. R. 545. Pliegopteris Bryopieris, Linu. (under Poly-podium), Bedd.
H.B. 293.
Afghan : Kurram Vy., Aitch. 1879 ; Peiwas Kotal, Collett 1879.
Trans-Ixd. States : Baraul— Mirga 7500', Gatacre 1895 ; Clutral, J. E.
Youngbusband 1891.
Kashmir ; 7-13,000', frequent ; -Gilgit— Toltion Indus, 5000', Winterbottom 1847,
Punjab : Hazara Dist.— Kagan Vy., Inayat (Sahar. Herb, collr.) 189G (probably
P. Robertianumy, Chamla State 7-8000', McDonell, J. Marten, 1882 to 1899;
Kanjra Vy. Dist. 8000', Harsukh (Sabar. Herb, collr.) 1899.
N.-W. P. : T. Garh wal— Ganges Vy., 8-11,000' Dutbie ; B. <?«?■/<— Dombitia Gadh
9000', Duthie ; Kumaun 10-13,000', Duthie, Trotter, MacLeod.
THE FERNS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA. 81
DlSTRiB. — Amer. : Greenland and Sitka, to Eoeky Mts., Canada and Newfound-
land ; U.S. : N. E. States to Virginia, and westward to Oregon and Alaska. Europe :
Widely distributed, from the extreme north to Italy and south of Spain. Asia :
Seberia and Kamschatka. China — Peking Mts. 5000', Hancock : u very rare M ;
Mukden — Kirin, James.
I have marked some of the specimens enumerated above P. Dryopferis, and
others P. Robertianum, but, there are others I am not sure about. I think the
'difference between the two plants is not so great as it is in Great Britain.
I agree with Mr. Clarke that if P. Robertianum is distinct it grows in the
N.-W. Himalaya.
7. P. ornatum, Wall. Cat. 327 ; C. R. 545. Phegopteris omata, Wall.
(under Poly podium), Bedd. F. S. I., t. 171, H. B. 294.
N.-W. P. : — Kumaun '.fide Clarke in ' Review.1
Distrib.— Asia : N. Ind. (Him.), Sikkim and Bhotan, in tropical valleys 0-2000%
common ; Bengal — Chittagong Hills 500', S. Inch — Carcoor Ghats, Malabar, and else-
where along the Western Ghats, but not common— de Beddome. Ceylon. Malaya.
N. Australia. Polynesia.
I enter this species on Mr. Clarke's authority, but I do not think it can be
common in Kumaun, as he seems to say, for none of my correspondents seem
to have found it there. I have not myself collected in the low-lying valleys of
Kumaun, except in that of the Gola, from about 2000' upwards, and I did uot
see it there.
8. P. punctatum. Thunb. ; Syn. Fib 312. P. rugosulum,, Labill.,
C. R. 546. Phegopteris punctata Thunb. (under Polypodium), Bedd. H. B. 2(J5.
Punjab : Chamla, McDonell, J. Marten ; Kullu, — Trotter, in List ; Simla Reg. ;
Asan Valley, Edgeworth 1810 ; seen, freshly gathered, by Hope, 1886— said to be from
Rifle Range, E. of Jako Mt. 6-7000' : not in BlanforrPs List and not got by Bliss.
N.-W. P. : D, D. Dist.— Jaunsar, Lakhwa 3-4000', Gammie ; Chatra 6000', Gam-
ble ; T. Garh. 4-5000', Herschel, Mackinnons, Hope, Duthie ; Kumaun T. T. 1845,
S. and W. 5-7000', Duthie, Trotter, MacLeod.
Distrib.— Amer. : Columbia to Chili. Asia : N. Ind (Him.), Nepal Wallich ;
Sikkim and Bhotan; Assam — Mishmi Griffith, Khasia T. Loll. Bengal— Chittagong
alt. 1000'— 5000'. S.Ind., common on W. Mts. at high alts. Ceylon, Malay Penins.
Tonkin. Java. Philippines. Japan. Sandwich Isles. N. Caledonia. Moluccas. Australia,
N. Zealand. Van Dieman's Land. Afr. : Fernando Po 7000'. Tristan da Cunha
St. Helena. Bourbon. Madagascar.
Subgenus Goniopteris, Presl.
9. P. urophyllum, Wall. Cat. 299 ; Syn. Fil. 314 ; C. R. 547,
Neplirodium wophjllum, Wall, (under Polypodium), Bedd. H. B. 274 and
Sappt. 72.
N..W. P. : Garhwal and Kumaun, fide Clarke in ' Review.'
Distrib.— Asia : N. Ind. (Him.), Sikkim and Bhotau ; Assam— Khasia ; Bengal—
Chittagong. Burma. Ceylon. Malaya. New Hebrides— Aneiteum. China i Chilean,
Polynesia. N. Australia. Queensland.
11
82 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
I have not seen the specimens from the west of Nepal on •which Clarke founds,
nor any others from N.-W. India.
10. P. proliferum, Presl. ; Syn. Ml. 315. P. proliferum (Roxb.) Wall.
Cut. 312, C. R. 548. Goniopteris prolifera Roxb., Bedd. B. B. 2U6. Menisc
ium proliferum {Su\) Hook 2nd Cent.
Kashmir : 3000'; Trotter in List.
Punjab : Chamba — McDonell in List ; near Dalbousie 3000', Trotter, Kangra
Valley But. 2-3000', Trotter.
N.-W. P. : I). D. Dist. — Very common in the Dun, on banks of streams and
canals, up to perhaps 3000' ; T. Garh. 1500', Hope, 3000' Mackinnons ; Saharanpur
Digt.—Roovkee, Lt. Sedgwick, R.E. ; Era-maun — The Bhabar 1000', S. and W. ; Gonai,
Davidson, above Katgodam — below 2000', Hope ; Gorakhpur Did. — Sirna Tal, on
banks of Rohni R : had been submerged lift, by a flood, A. Campbell ; Moradabad,
T. T. 1344 ; North Oudh Forests, R. Thompson.
Distrib. — Asia : N. Ind. — eastward in the plains, and westward along the foot
of the bills up to 3000'; Chutia Nagpur, Rev. A. Campbell ; Central Provs., Hoshanfe-
abad Dist., Duthie ; The Concan, Law. S. Ind. ; Ceylon — Trincomalee, Wight-;
Burma — Mergui. Malaya S. China. Philippines. N. Caledonia. N. Australia. S.
Australia — Queensland. New Guinea. Afr : Angola. Zambesi Land. Shire— near
Blantyre; E. Trop. Africa. Mauritius. S. Africa.
As I find none of the published descriptions of this species sufficient, 1
venture the following, which is founded on long observation of growing
plants : —
Rhizome stout, slowly creeping and branching. Fronds springing some-
times in tufts, procumbent, or climbing among bushes and in hedge-
rows : sometimes of definite length, broad, spreading, and sterile, but
one or more fronds of a tuft having a leading prolonged rhachis
which throws off branches from buds at the axils of the pinnae
3-6 inches apart, up to 6 branches per bud, and, if trailing on the
ground, becomes an epigeous rhizome, throwing out roots £S well
as branches from the axils, but ultimately diminishes in width and
becomes flagelliform : the side branches fertile, and often prolonged,
sending out one or more branches from each bud as does the main
rhachis : the main flagelliform rhachis often fertile to the apex.
(Quoad iHtra — vide auctores).
Some of my observations were made on plants naturalised in my garden
in Dehra (N.-W. P.), transplants from a closely adjoining natural
station. Given moisture and other favourable circumstances, this
species is capable of great development : I believe lateral shoots
sometimes become leaders. Beddome is certainly wrong in saying
' that the elongated and flagelliform fronds are " non-seeding," aa
specimens in my collection show.
THE FERNS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA. 83
11. P. lineatum, Colebr. in Wall. Cat. 300; Syn. Fil. 316 ; C. R.
548. Nephrodium costutum, Wall, (under Pohjpodum), Bedd. H. B. 275 and
Snppfc. 73.
Kashmir: Tawi Vy. 4000',. Levinge 1875; Trotter, in MS. List; Jhelam Vy.
*' 35th Milestone," MacLeod 1891.
Punjab : Chamba State— Ma, Don ell in List; Chamba 5000', Blanford, Trotter;
Simla Reg.— Simla 5500',. Bates, Gamble, Bliss ; Sirmur— T. T.
N.-W. P.: "N. W. I.", very red, Falconer; D. D. Diet.— Mnssooree 4-6000'
by stream? and in swampy ground, not uncommon, Herb. Dalzel, King, Mackinnons,
Duthie, Hope; T. Garh— Mackinnons, Duthie 4-5000'; B. Garh.— Mrs. Fisher;
Kumann— Wallich ; Pburka and Bagesar 3500', S. and W. 1848 J Col. Davidson 1875
(very , red) ; Nalena Vy. 47-5000', Hope 1890 (only slightly red) ; near Bagesar 3000',
Trotter 1891.
DlSTRlB.—ilsuj : N. Ind. (Him.) Nepal, Wallich 1827; Assam— Mishi, Griffith,
Khasia. Silhet. Ceylon. Penang. China-Centr., Mr. Maries ; Ichang, Henry ; SzeeJi--
wan : Mt. Omei, Faber ; Yunnan : Mengtz*1, Hancock.
A very different looking plant from the next,, and much more elegant. The
rhizome is widely creeping, never erect. By the side of running water it grows,
to a large size. I have a frond I gathered in Kumaun, mounted on five 1 8^"
sheets, with stipes almost 30 in. and frond 57 in. 1., and I got others larger.
Mr. J. W. Furrell has seen fronds, 8 ft. long, without stipe. As is often
the case with ferns having a creeping rhizome, many fronds are sterile, hut
otherwise the same as the fertile fronds. I have never seen any trace of
involucre on even very young fronds gathered in N.-W. India. Beddome says
specimens from Br. Stuart, Garhwa], have the involucre very distinct. Clarke,
who kept the species in Polypodium {Goniopteris), says the young sori have many
hairs among them.
The stipes, rhachises and veins are often quite red. The number of veins,
runs up to 10 pairs, the excurrent venule being often free. Beddome, in his
supplement, says the rhizome is sometimes creeping, sometimes erect. I
find it is always widely creeping. Beddome may have mixed up two distinct
ferns ; and I cannot admit that a fern can be so inconsistent iq its structure and
habit as he says this is.
12. P. multilineatum, Wall. ; Syn. Fil. 31G ; C. B. 547. Nephro-
dium moulmeinense, Bedd. H. B. 275, F. B. I.rt. 231.
Kashmir : Poonch 3000', Major Sage : fide Trotter in printed List,
N. W. P. : D. D. Dist.—m the Dun, Nalota Khala about 2500', Hope 1880-87-S9 ;
Ramgarh Road 2000', Gamble 1892; below Mussooree, to westward, 4000', Mac-
kinnons 1878 ; Birani Nadi, Duthie 1882 ; B. Garhwal, Mrs. Fisher ; Kvmaun, A1-
mora, Davidson 1875; Kali Vy. 2-3000', Duthie 1884 ; Gola Vy. 2500', Hope 1890 ;
Sarju Vy., near Bagesar, 3000' S. and W. ; 3-3500', Trotter 1891. North Oudh
Forests, R. Thompson.
Si JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
DlSTKlB.— Asia : N. Lid. (Him.), Sikkirn and Bhofan ; Bengal : Chittagong and
plain westward, and ascending the Himalaya to 4-5000', Parasnath Mt. Rev. A.
Campbell ; Assam — Wallich 1829 ; all over the Province ; Nambur Forest, Mann. S.
2nd. : Golconda Hills, west of Vizagapatam, 2-3000', " involucre distinct1'' ; not on
Western Mts., Beddome in H. B. Burma : " very common near Moulmein, involu-
cre distinct ", Beddome. Fiji Isles, Seeman ?
Under P. Uneatum, Baker remarks — " Seems not distinct from the next, " —
but see my remark above as to the contrast between the two. The present plant
is more coriaceous, and very dry-looking, with veins very prominent and dis-
tinct. : the fronds are generally broader and shorter, and have fewer pinna than
P. Uneatum has,— 4-15 pairs in Gamble's and ruy specimens ; whereas in our P.
Uneatum the number varies from 8 to 30 pairs, only 3 specimens having less
than 1G pairs. A specimen I have, from Parasnath Mt. in Bengal, is 7'-6i"
high from the rhizome, of which total the stipe is 4 Ah inches, and the frond
46. It has only 14 pairs of pinnae : the lowest are 10 in. 1., the next pair 12".
and above that there are several about 13 in. The width of the broadest is
barely above 1£ in. The pinna of P. multilineahim are much the broader, and
the number of pairs of veins rims up to 23 and even 25. Trotter's plant
from Kumaun has the narrowest pinna of any I have seen — §■ in., but it
nevertheless has 16 pairs of veins. My Kumaun specimens were growing in
a swampy slope in forest : very few fronds were fertile. As Beddome added
in his supplement, the rhizome is creeping : the stipes are distinct.
Blanford, in his published List, gives Simla as a habitat, saying : — fi ' The
Glen' and some other wooded ravines below 6000'. The pinna are narrow."
I think this must be P. Uneatum Colebr. His specimen of P. Uneatum from
Chamba is marked by him P. multllineatum, and yet has the narrowest piona
of any Uneatum, I have seen, with only G-7 pairs of veins. Trotter says
he collected P. multilimatum in Chamba and Simla ; and if he is right as to
Major Sage's specimen from Kashmir this is probable enough ; but the evidence
I have seems insufficient.
I have never seen the slightest trace of involucre in this fern, as growing in
N.-W. India ; but I detected some in Gamble's specimens from the Palkouda
Hills in the Vizagapatam District, 2500', and the Ruinpa Hills, 2000', in the
Godavery District, Madras Presidency. The Eumpa Hills plant has pinnre cut
down about ^ of the half width (£ in terminal pinna), segments wider than
in other P. mult ilinsat urn, and not more than 13 pairs of veins, which curve
upwards ; and the sori are at a distance from the costa mstead of near it ;
they are much nearer the excurrent veinlet. These Madras specimens may be
the same as the Moulmein plant, which I have not seen ; and I suspect
Beddome may be right in setting up N. moulmeinense, but wrong in upsetting
P. muliilineatum. In his supplement of 181)2 lie says that fronds of N. moul-
THE FERNS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA. 85
immense lately received in a very young state show ciliated involucres on
almost all the sori ; and that Mr. Mann's specimens from the Nambur Forest,
Assam, have the pinnas 2£ inches broad. If in. is, I think, the broadest I
have of P. multilineatum.
Subgenus Eupolypoditjh.
13. P. SUbfalcatum, Bl. ; Syn. Fil. 328 ; C. P.. 449, Bedd. H.B. 314.
N.-W. P.— B. Garh., Mackinnons 1882 ; Kumaun— Kalimundi 8500', S. and W.,
No. 19 ; P. part of Wall. 310 ; named P. sub/aloatum by Sir W. J. Hooker. Above Gini
6-7000', near Sosa 9-10,000', Duthie 1884. North India, Edgeworth, /frfd Hooker.
Disteib.— Ana : N. Ind. (Him.) Nepal, Wallich, Central Nepal, J. Scully 1880.
Sikkim and Bhotan, common ; Assam — Khasia 4-5000', frequent. S. Ind. — Nilgiris
and Anamallays 4-5000'. Ceylon— Centr. Prov. Malay Penins. 3-4000', and Isles.
Philippines, Cuming ; Borneo ; Moluccas — Batjan Isd. ; New Guinea, Beccariect.
Subgenus Goniophlebium, Bl.
14. P. amoenum, Wall. ; Syn. Fil. 341 ; C. R. 550. Goniophlebium
amamurn, Wall, (under Polypodium)i Bedd. H. B. 317.
Punjab : Chamba, MeDonell ; 5-8000', J. Marten 1897 ; Kangra Vy. But. 8000';
Kullu 6-8000', Trotter, Coventry ; Simla Beg. — Simla and neighbourhood, and east-
ward along Thibet Road to Bisahir, 6-9500', T. T,, Edgeworth, Bates, Hope, Gamble,
Blanf, Trotter, Bliss, Lace ; Sirmur, T. T.
N.-W. P. : B. B. Bist.— Jaunsar, Dakera 5500', C.G. Rogers, Harianta 8500', Gamble
1898 ; Mussooree— ' The Park1 Hope ; Landonr— Seal's Hill 7000', Hope ; T. Garh. Nag
Tiba Mt. 9000', Mackinnons ; Ganges Vy. 7-8000', Duthie, Datuni 7000', Gamble ;
"Garhwal" Griffith 1845 ; B. Garh., Mrs. Fisher ; Kumaun—K&thi 7500', Jagesar
6000', S. & W. , near Naini Tal 5500' Hope ; above Ramgarh 7000', Trotter ; Kala
Muni Ridge 9500', MacLeod.
Distrib. — Asia : N. Ind. (Him.) Nepal, Wallich ; Sikkim and Bhotan ; Assam —
Khasia Dist. 3-6000', very common ; Manipur G. Watt. China, Henry, Hancock ;
Formosa (doubted by Clarke). Tonkin, Balansa.
Mr. Clarke can distinguish this fern from some large specimens of P. laclinopm
Wall. (No. 15 below) only by the scales (on rhizome ? ) not being hair-pointed :
he says there is no difference between the two, and he has P. lachnopm exceed-
ingly large. One does not need to look at the scales to distinguish between the
two species. P. amcenum has a broadly lanceolate frond— iwice to thrice,
rarely more— as long as it is broad : P. lachnopm is linear-lanceolate, commonly
six to seven times as long as broad, and larely is the breadth so much as
one-fifth of the length : loin. 1. by 2in. broad are common dimensions, and I
have a frond 21 in. by 3 in. The number cf pinna3 (or lobes) in the two
species is considerably different : in amcenum, it is sometimes less than 20, gene-
rally 25-30, and very rarely reaching 25-40 ; in lachnopas the number is rarely
below 30, and frequently reaches 45 or more. In amcenum the costa3 of the
segments are from | in. to ]| in. apart, and the segments gradually taper from
a broad base to a generally very fine point : in lachnopus the costas are generally
86 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
about 3/8 to 7/16 in. apart, rarely h in. or over, and the segments suddenly taper
at about two-thirds of their length. The fronds of lachnopus are much weaker
and thinner than those of amcenum, and they hang perpendicularly from the
trees they grow on. I have rarely seen P. lachnopus on rocks. P. amcenum
generally, I think, grows on rocks, or in soil on rocky slopes, sometimes stand-
ing upright ; but in Mussooree I have seen it on trees. When in a young state
the fronds are very pubescent, and always there are numerous small chaffy
scales on and near the rhachis on the under side. The fronds of P. lachnopus
are all but naked.
15. P. lachnopus, Wall. ; Syn. Fil. 342 ; C. E. 551. Goniopldehium
lachnopus, Wall., Bedd. H. B. 319.
Kashmir : fide Clarke, in ' Keview.1
Punjab : Kullu 5-7000', Trotter in printed List ; Simla Region — Simla, Edgeworth
5-5500', Gamble, Blanford, Trotter, "not very common " ; Masbobra, Bliss.
N.-W. P. : B. D. Dist.—m tbe Dun : Nalota Kbala 2600', Hope ; Mussooree 55-
6500', in many places, on trees, Duthie, Mackinnons, Hope ; T. Garh.— Jumna Vy.
6-7000', Dathie, Sablra Vy. 6000', Gamble ; Xumaun—E. Bl. ; Mohargiri G500',
S. and W. 1848 ; Hawalbagh ; Naini Tal, S. and W., Hope, Davidson ; near Askot
4-5000', Duthie ; Nalena Vy. 47-5000', on rocks, Hope ; Sarju Vy., Bansi 5500'
Trotter ; Goriganga Vy. 8500', Kala Muni Ridge 8300', MacLeod.
Disteib.— Asia : N. B. Ind. (Him.) Nepal ; Wallich 1821 ; Sikkim and Bhotan;
Assam — Khasia Dist. 3-5000', " very common," Clarke ; N. Manipur 5500', Clarke.
See my remarks under P. amcenum, Wall., No. 14, above. Occasionally, when
growing in an exposed dry situation I suppose, this fern is very small and wiry :
Duthie's example from the Jumna Valley has fronds only 4"XH" 1. including
Btipes. MacLeod's, from the Kala Muni Ridge, Kumaun, is from 6 to 11 in.
including stipes. I watched this fern at Mussooree for a number of years, and
I believed it was spreading there. It is a striking object, hanging from the
large oak trees in the forest, on the north side of the ridge, up to 6500' alt., and
I could easily distinguish it from P. microrhizoma, Clarke (which is much more
common) at some distance. The elevation — " up to 11,000' " — given in the
Synopsis, seems much too high, and Clarke's higher limit, G000', is too low ;
but Beddome has cut that down to 3000', on what authority I know not.
Blanford says — *' Not very common at Simla. Found on trees and rocks in
shady ravines below 6000'."
1G. P. microrrhizoma, C. B. Clarke, in Trans. Linn. Soc, 2d. Ser. Bot.,
Vol. I, 1880, p. 551 (C. R.) ; Syn. Fil, 2d. Ed., 511. Goniophlebium micror-
rhizoma, Clarke, Bedd. H. B. 322.
Kashmib.— fide Clarke ; Trotter in Lists.
Punjab : Chamba — McDonell in List ; J. Marten 5-7000', 1897 ; Mandi State
5000', Trotter; Kangra Vy. Ditt. Dalhousie, Clarke ; Kullu 7-0000', Trotter ; Simla
Reg. — Simla, and eastward along ridge to Matii'ma G-9000' : " very common on
rocks and trees from 5500' to 85 GO' " (Blanford in List).
THE FERNS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA. 87
N.-W. P.: D. B. BUt.— Mussooree and Landour 0-7500', everywhere, on rocks and
trees ; B. Garh., Mrs. Fisher ; Kumann— Jagesar 60C0', S. and W.; Naini Tal ; Kali
Vy. 9-10,000', Duthie ; Goriganga Valley 7000', MacLeod.
Distrib.— Asia : N. Ind. (Him.) Sikkim and Bhotan ; Assam— Jakpho Mt.
9000', Clarke : China — Yunnan, Belavay, Henry.
Besides the difference in the scales of rhizome between this species and
P. lachnopas, distinguishing characters of microrrhizoma not mentioned by
Mr. Clarke are— the brown stipes, and darker brown rhachis ; the broader,
shorter, and rather stouter frond ; pinna? much fewer — generally only 15-25
pairs — and broader ; and sori often oblong or oval. At Mussooree this fern
grows to a higher level than P. lachnopus. The rhizome does not strike me as
being very small.
17. P. argutum, Wall. ; Syn. Fil. 511 ; C. R. 551. GoniophleUmn
argutum, Wall, (under Polypodium), Bedd. H. B. 323.
N.-W. P. : B. B. Bist.— Mussooree 0500', Hope 1885 ; T. Gar7i.— Nag Tiba Mt. 80C0'
Mackinnons 8000' ; B. Garli. 6-7000', Duthie 1885, Mrs. Fisher ; Kumaun, R. Bl. ;
B:nsar, on trees, 7000', S. and W. 1848, and Major Madden ; Naini Tal 5-8000', on
trees, Hope 1861, Davidson 1875 ; between Gini and Munskiari 7-8000', above Gini
6-7000', and Gori Vy. 7-8000', Duthie 1884 ; above Lonarkhet 7500', Trotter 1891 ;
Ranti and Kala Muni Ridge 7-10,000', MacLeod 1893.
Disteib.— Asia : N. Ind. (Him.) Nepal, Wallich 1829 ; Sikkim and Bhotan,
4-9000', very common ; Assam — Khasia.
Mr. Clarke gives — :" Himalaya, from Kashmir to Bhotan, very common " as
habitats for this species, but I cannot find any specimens from the westward
of Tehri Garhwal in the N.-W. Provinces, nor did Mr. Trotter ; and Mr.
Blanford is silent as to the Simla Region. The Jaunsar Tract of the Dehra
Dun District also seems a blank.
My plant from Mussooree is from the only known station in, or within, two
days' journey of that place : it must be 10 or 15 miles from Nag Tiba Mt. in
a straight line across the deep valley of the Aglar River. I found the fern in
Mussooree on one branch of one Rhododendron {arooreum) tree only, and left
most of the rhizome and fronds on it, and it was still there in 1895, but did not
appear to have spread to other trees. P. argutum was pretty common in
Naini Tal in 1861, on the Sher-ka-danda side of the Lake, high up.
Subgenus Niphobolus, Auct.
19. P. adnasceilS, Sw. ; Syn. FiL 349; C. R. 552. Niphololus
fifhiascens, Sw. (under Poly podium), Bedd, H. B. 324.
N.-W. P. : B. Garh. 3-4000', P. W. Mackinnon 1881 ; Kumaun— Bamganga R. 2500.
S. and W.; 4-5000' and 3-4000', Duthie 1884 ; Sarju Vy. 3500', Trotter 1891 ; "Gori-
ganga Valley and elsewhere, " 5-8000', MacLeod 1893.
Distrib. — Asia : "Throughout N. India in moist climates,1'1 Clarke. Himalaya— up
to 5000' and even 8000' : " extending over the plains to Calcutta and the sea-face of
the ISoonderbun " ; Assam— Kachar, Mishmi Griffith, Manipur, Watt. 8. Ind. Burma —
88 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Mergui, Griffith, Andaman Islands. Ceylon. Malaya. Tonkin. China — Yunnan. Chusan.
Fiji. New Hebrides,: — Aneiteum N. Australia — Cape York. Afr. : Camerun Mts.
Eritrea, G. Scbweinfurth, 1896 ? Mascaren Isles.
New to N.-W. India ; and there not found westward of the Ganges.
20. P. Stigmo-SUm, Sw. ; Syn. Fil. 350 ; C. R. 553. NiplwMus
stigmosus- Sw., Bedd. H. B. 328.
N.-W. P. : T. Garhival—iOW, Mackinnons 1 878 ; below Lalnri 3-4000', Duthie 1881 j
Kumaun— Sarju Vy.-Gangoli Hat 3000', Major Madden ; Kali Vy. 2-3000', Duthie
1884 ; Gola Valley 2300', Hope 1890 ; Sarju Vy.— Bageswar, T. T., 3000' S. and W.,
Trotter 1891; Sarju and Goriganga Valley3 3-5000', MacLeod 1893.
Distbib.— Asia : N. Ind. (Him*) Sikkim and Bhotan 1-4-5000', Assam — Khasia
2-3000' very common ; W. Manipar 3500', Clarke ; Bengal — Chutia Nagpur, Parasnath
Mt. 2500', Clarke. S. Ind. — Golconda Mts. Burma — Tenasserim. Sumatra, Hancock.
China — Yunnan, Henry, Hancock,
21. P. fissum, Baker,- Syn. Fil. 351 ; C. K. 554. NiphoboLus fissm,
Bl., Bedd. H. B. 330.
Kashmir :fide Clarke in 'Review', and Trotter in Lists.
Punjab : Chamba— Ravi Vy. 6000', McDonell ; 5500', J. Marten 1897; Knllu—
Upper Bias Vy. 5-6000', Trotter ; Simla Reg., Blanford : " rare, and found only at
levels below 6500'"" ; below Simla 5500', Hope ; Simla— " The Glen" and road to it,
Jaru-ka— Nal, Bliss 1890-92.
N.-W. P. : D. D. But.— Jaunsar, Duthie 1879, Lokar, Gamble ; " JaunBar," C. G.
Rogers ; Molta Forest, 5000', Gamble ; T. Garh, 5-8000', Gamble, Mackinnons j
B. Garh, Mrs. Fisher ; Kumaun — near Bagesar 3000', Vy. of Sarju 3500', native
collector, in Herb. Hort. Saharanpur ; Gola Vy. 23-4000', very abundant, on rocks
and trees, Hope ; Naini Tal and elsewhere 5-6500', Hope, Duthie ; near Almora 5000'
MacLeod.
DISTEIB. — Asia : N. Ind. (Him.) eastward to Bhotan, very common ; Assam —
Khasia 1000'-5000', very common ; Manipur, Watt. S. Ind.— W. Mts. 3-9000'.
Burma— The Shan Hills, Collett ; Ceylon— C. Prov. Malay Penins. Java. Philip-
pines. China. Afr. ; E. Trop. Zambesi Highlands. Madagascar.
22. P. flocculosum, Don ; Syn. Fil 351 ; C. R. 554. NiplwMus
floGCulosus, Don, Bedd. H. B. 331.
Punjab : Kanyra Vy. Bist.— Dharmsala 6000', Trotter 1887; Simla— Edgcw., and
Madden, fide Sir J. W. Hook.
N.-W. P. : B. D. Dist.—irom 2000' to 5000' : common from south of Dehra, in
Dehra, northward to Rajpur, and to above Jhari Pani on road to Mussooree, on trees ;
Kumaun — 3000'-6000', very common.
Disteib. — Asia : N. Ind. (Him.) Sikkim and Bhotan, rare ; Assam — Khasia, up to
4000', and Sylhet Plain.
The description of the shape of the frond in the 'Synopsis' — "narrowed
very gradually to both ends " — is wrong, and subsequent writers have not put
it right. Clarke says — " Suddenly or gradually narrowed at base," and Bed-
dome — "lanceolate, finely acuminate, sub-sinuate, moderately attenuated and
deourrent, or broad and unequally hastate at the base." The frond is never
THE FERNS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA. 80
gradually narrowed to both ends— so far as I can see. It is gradually narrowed
to the apes, but always more or less suddenly to the base. Only occasionally
it seems to be narrowed to the base equally on both sides ; but that sometimes
is because one side has been folded up in pressing, or when the shoulders are
narrower than usual. I should describe the frond as — lanceolate acuminate, one
half ending at the base before the other, both halves decurrent on the stipes.
It is as if two longitudinal halves of lance heads, of unequal length, were
joined together so that the points coincided. The shorter side is sometimes
more suddenly narrowed than the other. In the same plant some of the fronds
will have the shorter half of the lance head on one side, and others on the
other — according as, I think, they have sprung from one or other eide of the
rhizome. Specimens with fronds narrowed at both ends are probably P. fissum,
which have got mixed. The latter-mentioned species has sometimes rather
broad fronds, and it too sometimes narrows below rather unequally ; but it has
hardly any stipes, whereas P.Jiocculosum has a stipe of one-third or more the
length of the frond.
P.Jiocculosum is very common in Dehra, and along the road and canal
avenues up to Rajpur at the foot of the Himalaya, alt. 2100-3000', chiefly
on Mango trees, which have rough bark ; but since I first observed it in
1879-80 it seems to have spread also to Toon trees (Cedrela toona), the bark of
which is much smoother. Above Rajpur, up to about 5000', it grows in the
forest on various kinds of trees, Bauklnia and others. It is also very abundant
in the forest in the Gola Valley, below Nairn Ta]. up to 5000' or higher, on
rocks as well as on trees. This plant does not shed its fronds annually : they
are persistent for a time, shrivelling up at the close of the rains, or during a
prolonged break in them, and uncurling and appearing quite fresh after a good
fall of rain in the dry season, or at the setting in of the next season's rains —
quite hygroscopic in fact. This may be a character of all the species of Nipho*
bolus, as it is of certain species of some other genera and subgenera — see
Asplenium exiguum above, and Polypodium (Phym.) Uneare below. Plants of
P.flocculosum may be taken from a tree in the cold, or dry hot, season, soaked
in water till they uncurl, and be then made good specimens of, though of course
without young fronds. Mr. Trotter took some plants from Dehra to Rawal-
pindi, and so treated them, and laid them into his herbarium. The rhizome
is slow growing and never found of any considerable length, and it throws up
only a few fronds each year, in a tuft. The fronds probably live on until the
rhizome dies off at the back end.
Subgenus Drynaria, Bory.
28. P. propinquum, Wall., Syn. Fil. 367 ; O. R. 556. Drynaria
propinqua, Wall., Bedd. H. B. 339.
12
90 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
N.-W. P. : T. Garh. — in Herb. Hort. Saharanpur : marked lt Kidarkanta, S", on
ticket : no collector's name. B. Garh — GOOD', Mackinnons 1881 ; Kinoli Vy., Duthie
1885 ; Mrs. Fisher ; Kuinaun— Kamari 4500', Binsar 7000', S. & W. ; Alaknanda
Valley, near Joshimath, Edgew.; Mymunda, Davidson 1875 ; Gori Vy. 5-6000', Duthi-e
J 884 ; Nalena Vy. 47-5000', Hope 1880; near Pitoragarh 6500', Trotter 1891 ; Sarju-
ganga Vy. and elsewhere 4-7000', MacLeod 1893.
Distrib.— Asia : N. Ind. (Him.) Nepal, WalUch; Sikkim and Bhotan, " very
common," Clarke ; Assam— Khasia Dist. 2-5000','very common, Kohlma 6000', Clark*.
Burma. Malay Penins. Java. China — Scechwan, on Mt. Omei, Faber ; Yunnan,
Delavay, Hancock, Henry. Afr. : W. Islands.
24. P. rivale, Mett. MSS. ; Syn. Fil. 367 ; 0. R. 556. Drynaria
mollis, Bedd. H. B. 341.
Punjab : Chamba, MacDonell ; Kullu 8-900', Trotter ; Simla Reg. — Simla and
eastward to Hattu Mt. 7-9500', on oak trees : locally abundant.
N.-W. P. : D. D. 2?fa£.— Jaunsar, Deoban 9000', Herschel and Duthie's collr. 187P;
Landour 7100', Hope ; Garhwal 8-9000' ; Lev., T. Gar/*.— Nag Tiba Mt. 9000
Mackinnons ; Jumna and Ganges Valleys 8-10,000' and 5-6000', Duthie ; B. Garh.,
Mrs. Fisher , Kum a un— Binsar 7000', B. & W. ; Maini Tal and near it, Hope, Trotter;
Goriganga Vy. 8700', MacLeod 1893 : "Grows in enormous tufts, built up of old
stems.'"
Disteib.— Asia : Thibet— Soulie, Hobson. N. Ind. (Him.) Chumbi Vy., in Thibet,
on south slope of Himalaya, King's collector, 1882. China — N. Shen-Si Prov.
Revd. J. Giraldi (P. Baronii, n. sp., Christy
The ' Synopsis ' gives N.-E. Himalaya as the habitat ; but this seems a mis-
print for N.-W. Him., as the Chumbi Station — between Sikkim and Bhotdn —
was not then known. Also, in the " Synopsis " it is said that the venation ia
like that of Ooniophlebium ; but Mr. Clarke says it is that of other Drgnarias.
Colonel Beddome gives an exact description of the fern.
Subgenus Phyjmatodes, Presl,
25. P. lineare, Thumb ; Syn. Fil. 354 ; C. R. 558. Pleopeltis linearis,
Thunb. ; Bedd. H. B. 346.
Kashmir :~-fide Clarke in * Review.'
Punjab : Hazara Dist.— Kagan Vy. 14,400', Inayat (collector for Herb. Sahar.)
1896 ; Chamba, McDonell ; Mandi State and Kullu, Trotter in List ; Simla Reg. —
5-8000', common.
N.-W. P. : D. D. Dist.— In the Dun 2-8000', common ; Mussooree 56-6500'., in many
places ; T. Garh.— Yhedi 4-5000' Duthie ; B. Garh. Mrs. Fisher ; Kumaun— 2-9000',
common.
Distrib.— Asia : N. Ind. (Him.) Nepal, Winterbottom ; Sikkim and Bhotan ;
Assam— Khasia Dist. 500'-6030', "very common," W. Manipur 3000', Clarke. S. Ind.
—throughout, Beddome. Ceylon. Malayan Penins., and Isles. China. Japan,
Afr. : S. & Centr., with the Islands.
Blanford says : — " This is a fern of comparatively the lower levels. . . .
. . . The fronds are thick and coriaceous, and in dry weather roll up from
the margins, and so remain for weeks and months, unrolling again, like
THE FERNS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA. 91
Nipholwlus, on the return of wet weather." I confirm this. The fronds also
sometimes coil up at the apex.
26. P. Simplex, Sw., Syn. Fil. 27. P. lineare, Thb. g. P. simplex, Sw.,
Hk. and Bk. Syn. Fil. 354.
P. simplex, Sw., Clarke, Journ. Linn. Soc, XXV. 99. Pleopeltis simplex, Sw.,
Bedd. H. B. 347. Polypodium {Pkjmatodes) simplex, Sw., Blanford, in Journ.
Asiatic Soc, Bengal, Vol. LVIL, Pt. II., No. 4, 1888, PI. xx.
Punjab: Chamba— McDonell, in List. Pangi — Satrundi,Harsukh (collr. from
Sahar. Herb.) 1899 } Kangra Vy. List. — Edgew. in Herb. Sahar. ; Dharnisala, Trotter ;
Kullu 6-7000', Trotter ; Mandi State 6500', Trotter ;. Simla Beg ion— Simla 6-8000',
common.
N.-W. P. : D. D. Dist.— Jaunsar— Cbakrata 7000' ; in the Dun— Kalanga Hill
33000', Gamble ; Mussooree and Landour, very common 6-7500' ; T. Garh. — Jumna
Vy. 10-11,000', Ganges Vy. 10-12,000' Duthie ; B. Garh. 8000', Duthie, Mrs. Fisher ;
Kumaun 6500' to 9000', S. & W., Hope, Dathie, Davidson, Trotter., MacLeod.
Disteib. —Asia : N. Ind. (Him.) Sikkim and Bhotan. China ?
This is a very common fern in the Himalaya, on trees, and it never ought to
have been mixed up with P. lineare, for, besides other differences, and entire
dissimilarity in appearance when growing, the fronds are herbaceous in texture,
and wither and fall off directly the rains cease, or before that when a touch of
cold, dry wind eomes from the north. The fronds of P. lineare are persistent
for another year at least. Blanford noted this, and said — " Their texture is
thin, the venation distinct." Tbe sori when young are completely covered
and protected by peltate scales, up to 20 in number to a sorus, which fit
together so closely that to the naked eye they sometimes look like one large
involucre with a continuous margin outside the sorus. These scales disappear
as the sporangia ripen and burst. The sori are occasionally oval or con-
fluent.
This species is still mixed up with P. lineare in the Kew Herbarium. Speci-
mens from the eastward of British India seem to vary a good deal, and there
may be among them a new species.
27. P. clathratum, C. B. Clarke in Review 559, t. 72, fig. 1 ; Baker in
Ann. Bot., Vol. V., No. XVIII. Pleopeltis clathrata, Clarke, Bedd. H. B. 348.
Polypodium {Phymatodes) clathratum, C. B. Clarke, Blanford, in Journ. Asiatic
Soc, Bengal, Vol. LVII., Pt. II., No. 4, 1888, PI. xxi.
Afghan. : Kurram Vy.— 10-11,000' Aitch. 1879-80 ; Peiwar Kotal 7000.
■ Collett 1879.
Kashmir : Ptr Pimjal 11-12,000', C. B. Clarke ; digit Dist.— Nittar Vy. 10-11,000'
Duthie. Kajnag Range and Kamri Vy. 9-13,000' Duthie 18S2 ; Ridge between
Kishenganga Vys., 9-12,000', MacLeod 1891 ; Sind Vy.— Sonamarg 8000', Gammie
1891.
Punjab: Hazara Dist.— Kagan Valley, Inayat (collr. Herb. Sahar.j 1897;
Chamba— Ravi Vy. 7000', MacDonell, Paugi 12,500', J. Marten ; Mandi State 7-9000'
92 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
Trotter ; Kullu 8-9000', Trotter; Simla Reg.— Simla 7000', Hope 1871 ; Simla—
" abundant on trees on north side of Jako Mt. 7000' and a little above that level,
and ranges (eastward) up to at least 10,000' on Kamalhori and Hattu,11 Blanford (in
List) ; Hope, Trotter, Bliss.
N.-W. P. : D. D. Dist.— Jaunsar, Mrs. Stansfield ; T. GarUoal 8-12,000', Duthie ;
B. Garh. 12-13,000' Duthie, Mrs. Fisher ; Kumaun 9-14,000' Duthie ; Lessar Pass
14,000', MacLeod 1893.
Nepal W. : Kali Vy., near Kangua 11,000', Nampa Gadh 12-13,000', Duthie.
Distrib. — Asia : N. Ind. (Him.), N. China, Hancock.
Mr. Clarke's description seems to have been written from material gathered
in a limited tract, and his drawing is by no means an adequate representation of
the plant, which seems to have various forms. The figure shows fronds not
more than 6 in. 1., including the stipes ; and Mr. Clarke says the fronds are
small. Blauford's figure is better, as it is of a larger plant, and shows the
venation more correctly ; but it does not give the " sessile irregularly peltate and
lacerate clathrate scales " which are mixed with the sporangia and are the
characteristic feature of the plant. He gives a drawing of a scale from the
rhizome, and says the fern is readily distinguished from P. simplex by its
narrow linear fronds, the character of the venation, and the clathrate scales of
the rhizome and sori, as if these were identic.il. Clarke's enlargement of a scale
from the sorus is quite different from Blanford's from the rhizome, and is
correct : both are clathrate, though their shapes differ. But, as Blanford says,
the scales of the sori are not persistent, and it is not easy in dried specimens to
find a specimen of them. On some fronds I find similar scales on the under
surface quite unconnected with sori.
P. dathratum, if all the specimens so named be that species, varies very much
in dimensions and shape of frond. Dubhie's high-level examples, from Garhwal,
Kumaun, and West Nepal, are generally smaller than even Clarke's figure shows,
and are rather coriaceous with venation obscure, but they have the characteris-
tic scales in the sori. Duthie's No. 5178 from the Kuari Pass, British Garhwal,
13,000', has a comparatively broad frond and short stipes, like that of P. simplex :
stipes 1\ — H in., frond 4£ — 8 J in. 1., narrowed gradually to both ends, but it
has the characteristic sorus scales in abundance. Some of my specimens from
the Simla Begion, gathered late in the season when withering, and with no
scales in the sori, have stipes 2 in. 1., and fronds 10 — 12 in. 1. by f — f in. br.
Some of the sori in these are linear — f in. 1. A frond from the Mandi State,
collected by Trotter, has stipes under 2 in. 1., with frond 12 in. by f in. A
plant of Blauford's, from Kamalhori Mt., 9500', is only 4 in. high, rather coria-
ceous, with venation obscure, scales wanting, sori oval or oblong. I collected
plants of this form at Simla in 1871, and was then certain they were not P,
lineare. Fronds from Chamba are 13 in. 1. by f to barely f in. broad, very
THE FERNS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA. n
membranous, stipes very short. I have never seen stipes as long as the fronds
such as Clarke speaks of ; but some of Duthie's from Kashmir are fths of the
total length, and some of these have fronds J in. br., and look like narrow P.
simplex. If the nature of the scales is the main specific character, all these
various forms are one species,
Blanford nude a particular study of this fern at Simla, where it is very abun-
dant on Jako mountain, and he was at first inclined to make two varieties besides
the type ; but in his finally printed list he gave that up. He says P. clath-
ratum is quite distinct from both P. lineare and P. simplex, though it often
grows with the last-mentioned , which it much resembles in texture and mode of
growth. '' The sori," he says, '* are small, frequently oblong, of a bright orange
colour, and sometimes confluent The stipes are generally
shorter, and the fronds longer and more linear than in the specimen figured by
Clarke." The sori are sometimes very large, e.g., in a specimen of MacLeod's
from Kashmir they are one-eighth of an inch in the largest diameter, and more
than one-quarter the width of the frond : these are full of scales. This species
is not got in Mussooree, where both P. lineare and P. simplex are very
common.
P. alberti, Kegel— Descr. PI. nov., No. XVIII, 122, from Turkestan, is
exactly the same as a small form, called P. clathratum, from the Himalaya at
high altitudes, which might perhaps be separated and put under P. alberti.
28. P. membranaceum, Don, 0., P. grandijolium, Wall. ; Syn. Fil.
360 ; P. membranaceum, Don, C. R. 560. Pleopeltis membranaceum, Don,
Bedd. II. B. 355.
Kashmir : Tawi Yj. 4-5000', Trotter.
Punjab : Chamba State— Chenab Vy. 5000', McDonell : "not common1' ; Kangra
Vy. Dist. — fide Trotter ; Simla Reg.— Simla, common.
N.-W. P. : D. D. Dist.— in the Dun : Nalota Khala and elsewhere at the foot of
the Himalaya, 2500' and upwards ; Mussooree 5-7000', on moist rocks, and trunks of
trees, common ; T. Qarh. Aglar Vy. 4-5000', Duthie ; B. Garh.— Mrs. Fisher ;
Knmaun— Mohargiri 6500', S. & W. ; NainiTa] 6500', on rocks by the Lake, Hope 1861 :
not seen there in 1890 and 1894 ; elsewhere 25-5000', widely distributed.
Dist rib.— Asia : N. Ind. CHim.) Sikkim and Bhotan ; Assam— Khasia Dist. 2-5000' :
very common j Bengal— Parasnath Mt. 3000', Clarke. S. Ind.— E. & W. MtB., 2-5000'.
Ceylon. Tonkin. W. China— Yunnan, Henry. Philippines.
Usually large ; but I have a fertile frond gathered in Kumaun, only 5 inches
high, including the short stipes. All the specimens I possess seem to belong to
Wallich's P.. graadifolium, which is said to have sori smaller, and irregularly
scattered.
29. P. heterocarpum, Bl. (non Mett.) ; 0,, P. Zippellii, Bl,, Syn. Fil.
360 ; P. Zvpellii, C. R. 561. Pleopeltis Zippellii, Bl., Bedd. H. B. 357.
Punjab : Chamba— Dalhousie, Col. Dyas,/d<! Bedd. in H. B.
94 JO URNAL, BOMB A Y NA TURA L HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol XV.
Distrib .— Asia : N. Ind. (Him.) Sikkim and Bhotan, 2-6000', common ; Assam
Khasia, 2-4000', frequent, W. >Manipur 1000', Claris. Ceylon. Malay Penins,
Perak. Sumatra. Java. Borneo. Philippines. China — Yunnan, Henry.
I give this as a North- West Indian species solely on the authority of Colonel
Bedclome. Mr. McDonell, who lived for years in Chamba, close to Dalhousie
in charge of the forests, never found it there. I do not think the habitat,.
" N. India," in the 'Synopsis,' means including N.-W. India any more than it
does when given for P. iridiodes, Lamk., the next N.-E. Indian species, or for
P. hemionitideum, Wall.
30. P. oxylobum, Wall. Cat. 294. P. trifidum, Don, Syn. Fil. 3G3 ;
P. hastatum, Thunb. var. 2 oxyloba (sp.) Wall., C. E. 563. Pleopeltis hastata,
Th., Bedd. H. B. 362 ; Pleopeltis trifida, Don, Bedd. Suppt. H. B. 96 ;
Pleopeltis laciniata, Bl., Bedd. in Journ. Bot., Aug. 1892.
Punjab: Chamba— Dalhousie, McDonell: "abundant1'; Kangra Vy. List. —
Dharmsala 5000', Trotter ; Simla Reg.— Simla 6200', Blanf . : " very rare. In fact I
know of only one locality for it, near Simla "; Simla — 3 stations, Bliss ; Bisahir —
Taldech 5000', Lace.
N.-W. P. : D. D. Dist.— Sowarna Nala 4500' ? ; Badraj Mt. and ' The Park ', on the
Mussooree Ridge, Mackinnons 1878-79 ; 'The Park1 6300', on trees, Hope 1887 and
1895 ; The Castle Hill 6100', A. Hope 1885 ; C. W. Hope 1892 and 1895, in quantity,
on a rock ; T. Garth., Ganges Vy. 7-8000', Duthie 1881 ; Dura 5000', Gamble 1893 ;
B. Garh., Mrs. Fisher ; Kumaun—'R. Blink 1827 ; Binsar 7000', S. & W. ; near Naini
Tal, Hope 1861, Nalena Vy. 4700', Hope 1890 ; above Loharkhet 75-8000', Trotter
1891 ; Kala Muni Ridge 8500', MacLeod 1893.
Distrib. — Asia : N. Ind. (Him.) Nepal Wallich ; Sikkim and Bhotan : not
common ; Assam — Khasia Dist. 2-6000' : common, Kohima 6000', Clarke. S. India —
5000'-8600'. Ceylon, Mrs. Walker. China— Yunnan, Henry. Japan.
A thoroughly good species, in my opinion.
31. P. malacodon, Hook. ; Syn. Fil. 363 ; C. R. 564. Pleopeltis
malacodon, Hook., Bedd. H. B. 363.
Punjab : Eullu— Jalori Pass 10000', Rohtang Pass 10-13,000', Trotter 1887 ; Simla
Reg., Bates ; Kamalhori and Hattu Mts. 9-10,500', on rocks, Gamble, Collett, Hope,
Trotter, Bliss.
N.-W. P. : T. Garh. — not infrequent at 9-13,000' alt., Mackinnons, Duthie, Herschel,
Gamble ; B. Garh.—ue&T Ramri 9-10,000', and above it 12,000', Duthie ; Kumaun
Sarju R. 4500', and Kala Mundi Pass 8000', S. & W. ; Kali Vy. 12-13,000', Duthie ;
Pindar Gorge 10,000', Trotter.
Distrib.— Asia : N. Ind. (Him.) 9-13,000', Nepal to Bhotan.
Mr. Clarke says : — " A very common fern, known at once by its strongly ser-
rate margin. It is remarkable that I find no example in the Kew Herbarium
(other than my own) except some pieces mixed on a sheet of T. Thomson's, said
to have been collected top of Hattu, alt. 10500', in the North-West Himalaya."
But Mr. Clarke restricted the range of habitat to ' Nepal to Bhotan'. Hattu Mt.
is now a well-known habitat for P. malacodon : it was got there in 1876 by
THE FERNS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA. 05
Gamble, and in 1878 by Collett ; and, as will be seen above, the fern grows in
many other places wesfc of Nepdl.
The scales of the rhizome have not been correctly described by Baker or
Clarke : they are not " brown or nearly black," or " brown black." They are
bicoloured, ie., pale-brown with a broad dark-brown streak down the centre.
Clarke says — " Frond often sub-cordate at base." Among the numerous speci-
mens in Gamble's and my collections I cannot find a frond that is not cordate
or sub-cordate below. Many examples have sori oval or oblong, the major axis
directed towards the margin. Some of Duthie's specimens from British Garh-
wal, 12,000', have sori biserial between the veins, often confluent. These grew
on trees ; but elsewhere, so far as I know, the fern is always on rocks. I can
see no resemblance to, or affiuity with, P. oxylobum,
32. P. cyrtolobum, J. Sm., C. R. 563. Pleopeltis Stswartii, Bedd., Syn.
Fil, 2d. ed. 573. Pleopeltis malacodon, Hook., var. £. mujust Bedd. H. B.
363, and Suppt. 96.
Punjab : Chamba — MacDonell ; fide Beddome in Suppt. H. B.
N.-W. P. : D. D. Z>;^.— Mussooree," The Paik11 63-6500', Mackinnons 18S0, Hope
1887 and 1895 ; Kumaun— Binsar 7500', S. & W. ; Gori Vy., 7-8000', Trotter 1891 ;
Mangalia Gor 10,000'. MacLeod 1893.
Distrib.— Asia : N. iDd. (Him.) Nepal to Bhotan 9-12,000': very common,
Clarke ; Assam— Jakpho Mt. 8500' Clarke ; Khasia Dist. 5000', Clarke.
This species is not in McDonelFs List of Chamba Ferns, and I have seen no
specimen from the westward of Mussooree. Trotter in his printed list said he
had a Chamba specimen from McDonell ; but the species does not appear in
his later MS. list given to me ; and I have four fronds of P. oxylobum marked
by him P. cyrtolobum.
I am not much surprised that writers with a tendency to unite species, and
who have not seen this growing in its natural habitats, thinking it a form of
P. malacodo?i, at least if they can get over the marked differences of cutting
and scales of rhizome. But, having seen P. malacodon growing only on rocks
in the Simla Eegion, at high elevations, and P. cyrtolobum growing only on
trees in Mussooree, at a much lower elevation, and having observed their very
different habit and appearance, I cannot hesitate to agree with Clarke in separat-
ing them, The scales of the rhizome are bicoloured like those of P. malacodon
but they are much narrower and darker coloured, and they end in long thick
hairs. The frond is less cordate at the base, and sometimes quite decurrent on
the stipes ; and the texture is much thinner than that of P. malacodon. The
fronds vary from occasionally simple to three-Iobed, and to three pairs of lobes,
besides the long terminal lobe. Major MacLeod's two fronds in my possession,
from Kumaun, are— one, trilobate, and the other, with stipes over 4. in., has a
frond 10 in. 1. with 4 pairs of lobes — the longest nearly 6 in. 1. A frond from
Mussooree is nearly 12 in. 1., with terminal lobe all but 8 inches.
96 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
33. P. Stewartii, 0. B. Clarke, in Trans. Linn. Soc, 2d. Ser., Bot.,
Vol. I., 563 — the ' Review.' Pleopeltis malacodon, Hook., P. Stewartii, Clarke :
a variety less serrated, Bedd. H. B. 363.
Punjab : Chairiba— Eavi Vy., below Sach Pas*, 9500', McDonell 1882 ; 9900',
J. Marten 1898 ; Simla Beg.— Simla, near the Tunnel 7400', Bliss 1886-90-92.
N.-W. P. : D. D. List.— Sea.ls'' Hill, E. of Landour, 7000', Miss Parrott (by whom
indicated to Hope) 1887 ; Hope 1895 : Eumaun— Binsar 7000', S. & W. ; top of Liria
Kaata Mt. about 8000', Hope 1861 ; Summit of Dhankuri Pass 10,600' and Phurki,
Trotter 1891.
Disteib.— Asia : N. Ind. (Him.) Sikkim 12-13,000', Lachen, Sir L. D. Hooker.
Ohina — Henry.
Beddome meant, I think, P. cyrtolobam as having been collected in Garhwal
by (Dr.) Stewart, as this statement is made with reference to the fern depicted
in his Plate 204 in F.B.I., which seems to be P. cyrtolobum. Clarke wrongly
referred to that Plate under his P. Stewartii. This species hardly grows so large
as its congeners do, and it is a stiffer plant — subcoriaceous in texture : the
fronds do not hang down, but stand up, or spread out, if growing on the
face of a rock. The paler scales on the rhizome distinguish it. It seems
a rare plant. As to the Simla Region, Blauford says : — " Very rare, and has
found atbeen only one place near Simla, on rocks at an elevation of about
7400 feet."
34. P. ebenipes, Hook.; Syn. Fil. 365 ; C. R. 564 ; Pleopeltis ebenipes,
Hook., Bedd. H. B. 363.
Punjab: CJiamba— McDonell, fide Trotter; J. Marten 1898 ; Kullu 9-10,000',
Trotter ; Simla Reg., on ridge eaBt of Simla 8-10,000'. T. T., Edgew., Bates, Blanford,
Hope, Trotter, Bliss.
N.-W. P. : L. L. List— Jaunsar— Harianta 8500', Gamble 1895 ; T. Garh. Nag
Tiba Mt. 9000', Mackinnons ; under Bandarpunch 10-11,000', and Bok Mt. 9-10,000',
Duthie ; B. Garh. 6-7000', on trees, Duthie, Mrs. Fisher ; Xumaun — Kalamundi
8700', S. & W., Dhankuri Pass 8-8500', Trotter, Kala Muni and Marjgalia Gor Ridgea
8-10,000', MacLeod.
Disteib.— Asia : Tibet — Tatung, Hobson ; N. Ind. (Him.), Sikkim and Bhotan.
Besides the broad, black, opaque, polished scales on the rhizome a marked
distinction between P. ebenipes and its congeners is the much greater number
of lobes, and consequently the longer frond ; the number of lobes seems to be
7-13 pairs. There are no fronds of ebenipes decurrent at base in Gamble's and
my collections. Otherwise, Beddome's remarks as to the distinctions between
members of this group seem good.
Subgenus Pleopeltis, H. & B.
35. P. juglandifolium, Don ; Syn. FiJ. 368 ; C. R. 566. Pleopel-
tis, Bedd. H. B. 308. Polypodium capitellatum, Wall. Cat. 306.
Punjab : Simla Reg.— Simla, Lady Dalhousie 1831 ; Bisabir, Taklech 5000'
Lace.
THE FERNS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA. 97
N.-W. P. : B. B. Bist.— Landour 7000', Colonel Wilmer (comm. to Mackinnons 1878) ;
Seal's Hill, E.of Landour, Hope 1887 and 1895 ; T. Garh.— between Ora and Ram-
Sarai, Duthie's collr. 1879 ; between Betwari and Dangulla 5-6000' ; 7-8000', Duthie
1881 ; Kidarkanta ; Jodargadh Waterfaff and rocks near Suranu-ka-Ser 6000', Gam-
ble 1898 ; B. Garh. 7-8000', Duthie 1885, and Mrs. Fisher ; Kumaun— Sarjn R. and
Pass to Mohargiri, S. & W. 1848 ; Naini Tal 7000', on trees, Hope 1861 ; Goriganga
Vy. 6-8000', MacLeod 1893.
Distrib.— Asia : N. Ind. (Him.) Nepal, Wallieh ; Sikkim and Bhotan ; Assam—
Khasia 2000-5000', very common, Clarke ; Kohima— Jakhpo Mt. 7500', Clarke ; Mani-
pur 7500'. Burma— Moulmein, China— Yunnan, Henry, Yunnan— Mengtez, Han-
cocky " very rare.11
Perhaps the omission of localities for the type, from Beddome's Handbook, is
due to a misprint. None of the specimens I have from N. and W. India are
petiolate, and otherwise they seem quite normal. At Naini Tal I used to see
this fern growing on trees. At Mussooree (Landour) it grows in dense
masses on a steep bank, under scrub forest, the fronds hanging down gracefully.
In Kumaun MacLeod found it growing in large overhanging masses on pre-
cipitous rooks. I have a frond, Trotter's No. 959, 1891, from near Naini Tal,
named by him P. jimalai/mse, Hk., which I now think is P. juglandi/olium
var. biserialis of Clarke, which was got in Kumaun long ago, vide a specimen in
the Kew Herbarium. The form B. P. tenuicauda, Hk., does not appear to have
been got in N.-W. India.
S6. P. Lehmanni, Mett. ; Syn. Fil. 369 ; C. R. 566. Pleopeltis,
Bedd. H. B., 370.
N.-W. P. : B. GarJiiodl— near Ramri 12,000', on rocks in forest, Duthie No. .5177,
1885 ; loc. ? P. W. Mackinnon ; Mrs. Fisher.
Distrib. — Asia : N. Ind. (,Him.) Nepal, Wallieh ; Sikkim 4-8000', common,
Clarke. Burma. China — Yunnan, Belaoay, Henry.
Duthie's plant from British Garhwal is a remarkable sport. The
specimen he gave me is one frond, with three inches of rhizome
sending out side-shoots. The scales are typical. The stipes is 5| in. 1. — the
frond 10 in. I, 8| in. br. : pinna? 5 pairs, sessile, lowest 4| in. 1., and next
3 puirs not much shorter : all, and the terminal pinna, have the veins irregu-
larly prolonged, so that the lowest pair of pinnae are in places 3 in. br. : the
pinnse are very opposite and very acuminate. There is a similar
specimen in Kew, also from Dathie. No fertile fronds of this were
found by Mr. Duthie. I have lately received from Mr. Gamble two
fronds, quite typical, collected in British Garhwal by Mrs. Fisher, with
pinna? very opposite and very acuminate. Mr. Mackinnon's specimens want
rhizomes ; but I have other grounds for believing this species grows in Garhwal,
for fronds of what I could only so name grew up from among a mass of
rhizomes of — I forget what other species — which the Mackinnons brought from
an inner range of the Himalaya, and had in cultivation at Mussooree, about 1881.
13
98 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XF,
Genus 28. NOTHOCHLAENA, R. Br.
1. N. vellea, R. Br., Prod. 146 ; N. lanuginosa, Desv., Syn. Fil. 370,
N. vellea, R. Br., Bedd. H. B. 375.
Afghan. : Griffith, in Herb. Hort. Kew ; see also Baker in Ann. Bot. V.7
No. XVIII.
Kashmir : fide Beddome in Handbook.
Punjab : Chamba— Ravi Vy., below Pokri, 3500' and under : " also found In
other places at 3500' or so," McDonell 1882; "Chamba"'1, 3000'. J. Marten 1897?
Kangra Vy. Dist.— Lahaul,/^ Bedd. H. B., Pangi and Lahaul, 9-12,000', Dr. Watt,,
in Herb. Hort. Kew.
Distrib. — Eur. : Spain, Sardinia, Italy, Sicily, Greece, Crete. Asia : Syria }
8. Persia, Br. Stapf ; E. Persia, Bornmuller. Australia : temperate and tropical,
Afr. : Macaronesian Isles, S. Morocco, J. B. Hooker, Algeria, Nubia.
I think this fern was found in Chamba (or Kashmir) by Mr. Ellis before
Mr. McDonell found it. Mr. McDonell did not know it, and sent it to Mr.
Levinge, and to me — or Levinge sent it to me. Levinge marked it " Woodsia
sp." ? I recognised it as N. lanuginosa from a coloured drawing in ' Britten's-
European Ferns.'
Mr. Marten has quite lately found it in the Chamba State.
2. N. Marantae, R. Br. ; Syn. Fil. 371 j O. R. 5G7 ; Bedd. H. B. 373.
Kashmir : fide Clarke in 'Review.1
Punjab : Chamba— Ravi Vy., Thala 11,000', McDonell 1885 ; Kullu, summit of
Jalori Pass 10,500', Trotter ; Simla Reg.— ridge E. of Simla 8000' to 10,200', Bates,
Blanf ., Hope, Trotter, Lace, Bliss.
N.-W. P. : B. B. BUt.— Jaunsar 9000', Rogers ; T. Garh.—lla° Tiba Mt. 9-10,000',
Mackinnons ; Deota 8000', Gamble 1893 ; Balcha, Rogers ; Jamnotri 10-11,000', Dnthie
1884 ; B. Garh.— above Ramri 8-9000', Dombitia Gadh 9000', Kuari Pass 11-12,000',
Duthie ; Kumawn—S. & W. ; Kali Vy. 9-10,000', Duthie and J. R. Reid, Pindar Gorge
8000', Trotter.
Distrib.— Eur. : The Continent throughout the Mediterranean Region, extend-
ing to the Tyrol and Hungary, and to Ardeche and Portugal : in Spain upon the
mountains up to 3000'. Asia : Syria and Tauria ; Tibet — Yatung Hobson ; N. Ind.
(Him.) Sikkim— Lachen Vy. 9-15,000', Hook. Fil. ; Br. King's collr. 14,000'. Afr. :
Macaronesia, Barbary States and Abyssinia.
Genus 29. GYMNOGRAMME, Devo.
Subgenus Leptogramme, /. Sm.
1. G. Totta, Schlecht ; Syn. Fil. 376 ; C. R. 567. Leptogramme Totta,
Schlecht., Bedd. H. B. 377.
Kashmir -.fide Clarke in 'Review.1
Ptjnja b : Chamba— Ravi Vy. 6000', McDonell ; Kullu— Outer Seoraj 7000', Trot-
ter, 6-8000', Coventry ; Simla Reg.— The Chur (or Chor) Mt. Herschel ; Simla— Bliss
1886-90-92.
N.-W. P. : B. B. Bist.— Jaunsar, Harianta 7000', Kathian 7500', Gamble ; T. Garh.
— Chachpur Vy. 6000', Duthie ; P. VV. Mackinnon, very long ; Kumaun — T. T. ;
Jagesar 6000', S. & W. ; Edgew., Hawalbagh, in Herb. Sahar. ; Davidson ; nea-r
Devidhura 6000', Trotter.
PLATE XXXT
J.N.FiUvh del
Chitra ■ il]
GYMNO GRAMME i INGEI Baker.
1. Rhizome , naXural si:
2. Lower portion of fr on - ni I ural size.
3 . Portion of a pinna. ; enlarged 3 diam.
THE FERNS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA. 99
Distrib.— Asia : N. Ind., Assam Griffith ; Khasia 3-5000', common, Clarke,
S. Ind. — very common on west Bide, afc highest elevations, Beddome. Ceylon. Sumatra
and Java. Japan. China. Korea. Afr.i Macaronesia ; Guinea Coast ; Fernando
Po, and Kamerun Mts., G. Mann. Abyssinia. Cape Colony. Comoro Islands.
2. G. Levingii, Baker, ia Aanal. Bot., Vol. V., No. XVIIL, 216. G.
miritayvar. Levingd, C. R. 568. Leptogramme aurita, var. Levingii, Clarke,
Bedd. H. B. 379 ; Leptogramme Levingii, Bedd. Suppt. H. B. 99.— Plate
XXXV.
The following is Mr. Baker's description of the Plant : —
" Rhizome slender, wide-creeping ; pales lanceolate, membranaceous. Stipe
slender, naked 6 — 8 in. long, stramineous, with a brown base. Frond lanceo-
late, or oblong-lanceolate, bipinnate, membranous, pubescent, 1' — 1} ft. long,
3 — 4 in. br. at the middle, narrowed to the base. Pinna, lanceolate, sessile,
^ — | in. broad, cut down to the rhachis into continuous erecto-patent, linear-
oblong pinnules. Veinlets erecto-patent : upper simple, lower forked. Sori
oblong or globose, placed nearer the margin than the midrib. West Himalayas ;
Jhelum Valley, alt. 4000' ; Levinge. I follow Mr. C. W. Hope in treating
this as a species."
Mr. Clarke, in giving this fern as a variety of 6. aurita, Hook., said — " It has
the texture and hairiness of G. Totta, but the rhizome and venation of G.
aurita ; while the cutting is deeper than that of G. Totta, less auriculate than
that of G. aurita."
I will not attempt to check the various descriptions of the plant, for it
might end in writing another, and there are already enough ; but I figure it,
as that has not yet been done.
Kashmir : Palgam 8000', C. B. Clarke. Gilgit But.— Dashkin 7500', Dr. Giles ;
Jhelum and Chitapani Vys. 4-7000', Levinge 1875, Gulmarg 75-8000', Sind Vy. 7000',
Trotter; Pir Punjal— Hirpur 7000', Sind Vy., Gund, 6000', Gammie ; Farikand
Nala 6-7000', MacLeod—'* on the edge of the stream, not under shade. Does not
grow away from water."
Punjab : Haz&ra Z>^.— Kagan Vy., Inayat (Sahar. Herb, collr.) 1899 ; Chamba—
above Alw&s, and Sach Vy. 8000', McDonell ; " Chamba," J. Marten 1898, Pangi 8500',
Harsukh (Sarhar. Herb, collr.) 1899 ; Kullu, Trotter in List ; Simla Bist.— eastward
from Simla a ridge, near Theog 8000', Kamalhori and Hattu Mts. 85-9400', Hope,
Blanford, Bliss, Dr. Watt. Knnawar, T. T. 1847.
N.-W. P. : B. B. Bist.— Jaunsar (or T. Garth.") : Collected on march from Mussooree
to Chakrata, Mrs. J. Sladen, 1880; T. Garh.—Kag Tiba Mt., Mackinnons 1879;
Ganges Vy., below Harsil and Derali 8-9000', Duthie 1881 ; Mandraoli 10—11000',
Duthie 1883 ; Knmaun— between Gini and Munshiari 7-8000', Dhauli Vy. 9-10000',
Duthie "Kumarm," J. R. Reid 1886.
This fern varies a good deal in shape and cutting of frond. I had a frond
10 in. 1., but only 2£ in. br., and another (Hattu Mt., Bliss) which is 1&£ in.
1. by 7 1 in. br. The greatest width Baker gives is 4 inches, and Beddome—
100 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
5|. The rhizome is very slender, and in general not thicker than the stipes.
My observation bears out Blanford's and MacLeod's statements as to its love
for water or wet ground. Blanford considered this a good species.
Subgenus Eugymnogramme.
3. G. vestita, Hook. ; Syn. El. 379. Subgenus Syngrajoie, G. vestita,
Hook. C. R. 568. Syngramme vestita, Wall. Cat. 12 (under Grammitis), Bedd.
H. B. 386.
Punjab : Hazdra Dist.— Black Mt. 6900', Trotter; Chamba— McDonell, 1885 or
previously ; Mandi State— near Badwani 7000', Trotter 1887 ; Simla Beg. — Simla
55-7000', frequent ; eastward along riclge, to Kamalhori Mt. 8-9000', Bates, Gamble,
Blanford, Hope, Bliss.
N.-W. P. : D. D. Did.— Jaunsar, Lokandi 7000', Konain 7000', Gamble ; Lakkwa,
Gammie, " Jaunsar " Mrs. Stansfield 1883 ; Mussooree 6500', Mackinnons 1878-79;
T. Garh. Kidar Kanta Mt. Dr. Royle, and eastward from Landour, 7-7500', Levinge
1872 ; Deota 6000', Gamble ; Ganges and Juuina Vys. 7-9000 Duthie ; B. Garh.
6-7000', Duthie ; near Joshi Matt, Mackinnons ; Mrs. Fisher ; Kumaun, Wallich
1829 (R. Blink.) in many places— 55-8000', S. & W. ; Edgew., Hope, Davidson, Duthie,
Trotter, MacLeod, 1861, to 1893.
Disteib. — Asia : N. India (Him.) Bhotan. China, North and South.
The rhizome is procumbent, slow growing.
The pinnae in large specimens become bluntly auricled at base on the upper
side, or on both sides— sub-sagittate.
4. G- Andersoni, Bedd., Ferns of British India, p. , t. 190 ; Syn. Fil.
380 ; 0. R. 568 ; G. Andersoni, Bedd. H. B. 382.
N.-W. P. : T. Garh — Gumbar Pass 12-13,000', Duthie ; B. Garh.— near Kuari Pass
11-12 000', Dutbie ; Kumaun — Pindari 12,000', S. & W. (Woodsia mollis on ticket)'
above Namik 11,000', No. S, 695, F. ; Sundadunga Vy. 13,000', Dr. Anderson; Kali
Vy , above Garbyang 11-12,000', Duthie, Byans— above Chalek 11-13,000', and Palang
Gadh 11,000', Dutnie.
Nepal W. : Nampa Gadh 11-12,000', Duthie.
Distrib.— Asia : N. Ind. (Him.) Sikkim 14-16,000', Hook. Fil.
" Woodsia lanosa, Hook., must be placed here as a synonym " : Baker in
Ann. Bot., Vol. V., No. XVIII.
5. G. javanica, Bl. ; Syn. Fil. 381 ; C. R. 569. (Subgenus Syngramme.)
Syngramme fraxima, Don (under Diplazium), Bedd. H. B. 386.
Kashmir : Rattan Pir 75-8000', Trotter ; Dardpura and Audr'bug 6000', common,
MacLeod.
Punjab : Hazdra Dist.— Murree, Hope 1882, Trotter 1886 ; Cliamla State—
Kalatop Forest, 6-7000' and upwards, MacDonell; 5-7000', J. Marten 1897 ; Kangra.
Vy. Dist.— Dalhousie, C. B. Clarke; Simla Beg. — Simla and eastward along Thibet
Road, 5-10,000', common in forest, Edgew, Madden, Hope, Gamble, Blanford,
Trotter, Bliss. Giri Vy— Raiengarh Forest 7000', Gamble.
N..W- P.: D.D. Dist.— Jaunsar, Mandali 8000', Gamble ; Mussooree 4-5000', several
stations, Duthie, Mackinnons, Hope ; T. Garh. Srinagar, R. BL, Bok and Nag Tiba Mts.
THE FERNS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA. 101
9-10,000', Mackinnons, Duthie ; Bambu Vy. G000', Gamble; B. Garh. Mrs. Fisher;
Kwmaun— near KMti 7200'— 7800' (both forms) S. & W. ; near Naini Tal 45-6000',
Hope, Konoor 7000', Davidson ; near Bugeswar 3500'; Dhankuri 9000', Trotter ; Sarju-
ganga Vy. and elsewhere, 2-6000', MacLeod.
Nepal, Wallick, Centr. Nepal, Scully.
Distrib. — Asia : N. lad, (Him.)E. Nepal J. D. Hooker ; Sikkim and Bhotan ;
Assam — Khasia Dist. 1-5000', common. Burma — Tenasserim. Ceylon— 5-6000'.
Malay Penins. and Isles. Tonkin, Phillipines. China— Shensi, Giraldi ; Nau-T.
Henry ; Yunnan, Delaray, Hancock ; Shing-King Prov., between Mukden and
Kirin, James. Japan. Polynesia. Afr. : E. & W. Tropical ; Kamerun Mts., Fer-
nando Po, St. Thomas . Madagascar.
Beddome describes two forms — pinnate and bipinnate ; but plants of a form
between these two are frequent, i.e., with perhaps only one pair of pinnae
pinnate, and that irregularly so ; and there is also a tripinnate fern, as Blanford
pointed out. The simpler forms generally grow at low levels, and bave large'
broad, pinnte and the compound forms always at high altitudes, with small
narrow pinnules. The number of pinnae varies greatly.
Looking to the contrast wbich the low-level form — with stout stipes and rha-
chis, and large, simple pinnae, or with only the lowest pair pinnate or partly so
— presents with the high level form, bi- or tri-pinnate, with slender stipes and
rhaohis, and with small, narrow pinnules, and also to the differences of margin
I am not surprised that several species have been made out of this plant ; but
I do not think this is necessary. Blanford says : — " Below 6000' it is bipinnate
only as regards the lowest pair of pinnae and the pinnules are broad and large.
Specimens from higher elevations have several pairs -of pinnae ao-ain
pinnate, and the pinnules are smaller and narrower. It is often 3-pinnate."
This is well expressed ; but the purely simply pinnate form is not mentioned.
The venation varies : in some fronds the veinlets stop short of the margin and
are thickened (clubbed) at the ends, the marginal teeth in that case being quite
disconnected from the veins : in most cases the veinlets run into the teeth and
quite to the margin. The anastomosis of veinlets of contiguous groups is as
Beddome says, rare, and I have detected it in only 3 out of 25 fronds. The
re-uniting or looping of forked veinlets within the same group is commoner.
The veinlets get so close towards the margin that I wonder how in the
simpler broad segment form, tbey keep separate.
6. G„ leptophylla, Desv. ; Syn. Fil. 383 ; Bedd. H. B. 382, and
Suppt. 100.
N.-W. P. : D. D. Dist. Mussooree, Dr. Bacon : in Herb. Sort. Kew ; Kvmaun—
Colonel Davidson 1877, in Herb. Hort. Saharanpur : also in Herb. Hort. Kew.
DiSTRts.— Amer. : Andes of Mexico and Ecuador ; Paraguay. Eur. : Jersey
France ; Switzerland ; Spain and Portugal, Italy and Sicily, Corsica and other Medi-
terranean Islands, Greece, Turkey. Asia : Persia. S. Ind.— W. Ghats, Ootacamund,
102 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Mahableshwar, Sat&ra Fort walls. Ceylon— Trimen. Australasia— N. S. Wales, Tas-
mania and N. Zealand. Aft. \ Macaronesia, Barbary States and Abyssinia ; Cape
Colony and Madagascar.
This species, and two others, are annual, and form the genus Annogramma of
Link. {Syn. Fil.) Mr. Marquand, a well-known authority on Alga,, tells me
that 0. leptophylla is in some years plentiful in Jersey, and sometimes com-
paratively rare.
Subgenus Selligdea, Bory.
7. G. involuta, Hook. ; Syn. Fil. 387 ; C. R. 570. Loxograrnme
involuia, Don (under Grammitis), Bedd. H. B. 393.
Punjab : Simla Reg. — Simla 5-6000', Lady Dalbousie, Hope, Blanford, Trotter,
Bliss.
N.-W.-P : B. B. But. — Mussooree and neighbourhood, in various places 47-6500',
on trees, Edgew. Duthie, Mackinnons, Hope; T% Garli.-* • Phedi 4-5000', Duthie ;
B. Garh. — below Kinoll 5000', Duthie ; Mrs. Fisher, Kumaun 4-8500', on trees and
rocks: plentiful in some places, R. Blink., S. & W.,Hope, Davidson, Duthie, MacLeod
Distrib. — Asia : N. Ind. (Him.) Nepal Wallich, Sikkim and Bhotan ; Assam—
Khasia Dist. 1-5000', very common, N. Manipur 5500', Clarke. S. India— 5-8000',
Ceylon 5-8000. Malay PeninB. — Penang, Wallich 1822. China : Yunnan — Mengtez,
Hancock, Henry ; Szechwan Faber. Philippines, Polynesia — Solomon Isles.
8. G. elliptica, Baker ; Syn. Fil. 389 ; C. R. 570. Selliguea elliptica,
Thunb., Bedd. H. B. 392.
N.-W. P. : B. B. Bist.— Sowarna Nadi, 4500', Mackinnons 1878-79, P. W. Mankin-
non and Hope 1881 ; in the Dun— Nalota KhSla 2500', Hope 1881, 1889, and 1891 :
station shown to A. Campbell, Trotter, and Gamble in 1891.
Distrib. — Asia : N. Ind. (Him.) Sikkim and Bhotan ; Assam — Khasia Dist., 2500'-
5000', very common, Kohima 45-6000', Clarke, N. Manipur 4500', Clarke. Burma —
Tenasserim Prov. Malay Penins. Tonkin, Philippines, Japan. China. Formosa.
Australia — Queensland.
I think it is a mistake to put this species, as Baker and Beddome do —
* * Fronds compound ; — there is always a wing, though sometimes nearly
interrupted, to the main rhachis in even the longest and most developed fronds ;
and Thun berg's name, elliptica, and Presl's — decurrens, seem to imply this.
The fronds are as much a-pinnate as are those of the series of Polypodium
(Phym. ) from oxylobum to ebenipes ; but the main veins or secondary rhachises
are stouter than those of the Polypodiunis. Baker says — " Oldham gathered in
Formosa a form with the fronds quite entire," and Clarke says he has an
example, in full fruit, quite simple. I have some fronds, gathered in the Dehra
Duu from young rhizomes, which are 2 — 3 in. 1., quite simple, but sterile, and
I think this simplicity goes to prove that the plant has not pinnate fronds.
A specimen of G. elliptica from the Dehra Dun has stipes 13^- in. 1., and
frond 16x11 in. : it has 7 pairs of lobes, and a terminal. This fern, when
dried, tinges paper pink, as does also Aspknium ensiforme.
THE FERNS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA, 103
Genus 30. VITTARIA, Sm.
Sub-genus T^entopsis, /. Sm.
1. V. lineata, Sw. ; Syn. Fil. 396. V. Jiexuosa, Fee, C. R. 574. V.
lineata, Sw., Bedd. H. B. 407.
Punjab : Kangra Vy. Dist., Mr. D. Macdougall, fide Trotter in printed List.
N.-W. P. : D. D. Dist.— Vicary, in Herb. Hort. Sahar. ; T. or B. Garhwal 4-5000'?
P. W. Mackinnon 1881 ; B. Garh. 7-8000', Duthie 1885 ; Kumaun— Sarju Vy. 4800',
S. & W., above Gini 6-7000', near Sosa 9-10,000', in forest, on Abies dumosa, Duthie
1884 ; near Khati 7500', and above Loharkhet 8-8500', Trotter 1891 ; above Girgaon
9500', " common trees, " MacLeod 1893.
Distrib.— Amer. : W. Indies and Florida to Peru and Brazil ; Brit. Guiana—
Roraima. Asia : N. Ind. (Him.), Sikkim and Bhotan : "2-12,000', very common,"
Clarke ; Assam— Khasia Dist. 1-6000', very common ; Kachar ; Manipur, Watt. S.
Ind. — on the Western Mts. 2-6000'. S. Andaman Island, Kurz. Ceylon, C. P., common.
Malay Penins. and Islands. Tonkin— Balansa. China— Yunnan, Henry, Hancock ;
Fokien Carter. Japan. Philippines. Bjrneo. New Guinea, Afr. : Kameruns. Guinea
Coast, Ashanti. Centr. Afr.— Ruenzori, Zambesi Land, Natal, Cape Colony.
Mascaren Islands. Sechelles.
Tribe B. ACROSTICHE^.
Genus 60. ACROSTICHUM, L.
Sub-Genus Gymnoptebis, Beriih.
1. A. (Gym.) virens, Hook. ; Syn. Fil. 420. A crispatulum, Wall. Cat.
24, Clarke's Rev., p. 580, PI. lxxxiv, fig. 2, b, d.— " Barren pinnse numer-
ous, often 20 or more, 4 by h in., slightly serrate, the midrib often reddish
when dry, a series of costal arches, without included veins in any of the
areola ; fertile pinnre 4 by | to £ in.
" Round Bengal from Kumaun to Bhotan and Chittagong in the lower hills,
alt. 0-3000', common.
" The only very common species of the group called A. virens by Mr. Baker.
Very constant in character, and easily recognised by the absence of free veins."
N.-W. P. : Brit. Garh^ up to about 3000'; Bhainskil, near Parewa, Kotah Range,,
coll. Inayat Khan (native collr. of Sahar. Herb.) 6-1902 ; Kumaun : R. Bl., 2 sheets
in Herb. Hort. Kew.
This species is the only Acrostichum that has hitherto been found in N.-W. Ind.
Sub-Ord. III. OSMUNDACE.E.
Genus 31. OSMUNDA, L.
1. O. Claytoniana, L. ; Syn. Fil. 426 ; C. R. 582 ; Bedd. H. B. 449.
Kashmir : Gulmarg 95— 10,000', C. B. Clarke 1875, Levinge 1875, Trotter; 8-900G
Duthie ; Sarpat Peak over 10,000' : " grows in regular fields, coming up through the
melting snow." MacLeod.
Punjab : Chamba, 8000' McDonell ; Kullu, 6-11,000' Trotter ; Simla Reg.—B\s&-
hir, Chini, Vicary 1831, in Herb. Hort. Sahar. ; Bari 8000' Lace ; Hattu Mt. 10,000',
Bates, Blanford, Hope, Bliss ; Sirmur Territory 9-10,000'.
104 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
N. W. P. : B. B. Bist.— Jaunsar, Molta Forest, 4-5000', Gamble ; T. Garh. Deota
8000' and Bamsu 9000' Gamble ) Kidar Kanta Mt. and near it 10-12,000', Col. Bailey,
R. E., and Duthie ; Nag Tiba Mt. 9000', Mackinnon's ;• Derali : Damdar Vy. 9-11,000',
Dutbie ; Kumaun, Wallicb 1829, above Namik 8500', Ralam 12,000', S. & W. , ascent
from Bamganga R., 8500', S. & W., Balani Vy. 11-12,000', Dutbie ; Pindar Gorge
9-10,000', Trotter; Gori Ganga Vy. 10-11,000', MacLeod.
Disteib. — Amer. : Canada, Newfoundland, and throughout the United States.
Asia : (Him.) Sikkim : Lachen 9000', J. B. Hook.; Bhotan Griffith, 6000', C. B .
Clarke ; Assam— Khasi Hills, Griffith and T, Thorns.
This fern grows much larger than is stated in the ' Synopsis,' namely, st. 1 ft.,
frond 1 — 2 ft. 1. I have gathered it in the Simla Region with fronds 4-J ft. long,
exclusive of stipes. It unrolls its fertile fronds in May or June, and withers early.
2. O. regaliS, L. ; Syn. Fil. 427 , C. R. 583 ; Bedd. H. B. 450.
Punjab : Chamba State — Bavi Vy. (Bhandal Vy.), 5000' and over, and Langera
6000', McDonell 1882, 7000' ; J. Marten 1897 ; Simla Reg.— Simla, below 6000',
Blanford in List, 1888, " very rare, and now nearly extirpated by assiduous
collectors.'"
N.-W. P. : B. B. Bist.— Jaunsar, Molta Forest 4500', Dutbie, and Gamble, 1895.
T. Garh,.— Kidarkanta Mt. 12,000', Herscbel 1879. B. Garh, 5-6000', P. W. Mackin-
non 1881 ; Knmaun, T. T., S. & W. ("L. speciosa, Wall.11); Hawalbagh, in Herb.
Hort. Sabar. " Asplenium 12 ; 25-6-49 '" on ticket; Gori Ganga Vy.— Banti 8500',
MacLeod.
Distrib. — Amer, : Canada and the Saskatchewan to Erazil (Bio Janeiro)
Europe '. British Isles. Sweden and Russia to Spain, Italy and 'Turkey, Mingrelia,
Szovitz ; Asia : Siberia ; N. Ind. (Him.) Sikkim and Bhotan ; Assam — Khasia Dist.
4-6000', " common, or at least frequent11, Clarke ; Kobima— Jakpho Mt. 7000', Clarke ;
Centr. Provs. : Pachmarhi, Buthie ; Bombay Presy. — Mts. of Malabaria (Clarke in
• Bev.1 ), S. Inch, common on the W. Mts. at- the higher elevations. S. & W. China ;
Hongkong. Japan. Afr. : Azores, Algeria, Tunis, Abyssinia, Angola ; Centr. Afr.,
Nyassa Land, Zambesi Land. Natal and Cape Colony. Mascaren Islands.
Indian plants of this fern all seem to be small, — well within the dimensions
given in the '■Synopsis,' and copied by Beddome, namely, st. tufted, 12 — 18 in.
]. fr. 2 — 4 ft. 1., 1 ft., or more, broad. It is well known that the European
plant grows to much longer dimensions — up to 12 ft. in height.
Baker says — " O.japonica, Th. {O. speciosa, Wall.) is a curious variety from
Japan and the Himalayas, with the fertile and barren fronds often quite distinct,
the former being developed the earliest, and soon disappearing
Mr. McKen sends a similar form from Natal." And in the summary of New
Ferns, 1891, Mr. Baker says — " O.japonica has been gathered in Angola by
Mr. H. H. Johnston." Mr. Clarke says — " The common Khasi form is very
small, 12 — 18 in. high ; the fertile and barren fronds quite separate : this is
O. japonica, Thumb. ; 0. speciosa, Wall. But I have collected fronds of this
barren below, fertile above." This seems to be the normal, if not the cnlyy
form in Japan : I have not seen the rhizome of it.
THE FERNS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA. 105
In Chamba McDonell never got a fertile frond of 0. reyalis. In Jauusar and
British Garhwal specimens the fertile and steri'e fronds are quite separate.
Duthie and Gamble got both kinds of fronds on the same date, in May. Duthie's
specimens from Pachmarhi, in the Central Provinces, India, and Gamble s from
the Madras Presidency, are typical 0. regalis, but small.
Sub-Ord. IV.— SCHIZ^ACLE.
Genus 32. LYG ODIUM, Sw.
Sub-genus Eulygodium, Veins free.
1. L. microphyllum, P. Br. ; L. scandm^ Sw., Syn. Fil. 437 ; C. E.
583 ; Bedd. H. B. 455.
Trans.-Ind. States : B 'ur a id— Ziarat Vy , 5000', General (now Sir Wm.) Gatacre,
1895 : see " Ferns of the Chitral Relief Expeditiou^' Journ, Bot., Vol. XXXIV.,
No. 379, March 1896.
Distrib. — Asia : N. E. Him., Bhotan, Nuttall ; Bengal Plain, rare — Cooch Bebar,
Sylhet, Chittagoug, Clarke. S. Intl. — very common up to 3000'. CeyloD, abundant.
Malay Penins. and Isles. S. China. Australia — Queensland. Afr. : Guinea Coast.
The only material from the Trans-Indus States consists of a part of a frond
with only sterile pinuas, the shape of which agrees with those of L. microphyl-
lum, and they are unlike those of the other species of Lygodium which have
been found in N.-W. India. Mr. Clarke considers L. microphyllum the best
marked and least variable species of the genus. It has not before been found
in N. India west of Bhotan, Assam, and the plain of N. Bengal. General
Gatacre's plant was got in about N. Lat. 35°-25', and E. Long. 71°-50'.
Mr. Gamble agrees with me in the identification of this specimen, and says it is
an interesting problem in geographical distribution — how this and Pieris
ludens (see supra Vol. XIII, No. 3, p, 457), got into the Chitral Region.
2. L. pinnatifldum, Sw. ; Syn. Fil. 438. L. flexuosum, Sw., C. R.
584 ; Bedd. II. B. 457. L. salicifoliwn (Presl), Prantl, quoted by Baker in
Ann. Bot., Vol. V., No. XVIII.
N.-W. P. : D. D. Dist.— Very common in scrub jungle and forest, 1-3000', Mackin-
nons, Hope, Duthie, A. Campbell, and Gamble ; Kumaun — 2-5000', S. & W., Hope,
Davidson, Duthie ; Sajahanpur JDist., near Indalpur, Duthie 1885 ; Gorakhpur List.
— Ramgarh Forest, 6 miles from Gorakhpur, A. Campbell 1887.
- Distrib.— Asia : N. E. Ind. (Him.) up to 5000' : Bengal— throughout the Plain,
abundant. Clarke ; S. Ind., on both sides of the Madras Presy., common up to about
4000', Baddoim. Ceylon. Malaya. Philippines. N. Australia. Afr. : Angola,
Guinea Coast.
This fern is common in the Dehra Dun. The fronds from the same root
twine together, and if there is a small tree within reach together twine round
its trunk to a considerable height. I have measured a plant trailing on the
ground, which was 12 ft. in length. The rhizome is small, erect or suberect :
stipes approximate, wiry, covered at base with minute black-brown scales :
naked above.
14
106 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
3. L. japonicum, Sw. ; Syn. Fil. 439 ; C. R. 584 ; Bedd. H. B. 457.
Kashmir : fide Clarke in 'Review1 ; Poonch Yy. 3000', Winterbottoni , Jhelum
Vy. near Domel, "in great profusion,'' MacLeod 1891 , Tawi Yy. 3500', Gainmie 1891.
Punjab : Chatnba-—1Ra.\i Vy. 4000', McDonell ; Kungra Vy. List., Mr. D. Mac-
Dougall, fide Trotter.
N.-W. P. : JD. D. Dist.— Jaunsar, Tons Vy. 30W, Gamble ; The Dun— Vicary in
Herb. Hort. Saharanpnr ; Duthie 1882 ; Johri, near Dehra, 2600', Hope 1889, 1891 ;
T. Garh. 3000', Mackinnons 1879 ; Sahlra 7000', Tons Vy. 4000!, Gamble ; Ganges
Vy. 4-5000', several stations, Duthie 1881-83 ; Jiumaun, near Banna 5500', 8. & W. ;
2-5000', many places; "19-7-49, Hydroglossum,"11 Herb. Hort. Sahar. ; Davidson,
Duthie, Hope, Trotter, MacLeod.
Distrib.— Asia : N. Ind. (Him.) Sikkim and Bhotan 2-7000'. S. Ind.— W. Mts.
rare, Beddome. Ceylon. Java. Philippines. China — Horgkong. Japan. NT-
Australia.
Clarke says this plaut differs very little, in his opinion, from L. fteniosum,
and Beddome that it is probably only a form of L. Jiexuosum. Why not vice
versd ? I see marked differences, and do not see the probability suggested.
The rhizome is distinctly creeping, though perhaps slowly, and branching ;
I have not seen L. pinnatifidum with that habit.
[ ANGIOPTERIS evecta, Hoffm. In the Saharanpur Herbarium are
two specimens of this, contributed by Dr. King, one of which is
ticketed " Hindu Koh," and the other, from the Dalzel Herbarium,
<: Lahore " ; but I think it best not to give this as a N.-W. Indian
species. In the ' Synopsis ' is noted, under Angiopteris, Ptilodochea
salici/olia, Presl., as " an entirely obscure plant, supposed to have been
gathered in Lahore, said to be like Angiopteris, but without an
involucre'." I do not understand Beddome's entiy — " Through-
out the Indian region up to 7000' elevation." Clarke only
says — " Round Beugal, alt. 0-7000', from Nepal to Bhotan and
Chittagong."]
1. O. lUSitanicum, L. ; Syn. Fil. 445. O. mlgatwn, L„ far.
Aitc/dsoni, C. B. Clarke in ' Review ' 586.
Afghan. : Kurram Dist, " on the shingle plains, at an altitude of 5000' ; August",
Dr. J. E. T. Aitchison, No. 454, 1880.
Punjab : Rawalpindi and Hurroo Bridge 2400', Aitch. C. R., and in Herb. Hort.
Sahar., 1882; Salt Range— Tilla Mt., and Rhotas, Aitch. 1872-74, in Herb. Hort.
Sahar.
Mr. Clarke's description of his 0. vulgatum, var. Aitchisoni, is : — " Rhizome
elongate, bearing annually 4 — 10 fronds in succession, 2— 2j in. 1. by § — § in.
br., oblong, texture stout."
Distbib. — Europe : Guernsey : shores of the Mediterranean ; S. France — Pau,
P. N. Fra*er.
Mr. Clarke remarks : — " There is no othei Ophisoglosswn in the Herbarium "
(Kew ?), '' nor any picture much like this : the rhizome appears to bear a
THE FERNS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA. 107
succession of fronds in one season : these are 1 — 2 fully developed, 1 — 2 young-
ones emergent, and several withered lamina? on the rhizome." The rhizome is
*' elongated " upwards, not horizontally. As I find this plant agrees with
the figures given in Britten's ' European Ferns ' for 0. lusitanicwn, I place
it under that species provisionally, though I was at one time minded to
make a new species of it — 0. Aitehismi. U appears to me quite unlike 0.
vulgatum.
Mr. Clarke remarks : — " A. Braun, in Seuber, Fl. Azorica 17, describes an
0. polyphyllum ; but this has venose fronds, the whole plant only 1 — 2 in. high,
and comes from Terceira, and is probably not near 0. Aitchisoni." A discussion
regarding 0. Insitamcum, L., and 0. polyphyllum, A. Br., by H. C. Watson is to
be found in " The Azores," by F. du Cane Godman, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c, and in
manuscript " Notes on the plants contained in the collection made by M. Drouet
in the Azores in 1857," sent to H. C. Watson by Boberfc Shuttleworth, Ph. D.
of 17th July 1871, which Mr. Baker has shown mo, I find as follows : — " 89.
Although no Ophiogloss'um is in Drouet 's collection, I have abundant speci-
mens of the so-calkd 0. lusitanicum of the Azores. This has nothing really
in common with the true 0. lusitanicum. I cousider it a distinct species from
O. wig at urn (under two of the forms of which Milde quotes it) for it is appar-
ently widely distributed— Silesia (Milde). I have it from Arabia and else-
where ; and I have received it, or a similar species (which for the present, on
account of an apparent midrib— false, probably — I have called 0. Reverchoni)
from the neighbourhood of Briancon (Hautes Alpes) in good specimens, but as
being very rare.''
2. O. VUlgatum, L. ; Syn. Fil. 445 ; C. R. 568 ; Bedd. B. B. 464.
Punjab : Chamba State — Kantli, 12 miles from Dalhousie 6500', McDonell 1882 ;
Simla Reg— Hattu Mt. 8-9000', Dr. G. Watt 1885 (Blanford in List) ; Bagi (Hattu
Mt. ?) 9100', Bliss 1891-92.
N.-W. P. : D. D. Dist.— Jaunsar, Thadyar 7000', Rogers 1891, Bodyar 8000
Gamble 1894, Kathian 7000', Gamble 1895; Mussooree— ' The Park,1 above 6000',
Mackinnons 1885, Hope — seen July 1892 — too late in the season — station shown
to me by V. Mackinnon ; in the Dun— Kalanga Hill, near Dehra, 3000', Gamble
189-1.
DiSTRlB.— iV. Amer. : Quebec and Ontario southward to Florida and California ;
Kentucky, Tenessee, Texas and Arizona to Alaska. Europe : Lapland, British Isles
and almost all other countries to Caucasia. Asia : N. Ind. (Him-) Sikkim 2-4000'
Anderson, Clarke, Levinge ; Bengal — Chutia Nagpur, on Para-nath Mt. 2500'
Clarke Nos. 33823 and 33826. Japan, Sandwich Islands, Australia, N. Zealand.
Afr. : Azores, Abyssinia, Guinea Coast, Angola, St. Helena, Zambesi Land, Cape
Colony, Mascaren Isles.
I cannot make out the difference between O. vulgatum, L., and O. reticulatum,
L., unless it be that the net-work of veins is fine all over the frond in the latter
108 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
named species, and in the former five only near the margins, the meshes in the
centre being long and narrow. Anyhow, I can see no difference between
the N.-W. Indian specimens and those I have gathered in Scotland, except
that one of Gamble's plants from Jaunsar and another of his from Kalanga
Hill in the Dun, boih in my possession, have two fronds, one of them sterile.
So also has a specimen collected by Dr. King, in the Teesta Valley, Sikkim, in
1876. B.ddome, in Suppfe. H. B., 1892, says he believes " all the Himalayan
specimens are referable to rettcidatum ; I can see no difference in the venation."
Why, then, does he favour 0. reticulatum ?
Genus 34. BOTRYCH1UM, Sw.
1. B. lunaria, Sw. ; Syn. Fil. 447 ; C. R. 587 ; Bedd. H. B. 469.
Afghan : Kurram Vy., Shend Toi "profuse ", 9-10,000', Aitch. 1879.
Kashmir : West of Gulmarg, 9000', Aitch.
Punjab : Simla Reg.— Hattu Mt. 8-9000', Ramalhori Mt. 9-10,000', Dr. G. Watt
3885, fide Blanford.
N.-W. P. : T. Garhiuzl—Ba.g Tiba Mt. 9-10,000', W. Gollan 1881 : Damda Vy.
10-11,000', Dutbie 1883 ; K»maun above Tola 12,000', 8. & W. ; Garbyang 12,000',
Duthie. Also — N.-W. India, Jamesou, fide Clarke in ' Review.1
Distrib. — N. Amer. ; Greenland, Newfoundland, Canada, British Columbia ;
U. S. : New York, Lake Superior, Colorado. S. Amer. — Patagonia. Europe : Iceland,
Arctic Russia, Livonia, Lithuania, and Caucasia ; British Isles ; Spain, Italy, Switzer-
land and Mediterranean Isles. Asia : W. Thibet, Falconer : Karakoran Range,
12,600', Clarke ; N. Ind. (Him.) Sikkim— Lachen 10-13,000', Ek. fil. Kamschatka,
Japan. Australasia — S. Australia, Tasmania, N. Zealand.
2. B. ternatum (Thunb.) Sw. ; Syn. Fil. 448 ; Bedd. H. B. 110.
Punjab : Chawta— McDonell ; Simla Reg.— Simla,, "a little below 7C00'," Blan-
ford ; Summer Hill, Collett, Chadwick Falls 6000', Bliss, " The Waterfalls ,** Bliss ;
Mashobra 75-8000', Bliss, Watt.
N.-W. P. : D. D. List — Jaunsar, Bodyar, Mrs. Sladen 1880 ; Mnssooree, 10-7-45,
in Herb. Hort. Sahar., under B. daucifolium ; ' The Park ', 6300', Mackinnons 1885 ;
Kumaun — Naini Tal, Levinge : fide Bedd. in Suppt. H. B., Bhim Tal, W. Ainslie, in
Herb. Levinge.
Distkib.— N. Amer. : Nootka and Hudson's Bay Territory, Canada ; U. S. : New
England, westward to California, Washington, and southward to Florida. 8. Amer. :
New Grenada. Europe : Lapland, Spain (Pyrenees), Hungary. Asm ; Siberia,
Kamschatka, Japan ; N. Ind. (Him.) Nepal, Wallich No. 49, Sikkim — Clarke,
Levinge ; Centr. Ind- : Mt. Abu, Sir M. Grant Duff. Australasia — Tasmania,
N. Zealand.
Indian specimens of this form used always to be ticketed B. daucifolium, Wall.
But I saw in Mr. Gamble's collection a specimen of Mr. Clarke's, got in
Assam in 188G, No. 45827. named B. daucifoliiim, which seemed to me to be
typical, and quite different from those others. About the same time Mr. Trotter
tcld me that Mr. Bliss thought the Simla fern was not daucifoliiim, and on hear-
ing that 1 also had doubted this, Mr. Bliss wrote — " I am very pleased to find
THE FERNS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA. 109
that, at last, some one besides myself has discovered that our Mashobra (Simla)
BotrycMum is not B. daucifolium."
[Beddome, in his Handbook, gives B. daucifolium, Wall, as found
" throughout the Indian region, up to 8000' elevation; " but the
only specimen in the Kew Herbarium from the westward of Nepal
so named is one marked Kumaun, R. Bl. 49, "an mera varietas,
Wall. 48 ? " But No. 48 of Walliche's catalogue is B. lannginosum,
Wall.
The other habitats of B. daucifolium i, to which the specimens in the Kew
Herbarium are referred, are Nepal, Winterbottom ; Sikkim ; Bhotan
Griffith ; Nilgiris, Beddome and Clarke ; Anamalais, Beddome.
Ceylon, Gardner. China — Yunnan, Henry. Japan. Samoa.]
McDonell's specimen of fernatum from Chamba is curious ; it has two sterile
segments at the base,' — the fertile branch starting 1^ in. up. A Mussooree speci-
men I have from the Messrs. Mackinnon, shows the sterile and fertile branches on
segments splitting from a common stipes at barely half an inch from the root
stock, — the sterile one 7 in. I. by 7| in. broad, as mounted. The fertile branch baa
a stipes 10| in. I., pj — ^ inch broad, as pressed ; frond over G in. 1. tripinnate.
Mr. Ainslie's specimen from Kumaun, in the Levinge collection in Dublin, I
noted as being very lax in hal.it : sterile branch l£f in. 1. from the point of
separation : fertile branch 24 in. 1., much branching. In the same collection
I noted a remarkable specimen collected by Mr. Levinge in Darjiling, alt. 7160',
12-10-1882, of which the fertile branch starts at 3 inches from the rhizome :
the sterile spike (or the frond) then curves to the right (as mounted), and f in.
higher up throws off to the left a fertile branch with a thick stipes, which 1&
inches higher splits into two fertile, branching, segments of equal length. I
believe Professor L. M. Underwood says that what I call B. ternalum is B.
obliqmim, Muhl.
3. B. Virginianum, Sw. ; Syn. Fil. 448 ; C. E. 588, including 3.
lanuginosum, Wall. ; Bedd. H. B. 471, including B. lanuginomm, Wall.
Punjab : Hazdra Dist.-Ka.gin Vy. 8000', Inayat, collector from bort. Sahar.
Nd. 20388 (Herb. Number) ; Chamba State— McDonell.
N.-W. P. : T. Garh., Datum 7000', Gamble 1893, No. 24318 ; Murali 8000',
Gamble 1894, 2-1886 ; Duthie 1898.
Distrib. — N. Amer. : New Brunswick to Florida, and westward to Arizona
and the Pacific Coast, fide Underwood. S. Amer. Ecuador and Brazil,— fide
' Synopsis\ Europe: from Norway to Austria. Asia : N. Ind. (Him.) Sikkim—
Rung-bee, King 1878 ; marked "abnormal form.1''
I give this species as new to India, because I have no distinct recollection of
King's Sikkim specimen, ncttd above ; and, besides, that specimen has not been
recorded. While I was at the Royal Herbarium, Kew, in 1888 or 1889, along
11 0 JO URNAL, BOMB A Y NA TDEA L HISTOR Y SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
with Mr. McDonell, I detected the Chamba specimen in bis possession ; and
since then a few other specimens have turned up. Instead of making this a
variety of the common Indian fern, B. lanuginosum, Wall., I bow to authority,
and give it as B. virgimanum, Sw., because the fertile segment of the frond
separates just below the base of the sterile part, and the cutting is sharper than
in B. lanuginosum, and the texture is not woolly. It is one of the rarest of
Indian ferns.
Now, in finally revising this article, and haviug had the advantage of studying
well authenticated specimens of the American plant, I am all the more satis-
fied that it is quite distinct from Wallich's B. lanvginosum ; but I am not so
sure as I was that the above noted Indian specimens are the same as the
American plant. More material is desirable.
4. B lanuginosum, Wall. Cat. 48. B. vfrginianum, Sw., &.,B. lanugi-
nosum, Wall. Syn. Fil. 448 ; B. virginianum, Sw., C. E. 588 {B. lanuginosum,
Wall., given as a synonym.) B. virginianum, L. (under Osmunda), var.
B. lanuginosum, (sp.), Wall. Cat. 48, Bedd. H. B. 471.
Punjab : Chamha State— McDonell, in List ; Simla Reg. — Simla : not
uncommon, Hope, Blanford, Trotter, Bliss.
N.-W. P. : D. D. Dist., Mussooree, in various places, 45-7000', Duthie, Mackin-
nons, Hope, A. Campbell ; T. Garh. — Jumna Vy. 6-7000', Duthie near Sainjni,
5000', Gamble 1898 ; Kumaun : Wallich ; Gajur Pas?, Davidson : Naini Tal
6000', Hope 1861 ; Almora 5-5500', Madden, S. & W., 1848, Hope 1861 ; between
Dandihath and Karela 5-6000', Duthie 1884 j 6-8000 ," common ", MacLeod 1893.
Distrib. — Asia : N. Ind. (Him.) Nepal, Wallich ; Sikkim and Bhotan common,
Clarke; Assam— Khasia Dist., 4-6000, very common, Clarke; Manipur 5500'.
S. Ind.— at the higher elevations on the W. Mts. Ceylon — above Newera Elya,
China — Yunnan and Hupeh Henry ; Yunnan Hancock.
The distinctions between B. virginiammi and B. lanuginosum are thus stated
by Beddome :— " In the typical American plant the fertile branch arises from
the base of the sterile portion, and the latter is quite glabrous : in the Indian
plant the fertile branch always springs from well above the base, and the
sterile portion is more or less hairy." These two distinctions being, with rare
exceptions, coincident, are corroborative evidence of permanent and, I should
say, specific differences. I see a few soft hairs on some specimens of B. virgini-
anum, but nothing amounting to wooliness,
Clarke refers to Milde's monogram on Botrychntm, and to his Fil. Europe,
191-209, in which that author divides the genus into two main sections, viz.,
(1) Calls of the epidermis straight : (2) Cel's of the epidermis flexuose ; secondary
pinnae of the lowest pair of pinnaa anadromous : and he (Clarke) says that
the second section contains B. virginianum (the American type plant
only) ; the first sectiou comprising, among other spacies, B. lanuginosum t
Wall, which Milde and Prautl both hold to be a good species,
THE FERNS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA. Ill
one character being the catadromous secondary pinnse at base of a sterile
segment. Clarke finds that all the Indian material he has seen seems one
species, with straight epidermis cells ; but he can make very little of the ana-
cata-dromous distinction. Milde finds both sets of plants in the Himalaya, and
reckons them very distinct species. After examining all the specimens of B.
lanuginosum in Gamble's and my collections, I find that a decided majority is
catadromous , but one specimen is anadromous on one side, and has pinnules
exactly opposite each other on the other side. I think with Clarke that this
distinction may be disregarded,— the more so that it is not needed.
B. lanuginosum varies very much in size, cutting, r.nd habit. I have a
specimen from a little below Naini Tal with stipes 4 in. and frond 5 in. 1. by
6 in. bi\, and another from the hill north of Almora, grown in open pasture-
mounted on two sheets, though minus the upper third— the lower pinnas of
which are 10—11 in. I by 0—9 in. br., as mounted. The next higher pair of
pinnse are 7| and 9 in. 1. by 3-*- in. br. The fertile spike is about 8 in. I. with
lowest pinnae 3| in. L, tripinnate like the rest of the frond. A large frond, also
from Kumaun, Davidson, is much more compound, and may almost be said
to be quinquepinnate. I look upon the sterile part of the plant, taken
together with the stipes, as the frond, and would not talk of it as a segment.
It is a regularly pinnate frond, and the fertile spike is an extra branch or pinna,
which does not interfere with the symmetry of the frond in other respects. I
am confirmed in this view of the structure of the plant by finding in Gamble's
collection a specimen from Ootacamund, in the Nilgiris, which, besides the
usual fertile pinna (in this case as in all Mr. Gamble's Nilgiri specimens, taking
off above the second lowest pair of the frond ), has a small fertile pinnule
on one of the lower pair of pinnae taking off above the lowest pair of
secondary pinnae or pinnules. Another curious specimen in Gamble's collection
from Mysore 5000', "coll. W. A. Talbot," No. 3087, 1893, has two fronds
springing together from the same root, about equal in size, and perfectly
normal, each with its fertile spike. My large specimen from near Almora has
some sori on the sterile pinnae, one cluster of six on the fourth pinna from the
base, and several others here and there. I think a similar case was mentioned
lately in the Journal of Botany with regard to another species of Botrychium.
B. lanuginosum has a thick rhizome and thick, fleshy roots, and is a terres-
trial fern ; but, like various other plants of the Himalayan forests, it is some-
times found growing in the clefts of branches of trees, sometimes high up.
I have two specimens from Assam which are quite glabrous. /vv^
112
SNAKE-BITES AND POISONOUS FISHES.
By P. W. Bassett-Smith, m.r.c.s., r.n.
(Re-printed from Vol. XI. of the Encyclopedia Medica.)
From very early times there has been a common belief that certain people
had a peculiar power of freely handling venomous snakes, and that a measure
of resistance to the poison was acquired. Some of these " snake men " are Dot
only described in old records as being immune to the poison, but also as having
a remarkable influence over the snakes themselves ; it was popularly supposed
that snake blood flowed in their veins.
In present times it is well-known that some men exhibiting snakes in India
frequently rub in small quantities of the venom on the back of one hand with
the other, a small part being probably absorbed. In South Africa the Hot-
tentots are said to eat the heads of poison snakes when killed.
Serpents were very generally worshipped by ancient man ; their great beauty,
grace of movement, and frightful power of causing rapid death by injecting
venom, or by crushing, appealed strongly to the superstitions of the people,
who either associated them with death or wisdom.
This serpent worship was almost universal, and is nowhere more prevalent
than in India, where even in the present day the cobra is held in very great
veneration, and it is never willingly killed by the Hindoos. In pre-Buddhist
times, that is, about 600 B.C.. the gods were represented with a canopy of
five or seven cobras over them (Naja figures), and in the old cave temples
very beautiful relics still remain showing these. In Southern India a single
cobra is frequently represented alone. It is also one of the symbols of Shiva
now.
In Egypt the old papyrus records show that snakes were divided into two
classes ; one, generally the cobra, being associated with divinity and sym-
bolising wisdom ; the second representing the malign influences and death,
depicted as the serpent " Apep," the emblem of darkness, and the enemy of
"Ka" the sun.
In China these beliefs take a more practical form, the concretions, etc., of
snakes finding a prominent place as therapeutic remedies. Traditions of the
same kind have been passed down from mediasval days to witches, etc., — vide
" Macbeth. "
Many curious powers are attributed to snakes beyond the mesmeric influ-
ence they exert over their victims before springing upon them. Thus a
" krait " or species of Bungarus found in Scinde is called by the natives there
" pyan " or drinker. This snake is said to suck in a man's breath when he
sleeps, the result being that he dies at sunrise, with a swollen face, but no mark
of a bite on him. No one will sleep on the ground for fear of the " pyan " in
this district. The natives, however, admit that it can bite, but rarely does.
Venomous snakes are divided into two main classes — (1) Colubrine,
(2) Viperine.
SNAItE-BlTES AND POISONOUS FISHES, 113
The Colubrine again into (1) Elapida3, or land snakes.
(2) Hydrophidoa, or sea snakes.
The Elapidfe include —
(1) Naja, or Cobras found in India, China and N. Africa.
(2) Ophiophagus, or Hamadryads, found in India and East Indies.
(3) Bungarus, or " Krait," of India.
(4) Hoplocephalus, or Tiger snakes, etc., found in Australia.
(5) Pseudechis, or Black snake, found in Australia.
(6) Acanthophis, or " Death adder," found in S. Africa and Australia.
(7) Elaps, or " Coral snake," found in West Indies and Brazil.
The Hydrophidse include — (1) Hydrophis, (2) Enhydrina, (3) Pelamis,
(_4) Platurus, (5) A'tpysurus.
The poisonous Viperine snakes are divided into —
(1) Viperidae, or true vipers.
(2) Crotalidse, or pit vipers.
The most important of the former are —
(1) Daboia, or " Tic-polonga,'' " Russel's viper," of India and Ceylon,
(2) Echis, or " Fursa," of Northern India.
(3) Cerastes, or "Horned viper," of Egypt.
(4) Pelias, or " Common adder," of Europe.
Of the latter —
(1) Crotalus, or " Rattlesnake," of America.
(2) Bothrops, or " Fer de Lance," of W. Indies.
(3) Halys, of India.
Geographical Distribution. — Poisonous snakes are found in all tropical
areas, except certain oceanic islands, and in most temperate ones, New Zea-
land being a marked exception.
Each region has, however, distinctive characters.
In Asia and Africa the cobras, hamadryads, kraits, and true vipers are
most abundant.
In America the Crotalidse.
In Australia the pit vipers are not at all represented. Krafft states that
twenty-one innocuous and forty-two venomous snakes occur there, but of the
latter only five are dangerous to man ; these include Hoplocephalus, Pseudechis,
and Acanthophis.
la South Africa, chiefly the Acanthophis, or Death adder.
In the West Indies, Elaps and Bothrops.
The Mortality from snake-bite in India is very high, being even now put
down as about 20,000 annually, equal to about 1 to 10,000 of the population.
In Australia the death-rate proportionately is considerably less— probably,
as Martin states, due to the people having a much better knowledge of what
to do.
The most deadly snakes in India, according to Fayrer, being in order of
severity of action — (1) Cobra, (2) Kraits, (3) Daboia, (4) Echis,
15
114 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV'
In Australia HonlocephaJus curtus, H. superbus, and Pseudechis are the
"worst. The sea snakes rarely attack man, though so common in Australia
and waters of the Far East.
Anatomical Characters. — The " true vipers " are distinguished by their
triangular-shaped head and constricted neck ; the scales on the head are
generally small, the loreals (scales between the nasal and anterior ocular)
are almost always wanting. The pupil is vertical ; the fangs are tubular,
large ; reserve teeth being present, but no others are found on the short
maxillary bones ; the tail is rapidly attenuated.
The " pit vipers " have triangular heads, but with large scutes on the top ;
otherwise as in the true vipers, the poison faDgs are very large, the maxillary
bones are small and very movable, and the tail ends in a rattle or hard spine.
The poisonous Colubrine have smaller heads of regular shape ; the scutes
t>n the top are generally well-marked and regular ; the " loreals " are usually
absent ; the maxillary bones are longer, less movable, and the fangs smaller
than in the vipers, and they are grooved along the anterior border and not
tubular. The pupil of the eye is generally round, and the tail gradually
tapers to a point.
The Hi/drophidae, or sea snakes, have small heads, with the nostrils on
the upper surface. The anterior frontal scutes and loreals are absent, the
pupils are round, the ventral shields are usually absent, and the tail is
flattened from side to side, the tongue is short, and the poison fangs are
small and grooved.
The great distinction between non-venomous and poisonous snakes is that
the former possess two complete rows of small ungrooved teeth on either
side of the upper jaw, the outer row, twenty to twenty-four in number,
being attached to the maxillary bones, the inner to the palatine ; when they
bite, they leave characteristic marks.
In poisonous snakes the outer row is represented by one or more tubular
or grooved fangs, firmly ankylosed to the maxillary bone, which is freely
movable; this mobility allows the erection and depression of the fangs. The
anterior is always the largest, the others, if present, being reserve teeth.
"When these snakes bite, they leave usually two punctures only.
The Venom is secreted by a compound racemose gland, which Gunther
describes as being homologous with the parotid glands of mammals, having
large alveoli which act as receptacles for the fluid ; these glands are placed
behind the orbit above the angle of the mouth ; they are invested with a
dense fibrous sheath, being also covered by the masseter muscles. The
excr3tory duct passes forwards, opening into the base of the sheath of
mucous membrane covering the fang, being heie bent at an acute angle, so
as to face the front border of the tooth, thus allowing the fluid to flow freely
down the tube or groove as the case may be. When the snake opens its
mouth to bite, the muscles act on the maxillary bones and erect the fangs ;
as the jaw closes on the part bitten, the masseter and pterygoids compiess
SNAKE-BITES AND POISONOUS FISHES. 115
the poison glands so that the venom is forced down the duct into the tooth
and injected into the wound. The firmer the hold obtained, the greater the
quantity of venom injected, and the greater the danger.
Non-poisonous snakes also have rudiments of this gland, which secretes »
poison not in sufficient quantities to be harmful, but sufficient to render them
resistant to the toxic effects of other poisonous snakes when bitten. (Fraser.)
In 1890 Prof, Fraser asserted that the serum of poisonous snakes
possesses antitoxic powers, and presumes, that this was acquired by the
snake swallowing its own venom. Cunningham later disproved this, showing
that the natural immunity of the snake is quite distinct from the artificial
immunity, which is established in other animals as the result of continued
cumulative treatment by cobra venom, and that it is unconnected with any
material of the nature of an antitoxin. He found that cobra serum had no
antidotal effect on Daboia venom ; he does not therefore believe that the
immunity of snakes is due to the swallowing of their own venom.
The fact, however, remains, that most reptiles and amphibians possess a
high degree of resistance as a natural property, quite independent of any
process of self-prctection. One of Cunningham's snakes readily resisted an
amount of cobra venom enough to kill one hundred fowls, yet its serum had
no protective power ; its blood indeed was highly toxic for one week after,
enough to rapidly kill a fowl when injected.
The immunity of snakes to venom of other and the same species is not
absolute though general, for I have seen a Daboia russelli in captivity attack
a second in the same cage, which was found dead soon after. Also any one
who has seen a fight between a hamadryad and a rat snake " Dhamin '' of
equal or larger size will remember the gradual poisoning of the latter, which
nevertheless meanwhile inflicts much local injury on the less powerfully
toothed but successful adversary. A species of Bungarus or " krait " of
Scinde will kill and swallow the very venomous " f ursa " or Echis
carinata. Cunningham further believes that the degrees of susceptibility to
some extent run parallel with the respiratory acquirements, the slow-breath-
ing, hybernating reptiles and lizards having the greatest resisting power.
The mongoose is remarkably resistant to cobra poison, requiring from 10 to.
25 times as much venom per kilo as a rabbit to produce lethal effects. Elliot
believes that the success of this animal fighting cobras depends on (1) its
great agility, (2) its habit of " setting up " its fur, thus deluding the snake
as to the vulnerable part. Its immunity is due to the habit it has of seizing
the snake by the head, and often by so doing incising the gland with its
sharp teeth, causing the venom to escape and be swallowed by the mongoose ;
this would also reduce the possible amount to be injected down the fang.
Then there is the inoculation of minute quantities of venom from repeated,
but ineffectual, scratch -bites. In these ways a partial immunity, which is
hereditary, is established, becoming lost in time if the animals be removed:
to countries where cobras do not exist.
116 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Other creatures are slightly immune, as pigs and guinea-fowl ; the latter,
according to Calmette, being to a slight degree protected by having large air
sacs. It has lately been shown by Calmette and others that the resisting
power to venom becomes greater the larger the animal ; thus it takes a
much smaller dose of venom proportionally, volume for volume, to kill a
vabbit than a dog, man being even more resisting.
Venom is obtained pure from the different poisonous snakes by either
making them discharge the fluid direct into a watch-glass, this being assisted
out by gentle pressure applied to the poison glands, the snake being held
in the hand with its head directed away from the operator as described by
Calmette ; or the venom may bd obtained by causing the snake to bite at a
wafch-glass covered with gutta-percha, the fluid collecting on the under side.
The venom should be taken from a fasting snake esrery two weeks or so.
From a good-sized cobra about 2-3 c.cm. is the average quantity obtained by
Calmette, after which he generally artificially feeds the snake.
The venom thus collected has much the same appearance in all snakes —
a limpid fluid of yellowish colour ; from the cobra it is a faint yellow, that
of the hamadryad being a golden yellow ; it has a slightly acid reaction and
an average specific gravity of 10'50 ; a bitter taste is said to be present in
the venom of the cobra, but not in that of the Daboia. When the venom is
placed under the microscope, nothing should be seen except a few epithelial
cells and perhaps some contaminating bacteria. When kept moist, it gra-
dually becomes more acid and decomposes, forming a coagulum, the fluid
remaining poisonous.
Venom, when dried at a moderate temperature, 20° C., forms reddish-
yellow or brownish-yellow crystalline scales, or it becomes agglutinated into
little masses like gum-arabic. When thus dried and kept in the dark, it
retains its toxic powers indefinitely. The dried residue equals in weight
about 20-30 per cent, that of the moist venom. If the venom be heated at
once after collecting to a temperature of 100° C., its toxic effect becomes
impaired, and also if it be exposed to light.
The poisonous properties of all venoms depend upon the presence of at
least two distinct toxic proteids. These protrids are similar to other albu-
moses produced fiom albumens, which may have been obtained by
(1) Boiling under high pressure.
(2) Gastric and pancreatic digestion through the agency of a ferment.
(3) The direct vital activity of cells.
(4) By certain micro-organisms, as Bacillus diphtherix, B. tuberculosis, and
B. anthracis ; by means of a ferment in the case of diphtheria, but by the
direct action of the other two.
The proteids of venom are elaborated by a process of dehydration of albu-
men, without the action of any ferment by the epithelial cells of the poison
glands, the ultimate product stopping short at the albumenose stage, not
proceeding to the production of peptones as occurs in all the before-men-
SNAKE-BITES AND POISONOUS FISHES. 117
tioned, except the toxin produced by diphtheria. (Sidney Martin.) In all
cases, however, these albumoses, though differing greatly in intensity of
action, yet when gaining access to the blood produce certain toxic effects;
hence the antitoxic principle which now underlies the treatment of snake-
bite, etc. The poisonous properties of peptone are becoming much more
recognized through the work of Prof. Wright and others ; it is an important
fact to deal with in the preparation of antitoxic and prophylactic serums.
It has been shown by Martin and Gavan Smith that when dried venom
is heated, it separates out into an albumen coagulated by heat, 70°-80° 0.,
and a filtrate non-coagulable at any temperature, its action being, however,
destroyed by boiling.
It has been further shown by Calmette that the albumen thus coagulated
out has little toxic power, but that the filtrate, when dialysed out in a
current of sterile water for twenty-four hours, gives a solution which, on
being dried in vacuo, forms a brownish amorphous powder forty times more
toxic than ordinary venom.
The amount of the coagulable and non-coagulable proteids varies in amount
and proportion in different classes of snakes ; thus in the Colubrine there is
a large amount of non-coagulable poison, in the Viperine there is a very con-
siderable quantity of the coagulable ; on this difference depends to a large
extent the variation of the symptoms produced by individual snakes. This
is nevertheless only one of degree, as the toxic effects of the non-coagulable
poison are veiy much the same in all, acting principally on the nerve centres,
producing death by paralysing the respiratory centre in the medulla. The
coagulable proteid acts chiefly on the blood-vessels and heart, being a
powerful local irritant.
Cobra poison, which, as before stated, is rich in the non-coagulable pro-
teid, kills by producing asphyxia, the heart beating after respiration has
stopped ; hence the use of artificial respiration in the treatment.
Rattlesnake venom is rich in the coagulable proteid, producing disastrous
effects on the blood-vessels and heart.
Australian snakes show a good deal of both, and have an intermediate
action.
Sir Joseph Fayrer found that cobra venom killed without destroying the
coagulabdity of the blood, whilst Daboia (viper) poison caused complete and
permanent fluidity, the blood of the animals so killed being excessively toxic.
Cobra poison produces little change in the pupil, Daboia widely dilates ;
salivation is a constant symptom of the former, rare in the latter.
When experimenting with venoms, Calmette and others at Lille use only
the non-coagulable proteid, by which means they get rid of the intense local
reaction of the second proteid, and as the chief toxic properties are in the
former, the physiological effects of the venom are better thus watched. He
also at once mixes up the venoms of all his snakes, from the sum total of
which he obtains his dried toxin for experimental purposes.
118 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
It has been found that the non-coagulable filtrate of all venomous snakes,
•whether Viperine or Colubrine, has, when injected, the same characters and
gives rise to the same symptoms.
The rapidity of the onset and the severity of the case depends on whether
the virus is injected direct into a vein or into the subcutaneous tissue. It is
rarely absorbed by healthy mucous membranes, but Fayrer is strongly adverse
to the practice of sucking cobra bites. Also recently ejected venom acts as a
powerful local irritant when applied to the conjunctiva, and may be absorbed.
The question of absorption and the neutralisation of venom by the various
secretions of the body is of great interest, having been specially studied by
Prof. Fraser and Capt. Elliot, I.M.S.
Martin states that gastric digestion does not affect cobra or Pseudechis
venom. Mitchell says it does that of the rattlesnake. Fraser found that
snake venom introduced by the mouth was not followed by any bad results.
This was either due to non-absorption, or the chemical changes produced there
by the gastric secretions. The latter was disproved by finding that after
removal it still retained poisonous properties when injected into the blood.
He next found that by mixing bile with the venom it was rendered innocuous.
Elliot has since, by experiments on dogs, proved that after diverting the
bile completely, venom given by the mouth was still innocuous, but that if
introduced into the small gut, it was rapidly absorbed through an unbroken
epithelial surface, causing death. Ee concludes
(1) That cobra poison can be absorbed through the mucous membrane of
the small gut, though not so readily as when injected in the subcutaneous
tissues.
(2) That some change is induced in the swallowed cobra venom before it
reaches a rapidly absorbing surface.
(3) That though bile is powerfully antidotal, as proved by Fraser, yet
it is not the only protective agent.
(4) That tripsin is very powerful in reducing the lethal properties of cobra
venom. Martin states that all venoms are destroyed by pancreatic digestion.
The result of all venoms is at first to produce a rapid fall in the blood
pressure, during which the animal may die ; if not, the blood pressure again
rises, going above normal, as occurs after the injection of toxic peptones.
In cobra poisoning the blood pressure may remain high until the time of
death, even during the asphyxial period ; if artificial respiration is then
efficiently carried out, convulsions are prevented and life may be saved.
Lauder Brunton and Fayrer concluded that, besides paralysing the reflex
activity of the cord, the poison acts on the nerve endings in the muscles
like " curare. " In the poisoning by vipers and Australian snakes, the
dyspnoea and fall of the blood pressure occur together ; but though pro-
ducing the same paralysis of the reflexes of the cord, they do not especially
select the respiratory centre. In these cases, therefore, artificial respiration
is usually of little avail.
SNAKE-BITES AND POISONOUS FISHES. 119
The action of venom on the blood has been shown by Martin and
Halford to cause a rapid destruction of the red corpuscles, the leucocytes
beicg relatively increased in numbers, these very quickly degenerating, their
vital activity being destroyed. Martin placed two small pieces of sponge
antiseptically in the abdominal wall of a guinea-pig, one having been soaked
in a neutral saline solution containing 1 per cent, of venom, the other in the
solution free from venom ; oedema occurred around the sponge containing
the venom. After five hours the animal was killed. Both sponges were
withdrawn, hardened, and sections made from them. In the first, healthy
leucocytes were only found at the periphery, broken down ones filling the in-
terior ; in the second, the whole was permeated with healthy phagocytes.
Calmette, from his experiments, finds that the venom does not act directly
on the nerve-cells of the brain, but on the leucocytes, and that it is carried
by them to the bulbo-medullary centre.
The rapidity with which venom acts depends on
(1) The quantity injected.
(2) The rapidity of absorption.
(3) The condition of the snake at the time of the bite.
(4) The susceptibility of the animal ; the personal factor, as pointed out
by Elliot, being very important.
A minimum lethal dose always takes a considerable time to produce its
results, and, as the amount injected is generally small, there is frequently
time to apply remedial measures.
Calmette gives the toxicity of venoms according to their virulence, based
on the number of grammes of an animal killed by one gramme of poison, as
Cobra, 4,000,000.
Hoplocephalus, 3,450,000 (4,000,000 Martin).
Pseudechis, 800,000(2,000,000 „ ).
Common Viper, 280,000.
Sir J. Fayrer believes that a full dose of venom from a cobra, hamadryad,
krait, or Daboia is necessarily fatal. It is only in cases where an amount
little above the minimum lethal dose has been injected that remedial
measures are of any use.
The effects of Heat and Chemical Agents. — A temperature of 100° C., if
prolonged, will modify or destroy any snake venom, even after the removal
of the coagulable proteid.
A 10 per cent. sol. of caustic potash or soda, after being in contact five or
ten minutes, diminishes the poisonous properties of the virus.
A 1 per cent. sol. of pot. permang. destroys one part of venom when in
contact, but its action is unreliable.
Hypochlorite of lime, 1 in 60 of water freshly made up, destroys the
venoms completely, as also does 1 per cent, of chloride of gold. The latter
two are the only ones recommended by Calmette, and are generally accepted
now as being the best
120 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vbl. XV*
Symptoms. — These are very varied according to the character of the snake
and the amount of venom introduced, but depending greatly upon the
presence or absence of the coagulable proteid.
Cobra. — If the amount injected be very large, death may follow very
rapidly as if from shock — due to paralysis of the cardiac ganglia. When
introduced in smaller quantity, and slowly absorbed, it produces some local
redness and oedema, with progressive weakness and general paralysis, but
showing a great preference for certain centres, particularly those governing
the tongue, lips, and larynx, causing inability to swallow and profuse
salivation ; respiration is rapidly extinguished with or without convulsions,
and finally the heart stops, the pupil is contracted but reacts to light, the
urine is never albuminous. If the symptoms pass off, complete recovery is
rapid. When the poison is injected in a maximum lethal dose, stimulation
of the centre produces violent convulsions, especially respiratory spasms,
followed by general paralysis and rapid death.
European Viper.— Very quickly after the bite there will be local pain and
swelling of the part, with general prostration, feeble pulse, perhaps passing
into a condition of semi-coma or delirium, with slight convulsions. Recovery
is generally rapid, though local suppurations not infrequently follow.
Daboia and Indian Vipers. — In these there is marked local inflammation
at the seat of the bite, with swelling of the limb, great pain and haemorrhages,
Violent convulsions soon set in, but not necessarily followed by general
paralysis and death. The paralysis does not especially select out the
respiratory organs as in the case of cobra poisoning. The breathing has
a peculiar irregular character, being at first quickened, then slowed. Hemor-
rhages from the mucous membrane are common, hematuria and albumi-
nuria being almost always present. The pupils are generally dilated and
insensitive to light.
Rattlesnake. — The symptoms following the bite of one of these snakes are
much like those produced after a bite from the Indian vipers, except that
the local symptoms are more marked, general symptoms of blood poisoning
being after a short time evident. Recovery from an almost hopeless condition
is sometimes extraordinarily rapid.
Australian Snakes. — In these, according to Martin, local pain and swelling
of the part bitten is not generally severe. The constitutional symptoms
come on from a quarter to half an hour after the bite, with faintness,
drowsiness, and prostration, the pulse gets thready, respiration becomes
Blow, hemorrhages and albuminuria are generally present, the comatose
very condition gets deeper and deeper, respiration stopping, then the
heart.
Sea Snakes. — Although all these are poisonous, they rarely attack man,
I have seen scores taken by careless sailors on the north-west coast of
Australia, etc., without any bad results. Several instances of fatal bites have
been recorded, one having caused death in 1^ hour.
SNAKE-BITES AND POISONOUS FJSHES. 121
The most fatal period after all bites appears to be between two and three
hours ; more than 25 per cent, die between one and three hours.
Treatment. — When a person has been bitten by any snake supposed to
be venomous, the first and very important measure is to prevent the entrance
of the virus into the general circulation. As the part bitten is generally
one of the extremities, this may often be done by applying a tight ligature
at once between the part bitten and the trunk ; the second point is to re-
move or counteract the virus as soon as possible, suck the wound to extract
the poison, cut the part out or cauterise freely, then wash the wound well
with hypochlorite of lime==800 parts of chlorine to one of lime, or inject
8-10 cm. of the same in the track of the bite ; this destroys the venom in.
situ, neutralising that not yet absorbed, or a solution of chloride of gold
would act equally as well.
Inject 10 to 20 c.c. of antivenine if obtainable into the subcutaneous tissue
of the flank, or if general infection is marked give it intravenously ; after
this has been done the ligature may be removed. One should also promote
warmth, stimulate the circulation, and carry on artificial respiration if neces-
sary. If no antivenine is to be had, give stimulants freely.
Half the number of fatal cases are stated to die from fear, not having the
heart at the time to apply any remedial measures (Krefft).
Serum Therapy.
The analogy between certain toxins produced by pathogenic micro-
organisms, as diphtheria, tetanus, etc., and the products of snake venom,
together with the effects that they produce on most mammals, led to the belief
that some antitoxin might be prepared for the latter, which would give
protection against the virus. In spite of the opinion of Sir J. Fayrer and
others that any idea of finding a physiological antidote was Utopian, it has to
a great extent been actually accomplished : the preparation and dispersion
of a most valuable antitoxin is now being carried on in large quantities by
Professor Calmette- of Lille and his assistants. There is also to be a special
laboratory, under the care of Major Semple, to supply this antivenine on
the spot for the use of India. *
History. — Sewall in 1886 experimented on pigeons. By very gradual and
repeated injections of rattlesnake poison, he produced in them very marked
resisting powers to that poison.
Cunningham, by experiments at Calcutta, found that though a fowl may be
immunised against cobra bite by repeated injections of the virus, yet that it
was not then protected from Daboia poison and vice versa, in contradistinction
to the statements of Calmette and Fraser, that an animal immunised to cobra
poison was also immune from all other snake venoms — a doctrine quite con-
trary to Behring's law, " that the action of an immunising serum is specific."
Phisatrix, Bertrand, and Calmette advanced knowledge a step further.
Experimenting with rabbits and the venom of vipers, cobras, etc., they found
that not only were they able to immunise the animal itself, but they also
1 This laboratory is now in active existence.
16
122 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
found that the serum of these animals had distinct antitoxic powers if
administered within an hour of the injection of the venom, causing what
would have been a lethal dose to be less so or non-effective.
Professor Fraser in 1895 administered large doses of cobra venom into
the stomach of a cat, producing no poisonous effects on it ; but the cat -was
found to be immune to the poison when given hypodermically, and that its
blood serum had antitoxic properties. He also found that its kittens
acquired protection through the milk supplied by the mother.
Snake men are believed to acquire a certain amount of immunity by the
repeated inunctions of small doses of venom on the hand, or, in Africa, by
eating the head of the snake — at least that is a common opinion held in
South Africa. Captain Elliot, I.M.S., from his recent observations in India
brings forward evidence to favour the following conclusions : —
(1) That " snake men" in India, as a rule, have no knowledge of acquiring
any immunity, but trust to their own intimate familiarity with the habits of
the snakes, or to the previous mutilation of them, by removing their fangs,
or sometimes by producing an internal fistula from the poison gland into
the mouth.
(2) That a few do practice swallowing venom or the inunction of venom
into the limbs.
(3) That they confine their work entirely to the cobra, the Daboia being
very irritable, uncertain, and not at all amenable to their charming.
Calmette has shown that the antitoxic properties present in the serum
of animals immunised against venom are not due to the direct action of the
antitoxin on the virus, but that it is exerted through the tissue elements of
the animal. He next proved that by mixing the venoms of various snakes,
including Naja Daboia and Hoplocephalus, etc., and removing the coagu-
lable irritative proteid, using only the active toxin of the dialised non-
coagulable form, he was able tc produce an antitoxic serum (from horses)
which immunised animals and man from lethal doses of any venom, although
each snake venom has per se well-marked toxic peculiarities producing
several and various local phenomena.
In 1898 Major Semple, R..A.M.C, Captain Lyons, I.M.S., and Staff-Surgeon
Andrews, R.N. , under the supervision of Professor Calmette by a very com-
plete set of experiments demonstrated that antivenomous 3erum could be
prepared from horses which had a very high antitoxic power ; that its preser-
vative action shows itself almost instantaneously when injected intravenously,
but if injected subcutaneously, only after a period of one to three hours ;
that under certain conditions it acts as a vaccine. They also proved that
the duration of immunity so produced is short ; the greater the quantity of
serum injected, the longer this immunity remains. Its principal characteristic
was its rapidity of action and its efficacy against all venoms whether from
Colubrine or Viperine snakes. They found that this antivenine is easily
kept, as it does not lose its protective properties when heated to 140° F.
SNAKEBITES AND POISONOUS FISHES. 123
This antitoxic serum is prepared in the following manner. Injections
over the shoulder were given to healthy horses subcutaneously of a solution
of dialysed venom in increasing doses for a period extending over months,
generally sixteen, each injection usually producing severe local reaction and
abscesses. When the horse is sufficiently immunised, he is bled from the
jugular, the blood is kept in a dark room for twenty-four hours, after
which the serum is syphoned off, divided up into 10 c.c. bottles ; these are
sterilised at a temperature of 10° C. on three successive days, the bottles
being kept in a dark room, as is necessary with all other antitoxic serums,
The serum is useless for therapeutic purposes unless it is able to prevent
death in a rabbit when given intravenously in a dose of 1"5 c.c.
It was found that the antivenine, like the toxin of the venom, is mainly
carried by the leucocytes and not by the serum, for if the effusion from the
peritoneal cavity of a vaccinated rabbit in which peritonitis has been excited
be centrifugalised, the leucocytes which are deposited are found to possess a
high antitoxic power, while the plasma has but little.
If the antitoxic serum be heated above 68* C, it becomes coagulated and is
useless.
The practical results of the late investigations may be thus briefly stated : —
(1) That the injection of a sufficient dose of antivenomous serum (10 to
20 c.c.) prevents the toxic action of a lethal dose of venom given later, as
would occur frequently when a ligature was applied above the bitten part at
once, the venom having been kept out of the general circulation until after
the patient had been injected with the serum.
(2) That the injection of a sufficient dose of the serum prevents intoxi-
cation by a lethal dose of venom given subcutaneously before, provided too
long an interval has not occurred, which would include those cases where a
ligature was not employed, or had been imperfectly applied, so that the
poison had gained access to the general circulation.
(3) That as the resistance of man to the toxic action of the venom is
greater as compared with the smaller animals, a much smaller dose pro-
portionally of the serum is necessary to counteract the toxin.
(4) That if the venom has been injected directly into a vein, the result
is always fatal, unless the serum be injected intravenously before or at the
same time.
(5) That the serum should be at hand in all districts where snake-bites
are common, and that the inhabitants should be instructed in the advantages
derived from its use ; particularly as the amount of venom usually injected
by the snake is little above the minimum lethal dose, an interval of one to
three hours being in most cases allowable between the time of the bite and
the injection of the serum.
(6) That when toxic symptoms are already present, the serum should be
xt once injected intravenously.
124 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
(7) That none of the ordinary precautions should be omitted even when
the serum is available.
The following two cases show the efficiency of the serum treatment : —
One reported by Keatinge and Ruffler was that of a girl in Egypt bitten
in the forearm by a snake believed to be a cobra ; she became unconscious
almost at once, and when seen was cold and collapsed with imperceptible
pulse ; 20 c.c. of antivenine were injected under the skin of the abdomen
and three hours after 10 c.c. more ; from that time she gradually recovered.
The second case is recorded by Rennie. A boy aged eleven in India was
bitten on the right foot by a krait. In three minutes 8 c.c. of serum was
injected into the subcutaneous tissue of the abdomen, hypodermic injections
of pot. permang. being used locally. The boy made a good recovery.
LITERATURE.— 1. Anbkews. " On Preparation and Use of Calmette's Antivenine,"
British Medical Journal, Sept. 1899. — 2. BRIEGER. V her Ptomaine. Berlin. — 3. Calmette,
" Etude experimental du venin de cobra," Ann. de V Inst. Pasteur, tome vii. 1893 ; " Etuda
eurles venins des serpent," op. cit. tome viii. 1894 ; " 3rd Memoire, op. at. tome ix. ; " Comp.
rend de VAcad. des Sciences, 1894, 1895, 1896 ; "A Lecture on Snake Venom, and Treatment of
Snake-Bites by Antivenomous Serum," Lancet, 1896 ; " Snake Poison and Snake-Bites,"
Appendix Allbutt's System of Medicine, 1897. — 4. CCSNINGHAM. Scientific Mem. by Med.
Off. of Army of India, 1895; Report on the Results of Experiments on the Action of Various
Reputed Antidotes to Snake Venom, 1895, 1896. — 5. Ewing. " The Action of Rattlesnake
Venom upon the Bactericidal Power of Blood Serum," Med. Record, May 1894. — 6. Elliot.
" An Account of some Researches into the Nature and Action of Snake Venom," Brit. Med.
Jour., Feb. 10, May 12, July 28, 19U0.— 7. Fayrer. Thana tophidia of India, 1872 ; " On
Nature of Snake Poison," Med. Soc. of London, 1884. — 8.Fayrer and Brpnton *' On Nature
and Action of Poison of Naja and other Venomous Snakes, ' Proc. Roy. Soc., vols, xxi., xxii.,
xxiii. — 9. Fraser. Brit. Med. Jour., June 15, 1895 ; "Immunisation against Serpents' Venom,"
Roy. Inst., March 1896; '' Antivenomous Properties of the Bite of Serpents and other
Animals," Brit. Med. Jour., July 1897.— 10. Gunther. "Reptiles of British India," Roy.
Soc, 1866. — 11. HalforD. Thoughts, Observations, and Experiments on the Action of Snake
Venom on the Blood, Melbourne 1894.— 12. Kanthack. •« On Nature of Cobra Poison,"
Jour. ofPhys., vol. xiii., 1892 ; " Serum Treatment of Snake-Bite," Nature, Oct. 1895 ; " Tha
Natural Immunity of Venomous Snakes," Nature, Dec. 1896. — 13. Keatinge. " Treatment
of Snake-Bite with Calmette's Serum," B.M.J., 1897.— 14. Krecft. The Snakes of Australia,
1869. — 15. Lyons. " On Preparation and Action of Antivenine," Bombay Med. and Phys.
Soc, July 1899. — 16. Martin, C.J. "Observations on ^the Poisonous Constituents of tha
Venom of Australian Black Snake," Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1892 ; " On Venom of
Australian Elack Snake," Proc. Roy. Soc, N.S.W., 1892 ; " On Some Effects upon the Blood
produced by the Venom of the Australian Black Snake," Jour, of Phys. vol. xv., 1893 ; " On
Physiological Action of the Venom of the Australian Black Snake," Proc. Roy. Soc, N.S.W.,
1895; "Snake Poison and Snake-Bite," Allbutt's System, 1897.— 17. Mitchell. " On tha
Venom of the Rattlesnake," Smithsonian Contributions , vol. xii. ; "Researches on the Venoms
of Poisonous Serpents," op. cit. vol. xxvi. — 18. Nicholson. Indian Snakes. MadraB, 1874,
— 19. Phisalex et Bertrard. " Attenuation du venin du vipere par le chaleur, etc.,
Comp. rend, de VAcad. des. Sciences, cxviii. 6 ; " Sur la propriete antitoxique du sang des
animaux vaccine contre le venin de vipere," op. cit. cxviii. 7. — 20. Rbgotzi. " Ueber die
Wirkung des Giftes der Naja," Virchow's Arch., Bd. cxxii. — 21. Renme. "Treatment of
Snake-Bite with Calmette's Serum," Brit. Med. Jour., Nov. 1896.— 22. Semple. "Report
on the Method and Control of Antivenomous Serum," Army Med. Report, 1898.— 23. SewAll.
" Experiments on the Preventive Inoculation of Rattlesnake Venom," Jour, of Phys., vol.
viii. — 24. Wall. "Poisons of Certain Indian Venomous Snakes," Proc. Royal Soc, 1881 ;
Indian Snake Poisons. Allen and Co., London, 1883.— 25. Wolfenden. " On the Nature and
Action of the Venom of Poisonous Snakes," Jour, of Phys., vol. vii.
SNAKE-BITES AND POISONOUS FISHES. 125
Poisonous Fish, Diseases and Injuries attributable to them.
The subject of poisoning by fish is one on which there is very little
•recent information of any reliable character. Many ill-effects in different
parts are frequently put down to the ingestion or even handling of them. It
may be stated, however, with certainty that these are more common in
tropical than in temperate regions, no doubt due to the much more rapid
decomposition of the fish in the presence of heat and moisture, and perhaps
to the fact that as all animal life is more abundant in warm climates, so
the increased competition in the struggle for existence has caused many
fish to have developed peculiar organs having protective and poisonous
qualities. The noxious characters, as far as man is concerned, may be
divided into —
(1) Toxic effects produced by the poison contained in the fish itself when
fresh.
(2) Toxic effects produced by the ingestion of fish undergoing putrefaction
•either before being swallowed, or under certain conditions after it has been
a longer or shorter period in the intestinal canal.
(3) The introduction into the body of specific pathogenic micro-organisms
through the agency of the fish.
(4) Cutaneous wounds produced by the special armament of certain fish.
(5) Diseases or growths produced by parasites of which the fish is the
definite or temporary host. In the constant investigation of fish markets for
zoological purposes, particularly in the Indo-tropical and Chinese regions, I
have been much impressed by the large number of apparently dangerous-
looking fish that are habitually sold, and the advanced stages of decomposition
which some of them frequently present, yet they seem to be used for food by
the poorer classes habitually.
There used to be an old rule in the Navy that scaled fish were wholesome
and that fish without scales were not. This, however, is certainly not
altogether correct, as many with large scales, as Sphyrcena, Pagellus, etc., are
at times markedly poisonous ; others without scales, as the fresh-water
Silurokls, are esteemed as excellent food.
As a matter of fact, poisoning directly due to the consumption of fish is
very rare in the naval service, and also among well-to-do Europeans in
tropical regions.
The toxic properties inherent in fish, as Dr. Gunther pointed out, may
depend on various conditions ; some are only poisonous at certain stages of
growth, others only at special seasons, as at the breeding time ; again, others
are apparently dangerous after they have been feeding on poisonous foods ;
thus most of those beautifully-coloured fish belonging to the families
Squamipinnes and Labridce, which frequent coral reefs and browse on the
polyps of the young growing madrepores, etc., are generally considered to
be dangerous ; nevertheless, if these be properly cleaned before cooking, most
may be taken with impunity. French medical officers have pointed out that
125 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
many fish at other times wholesome become poisonous in the breeding
season, and every one knows that a spent trout or salmon is very liable lo
give rise to gastric disturbance if eaten.
The symptoms of poisoning due to fish fall into two distinct groups :
(1) true gastro-enteritis with colic and high fever, probably due to a bacterial
infection; (2) nerve symptoms, often commencing some time after tho
ingestion of the food, attended by constipation, and various forms of
paralysis, etc., probably due to intoxication from the alkaloid substances produced
during decomposition.
The following fish are credited with producing poisonous symptoms when
taken fresh : —
(1) Pagellus erykhrinus, a " sea bream " common in Indo-Pacific waters,
quoted as nearly causing the death of Quiros, the Spanish navigator, and
also described as poisonous in Cook's Voyages.
Lethrinus mambo in the South Pacific is said to be poisonous when full grown
but harmless when young.
Many of the Squannpinnes or Coral fish, as before stated, acquire poisonous
properties from their food. These fish are generally gorgeously coloured,
and are like butterflies in the aqueous gardens which they frequent.
Sphyrcena, or "Barracudas." Their flesh is as a rule eaten with impunity,
but two species in the West Indies are known to occasionally produce intense
symptoms of poisoning — gastro-intestinal irritation with pain, vomiting, and
diarrhoea, etc., followed by marked prostrations and, in a few cases, death
from syncope. If the fish is unwholesome, Poe states that the teeth become
blackened at the base, and natives say that if a silver coin placed on the flesh
becomes black, the fish is unfit for food.
Some of the mackerels frequently cause gastric irritation ; several species of
Thynnus or tunny are stated by Giinther to be poisonous at times — being red-
blooded fish, they are liable to rapid decomposition. The Carangidcp, horse
mackerel or yellow-tails, have a very bad name at the Cape of Good Hope as
being poisonous, especially when they are old, C.falax being the most dreaded.
Almost every variety of this genus may be seen in the market at Aden for sale.
After eating poisonous Bonito, Tunny, and Horse Mackerel, the symptoms are
those of mild gastric enteritis, with urticaria, giddiness, headache, vomiting, and
diarrhoea, which may assume a choleraic form, ending in collapse and death.
Fish of the herring family are undoubtedly very frequently extremely
poisonous. Gri'inther gives the following list : —
Clupea thryssa, the sardine dore of the W. Indies, often causes a rapidly
fatal issue. There is a saying that " if you begin at the head you never
finish the tail. " The symptoms are pain, prostration, convulsions, and
unconsciousness followed by death, sometimes in a quarter of an hour, but
generally in from two to three hours.
C. longiceps, C perforata, C. venenosa, the three latter from the Indian
Ocean, are all known to have caused intense purging and collapse.
SNAKE-BITES AND POISOXOUS FISHES. 127
C. humeralis of the W. Indies is stated by Day to have caused death in a
few minutes.
The marine " cat fish " or Silurokls are as a rule too loathsome to ever
be much used for food. They are invariably rejected, if caught, on board
ship, but are, however, constantly seen for sale in the native markets.
Most of the species of Balistes (file fish), Tetrodon (globe fish), and Diodon
(porcupine fish) are rejected as being poisonous ; they are foul feeders, or
live on coral and other zoophites. Two cases are recorded by Sir John
Richardson of acute poisoning from eating portions of the liver of a
Tetrodon. One man ten minutes after eating it became very ill, with flushed
face, swollen lips, signs of intense gastro-intestinal poisoning, followed by
paralysis, laboured breathing, cyanosis, and death in seventeen minutes.
The second man died in twenty minutes. The whole fish was not more than
eight inches long. Many of the small kinds are constantly seen for sale in
the Bombay market and elsewhere, those from brackish and fresh water being
more wholesome than the marine varieties. Macoy states that in Australia
nearly all cases of fish poisoning are due to eating Arripis trutlaceous, one of the
sea perch. This may be sometimes due to decomposition, but fresh fish also
produce unpleasant results in some people, the symptoms being flushing of the
skin, particularly of the face, headache, vomiting, and a transient eruption,
generally followed by rapid recovery, but a few deaths have been noted.
Murcma punctata, one of the "sea eels," is stated by Russell to be
poisonous if eaten. Mosso states that the fresh blood cf eels possesses
highly poisonous properties, due to the presence of ichtbyotoxin, like the
toxalbumens of vipers.
Mussels or other shell-fish, though quite fresh, will sometimes produce
severe symptoms — nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea, syncope, numbness of the
limbs, and eruptions on the skin, with occasionally swelling of the tongue
and mucous membrane of the throat. Those taken from the open sea are
generally quite wholesome, the poisonous properties being derived from the
foul water from which they have been gathered.
(2) Putrefaction of Fish. — This is the most common cause producing
poisonous symptoms.
It is generally due to the action of micro-organisms breaking up the proteid
substances present into a number of chemical bodies, some of which are
harmless, others being very toxic.
The proteids are first split up into albumenoses, and then finally into the
animal alkaloids known as " Ptomains " ; these latter were first studied in
detail by Selrni, and since then by Breiger, Van Ermengen, Sydney Martin,
and others.
From, decomposing fish Breiger isolated the following substances : Trirae-
thylamine, Dimethylamine, Meihylamine, Neuridine, Cadaverine, and Putrescine ;
some, as cadaverine and putrescine, are but slightly toxic, others are
extremely so, rapidly causing death.
128 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV..
All " Ptomain " poisons are characterised by the combination of marked
nervous symptoms, with gastro-intestinal irritation, and a tendency to coma,
in which the patient may die. There is also almost always a more or
less prolonged period between the ingestion of the food and the onset of
the symptoms, " the incubation period " ; when this is present, the cause of
the poisoning, according to Van Ermengen, is due to the presence of a
special organism, Bacillus hotulinus, this condition being known as Botu-
tism. David describes an interesting instance of poisoning by red herrings.
There were five cases, all in one family. Gastric symptoms and obstinate
constipation commencing some days after taking the food, occurred in all,
followed by local paralysis of parts, double vision, and diminished reflexes.
In two the dysphagia was so complete that feeding by a tube had to be
resorted to. The paraplegic symptoms lasted for months, but all finally
recovered.
Breiger isolated an alkaloid named Mytelotoxin, which is not destroyed
by cooking, from the liver of mussels taken from foul water ; this produces
acute symptoms like those of " curare" poisoning, affecting the motor nerves,
being quite distinct from those toxins which induce the gastro-intestinal
irritation symptoms.
The treatment of all cases of Ptomain poisoning is to clear the stomach
and intestines of the irritating substances as soon as possible, to give stimu-
lants with discretion to counteract the cardiac depression, and where there
is profuse diarrhoea and much pain opiates will be required ; for the subse-
quent paralysis, massage and nerve tonics. " Tinned fish " are very liable
quickly to undergo putrefactive changes, especially in hot climates ; if then
eaten, they produce severe symptoms, diarrhoea, vomiting, and collapse in a
few hours, which may last for days or prove fatal.
In tropical climates, where the intestine is so ready under slight provo-
cation to increased secretion, congestion, or ulceration, one cannot be too
careful in the scrutiny of all tinned fish to be used for food ; it is from these
that on board ship fish poisoning most commonly arises.
(3) The conveyance of specific pathogenic micro-organisms to man, by means of
oysters, mussels, etc., unquestionably takes place, perhaps more often than
is generally believed.
The spread of typhoid has been distinctly traced to infected shell-fish,
and reported accordingly by many medical officers of health and others. It
is not uncommon in certain well-known localities to find oyster beds on the
foreshore, immediately below the outfall of a sewer, and I have had it stated
to me by a " grower " that in these positions the oysters are fatter and better
in quality than those from more open situations.
Bacteriological examinations have been made demonstrating the presence
of B. enteritidis and B. colecommunis, etc.
Legislative measures for removing this evil have been over and over again
brought forward, but so far ineffectually, the interference with the oyster
SNAKE-BITES AND POISONOUS FISHES. 129
industry and restriction of the area for beds being strongly opposed by a
certain section of interested persons.
(4) Poison Wounds caused by Fish. — Perhaps the most widely feared fish
producing cutaneous injuries are the " Sting Rays,1' belonging to the order
Batoidea. These have one or more sharp barbed spines attached to some
portion of the dorsal surface of the tail ; these may cause severe lacerations
when incautiously handling the fish, or when stepping on them while half
hidden in the sand. In the first case I personally came across, the pain was
so intense that the strong, healthy man almost fainted. There is no poison
apparatus connected with the spines, but they are like poison arrows, being
coated with mucus from the surface of the fish, which has peculiar irritating
properties. Another class of fish, the Scorpcenidce, are profusely provided
with sharp spines on the opercular plates, fins, etc., which inflict irregular
punctured wounds. Among the very dangerous fish are Synancea verrucosa
and S. horrida, found in the Red Sea and on the coasts of Africa and India ;
in these species the dorsal spines are grooved, having small poison bags
attached, the venom being injected into the wound by pressure. Injuries
from this fish occasionally cause death (Day). The symptoms vary according
to the amount of venom injected ; they are local pain, increasing and spread-
ing from the wound, with swelling of the part, lymphangitis and gangrene,
attended with convulsions, delirium, and attacks of syncope.
Other very dangerous fish are the Thalassophryna, of which two species
are known, one in the Pacific, the second in the Atlantic Ocean. These fish,
according to Giinther, possess as perfect "poison sacs and tubular spines as
any venomous snake. The poison sacs are attached to the bases of the
opercular and dorsal spines.
In the " "Weavers " Trachinus, common in European waters, the dorsal and
opercular spines have deep double grooves, these being filled with fluid
mucus, but there is no true poison apparatus. Wounds inflicted by them
are followed by violent inflammation of the injured part.
Many genera of the " cat fish " tribe Siluridce are excessively dangerous
to handle, the dorsal and pectoral fins having very hard serrated bony
spines, which may inflict serious wounds ; in some of these fish glandular
organs are found at the axils of the spines ; the body is covered 'by an
offensive tenacious mucus, which can readily inflict the wound. Great
numbers are commonly eaten by the lower "castes" in India, they are there-
fore frequently caught ; the fishermen immediately cut off the offending
spines, it being rare to see a perfect specimen in the market.
Treatment of Wounds. — These should be enlarged and the blood allowed
to flow freely, or the part may be ligatured above, and the poison removed
by cupping or sucking the wound, then ammonia or spirits of turpentine
may be applied, followed by fomentations, opium being given and stimulants
as necessary. The wounds caused by the serrated spines of rays and cat fish
almost always suppurate.
17
130 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL TI1STORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
(5) Fish may act as intermediate or definite Hosts. — An example of the f ormei*
is found ir Lota vulgaris, which is commonly known to harbour the larval
form of Bolhriocephalus lotus (see Cestodes). Congers are said to be infested
with hydatids. A curious case has been described by Dr. Batten, namely,
the fixation of a species of Lepcoplitluirus, one of the " Calegidse'1 or fish lice
on to the cornea of a fishmonger (which specimen he kindly sent to me).
These semi-parasitic copepods are very numerous on many flat fish, moving
about actively on the skin some time after the death of the fish. The saline
condition of the ocular conjunctiva, with a certain quantity of mucous secre-
tion, render this position particularly suitable for these parasites if acci-
dently introduced. It is, however, very rare : 1 have never heard of or seen a
second case. The parasite was successfully removed, vision not being
impaired.
LITERATURE.— Andrews. Handbook of Public Health, Part I. 1898.— Batten.
" Crustacea Parasite on Cornean,-' Lancet. April 7, 1900. — CoPPENGER. " Tropical Naval
Hygiene," Davidson's Diseases of Warm Climates.— Day. Fishes of India — David. Heutsch
Med. Woch., 1893. — Guxther. Study of Fishes. — Macov. Natural History of Victoria,
N. S. W. — Martin, Sydney. " Ptomain Poisoning," Allbutt's Syst. Med.— Cutler.
System of Medicine. — " Public Health Reports," Journal of State Medicine. — Bottard,
On poison Organs of Synancea, Scorpmna, and, Plotosus, 1879.— J. Macdonald Rogers,
R. N. MSS-j Fish Poisoning and Venomous Fishes.
131
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES.
No. I —SIZE OF REMARKABLE TREES.
Mr. L. Augusto has kindly measured the great Gouralr Chintz—the Baobab —
Adansonia digitata near the Custom House at Mora, Karanja (Bombay-
Harbour), and reports it to be 30 feet 5 inches in circumference at 4 feet
from the ground.
G. MARSHALL WOODROW.
Kelvinside, N.,
Glasgow, January 1903.
No. II— NESTING NOTES FROM KASHMIR.
I have spent the past summer in Kashmir, and it may interest oologists to
read a few notes I have made on the nidification of certain birds whose nests
and eggs are almost or altogether unknown. During April and May I was in
the Astor District. On the 29th April, at an elevation of about 10,000 feet,
I saw 3 young Nutcrackers — Nucifraga multipunctata — hardly able to fly, so
this bird must breed very early. I think, too, it probably has 2 broods in the
year, as I found a nest, containing young, in Sonamarg at the end of July.
During May I found nests of Tlnnunculus alaudarius, Tetraogallus himalay-
ensis, Pica rustica and Cinclus asiaticus, but I was too early for eggs of the
last two mentioned. June, July and August I spent in Sonamarg and in the
higher valleys in its neighbourhood. Sonamarg itself has often been visited
by egg collectors, but the higher alpine valleys round it appear to have been
but little exploited. It is in these alpine valleys, from 10,000 to 14,000 feet,
that many new nests may be discovered, and the best time to visit them is
from the 20th June to the end of August.
Mr. J. Davidson, in the Ibis for January 1898, gives a very interesting
account of ' a Trip to Kashmir' in search of eggs, and to any one intending to
come up here for this purpose, it would prove of the greatest assistance.
No. 369. Tribura major is common at Sonamarg, and its characteristic note
(Tic-tic-tic) loudly proclaims the bird's advent in the latter part of June. It
is never met in the forests, but frequents the outskirts and the low bush
jungle in the open meadows. I found 3 nests in July, but only secured one
clutch of eggs. The nest is a small cup of grass lined with fine grass, placed
on the ground in thick herbage, and is difficult to find. The eggs, 3 in number,
are pinkish white spotted finely with reddish brown, and average 74" x '57"
in size. The bird does not appear to breed below 7,500 or above 10,000 feet.
No. 405. Phylloscopus affinis I found breeding plentifully during July in the
Juniper scrub from 11,000 to 13,000 feet. The nest is globular, loosely built of
grass, lined with hair and feathers and is placed from 6 inches to 2 feet from
the ground. The eggs, three or four in number, are either plain white, or
white spotted sparingly with cinnamon red. The plain and spotted eggs
sometimes occur in the same nest. The average size of the eggs is •62"x'47".
No. 589. Alseonax ruficaudus. — This Flycatcher is not uncommon in the
Sind Valley from 6,000 up to 10,000 feet, but its nest is extremely hard to
132 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
find owing to the bird's shyness, and it deserts it very readily. I found 3 nests
in June of the usual Flycatcher type placed from 20 to 30 feet from the
ground, in every case the nest was against the main trunk and resting on a
small branch of the tree. The eggs (I secured but one clutch) are pale green,
very faintly spotted at the larger end with reddish brown, forming a well-
defined ring.
No. 644. Ruticilla rufiventris. — The Indian Redstart was quite common
in the higher valleys above 10,000 feet, being most common over 12,000 feet.
I found only two nests, both in July, one of which was placed on the ground
between two stones near a stream ; the other, also near a stream, was built in
an indentation on the side of a large rock about 4 feet from the ground. The
nests were cup-shaped, made of grass, lined with fine moss, some horsehair
and a few feathers. The eggs, 3 in number, are buff in colour, speckled finely
with red ; the average size being '80'' X '57".
I have read Captain Marshall's ' Notes on the Birds near Quetta 1 published
in the Journal of 18th October last, in which he states that the eggs of this
Eedstart are pale blue in colour. In both the cases quoted above, I
unfortunately failed to kill the bird off the nest, but I examined the bird
through a field glass for over half an hour, and the same morning killed a pair
of the same species which I was able to identify.
No. 651. Calliope pectoralis. — The nests of this bird, which I found, were
at an elevation of about 11,000 feet. They were cup-shaped, made of grass,
and placed on sloping ground under a tuft of grass or small bush. The eggs,
3 or 4 in number, are pale greenish blue, faintly spotted with reddish brown
at the larger end. The bird breeds from the middle of June to the end
of July.
No. 712. Accentor nepale?isis. — The Accentor was breeding early in July
at a height of 13,500 feet. I found 2 nests placed on the ground under
shelter of rocks ; they were cup-shaped, made of grass and moss, and lined
with fine grass. In one nest were 3 fresh eggs, in the other 2 nestlings and
one addled egg. I left the former to see if the bird would lay more, and on
the following morning, on returning to the nest, found that the eggs had been
broke;, and only one of them wa3 sufficiently whole to admit of being patched
up. The eggs are large for the size of the bird, the average of the two eggs
I secured being ,94/' x '69''. They are pinkish white in colour, and plentifully
speckled with red, chiefly at the larger end.
No. 758. Propasser rhodochrous. — I found two nests of this bird in the first
week in August, at an elevation of about 10,500 feet. The nests were cup-
shaped, made of twigs and grass, and lined with horsehair : they were placed
3 or 4 feet from the ground in bushes ; the eggs, four and five in number
respectively, are a bright blue, with a few large black spots, chiefly at the
larger end. The average size of the 9 eggs is *72" x '53".
No. 787. Frinrjillauda sordida. — Large flocks of these birds are often seen
in the Kashmir valleys during the spring migration, and it is one of the-
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 133
commonest birds in the higher valleys near Sonamarg during the summer.
They did not begin to breed till the middle of July, and I fortunately secured
several nests at an elevation of 12,000 to 13,000 feet. The nest is made of
grass, and lined with horsehair and a few feathers : it is placed in a hole
under a rock, and the tunnel leading to the nest is sometimes as much as 2 feet
long ; in two instances the holes were like those made by a rat in open flat
ground. The eggs, generally four and sometimes three in number, are pure
white with considerable gloss, and are somewhat pointed at the smaller end:
average size '82" x -5(J".
KENNETH BUCHANAN, Major,
4th Sikhs.
Srinagar, December, 1902.
No. Ill— NOTES ON A FEW CATERPILLARS OF
INDIAN SPHINGID^l.
1. Acherontia lachesis. — A larva found in Poona in October 1898 had the
ground-colour a bright gamboge yellow instead of green : this tint may have
just been assumed preparatory to pupation as the insect was full-grown, but
it did not cease feeding until 3 days after being found.
2. Polyplychus dentatus. — Hampson describes the larva as "green, with
yellow marks down the back, outlined in pink, &c/' Two specimens obtained
in August 1898 and a third in October of the same year in Poona, had no
trace of pink or yellow on the back which was of a uniform bright green,
while the sides were dull green in ground-colour. Others obtained from eggs
and fed on the same plant had the normal pink and yellow markings.
3. Chcerocampa theylia. — Three forms of this larva are given in Hampson's
book ; I bred a number of the first of these here in Sadra last September. In
my experience the brown colour was only assumed in the final stage and not
always then, the larva being invariably green in the earlier stages and some-
times in the last stage also : the green had occasionally a pink tinge. The
pupa very long for the size of the moth.
4. Chcerocampa celerio. — My experience of this caterpillar does not at all
accord with Hampson's description, i.e., "Brown: a seriesof whitish ocelli with
darker centres from 4th to 10th somites ; horn and underside white. " In
September 1900 near Palanpur I found two forms: the first, of which I obtain-
ed several specimens, feeding on 3 different plants (one the grape-vine), was
green, with 2 ocelli only, one on the 4th, and a smaller one on the 5th somite.
The second form, of which I obtained one specimen at Palanpur and have
bred another this year in Sadra, was brownish purple in colour with numerous
dark strigas On the dorsal area, a paler broad lateral stripe, pale sub-dorsal line
from 1st to 4th somites; 2 ocelli, as in the green form, on the 4th and 5th so-
mites, the first and larger one being yellow with dark centre flecked with
blue; legs and horn crimson. I do not profess to know much about Indian,
moths, but the perfect insect produced from both the above forms of larva
134 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
agrees with the description of C. cclerio in Hampson's book, and is certainly
the moth labelled as " celerio " in the Society's collection. It is, except C.
theylia, about the commonest of the genus in the Poona District and in Guzerat.
5. Protoparce convolvuli. — In Poona, October 1898, I obtained 4 larvas
feeding on a species of wild convolvulus in which the ground colour was a dull
grey-green thickly covered with brown strigce : a broad lateral white line, the
oblique stripes indistinct. Head brown with black markings, horn shining
black above, yellowish below. Resulting pupa and imago typical " convol-
vuli." I also found the normal green form on the same food-plant in the
neighbourhood.
A. H. MOSSE, Lieut., I.S.C.
Sadea, December 1902.
No. IV.— NUMBER OF EGGS OF THE DABOIA {VIPERA
RUSSELLI).
On the 5th March last, at Mahisa, in the south of this Agency, I killed a
female daboia rather more than 4 feet in length which contained 55 eggs. I
opened several of them, but in none was there any trace of the embryo.
I regret that I did not make fuller notes at the time, but so far as my re-
collection, goes, all except 3 or 4 of the eggs which 1 counted were fully formed.
In this part of Guzerat the local name for this snake is " Chitar."
A. H. MOSSE, Lieut., I.S.C.
Sadra, Mahi Kantha, December 1902.
No. V.— THE INCUBATION OF A CUCKOO'S EGG.
At the end of August last year I found in Baroda a nest of the Large Bab-
bler containing 4 eggs of its own, and a fifth of the Pied Cuckoo (Coccystes
Jacobinus). When I blew these eggs the former proved to be comparatively
fresh, one of them, only, containing just a tinge of blood, whereas the
Cuckoo's egg seemed to have been sat upon much longer, the embryo being
considerably advanced towards development and the eye-balls formed.
Now it is hardly likely that the intended foster-parents would take no notice
of an egg deposited in the nest before any of their own had been laid ; where-
fore it must be presumed, I think, that at least one or two of the Babbler's eggs
had been longer in the nest than that of the Cuckoo. The inference then is
that the Cuckoo's egg incubates more quickly. If this is so, the object may be
to enable the young Cuckoo to hatch before the others and either turn them
out or from its superior age and strength obtain more than its fair share
of food. Or the idea may be to give the Cuckoo a chance to make up for lost
time if its mother is late in depositing her egg in the nest. These may be fanci-
ful speculations on an isolated case, but I should very much lika to know
if anything of the kind has ;been noticed before ? I have not heard of a
similar instance.
A. H. MOSSE, Lieut., I.S.C,
Assist. Political Agent, Mahi Kantha.
Sauka, December 1902.
>
X
"o
>
o
</)
X
•4-3
«
z
>.
02
.n
E
o
3
O
o
■a
c
o
w
o
o
a.
LU
<
Z
C/)
o
z
<
u
UJ
Q
HI
a.
I-
z
o
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 135
No. VI.— A CENTIPEDE EATING A SNAKE.
{WITH A PHOTOGRAPH).
I believe it to be a fact tbat Centipedes in general are eminently raptorial in
their habits, attacking anything that they can overpower. It never occurred
to me, however, that a Centipede would be bold enough to attack a snake a&
appears to be the case in this instance. Considering the subject worthy of re-
cord, and possibly of interest to members, I had a photograph taken about half
the real size, depicting the Centipede and snake in the position I saw them
and in which I understand they were found.
The specimens were received by Dr. Pedley, who sent them home (unfor-
tunately before they were identified) to his son for the Marlborough College
Museum, and it is to him I am indebted for the following information.
They were found on the floor of a house at Kokine, a suburb of Rangoon,
the snake alive and writhing in the clutches of the Centipede. They were
killed and at once transferred to a jar of spirits, and the owner thinking the
incident an unusual one sent the specimens to Dr. Pedley. An inspection of
the photo will show that the skin and flesh for about two inches has been
completely removed from the tail of the snake and presumably eaten by the
Centipede, which was one of the common large brown unstriped variety often
met with iu this part of the province.
It would have been very interesting to know if the snake was uninjured be-
fore the Centipede attacked it, but in any case as the snake was alive when
found, it might still have held its own against the Centipede. I shall be glad
if this note and photo should prove to be of any interest to members of the
Society.
W. P. OKEDEN.
Rangoon, January 1903.
No. VII— A MAN-EATING PANTHER.
The panther first began man-eating in this district in the rains of 1901 :
apparently he came from the Bangs, as his first kills were in the villages
bordering on those native states. I think he probably took to man-eating on
account of the 1900-1901 famine which was very bad indeed in the Dangs,
many people dying out in the jungle (I have myself seen skulls of those who
tried to get into British territory but died by the way) ; during the famine
the deer and pig in the forests would naturally diminish on account of the
Bhils and Konkanis being hard ups and this together with the circumstance
of people moving about in the wildest and least frequented parts in search
of edible fruits and roots probably led the panther on some extra hungry
day to take to man for food. The first man he took was probably
dying or asleep in the jungle. I did not hear of the man-eater till last
February when my camp was at Mulher in the centre of the valley where he
was killing : his beat in the Mulher Valley was about 7 miles long and 3 broad.
I remained 10 days at Mulher trying my best by means of " holding the
hills," beats and sitting up over kills to get the beast, but was unsuccessful and
13G JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
could not stay any longer. About a month later while I was in the Peint
Range I received word that he was man-eating again, and so as the moon was
waxing I determined to go back to Mulher and have one more try, — a long tiring
journey of over 60 miles by road (with no springs) and 40 miles by rail. I
stayed at Mulher a week, but never once saw the beast and had to go. Men
were killed in August and September, and in November my work took me
to Ajmir Saundana within 22 miles of Mulher, and while at Ajmir I beard on
the 26th of November that the panther was killing again. I at once went to
Mulher, but it was not till the 4th of December that the beast was killed ;
I should have had to leave on the evening of the 4th as I could spare no
more time after him, so luck was with me at last.
On the 3rd, at noon, I heard a boy of 15 had been killed at Wadai, 4 miles
from my camp ; this boy was most unfortunate. Last year the panther had
tried to get him, but only mauled one leg ; my wife and I were able to dose
the wound with carbolic oil and the boy got well ; this time he and one or two
others were sitting close to a bright fire on a threshing floor near the village
in the early part of the night and the panther came and carried him off : the
panther took him about a quarter of a mile to a patch of high grass and
brushwood and ate all he could of the head, the flesh of one leg and all hig
inside ; so there was plenty left for the beast to come back for. The body
was dragged into deep shade under the brushwood and there was no tree any-
where near to sit up in, so four holes were made in the ground and a wooden
post put in each ; a cart was then taken off its wheels and lifted on to the top
of the posts so as to be about 8 feet from the ground: the cart and posts
were then hidden in branches and grass, only a small opening being left to
shoot through. An avenue was cut through the brushwood so that I could
clearly see the body from the erection, which was about 35 feet from the kill.
At 3-30 p.m. I was sitting as quiet as a mouse in the cart and had sent all the
men back to the village. At about 4-30 I distinctly heard the panther cough-
ing about a quarter of a mile away. In another hoar's time and without
any warning the beast growled just close behind me ; I had been absolutely
still and he could not have seen me and so probably he scented me because
of my erection not being far enough off the ground. I did not turn or move,
hoping he would in a few minutes come round to the kill in front ; but he
was too cute, and it got darker and darker till at 8-30 I could not see the body
at all : there was a crescent of a moon, but it was useless/ as the body was in deep
shade. At about a quarter to seven I settled to turn up my hurricane lamp
and hang it outside on one of the front posts and about 7 feet off the
ground : I did so as quietly as I could and the light shone well on to the body.
I now felt as if my best chance had gone, but settled to sit right through
the night till morning. At 8-30, after the moon had set, when lookiug
towards the body I saw a grey mass beyond it which had not been there
before, so I knew the panther had come at last and was more thankful than
I ever remember being in my life. He looked most weird as of course he
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 137
had cotne absolutely noiselessly, and lie gradually got nearer and nearer and
looked whiter and larger and more like a ghost than anything. When he got
up to the body he half turned his side although still looking straight towards
me, so I settled to shoot. I had purposely put an expanding bullet in the left
barrel of my "450 express and a solid one in the right and meant to shoot both
barrels at once (a finger on each trigger) as the lamp invariably goes out with
the concussion of the air so tbat one cannot get in a second shot. I aimed
at his body behind the shoulder as far as I could and pulled both triggers ; a
flash, a loud report and total darkness, and then I listened and heard the
panther crashing down the hill for about 5 seconds, then quiet, and then a
groaning growl ; so I knew he was hard hit. Nothing more could be done
till morning so I went back to the village, and after a fine drink of milk tried
to sleep on a bed of chaff thrown down on the ground under the eaves of a
hut, but a rat which would try to walk over my face, numerous insects and
cattle and goats a few feet away in the hut hardly allowed me a wink the
whole night. At sunrise we started off to the kill : we found blood very soon
and tracked very cautiously : the tracking was easy, as there was a lot of
blood but there was plenty of cover so one had to be careful. The panther
had gone down to the stream bed and after about 15 minutes we saw the
body stretched out on some rocks ahead with back towards us. I threw a
small stone towards it but there was no movement so I went up to within
10 yards' distance. I then was pretty sure he was dead, but threw a rock at
him to make sure, when to my surprise he lifted his head to look at me . I
fired two solid bullets into his head and all was over. He was a splendid
male 7''3i'' long and the length of the middle toes in his fore feet showed
he was the man-eater of last hot weather. One of the bullets of the night
before had struck him in the stomach and the second (the solid one) had
broken one of his hind legs.
When first he took to man-eating he would never touch any one unless ho
(or she) was lying down and unless it was quite dark with no moon or fire
or light burning ; under these circumstances if no ODe were sleeping outside
he would go right into a Imt if the door were open and lay hold of one of
those asleep : if he happened to grip by the arm or leg and the victim yelled
out then probably the panther would let go and try his lack elsewhere, but if
he laid hold at once by the throat so that there could be no cry, then the
man, woman or child would probably be carried out of the hut before the
others sleeping near knew anything at all.
He had got bolder however lately and the kill before the last was in
broad-day-light and I went and saw the place (in Gad forest on the Dangs
boundary). Villagers had been cutting rosha grass and were taking their
head-loads to the still, the last couple being a woman and her boy (or girl),
who it seems were some way behind the others ; the panther had crouched
in high grass within 5 feet of a forest foot-path ; I saw the patch of blood
close to the path and some 10 feet from the grass where the panther mu^t
18
138 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
have sprung from, and the marks showing the way the panther had dragged
off the woman, but her remains were never found and nothing was heard of
the child, so both must have been killed and eaten.
The following list shows the damage done by the panther in the Mulher
Valley : he was probably the beast which did the man-eating in the Dangs and
also in the part of the Pimpalner Range of Khandesh adjoining the Mulher
Valley, but I can give no figures for damage outside the Nasik District.
Number of people killed at once 24
„ „ „ who died subsequently from being mauled 6
Total deaths in Mulher Valley 30
Number of people who were mauled but recovered, 11.
L. S. OSMASTON.
Deputy Conservator of Forests.
Camp Bhowli, Nasik District,
January 1903.
No. VIII.— NOTE ON THE BREEDING OF CERTAIN HERONS, ETC
IN SOUTHERN INDIA.
In Hume-Oates, under Herodias alba (Vol. Ill, p. 238), is mentioned a re-
sort near Madras where many waterfowl used to congregate for breeding.
On coming across this reference I decided to find out whether the place
retains its old reputation in this way, and accordingly made inquiries last
summer concerning it. The result of these inquiries was full of promise and
I decided to visit the place, should I get an opportunity.
As soon as the N.-E. Monsoon set in I communicated with Mr. A. C,
Tate, I.C.S., Judge at Chingleput, who very kindly instituted searching
inquiries for me.
The monsoon came late and the tank at Vaden Tangal remained empty un-
til November 6th when heavy rain half filled it. The birds lost no time and
appeared on the 8th. The villagers said it usually took thirty days for the
birds to lay, dating from their arrival. I accordingly decided to visit the
place about December 10th.
Happening however to be in Madras on duty at the end of November
and with a couple of days to spare, I thought it would be as well to go over
and see how the birds were progressing ; and well it was I did so.
I went over to Chingleput on November 30th and through Mr. Tate's ex-
cellent bundobust was enabled to spend a most instructive day on December 1st.
Leaving Chingleput at 5 a.m. in a \yony jutka, a 13-mile drive brought me to
within 3 miles of Vaden Tangal, which was reached in a bullock cart.
On arriving at the tank I found a raft prepared, and started at once to
explore the nests. I found trees and tank exactly as described in Hume-
Oates. I found only 5 kinds of birds breeding, viz., 1527 Phalacrocorax
fuscicollis, 1553 Anastomus oscitans, 1554 Ardra manillensis (a few pairs
only), 1555 Ardea chierca, and 1568 Nycticorax griscus.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 139
The natives, however, assured me that at this time there are usually 10
varieties breeding and that later on 3 more come. They gave me the Tamil
names of these. With the exception of A. manillensis the birds were in
thousands and I must have seen many thousands of eggs during the day.
At the bottom of page 239 of the article above quoted occurs the following
passage: — " Can it be that any of the birds that breed in the South in Decem-
ber and January breed again with us in July.1'
That the birds are the same I am satisfied. Anastomus oscitans was>
without exception, in grey plumage. I saw many specimens of P. fuscicollis
with white breasts and saw many on the nest3 without the white tuft behind
the ear coverts. Some specimens of N. griseus were in very bedraggled
plumage, it being evidently their second brood, and the young of the first
brood appeared to be with them.
Of A. manillensis there were perhaps 8 or 10 pairs, but these birds were so
shy that I had great difficulty in identifying their nests, and only really
managed to satisfy myself in one case.
I believe the sole difference between the nests of A. manillensis and A,
cinerea is that the former have some pretence at lining in the form of rather
smaller sticks whilst the latter have none.
A. oscitans kept entirely to themselves. P. fuscicollis and N. griseus did
not appear to like each other, but appeared to put up with the 2 larger
herons.
The eggs of A. oscitans were in all stages of incubation, the number of
eggs in a full clutch being invariably five. The degree of incubation is per-
fectly easy to estimate from the amount of dirt on the shell, and in the same
clutch may be found a perfectly white fresh egg and a dirty thing ready to
hatch.
The young of A. cinerea are able to stand immediately on leaving the egg
and it was interesting to watch them hatching. I saw birds that could not
have been more than three or four days old picking vermin from each other.
This vermin appears like magic — there is no sign of it in the nests with
eggs, which are of such construction as to give very little cover to insect life ;
but no sooner are the young hatched than they become infested.
The water in the tank is very oily and foul, and I was told tnat not even
cattle would drink it.
If I had gone ten days later, I should, I think, have got very few full clut-
ches and certainly no fresh ones.
H. N. PACKARD, Capt., R. A.
Ootacamund, January 1903.
No. IX —QUEER FIND OF A PAINTED SNIPE'S EGG.
On 26th October last, Mr. H. A. Gass, Conservator of Forests, who was
•staying with me, told me that about a week before when he was dining with
Mr. Jackson, I. F. S. at Coimbatore, the latter, when eating a snipe, came on
HO JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
an egg. On inquiry the snipe of course turned out to be Rostratula capen-
sis. Mr. Jackson kindly sent me the egg which he had kept. Although it was
in a highly putrid condition when it arrived and had a couple of fork holes in
it, I managed to clean it out and make some sort of specimen of it.
H. N. PACKARD, Capt., R. A.
OOTACAMDND, January 1903.
No. X— BIRDS NESTING IN SOUTHERN SHAN STATES
OF BURMA.
The following notes may be of interest to some of our readers : —
A'os. 458, 459 and 451. Suya crinigera (The Brown Hill-Warbler),
atrigularis (The Black-throated Hill-Warbler) and superciliaris (Ander-
son's Hill-Warbler). The above three, according to Col. Rippon's List
of Birds in the Ibis, October 1901, are all found up here, the last being
stated as very common. — I have found a good many nests of Suyas up here,
but so far have failed to identify the birds as they all seem very much alike
with slight variations, some having a superciliura, others indistinct ones, and
again some without any signs of one at all, while again some have black beaks
and others horn-coloured ones, the size also varying. — I have sent four skins
to the Society, which have so far I believe stumped even them. — I found one
nest on 1st June 1902 with two eggs, the bird agreeing with No. 461, Suya
superciliaris, the eggs being pinky white with dull red spots. I found another
nest on the 19th with four eggs, the bird agreeing with the same description
with the exception that it had indistinct subterminal patches, but the eggs are
pale green with dull red spots and a zone round the larger end. — I have other
eggs white with red spots and zones, in fact I have three distinct types of eggs,
but, unfortunately, the birds all seem to merge into each other. The nests are
all the same, cylindrical, of woven grass down with a hole at one side near the
top. If any kind friend can help me out of my difficulty I shall be very much
obliged. Egg collecting has its disadvantages in these parts when one is not
good at identifying species and has no specimens for reference, although I
have been very lucky in my first season in getting a good many compara-
tively speaking rare eggs.
No. 611. Pratincola leucura (The White-tailed Bush-chat). I saw
three or four of these birds near Fort Stedman on the 29th July 1902, so they
must evidently breed round the lake.
Uroloucha topela. This bird was first recorded from the Shan States by Col.
Rippon in the Ibis for October 1901, being the first record from within In-
dian limits. — I sent skins to the Calcutta Museum for identification. Mr. Finn
kindly wrote saying" they are certainly not the ordinary Munia (U.punctulata')
of India, butwhether they are U. topela of China or U. subundulata of Burma,
I caunot say." As it is highly improbable that two varieties are to be found
up here, I think I am quite safe in recording its breeding from within Indian
limits. It is extremely common up here during the rains, when it breeds from
August to October (a few nests may be found in November). It nests at all
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 141
heights from the ground and not near water. It seems to prefer thorn and
bramble bushes, the orange-trees in the Government Orchard being particular
favourites. The nest is of the usual Munia type with a decided porch over
the entrance. Five to seven seem to be the usual complement of eggs which
are white. Fresh and incubated eggs are often found in the same nest but
never more than seven.
I have lately received the following note from Mr. Oates in regard to
U. topela '■ —
" The Munias you sent me are near topela, but not quite like the Chinese
birds. If I were writing ' The Birds of India' again, I think I should unite
topela to punctulata. The various races are so like each other and so
difficult to make out."
No. 739. Sporceginthus flavkliventris. The Burmese Red Munia. Breeds
up here from September to December. I have found nests at some distance
from water in spear grass, the nest being very hard to find ;— in fact the only
way I have got them is while riding or out shooting by hearing the little
bird get out with a " cheep " from under my feet. I have found two nests
lined with feathers. As I do not see this mentioned in Blanford, it may be
of interest.
Those nests found in September had five to six eggs, while those found in
December had generally four incubated eggs ; this is probably due to it being
the second brood.
No. 820. Eirundo striolata. The Japanese Striated Swallow. I have
found three nests of this swallow in October and November but have
not been fortunate enough so far to get their eggs, as some one destroyed
the nest before I could get them. I watched one nest for some time and one
evening I got up to it and feeling something inside opened it, catching both
birds but alas no eggs. It builds generally inside houses, making a long retort-
shaped nest, which must be broken before one can see into it.
No. 1236. Circus melanoleucus. The Pied Harrier. This Harrier must
breed up here as I saw quite half a dozen of both sexes near Saga, south of
Fort Stedman Lake, on the 10th and 28th July 1902. The country down
there is a huge swampy plain with a river running through the middle of it.
I had no time to hunt for nests nor did I want to, as the swamp is full of
leeches, but I had a good opportunity in watching them from my boat, as
they beat up and down on both sides of the river. The only eggs I got on
this trip were the Striated Weaver bird and Chestnut-bellied Munia, of which
there were any amount nesting in the long grass within a few inches of the
water along the river banks.
H. H. HARINGTON, Capt.
Taunggyi, Burma, February 1903.
No. XI— RARE DUCKS.
Mr. W. Moore has this year obtained three specimens of Eunetta falcata,
one of which was sent, to me for identification ; all were young females.
142 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Mr. N. S. Mondy has shot and given me a magnificent male Anas zono-
rhyncha (The Eastern Spot-billed Duck). The bird was one of three
seen on the banks of the Brahmupootra River. Mr. Mondy believes he has
seen others of this species before. This is the first recorded occurrence of
the Eastern Spot-bill in really Indian limits.
Mr. Rose shot at the end of last year a fine male Pink-footed Goose, Anser
brachyrhynchus. Messrs. Moore and Mondy saw two birds which, they think
"were of this species. The feet were of such a vivid pink as to attract
attention when the birds were still far out of shot.
E. C. STUART BAKER.
Dibrugarh, March 1903.
No. XII— GAZELLE TAKING TO WATER.
The following incident may have interest for other members who, like-
myself, do not usually associate Gazelles with water : —
When riding on a camel early one bitterly cold morning, towards the end
of January this year, along the bank of a wide and deep canal in the Hissar
District, Punjab, I saw a Gazelle {Gazella hennetti) some little distance
ahead on the same bank feeding along the grassy edge of the canal. When
I came within some forty yards, it suddenly sprang into the water, and
swam rapidly up stream for some distance ; then landed on a shelving part of
the opposite bank; scrambled up the side ; stood a few moments on top to
look round ; shook the water off its flanks and then bolted off into a sandy
waste beyond. It was a full-grown buck. I think he must have previously
swam across the canal to feed on the short grass on the side I was moving.
On this side, like the opposite, the country was perfectly open, so that if he
disliked icy cold water, he could easily have avoided going into the canal
to escape my approach. But he appeared to me to enter the water without the
slightest hesitation, just as a Newfoundland dog would behave. A shikari
who was with me, told me afterwards that the Gazelle constantly cross and
re-cross the canal and its branches. In the part of the Hissar District I went
over during a few days' stay, I noticed the Gazelle were nearly always
seen not far from the canal and its irrigating channels, while what Antelope
I came across, were miles away from water. The Gazelle appeared to keep
near the gram fields ; and although these fields were protected all round by a
high fence of thorny branches, they managed every now and then to jump
over the fence, as on several occasions I saw them inside the fields. I was
informed that when the hot weather sets in, the Antelope collect together
and then keep near the canal and its water-courses.
G. S. ROD ON, Major.
Dharwar, March 1903.
No. XIII— THE CRESTED GREBE.
It would appear that the Crested Grebe {Podicepes cristalus) is not at all un-
common in North-Eastern Assam. Messrs. Moore and N. S. Mondy have seen
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 143
nearly a dozeu this year and secured eight. Mr. Stevens of Rangagora has shot
one and I have had several notices of its having been seen by others. On
nearly all occasions the birds are seen in twos, not necessarily pairs, as frequently
both birds prove to be males, and females are much less often seen than male?.
E. C. STUART BAKER.
Dibrugarh, Assam, JIarch 1903.
No. XIV— FOOD OF THE HAMADRYAD OR KING COBRA.
Referring to Vety. -Major G. H. Evans' paper on the Hamadryad in Vol.
XIV, No. 3, of this Journal the following note regarding the food of this
buake may be of interest : —
While touring in the Trans Salween Shan States in February 1900, I shot
a hamadryad in the Me Hang stream. One of my men hung it up on a tree
close by. After watching its contortions for a few minutes — for it was not
quite dead — I was greatly surprised to see what appeared to be 2 or 3 inches of
the tail of a snake protrude from its jaws ; this I immediately laid hold of, and
extracted what turned out to be a cobra — a light-coloured variety in excellent
preservation so that it could not have been long swallowed. The lengths of
the hamadryad and cobra in the flesh were, respectively, 9 feet 8 inches and
4 feet. I procured the skins of both.
W. H. CRADDOCK.
Kuala Lipis, Pahang.
(Federated Malay States), January 1903.
No. XV.— OCCURRENCE OF THE COTTON TEAL {NETTAPUS
COROMANDELIANUS) IN STND.
When shooting at a dhund near Sujawal last week I shot a Cotton Teal. I
see Oates in his " Game Birds of India " says that " this small duck has not
yet been observed in Sind." My shikari said that he had seen the duck
before, but that it was very seldom shot. The boatmen did not seem to
know it. In case this may interest you I am sending the duck for identification.
J. W. PARTINGTON, Lieut.,
47th Battery, R. F. A.
Karachi, January 1903.
[Note, — There appears to be some doubt as to this teal occurring in Guzerat
and Sind so that the above record is interesting. Blanford says in Vol. IV,
Birds — Fauna of British India : — " In India this Teal is rare in Malabar, the
Bombay Presidency and Kattyawar and wanting in the desert parts of
Rajputana, in Sind and the Western Punjab." Oates in his " Manual of the
Game Birds of India/' Part II, says : " This small duck has not yet been
observed in Kashmir, in Sind or in Cutch and probably these tracts lie
outside its range." Stuart Baker in " Indian Ducks and their Allies," page
193, Vol. XI., of our Journal says: " In India proper it may be said to have
its stronghold in Eastern Bengal, is still very common in Western Bengal
144 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. NY.
and Assam, less so in the Eastern Punjab and Rajputana, especially so in the
cold weather, and actually rare towards the West of the Empire. Barnes says
that it is not found either in Guzerat or Sind, but it has been recorded from
both places since his book was written." Mr. Stuart Baker unfortunately
does not say where it was recorded, so the above note of Lieut. Parrington's
is interesting. In reference to Guzerat, Mr. E. L. Barton, of Bombay,
writes : " On referring to my game-book I find —
On 17th January 1897 at Pardi (Surat District) I shot, 5 Cotton Teal.
„ 24th „ „ ,, ,, „ ,, 1 „ „
„ 13th Feb. „ „ „ „ „ 9 „ „
„ 18th Dec. 1898 at Lohderia (Ahmedabad District) I shot 1 Cotton
Teal.
,, 23rd „ „ ,, Ahdura (Ahmedabad District) I shot 1 Cotton
Teal.
I have shot, I am certain, many more Cotton Teal both in Guzerat and near
Bnlsar in previous years, but in my diaries then they were only put down as-
duck or teal."— Ed.]
No. XVI.— FOOD OF MELURSUS URSINUS (THE SLOTH-BEAR
OR INDIAN BEAR).
On the 6th March 1903 I wounded a bear which made off leaving a fresh
blood trail. On following the trail fresh droppings were found and among
them an entire snake skin about 15 in. long. The process of digestion had
rendered identification impossible, and the scales were rubbed off, but the
shape of the head was like that of a Russell's viper (Vipera russellii).
H. R. G. HASTED.
Vizagapatam Dist., 1th March 1903.
No. XVII.— FELJS BENGALENSIS (THE LEOPARD CAT).
About this cat Blanford remarks that there is one skin from the Coromandel
Coast in the Calcutta Museum and a live specimen from Jeypore (Madras
Presidency) was in the London Zoological Garden. From this it would appear
to be rather uncommon in the northern parts of the Madras Presidency and L
think it interesting to note that on 21st January 1903 one was killed in a beat
in Jeypur State, Vizagapatam District, and that on 1st March one was caught
in Jeypur District. The skin and living animal I have with me at present.
H. R. G. HASTED.
Vizagapatam Dist., 7th March 1903.
No. XVIII— NOTES ON BIRDS NEAR QUETTA.
I notice amongst the Miscellaneous Notes in No. 3, Vol. XIV of cur
Journal, some notes on birds seen near Quetta, and would like to add a few
that were obtained by me at or near Chaman in 1900 and 1901 —
Aedon familiar is,— Ynv, Grey-backed Warbler. In August and September
in a garden and also near Sanzal.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 145
Sylvia nana,— The Desert Warbler. In the fort bills near Sanzal.
Scotocerea inqwkta, — The Streaked Scrub-Warbler. Very common in
the low scrub on the desert round Cbaman.
Lanius assimilis, — The Allied Grey Shrike. One specimen shot near
Sanzal.
Oriolus kundoo,— The Indian Oriole. Common in gardens. Mostly
immature specimens seen.
Sturnus porphyronotus, — The Central Asian Starling. In Chaman in
flocks in December.
Saxicola chrysopygia,- — The Red-tailed Chat. One specimen shot at
Bogra in September.
Tharrhuleus Jerdoni, — Jerdon's Accentor. At Chaman and at Saranan in
January and March; at the latter place in small flocks in the bushes in the tanks.
Rhodospiza obsoleta (Licht). In Chaman in flocks in the gardens, in August
and September and again in March, sometimes 20 or 30 at a time on railings
and telegraph wires.
Passer hispaniolensis, — The Spanish Sparrow. In large flocks in gardens,
&C, in October, November and December.
Embenza schcpniclus, — The Reed-Bunting. Chaman, December.
Emberiza Stracheyi, — The Eastern Meadow-Bunting. One specimen
obtained in Chaman in November.
Motacilla personata,— The Masked Wagtail. Fairly common in Chaman
in the winter.
Anthus spinoletta, — The Water Pipit. Common in lucerne beds at Chaman
in winter.
Melanocorypha maxima, — The Long-billed Calandra Lark. On the
desert in the winter. I kept one as a pet for some time which had hurt itself
on the telegraph wires.
Poona, March, 1903.
J. W. WATSON,
Captain, I.M.S.
No. XIX.-NOTE ON HIERAETUS FASCTATUS.
A pair of these birds visited our poultry yard for some months and
accounted for 30 out of 40 (Bushire) chickens. I had long decided to shoot
them, but their visits being at short intervals— sometimes in the forenoon,
sometimes the afternoon — we were always taken unawares, and it was only
when a commotion among the poultry announcing that another chick had
been added to their list of victims, that we knew of their presence in the
neighbourhood. Being shy birds, after securing their prey they were off as
fast as wings could bear them and I only got an occasional glimpse at them as
they were flying away, and concluded they were Falco communis, which are
to be seen here occasionally.
A servant, who had seen the birds carry off a chick, when mentioning the
circumstances, stated the birds first sat on the ground a short distance from
19
146 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
the hen with her brood, then made a sudden dash for a chick and carried it
off. This trait being unusual for Falco communis, I asked whether the birds
did not swoop down and strike the chicks ; he said, no, they first sat on the
ground and then attacked the chicks.
On the morning of the 6th January, I personally saw the birds attack a
brood, which were under a clump of trees about 50 yards from me ; both
birds came to the ground first, then dashed in among the chicks, one of them
being successful in securing a chicken, arid though I ran forward shouting, it
was not till I was about 15 yards from them that they flew off, settling on the
ground again in the next field. I got my fowling-piece and went after them,
but they would not now allow me within range, flying off and settling on the
ground about 1"0 yards further off. After a careful stalk I got a long shot at
the one with the chicken as it was flying away, causing it to drop its quarry.
Both birds then made off for the hills close by. I went after them taking a
Martini-Henry rifle, and as anticipated, the birds would not allow me within
200 yards, but flew from peak to peak of the cliffs. A lucky shot at 200 yards,
with the rifle, broke the leg of one of the birds, it flew about 300 yards,
settling on the ground behind a boulder, while its mate kept hovering near
it. My servant fired at the latter as it flew over our heads, but missed. The
report caused the wounded bird to fly off another 200 yards, coming to the
ground again, when a tawny-coloured eagle gave it chase and caught it on
the ground in its talons. The eagle pecked at the wounded bird two or
three times, but was more intent on watching our movements. Hoping to
secure both birds, I sent my servant forward to shoot them ; but before he
could get within range, both birds flew away, the wounded one settling again
about 100 yards off and the tawny eagle kept hovering over it. My servant
managed to shoot the wounded bird, which I recognised as "fasciatus.,f On
dissection I removed two eggs, each about one inch in diameter. The bullet,
with which the bird had at first been wounded, had apparently first struck
the ground and then the bird, for only a part of it was found embedded in
the hollow of the pelvis behind the femur. The pelvis itself was not injured,
but the femur was shattered one inch below the joint.
This turned out to be the one which had secured the chick, for embedded
in its toes were feathers from the chicken, which had been driven in by the
shot when I first shot at the bird as it was carrying away the chicken.
This eagle was in fine condition weighing nearly six pounds, but her crop
was empty. This together with the great cold had no doubt sharpened the
birds' appetites, and hunger had made them less shy.
W. D. CUMMING.
Okmara, Mekran Coast, January, 1903.
No. XX— PREHISTORIC-MAN-HUNTING IN INDIA.
Not long ago Lord Kelvin in a lecture entitled The Age of the Earth
gave the reasons which point to the period of time which has elapsed since
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 147
t>rganic life first appeared on the earth as lying between twenty and thirty
millions of years. Man, gradually evolved from tree-living ancestors,
appeared comparatively recently upon the scene.
It has been shown in several ways that man existed during and before the
last Glacial Period in Europe, by the association in man> cases of his
handiwork with the remains of extinct animals such as the woolly rhinoceros
and mammoth which existed at that time as far south as the south of France,
also by the occurrence of his weapons in the gravel drift in France and
England at considerable depths, that gravel being now not in a river bed but
in many cases at the tops of hills, showing that since that period the present
valley has been formed — as for instance that of the river Thames in England
and the Somme in France.
There is also the evidence as to age obtained from caverns in both countries,
in which the implements were sealed up by silt, and the familiar stalagmite
formation, which is deposited at a more or less fixed rate.
The date of the latest of the many Glacial Periods can be roughly arrived
at not only astronomically by the alteration in the position of the earth's axis,
but also geologically, and thirdly from the examination of the deposits in
caverns, as for instance Kent's Cavern at Torquay between 1825 and 1841, by
Mr. Godwin Austen in 1840, and six years later by the Torquay Natural
History Society. But ihe final examination extended over twelve years and
was supervised by a Committee of the British Association between 1868 and
1880. All three methods of computation are substantially in agreement.
The implements in Kent's Cavern most resembling the Indian ones (which
I have had the honour of discovering and presenting to the Bombay Natural
History Society) are those in the lowest stratum of all known as the Breccia,
a dark-red sandy earth holding quartz nodules, and not at all unlike the
lateritic deposits in which the Indian implements are always embedded or out
of which they are derived.
Very briefly this is the order of the Kent's Cavern Strata from the top :
(1) Blocks of limestone up to 100 tons.
(2) The Black Mould up to 1 foot in thickness.
(3) Stalagmite floor of granular texture up to five feet in thickness and
containing limestone blocks.
(4) The Black Band up to 4 inches.
(5) The Cave Earth — a red clay less than 4 feet thick and in some parts
absent.
(6) A stalagmite floor up to 12 feet thick.
(7) The Breccia.
By various, methods of computation it seems that as long ago as 250,000
years man flourished in Europe, and therefore probably long before.
When I made my discoveries in Somaliland, during thirteen expeditions
to that country, of stone implements at Jalelo on the Issutugan, of exquisite
workmanship and in considerable numbers (three rather poor examples of
148 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
which are all I have been able to offer to the Society) and the first ever found
in Africa, Sir J. Evans, the Treasurer of the Royal Society, in a communication
to that body at once claimed them as paleolithic and as completing the chain
of evidence linking India with Europe in prehistoric times. The types were
identically the same all over the world. So much, then, as regards the age of
Indian paleolithic implements. Of what kind were the men who used them ?
At the present day there are, I believe, no scientific men of eminence or at
any rate hardly any, who do not accept the theories first propounded by
Charles Darwin as clearly proved by overwhelming evidence all pointing one
way. Man bas ascended from the same root or arboreal ancestor as the
anthropoid apes. His superior brain has given bim the mastery, and given
an upright position and the use of his hands, everything else has been shown
necessarily to follow.
It is to be hoped that in India some caves may be found containing the re-
mains of extinct animals, amongst which stone implements may be looked for,
such as the caves at Bruniquel (Tarn et Garonne) and La Madelaine (Dor-
dogne) in France ; and those at Plymouth, at Brixham and in Yorkshire. We
have not forgotten the recent discovery by M. Dubois in Java of part of the
cranium and femur of an ape-like man or man*like ape (scientific opinion is
divided as to what to call it) in Pleistocene deposits — named Pithecanthropus
erectus ; it was thought that the earliest discovered examples of the skull of
prehistoric man were merely deformities and that their ape-like character was
accidental.
Repetition has rendered this impossible. When the Neanderthal specimen
was discovered not far from Dusseldorf in Rhenish Prussia its extraordinary
appearance led some eminent scientists at first to regard it as a deformed
specimen, until the subsequent discoveries in the caves of Eguisheim (near
Colmar, Alsace), at Briix (Bohemia) and at Spy (Namur, Belgium) and so on.
A specimen was found as long ago as 1700 at Canustedt (Wiirtemburg).
That the Indian specimens which I have presented to the Bombay Natural
History Society are at least as old as the lateritic beds in which they occcr, is
shown by the condition of the chipped surfaces which are stained in exactly
the same way as the unworked quartsite boulders in the same bed. Some
have been waterworn previous to becoming embedded and some washed out
and waterworn afterwards.
H. W. SETON-KARR.
Wimbledon, London, S. W.,
February, ]y03.
No. XXI —DROUGHT-RESISTING FODDER PLANTS FOR INDIA.
In view of the importance of this subject and the imnense benefit which
will result to India if some good drought-resisting fodder plants are in-
troduced, the following note by Sir W. Wedderburn will be read with interest.
Atriplex scmibaccata appears to have proved to be a most successful fodder-
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 149
plant in California in places where the normal rainfall is small, and it is pos-
sible that in some parts of India, where similar conditions prevail, the cultiva-
tion of this plant will be found to succeed.
Editors.
DROUGHT-RESISTING FODDER PLANTS.
No. 2.
ATRIPLEX SEMIBACCATA ON ALKALI LANDS.
Experiments in India.
The India Office has been so gocd as to supply me with the most recent
information from India regarding fodder for cattle in times of drought.
This information is contained in a Note (Agricultural Ledger No. 13 of 1901)
by Mr. Moreland, Director of Agriculture, reviewing the attempts made to
utilise the " reh " or " usar " lands, amounting to some two million acres, in
the North-West Provinces and Oudh. The first important correspondence on
the subject w;is published in 18G4, No. 42, Government Selections, and deals
with the deterioration of villages lying along the Western Jumna Canal. It
shows that the construction of that canal, and the neglect of drainage
works, led to the accumulation of injurious salts at the surface in such
quantities as to destroy the fertility of the land, and render culti-
vation impossible. There is no record of attempts made to meet this
mischief during the next ten years ; but in 1874 the matter was taken up by
Mr. (now Sir Edward) Buck, and in 1876 the " Beh Committee" was ap-
pointed, and a scheme of experimental work was drawn up, to include arbori-
culture, surface and subsoil drainage, flushing, manuring, and the growth of
special crops. Unfortunately no chemical analysis appears to have been
made of the soil selected for these operations ; and the omission of this essen-
tial preliminary deprived the experiments of scientific value ; while it led to
action being taken in wrong directions as, for example, when nitrates and
phosphates were applied to tho " usar'' lands, which are now known to be
already charged (even to excess) with these nutrients.
2. The Reh Committee's experiments, directed to the reclamation of
" usar," are reported under four headings: (1) Removal of salts ; (2) Drainage ;
(3) Silting ; and (4) Deep cultivation, manuring, and ploughing in green crops.
(1 ) Removal of salts. Thi3 was tried od the Awa estate. The salts on the
surface were scraped oft before the rainy season, and in the following year
the quantity of such salts was found to be decidedly less ; but the subsequent
history of this plot cannot be ascertained. (2") Drainage. Surface drainage
was attempted, but the plants died, and this method was given up as a failure.
Subsoil drainage with two-inch pipe3 was then tried, but was also held to be
a failure, mainly on account of the prohibitive cost, and the experiment was
abandoned. (•>) Sdiing, By this method it was sought to form an entirely
new soil by deposit on the top of the " usar,'1 but it was found that this
process was of very limited application, depending as it did upon a copious
150 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
flow of watar, and a sufficient supply of coarse silt. (4) Deep cultivation^
manuring, and ploughing in green crops. Some practical success was obtained
in improving the texture of the soil and in dispersing the salts from the
surface by growing green crops of rice and hemp, and ploughing them in;
but the experiments do not seem to have been conducted on systematic or
scientific lines. No analyst being available, tha original condition of the
plots was not known ; and the ultimate results are not ascertainable, as, after
some years of varied operations, the plots were either sold to private in-
dividuals or diverted to other purposes. Thus at Amraman, acquired in
1882, there was abundant ploughing and manuring; rice, barley, peas, maize,
and millet were sown with varying success ; but in 1892 the whole reserve was
sold, and the improvement effected in the condition of the soil appears to have
been lo^t. Similarly at Cherat there was no analysis to begin with, and the
official reports differ as to the nature of the saline deposits. Eventually this
reserve was sold to a Mr. Keventer, who utilised it as a dairy farm. At
Guraikran and Juhi the operations took a different direction, and a quantity
of hay was made from the natural grasses belonging to " usar " soil, princi-
pally the Sporobolus arabicus. The areas were enclosed, and the grasses grew
in considerable abundance ; but they died down after the rains ; they did
not stand drought ; and the hay, which proved unpalatable and innutritious,
was refused both by the Cavalry and Commissariat Department as being
unfit for fodder. The unsuccessful attempts to introduce Australian salt-
bushes as fodder plants are referred to by Mr. Moreland at page 453 of t^e
Agricultural Ledger. The first trial was made iu 1882, and the Atriplex num-
mnlaria promised to do well. But the beginning thus made was not effec-
tively followed up, and the ultimate fact of the experiment is recorded as
follows: " Unfortunately the further detailed history of these plants is not
on record, but all have disappeared." Mr. Moreland adds that he has learned
from Mr. Duthie, Botanical Director, that the failure of these plants was
"due to their inability to live through the wet season when the surface of
the ' usar ' is slimy mud, and water often stands on it." This collapse of the
experiment shows that in selecting the locality for plantation, due considera-
tion was not given to the special characteristics of the salt-bush, which
tolerates extreme heat and drought, but cannot endure heavy rain and a
moist atmosphere. Owing to this uohaopy error a great opportunity \ as
lost. Judiciously planted on the arid waste, which is its proper habitat, the
salt-bush might, in the droughts of 1897 and 1900, have proved the salvation
of countless plough cattle, besides, as will presently be shown, solving the
problem of " usar " reclamation.
3. From the above summary it appears that as yet but little progress has
been made, either in propagating drought-resisting fodder-plants, or in re-
claiming " usar '" lands, " the problem which has been the subject of special
study by the Agricultural Department for the last twenty years " (Agri-
cultural Ledger, p. 415). From want of scientific method the Department
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 151
appears to have missed the clue to success which has been dextrously
grasped by the experts in America. To use a homely phrase, two birds may
in the present case be killed with one stone, for American research shows
that by the propagation of salt-bush on dry alkaline waste a double benefit
can be secured. On the one hand an abundant supply of nutritious fodder
may be provided; while, on the other hand, the noxious salts will be removed,
thus restoring the soil to fertility, and rendering it fit for canal irrigation.
In the iuterests of Indian famine prevention evevy effort should be made to
secure this double advantage. How this may be done can best be learned by
reference to the facts ascertained by American experts, to which I will now
refer.
American Research.
4. On the suggestion of the Director of the Scientific and Technical De-
partment at the Imperial Institute, I addressed the United States Agricul-
tural Department at Washington, and by their courtesy have received the
latest accounts of what has been done in America, as regards fodder plants on
salt lands. Among the printed papers received are the following pamphlets,
prepared at the Experiment Station of the Agricultural College and issued as
Bulletins by the University of California : —
Bulletin No, 125— (May, 1899) :" Australian Salt-bushes, Results of
18 years' tests : characteristics, propagation, and field tests," by
Charles H. Shinn, Inspector of Stations ; and " Composition and
Food Value," by M. E. Jaffa, Assistant Chemist.
Bulletin No. 128— (March, 1900) : ■' Nature, Value, and Utilisation of
Alkali Lands," by E. W. i-Jilgard, Director and Chemist.
Bulletin No. 133— (August, 1901) : "Tolerance of Alkali by Various
Cultures," by R. H. Loughridge, Agricultural Geologist and Phy-
sicist.
Bulletin No. 140— (February, 1902) : " Lands of the Colorado Delta in
the Salton Easin," by Frank T. Snow, E. W. Hilgard. and G. W.
Shaw ; with a Supplement by J. Burtt Davy, Assistant Chemist.
I have also received 12 pamphlets on forage plants, published at Washing-
ton by the United states Agricultural Department. Of these the following
bear the most directly on the subject of drought-resisting crops: —
Farmer's Bulletin No. 108— (1900) : "Salt-bushes," by P. Beveridge
Kennedy, Assistant Agrostologist.
Circular No. 18 — (1899): •' Smooth Brome-grass," by F. Lawson-Scrib-
ner, Agrostologist.
Bulletin No. -'—(1900): "Fodder and Forage Plants," by Jared G.
Smith, Assistant, Section of Seed and Plant Introduction.
5. No one can peruse these detailed records of chemical and botanical
research without being impressed by the persistency and scientific skill with
which the experiments have been carried out, and the care with which results
have been recorded. Under the direction of public authority a staff of
152 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
highlytrained experts have set themselves to deal systematically -with the
problem* arising out of drought ; experimental farms and laboratories have
been at their disposal ; and the rich harvest of facts and experience reaped
by them contrasts painfully with the meagre results obtained in India by the
inadequate machinery provided for similar investigations. The conclusions
arrived at, so far as they bear on the subject of this Note, may be briefly
summarised under two headings : (A) Chemical analysis ; and (B) Botani-
cal research.
6. (A") Chemical Analysis. By this branch of inquiry it is shown that the
salts existing in alkali lands are made up partly of salts that are noxious to
plant life, viz., carbonate of soda, sodium chlorid (table salt ), and sulphate
of soda (Glauber's salt), and partly of salts which are valuable fertilisers,
viz., sulphate of potash, phosphate of potash, and nitrate of potash: that
these salts are originally distributed in solution throughout the soil ; and
that by means of capillary attraction and evaporation they are accumulated
on the surface, forming a crust destructive to most forms of vegetable life.
(B) Botanical Research. On the other hand, by the experiments in this de-
partment, it is proved that certain fodder plants, notably the Australian salt-
bushes, can live and thrive upon such alkali lanis, absorbing large quantities
of the noxious salts, while appropriating only a small proportion of the
fertilisers. They also possess the valuable property of sharing with the
hygroscopic salts the 10 per cent, additional moisture held in suspense in these
alkali soils. Among these salt-bushes experience points to Atriplest semihaccata
as most suitable for hot dry climates, being drought-resisting, prolific-, and
capable of producing abundant supplies of good fodder ; and it is found
that by continuous cropping with this salt-bush the excess of injurious salts
is eliminated ; so that the alkali lauds may, by this simple process, become
"profusely and lastingly " fertile for the growth of ordinary crops.
7. With reference to the origin of the alkali trouble. Professor Hilgard
points out (Bulletin No. 128, p. 13) that the soluble salts in alkali soil have,
like the soil itself, been formed by the progressive weathering of the con-
tiguous rocks ; that the salts in the upper 4 or 5 feet of soil are usually limited
in amount ; and that they are not ordinarily replenished in indefinite quanti-
ties from the lower strata. The salts move up and down wiiliin the upper 4
or 5 feet of the soil or subsoil, following the movement of the moisture
descending in the rainy season, or when irrigated, to the limit of the annual
moistening as a maximum, and then re-ascending or not according as surface
evaporation may demand. At the end of the dry season, in untdled irrigated
land, practically the entire mass of salts may be within 6 or 8 inches of the
surface. The injury to vegetation is caused mainly within a few inches of
the surface, by the carbonate of soda, which corrodes the bark near the root-
crown, and by the sodium chlorid, which acts as an antiseptic, and arrests
development. Carbonate of socJa may however be neutralised by treating it
with gypsum, which converts it into the sulphate, or Glauber's salt, which
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 153
is comparatively innocuous. Sodium chlorid (table salt) cannot be chemi-
cally neutralised; but it can be removed mechanically, by scraping the
salt crust from the surface, or by "leaching," that is by drenching the
land with water, which dissolves the salts and carries them away by a system
of under drainage. These methods however have the disadvantage that they
carry off the fertilisers as well as the noxious salts. A special warning is
given against the bad habit of surface irrigation, which stimulates evaporation
and "deep-furrow " is recommended, vide diagrams at p. 38 of Bulletin No.
140. It is also pointed out that mere flooding will not wash away the salts,
as these soak into the ground at the first touch.
8. The verdict arrived at from the botanical experiments is emphatically
in favour of the Atriplex semibaccata within its own proper habitat. Sum-
ming up his conclusions Mr. C. H. Shinn, Inspector of Stations, reports as
follows: "This Bulletin (No. 125) shows that the California Station has
been experimenting with salt-bushes for 18 years, that the tests of some
species have extended over the greater part of the State, and that Atripler,
semibaccata is the most generally useful species of all that have been planted,
although others are worthy of cultivation It is seldom that a plant
shows so much adaptation to differing circumstances as Atriplex semibaccata."
At the same time he warns us that " it cannot endure too heavy summer rains,
nor the moist atmosphere of many warm countries," though " within its own
realm it is unsurpassed among the gifts of nature to the deserts and alkali
wastes which cover so large a part of the earth's surface." In this view he
is fully confirmed by Professor Hilgard and the other authorities above
referred to. I may quote a few particulars as to the special merits of this
plant. First, as to its power of resisting drought : " The total rainfall at
the Paso Robles Station for the season of 1897-98 was but 3*24 inches to
March ; April and May showers brought this to 4'75 By the 1st of
April, the roadsides were brown and barren. On unirrigated land there was
no green fodder-plant excepting salt-bush in the entire region. The growth
o£ Atriplex semibaccata on this poor and arid soil was a revelation to every
farmer. Seed sown in December, 1897, made a foot of growth by April 12th,
branching and covering the ground. After being cut back for sheep feed, it
made a second growth of 6 inches by the end of May, and was cut a third
time before the end of summer,'1 (Bulletin No. 125, p. 5). Similar reports
for the same dry year (1898) came from the other stations. Thus, in
the West Sacramento Valley, " the salt-busb grew from a few inches to 3
feet in diameter on hard, dry clay land where even weeds did not grow ; and
it volunteered from self-sown seeds in the hard road." Then as regards
tolerance of alkali, the Atriplex semibaccata stands "extremely high," sur-
passing all plants of similar food value in its power of growth on land highly
charged with alkaline salts. It is also hardy in respect of cold, remaining
green late in the season, and withstanding a temperature of 14° Fahrenheit.
Further the .4, semibaccata is very prolific, self-sown seedlings springing up
20
154 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XT
freely ; the fallen seeds, and subsequent seedlings, being protected by the-
low-spreading mass of the plant. Some individual plants have, in Califor-
nia, attained a diameter of 18 feet in one year, much exceeding in growth
the parent plants in Australia. A very large amount of fodder is thus-
produced, and in one case a yield 13 reported of 30 tons per acre of green
forage. The green forage can be easily handled and made into hay, a special'
merit of this variety being that it is procumbent, and the stems are tender
and flexible ; whereas most of the other varieties of salt-bush beiDg shrubby
and erect, are only suitable for browsing. This hay has a high nutritive value,
its protein content being twice that noted for wheat hay. Next to the sal:~-
bushes the Chilean plant Jlodiola decumbens , of the mallow family, deserves
attention as a means of removing salt from alkali land. It grows very freely,,
and is relished by cattle. Then there is the Tussock grass (Sporobohc&
airoides), which stock will eat ; and the various alkali weeds, such as the
" Grease woods " (Samphires), and the Alkali grass (Dtstichlis spicata).
Smooth Brome grass {Bromus inermis) is also highly recommended in Circular-
No. 18. " Its drought-resisting qualities have proved it to be the most valu-
able grass for dry regions where ether grasses could hardly exist." I observe
also that the Argentine salt-bush (A triplex pamparurii) is favourably noticed'.
PROPOSED INDIAN RESEARCH.
9. Such being, in brief, the result of American investigations, there
remains the question : What practical steps should now be taken in order to>
utilise these conclusions, and obtain foi India the twc-fold benefit, of
abundant fodder for cattle, and ihe reclamation c-f " usar " land ? Before
applying American experience to Indian requirements, care must be taken
to ascertain how far the physical conditions of the two regions are identical ;
and for this purpose it is necessary that the tests of chemical analysis, and
botanical experiment, should be applied in India with the same scientific ac«
curacy that has been employed in America. It seems probable that the salts,
both noxious and nutritive, contained in the " usar " seilare similar to those in
the alkali lands of California. But in order to proceed with safety an exact
analysis should be made in the different Indian Provinces interested. If by
such analysis phosphates and nitrates are found to exist in abundance, it will
be evident that experiments with artificial manures and night-soil may be at
once abandoned ; while the presence of carbonate will show that treatment
with gypsum, or some analogous substance, is called for to neutralise the
mischief to plant life. Then there is in India a wide field for botanic ex-
periment, by reason of the varieties of soil and climate in the different
provinces ; and with the large choice of forage plants offered by the con-
tinents of Asia, America, and Australia, there should be no difficulty in
ultimately discovering the forms of vegetation best suited to Indian require-
ments. Atriplex semihaccata should have a promineut place in these botanical
experiments, care being taken to avoid past errors as regards its location
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 155
Had heed been given to the warning of American experts, these plants, so
peculiarly suited to hot arid plains, would not have been exposed to the wet
and mud which caused their destruction in the experiment at Aligarh. [N.B,
la this connection I see it stated that Lowland Purslane (Sesuviuni) and
Saltwort (Su(eda) are suited to moist alkali and salt-marsh soils.] It has been
ascertained that the ash of the Atriplex semibaccata contains 40 per cent, of
sodium chlorid ; and it is calculated that the removal from the land of a
five-ton crop of this salt-bush hay will take away nearly a ton of salt per
acre. It would therefore evidently be a great mistake to plough it in, as has
been done in the case of rice and hemp, for this would have the effect of
returning the noxious salts to the soil. Mr. Moreland states that a further
trial is being made of certain salt-bushes and allied plants. It would be
interesting to know the names of these, and I trust Atriplex semibaccata is
among the number.
10. The extended investigation above suggested are probably beyond the;
resources of existing expert establishments in India, which have done their
best with insufficient means. But the practical issues are so momentous,
that we must hope the Government of India, seeing what has been accom-
plished in America will not hesitate to equip Experiment Stations and
Agricultural Laboratories on a scale similar to those at Washington and in
California. It would be well to obtain the co-operation of the Indian Uni-
versities and Technical Colleges in organising the operations ; and in order
that the work may be conducted continuously, and at moderate cost, a st.iff
of young Indian scientists might be permanently enlisted, to be specially
trained for these investigations. Professor Bose and others have shown
what valuable results may thus be produced in the various departments of
scientific research.
11. It is gratifying that the Secretary of State has expressed his interest
an drought-resisting fodder-plants, and has moved the Government of India
to cause the subject to be taken up earnestly by the Agricultural Depart-
ments in all Provinces. The prospect is encouraging ; for every " usar "
acre that can be planted with salt-bush, will provide tons of wholesome
sustenance for cattle, while gradually bringing into culturable condition
waste lands which are described as being " intrinsically of the very richest,
description."
W. WEDDERBURN,
Indian Famine Union,
Palace Chambers,
Westminster, S.W.
1st January 1903.
156
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE MEETING HELD ON THURSDAY, THE 5th
FEBRUARY 1903.
A meeting of the members of the Bombay Natural History Society was
held at the Society's rooms on Thursday last, the 5th February 1903 ; the
Venerable Archdeacon Scott presiding.
NEW MEMBERS.
The election of the following new members was announced : —
Mr. fl. C. Nangle (Rangoon) ; Lieutenant A. Willoek, R.T.M. (Bombay) ;
Mr. St. G.de Carteret (Partabgarh, Oudh) ; Mr. P. J. Fitz Gibbon (Bel-
gaum) ; The Hon'ble Syed Hoosein Belgrami, Nawab Imud-ul-Mulk Baha-
door, B.A. (Hyderabad, Deccan) ; Mr. A. D. St. C. Barr (Amraoti, Berars) ;
Mr. T. J. Metcalfe (Rangoon) ; Lieutenant J. W. Parrington, R.A. ^Karachi);
Mr. J. Scott, M.I.C.E. (Calcutta) ; Mr. G. Richards, P.W.D. (Rangoon) ; Mr.
J. McKenna, C.S. (Bassein, Burma) ; Mr. J. A Chapman (Bassein, Burma) ;
Major C. T. Robinson, R.F.A. (Mhow, C.I.) ; Major S. D. Browne, R.H.A.
(Mhow, C.I.) ; Dr. Nassarvanjee Fakirjee Surveyor, M.D. (Bombay) ; Captain
P. C. Gabbett, I.M.S. (Coonoor) ; and Mr. Samuel Joyce (Bombay).
The Honorary Secretary, Mr. W. S. Millard, asked members to try and
induce others to join the Society, as the more members they could obtain,
the better would be the position of the funds of the Society, and more
money could be spent in improving the Journal.
CONTRIBUTIONS.
The Honorary Secretary acknowledged receipt of the following contribu-
tions since the last meeting :• — •
CONTRIBUTION TO THE MUSEUM.
Contributions.
Description.
Contributors.
Some specimens of Fishes
from the Persian Gulf.
1 Indian Pangolin or Scaly
Ant Eater* (.alive).
1 Skin of the Indian Chev
retain or Mouse Deer.
1 Skin of the Cotton Teal ..
1 Skin of the Great crested
Grebe.
ThreeStone Implements from
the Madias Presidency
1 Skin of the Eastern Little
Stint.
1 Skin of the Little Ringed
Plover.
2 Skins of the Bengal Bush
Lark.
1 Skin of the Indian Pipit..
1 Skin of the Eastern Baya
1 Skin of the Striated
Weaver Bird.
Manis pentadactyla.
Tragulus merMnna .
Nettapus coromandelianus.
Podicepes rristatus
Mr. F. W. Townsend.
Mr. A. H. A. Simcox, I.C.3.
Mr. R. E. S. Branson.
Lt. J. W. Parrington, R.A.
Mr. H.Bulkley.
Mr. H. Seton Karr, M.P.
Tringa ruficollis .
JEgialitis dubia
Mirafra assamiea.
Jnthns rnfulus
Ploceus megarhynehiis
Ploceus manyar
>Capt. H. H. Harrington.
• Forwarded to the Victoria Gardens.
PROCEEDINGS.
157
Contributions.
Description.
Contributors.
1 Skin of the Burmese lied
Munia.
2 Skins of the Pegu House
iSparrow,
2 Skins of the Burmese Red-
vented bulbul.
1 Skin of the Burmese
Shrike.
1 Skin of the Burmese
Nuthatch.
2 Skins of the Burmese
Spotted Babbler.
1 Common Snipe (albino).
Sporeeginthus flavidwentris
Passer jiaveolus
Molpastes burmaniciis
Lanius colurioides
Sitta neglecta
Pellomeum subochraceum...
Gallinago coelestis ,
1
-Capt. H. H. Harrington.
Capt. P. P. Kilkelly,I.M.8.
MINOR CONTRIBUTION.
From Mrs. A. K. Oliver.
CONTRIBUTION TO THE LIBRARY.
" The Butterflies of India, Burma and Ceylon," i
Vols. I, II, and III, by Marshall and de Nice- \ Presented by Mr. C.
ville. ) Crommelin.
PAPERS READ.
The following papers were then read : — " On two Cetaceans from Travan-
core by H. S. Ferguson, with a Note on the same," by R. Lydekker, B.A.,
F.R S., &c., in which a new porpoise or dolphin, named Tursiops Fergusoni,
was described.
Mr. E. H. Aitken also read a paper on " The Butterflies of Bombay and
the surrounding country" written by himself and Mr. E. Comber. The
paper was made more interesting by specimens of the various butterflies being
exhibited and referred to.
A vote of thanks was passed to the authors of the papers, and the meeting
then terminated.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE MEETING HELD ON THURSDAY, THE 5th
MARCH 1903.
The monthly meeting of the members of the Bombay Natural History
Society was held at the Society's Rooms on Thursday, the 5th March 1903 ;
His Excellency Lord Northcote presiding.
NEW MEMBERS.
The election of the following new members was announced : —
Mr. V. G. Morgan, I.F.S. (Hoshangabad, C.P.) ; Mr. H. H. Mann (Cal-
cutta) ; Mr. J. E. C. Tukes, 1.0.8. (Ahmedabad) ; Mr. E. H. Waterfield, I.C.S.
(Kaira) ; Mr. J. T. Scotson, I.C.S. (Ahmedabad) ; Major R. H. G. Be\gate,
D.S.O. (Thayetmyo, Burma) ; Mr. W. M. Nuttall (Dibrugarh, Upper Assam) ;
Mr. J. Malcolm Maclaren (Calcutta) ; Lieut. E. C. Coates (Ranikhet) ;
Mr. R. H. Anderson (Dera Ismail Khan); Captain J. G. Hulbert, I.M.S.,
158 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
(Naini Tal U. P.) ; Captain G. C. Scott (Ceylon); Captain W. G. Liston,
I.M.S. (Bombay) ; Colonel H. FitzGerald (Wellington, Madras) ; and
Mr. John Glasser (Bombay).
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE MUSEUM.
The Honorary Secretary, Mr. W. S. Millard, acknowledged receipt of the
following contributions since the last meeting :■ —
Contributions.
Description.
Contributors.
11 Fossils from the Gulf of
Cambay.
1 Skin of the Blue-breasted
Banded Rail.
1 quantity of Butterflies
from Cannanore and
Kodaikanal.
2 Crested Buntinsrs .(alive)..
A quantity of Palaeolithic
implements from the
Madras Presidency.
1 Young Jackal (alive) ....
1 Golden Tree Snake (alive).
1 Green Tree Viper (alive)...
1 Snake
4 Red-billed Liothrix (alive)
2 Silver-eared Mesias (alive)
2 Blu^-winged Sivas (alive).
2 Elack crested Yellow
Rulbuls (alive).
2 White -eared B ulbuls
(alive).
Mr. R. P. Lambert, D.S.P.
Hypotcenidia striata 'Mr. S. L. Whymper.
Capt. R. W. Burton.
Mclophus melanicterns
Canis aureus .
Mr. E. W. Harper, F.Z.S.
Mr. H. Seton-Karr.
fhrysopelea ornate
Triweresurus anamallensis...
Callophig tritnaculntus
Lwthrix lutea j
Mesia argentauris '
Siva cyanuroptera '
Otocompm flaviventris )>Mr. E. W. Harper, F.Z.S
Mr. W. E. Turner (H.M.8.
" Highflyer."")
Mr. A. M. Kinloch.
Do.
Mr. R. H. Madan.
1
Molpastes leucotis
Minor contributions from Mr. A. Forbes, Mr. F. A. Reddie, Colonel C. T.
Peters, I.M.S. (Retired), and Major W. B. Bannerman, I.M.S.
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE LIBRARY.
Moore's " Lepidoptera Indica," Vols. I, II, III, IV, and 5 parts of Vol. V.
Presented by H. H. the Maharaja of Mysore.
" The Birds of Pekin," by Captain H. J. Walton, I.M.S., presented by the
author.
"Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal," Vol. LXXI, Part II, No. 3,
1902, in exchange.
" On the Silver Pheasants of Burmah," by E. W. Oates, F.Z.S. Presented
by the author.
" Text-book of Entomology " (Packard). Presented by Mr. J. F. Jowett.
THE ACCOUNTS FOR 1902.
Mr. N. C. Mr.cleod, the Honorary Treasurer, placed before the meeting a
statement of accounts for the year ending 31st December 1902, showing an
income of Rs. 11,586 ; expenditure, R3. 11,032 ; and a balance at credit of
Rs. 1,562. He explained that the reason the income was smaller than pre-
vious years was due to a larger number of members having omitted to pay
their subscriptions, and hoped that they would pay them without any further
delay. It was resolved that the accounts be passed, subject to the usual auditr.
PROCEEDINGS. 159
PAPERS READ.
The following papers were then read and discussed : — J. " Fleas and the
Plague," by Captain W. G-. Liston, I.M.S., illustrated by a number of enlarged
sketches, tables of experiments and microscopical specimens shewing the
human flea, the rat flea and a transverse section of a flea, containing the
plague germs. 2. "Size of Remarkable Trees,'' by G. Marshall Woodrow.
3. " Food of Centipedes," by W. P. Okeden. 4. " Note on the breeding
of certain Herons, etc., in Southern India," by Captain H. N. Packard, K.A.
5. " The Common Snakes of Bombay," by the Revd. F. Dreckmann, S.J.,
and W. S. Millard, which was illustrated by some excellent sketches made by
Mr. P. Grerhardt showing the distinguishing features between poisonous
and harmless snakes in which some similarity exists in colour, markings and
general appearance.
Most of the papers will appear in full in the Society's Journal
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE MEETING HELD ON 16th APRIL 1903.
The monthly meeting of the members of the Bombay Natural History
Society was held at the Society's Rooms on Thursday, the 16th April 1903 ;
Mr. J. Sanders Slater presiding.
NEW MEMBERS.
The Honorary Secretary, Mr. W. S. Millard, said it was gratifying to
observe how members had responded to the appeal to obtain new members,
and he was glad to announce that since the commencement of the year
seventy-three new members had been elected. The committee sincerely hoped
that members would not slacken their efforts, as it was desirable to obtain as
many members as possible, and thus enable the Society to spend more money
on the journal, especially as the coloured illustrations of Indian Ducks which
are so much appreciated are so very expensive.
The election of the following new members was announced : — Lieutenant
J. P. Stockley (Kberwara) ; Mr. R. Galloway (Sscunderabad) ; Mr. A. H. Bell
(Sirsa, Punjab) ; Mr. R. B. McCorinack (Ghansur, Seoni Chappara) ; Mr. H.
H. Hayden (Calcutta) ; Lieutenant C. T. Simcox (Lucknow) ; Mr. D. L.
McCarrison (Koraput) ; Mr. W. Moore, F.J.C. (Dibrugarh, Assam) ; Mr. N. S.
Mondy (Dibrugarh, Assam) ; Dr. Manilal G. Desai (Kaira) ; Major F. R.
Ozzard, I. M.S. (Tongshan, N. China) ; Lieutenant F. Stanley Clarke (Tong-
shan, N. China) ; Mr. L. O. Clark, I.C.S. (Lushai Hills, Aijal, Assam) ; Lieu-
tenant L. L. G. Thorpe, R.A.M.C. (Colaba) ; Colonel A. E. Ward (Kashmir) ;
Mr. W.H. L.Cabell, B. A., I.C.S. (Rangoon): Dr. R. Row, M.D. (London),
(Bombay); Major J. Manners Smith, V.C., C.I.E. (Neemuch, C.I.) ; Mrs. L.
Dalrymple-Hay (Nellore, Madras) ; Mr. W. Raby Noble (Behali, P. 0. Assam);
Mr. A. J. R. Hope (Myitkyins, LT. Burma) ; Mr. K. Bernhardt (Karachi) ;
Eientenant W. F. Maxwell, R.E. (Aden) ; Captain C. Hodgkinson (Lucknow)
and Mr. W. J. F. Williamson (Bangkok).
160 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE MUSEUM.
The Honorary Secretary acknowledged receipt of the following contribu-
tions since the last meeting: —
Minor contribution from Ool.H. H. Barnet, R.E.
Contributions to the Library were received from H. H. the Maharajah of
Mysore, Mr. E. H. Aitken, Mr. Edward B. Poulton, and Mr. G. Claridge.
EXHIBITS.
A splendid specimen of the Argus Pheasant (Argusia7iiis argus) presented
by Mr. Laird was exhibited by Mr. E. L. Barton, who had mounted it for
the Society. It was greatly admired by all present and will prove a perma-
nent ornament to the Museum. A vote of thanks was passed to Mr. Barton
PROCEEDINGS. 161
for his valuable work. Mr. E. L. Barton also exhibited a shooting seat which
he had invented, and which was specially intended for duck shooting in places
where there was a good deal of water, and in rushes at the edges of tanks, &c.
The seat dees not sink into mud, and as it revolves on a swivel it is of great
use in duck driving, flighting, &c.
PAPER READ.
Mr. E. Comber read an interesting paper on "The Argus Pheasant "' in
which he referred to the curious habits of the bird and its wonderful
plumage.
A COLLECTION OF MOSQUITOES.
Mr. E. H. Aitken said that it was proposed to make as complete a collec-
tion as possible of the mosquitoes of India, and the Committee hoped that
members would help by sending them specimens of the kinds which paid
them attention. The importance of a knowledge of the different species of
mosquitoes could scarcely be exaggerated in the light of recent discoveries ;
but of the many medical men in India whom it concerned to know them, few
had the opportunity or time to make large collections, and without a refer-
ence collection, identification was very difficult if not impossible. To make
and keep such collection would be altogether- in line with the honourable
career of usefulness which has distinguished the Society in the past, and
there could be no question that it ought to be commenced at once. Mr. Aitken
then showed how mosquitoes were killed, pinned and preserved, and said if
members were not disposed to take the trouble of performing the operation
themselves they might send live mosquitoes to the Secretary in small bottles
or glass tubes.
A vote of thanks was passed to Mr. Comber and Mr. Aitken, and the meet-
ing then terminated.
21
u
o
en
-p
in
■ r-H
&
-P
d
ft
1
PP
I
"3
J6
c
f-
o
D
Q
CD
a
o
X
i
a
J o
-1 «
CD >*"
»- 2
O '
in <
ui
i
h
t5
JOURNAL
OF THE
BOMBAY
Uatantl ^^ — &
Q.
Vol. xv. BOMBAY. No. 2.
INSECT LIFE IN INDIA AND HOW TO STUDY IT,
BEING
A SIMPLE ACCOUNT OF THE MORE IMPORTANT FAMILIES OF INSECTS,
WITH EXAMPLES OF THE DAMAGE THEY DO TO CROPS,
TEA, COFFEE AND INDIGO CONCERNS, FRUIT,
AND FOREST TREES IN INDIA
BY
E. P. STEBBING, f.l.s., f.e.s.
Introduction.
In a pamphlet * published as an Appendix to Volume XNVII of the
Indian Forester (1901), I described, under the title cf " A Note on the
collection and preservation of entomological specimens, with a descrip-
tion of the methods to be employed in the study of life-histories of
Insects," some simple apparatus necessary to the would-be student of
the Insect World — whether his aim be that of the collector only or that
of the investigator — whose desire is to make himself acquainted with
the life-histories and habits of this exceedingly interesting class of the
Animal Kingdom. I alluded shortly to the lines upon which this latter
work should be taken up.
In a series of papers f entitled l The Insect World in an Indian Forest,
published in the Indian Forester, I have endeavoured to give in some-
what fuller detail some notes upon the groat Orders and Families of
* The pamphlet can be obtained from the Curator, Imperial Forest School, Dehra Dun.
f These papers are still appearing in the Indian Forester. The Introduction and Part
I appeared in No. 9, Part I (continued), Part II in No. 11, and Part III, wrongly named,
Part II in No. 12 of Vol. XXXVII, and Part IV (wrongly numbered Part III) in No. 1,
Pact V in No 2, Part V (continued) in No 3, Part VI in No. 4, Part VI (continued) in
No. 5, Part VII in No. 6, Part VIII in No. 7 and Part IX (conclusion) in No. 3 of
Vol. XXIX (1903). The Introductory portion and Part I are but slightly modifiod from
what has already appeared in the Indian Forester Series.
164 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol XV.
Insects which will, I believe, prove useful to the student of Insect Life
in the Indian Forest. The examples and life-histories quoted were
more exclusively confined to Forest Insects.
The question of writing another series of papers dealing with this
subject from a more general point of view had occurred to me, but
I had thought of bringing out the material I had collected for the purpose
in the form of a small book. The Honorary Secretary's request, asking
for permission to reproduce the Indian Forester articles in this Journal,
has led to the papers appearing here. Being the first series of illustrated
papers dealing systematically with the subject of Indian Economic
Entomology to appear, it is hoped that they may prove of service both to
those interested in agricultural pursuits as well as to the collector, and
he who would spend some pleasant hours in the study of some of
Nature's most beautiful forms of life — a life scattered in such careless
and bounteous profusion o'er the face of the earth.
For my illustrations of life-histories I shall endeavour to confine
myself almost entirely to Insects of the Indian Region, whether of
importance in the field, orchard, or forest, or the tea, coffee, and indigo
concerns, &c, of the country. The forest pests will not of course be
dealt with at the same length as in the forest series. Each of
the Orders will be taken in turn, its characteristics considered, and
the families containing species of Insects of economic importance dealt
with as fully as is at present possible. Insects which are known to be
or are considered likely to prove injurious will be alluded to at some
length. Where possible remedies will be suggested.
But whilst thus endeavouring to help the novice the writer hns
another object in view, and that is to draw attention to and lay stress upon
the various Families which his own experience has shown — we should
perhaps say is showing — are likely to be of paramount importance in this
country ; until recently the information about them has been so meagre that
it has been usual in European text-books to either make no reference to
them at all, or merely a passing allusion to the fact that they are, relative
to other better-known families, of small importance. Whilst this proce-
dure is, of course, quite correct where the European student, who spends
his life in Europe, is concerned, the case is rather different when the man
so taught comes out to India and endeavours to apply his knowledge to
the conditions around him in this country. He soon finds that the relative
importance of many of the families he has studied must be re-arranged
in his mind : those he has only touched upon or merely heard of must be
INSECT LIFE IN INDIA AND HOW TO STUDY IT. 1G5
given a prominent place in this re-arrangement, and old well-known
friends relegated to the background as of comparatively small signifi-
cance. I will not say that much can be accomplished upon these lines at
present, but I trust to be able to aid the student to some extent in this
direction.
Insect Life in the field or orchard, as elsewhere, may be divided
into two great groups, in the first of which come the Insects actually
injurious to plant growth and which are in consequence inimical to
man ; in the second the predacious and parasitic Insects, which from
their habits of preying upon their fellows may be considered as the
friends of the human race. It should be noted that these latter are
in their turn devoured by other Insects ; whilst fungi undoubtedly
lend their help in keeping within bounds the enormous increase in
numbers which would otherwise, and at times does, take place owing
to the great fertility and prolificness of Insect Life.
In fact study and observation show that in all probability no Insect
exists upon the face of the earth which has not enemies of one kind or
another to contend with, which aid in keeping down its numbers.
That this is as it should be becomes evident when it is remembered that
Huxley calculated that the produce of a single Aphis (the green blight
found on rose bushes, &c, are Aphids) would, in the course of ten
generations, supposing all the individuals to survive, ' contain more
ponderable substance than 500 millions of stout men, that is, more
than the whole population of China.' The increase of this one family
of insects is such that, were they not kept under, it has been calculated
that in the course of two or three years they would, deriving their
nutriment as they do directly from the plant in the growing state,
leave no plant food available for other animals save that which might be
derived from plants they did not attack. In other words, man would
be very soon cleared off the face of the earth had not nature provided
checks against undue increase of its Insect population. At times the
preyed-upon obtain for a season the upper hand, and the alarming
rate at which they then -spread is known to all.
In conclusion, I may say that in these papers I do not propose to
make use of more technical terms than are absolutely essential, whose
explanation is to be found in any elementary text-book on Entomology.
Explanations will be given in all cases where it is considered necessary.
To the readers of this Journal no further apology is necessary for such
technicalities as are unavoidable.
166 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Chapter I.
The Position of the Class Insecta in the Animal
Kingdom.
It will be at first necessary to consider shortly the position of the
Insecta in the Animal Kingdom, and with this object in view the
briefest of summaries of the Kingdom becomes essential.
Animals are primarily divided into the two great groups of the
Protozoa or animals consisting of a single cell only (as, for instance,
the Amceba) and the Metazoa or multicellular animals.
The latter are again sub-divided into the Ccelentera, or animals
without a body cavity (such as the sponge, coral, jellyfish) and
Coelomata, or animals provided with a body cavity.
The Ccelomata comprise the rest of the Animal Kingdom and are
divided into seven great Phyla, consisting of the Platylielminthes
or Flat Worms ; Nemathehninthes or Round Worms ; Annelida or
Earth Worms, Sea Worms, and Leeches ; Arthropoda or Prawns,
Crabs, Spiders, Scorpions, Insects, Centipedes, Millipedes ; Echinoderma
comprising the Star Fish and Sea Urchins ; Mollusca or Snails, Slugs,
and Mussels ; and lastly the Vertebrata or Chordata, comprising the
Fishes, Frogs, Lizards, Birds and Mammals.
We thus see that the Insecta form one of the divisions of the great
branch Arthropoda or segmented animals. They may be said to be
segmented animals, having three pairs of legs and breathing by trachece,
a system of air tubes ramifying through the body and opening on the
sides of the insect by means of a row of breathing holes or stigmata ;
the genital openings of insects are near the posterior end of the
body.
We shall consider the Insecta as divided into the following nine
Orders : — Aptera (fish-insects) ; Orthoptera (cockroaches, mantis, locust,
grasshopper, cricket, &c.) ; Neuroptera (white-ants, lace-winged flies
ant lions, &c.) ; Hymenoptera (ichneumons, ants, bees, wasps, &c.) ;
Coleoptera (beetles) ; Lepidoptera (butterflies and moths) ; Diptera
(two-winged flies) ; Thysanoptera ; and Hemiptera (tree bugs, cicadas,
plant lice, and scale insects).
Some General Notes on Insect Life.*
It will be interesting to first glance briefly at some of the charac-
teristic features of Insect Life in general. Insects form by far the
* To Dr. Sharp, F.R.S.,in the Cambridge Natural History, Vols. Vand VI, Insects, I am
indebted for some of the following interesting notea on the very varied features of Insect Life*
INSECT LIFE IN INDIA AND HOW TO STUDY IT. 167
largest part of the animals of the world ; they outnumber in species
all the other terrestrial animals together ; whilst compared with
the vertebrates their numbers are simply enormous. It is perhaps
owing to their size that they have been so little studied as a Class
and that so little is known as to the number of species at the present
moment living upon the earth's surface and of the habits of the
greater number of the known species. The largest Insects scarcely
exceed in bulk a mouse amongst mammals or a wren amongst
birds, while the smallest are almost or quite imperceptible to the
naked eye, and yet the larger part of the Animal matter existing
on the lands of the globe is probably contained in the forms of
Insects.
In the waters of the globe the predominance of Insect Life
disappears. They practically only exist in any numbers in small
collections of fresh water, and then it may be for only a portion
of their existence ; of the larger bodies of fresh water they
invade the fringes only, and they are almost absent from the oceans.
Insects may be said to be the most successful of all animals in the
struggle for existence, and this is probably due to the rapidity of
their growth owing to the peculiar relations which exist between the
great functions of circulation and respiration, these being of such a
nature as to enable the nutrition of the organs of the body to be
carried on rapidly and efficiently so long as a certain bulk is not
exceeded.
Rapidity of growth is in the case of some Insects very great and
the powers of multiplication even greater still. In addition, by a
process known as a metamorphosis," growth and development can
be isolated from one another, thus allowing the former to go on
unchecked and uncomplicated by the latter. It was probably in
allusion to some of these favourable features of Insect Life and the
remarkable rate at which they sometimes multiply that Linnseus
made the statement,
Tres muscae consumunt cadaver equi^ aeque cito ac ho,
not at all an improbable contingency, since it has been calculated that
one female of the common house fly, Musca domestica, may have
25,000,000 descendants during one season.
I have said that by a process of metamorphosis growth and develop-
ment are isolated from one another, and thus we get the different
168 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
stages in the life of an Insect, known as the egg stage, the larval or
grub stage, the pupal or resting stage, and the adult or imago stage.
Fig. 1. — Stages in the life-history of a beetle QOryctes) . a, eggs ;&, larva or
grub ; c, pupa or nymph ; d, adult or imago.
(See fig. 1, a, b, c, d.) When all these four stages are present the
metamorphosis is said to be ' complete.' During the second of these
the Insect often eats voraciously and increases rapidly in bulk, develop-
ment taking place at a later stage. The pupal stage is absent in
some Orders of Insects, and the metamorphosis is then said to be
' incomplete.'
As is well known, some kinds of Insects form organised societies
and live together in communities — a method of existence displayed by
few other animals save man. We shall have occasion later to allude
to some of the Insects living in this fashion when we consider
the Termitidce ( the so-called white-ants ), and the Hymenoptera
aculeata ( the) bees, wasps, and ants ). It will be unnecessary here
to dilate upon the beauty of Insects. The beauty of the butterfly
is proverbial, and those who seek will find it reproduced again and
ao-ain in the numberless minute forms of the Insect World which
perhaps compose the greater bulk of Insect Life in India ( though
we are still very far from being able to make definite statements
on this subject as yet) — a world teeming with some of the most
beautiful and certainly not the least interesting of created beings,
and yet at present as little known as was America before the days
of Columbus.
INSECT LIFE IN INDIA AND HOW TO STUDY IT. 169
To commence the study of this life will not require hours of un-
productive and wearisome search. The leaves of the nearest tree or shrub
will be found to contain their quota of defoliators, be tb.9y the caterpillars
of butterflies or moths (Lepidoptera), or the grubs of beetles belong-
ing to the Chrysomelidcej Curculionidce (weevils), &c. ; leaves and twigs
will be found yielding up their sap to numbers of aphids or plant lice
(Apludce) and scale insects (Coccidce), &c. ; their seeds will be riddled
by the grubs of Hymenoptera, Diptera and weevils. If, intent on our
study and with the wish to arrive at some definite reason for the death
or sickliness of trees, we carefully examine the bark, it may be found
riddled with pin holes. On stripping it off we shall drop into a perfectly
new world of life below — a world which spends its existence beneath the
bark and leaves its shelter in many instances but for a nuptial
flight. Here we shall find a veritable Tower of Babel of Insect Life,
consisting of genera of many different families, the individuals of which
are present with very different objects. The particular families and
genera present will depend greatly upon the condition of the tree we are
examining. If still green but sickly and dying, or newly felled, various
bark borers will be at work laying eggs in the best layer, the
larvae of which on developing will feed on the still fresh bark :
Buprestidce, Curadionidce, Cerambycidce, Scolytidce, amongst the
Coleoptera and various families of the wood-boring moths (Heterotera)
may be present ; other genera, some perhaps very minute, will
be feeding upon the oozing sap ; others again on the dying and
drying bark ; whilst numerous predacious Insects belonging to one
or more of the great Orders Ortkoptera, Hymenoptera, Coleoptera,
Diptera, and Hemiptera will be found exhibiting an enormous
variety of shapes and peculiarities, both in their larval, pupal and
imago stages. Where all is new it would be invidious to parti-
cularize ; but there will soon be little doubt in the minds of those
who take up this study that the work of a lifetime would not suffice
to become acquainted with the life-histories of one tithe of the
predacious Insects which spend their existence beneath the bark
of our Indian trees and shrubs or inside crop plants or hunting
about outside for their prey, nor even to study them so far as to
be able to say that such and such a larva becomes such and such a
pupa and imago. The surprises in store for him who endeavours to
grapple with this aspect of the work alone will perhaps do more than
anything else to show him how little is at present known in India upon
170 JOURNAL, BOMB A Y NA TURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
the subject of the life-histories and developments of some of her com-
monest insects, and how urgently recruits in this department of know-s-
ledge are required. Instances could be enumerated of insects which,
if sought for in their abodes beneath the bark or in the roots, in the
twigs or on the leaves, &c, are to be found almost as plentifully as the
common house fly and throughout the same period in the year, and yet
neither their eggs, larvae nor pupre are yet known.
Leaving the bark and cambium layer of older trees, we will
now turn 1o young saplings and the smaller branches of the older trees.
A search in this direction may show that grubs have gone into the
iuterior of the stems and are boring their way up or down the centre.
This will probably be the work of longioorn beetles or of the wood-
boring moth larva?. In the wood of older dead trees round shot holes
or large oval galleries may be found riddling it through and through,
the work of the wood-boring families of insects, the wood-wasps (Sire.v)
and boriug beetles and their larvre or boring moth caterpillars. Or
on the branches again, white or variously coloured scaly masses may be
visible, which, on a closer examination, are seen to be alive. These are
scale inseets (Cocadai) sucking out the sap of the branch. Our search
need not terminate here however. There still remain the roots of the
tree, and to get at these it will be necessary to excavate the earth all
round so as to leave them exposed in a pit where they can be examined
satisfactorily. Here again wo shall find many members of the Insect
World. Aphids sucking out the sap, the very life of the young tree,
bark-borers, wood-borers, and their attendant predacious and parasitic
companions, sap-feeding beetles and dead bark eaters — some or all may
be present, the individuals being probably of entirely different genera
and species, if not families, to those working higher up in tbe trunk,
main branches, twigs, or on the leaves and in the fruit and seeds of the
tree. If we leave the tree and turn to the nearest field of crops, we
shall find tbe same state of affairs. Leaves, stems, roots, flowers and
seeds or fruits, all will be found to support, either externally or inter-
nally, their quota of Insect Life, some feeding upon the plant, others
predacious upon the crop pest. If anything occurs to disturb Nature's
balance of power, e. g., if some particular crop plant or tree, &.C., is
grown in conterminous patches in fields or forests over large areas, given
a favourable season to Insect Life the pest or pests partial to it may
increase rapidly in enormous numbers, the food-supply and conditions
being so favourable. In their turn the predacious and parasitic
INSECT LIFE IN INDIA AND HOW TO STUDY IT.
171
Insect foes of the crop pest may increase in greater numbers when they
find their food so plentiful, and in time they reduce the pest to its pro-
per proportions again.
The above short notes will show that it is not difficult to find somo
of the homes of the InseGt Life in India. The study of it will require
oareful observation and much patience, and whilst training the eye to
observe, will develop the faculty of reasoning and working out results
as well as, and one would think as usefully as, the most abstruse
problem in mathematics.
Chapter II.
Structure of Insects.
Before proceeding to a consideration of the various Orders into which
the class Insecta is divided, it will be necessary to consider shortly here
the different parts of an insect. We have already seen that it may
have four stages in its life, — the egg, larva or grub, pupa or nymph
(chrysalis in butterflies, &c.) and the imago or adult insect (see Fig. l,a,
b, c, d). An adult Insect consists of three main divisions, — the head, the
thorax, and the abdomen (Fig. 2). The head bears the mouth parts con-
Fzg, 2. — The North-West or Migratory Locust of India (.Acridium peregrinuni).
a, head ; b, mouth parts ; r, compound eye ; d, ocellus or simple eye ; e,
antenna ; /, prothorax ; g, mesothorax ; h, metathorax ; iy segments of
abdomen ; j, appendages ; k to p, leg — h, coxa (hip) ; I, trochanter ; •»,
femur (thigh) ; w, tibia (shank) ; o, tarsus ; p, claw.
sisting of either a biting or sucking mouth or a combination of the two.
These different forms will be shortly considered since they are of great
•importance, firstly, as being a feature by which Insects are classified;
2
172 JOURNA L, BOMBA Y NA TURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
secondly, as on the kind of mouth parts present depends the nature of the
damage Insects are able to commit, and the methods which can be em-
ployed to attack them. The biting mouth consists of an upper lip, the
' labrum,' which forms the front of the mouth and covers the base of the
* mandibles' or biting jaws. Below the mandibles we have a second pair
of jaws or 'maxillae' of more complicated structure and made up of a
number of more or less well-marked pieces which vary considerably in
form and shape according to the food and habits of the insect. Attached
to each maxilla is a ' palpus ' or feeler, which often has organs of sense.
The mandibles cut and tear the food, the maxillae break it up still further
and then deliver it to the ' labium ' or lower lip, which also helps in mixing
the food. The labium closes the mouth opening beneath, forming its floor,
so to speak. It is less complex than the maxilla, and it may consist of only
a single piece or plate, but like the maxilla it is furnished with a pair
of palpi or feelers. Fig. 3 shows two designs of a biting mouth. In-
sects provided with this
form of biting mouth
are always susceptible to
being poisoned through
their food, i.e., they may
be reached by poisons
which will be taken inter-
nally. Of the sucking
mouths there are several
varieties functionally
quite diverse and indicat-
ing differences of habit.
In the butterfly and moth
we have a flexible tube,
coiled like a watch spring
under the head between
the labial palpi. Mandi-
bles are absent and other
parts aborted. This is
used for sucking honey, FlG- 3._Hea(l and mo^th^arts of a Ground Beetle
&C, and therefore these (Carafots~) enlarged. A, from above ; B.
■ I, r from below, a. labrum ; b, mandible ; /,
insects are incapable of maxi]la with'palpi; ,. e\ labium witb
inflicting damage in this palp, e.
stage of their existence. A different form of sucking mouth is present in
INSECT LIFE IN INDIA AND HOW TO STUDY IT. 173
'the bugs' (Hemiptera). Here we have a jointed beak or rostrum,
instead of the long tube, made up of four segments, inside which run
four pointed lancets. This is used first for piercing plant structures, &c,
and then for sucking up their juices. Insects with this form of mouth
cannot be reached by internal poisons. The Flies (Diptera), have a
modification of this form of mouth, the piercing organs being at times
absent as in the house fly. Occasionally the mouth is both biting and
sucking as in the bees, the mandibles being fully developed and the labium
greatly elongated to enable the insects to gather the nectar upon which
they feed. The head also bears the eyes, which may be compound, com-
posed of a large number of facets, or simple (ocelli), and the antennae, con-
sisting of a number of joints (see Fig. 4). The thorax, which comes behind
the head, is divided into three portions — the pro-thorax, bearing the first
pair of legs, the meso-thorax, bearing the second pair of legs and the
c first pair of wings (if present), and the meta-
f thorax, bearing the third pair of legs and
» the second pair of wings (if present).
Behind the thorax comes the abdomen,
consisting usually of ten sograents, though
fewer may be visible, which are usually
freely movable upon one another and never
carry locomotion limbs. The extremity of
r the abdomen is, however, often furnished
with appendages, which are primarily con-
nected with reproduction, but which are
FIG. 4.— Front view of head .
of a cricket iBrachptrupes often converted into weapons of offence and
achoetinus). a. epicranium ; b, defence. Of such a nature are the oviposi-
compound eye;,, antenna; d '. .^ of Ichneumons the stings of bees,
elypeus ; e, labrum ; /, base ot m
mandible ; g, palpi. wasps, &c. The leg is divided into several
joints— the 'coxa,' the joint of attachment to the body, the ' trochanter,'
a short joint following the coxa, the femur (or thigh), the tibia (or
shank), and the tarsus, composed of a number of joints, from one
to five in number ; following the tarsus there may be a claw
(see Fig. 2).
Classification.
It has already been stated that insects are the most numerous in
species and individuals of all land animals. It is estimated that
somewhere about 255,000 species have been already described and this is
probably but a tenth of those that really exist.
1 74 JO URNAL, BOMB A Y NA TVRA L HIS TOR Y SOCIETY, Vol. X V.
The class is divided into Orders, of which, following Dr. Sharp's8
classification, we shall consider nine here. It will be seen that the
classification of insects into the different Orders depends upon the-
nature of the wings and mouth parts present. The following are the
Orders which will be considered in these papers, with a few of their
chief characters : —
1. Aptera (* without, *Ttpi* awing — wingless'2 insects); mouth
mandibulate (biting) or very imperfectly suctorial. Metamorphosis
incomplete. Includes the so-called Fish-insects.
2. Orthoptera (opQos straight, vnplv a wing — straight-winged).
Four wings are present, the front pair being coriaceous (leather-like)
usually smaller than the other pair, which are of more delicate
texture, and shut up in repose after the manner of a fan. Mouth
mandibulate. Metamorphosis incomplete. (Includes earwigs, cock--
roaches, mantis, stick insects, locusts, grasshoppers, crickets.)
3. Neuroptera (nvpov nerve, vripiv a wing — net-winged). Four
wings of membranous consistency, frequently with much net-work
in them ; the front pair very little, if at all, harder than the other
pair; the latter with but little or no fan-like action in closing.
Mouth mandibulate. Metamorphosis incomplete. (Includes white
ants, lace-winged flies, ant-lions.)
4. Hymenoptera (v^i,v membrane, »rtpi» awing — joined-winged).
Four wings of membranous consistency ; the front pair larger than
the hind, which are always small and do not fold up in repose.
Mouth mandibulate, sometimes provided also with a tubular pro-
boscis. Metamorphosis complete. (Includes ichneumons, flies, ants,
bees, wasps, &c.)
5. Coleoptera (xoxeo* sheath, »Tip» a wing — sheath-winged)..
Four wings, the upper pair shell-like in consistency, and forming
cases which meet together over the back in an accurate line of union
so as to entirely lose a wing-like appearance, and to conceal the
delicate membranous hind pair. Mouth mandibulate. Metamor-
phosis complete. (Beetles.)
6. Lepidoptera ( x £ * / $ scale, »nfo» a wing — scale- winged). Four
large wings, covered with scales. Mouth suctorial. Metamorphosis
complete. (Butterflies and moths.)
1. Sharp Camb. Nat. Hist. Insects, Pt. I, p. 172 (Vol. V).
2. It must not be supposed that all wingless insecta fall within the limits of this
Order.
INSEC? LIFE IN INDIA AND HOW TO STUDY IT. 175
7. Diptera ( s/$ double, *n/n» a wing — two-winged). Two mem-
branous wings. Mouth suctorial, but varying greatly. Metamorphosis
complete. (Two-winged flies such as house fly, mosquito, &c.)
8. Thysanoptera ( 9 vaxvot fringe, <*Ttpi» a wing — fringe-winged).
Four very narrow fringed wings. Mouth imperfectly suctorial. Me-
tamorphosis incomplete.
9. Hemiptera (^< half, wipo* a wing — half-winged). Four
wings : the front pair either leather-like, with the upper portion
more membranous, or entirely parchment-like or membranous.
Mouth perfectly suctorial. Metamorphosis incomplete. (Includes
tree bugs, cicadas, plant lice, scale insects.)
It must be remembered that numerous exceptions exist to these cha-
racters in most of the great Orders : for instance, wingless forms are
by no means rare in several of the Orders.
Chapter III.
Order I. Aptera.
Small insects with a weak outer skin, destitute throughout life of wings,
but with throe pairs of legs ; antennae large or moderate in size. These are
tho most primitive forms of insects. The Order is mentioned here as. it
includes the Sub-Order Thysanura to which the common so-called fish-
insect of India, a species of Lepisma (Family Lepismatidae), belongs. Fig. 5
shows the common Calcutta insect. Most of the Thysanura are small,
soft-bodied, with feebly developed mouth parts, and live in damp earth
among decaying vegetable matter. Some live under the bark of dried and
decaying trees or in decaying wood, and
in rare instances species are found pre-
ferring dry and warm localities. Amongst
the latter is the above-alluded to fish-
insect. It is well known to all in India,
and perhaps does most damage in libraries
and to pictures. In the latter it apparently
feeds upon the saccharine material used in
mounting the picture in its frame. Such
should either always be mixed with
arsenic, or naphthaline powder should
be dusted over the picture back. Book FlG. 6_A FwMnsect. Zepiima
eases should be freely powdered with naph- sp. (Calcutta.)
thaline to preserve the books. In the record-rooms of kutckerries, &c,
176 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
throughout the country powdered naphthaline should be freely used,
and at least a quarterly inspection made to renew it. In this way an
incalculable amount of harm will be prevented and valuable records be
safely preserved. Fish-insects are to be found as commonly in the sub-
tropical regions of the country as in the sub-arctic ones. \Y hetber the
species varies is at present unknown.
Order II. Orthoptera.
The Orthoptera are Insects with mouth parts conspicuous and formed
for biting ; the four palpi (the small ' feelers ' on either side of
the mouth) very distinct, and the lower lip longitudinally divided in
the middle. The upper wings (tegmina) are of parchment-like consis-
tency, being closed in repose on the back of the insect so as to protect
it. The lower wings are of more delicate consistency, large and fur-
nished longitudinally with fan-like nervures (veins) and small cross
ones which form together a network in the wing ; they are generally
covered over by the upper wings. The mode of growth of each indi-
vidual is a gradual increase in size, the wings being developed during
the last moult, i.e., the metamorphosis is incomplete, as there is no
pupal stage. Species exist in which the wings are absent or rudiment-
ary. Fig. 6 shows an insect belonging to this Order, the common
cockroach of India.
Fig. 6.— Common Indian Cockroach. Periplaneta americana (Calcutta) j-
The Orthoptera are Insects of comparatively large size, the Order
containing some of the largest known Insecta. It includes earwigs,
cockroaches, praying insects or soothsayers, stick and leaf insects,
grasshoppers, locusts and crickets.
The members of the Order often spend some time in the egg stage.
After hatching they increase in size by moulting, the whole outer skin
being shed at these periods. The wings are never present when the
insect is first hatched, but appear subsequently and increase in size at
INSECT LIFE IN INDIA AND HOW TO STUDY IT.
177
the moults ; the form and proportion of the segments of the body,
especially of the thorax, undergo much change ; changes in colour occur
at the moults, and the integument becomes harder in the adult con-
dition. The wings in many are absent, and flight appears to be of
minor importance in the Order; in many cases, where the wings exist,
they are purely musical organs and are not of any use for flight. The
upper wings are never used for flight. The musical powers of the
Orthoptera are confined to the Sanatoria group. The Cursoria are
dumb or nearly so ; in this latter series the wings have little value for
flight, and are simply used for purposes of adornment or concealment,
and more especially so in the Phasmidae and Mantidaa (praying iusects
and stick insects). Here the upper wings frequently exhibit a great
resemblance to vegetable structures, such as stems, leaves, &c, the
veins and shape of the leaf being copied with remarkable accuracy
in the wing of the insect. Contrary to the usual conditions amongst
Insects, the female is often more remarkable in colouring than the
male.
The eggs of the Orthoptera are deposited in capsules or cases ;
these capsules may contain only one egg or a great many (Figs.
9 and 12).
The number of existing species of the Order is estimated at
10,000, but this is probably far under the mark, as the small tropical
forms have never been properly collected.
We shall, following Sharp, treat the Order as comprising seven
families ; —
1. Forfcculido? (earwigs) : upper wings short,
lower wings complexly folded ; body
armed at the extremity with a strong
forceps.
2. Blattidce (cockroaches) : coxae of the legs
large, exserted, protecting the lower
part of the body.
3. Mantidce (praying-insects) : front legs
very large, raptorial, armed with
spines.
4. PhasmidcB (stick-insects) : meso-thorax
large as compared with the pro-
thorax.
Series Cursoria.
Hind legs but little
different from the
others.
178 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Series Sanatoria.
Hind legs elongate,
formed for leaping ; 1
their femora usual-
ly thickened.
6.
7.
5. AcridiidcE (locusts) : antenna short, not
setaceous, of not more than 20 joints f
tarsi three-jointed.
Locustidcc (grasshoppers) : antennas long,
setaceous, composed of a large number
of joints : tarsi four-jointed.
Grtjllidoe (cricket) : antennae very longr
setaceous ; tarsi two or three-jointed.
Series Cursoria.
Hind legs resembling front ones.
Fam. I. Forficulidse— Earwigs.
These Insects are distinguished by having a horizontal head and
very short wing covers, i.e., upper wings, which do not extend beyond
the insertion of the hind legs and repose flat on the back, meeting
together in a straight line along the middle. The lower wings are
very complexly folded beneath the upper, projecting at the lower end
in small slips from beneath them (see Fig. 7) ; when fully open they
are seen to be earshaped. This formation of the wings is characteristic
of the family when wings are present. The end of the body is
furnished with a pair of large callipers.
This family is not of great economic importance as far as is
at present known. Some species may, however, prove of service
in preying upon noxious pests. Whilst visiting the sandalwood
areas of North Coimbatore in Madras, the writer noticed that a
large grey earwig, Forficula sp.
(Fig. 7), was almost invariably
present in the old galleries of a
longicorn beetle, which bores
into the stems of saplings and
tunnels down their centres.
These tunnels were also used
as a home by a species
of white ant (see Fig. 2ti),
which was tunnelling through
the wood of still living trees.
The earwig was probably pre-
dacious upon the ants and their
larv
33.
FiO. 7.— An Earwig. Forficula spv
(Coimbatore, Madras)
INSECT LIFE IN INDIA AND HOW TO STUDY IT.
179
Fam. II. Blattidae— Cockroaches.
These are one of the oldest forms of Insects known, for it is certain
that in the carboniferous epoch they existed in considerable numbers
and variety, and the remains found do not differ very essentially in
appearance from present-day forms. The group contains about 800
species, divided into ten genera.
The head is bent downwards, so that the mouth is on the under
part which is directed backwards. (See Fig. 6.) Antennae are very long
and flexible, bristle-like, and consisting of 75' — 90 joints ; they are
longer in the male than in the female. Their function is supposed to
be that of smelling. The body is very flat, ending in small flat
processes, the 'cerci' which are usually distinctly jointed. Long
strong running legs, with large free coxae and big femurs, are present.
Fig. 8 shows a dorsal view of an Indian cockroach Blatta sp.
These Insects are common in houses, vessels employed in river and
ocean traffic, &c. Their
larvae much resembling
the adults, but without
wings, are often to be
found in rotten stumps
of trees in the forests
and elsewhere amongst
refuse. As a family their
food is of a very mixed
nature. Periplaneta ame-
ricana (Fig. 6) is a cock-
roach of worldwide dis-
tribution and very com-
mon in houses in India.
It is perhaps the com-
monest Insect in Calcutta houses throughout the year. The so-called
" black-beetle," so common in London houses and elsewhere in England,
is a cockroach by name Periplaneta orientalis.
Treatment. — Prepare a mixture of equal parts of finely powdered
chocolate and borax and dust it into the crevices where the insects
hide. The mixture must be well made so that with each part of choco-
late, of which the cockroaches are very fond, they will get a particle of
borax which is poisonous to them. The mixture is cheap and non-
poisonous to man.
Fig. 8.— Blatta sp. (Johore)
180 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Fam. III. Mantidse— Praying-Insects.
The Manticke are allied to the cockroaches, but differ in
respects. The body is, on the whole,
more elongate, the prothorax being
very long. The first pair of legs
are prehensile, with large coxse,
strong femurs (thighs) provided with
two rows of spines and tibise
(shanks), also furnished with two
rows of spines, which can be folded
back upon the femurs; with these
appendages the animal seizes its
prey, which consists of other Insects.
In the peculiar position of rest
assumed by these Insects their fore-
vanous
Fig. 10. — A praying mantis.
Deiphole ocellata. (Kulu.)
legs are held up in the attitude of
prayer from whence they get their
name of the ' praying mantis.' The
ova are attached to plants in groups
surrounded by a capsule. Fig. 9
YlGc. 9. — Egg-capsule of a praying
mantis. Deipliobe ocellata,
(Kulu.)
FlG 11.— A curious mimicking
mantis. Gongylug gongyloides.
(Eastern Bengal.) h nat- size*
INSECT LIFE IN INDIA AND HOW TO STUDY IT. 181
shows an egg capsule of the mantis Deiphobe ocellata attached to
a twig and Fig. 10 a male of this Insect (only the right half of
the Insect is shown in the drawing) which comes from Kulu. The
eggs last deposited are said to hatch first.
Many of the Insects of this family mimic the objects amongst which
they live. In fact, so great is the variety of shape and external appear-
ance of this group that de Saussure considers it a mimetic group. A
mantis of Eastern Bengal called Gongylus gongylohles (Fig. 11) has its
under surface resembling the pink corolla of a papilionaceous flower.
It usually hangs head downwards amongst green foliage simulating a
flower, and Insects flying to and settling upon it are seized and consumed.
This Insect has been known to science for upwards of three centuries, and
yet very little has been observed on the various stages of its life-history,
a case well illustrating the remarks already made upon this subject.
The Mantidce are not of great importance except perhaps on account
of their voracious and predacious habits, they being probably exclusively
Insect feeders. Little, however, is at present known in India as to the
service they may be to man in this direction, nor do we know whether
individual members of the family confine themselves to one species or
genus, &c.-, of Insects or whether they prey indiscriminately upon a
femily, group, or even Order. Mantidce are common enough, and are
often attracted to the lighted bungalow or tent at night, and may be
watched stalking their prey or waiting motionless on the table or white-
washed walls until an unwary Insect walks or flies within reach. They
Teed upon their prey whilst still alive, tearing off the head and dismem-
bering the Insect with a complete indifference to its struggles.
Fam. IV. Phasmidse— Stick and Leaf-Insects.
The Phasmidce are inhabitants of warm countries. They mimic dry
sticks and leaves in a marvellous manner. The wings are rudimentary
and legs very long. The prothorax is very short and the meso and
meta-thorax unusually long, and it is by this character that the Insects
can be easily distinguished. Their eggs have
a remarkable resemblance to the seeds of
plants. They are dropped singly by the Insect
at random on the ground, being enclosed in a
capsule. Fig. 12 shows two eggs of Lonchodes
Fig. 12.— Eggs of a Stick- virgens, Westw., from Sibsagar, an insect
insect. Lonchodes virtjens. . .
CSibsagar, Assam.) nearly IS inches in total length. Stick-insects
have the power of renewing a lost log, the mutilated limb being replaced
182 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
by one as perfectly functional as the original. The males and females
often differ entirely in appearance.
The genus Bacillus is wingless, the elongate body and long legs
looking like a dry branched twig or piece of
stick. This genus feeds upon foliage, at
times doing very considerable defoliation in
Australia. The Insects are, however, very
sensitive to cold, and frost will always put an
end;to them there. Fig. 13 shows an Indian
species, Bacillus arte mis, Westw., from the
Naga Hills. In Fiji and the Friendly
Islands a species of Lopaphus eats the leaves
of the cocoanut, and at times causes such a
scarcity of food that it becomes necessary
to take measures to destroy them.
The genus Phy Ilium occurs in the tropical
regions of the Old World. The upper wings
in these Insects and often their legs and
other parts are modified into leaf-like
structures. A species of Phyllium, Phyllium
scythe, is the Indian leaf-insect, whose broad
Fig. 13. — A Stick-Insect. Bacillus
artemis. (Naga Hills, Assam.)
abdomen and upper wings are exactly
like a leaf, and the legs are flattened
out and also resemble portions of
leaves. It is fairly common in Eastern
Bengal and Assam. Natives of India
believe, and have volunteered the
information to me on several occasions
in Eastern Bengal, that the Insect is
only a leaf, which developed as such
originally and then took to xvalkmg.
Its colouring changes with that of the leaves of the tree or shrub upon
which it is found. Fig. 14 shows a female of this extremely curious Insect.
FlG. 14. — A Leaf-Insect.
scythe. (Eastern Bengal) %
Phyllivm
INSECT LIFE IN INDIA AND HOW TO STUDY IT. 183
This family would appear to be well represented in Assam, most of the
species in the Indian Museum collections coming from that locality. It
would be most interesting if any one serving in that part of the continent
would take up and work out this most curious, as it is interesting,
family. He would be able to obtain help from the Indian Museum
collections which, thanks to the intimate knowledge of the group pos-
sessed by the late Mr. Wood Mason, a former Superintendent of the
Museum, are systematically arranged and contain a large number of
species.
Series Saltatoria.
Hind legs elongate, formed for leaping ; their femora usually
thickened.
Fam. V. Acridiidae— Locusts.
The hind legs differ from the others in being more elongate and
in having their femora broader near the base. Antennas short and
thick, with less than 30 joints. There is no exserted ovipositor in the
female. Tarsi are short with three distinct joints. The auditory organ
is placed on the upper part of the side of the first abdominal segment.
The large head is joined to the thorax in one piece, the front being
deflexed downwards at a sharp angle. Besides the two compound eyes
there are three ocelli (small simple eyes, see Fig. 2) present. The
upper wings are roof-shaped.
This family is remarkable owing to the presence of air sacs in connec-
tion with the trachea in the interior of the Insect and it is doubtless
the possession of these which enables them to undertake the great,
flights they perform when migrating.
The chirping sound of locusts is produced by rubbing together the
outer face of the upper wing, one of the veins in which is prominent
and possesses a sharp edge, and the inner face of the hind femur,
which bears a series of small bead-like prominences placed on the
upper of the two lower ridges which run along the side that is nearest
to the body.
The Acridiidae include the grasshoppers of the fields and the
important migratory locusts of this country and other parts of the
world. The family contains more species and individuals than any
other Orthopterous family, and is a most important one, as all its
members feed upon growing plants. It includes what are perhaps
two of the most dangerous Insect pests in the world— the great North-
IU JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL BISTORT SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
West Locust (Acridium peregrlnum of India) and the Rocky Mountain
locust (Melanoplus spretus of North America), Insects which at times
swarm in millions and clear the country they invade of every green
thing. Every leaf is stripped from the trees, every blade of grass
consumed and fields of crops eaten down as the flight moves onwards,
leaving devastation and ruin in its wake. There are many species of
Acridiidse in India, and many of them at different periods swarm
and do damage, but the North-West or migratory locust is the only
one which entirely overruns the country when on one of its great
incursions. "We will consider shortly the life-history of Acridium
peregrinum.
The home of this locust is in the sandy deserts of Rajputana and
Sind, from which it periodically invades the whole of India, The eggs
are laid in the ground and hatch out in about a month, but two months
or a much longer period may be spent in the egg stage if conditions are
not favourable to the young ones hatching out. The young are little
blackish wingless grasshoppers, which feed upon green plants of all kinds.
(See Frontispiece.) At the end of the first five days after hatching the
young locusts or 'hoppers' pack together and march in serried columns
into the fields and begin their work of devastation. This stage lasts from
one to two months, during which time the insects moult their skins at
intervals. Their wings develop during these several moults, and the
last shedding of the skin leaves the Insect with perfectly developed alar
appendages. As soon as they are full-grown, the locusts quit the areas
which they have occupied during their younger stages and
from which they have by then eaten everything green, take
wing and fly to fresh districts, which they proceed to devas-
tate in a similar manner. After a week or two spent in
these wanderings the insects pair and the females commence
egg-laying in the soft soil of the cultivated lands, as many
Fig. 15. as 100 eggs, stuck together in a mass with some siccable sub-
stance, being deposited by each insect. Fig. 15 shows the eggs laid
by one locust and the shape of the mass. At the egg-laying period
they cease feeding or only take a small amount of food, and for this
reason are often reported in telegrams, crop reports and newspaper
accounts as doing little or no damage. Closer observation would show
that they are egg-laying, and the young hoppers hatching from those
eggs will later on cause infinitely more destruction in the area than the
swarm themselves would have been capable of.
INSECT LIFE IN INDIA AND HOW TO STUDY IT. J 85
When the Insect first acquires wings it is salmon pink in colour, but
Inter it changes to yellow and then to a dull purple. The markings on
the wings are very characteristic, the wings having a number of large
and small black spots which form complete transverse bands near the
apex of the wing. The invasions of this Insect are periodical, the
average number of years that elapses between them being about eleven,
but a longer interval may pass. The last great attack occurred between
the years 1889-1893, but in 1901 the Insect spread from the north-
western frontier through the continent as far south as Ganjam in Madras,
the whole of the tract between the sea on the West and the Brama-
putra River on the East being invaded. Whilst these great flights are
present in a district, green foliage of every description suffers severely,
and the bark is peeled off young saplings. Crops, orchards and
young plantations, &c, thus suffer severely from the pest during great
invasions, whilst all tracts containing soft loose sandy soil are used by
the females for egg-laying, the eggs being laid by her in a hole in the
soil which she digs with the ovipositor (the blade-like instrument) at
the end of her body. (See Frontispiece — the insect to the right is
a female in the act of egg-laying.) If these eggs are not either dug
up and collected or ploughed in so as to destroy them, the young
hoppers will on hatching out do further injury to adjacent plants, &c.
When swarms of fully developed locusts are seen in a district, every
effort should be made to mark down the places at which they alight,
if it is not possible to keep them on the move and prevent their doing
so. If, after they have left the surface of the soil is seen to be covered
with small holes, like holes made in soft earth by heavy rain-drops,
eggs have been laid on that area (in the holes) and these should be got
rid of before they hatch out, or the young hoppers should be killed off
as soon after hatching as possible and before they pack into columns,
which they begin to do after about five days.
Remedies : —
1. Eggs. — Dig up the eggs and destroy them or plough them deep
into th8 soil.
2. Before formation into column. — Destroy the young hoppers as
soon as they emerge from the eggs and before they pack into columns
and begin their march into the fields under crops. This may be done
by crushing or burning them. Methods of accomplishing this are by
making use of men with flails or by covering the area occupied by the
pest with brushwood and setting fire to it. A more satisfactory method
186 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
is to sprinkle the Insects with creosote oil, the oil known as ' l'huile
lourde' in the trade. This effectually destroys them while at the same
time diminishing the terrible stench which will arise from the bodies if
the flail is used. The liquid as obtained from the trade is first mixed
with Is time3 its weight of water.
3. After formation into column. — Dig long dry trenches in the
path of the columns, one to two feet in depth, and of the same width
and drive the locusts into these. Parties of men, women and boys,
armed with branches, etc., can do this, whilst men line the far edge
of the trench and throw in earth and bury the insects. As soon as
one trench is filled the hoppers can be made to wheel to another and
the performance be repeated. Creosote oil, sprinkled in the trenches,
will prevent the terrible stench. The earth should be well trampled
down to prevent any young locusts escaping. When the hoppers have
attained some size this plan can no longer be used as they are then
able to hop out of the trenches. It will be found that at this period,
when disturbed in the open, they retire to the nearest cover and
remain there. Dry material available in the neighbourhood should be
collected and spread in patches or long strips. The locusts are then
driven into this ambush, surrounded by the people and the patches set
on fire. Whole swarms can thus be wiped out. A more expensive
plan for annihilating them at this period is by the use of what is known
as the ' Cyprus screen ' system which is as follows : —
Cloth screens, about 3 feet high and bound at the top with a strip
of oil cloth to prevent the locusts from climbing over, are erected
in advance of the swarm, pits being dug close to the screens, at right
angles to them and on the side of the swarm. The edges of the pit are
protected by frames made of cloth and wood with a zinc edge arranged
to prevent the young locusts from climbing up and escaping from the
pits. A swarm on arriving at the screen invariably turns to the right
and left along it, apparently endeavouring to go round it and thus fall
into the pits and can be destroyed wholesale. The cultivator will often
probably find the simple dry ditch (for young hoppers) and the brush-
wood and bush systems (for older ones) the best, but the screen system
is undoubtedly the one to employ when stations are in danger of inva-
sion from large hordes of this pest. To this end there should be kept
in store in all large civil stations and cantonments a few sample screens
and trench frames as patterns. From these, when a serious invasion was
imminent, the extra number required could be easily knocked up.
INSECT LIFE IN INDIA AND HOW TO STUDY IT. 187
4. For the winged insects. — The swarms which have newly acquired
wings are dangerous as they may spend several weeks flying about
and feeding before pairing and egg-laying. When a winged swarm
is seen approaching, the people should assemble in the fields armed
with tomtoms, kerosine tins, etc., and should be made to advance in
bands of 50 beating the instruments. The flight will almost invariably
change its direction if this procedure is carried out. Smoke fires and
the waving of cloths also seem to frighten the swarms to a certain
extent. If swarms of young winged locusts do settle in standing crops-
they may be treated as follows : —
Drag over the fields a capacious bag, five or six feet deep and
eight to ten feet long and open at the side instead of the end. This
is held by two men, one at each end, and is run along over the standing
crops to catch the locusts ; these tumble in, and being unable to escape-
can be, from time to time, killed by twisting up the bag. This is a
simple and easy method, the people will take to it readily, and little or
no injury need be done to the crops.
The old dark coloured swarms do little damage by feeding. They
must, however, be carefully watched as they are then intent on egg-
laying and every effort should be made in a district to find out where
their eggs are laid.
Fig. 16. — The Bombay locust Acridmm succinctum. (Bombay Presidency) \.
A fungus has been discovered which destroys locusts. It comes from
South Africa and has done good work there and elsewhere. Too little is
known of its value, however, in India to make it worth while doing
more than mentioning it here.
A. peregrinum is preyed upon by two dipterous parasites, one of which
attacks the egg, the other the mature insect. In addition a Carabid
beetle (Calosoma orientate, Hope) and the rosy pastor starling (Pastor,
roseus) cause great havoc amongst the flights.
188 JOURNAL, BOMBA Y NA TUBAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Besides the migratory locust proper, most of the provinces of India
have one or two large local locusts, which particularly affect their own
part of the country and produce the local swarms which on occasions do
so much damage.
Acridium succinctum is the locust of the Bombay Presidency.
(Fig. 16.) It is a large locust resembling A. pereginum from which it can
be distinguished by its different colouration. The wings are dark
brown at their base, this colour opening out into two broad bands
which extend about half way down the wing. Between these bands
are several black spots. The apical half of the wing is transparent
with a few black marks which lie parallel to the venation of the wing. A
broad yellow dorsal band runs down the head and thorax and is continued
along the upper edge of the wings. There is also a broad lateral yellow
band on the thorax which is continued on to the wings, with a narrow yel-
low line beneath it on the thorax. The Bombay locust breeds in the Ghats
and commits periodically considerable havoc amongst the crops of the
Deccan and Konkan, It is also to be found in Western Bengal, and
probably breeds in the Chota Nagpur hills. In the Nilgiri range of hills
in Madras, Acridium ceruginosum, Acridium melanocorne and Tryxalis
nasuta (Fig. 17) have their home and are the locusts which at times
swarm over
the Madras
Presidency
from that
centre. Two
species Tryx-
alis nasuta,*
and Oxya velox Fm_ 17-_The pointed-snouted locust. Tryxalis nasuta.
have been re- (Madras Presidency)-}.
ported as attacking and injuring }'oung chir (Pinus long i folia) and
robinia seedlings in Kangra Valley, Punjab. Both these latter
insects feed also upon crops and are to be found ail over the country.
The genus Tryxalis can be recognised by the pointed shape of the head,
the insect looking as if it had a pointed snout. (See Fig. 17.)
Chrotoganus sp. is another destructive locust as it feeds upon crops
of all kinds, biting off the young plants as soon as they appear
above the ground. Indigo, bajra, opium, wheat, barley, linseed,
and young chir plants have been reported as suffering from the attacks
* See the author's ' Departmental Notes on Insects that affect Forestry,' No. 1, pp. 1 — 5.
INSECT LIFE IN INDIA AND HOW TO STUDY IT. 189
of this pest which has proved very troublesome this year (1903) to
crops in Sind.
A large amount of investigation work remains to be done amoDgst
the smaller members of the family in India, as it is not improbable that
they are capable of developing into serious local plagues when favourable
conditions, such as a dry season and the adjuxtaposition of large masses
of their favourite food plants, occur.
The remedies already described for the migratory locust should be
made use of where possible when the other locust pests of the country
give trouble.
Fam. VI. Locus tidse*— Grasshoppers.
These insects are generally known as the long-horned grasshoppers,
from the fact of their having very long bristle-like antennas as compared
with the short thick ones of the true locusts. They are usually
grass-green or brown in colour, and their bodies are flattened and
more lightly built than the true locusts. The eyes are round, the
legs slender, and tarsi four-jointed. Wings are roof-shaped. On the
tibiae of each of the front legs there are two auditory organs, and
the males make sounds by rubbing the basal portion of one upper
wing, the under side of which has a transversely ridged edge, over
a corresponding portion of the other. The female possesses a long
sabre-like esserted ovi-
positor. Fig. 18 shows
a common long-homed
Indian grasshopper from
Bombay by name Clean-
d?'Ms ligatus. The speci-
Fig. 18.-A Long-homed Indian grasshopper. men depicted is from the
Cleandrus ligatus. (Bombay) \. Bombay Natural History
Society's collections. The eggs are laid on the ground or on leaves,
stems, &c.
This family is of less importance than the true locusts. It contains
the insect known as Schizodadylus monstrosus^ Brulli, a grasshopper
which can be at once recognised owing to the fact that the ends of its
wings are curled up in a coil at the end of its body. It lives in bur-
rows in the ground, coming out to feed probably chiefly at night. It is
known as ' bherwa' in the indigo districts, where it does a large amount
* It will be noted that the Locustidse are not locusts but grasshoppers, the true ' locusts'
belonging to the Acridiid<e— an unfortunate nomenclature which it would be impossible now
to change,
190 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Fig. 19.
Schizedavtylus monstrosus. (Bengal.)'
h nat. size.
of damage by cutting off indigo, tobacco, and other crop plants with
its enormous shear-like jaws. It is also plentiful in Assam, and I
believe I am correct in stating that it is to be found in the Madras Pre-
sidency. A pest of this kind
can commit an incalculable
amount of harm amongst
young plants. Fig. 19 shows
this insect, half natural size.
Remedial measures will be
the same as those discussed
for the crickets below.
Fam. VII. Gryllidse— Crickets.
The Gryllidse are closely connected with the Locustidse. The antennse
are long and slender and setaceous ; hind legs long and used for jumping
purposes. The upper wings have the
outside portion bent vertically down-
wards on to the side of the body, whilst
the inner portion lies horizontally on
the dorsal surface. The tarsi are
usually three-jointed. The female has
a long exserted ovipositor (see Fig. 20).
Wingless forms are numerous. The
musical and auditory organs are situat-
ed in the same position as in the Locus-
tidae. The crickets differ from these
latter in having the three-jointed tarsi
and in the position of the upperwings
in repose. The body is thick and
cylindrical, and the eggs are glued together and laid in holes in the
ground. Fig. 20 shows a black cricket named Liogryllus bimaculatus
which is exceedingly common round Bombay.
This family contains some injurious pests, of which two more espe-
cially harmful will be mentioned. The mole cricket {Gryllotalpa vul-
garis) is a large insect, which has the front legs thickened for digging
purposes, and has the prothorax enormously enlarged, resembling the
carapace of a lobster, and there is no ovipositor present. The forelegs
have a very short and thick femur (thigh) and tibia (shank), and the
tibia is prolonged into a series of four points and is concave on the
outside. The first two joints of the tarsus are prolonged into teeth. The
Fia. 20.— Black field-cricket of
Bombay. Liogryllus bimaculatui.
(Bombay).
INSECT LIFE IN INDIA AND HOW TO STUDY IT.
191
fore wings are very short and oval, and the hind wings are rolled
up upon themselves like
a rolled-up umbrella and
extend back in two points.
(See Fig. 21.) This in-
sect is dangerous, as it
burrows under ground
in grass lands, "gardens
and nurseries, destroying
the roots of plants in its FlG> 2L_The moie.Cricket Gryllotalpa vulgaris,
operations. (Bengal) f.
The second injurious species which has proved itself a serious pest in
India is a cricket (Fig. 22) named Brachytrupes achcetinus,* which has
a very wide distribution. The life-history of this insect has been partially
worked out by the writer and an Assistant in Eastern Bengal (Chittagong
Hill Tracts). Larvee about half grown were found in April voraciously
feeding upon young rubber (Ficus elastica) seedlings in nursery beds,
into which the young plants had been transplanted from the pots in which
they had been raised from seed. It was not until some 40 per cent, of
the seedlings had been killed off that the aggressor was marked down in
the burrows in which it lives. These are constructed in soft sandy
situations, the tunnel starting at an angle to the surface level and
running in a zigzag manner down into
the soil for some 2 feet and having a dia-
meter of \ to f inch. At the end it is
enlarged into a small chamber. A hole
may be occupied by one, two, or as many
as three young ones. The insect feeds
.1 i. Fl°- 22-— Common field-cricket.
chiefly at night, spending the day in its Brachytrnpetachcetinu*. (Chitting
burrow, into which it drags some of Hill Tracts.) \ nat. size,
its food plant for consumption during the day. Soft soil is chosen to
dig the holes in — and therefore the nursery beds are preferred, but any
soft spots in the neighbourhood will be found to contain numbers of the
insects. The young larvee feed till the beginning of the rains — about
the middle of June. They then cease until October, and they would
appear to rest during the heaviest of the rains, though there is no pupal
stage proper in this Order. In October the damage in the nursery re-
commences, and the holes will be found to contain two fully developed
* See Departmental Notes on Insects that affect Forestry, No. 1, p. 6.
192 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Insects, male and female, at the bottom of each, the holes being now
some 2£ to 3 feet deep and very winding. The Insects at this period
feed voraciously, and continue to do so for a month. In November
they die off, the female probably first laying her eggs in soft patches
of soil in the ground. This cricket has been reported as injurious to
young tea plants in Bengal, Assam and elsewhere, cutting off the young
plants level with the ground.
. Remedies. — All soft patches of soil should be carefully and deeply
ploughed or hoed up so as to kill off the eggs by exposing them at the
surface. When an attack has been discovered in progress, small boys
should at once be put on to dig up each hole and kill the insect at the
bottom. This will be found to be a cheap and effectual method of
getting rid of the pest, which, if left alone, will do an immense amount
of injury. Being a large-bodied insect, some 2| inches long, it is
capable of consuming during its life a considerable amount of green
food material.
Useful Orthoptera.
The number of Orthoptera known to be of use to man is a small one.
The Mtwtidce may be said to be useful to a certain extent, in that they
destroy insects of all kinds, and in their larval stages in some cases they
probably feed largely upon Aphidce. As I have mentioned in my notes
under that family, the For find idee, in spite of the bad reputation they
have amongst gardeners as being injurious to vegetation, are much
more likely to be of use, since many are undoubtedly predacious upon
larvae, small snails, &c, which live upon plants.
( To be continued.)
193
A LIST OF THE BATRACHIANS KNOWN TO INHABIT
THE MALAY PENINSULA, WITH SOME REMARKS
ON THEIR HABITS, DISTRIBUTION, &c.
By A. L. BUTLER, f.z.s., m.b.o.u., &c.
{Director of Game Preservation, Soudan Government.)
INTRODUCTION.
The most recent papers dealing with the Batrachians of the Malay
Peninsula as a whole are those published in the " Proceedings of the
Zoological Society " (189G and 1899), by Captain S. S. Flower, formerly
in charge of the Royal Siamese Museum at Bangkok, and now Director
of the Egyptian Government Zoological Gardens at Cairo.
In the second paper (P. Z. S., 1899, p. 885 et seq.) 45 species of
Batrachians are recorded from the Peninsula, including Megalophrys
montana, Kuhl, mentioned somewhat doubtfully in a note, but since
obtained again by the " Skeat Expedition," and two species, Rana
jerboa, Gthr., and Nectes subasper, Tschudi, mentioned in the Addenda.
Since then 13 other species have been added to the Peninsula list by
the collections of the " Skeat Expedition " (P. Z. S., 1900, p. 883) by
Mr. Leonard Wray, of the Perak Museum, and myself. A brief list of
these additions was given by me in the P. Z. S. of June 17th, 1902
(p. 188).
The present list, therefore, includes 58 species. I originally com-
menced this paper in the Straits, when in charge of the Selangor State
Museum, but a sudden and unexpected departure to a new field of
work in Africa separated me from my collections, which of course re-
mained in the Museum, and thus prevented me from being able to
give localities and measurements from my specimens as fully as I should
have wished. After some hesitation I have since completed the paper,
and offer it to the Society with this partial excuse for its shortcomings.
In the brief notes on habits, etc., I have freely supplemented my own
field-notes from the writings of others. The known distribution of
each species is given, in almost every case taken from Captain Flower's
papers or supplied me by Mr. Boulenger. For the benefit of local
workers the descriptions of species discovered since the publication
of Captain Flower's second paper are quoted in full. I am aware that
most Societies are disinclined to occupy space in their journals with
descriptions which have already been published, but my own experi-
ence is that by this economy of space the usefulness of many papers is
marred to field- workers who, in seeking how to recognize a species,
194 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
find only references to back numbers of bulky journals which they are
not in the least likely to have available.
The richness of the Batrachian Fauna of the Malay Peninsula is
remarkable, and it is my belief that many interesting species both of
Batrachians and Reptiles remain to be discovered, especially in the
mountains. On my last collecting trip, in March and April 1900,
I was fortunate enough to obtain on the Larut Hills in Perak no less
than five frogs, five lizards, and a snake which were previously un-
known. I hope that the present paper may assist in drawing attention
to this field of research.
Collecting Reptiles and Batrachians does not seem to be nearly as
popular as the collecting of birds, but it becomes a very fascinating
hobby when once taken up, and has the great advantage that the
spirit preservation of specimens takes so little time, whereas a fruitful
day's collecting of birds or mammals means to an unassisted man long
hours of work at night to prepare the spoils.
In one respect the Reptiles and Batrachians have not suffered by
being less popular than the birds. They enjoy a comparative im-
munity from the bewildering confusion of synonyms, the perpetual
changes of nomenclature, and the too often unjustifiable multiplication
of sub-species with which ornithologists are forming a burden that
future generations of bird-lovers may well hesitate to take up, and
which is the despair of the naturalist collector abroad.
For much kind assistance rendered while I was collecting Reptiles and
Batrachians in the Peninsula my thanks- are especially due to Captain
Flower, whose enthusiasm first attracted me to this branch of zoology j.
to Mr. Boulenger of the British Museum, who amidst his labours always
found time to give me identifications, and other information asked for,
most fully and promptly, and who would doubtless show the same kind-
ness to other collectors taking up the subject ; to Mr. Leonard Wray of
the Perak Museum, Mr. H. N. Ridley of the Botanical Gardens, Singa-
pore, and to Dr. Hanitsch of the Raffles Museum, to all three of whom
I am indebted for much help and many specimens.
LIST OF SPECIES.
Order Ecaudata.
Family Ranidce.
1. Oxyglossus lima, Gravenh.
Oxyglossus lima, Blgr., Cat. Batr. Sal., p. 5 ; S. Flower, P. Z. S.r
1896, p. 897 ; P. Z. S., 1899, p. 886 ; Laidlaw, P. Z. S., 1900, p. 884.
BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 195
This frog has been obtained in the Malay Peninsula by Mr. Flower,
who found it numerous in June 1898 near Alor Star and at Jenan in the
State of Kedah, and by the Skeat Expedition from Biserat, Jalor. He
describes it as a thoroughly aquatic species, to be found in small ponds.
Known from Lower Beugal, Burma, Southern China, Siam, Cam-
bodia, Cochin China, Malay Peninsula, Java.
2. Oxyglossus l<evis, Gilnther.
Oxyglossus Icevis, Blgr., Cat. Batr. Sal., p. 6 ; Blgr., P. Z. S., 1897,
p. 228 (tadpole) ; S. Flower, P. Z. S., 1896, p. 897, and P. Z. S.j 1899,
p. 886 ; Laidlaw, P. Z. S., 1900, p. 884.
Obtained by Mr. L. Wray near Taiping, by Dr. Hanitsch from
swamps near Ipoh, Perak, and by the Skeat Expedition from Biserat,
Jalor.
Distribution. — Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Mentawei Islands,
Borneo, Flores, Celebes, Philippines.
3. Rana cyanophlyctis, Schneider.
Rana leschenaidtii, Cantor, p. 138.
Rana cyanophlyctis, Blgr., Cat. Batr. Sal., p, 17 ; Anderson, P. Z. S.,
1895, p. 660, pi. xxxvii, fig. 2 (tadpole) ; S. Flower, P. Z. S., 1896,
p. 897, and P. Z. S., 1899, p. 887.
Cantor mentioned two specimens from the Peninsula, and speaks of
the species as " apparently not numerous." It has never been obtained
in the Peninsula since.
Distribution. — S. Arabia, Baluchistan, Cashmere, Himalayas (up to
6,000 feet), India, Ceylon, Malay Peninsula.
4. Rana kuhlii, D. and B.
Rana kuhlii, Blgr., Cat. Batr. Sal., p. 20 ; P. Z. S., 1899, p. 166 ; S.
Flower, P. Z. S., 1899, p. 887.
I obtained two specimens in April, in a gloomy ravine on the flank
of Gunong Ijau (Larnt Hills) at about 4,500 ft. elevation. They were
hidden under the debris of rotten plantain leaves along the banks of a
small stream, into which they dived directly their hiding place was
disturbed. I captured my specimens by groping about the bottom of
the pools into which I had seen them jump. The larger of the two
measured from snout to vent Bg'o incn6s'
Messrs. Hanitsch and Flower had previously obtained specimens
from the same locality.
Elsewhere it occurs in Southern China, Burma, Sipora (Mentawei
Islands), Java, Bornoo, Celebes.
5
196 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
5. Rana laticeps, Blgr.
Rana laticeps, Blgr., Cat. Batr. Sal., p. 20, pi. i, fig. 1 ; S. Flower,
P. Z. S., 1896, p. 897, and P. Z. S.} 1899, p. 888.
The frogs which Dr. Hanitsch recorded (Rep. Raffles Library and
Museum, 1898) from Gunong Kledang, Porak, as this species are not
R. laticeps but R. hascheana.
The claim of R. laticeps to a place on the Peninsula list depends
therefore on a single specimen in the British Museum from Malacca
(Mr. flervey) and on Captain Flower's not quite positive identification of
a specimen in bad condition in the Raffles Museum from the same locality.
Distribution. — Khassya, Bengal, Malay Peninsula.
6. Rana macrodon, Kuhl.
Rana macrodon, S. S. Flower, P. Z. $., 1899, p. 888 ; Laidlaw,
P. Z. S., 1900, p. 885.
Common and widely distributed in the Peninsula, being found from
sea-level up to 4,000 feet on the hills. Captain Flower calls Bufo
asper, " the grandest Batrachian inhabiting the Peninsula," but I never
saw one approaching really tine examples of Rana macrodon in size.
One cf these frogs which I obtained at Kuala Lumpur in January
1899 measured exactly 9 inches from snout to vent, and there is a
specimen in the Raffles Museum measuring 9^ inches. The coloration
of this species is extremely variable, especially in the young. On the
Larut Hills, at 4,000 feet elevation, where they ran to about 6 inches
in length, a uniform yellowish clay-colour was usual ; some examples
had a pale vertebral stripe, and some were ornamented with a few
small orange-red spots upon the back. The 9-inch monsters from
jungle-pools in the low-country are very dark olive-brown above,
with a strong bluish gloss ; beneath yellowish white. A bright brown-
ish-red variety is common in Singapore, and has been figured by
Captain Flower, P. Z. S., 1896, PI. XLY.
Distribution. — " Upper Burma, Tennasserim, Malay Peninsula, Sipora
(Mentawei Islands), Java, Lombok, Flores, Natunas, Borneo, Phillip-
pines " (Flower).
7. Rana plicatella, Stol.
Rana plicatella, Stol., S. A. S. B. 1873, p. 116, pi. xi., fig, 1 ;
Blgr., Cat. Batr. Sal., p. 26 ; S. S. Flower, P. Z. S., 1899, p. 890;
Laidlaw, P. Z. S., 1900, p. 885.
Originally described by Stoliczka from a spirit specimen from
Penan g or Province Wellesley ; Flower obtained an adult male in
BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 197
Penang ; the "Skeat Expedition" obtained an adult male and female
at the foot of Gunong Inas, and two young at 3,000 and 4,000 feet
elevation ; and I captured a single specimen on the top of Bukit Tiinah,
Singapore, in June 1900.
The adult males obtained by Flower and by the " Skeat Expedition"
had knob-shaped prominences on the occiput. Stoliczka does not men-
tion this in the description of his specimen (sex not mentioned) and
the knob was absent in my example (not sexed). It is probably, as-
suggested by Flower, a sexual characteristic of the adult male.
8. Rana tigpjna, Daud.
Rana tigrina, Cantor, p. 139 ; Boul., Cat. Batr. Sal., p. 26 ; id.
Fauna Brit. Ind., Rept., p. 449 (figured) ; Flower, P. Z. S., 1896,
p. 901 ; P. Z. S., 1899, p. 891 ; Laidlaw, P. Z. S., 1900, p. 885.
I am inclined to think this frog must be rather local in its distribu-
tion in the Peninsula, and probably more abundant in the Siamese
States than in the South. In three and-a-half years' collecting I never
met with it. Cantor writes of it as u excessively numerous in valleys and
hills after heavy falls of rain." In the Peninsula it has been obtained
from Penang, Province Wellesley, Kedah, Patani and Kelantan.
It has a wide range : Flower gives the distribution as Nepal, Sikhim,
India, Ceylon, Burma, China, Formosa, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Java,
Borneo, Celebes, Philippines, Lombok, Ombaai, Sumba.
9. Rana limnocharis, Boie.
Rana gracilis, Blgr., Cat. Batr. Sal., p. 28.
Rana limnocharis, Blgr., Fauna. Ind., Rept., p. 450 : Flower, P, Z. S.,
1896, p. 901, and 1899, p. 893 ; Laidlaw, P. Z. S., 1900, p. 885.
Common and widely distributed in the Peninsula. This is the
only batrachian which I have found in brackish water in tidal creeks
and ditches.
According to Flower it is known elsewhere from Sikhim, India,
Ceylon, Burma, China, Hongkong, Hainan, Formosa, Japan, Siam,
Java, Lombok, and Borneo.
10. Rana hascheana, Stol.
Polypedates hascheana, Stol., J. A. S. B., 1870, p. 147, pi. ix.,
fig 3.
Rana hascheana,S. Flower, P.Z. S., 1896, p. 902, and P.Z. S., 1899,
p. 894.
Stoliczka found this frog common all through the higher forests of
Penang (about 1,000 ft.) and Flower obtained it from the same locality.
198 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
It is this species which Dr. Hanitsch obtained on Gunong Kledang,
Ipoh, Perak, at 2,000 ft. elevation and recorded under the name of
R. laticeps (Rep. Raffles Libr. and Mus., 1898).
I got specimens in March 1900 on the Larut Hills, Perak, from
2000 to 3000 ft. elevation. It croaks throughout the day, uttering a
single very loud crow-like caw two or three times in succession and
then remaining silent for some minutes. When tracked down the frog
is almost always found under a dead leaf, not in a hole of any sort. It
is extremely active and hard to catch, making oft' with long leaps
through the undergrowth directly it is disturbed. They appear to be
especially numerous at just about 2,000 ft., at which elevation the jungle
nesounded with their loud calls.
In croaking the throat is greatly inflated.
Flower has described this species with his usual accuracy and to his
description I can only add that the ground colour varies from " rich
yellow " to orange brown in different individuals.
R. hascheana is also known from the Natuna Islands.
11. Rana erythr/EA, Schl.
Rana erythrcea, Boul., Cat. Batr. Sal., p. 65 ; Flower, P. Z. S., 1896,
p. 902, pi. xlv, fig. 2, and P. Z. S., 1899, p. 895 ; Laidlaw, P. Z. S.
1900, p. 885.
Common throughout the Peninsula in suitable localities ; confined to
the low country and never found away from water.
This pretty frog is usually rather shy, but those which inhabit
the small ponds in the Botanic Gardens, Singapore, have become
so accustomed to gardeners drawing water, etc., that they are
charmingly tame. I found that if quietly approached they would
frequently take insects from my fingers, and when tickled with
a piece of grass would push it away with their hind legs instead
of moving.
Distribution. — Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo,
Celebes, Philippines (Flower).
1 2. Rana macrodactyla, Giinther.
Rana macrodactyla, Blgr., Cat. Batr. Sal., p. 54 ; Flower, P. Z. S.,
1899, p. 895 ; Laidlaw, P. Z. S., 1900, p. 885.
Obtained by Flower near Jenan and Alor Star, Kedah, and since by
the Skeat Expedition near Biserat, Jalor.
Distribution. — Burma, South China, Siam, Malay Peninsula
(Flower).
BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 199
13. Rana labialis, Blgr.
Rana labialis, Blgr., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xix, 1887, p. 345,
pi. x, fig. 1 ; S. Flower, P. Z. S., 1896, p. 903, pi. xlv, fig. 3 (tad-
pole); P. Z. S., 1899, p. 896 ; Laidlaw, P. Z. S., 1900, p. 886.
Originally described from specimens from Malacca, collected by Mr.
Hervey ; since obtained in the Botanical Gardens, Singapore, by Mr.
Ridley and Mr. Flower, by myself in Selangor and by the Skeat Expe-
dition on Gunong Inas. In his first paper Flower states that he caught
two specimens " in a small pond," associating with Rana erythrcea,
which agrees with its habits as described to me by Mr. Ridley ; in his
second paper, however, he says that his specimens were " in each case,
observed sitting on the leaves of plants or in bushes, so it evidently is
not a true water-frog like Rana erythrcea.'" He describes it as having
the upper parts bright green and the lower immaculate white. A Singa-
pore specimen given me by Mr. Ridley agrees well with this description,
but a variety obtained by me in Selangor (identified by Mr. Boulen-
ger) is somewhat different. The back was bronze-brown, with indis-
tinct black spots ; the lips light golden ; the sides dark green, distinctly
separated from the bronze of the back ; beneath silvery white, the
throat mottled with a few brown spots. Caught in a fast running-
stream in jungle on the Cheras Road, near Kuala Lumpur.
Also known from the Mentawei Islands.
14. . Rana jerboa, Gthr.
Rana jerboa, Bouleng., Cat. Batr. Sal., p. 67, and Ann. Mus. Genova
(2), xiii, 1893, p. 335.
I have at different times obtained five examples of this frog from
the Batu Caves, Selangor. They were a long distance underground,
but were not in total darkness, frequenting a pile of moist rocks beneath
a shaft communicating with the open air. These appear to be the
only specimens recorded from the Malay Peninsula. Two of them
measure If-J and If inches from snout to vent.
Habitat. — Karin Hills, Borneo, Java, Malay Peninsula.
15. Rana luctuosa, Peters.
Rana luctuosa, Blgr., Cat. Batr. Sal., p. 68 ; S. Flower, P. Z. S.,
1896, p. 904, pi. xlvi ; P. Z. S., 1899, p. 896.
This frog, originally known from Borneo, was first recorded from the
Malay Peninsula by Captain Flower, who obtained it near small ponds
on the Penang Hill in November 1896 and March 1898. I obtained
two examples on the Larut Hills in March and April 189S3 and in
200 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
the same months of this year (1900) I found it plentiful round the small
water holes in the Hill Gardens, Larut. I obtained 22 specimens.
Subsequently some coolies, who were looking out for frogs for me,
inspired by visions of unlimited small change (calculating on the rate
of 10 cts. per frog, which I generally paid for specimens of any use to
me), took the trouble to drain off a small pond into which a number
of these frogs had been seen to dive and bagged half a kerosine tin
full of them, over a hundred. These I looked over and released.
Flower's description of this species is, as usual, exceedingly accurate,
but I do not think the colouring on the back is in any way dependent
on age. Flower says : A Top of head and back rich dark chocolate
brown (in very small frogs the back is a very bright red, more
vermilion than chocolate)." I found this bright red quite common
among some of the largest I examined, while many of the smallest
were of the dark chocolate tint.
In one fine adult the marbling on the thighs was of the samo rich
chocolate red as the back. Four average sized adults measure from
snout to vent 2J, If £, 2^, \\% inches.
A tadpole with the fore-limbs still undeveloped measured from
snout to vent l53s, tail 1|^, hind limbs 1| inch in length.
16. Rana glandulosa, Blgr.
Rana glandulosa, Blgr., Cat. Batr. Sal., p. 73, pi. vii ; S. Flower,
P. Z. S., 1896, p. 905 ; P. Z. S. 1899, p. 897 ; Laidlaw, P. Z. S.,
1900, p. 887.
Known from Perak, Malacca, and Singapore in the Malay Peninsula.
Elsewhere from Borneo and Palawan.
I have obtained examples in Selangor, but it is not common. There
was one small specimen in the museum when I took up the curatorship
in 1898. In March 1899, I captured a fine pair under a large heap
of tiles in a compound in Kuala Lumpur, and took another in one of the
Batu Caves in total darkness. I have seen it once or twice in swamps
lying in tracts of " lalang " grass.
The eye of this frog is a conspicuous fiery red.
17. Bana larutensis, Blgr.
Rana larutensis, Blgr., Ann. and Mag. N. H. (7), iii, 1899, p. 273,
pi. xi, fig. 1 ; Flower, P. Z. S., 1899, p. 898 ; Laidlaw,. P. Z. S.,
1900, p. 886.
These frogs are extremely plentiful in rocky streams on the Larut
Hills (where the species was discovered by Flower in 1898) but are
BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 201
extraordinarily difficult to catch. Their mottled colouring renders
them almost invisible when sitting on the granite rocks ; they dive
directly one attempts to approach them, swimming with ease in
the strongest current and concealing themselves in crevices under
water.
I get them from the foot of the hill at an elevation of 3,000 feet.
The Skeat Expedition procured specimens from streams at the foot
of Gunong Inas.
18. Rana signata, Giinther.
Rana signata, Boulenger, Cat. Bafcr. Sal., p. 71 ; Laidlaw, P. Z. S.,
1900, p. 886.
Obtained by the Skeat Expedition at the foot of Gunong Inas.
Previously known from Borneo.
19. Rana livida, Blyth.
Rana Uvida, Boulenger, Fauna Ind., Rept., p. 462.
Mr. Boulenger has identified a specimen obtained in the Larut
District, Perak, by Mr. L. Wray.
It was previously known from the Himalayas and Assam to Tenas-
serim.
20. Rana lateralis, Blgr.
Rana lateralis, Boulenger, Ann. Mus., Genov. (2), v, 1887, p. 483, pi.
viii, fig. 2, id. " Fauna of India," Rept. and Batr., p. 457 ; Laidlaw,
P. Z. S., 1900, p. 886.
A single frog obtained by the Skeat Expedition in thick jungle at
Kuala Aring, in the Siamese Malay States, is referred to this species.
Previously known from Borneo only.
21. Rana dorije, Blgr.
Rana dorice, Boulenger, Ann. Mus., G-enova (2), v, 1887, p. 482,
pi. iii, fig. 1 ; ib. xiii, 1893, p. 328, pi. viii, fig. 1 ; Faun. Ind., Rept.
p. 447.
A single example of Rana dorice obtained by Mr. L. Wray in Lanit,
Perak, has been identified by Mr. Boulenger. Previously known from
Karin Hills, Tenasserim, Mergui.
22. ? Rhacophorus hecticus, Peters.
Rhacophorus hecticus, Blgr., Cat. Batr. Sal., p. 78.
Captain Flower considered that a large Rkacoplwrus in the Perak
State Museum possibly belonged to this species.
Described from Samar Island, Philippines.
23. Rhacophorus leucomystax, Gravenh.
202 JO URN A L, BOMB A 7 NA TURA L EISTOR Y SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Rhacophorus maculatus, Part., Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal., p. 83.
Rhacophorus leucomystax, Boulenger, P. Z. S., 1889, p. 29 ; id.
Fauna Ind., Rept., p. 474 ; S. S. Flower, P. Z. S. 1899, p. 898, pi.
lix, figs. 3, 3a ; Laidlaw, P. Z. S., 1900, p. 887.
One of the commonest and most widely distributed of Malayan frogs.
Its coloration is very variable, and six or seven different colour-
varieties have been described by Captain Flower. It is known to the
Malays as " Katak Pisang " (plantain frog), the broad glossy leaves and
stems of the plantain affording it a favourite refuge. In almost any
verandah where plants are kept these frogs are sure to be found and
may be noticed towards sundown crawling about among the pots or
trellis work in search of insects. As is the case among many Malayan
frogs, the tadpoles are developed and released from the ova very rapid-
ly. The spawn is usually deposited in a frothy mass on leaves, twigs
or planks just touching, or just above, the surface of water. About
houses, tubs of rain water are commonly used as breeding places. I
remember a case in which all the tadpoles hatched from one batch of
eggs laid under my observation had a most curious kink in the tail ; I
never saw this peculiarity in others and am puzzled to account-for it.
I have found this species common on the hills up to 5,000 feet, as
well as throughout the low country.
Distribution. — Sikhim, Assam, Burma, Southern China, Hongkong,
Formosa, Cambodia, Cochin China, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Java,
Samba, Borneo, Celebes, Philippines (Flower.)
24. Rhacophorus bimaculatds, Blgr.
Rhacophorus bimaculatus, Bouleng., Cat. Batr. Sal., p. 90 ; Faun.
Ind., Rept., p. 472 ; Ann. Mus., Genova (2), xiii, 1893, p, 339.
A single specimen of this frog was identified by Mr. Boulenger
among some reptiles and batrachians recently sent home by Mr. L.
Wray, Jr., from Larut, Perak, No other naturalist appears to have
met with it in the Peninsula.
Habitat. — E. Himalayas, Assam (Khasi Hills), Karin Hills, Malay
Peninsula (Larut Hills).
25. Rhacophorus nigropalmatus, Blgr.
Rhacophorus nigropalmatus, Bouleng., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.
(6), XVI, p. ] 70 (1895) ; S. S. Flower, P. Z. S., 1899, p. 899 ; Hanitsch,
Journ. Str. Br. R. A. S., No. 34, p. 96.
Only three specimens of this "Flying Frog " have been recorded.
The first was obtained by Mr. Chas. Hose from the Akan River,
BATRACH1ANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 203
Borneo ; the second by Mr. L. Wray, Jr., in the Piah Valley, Upper
Perak; the third by Mr. A. D. Machado in Pahang.
Each of these examples has been fully described : the references are
given above.
The second and third specimens are presorved in the Perak and
Singapore Museums.
Length from snout to vent in these specimens 80, 84 and 98 millim.
The claim of this and some allied species to the name of " Flying,"
Froo- still, I believe, rests on the statement of a Chinaman to Mr.
Wallace that he saw one fly from one tree to another.
26. Rhacophorus leprosus, Schl.
Polypedates leprosus, Gunther, A. & M. N, H. (5), XX, 1887,
p. 315, pi. xvi, figs. A, a, al.
Rhacophorus leprosus, BouL, P. Z. S.f 1890, p. 284 ; Flower, P. Z. S.,
1896, p. 907.
About six or eight specimens of this curious frog were obtained by
Mr. Wray at 4,000 ft. on the Larut Hills. They were all taken at the
same spot, the vicinity of a stream on the flank of Gunong Ijau, about
a mile from the " Cottage." After failing to find a single specimen
during three different visits to the hills— of two months, a week, and
a month— I got Mr. Wray to direct me to the exact spot, which I
searched diligently for several mornings, but in vain. Flower quotes
Mr. Wray as saying that it "lives in holes in trees, etc." ; Mr. Wray
told me he caught all his on the trunks of trees, upon which it was
very difficult to detect owing to its roughened reddish brown back
harmonizing so well with the bark. Possibly Mr. W ray's note was
confused with one relating to another species. Thero is a good cast
of this frog, done by Mr. Wray, in the Perak Museum.
Habitat. — Malay Peninsula, Sumatra.
27. Ixalus pictus, Ptrs.
Ixalus pictus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac, 1871, p. 580; Peters, Ann.
Mus. Civ., Genova, III, 1872, p. 44, pi. vi, fig. 3 ; Boulenger, Cat.
Batr. Sal., p. 99 ; Flower, P. Z. S., 1896, p. 908.
On the 22nd of March 1900 my friend ,Mr. A. Hale, with whom I
was collecting on the Larut Hills, detected and pointed out, to me
one of these very beautiful little tree-frogs which was sitting on a stick
among some dead leaves at the side of a path in jungle at 4,000 ft.
elevation. The species wos originally known from Borneo, and the
only other specimen recorded from the Peninsula is one caught on
6
204 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
Bukit Timah, Singapore, by Dr. Hanitsch of the Raffles Museum in
February 1896 and now in the British Museum.
The colouring of this frog is particularly pretty, but fades rapidly in
the spirit specimen. The following description was jotted down from
the living example :
Above bright reddish orange, the body and limbs spotted with
irregular sharply defined patches of cream colour. Beneath clear
brownish orange, the lips with spots and the throat with patches of
cream colour. Abdomen white with sharply contrasted blotches of
greenish black ; the white of the abdomen commencing in a point en
the pectoral region and abruptly separated from, not blending into, the
orange of the sides. Edges of limbs and feet minutely spotted with
yellowish.
Iris, above the pupil golden, beneath pupil bronze brown.
Also known from Borneo.
28. Ixalus asper, Blgr.
Ixalus asper, Boul., P. Z. S., 1886, p. 415, pi. xxxix, fig. 1 ;
Flower, P. Z. 8., 1896, p. 908.
Described fro;n a few specimens obtained by Mr. L. Wray at 3,3C0
feet on the LaruL Hills. Mr. Wray kindly gave mo one of those
caught at the same time as the types ; it has faded in spirit during the
lapse of fourteen years to a dull whitish colour. In April 1900 I
got three examples on the Larut Hills at 3,500 to 4,000 feet.
Above ashy grey, on the back a large mark shaped like a broken-
pointed arrow-head directed forwards ; this mark is greyish brown,
indistinctly edged with rich burnt sienna, and brightening into olive
green on the sides. Head below the eyes blackish tinged with burnt
sienna. Limbs bluish grey with some black bars. Lower surface of
head and throat black ; remaining lower parts light bluish grey, with
black patches at the bases of the forelimbs and the abdomen boldly
mottled with blackish.
All three of my specimens were identical in colour.
Flower states that this frog has been taken in Burma as well as the
Malay Peninsula.
29. Ixalus larutensis, Blgr.
' CD
Ixalus larutensis, Bouleng., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), Vol. VI,
Aug. 1900, p. 187.
I captured numerous specimens of this new Ixalus on the Larut
Hills in April 1900, at elevations of 4,000 to 4,500 feet.
BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 205
I reproduce Mr. Boulenger's description :
" Snout rounded or obtusely pointed, as long as the diameter of the
orbit ; canthus rostralis distinct ; loreal region concave ; nostril a
little nearer the end of the snout than the eye ; interorbital space as
broad as the upper eyelid ; tympanum moderately distinct, half the
diameter of the eye. Fing9rs free ; toas half-webbod ; disks of
fingers as large as the tympanum; subarticular tubercles moderate;
a small inner metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches
between the eye and the tip of the snout. Upper parts smooth or
with small flat warts ', throat, belly, and lower surface of thighs
granulate. Grey-brown or reddish-brown above, with dark brown
symmetrical markings, a cross-band between the eyes being constant ;
usually a )( or ) — ( marking on the anterior part of the body ;
side3 of body and of thighs with white spots between a brown net-
work ; limb3 with dark cross-bands ; lower parts white, spotted or
speckled with brown.
il From snout to vent 35 millim."
SO. IXALUS YERMICUI.ATUS. Blgr.
Ixalus vermiculatus, Bouleng., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), Vol,
VI, Aug. 1900, p. 187.
I obtained three specimens in April 1900 on the Larut Hills at an
elevation of 4,000 feet. They were taken among the ferns, moss, etc.,
on the banks of the bridle-road leading to the Cottage.
Mr. Boulenger describes the species thus :
"Head large, broader than long; snout rounded, as long as
the diameter of the orbit • canthus rostralis distiuct ; loreal region
concave ; nostril a little nearer the end of the snout than the
eye ; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid ; tympanum
distinct, two-fifths the diameter of the eye. Fingers with a rudi-
ment of web ; toes half-webbed ; disks of fingers as large as the
tympanum ; subarticular tubercles moderate ; a small inner meta-
tarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches between the
eye and the tip of the snout. Upper parts smooth ; throat, belly,
and lower surface of thighs granulate. Olive-green above, closely
vermiculate with black ; upper surface of thighs with a series of
large black blotches ; sides of thighs and anal region orange-yellow ;
white beneath. Male with a large gular vocal sac.
" From snout to vent 33 millim."
( To be continued?)
20fi JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL BISTORT SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
THE MOTHS OF INDIA.
SUPPLEMENTARY PAPER TO THE VOLUMES IN
u THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA."
SERIES II. PART X.
{With Plate C.)
By Sir G. F. Hampson, Bart., f.z.s.. f.e.s.
(Continued from page 37 of Vol. X V.)
Moths of India— 5a.
ENDOTRICHIN.E.
4487a. Endotricha albicinctalis, n. sp.
A. Head, thorax and abdomen ochreous, the last slightly tinged -with
rufous and irrorated with fuscous. Forewing ochreous, tinged with rufous and
irrorated with black ; a series of small whitish spots on costa ; a medial white
band diffused on outer side and narrowing to costa ; a diffused black sub-
terminal lina, very slightly curved. A terminal series of black points ;
cilia white at tips. Hindwing ochreous, tinged with rufous with rather
broad white medial band with diffused black scales before and beyond it
und some on its medial part ; a terminal series of black points ; cilia white
at tips.
Habitat.— Kashmir. Dras (Leech). Exp. 22 mill. Type— In B. M.
4489a. Endotricha ochrifuscalis, n. sp.
9. Brownish ochreous, strongly irrorated with fuscous, the basal segments
of abdomen and the costal and terminal areas of forewing less strongly
irrorated. Forewing with traces of curved ochreous antemedial line, an och-
reous discoidal lunule and three small spots on costa towards apex ; both
wings with traces of a fine pale sinuous subterminal line more distinct on
underside ; a fine black terminal line and line through the cilia.
Habitat. — Khasis. Exp. 20 mill. Type — In Coll. Rothschild.
4497&. Endotricha mediolineata, n. sp.
9. Vinous purple, irrorated with fuscous; head paler. Forewing with
black lines just before and just after middle, the former slightly angled on
median nervure, the latter just below costa. Hindwing with two slightly
sinuous almost medial black lines. Underside pinker, the antemedial line
absent, the postmedial more prominent.
Habitat— Sikhim 2800' (Pilcher). Exp. 14 mill. Type— In B. M.
4503a. Trichophysetis cretacea. Butl. 111. Het. III., p. 75, pi. 59., f. 8.
Paraponyx obnubilalis — Christ. Bull. Mosc. LVI., p. 32.
Trichophysetis neophila — Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc., 1884, p. 287.
White ; palpi blackish at sides ; abdomen with dorsal black patch on four
medial segments. Forewing slightly tinged with brown ; two antemedial
brown lines slightly angled below costa, the outer blackish at middle ; a white
discoidal lunule ; two postmedial brown lines strongly excurved below costa,
then obsolescent, oblique, slightly angled below veins 2 and 1, and the inner
line black in parts ; a fine terminal dark line and white subapical patch.
Hindwing with double antemedial and medial lines, obsolescent towards costa.
Sir-. G F HAMP S ON. Journ. Bamb.Nat. Ha st
HoraceJ&agh, L
r-omo.
.All MOTHS
THE MOTHS OF INDIA, 207
waved and strongly marked with black towards inner margin ; a fine terminal
black line.
Habitat — Amur, Japan, Simla, Australia, Norfolk I. Exp. 16 mill.
4505a. Trichophysetis acctangulalis, n. sp.
"White ; palpi and antennae tinged with fulvous ; abdomen dorsally tinged
with fulvous and with a tuft of dark scales on 2nd segment. Forewing more
or less strongly suffused with fulvous yellow leaving the costa white ; some
fuscous suffusion in base of cell ; a double black anteraedial line very acutely
angled on median nervure and slightly sinuous ; a similar strongly curved
postmedial line very oblique from costa to vein 4 ; an oblique fulvous shade
running across apical area, then on inner side of the fine crenulate black
subterminal line to inner margin ; a tooth of long black and white hair on
inner margin before middle. Hindwing white ; a double black antemediul
line from cell to inner margin above which it is angled ; a curved postmedial
line becoming double and sinuous towards inner margin and with black
suffusion beyond it from vein 2 to tornus ; a fine curved subterminal line
arising from the same point as the postmedial line and oblique to vein 4.
Habitat .— Palni Hills, Kodaikanal, 6000' (W. H. Campbell). Exp. 24 mill.
Type— In B. M.
PYRALINiE.
4529a. Pyralis prepialis, n. sp.
Head and thorax ochreous ; metathorax edged with dark brown ;
abdomen black with the anal tuft red. Forewing with the basal half bright
red-brown bounded by a pure white line expanding slightly to costa ; the
medial area grey with four white points on costa and a dark discoidal point ;
a wedge-shaped postmedial white patch from costa to vein 5 with traces of a
line from it to inner margin, the area beyond it fiery red suffused with
crimson. Hindwing dark brown ; fiDe pale waved ante- and postmedial
lines; the terminal area mostly suffused with blue-grey; termen and cilia
crimson red.
Habitat — Sikhim, 3000' (Pilcher). Exp. 19 mill. Type— In B. M.
4536a. Tegdlifera ph&aptera, n. sp.
$. Head and thorax yellowish white ; tegulse and patagia thickly irro-
rated with purplish fuscous; legs marked with fuscous; abdomen thickly
irrorated with black, leaving narrow segmental white lines. Forewing almost
entirely suffused with brownish fuscous leaving slight traces of the pale
ground colour. Hindwing yellowish white with curved dark postmedial line
interrupted below vein 2 ; the termen suffused with fuscous ; a fine line
through the cilia.
Habitat— Ceylon, Puttalam (J. Pole). Exp. 18 mill. Type— In B. M.
4543a. Stemmatophora subflavalis, n. sp.
$. Yellow brown tinged with purplish red; head yellower.; thorax and
abdomen slightly irrorated with black. Forewing slightly irrorated with black ;
the base of costal area suffused with black ; an antemedial black line obtusely
angled on median nervure, then oblique ; a black discoidal spot ; a postmedial
208 JOURNAL, BOMB A Y NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
line defined by whitish on outer side and slightly excurved from below costa
to vein 3 ; cilia blackish with a pink line through them. Hind wing with black
antemedial and medial lines, the former angled on median nervure, the latter
at vein 2 and defined by whitish on outer side ; cilia blackish with a pale line
through them. Underside of wings ochreous yellow.
Habitat.-— Ceylon, Maturatta (Pole). Exp. 26 mill. Type—In B. M.
4545a. Stemmatopiiora minoraljs, n. sp.
Head and thorax pale yellowish brown irrorated with fuscous ; abdomen
pale tinged with rufous, and irrorated with fuscous and with pale segmental
lines. Forewing pale yellowish brown irrorated with rufous and fuscous ; a
sinuous black antemedial line angled outwards in submedian fold and defined
by grey on inner side ; a black discoidal spot ; a black postmedial line excurved
beyond cell and above inner margin and defined by grey on outer side ; a
black terminal line. Hindwing brownish grey irrorated with dark brown ; a
sinuous dark postmedial line defined by grey on cuter side ; a black terminal
line.
Habitat. — Ceylon, Peradeniya (Green), Colombo (Mackwood). Exp. 18 mill.
Type—In B. M.
4557a. Herculia medialis, n. sp.
ft. Olive green tinged with rufous. Forewing with the ante- and postmedial
lines white, the former slightly sinuous, the latter strongly angled outwards
at vein 4, the medial area suffused with dark brown especially towards the
lines ; a dark discoidal point and a series of white points on medial part of
costa ; a terminal series of black striae ; cilia black irrorated with white and
with a black line through them. Hindwing with curved diffused medial
fuscous line ; a terminal series of black stria? ; cilia black irrorated with
white and with white line through them.
9. More strongly tinged wiih rufous.
Habitat— Simla (Nurse). Exp. $ 29, $ 24 mill. Type— In B. M.
Genus : Lamacha.
Lamaclia, Wlk., XXVII., 8 (1865).
Diboma, Wlk., XXVII., 8.
Methora, Wlk., XXXIV., 1517 (1S65).
Type — L. bilineolata Wlk., from China.
Range. — China, Assam, Borneo, Java.
Palpi porrect, down curved, extending about three times length of head
and fringed with hair above and below ; maxillary palpi triangularly scaled ;
proboscis well developed ; frons with a sharp tuft ; antennas almost simple ;
tibias slightly hairy. Forewing broad, the costa arched at base then nearly
straight, the apex rectangular ; the termen excurved at middle ; vein 3 from
before angle of cell ; 4*5 separate at origin ; the discocellulars highly
curved, 6 from upper angle; 7 from 8 before 9; 10*11 from cell; male
with a glandular swelling at base of costa below, the retinaculum hairy
Hindwing with veins 2 and 3 from near angle of cell ; 4'5 from aDgle ;
6*7 stalked.
THE MOTES OF INDIA. 209
4579a. Lamacha angctlifera, n. sp.
9 . Head, thorax and forewing dark rufous brown ; abdomen fuscous.
Forewing with the basal and ter-
minal areas slightly suffused with
fuscous ; a pale antemedial line
angled below costa, then slightly
incurved ; a black discoidal spot ;
the postmedial line pale, obliquely
Lamacha angulifera 9 }. curved from costa to vein 2, where
it is sharply angled and retracted. Hindwing fuscous with indistinct pale
curved postmedial line ; the termen and cilia pink.
Habitat.— Khasis. Exp. 34 mill. Type— In B. M.
4626a. Tyndis albidefinis, n. sp.
Grey suffused and irrorated with rufous. Forewing with the costa dark
brown with white points between the ante- and postmedial lines which are
white, the former nearly straight defined by diffused dark scales on outer side,
the latter excurved between veins 6 and 2 and defined by fuscous on inner
side ; a dark discoidal spot on a paler patch ; a dark terminal line ; cilia dark
brown mixed with grey. Hindwing dark brown with indistinct pale curved
postmedial lino, some dull rufous towards tornus ; a dark terminal line ;
Cil.a dark brown mixed with grey.
Habitat — Simla. Exp. 22 mill. Types— In Coll. Rothschild and B. M.
Hydrocampinje.
4633a. Eristena stramineaus, u. sp.
$. Pale ochrcous, strongly irrorated with black; abdomen with diffused
black bands. Forewing with antemedial black line obliquely curved from
costa to submedian fold, then strongly bent inwards to vein 1 ; a prominent
discoidal black spot ; the postmedial line wbitish, strongly defined by black
suffusion on inner side, oblique from costa to vein 5, then inwardly oblique
and dentate. Hindwing with waved antemedial line ; a black discoidal spot ;
the medial area suffused with black except towards costa ; the postmedial line
whitish, waved, strongly defined by black on inner side and slightly on outer.
Habitat — Sikhiro, 7000' (Pilcher). Exp. 16 mill. Type— In B. M.
4635. Will stand as Nymphula turbata ; N. responsalis, Wlk. from
Queensland is a distinct species.
4645a. Nyjipuula hampsoni, South Trans. Ent. Soc., 1901, p. 420, pi. 14.,
f. 2*.
White tinged with pale rufous ; palpi black above ; frons above and tcgulas
behind with two black spots ; fore tibiae black above ; abdomen with dorsal
black band on 2nd segment and spots on 4th and 5th. Forewing with
subbasal black points below costa, median nervure and vein 1 ; a double
antemedial fulvous line, angled outwards below costa, then oblique and with
black point on its outer edge in submedian fold ; a white discoidal lunule ;
a double fulvous postmedial line, slightly sinuous below costa, oblique from
costa to vein 3 near termen, then erect to just before toinus and with white
210 JOURNAL, BOMBA Y NA TVRAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
patch on it ; apical area deep fulvous, a short oblique black bar from apex
with white line on its inner side, bent inwards at extremity and with some
black scale, near it ; a subterminal series of black points with some white and
black scales before the point below apical bar. Hindwing with double
obliquely curved antemedial line, the inner fulvous, the outer black developed
into a spot in submedian fold then interrupted ; a double postmedial line,
the inner black, the outer fulvous, oblique from below costa to vein 1, then
recurved to inner margin above tornus ; subterminal black points above and
below vein 5 ; the underside with double curved subterminal line, showing
through to upperside, the inner black, the outer fulvous, strongly incurved
to costa. Forewing with vein 10 from the cell.
Habitat.—W. China, Ichang, Khasis. Exp. 24 mill.
4658«. Ambia cyanealis, n. sp,
$ . Forewing with vein 4'5 from cell ; hindwing with veins 3'4 stalked ;
antennas strongly annulate.
Black brown ; palpi below, pectus, legs except fore tibite and tarsi and
ventral surface of abdomen whitish. Forewing with indistinct pale ante-
medial line slightly angled on median nervure and with some silvery blue
suffusion before it, a black-edged white spot in end of cell with some blue
scales round it ; a postmedial whitish line oblique from costa to vein 6 where
it is angled outwards and again at vein 2, and with silvery blue suffusion,
beyond it from below costa to vein 2 ; a black terminal line ; cilia white
below apex and above tornus. Hindwing with indistinct whitish ante- and
postmedial lines, the former angled outwards below cell, the latter at veins
2 and 1 ; some irregular silvery blue markings on terminal area ; a black
terminal line ; cilia white at the excisions.
Habitat.— Ceylon, Matale (Pole). Exp. 10 mill. Type— In B. M.
P. 207. Under Oligostigma insert Hemiloba Swinh. A. M. N. H. (7) viii,
p. 24 (1901).
Mid and hind coxse of male and hind femora tufted with hair ; forewing
with the termen deeply excised at middle, hindwing with the termen deeply
excised below apex and middle.
4677a. Oligostigma excisa, Swinh. A. M. N. H. (7) viii. p. 24 (1901).
$ . Orange. Forewing with a white fascia suffused with fuscous in and
below cell to lower angle where it is confluent with a wedge shaped patch
extending to tornus ; a black point on costa above end of cell with a wedge-
shaped fuscous — suffused white patch beyond it ; a highly sinuous black
subterminal line with silvery white on its inner edge on costal half ; a black
point at apex. Hindwing with oblique white medial band edged by
sinuous black lines ; a subapical black-sdged white spot ; a white spot with
black points round it on the lobe at middle of termen and a black subterminal
line towards tornus.
Habitat. — Assam Jaintia Hills. Exp. 18 mill.
4681a. Oligostigma adropunctalis, n. sp.
9. White; abdomen tinged with oihreous towards extremity. Fore-
wing slightly irrorated with brown ; a medial yellow patch on inner area; a
THE MOTHS OF INDIA. 211
medial black point on costa with fuscous line from it to inner margin where
it meets an obliquely incurved postmedial line ; a fuscous-edged orange dis-
coidal lunule ; a subterminal rather wedge-shaped orange band hardly reach-
ing inner margin; a terminal orange band with black line on its inner edge ; a
series of black points on termen and apical spot. Hindwing with oblique
antemedial brownish band ; the terminal area orange with curved black line
on its inner edge and two fine terminal lines interrupted at middle by two
black points on the lobe.
Habitat— Bhutan (Dudgeon) Exp. 18 mill. Type— In B. M.
4723a. Luma longidentalis, n. sp.
Head and tegulaa white slightly mixed with brown ; palpi, patagia, thorax
and abdomen yellow brown ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of nbdomen
white. Forewing yellow brown with white streaks in the interspaces to the
very irregularly and extremely dentate postmedial line which is defined by
white on outer side, most produced below costa and between veins 5 and 3,
then oblique, a terminal series of white points rather more developed at
apex ; a fine dark terminal line. Hindwing yellow-brown with minutely
dentate dark postmedial line defined by white on outer side ; a terminal
series of white points and fine dark terminal line.
Habitat.— Bhutan (Dudgeon) ; N. Guinea, Key I. (Kiihn). Exp. $ 20. 9
30 mill. Type— In B. M.
4731a. Diathkaustodes fulvofusa, Hmpsn. Trans. Ent. Soc, 1901,
p. 442.
£. Palpi fuscous, white at base and tips ; frons whitish ; antenna?, vertex
of head and thorax fulvous and fuscous ; abdomen fuscous tinged with ful-
vous ; pectus, legs and ventral surface of abdomen whitish. Forewing
fuscous suffused with fulvous to the postmedial line and at apex ; a curved
antemedial line ; an oblique pure white triangular patch on costa
extending down to vein 5 on inner side of postmedial line which is bent in-
wards below vein 3. Hindwing greyish fuscous ; a dark postmedial line
excurved between veins 5 and 3, then bent inwards ; cilia of both wings black
at base, white at tips. Underside of inner and terminal areas of forewing
and of the whole hindwing grey.
Habitat — Khasis. Exp. 18 mill.
4731?>. Diathraustodes similis, n. sp.
Palpi with tuft in front of 3rd joint ; the maxillary palpi dilated with
scales.
9. Black ; palpi with the base and 3rd joint white, tips of maxillary
palpi, sides of frona and basal joint of antennae in front white ; fore and
hind tarsi and bands on mid-tarsi white ; abdomen ringed with white and
with the ventn;l surface white except at extremity. Forewing with curved
black antemedial line ; an indistinct medial line ; a wedge-shaped white
patch from costa just beyond middle to vein 4 ; cilia with large white patches
below apex and above tornus. Hindwing with slight white medial line,
sinuous from costa to vein 3, then retracted to below end of cell ; a fine
7
212 JOURNAL, BOMB A Y NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
white line at base of cilia, the cilia white from vein 2 to submedian fold, then
white with the bases black to vein 1.
Habitat.— Khasis. Exp. 20 mill. Type— In Coll. Rothschild.
4742a. PlLETOCERA discalis, n. sp.
9. Head and thorax pale ochreous very strongly irrorated with dark
brown ; abdomen ochreous with dark brown dorsal bands. Forewing ochreous
very strongly irrorated with dark brown so as to cover nearly the whole wing ;
a curved subbasal dark line followed by traces of another line ; a waved ante-
modial line angled inwards in cell ; a small annulus in middle of cell ; a dark
edged discoidal bar with its lower extremity bent inwards ; the postmedial
line sinuous, bent outwards and minutely dentate between veins 5 and 3 with
an ochreous patch in its sinus, then retracted to lower angle of cell ; a ter-
minal series of black lunules and two dark lines through the cilia. Hindwing
ochreous ; a dark discoidal point ; a postmedial minutely dentate line re-
tracted on vein 2, the area beyond it tinged with fuscous ; a terminal series
of lunules and a dark line at base of cilia.
Habitat.— Ceylon (Mackwood). Exp. 24 mill. Type— In B. M.
4735a. Stenia rubriceps, n. sp.
£, Greyish fuscous ; head rufous ; abdomen with the ventral surface
white. Forewing with dark discoidal spots ; a postmedial line bent inwards
at vein 4 to below end of cell. Hindwing with obscure dark postmedial line
ending above tornus.
Habitat. — Dharmsala (Hocking) ; Tenimber (Doherty). Exp. 16 mill.
Types— In Coll. Rothschild and B. M.
SCOPARIAN.3S.
4754a. Scoparia ingratella, Zell. Linn. Ent. i. p. 283, f. 5. (1846).
White ; palpi blackish at side ; thorax and abdomen tinged with yellow
brown ; forelegs bit;ukish above ; tarsi banded with black. Forewing irrorated
with black, slightly tinged with pale brown towards base ; a diffused black
almost medial line, oblique from costa to median nervure where it is obtusely
angled, ;vith a small black-edged brownish spot on it3 outer edge in cell and a
short black streak below the cell ; discoidal spot figure of 8-shaped, more or
less complete, brown defined by black ; postmedi .i line diffused, black, minute-
ly waved, slightly incurved from costa to vein 4 where it is angled outwards,
then incurved ; a diffused brownish subterminal band strongly irrorated
with black, expanding on inner side below costa and middle and with some-
what dentate outer edge ; a terminal series of black points ; cilia with a
series of fuscous points. Hindwing slightly tinged with fuscous especially
towards termen. Underside of forewing suffused with fuscous.
Habitat. — Europe ; Armenia ; Syria ; Kashmir, Goorais Valley. Exp. 20
mill.
4755a. Scoparia crocalis, n. sp.
9- Head, thorax, and abdomen orange mixed with black. Forewing
orange irrorated with black ; the basal area suffused with black ; a subbasal
THE MOTHS OF INDIA. 213
black spot below the cell ; the antemedial line defined by black suffusion on
each side of it and bent inwards to costa ; a black spot in middle of cell ;
discoidal stigma figure of 8-shaped, defined by black ; postmedial line defined
by a broad area of black suffusion on each side of it, angled inwards at vein 7,
excurved at vein 5, then retracted to below end of cell ; a patch of black
suffusion on middle of termen confluent with the suffusion beyond tho
postmedial line. Hindwing semihyaline ochreous.
Habitat— Nilgiris, 6,700' (Hampson). Exp. 20 mill. Type— In B.M.
4758a. Scoparia ph^alis, n. sp.
Head ochreous and black, the vertex ochreous ; thorax black mixed with
grey ; tarsi banded with black ; abdomen whitish more or less tinged with
fuscous on dorsum. Forewing grey, thickly irrorated and suffused with black ;
subbasal black spots on median nervure and inner margin ; an oblique
greyish antimedial line with diffused black on its outer side confluent with a
black spot in middle of cell ; a somewhat quadrate black discoidal spot ; an in-
distinct grey postmedial line angled inwards at vein 7, excurved at vein 5,
then retracted to below end of cell ; an obscure terminal series of black
points ; cilia ochreous intersected with fuscous. Hindwing semihyaline
ochreous.
Habitat. — Bombay (Swinhoe) ; Belgaum (Watson). Exp. 18 mill, Type—
In B. M.
4758J. Scopaeia polialis, n. sp.
$. Head and thorax greyish ; frons and palpi fuscous black ; abdomen
brownish. Forewing grey slightly irrorated with brown ; some fuscous on
costa and on base of inner margin ; an oblique slightly sinuous antemedial
brown line with point beyond it in cell ; a rather irregular dark discoidal
spot with mark on costa above it ; the terminal area blackish with minutely
dentate grey postmedial line excurved between veins 7 and 3 and connected
with the middle of termen by an oblique grey striga. Hindwing pale f uscoua
with fine pale line at base of cilia.
Habitat.— Khasis. Exp. 16 mill. Type— In B. M.
4759a. Scopaeia straminealis, n. sp.
<J. Pale silky straw color ; head and thorax irrorated with a few black
scales. ForewiDg with diffused patches of black scales at base and on middle
of costa, in middle of cell and in the submedian interspace ; a somewhat
X-shaped discoidal spot ; with a patch of scales just beyond it on costa ; the
terminal area irrorated with a few dark scales. Abdomen and hindwing
yellowish white.
Habitat.— Simla, 7,000' (Pilcher). Exp. 16 mill. Type— In B. M.
4761a. Scopaeia ochrotalis, n. sp.
$. Head and thorax whitish tinged with fuscous ; abdomen white tinged
with pale brown. Forewing whitish tinged with pale cupreous brown ; a
slight black streak in base of submedian fold ; a black discoidal point. Hind-
wing almost pure white.
Habitat.— Nilgiris (Hampson). Exp. 20 mil]. Type— In B. M.
214 JOURNAL, BOMBA Y NA TUBAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
PYKAUSTIN.E.
4767a. Massepha ambialis, n. sp.
$ . White ; thorax and abdomen tinged with ochreous. Forewing with the
basal area tinged with ochreous, the costa black towards base ; a double indis-
tinct curved ochreous antemedial line ; the medial area suffused with brownish
ochreous with a black-edged white discoidal lunule with black point at its
lower end ; a white patch on costal area before the postmedial line which
is defined with white on outer side and excurved between veins 7 and 2
where it is angled inwards ; the terminal area brownish ochreous with some
white marks below apex and waved dark terminal line reduced to points
towards tornus ; cilia white and brown. Hindwing pale brown ; a white
subbasal band ; a black discoidal point ; a postmedial white band excurved
between veins 5 and 2 ; cilia white with a brown line through them.
Habitat,— Khasis. Exp. 20 mill. Types— In Coll. Rothschild and B. M.
4838a. Bocchoris quateenalis, Led. Wien. Ent. Mon., 1863, p. 434, pi.
17, f. 1.
Black ; palpi white at base and tips ; sides of frons white ; patagia with
white stripes ; pectus white in front ; fore tibiae and the tarsi banded with
white ; abdomen with dorsal white bands on 1st and 5th segments, lateral
patches on anal segment and a ventral series of patches. Forewing with ante-
medial white spot below costa ; a medial band from below costa to subinedian
fold ; an oblique rather wedge-shaped postmedial band between veins 8 and 3 ;
cilia white towards apex and tornus. Hindwing with subbasal white band
from below costa to inner margin dilated at middle ; a postmedial rounded
spot from vein 7 to below 3 ; cilia white-tipped at apex.
Habitat. — Ceylon, Xandy ; Bali ; Amboina ; Key I. ; N. G-uinea, Fergusson I.
Exp. 20 mill.
4848. Nosophora chironalis del. Nagia incomitata ; the species is confined
to Borneo.
4850. Nosophora triguttalh insert Nagia incomitata Swinh. A. M. N. H.
(6) XIV, p. 205, which has priority.
4882a. Phryganodes discipunctalis, n. sp.
£. Fuscous brown ; palpi below, pectus, legs and ventral surface of abdo-
men white. Forewing with indistinct dark curved antemedial line with a
point beyond it in cell ; a white discoidal lunule ; the postmedial line excurved
and minutely dentate from costa to vein 2, then retracted to below angle of
cell and sinuous. Hindwing with white discoidal spot ; an indistinct post-
medial line excurved and minutely dentate from costa to vein 2, then bent
inwards to below end of cell and oblique ; cilia of both wings white towards
tornus. Underside suffused with white ; the discoidal spots with black spots
on their inner side ; the postmedial line with black points.
Habitat.— S. Kanara, Wandei (Brodie). Exp. 24 mill. Type— In B. M.
4902a. Dichocrocis leptalis, n. sp.
$, Head, thorax and abdomen yellow; fore tibiae banded with black ;
anal tuft with lateral black patches. Forewing yellow, the interspaces of
THE MOTHS OF INDIA. 215
discal area whitish ; three black points on basal costal area, the outermost on
the nearly straight fulvous antemedial line ; a fulvous point in end of cell and
discoidal bar ; the postmedial line fulvous with a black point at costa, slightly
angled inwards in discal fold and at Vein 2 retracted to lower angle of cell ; a
diffused fulvous subterrqinal band with somewhat dentate edges, at vein 4
angled outwards to costa and with some whitish marks beyond it ; a fine dark
terminal line. Hindwing whitish with fulvous discoidal bar ; a slightly
sinuous fuscous line from lower angle of cell to inner margin above tornus ; a
slightly sinuous fuscous line from costa beyond middle to tornus, slightly
bant outwards at vein 2 where it is joined by a dentate diffused fulvous and
fuscous subterminal band ; a fine dark terminal line ; cilia of both wings
yellow at base, white at tips.
Habitat— Simla, 7.000' (Pilcher). Exp. 20 mill. Type—In B. M.
4916a. Nacoleia albicilialis, n. sp.
g. Head pale ochreous ; thorax grey ; abdomen reddish brown with white
segmental rings, the terminal segment with black spot at base and white spot
near extremity ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white. Fore-
wing grey with slight dark irroration; the costal area yellowish; a curved
antemedial black line ; a discoidal lunule ; the postmedial line nearly erect
from costa to vein 5, then oblique to vein 2, where it is retracted to lower
angle of cell, then slightly excurved ; Hindwing grey with dark irroration ; a
discoidal black line ; the postmedial line nearly straight from costa to vein 2,
where it is retracted to lower angle of cell then oblique to near tornus ; cilia of
both wings black at base, their tips white, fuscous at apex, middle, and
tornus ; underside whitish.
Habitat.— Ceylon, Matale (Pole). Exp. 16 mill. Type—In. B. M.
4920. Nacoleia cuprealis, insert (syn.) Hedylepta vildersalis Swinh.
A. M.N. H. (7)6,p.?13.
4922. Nacoleia vulgalis, insert indicata Fabr. Syst. Ent., p. 640 (1775).
which has priority.
4923a. Nacoleia albiflavalis, n. sp.
Very pale yellow ; palpi with the 2nd joint slightly tinged with fulvous.
Forewing with obliquely curved brownish antemedial line ; a point in cell and
discoidal lunule ; the postmedial line bent outwards between veins 5 and 2,
then retracted to below angle of cell and slightly angled above vein 1 ; a
terminal line. Hindwing with brownish discoidal lunule ; the postmedial
line angled outwards on veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below angle of cell ;
a terminal line.
Habitat. — Ceylon (Pole) ; Celebes ; Sambawa (Doherty). Exp. 22 mill.
Type— In B. M.
4942a. Nacoleia ustulalis, n. sp.
Aplomastix ustalis — Hmpsn. 111. Het. B. M. VIII., p. 138 9 nee. ft.
Grey suffused with pale rufous ; palpi towards tips and frons black ; fore
tibiae mostly black above ; abdomen dilated towards extremity. Forewing
with curved black antemedial line almost obsolete except in submedian inter-
216 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
space ; slight black annuli in middle of cell and on discocellulars ; the
postmedial line excurved between veins 5 and 4, then retracted to below end
of cell, sometimes with a patch of black suffusion in its sinus ; a terminal
series of black points. Hindwing with small black discoidal spot ; the
postmedial line bent outwards between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below
end of cell, a terminal series of black points.
Habitat: — Nilgiris (Cardew, Hampson). Exp. 26 mill. Type— In B. M.
4960b. Sylepta picalis, n. sp. (PI. C, f. 9.)
ft. Head and tegulae fuscous ; vertex of head with a whitish patch ; thorax
white ; abdomen white banded with black above ; wings white, the veins
strongly streaked with black. Forewing with the costal area black ; a black
spot near base of inner margin ; an oblique black streak between vein 1
and middle of inner margin ; a short streak below base of vein 2 ; spots
in middle of cell and on discocellulars ; the terminal third of wing black
tinged with purplish grey. Hindwing with discoidal black spot ; a post-
medial line excurved between veins 5 and 2 ; cilia black and white on inner
half of wing.
9. With the white area rather more extensive; forewing with small
white postmedial spots above and below vein 7.
Habitat. — Khasis. Exp. 48 mill. Types — In Coll. Rothschild and B. M.
4970. Sylepta multilinealis insert Pyralis derogata, Fabr. Syst. Ent., p.
041 (1775), which has priority.
Larva white ; head brown ; thoracic segments with brown dorsal patches ;
terminal segments with fuscous dorsal spots ; legs dark(Fellowes Wilson).
4972a. Sylepta homomorpha, Meyr. Trans. Ent. Soc, 1894, p. 462.
9. Fulvous orange ; palpi white below ; fore tibiae and the tarsi banded
with fuscous ; forewing with fuscous point on inner margin near base ; an
obliquely sinuous antemedial line bent inwards to costa, incurved in snbme-
dian fold and with slight spots on it in and below cell ; a point at middle of
cell and discoidal lunule ; the postmedial line bent outwards and dentate
between veins 6 and 3, then retracted to below end of cell and excurved
again. Hindwing with discoidal bar ; the postmedial line bent outwards
and dentate between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below end of cell and
excurved again ; both wings with dark terminal line and the cilia fuscous.
Habitat. — Ceylon, Gampola ; Pulo Laut. Exp. 32 mill.
4976. Sylepta quadrimaculalis insert Nagia incomitata Swinh. A. M. N.
H. (7), VIII, p. 25 (1900) $ nee. 9 (1894).
5014. Glyphodes marginata. Larva yellow with a pair of subdorsal black
spots on each somite with short black streaks below them ; head with a pair
of black points ; legs black. Pupa pale marked and streaked with red-brown
(Fellowes Wilson).
5018. Glyphodes glauculalis. Larva green, thoracic somites paler ; head
orange ; 1st somite with conjoined dorsal black streaks, the others with clusters
of black and white points and lateral spots ; legs black. Pupa pale and dark
brown (Fellowes Wilson).
THE MOTHS OF INDIA. 217
5069.— Lepyrodks neptis, should stand as pueritia Cram., the figures on
his plate being lettered wrongly and insert Phalena perspicata. Fabr.
Syst. Ent., p. 640 (1775), which has priority.
5086.— Will stand as Thliptoceras variabilis.
5088a.— Thliptoceras distictalis.— Hmpsn. P. Z. 8., 1899., p. 179.
9 . Head, thorax and abdomen pale reddish brown ; palpi blackish at sides,
whitish below ; wings purplish brown. Forewing with two obliquely placed
orange subbasal points and some diffused orange on inner margin ; a white
bar across end of cell and spot below end ; the costa orange with 6 or 7 black
points on it from above end of cell to the wedge-shaped subterminal band
which ends at vein 5 ; termen and cilia orange with purplish points. Hind-
wing with some diffused orange on basal area and two spots in cell conjoined
to the whitish costal area ; a medial yellow band narrowing to inner margin ;
the termen and cilia orange.
Habitat.— Burma, Katha. Exp. 28 mill.
5117a. Crocidophora exstigmalis, n. sp.
Mid tibise of male dilated with a groove containing a fringe of long hair ;
hind tibiae with the outer spurs half the length of inner ; forewing broad
wichout fans of scales.
Ochreous yellow ; head and base of tegulas rufous ; palpi at base and
throat white ; forelegs rufous, the tibise with white bands, the tarsi white
except at extremity ; mid tibias and tarsi white ; abdomen with dorsal white
segmental lines, the two terminal segments rufous with white spot on anal
tuft. Forewing with the costal area rufous ; an interrupted waved dark ante-
medial line ; a discoidal bar ; a minutely waved postmedial line, incurved
from costa to vein 5, excurved to vein 2, then retracted to below end of cell ;
rufous subterminal spots above vein 5 and tornus and a terminal series of
points. Hindwing with discoidal bar ; a waved dark line from vein 2 below
end of cell to above tornus ; a waved postmedial line from below conta to
termen at vein 1, bent outwards between veins 5 and 3 ; a subterminal line
from costa to vein 4 and a terminal series of points.
Habitat. — Burma, Rangoon ; Borneo, Baram (Everett) ; Pulo Laut.
(Doherty). Exp. 20 mill. Type— In B. M.
Genus Pachinoa insert Polygrammodes, Guen. Delt. and Pyr., p. 318
(1854), which has priority. Type prunicalis from Brazil.
5139a. Polygrammodes mozrulalis, Walk. Cat. XIX. p. 1,000.
£. Structure of P. thoosalis but with the branches of basal half of
antennae considerably longer.
Yellow, palpi, above, head, thorax and abdomen dorsally, except at ex-
tremity, suffused with purplish brown ; palpi below, pectus, legs and ventral
surface of abdomen white ; genital tufts black. Forewing with purplish
fuscous patches at base, middle and on costa towards apex, edged with some
diffused crimson and leaving some yellow on costal area before and beyond
middle and on middle of inner area ; the termen yellow expanding below
vein 5, so as to occupy the terminal third ; dentate purplish-red postmedial
218 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
and subterminal lines bent outwards at vein 5. Hindwing yellow with a
purplish-brown patch on inner area extending to near tornus ; dentate
postmedial and subterminal red lines angled inwards in discal fold.
$. Abdomen and forewing more completely suffused with purple brown
on the latter leaving only the yellow of terminal area.
Habitat. — Khasi3. Borneo. Exp. $ 40, $ 48 mill.
5140a. Polygkammodes grossalis, Guen Delt and Pyr., p. 327.
9. Head, thorax and abdomen ochreous mixed with brown. Forewing
ochreous suffused with brown and irrorated with fuscous leaving some clearer
ochreous before the antemedial line and beyond the postmedial ; the anteme-
dial line fuscous, oblique from costa to below cell where it is angled, then
inwardly oblique and angled to inner margin ; a grey-centred annulate spot in
cell and annulate discoidal spot with some ochreous between them ; the post-
medial line oblique, strongly bent outwards and crenulate between veins 5 and
2 ; traces of a waved postmedial line excurved between veins 5 and 2. Hind-
wing ochreous yellow ; a dark discoidal point ; traces of an oblique postmedial
line bent outwards and crenulate between veins 5 and 2 ; a dark subterminal
line excurved between veins 5 and 2 and with dark irroration beyond it.
Habitat. — Khasis ; Java. Exp. 46 mill.
5146&. PoLYGRAMMODES NIGRILINEALIS, n. Sp. (PI. C. f. 35).
$. Pale yellow; palpi and frons black at sides ; fore tibaa aud tarsi banded
with black. Forewing with brownish streak on basal third of costa ; on
obliquely curved orange-yellow antemedial line ; a black point in end of cell
and black line on discocellulars running out to a point at lower angle, an
orange-yellow line from it to inner margin angled in submedian fold; the
postmedial line excurved from costa to vein 5 where it is bent outwards, then
oblique and maculate ; an obscure subterminal series of spots excurved from
costa to vein 5 ; some terminal blackish points towards apex. Hindwing with
black discoidal point ; a postmedial line bent outwards and minutely dentate
between veins 5 and 2 ; traces of a subterminal line.
Hindwing with veins 3, 4, 5 approximated as in Parbattia ; the male is
required to decide its exact affinities.
Habitat.— Sikhim, 1,800. (Dudgeon). Exp. 40 mill. Type— In B. M.
5152. Pachtzancla fh^eopterlis. Larva, greenish white with green dorsal
stripe, head and dorsal patch on 1st somite black ; dorsal clusters of black
specks and lateral spots on each somite ; pupa brown (Fellowes Wilson).
5167a. Phlyctjenodes subvitrealis, n. sp.
Pale brownish ochreous ; palpi at sides and antennas tinged with fuscous ; fore
and mid tibiae streaked with fuscous ; wings thinly scaled. Forewing with some
fuscous suffusion at base ; a curved diffused antemedial fuscous line ; a promi-
nent discoidal spot, the postmedial line diffused, slightly excurved from below
costa to vein 2 where it is very slightly retracted ; termen tinged with fuscous.
Hindwing semihyaline ochreous white, the termen tinged with fuscous towards
apex ; cilia of both wings ochreous with a slight fuscous line through them.
Habitat.— Ceylon, Matale (Pole); Sumatra. Exp. 22 mill. Type— In B. M.
THE MOTHS OF INDTA. 219
5169a. Phlyct.enodes subhyalinalis, Hmpsn. Trans. Ent. Soc, 1900,'
p. 390.
Head and thorax white mixed with olive bruwn ; antennae ringed white
and olive brown ] abdomen white with indistinct brown bands. Forewing
white thickly irrorated with large olive-brown scales ; a white patch
at base of inner area ; the antemedial line white angled outwards on
submedian fold ; the medial area less thickly irrorated leaving an olive
point in middle of cell, a large discoidal spot, and bands of olive on outer
side of antemedial line and before the white postmedial line which is
strongly excurved from below costa to vein 3 ; a series of short white
streaks in the interspaces just before termen ; a darker terminal line. Hind-
wing semihyaline white ; the termen irregularly irrorated with dark brown,
most widely at apex.
Habitat. — Syria, Jordan R. ; Punjab, Cambellpore. Exp. 22 mill.
5170a. Phlyct^nodes cascaus, Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc., 1890, p. 271, pi.
8, f. 18.
Forewing of male with the apex produced and the termen oblique, the
inner area dilated towards base covering a tuft of long hair arising from
base ; patagia with tufts of long hair extending to beyond metathorax.
Brownish ochreous; palpi white at base below; pectus, femora and ventral
surface of abdomen white. Forewing with oblique sinuous antemedial fuscous
line bent outwards to inner margin ; a dark discoidal point ; the postmedial
line curved from costa to vein 3 where it is retracted to lower angle of cell then
slightly excurved. Hindwing with fuscous postmedial line angled at vein 2.
Habitat. — Burma, Mandalay, Kinyua, Thayetmyo, Kangoon. Exp. 24 mill.
5184a. Noorda albizonalis, n. sp.
Head, thorax and abdomen deep chestnut brown ; proboscis above towards
base, a stripe on frons and vertex of head and paired stripes on tegulca
white: abdomen with white band on third segment; palpi below, pectus,
legs and ventral surface of abdomen white, fore and mid tibiae brown above.
Forewing pale olive brown thinly scaled and with a metallic gloss ; the base
chestnut with a white point on median nervure ; the costal area chestnut
with a greenish gloss ; a black point in middle of cell and two on discocellu-
lars ; a dark mark on middle of inner margin ; a terminal brown band, dark
at costa, bounded on inner side by a sinuous black line reduced to points
towards costa and curved inwards below vein 2 ; a terminal series of
points ; cilia dark brown. Hindwing semihyaline, the area between submedian
fold and vein 5 pale reddish brown ; a dark red-brown apical patch narrowing
to a point at vein 2.
Habitat.— Sikhim ; Celebes, Palos B, Dongola. (Doherty). Say. 26 mill..
Type—In B. M.
5194a. Calamachrous sterrhalis, n. sp.
$. Palpi about three times length of head.
Pale ochreous ; palpi at sides and shoulders fuscous brown. Forewing
with the costal area dull crimson and fuscous to beyond middle ; an oblique
8
220 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
dull crimson line from apex to inner margin beyond middle diffused
outwardly ; the termen tinged with crimson ; cilia whitish. Hindwing paler
and more thinly scaled ; traces of a curved crimson line with a more
prominent mark on vein 2.
Habitat.— Simla, (Pilcher). Exp. 20 mill. Type— In B. M.
Genus Cybolomia.
Hypolais Guen. Delt and Pyr., p. 239 (1854). proce.
Cybolomia Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 420.
Type C.pentadalis.
Range. Neotropical region ; S Europe ; W. and C. Asia ; N. W. India.
Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint concealed ; maxillary palpi
with a long pointed tuft in front;
frons flat and oblique ; antenna?
of male lanimate ; hind tibia? with
the outer spurs one-third length
of inner. Forewing with veins
3,4,5 separate at origin ; 7 straight
Cybolomia pentadalis. <£f and well separated from 8-9.
Hindwing with veins 3,4,5 from angle of cell ; 6,7 stalked, 7 shortly anasto-
mising with 8.
5196a. Cybolomia pentaoalis Led. Verb. z. b. Ver. Wien. 1855, p. 207,
pi. 3, f. 13.
Brownish grey ; sides of frons and shaft of antennae above white ; pectus,
legs and abdomen whitish. Forewing with alternating black and white shore
streaks on costa ; short white streaks in base of submedian fold, in middle of
cell, and on the veins of the terminal area. Hindwing hyaline white, the
termen pale brown diffused inwards along the veins ; cilia brown at base.
Habitat. — Syria ; Deesa. Exp. 20 mill.
5197a. Metasia coniotalis, n. sp.
Head, thorax and abdomen grey tinged with brown and irrorated with
fuscous ; palpi fuscous, whitish at tips, and at base below ; antennas with
dark annulations. Forewing brownish grey thickly irrorated with fuscous, a
somewhat oblique more or less diffused antemedial black band ; a small dark
spot in middle of cell and discoidal annulus ; the postmedial line oblique
from costa to vein 5, strongly excurved between veins 5 and 2, then retracted
to below end of cell, sometimes with a diffused black patch in its sinus ; a
series of black points at base of cilia and usually a more or less developed
fuscous patch on middle of termen. Hindwing grey irrorated with fuscous
a more or less indistinct waved postmedial line excurved to near termen be-
tween veins 5 and 2 ; a more or less developed series of dark points at base of
cilia.
Habitat. — Japan, Nagasaki (Leech) ; N. China, Zika-wy ; C. China,
Cbekiang (Pryer), Chang- Yang (Pratt.) ; Tibet, Yatung (Hobson) ; Kashmir.
Dras (Leech) ; Simla (Pilcher); Ferozpur (Nurse). Exp. 16-20 mill. Type
—In B. M.
THE MOTHS OF INDIA. 221
51976. Metasia straminealis, n. sp.
ft. Straw yellow ; head and thorax strongly irrorated with black ; anten-
nas annulated with black ; fore legs suffused with black above. Forewing
irrorated with black especially towards base of costa ; a black antemedial line
oblique from costa to median nervure, then incurved ; a diffused black
annulus in middle of cell and another on discocellulars ; a minutely waved
postmedial line oblique from costa to vein 5, excurved to vein 2, then
retracted to below end of cell ; a prominent terminal series of black
points. Hindwing rather paler with a terminal series of black points ; the
underside with black spots in cell and on discocellulars, a postmedial
maculate line excurved between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below end
of cell.
Habitat. — .Nilgiris, Ootacamund (Cardew). Exp. 22 mill. Type—Ih B. M.
5197c. Metasia annuuferalis, n. sp.
Ochreous ; head and thorax thickly irrorated with black ; abdomen dorsally
Buffused with black and with whitish dorsal bands on 2nd and 3rd segments.
Forewing irrorated and suffused with black, less prominently in cell and on
inner area before the antemedial line, which is slightly bent outwards at
median nervure ; black-edged annuli in middle of cell and on discocellulars ;
an annulate spot on costa above end of cell with a smaller one beyond it ;
the postmedial line minutely dentate, arising from costa towards apex,
bent outwards to near termen between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to
below end of cell ; a patch of black suffusion on termen below apex and a
terminal series of black points ; cilia ochreous and black. Hindwing ochre-
ous with black points in middle of cell and on discocellulars ; a postmedial
line bent outwards between veins 5 and 2 ; an apical patch of black suffusion
and a terminal series of points.
Habitat.— Palni Hills, Kodai Kanal (Campbell). Exp. 20 mill. Type —In
B. M.
5205. PlONEA aureolalis, insert (syn.) Pionea acutawjula , Swinh. A.M.N.
H. (7), viii., p. 26 (1900).
5207. Pionea leucanalis, insert Scopula damastesalis, Wlk., xix,, 1013.
which has precedence.
Habitat.'— Khasis. Bombay ; Belgaum ; Ceylon ; Rangoon.
5207a. Pionea albiFImbrialis. Wlk., xxxiv., 1446.
Botys niveiciliaUs Snell. Midd.-Sum., iv., Lep., p. 64.
Dull pale reddish-brown ; palpi at base, sides of frons, pectus, legs and
ventral surface of abdomen white. Forewing with indistinct dark antemedial
line oblique from costa to submedian fold, then erect ; a discoidal lunula ;
the postmedial line strongly excurved below costa, then oblique and minutely
waved ; cilia black at base, white at tips, except at apex and tornus. Hind-
wing rather paler ; an indistinct curved dark postmedial line ; cilia white at
tips except towards tornus.
Habitat. — China; Formosa; Ceylon, Matale ; Sumatra; Java. Exp.
28 mill.
.222 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
52076. PlONEA POLIOSTICTA, n. Sp.
Head and thorax pale yellow tinged with rufous ; abdomen whitish.
Forewing pale yellow, the veins and margins rufous ; a dentate rufous ante-
medial line with a long tooth above vein I ; a rufous point in cell and a patch
beyond lower angle with a grey spot on it ; a dentate rufous postmedial Jine
sharply angled on vein 5, then oblique to below end of cell and strongly
toothed below vein 2 ; a minutely dentate submarginal line ; a marginal series
of rufous points on the veins. Hindwing white with marginal series of
rufous points.
Habitat— Ceylon, Puttalam (Pole.) Exp. 22 mill. Type.— In B. M.
5214a. PlONEA longipalpalis, n. sp.
$. Palpi extending about three times length of head.
Head and thorax fuscous brown ; palpi white below ; abdomen grey dorsally
tinged with fuscous and with sublateral series of black spots. Forewing pale
reddish-brown irrorated with black ; an indistinct diffused antemedial line
oblique from costa to below cell where it is angled; orbicular and reniform
fuscoup-brown irrorated with black, the former elongate ; postmedial line
minutely waved, oblique and slightly incurved from costa to vein 6. then
with whitish marks on its outer edge, at vein 2 retracted to below end of cell.
Hindwing white, slightly tinged and irrorated with brown ; a discoidal point ;
a curved postmedial line, somewhat angled at vein 4 ; a terminal series of
points.
Habitat — Kashmir, Goorais Valley (Leech). Exp. 26 mill. Type — In B. M.
52146. PlONEA BRYOPHILAMS, n. sp.
Palpi extending about twice the length of head.
£. Head, thorax and abdomen grey irrorated with black ; palpi white
below. Forewing grey, thickly irrorated with black, an indistinct waved ante-
medial line ; orbicular and reniform very large, grey irrorated with white
and defined by fuscous, the area between them whitish ; postmedial line
minutely waved, curved, at vein 2 retracted to below end of cell, then ex-
curved again, defined by whitish on outer side ; a terminal series of black
points. Hindwing whitish suffused and irrorated with fuscous ; a dark
discoidal point ; a curved minutely waved postmedial line, defined by whitish
on outer side ; a terminal series of black points.
Habitat. — Chamba. Exp. 30 mill. Type. — In B. M.
5219a Pionea nypsiusalis, Wlk., Cat. xix., p. 924.
$. Forewing of male with a large tuft of hair beyond upper angle of cell
on underside.
Bright rose-pink. Forewing with obscure dark sinuous antemedial line ; a
dark discoidal spot ; a curved minutely waved postmedial line ; the costal
and terminal areas brighter rose-color, the costa towards apex and cilia bright
orange. Hindwing with the costal and inner areas pale ; the wedge-shaped
medial area pink with oblique postmedial line and its terminal area deeper ;
cilia orange.
Habitat. — Sikhim ; Sarawak. Exp. $ 14, $ 16 mill.
THE MOTHS OF INDIA. 223
5220a. Pyrausta euprepialis, n. sp.
Head and thorax brown mixed with olive grey : palpi below, pectus and
legs brownish-grey ; abdomen black with dorsal segmental whitish lines,
lateral tufts towards extremity and anal tuft at sides orange, the ventral
surface brownish grey. Forewing black suffused with deep crimson red, the
basal area except towards costa with olive-brown ; a postmedial yellowish
white band expanding on inner side in discal fold ; cilia dark-brown tipped
with yellowish. Hindwing black ; some yellowish hair towards base ; an
orange postmedial band broad from costa to lower angle of cell, then
narrower rounded below and not reaching inner margin ; cilia orange with
some black at middle. Underside orange ; forewing with black spots in and
at end of cell conjoined to a patch below cell, a curved postmedial band not
reaching costa and a terminal line ; hindwing with obscure black patch at
lower angle of cell, an indistinct curved postmedial line angled inwards at
vein 2, the terminal area suffused with rufous.
Habitat.— Chamba. Exp. 20 mill. Type—In B. M.
5230a. Pyrausta minimalis, n. sp.
9. Head pale yellow-brown; palpi at base, sides of frons and antennae
white ; thorax rufous, pectus and legs white ; abdomen ochreous. Forewing
•ochreous, suffused with rufous so as to leave slight steaks of the ground color
only ; slight traces of a blackish antemedial line ; a distinct black postmedial
line, obsolescent towards costa, obliquely curved to vein 2, where it is slightly
angled inwards. Hindwing brownish-ochreous, the cilia pale at tips.
Habitat.— Deesa (Nurse). Exp. 12 mill. Type — In B. M.
5231. Pyrausta macharalis, del. Scopula damastesalis.
52526. Pyrausta euralis, n. sp.
Head and thorax ochreous ; palpi black, white at base ; abdomen fuscous.
Forewing pale ochreous ; the costal area brown to beyond middle ; an oblique
dark line from costa before middle to middle of inner margin with some
brown shading before it on inner area ; a broad terminal brown band with
strongly bisinuate black line on its inner edge. Hindwing pale ochreous with
terminal brown band narrowing and somewhat obsolescent towards tornus
and with a curved black line on its inner edge.
Habitat.— Kashmir. (Pilcher). Exp. 24 mill. Type—In B. M.
5255a. Pyrausta atrifdsalis, n. sp.
Mid tibi'-e of male dilated with a groove containing a fringe of long hair.
ft. Head, thorax and forewing ochreous strongly suffused with fuscous-
brown ; palpi below, pectus, legs and ventral surface of abdomen mostly
ochreous. Forewing ochreous suffused with fuscous-brown leaving an orange
yellow streak on costa before and beyond the postmedial line ; the antemedial
line incurved to costa ; a dark point in cell and discoidal lunule; the postmedial
line minutely waved, excurved between veins 6 and 2, then retracted to below
end of cell ; a fine pale line at base of cilia. Hindwing ochreous suffused with
fuscous-brown ; an indistinct waved dark line from just beyond lower angle
of cell, to inner margin above tornus with some ochreous on each side of it ;
224 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
a similar line from costa beyond middle to near termen at vein 2, then curved
round to tornns ; an obscure terminal series of fuscous and ochreous spots ;
the underside ochreous with dentate postmedial line excurved at middle.
Habitat.— Chamba. Exp. 26 mill. Type— In B. M.
5258a. Pyrausta xanthothysa^a, n. sp. (PI. C. f. 4.)
£ . Forewing with large fovea below base of cell.
Reddish-brown with a cupreous tinge ; palpi below, front of pectus and
mid tibiae and tarsi white ; fore tibiae with white bands. Forewing with
oblique sinuous dark antemedial line ; a speck in cell and discoidal lunule ; a
highly dentate postmedial line slightly bent outwards between veins 7 and 2,
then retracted ; a terminal series of black points ; cilia yellow. Hindwing
with minutely dentate postmedial line ; a terminal series of points becoming a
line towards tornus ; cilia yellow.
Habitat. — Sikhim. Exp. 36 mill.
Genus — Cornifrons.
Cornifrons Led. Wien. Ent. Mon., 1863, p. 384.
Type C. ulcer italis.
Range. — N. America ; Algeria, Syria, Persia ; N.-W. India.
Palpi porrect the 2nd joint moderately scaled, the 3rd prominent ;
maxillary palpi long and slightly di-
lated at extremity ; frons with long
corneous process with oblique vertical
edge ; antenna; ciliated ; tibia? with
the outer spurs two-thirds length of
inner. Forewing with vein 3 from
Cornifrons ulceratalis $ \ before angle of cell ; 4,5 from angle ;
7 straight and well separated from 8,9. Hindwing with vein 3 from near
angle of cell ; 4,5 from angle ; 6,7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.
5270a. Cornifrons ulceratalis Led. Wien. Ent. Mon., 1858, p. 147,
pi. 4, f. 1.
Scoparia seriziatalis Oberth. Et. Ent. 1, p. 69, pi. iv, f. 10.
Pale brownish ochreous. Forewing slightly irorated with black scales or
largely clouded with black on antemedial, medial and postmedial areas ; a
black antimedial spot below the cell ; an oblique irregularly waved medial
black line angled outwards in cell and with a spot beyond it on inner margin ;
a large cloudy bla^edged reniform spot ; the postmedial black line minutely
dentate, angled outwards at veins 6 and 2, at vein 2 retracted to below end
of cell, and with a diffused black and grey band beyond it ; a terminal series
of black points ; cilia fuscous at base. Hindwing ochreous white ; a minutely
dentate fuscous postmedial line between veins 6 and 2 ; a diffused, brownish
terminal band ; some black points on termen between veins 2 and 4.
Habitat.- Algiers ; Syria ; Persia ; Ferozpur ; Deesa ; Oudh. Exp. 26 mill.
5275a. Noctuelia dichroalis, n. sp. (PI. 0. f. 6.)
$. Bright yellow : palpi slightly marked with black towards extremity ;
frontal prominence black at sides ; patagia and thorax suffused with fuscou*
THE MOTHS OF INDIA
225
except in front; abdomen with the first three segments mostly black on
dorsum and the next two largely marked with black. Forewing with the
inner area fuscous black to beyond middle and confluent with spots on base
of costa, a subbasal spot in cell, the antemedial line and spots in end of cell
and on discocelhilars ; a postmedial series of spots, the spot above vein 5 dis-
placed inwards, joined at vein 5 by an oblique series from apex, then oblique
to near termen at vein 2, below which there is an angled mark beyond the
fuscous area ; subterminal points above and below vein 4. Hindwing with
the basal area fuscous, its outer edge obliquely sinuous and with yellow spots
on it below cell and on inner margin ; a sinuous series of five spots from costa
beyond middle to tornus ; two conjoined spots at apex and a terminal point
below vein 3.
Habitat.— Celon, Matale (Pole). Exp. 18 mill. Type—in B. M.
Genus Teratausta. nov.
Proboscis fully developed ; palpi upturned, the 3rd joint long and slender ;
antennae of male simple ; legs very
long and slender, the spurs long, hind
tibia? with a few long scales at ex-
tremity above ; abdomen very long
with slight lateral tufts towards ex-
tremity. Forewing long and narrow,
tho costa lobed at middle, then excis-
ed ; a curved elongate hyaline fovea in
end of cell, and a hyaline streak below
Teratausta odontalis £ {. the extremity ; vein 2 from before
middle of cell, slender, curved ; 3 beyond middle, curved at base ; 4'5 from
angle ; 6 from well below upper angle ; 7 from angle ; 8'9 stalked ; 10 Blender
approximated to 8'9 ; 11 sinuous. Hindwing with vein 2 from middle of cell ;
3,4,5 from angle ; 4,5 approximated for a short distance : G absent ; 7 anasto-
mosing with 8,
5277a. Teratausta odontalis, n. sp.
$. Pale reddish brown irrorated with dark brown. Forewing with in-
distinct oblique dark line from the hyaline foveas to inner margin before
middle ; an obscure dark patch on costa extending to lower angle of cell,
bounded by a sinuous white line, and with a very obscure dark line from it
to inner margin, angled in submedian fold and with a dark mark with white
line on its outer edge beyond it ; a subterminal white line forming four
extremely long and acute teeth filled in with black scales and with a black
streak from it below its uppermost tooth towards termen ; cilia pale with
some dark spots and with black and white lines at base. Hindwing with
diffused dark subbasal band and angled line beyond lower angle of cell ; a
slightly sinuous incurved white line from apex to tornus, angled outwards to
termen at vein 2 ; a blackish line from termen below apex to before tornus.
Underside with the markings more distinct and outlined with black.
Habitat— Silhet, Chadkhara. Exp. 28. mill. Type— In Coll. Rothschild.
220 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL TTISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
THE MOTHS OF INDIA.
Description of Plate C.
Fig. 1. Epiplema falcata.
„ 2. Venilia rumiformis.
„ 3. Leptomiza rvfitinctaria*
„ 4. Pyrausta xantliothysana..
„ 5. Venusia ochrota.
„ 6. Noctuclia dichroalis..
„ 7. Thalassodes pi&urata.
„ 8. Aric/ianna plagiogramma,
,, 9. Sylepta pi calls.
„ 10. Epiplema nivea.
„ 11. Xenoyraphia heteva.
„ 12. Abraxas diversicolor.
„ 13. Acidalia pulchrifascia.
„ 14. Ophtkalmodes striatifera.
„ 15. Diatrcea aculeata.
„ 16. Sbamnodes eltoesi.
,, 17. Pomasia sparsata.
,, 18. Charltona fusca.
,, 19. Epiplema holosticta.
„ 20. Boarmia biserrata.
„ 21. Photoseotosiachlorochrola,
„ 22. Chrysocraspeda croccicincta*.
„ 23. Gymnoscelis semivinosa.
., 24. Astheniodes argentiplumbea.
„ 25. Hydrelia aurantiaca.
„ 26. Hypsipyla rotundipex.
., 27. Epiplema rectimarginata.
„ 28. Loxaspilates seriopuncta.
„ 29. Cidaria cymatia.
„ 30. Ccsnodomus fumosalis.
„ 31. Macalla rufibarbalis.
„ 32. Macalla metasarcia.
„ 33. Oxymacaria pectinata.
„ 34. Thalassodes hypoleuca.
„ 35. Polygrammodes nigrilinealis.
227
THE GAUR AND THE GAYAL.
(BOS GAURUS AND BOS FRONTALIS.)
Br E. C. Stuart Baker, f.z.s.
During the last thirteen years I have been collecting a large mass
of material, with a view to trying to prove either that the gaur and the
gayal are one and the same, or else that they are specifically distinct
from one another. During the first two or three years of this period I
held the opinion that they were identical. After this I veered round a
good deal, and began to think that the reasons for considering them
to be distinct might be right; this, because I quite failed to obtain
certain necessary links between the two forms. The years 1897
to 1899, however, produced specimens which have shewn every one
of these same links, and I am now forced to the conclusion that
there is no difference of specific value between the two animals, such
differences as do exist being principally, if not entirely, the result of
domestication.
The question is one which has repeatedly cropped up in various
papers, both scientific and otherwise, and on the 13th, 20th and 27th
August and 3rd September 1898, a certain amount of correspondence
again appeared in The Field^ but no further light was shewn by this,
unless it was to prove that certain characteristics, said to be typical of
the one so called species, were often shewn also by the other. Colonel
Pollok, who says that his " experience of the gaur has been very
extensive," makes one or two slips which shew that, however extensive
his experience may be, a few of the most simple of facts have quite
evaded it. Amongst other things he says : " Tbe points of all young
bulls turn in like the horns of the cows, but as age creeps on this is
lost." Now as a matter of fact the young bull calf has horns which do
not turn in at all ; they at first grow out almost straight from the sides
of the forehead, later on they commence to turn up, but it is not until
the end of the second year, at the very earliest, that they begin to turn
in. In the second series of woodcuts, carefully reproduced from
photos, I include that of a typical young bull calf (No. 2 G) above two
and a half years old, which was shot by myself in 1893 in company
with Mr. J. Clark, C.S. This head should be compared with No. 2 K,
that of a typical wild cow, and the comparison will shew at once how
widely mistaken Colonel Pollok is in bis assertion.
I quite agree with Colonel Pollok in thinking that Mr. Sanderson's
supposed gayal was nothing but a gaur, but in the absence of any proof
228 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
to the contrary I cannot help but think that his own two supposed
gayal were also nothing but gaur. In fact, it will be seen from the
photographs I give that his diagnosis of his gayals would have done
also for gaur. He says : " The semi-cylindric crest and concavity of
the skull are wanting in the gayal." I shall shew that they are often
present in the gayal, and on the other hand are often wanting in the
gaur. Then he goes on to say : " It is smaller ; the facial angle
is all but straight." The first difference is of course merely compara-
tive or individual, and the straightness of outline I shew from the
woodcuts given to be altogether an individual and not a specific
characteristic.
Now, having refused to accept other good and well known sports-
men's dictum as finally correct, it is but right that I should shew what
right I have to give my own opinion, nor I do not claim that it should
be accepted as final by other people though I personally consider I have
proved my contentions.
The opportunities I have had for the study of this subject have, I
believe, been quite exceptional. North Cachar, which is on the
extreme north-eastern frontier of India, is situated between the Naga
Hills, Manipur, Looshai and certain plains districts, and is in the very
heart of the domesticated gayal country, Kukies, Nagas and other
hill tribes keeping them in great numbers. The gaur, or wild form,
is also extremely plentiful in suitable localities throughout this and
the adjoining districts, and during the time I was stationed in North
Cachar I shot fifty-four bulls, four cows and the one calf mentioned
above.
After leaving North Cachar I was transferred to Dibrugarh, the moat
Eastern District of Assam, where I have now been three years and
where the observations I have made have confirmed those previously
made in North Cachar.
The greater part of the time I was in North Cachar I lived within
a couple of hundred yards of a village which kept a large herd of
tame gayal, and I have taken every opportunity of examining other
herds.
I should, I think, mention that once long ago I shot a bull which
shewed all the most typical characteristics of the tame animal ; this
at the time I fully believed to have been a wild animal pure and
simple, but afterwards I received information which led me to think
that it was merely a very surly old tame bull which had belonged to
THE GAUR AND THE GAYAL.
229
a Kuki, but had left the herd and gone off on his own account some
two years prior to my shooting him.
The first series of illustrations give the side views of certain skulls of
both wild and tame animals, and shew the first point about which there
is any controversy, viz., the shape of the forehead, and also certain other
points which I shall discuss, but, before doing so, will give details as
to the heads themselves.
(a) Tame Cow.-^- This is the head of a cow which belonged to
a large herd kept by a village in the Kuki country to the west of the
Jetinga river. Its sire was one of the tame bulls, but I cannot trace its
parentage further back. The surrounding country contains numerous
wild gaur, the bulls of which used to visit regularly and cross with the
tame cows.
230 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
(b) Wild Bull.— This was a
fine young wild bull
shot in the Mikir
country to the north-
west, where there are
no tame herds at all,
and the bull could not
possibly have had any
taint of tame blood. I
should think this bull
w.is about five years
old.
(c) Very old Tame Bull. —
This has been photo-
graphed with the horns
removed from the cores,
so as to shew, as plainly
as is possible, the outline.
This bull came from a
Kuki herd near which
there are no wild gaur
and had, for many gene-
rations, been sired by
domestic bulls only.
THE GAUR AND THE GAYAL,
231
(d) Very old Wild Bull-
Shot by me in the
Mikir country pre-
viously referred to.
This was the biggest
bull I have ever killed
or seen and stood
19 hands 3 inches
between uprights. It
was very old and very
^fe3
00
Old Wild Bull— Shot
in the Jetinga Valley,
where it kept con-
stantly on the move
botween the various
tame herds.
gaunt and decrepit.
Now, according to scientists, one of the principal differences between
the two forms is, that whereas the gaur (Bos gaurus) has the forehead
deeply concave, the gayal (Bos frontalis) has it more or less convex.
As soon, however, as I began to study the matter I saw at once that
this point was utterly worthless. Of coarse it cannot be denied that
the majority of heads of Bos gaurus, the wild animal, have the head
232 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
concave, still many have it only very slightly so and some not at all.
As to the tame form (Bos frontalis) it is, however, quite the exception
for the forehead to be really convex ; the greater number have it more
or less straight in outline ; many have it more or less concave and
some old bulls have it deeply so.
An examination of the woodcuts will shew that though (a), a tame
cow, has the forehead the most straight (not even this is really convex)
of the whole series, yet there is very little difference between this and
the young wild bull's head (b) ; on the other hand (c), an old tame bull,
has the forehead very deeply concave, the inward curve being far in
excess of the amount shewn in most wild bulls* heads. The head (e)
shews the extreme limit to which this point ever goes. Between the
wild head (b) and the tame head (c) every grade of concavity may be
found both in wild and tame animals. Bulls, as a rule, shew a greater
concavity than do cows, and the straightest outline I have ever found
in a bull, wild or tame, is that shewn in (b) ; (a) and (c) have now been
made over to the Asiatic Museum.
The next point, as shewn by the side view, is the facial angle with
reference to the nasal bones. This is one, which, strange to say, is
seldom dwelt upon by naturalists, and yet is the one which I have
found the hardest to dispose of.
The wild animal has almost invariably the nasal bones turning down-
wards from their junction with the prolongation of the frontal bone ;
the tame animal seems almost as often to have them either quite
straight or even slightly bending outwards from the same junction.
I succeeded in getting both animals with quite straight nasals, but it
was a long time before I could obtain any which shewed the shape
actually contrary to what it should have been according to rule ;
(b), however, shews a wild head with practically straight nasals, while
(c), the old tame bull, shews them well turned inward.
A point which does not appear in the woodcuts, but upon which
stress is often laid, is the colour of the horn. This in the tame form
is said to be wholly black and in the wild form more or less tinted
with reddish horn over its greater portion, and tipped black. As
a matter of fact, it is very exceptional to find a tame animal with
horns black throughout, nearly all being to some extent tinged with
reddish or greenish horn at the bases, and I have seen one or two
tinted with greenish horn throughout three-quarters of their length.
Inter se, wild animals also vary greatly in the colouration of their
THE GAUR AND THE GAYAL. 233
horns. My record head is that of a magnificent bull which I shot on
the 1st of January 1893 ; these horns are a bright reddish only tipped
with black. Another head, which I saw, of a bull shot in a trap by
Kukies within a few miles of the same place is green practically
throughout, the black tips, which I imagine originally existed, having
been almost entirely worn out.
After the head points already referred to, and which are shewn
more or less in the drawings, there remains only the facial angle of
the lower part of the head to be dealt with from a side view, and this
is one which has to be studied from the living animal ; of course this
depends almost entirely on the shape of the nasal bones, and from
what I have already written it will be seen that normally the wild
animal shews a ram-nosed profile, and the tame much the same side
view as that of an ordinary cow. Whereas, though the latter seldom
shews much variation, the former varies extremely. One of the first gaur
I ever shot was a huge bull, which I came upon very suddenly as it
stood grazing in a sea of grass some four feet high. I was enabled
to get very close before firing, and my attention was at once drawn
to the very remarkable ram-faced profile it exhibited, the more so that
I had the previous day shot another bull, the angle of whose face
appeared quite straight. A third bull, which had been grazing with
the ram-nosed one, but which 1 did not get until the following morn-
ing, did not have the ram-nose half so developed. I have, therefore,
come to the conclusion that the variation shewn in this respect is
merely individual, and is of no specific value.
Ihe principal characteristic, as shown by the next series of drawings,
is the shape of the crest or vortex of the skull as it lies between the
horns. It is one on which great stress is laid by naturalists and sports-
men, but which is shown by this series to be of no value whatsoever.
According to the hitherto accepted theories the gayal or tame form
never has any signs of the cylindrical crest, which is, on the other
hand, invariably present in the gaur or wild form. I can find no trace
of any record of wild animals, reported as gaur, which have not
been credited with this cylindrical crest and, vice versa, I can find
none of so called gayal, wild or tame, which have been said to have it.
Blanford mentions, " Mammalia of India," p. 487, et seq. a skull
of the gaur obtained in the Mishmi Hills which wants the frontal
cavity, but no mention is made of the absence of the cylindrical
crest.
234 JOURNAL, BOMB A Y NA TURAL H1ST0R Y SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
The same author (in loc. cit.) says : " A few days before these pages
went to press I saw, in Mr. Hume's private collection, a typical skull
of Bos frontalis obtained by Mr. W. Davison in Tenasserim, and
distinctly identified by him as that of a wild animal."
Of this head, however, Blanford gives no details beyond saying that
it was typical, and we must, therefore, presume that there was no
cylindrical crest. The evidence accordingly on this point must depend
solely on what is shown in the following heads. To refer, therefore, to
them : Looking at the head which shews the straightest line a, we
should expect this at once to be that of a tame animal ; instead of that
it is that of a wild one, and that not a cow but a bull, and from this the
crests will be found to be bigger and bigger in a regular gradation until
we come to /* which is that of a tame bull, and this shews a crest, drawing
to almost a point in the centre and far more highly developed than in
nine out of ten wild animals. The conclusion that I have arrived at,
after the careful inspection of a huge amount of material, is that the
extent of the crest is entirely an individual characteristic. In both
wild and tame animals its complete absence is rare, more especially in
males, and the crest in old animals is more developed than in the
young, and again on an average the wild form has a higher, more
cylindrical crest than the tame. As, however, the specimens vary
very greatly inter se, and the tame one often has it more highly
developed than many wild ones have, the characteristic is of no specific
value.
The only other point shewn by the photographs is the growth of the
horns. This is the point which Blanford uses as a key to the species.
He savs : —
" Bos gaurus — horns turned inwards near the tips."
" Bos frontalis — horns spreading, not turned inwards."
This key at once falls to the ground when we examine a in the
above series. Now this was a fine young, wild bull shot in the Mikir
country, far from any tame herd, so that he could not possibly have
been the result of a cross. Moreover, no wild cow would ever accept
the services of a tame bull wrhen, as is always the case, those of a finer,
stronger wild animal were available.
This skull I consider a most important one, as, together with its non-
incurving horns, it shews, as already noted, so flat a crest and forehead.
So far I have never been able to obtain a specimen of a tame animal
with incurving horns, but the fact that a wild animal should have been
THE GAUR AND THE GAY Ah. 235
The following series of photographs gives a view of the skull front
standpoint. They are of the following animals : —
YOUNG WILD BULL.
Eight horn ... 18 inches.
Left „ ... 18| „
Round sweep ... 48f ,,
Do. bases ... 15£ „
Tip to tip ... 29| „
(a) Same as (b) in the first series, a young wild bull.
Round sweep ... 58
(b) Is that of a tame bull.
10
CMeasured dry.)
236 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
shot with horns similar to those of the tame form bridges over
this difference between them, and does away with its specific
value.
This disposes of the head points, and such as can be shewn by photo-
graphs of skulls and horns.
Of the other variations said to be specific between the tame and the
wild forms the one most often mentioned, perhaps, is the presence
or the absence of the dewlap.
Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier, in The Field of August 27th, 1898, refers
to this at some length, and comes to the conclusion that there
is, from what is recorded, no decided opinion on the subject, but
that different observers of different individual animals have oiven
different opinions, thus showing that it is the individual and not the
species which vary.
The various opinions I can collect seem to be the following : —
Roxburgh says re the gayal : " The dewlap is deep and pendent."
Dr. Trail : " The presence of a dewlap distinguishes it ( the gayal )
from the ganr."
Jerdon says that the gaur has the skin of " throat loose giving
the appearance of a dewlap," whilst the gayal has a " small but
distinct " dewlap.
Col. Pollok found no dewlap in the two or three he examined.
A. T. Martin, writing to Mr. Tegetmeier, described the dewlap -of a
full grown bull gaur as " a large dewlap, covered with coarse
black hair, hanging down to a little below the knees."
Blanford gives the presence of a dewlap as a distinctive feature, but
he quotes from others, and does not seem to give the distinction as one
ascertained beyond all doubt.
Personally I feel sure that the absence or presence of a dewlap is in-
dividual, but that wild animals as a rule have it less developed than in
the tame, and that both forms sometimes have none at all. The
heaviest dewlap I have ever seen, either in a tame or wild animal, was
that possessed by the ram-nosed wild bull which I have already
mentioned. In this animal it was a distinct hanging dewlap, descend-
ing from beginning of the throat well down the breast to the fore-
legs, between which it dwindled away to merely a loose fold of skin on
the upper chin, and between the radial bones of the cheeks it
was nothing more than rather loose skin which could be gathered
up in the hands.
THE GAUR AND THE GAYAL. 237
In the tame animal this loose skin of the throat and intereheeks is
often more highly developed than it was in this bull, and it then haDgs
in two well-defined drops of dewlap, which, however, usually ceases on
the throat. In no tame animal have I seen such a hanging pendulous
dewlap as this wild bull possessed on throat and breast.
Some tame bulls possess no signs of a dewlap beyond the loose skin
of the intereheeks which is not often quite absent.
I have been able to draw no connection as suggested by Demosthenes
(Field, August 20th, 1898) between the shape of the horns and the
existence of a dewlap. The bull with the heavy dewlap was an
enormous brute (19 hands 1 inch between two pegs placed at foot and
at shoulder) with one whole horn and the stump of the other. It had a
head much like that of the young bull shewn in a, the second series,
but with a still wider sweep and less upright horns. I gave the head
away before photographing it, or it would have been shewn as one of
the typical wild heads which yet had horns more widely divergent at
the tips than elsewhere.
The old bull whose head is shewn as j had a thin fold of loose skin all
down his throat which, had he been in good condition, might have
developed into a pendulous dewlap, but the poor brute was very thin
and bony.
As regards size there is of course an enormous difference, but even
this is nothing when compared with the little Bengali draught buffalo
and the huge wild bull.
As to the size itself, everything depends on the way the measure-
ments are taken. The proper way is to place a peg at the heel of
the forefoot and another at the shoulder and draw a string straight
between them, not touching the carcase, which would give it a curve,
greatly increasing the height. Measured thus the biggest I have ever
shot stood 19 hands 3 inches, and seemed to stand far higher than
any other I have seen, though four of these measured 19 hands
1 inch.
The late Major Priestly shot one in North Cachar, which, he stated
to be 21 hands, and which doubtless was so according to his measure-
ment, but my trackers who were with him when he shot the animal
in question said it was not nearly so tall a brute as the one I measured
19 hands 3 inches, though it was far more bulky. Some one, Col.
Pollok I think, records a Burmese bull shot by him as 21 hands,
but the Burmese and North East Indian animals are probably much
238 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
the same, though Southern Indian specimens may run smaller. The
cows stand, I should say, in their wild state, 16 hands at the outside,
occasionally a barren cow reaching 17 hands. Col. Pollok here also
gives Burmese cows a height of 19 hands.
The tame form is very much smaller than the wild ; a big bull may
run to 16 hands 2 inches, possibly a little more though I think not ;
cows are probably seldom over 14 hands, but specimens are sometimes
seen nearly if not quite 15.
There is yet another point which has been used by some writers
to differentiate their so-called two species, and this is the formation
of the dorsal ridge. This they say is shorter in the gayal than in
the gaur, less developed, and does not end so abruptly. I have
noticed no regular variation at all in this and can point out no
difference. The wild animal is of course a bigger far more muscular
brute than the tame, and doubtless his dorsal ridge is, with all
his other parts, more developed than it is in the tame, but I can
determine no structural difference whatsoever, nor do I think any
such exists.
As regards the name methna, this is the one by which the animal,
both in its wild and tame form, is known practically throughout the
North-East Frontier, from Sadya and Dibrughur, throughout Assam,
Manipur, Looshai and down to Chittagong. The word is, I think,
nothing more than a corruption of the Cachari word mithang, which
means " the muscular animal " from mi (fjj)=animal and thang ( ?Tf*. )
= strong or muscular. This is applied alike to the tame and to the
wild animal by the Cacharis merely with the prefix hagrani ( 3^£tTfT )=
of the jungle, to the wild animal and noni (^rtfr)=of the house, to the
tame. Looshais, Kukis, Nagas and other hill tribes all have their own
names for the animal, and in nearly all cases it is the same for both.
In colour, comparing the two forms, age for age and sex with sex
I can make no discrimination between the two, but if any such does
exist it may be in the wild form retaining the chestnut colour of
immaturity for a longer time than does the tame.
I may mention here that there is in the Hon. W. Rothschild's fine
museum at Tring a specimen of what is called a gaur. The colour of
the skin is quite a bright chestnut, and the size is not greater than that
of a two-year-old bull gaur with which age the colour of the skin
corresponds. The horns are those of a very small but old wild bull.
THE GAUR AND THE GAYAL.
239
Round sweep ... 74 in.
Round base.
Right horn
Left
OLD WILD BULL.
(c) The same as (e) in
the first series, an
(d) Is that of a tame
cow, more
than proha-
bly with
a certain
amount o f
wild blood in
her, but to
what extent
I cannot say.
240 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
If Indian this must be a calf s skin put to an old head, but it is probably
a Malayan form, the pale coloured one, which has lately beeu specifically
divided from our Bos gaurus.
The typical colour of the adult animal, gaur or gayal, is a very deep
purple brown, practically black ; the old cow gets quite as dark as the
old bull eventually, but retains the chestnut brown colour until nearly
three years old, after which she gradually gets darker and darker.
Now, as regards the domestication of the gaur, a good deal bas been
said and written about it, which has its foundation on a story which was
started by McRae, quoted by Lambert and after him by many others.
Blanford, in the volume of " Mammalia," quotes me rather as if he
considered I supported this statement, so I must go into some detail
over it.
McRae' s 3tory was to the effect that the Kukis found out a place
much frequented by some herd of gaur, where they scattered salt iibout.
At first, the salt being scattered, the Kukis departed out of sight, but
gradually they shewed themselves and by slow degrees made the gaur
so tame that eventually they accepted salt from their hands, and
following them home to their villages, became domesticated.
Now this wonderful story is, I am sure, like the historical romance,
fiction founded on fact. I have lived amongst the Kukis thirteen
years, speak their language thoroughly, talk, shoot and go about with
them, yet never have I heard one word to lead me to believe that
such domestication ever took place. I have inquired also about the
Looshais and others, but with no more success, and to anyone who
knows the gaur well, the story can hardly seem within the range of
possibility.
Probably the story arose from the following custom : The Kukis
are a semi-migrant race, constantly shifting their villages from one site
to another, and to each new site they have to induce their tame gayal
to follow.
Now the gayal or methna seems to be an animal which attaches-
itself to places rather than to people, so that when the old village is-
burnt down, instead of meekly following their owners to the new
village, they constantly return to the site of the old one, where they
stay the night. The Kukis come in the morning, and by giving them
salt, of which they are passionately fond, gradually induce them to
follow them home, and once they get used to their new surroundings
they, as a rule, return each night to the village and sleep there.
THE GAUR AND THE GA7AL.
241
Round sweep ... 75 £ „
Round base.
Right horn ... 22| inches.
Left „ ... 22|
Expanse ... 74 „
(Measured fresh.)
(e) A very large wild bull shot in the Jetinga Valley ; as a rule
solitary, but sometimes joined by a younger, smaller bull and
often visiting the tame herds in the vicinity.
(/) A young wild bull from the Jetinga Valley.
242 JOURNAL, BOMBA Y NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Sometimes, however, the methna wander off again to the site of the
old village, although it may be overgrown with jungle, and then the
same process of leading them back by the inducement of offerings
of salt has again to be gone through.
Rarely — very rarely — a young feral gaur may be caught by the
Kukis or Nagas and brought back to their villages, hand-reared and
then turned out amongst their tame animals. I have seen two or
three such, but all of them were wild in the extreme, and bolted as
soon as they saw me distinctly ; whereas many of the village animals
would allow themselves to be handled. The only difference they show,,
as far as I can make out, to those reared naturally in a wild state, is
their comparatively very small size.
Several herds of methna are kept by the tribes in North Cachar,
which contain no full grown bull, the young males being all killed off
for sacrifices by festivities, etc., before they reach the age of three years.
In these cases the tame herds are regularly visited by the wild bulls,
and nineteen out of twenty of the calves born in them are the progeny
of wild bulls and tame cows, the young in almost every instance re-
sembling the latter and not the former. It is, however, very noticeable
that such herds as are much visited by wild bulls contain animals of a
bigger, robuster build than such as are habitually served by tame ones,,
often young and undersized animals. Strange to say the typical varia-
tions of the wild form seem seldom to be transmitted to their progeny,
and it is the female parent which would, in this species, appear to
stamp its form on the young. The variations, therefore, and connect-
ing links between the two forms are found quite as often amongst those
herds which have no connection with wild animals as amongst those
which have much.
Photograph b in the second series is of an animal which in the great
length of horn, large size and bulky muscle, shewed a growth attribut-
able, most likely, to its wild blood ; on the other hand, the forehead
was unusually straight, and there was absolutely no concavity in the
forehead.
Photos c of the first series and h of the second is a head which I
obtained from a Kuki raja living on the borders of Manipur. This man
and his herd of methna I have known well ever since I came here
thirteen years ago, and never have I known a wild bull to visit it or
even to haunt the vicinity. The village has been settled some twenty
years in its present site, and prior to that had been about twenty years
THE GAUR AND THE GAYAL.
243
((/) Young wild bull calf. This shows the typical shape of the calf's
horns, and should be compared with (k) to shew the difference
between them.
?
'■
&
E^
^
7
--
£\
I N
i y^s
6
\\
h^
Right horn ... 14 inches.
Left „ ... U „
Hound sweep .. 42i „
Round base.
Right horn ... 17$ inches.
Left horn ... Yl\ „
Expands tip to tip. 31 ,,
(Measured dried.)
(h) An old tame bull : the same as {e) in the first series.
11
244 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
more in a place only about three miles distant. The Kuki, who is quite
an old man, says he inherited the herd from his father, and never
either know himself or had heard of wild bulls serving the cows. This
same bull, as I have already pointed out, shews the high cylindrical
crest and deeply concave forehead said to be typical of tbe wild gaur
alone ; yet this bull, if any, was descended for generations from domestic
animals, both on the male and female sides.
I have not dwelt upon the fact that the domestic form is so often found
with abnormal white patches ; once, indeed, there was a pure white bull
in the herd of the Kuki rajah mentioned above, because variation in
colour and deviation from that of the original stock is admittedly the
usual sign of domestication, still, as such abnormal colouring adds, if it
has any weight either way to the argument that the tame is derived from
the wild form, the fact that it does occur should not be passed over.
I do not know where Col. Pollok shot his two wild animals which he
refers to as gayal, but I can find no trace whatsoever of anything
resembling a wild specimen of the tame from anywhere in Assam,
Manipur, Chittagong, Tipperah, or Northern Burma, or again in the
hills to the north-east of Assam and east of Thibet. All sportsmen,
who have seen the wild animals of any of these parts, assure me that it
is the gaur pure and simple, though many of my informants point
out that they have noticed variations of some slight degree in facial
angle, colour and shape of horns, &c, which, however, when one has
shot a good many, all prove to be individual and not specific.
To sum up the alleged differences they come to this :
The wild form known as Bos gaurus, the gaur of sportsmen, is : (1)
a big animal ranging up to 21 hands ; (2) has a large cylindrical crest ;
(3) the forehead deeply concave ; (4) the nasals receding ; (5) the
horns incurved, and the greatest divergence not at the tip ; (6) no
dewlap ; and (7) constant colouration.
The tame form known as Bos frontalis, the gayal, is on the other
hand : (1) much smaller, rarely if ever exceeding 17 hands ; (2) has
no cylindrical crest ; (3) has a straight or actually convex forehead ;
(4) has the nasals, when taken in a line with the forehead, somewhat
protruding ; (5) the horns growing straight out from the sides of the
head, not incurving, but widest apart at the extreme tips ; (6) a dew-
lap and (7) variable colouration.
Taking these points one by one it has been shewn that (2) whereas
the tame form often has the crest mure or less developed, and some-
THE GAUR AND THE GAYAL.
245
s^bJs'Aj
Right horn ... 1\\ in.
Left „ ... 24 „
Round sweep ... 61£ „
0 ) Vei7 o\d wild bull : same as d in the first series.
Round base.
Right horn ... 18 in.
... 18£ „
Tip to tip ... 19J „
(Quite dried.)
{h) An old wild cow.
246 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
times highly cylindrical, yet, on the other hand, the wild form
sometimes has it quite straight ; (3) this has been shewn by the photos,
to be a matter of degree in both wild and tame forms, both possessing
individuals whose foreheads shew straightness and varying degrees of
concavity ; (4) this also is shewn by the photographs to be an indi-
vidual characteristic, and that it is so is also said to be the case by
Col. Pollok ; (5) examination of the photos, shews here also connecting
links throughout, and it will be observed that in this case it is amongst
the wild forms that most of the links are shewn ; (6) in this point I
have had to give my personal experience to shew that it is an indivi-
dual characteristic, but I am supported in what I have written
by the many recorded observations of naturalists and sportsmen
who, each giving their own personal view of the matter, shew, by the
wide divergence of their opinions, that there is every degree of
dewlap to be found in different specimens, from the smallest to
such as are of some size ; whilst in some, many perhaps, there is
none at all.
With regard to points 1 and 7, size and variation of colour, it will
probably be admitted by everyone that these are so essentially matters
of domestication that they need not be considered.
Finally, although it has nothing to do with my arguments, or any-
one else's as to the difference or non-difference of the two species, yet
it may be of interest if I close my article with a note on some measure-
ments of horns of the two forms.
Such of the measurements as I cannot guarantee to be correct I
place in brackets, the others I vouch for being absolutely correct.
Of my wild heads the finest I consider to be that shewn as e in both
series. The measurements are as follows : —
Tip to tip round sweep ... 75§r inches.
Base of right horn in girth 22f „
.* I'lb IIOIU .«. ■•• *•■ ••• ■•• —t**~Q ■ ■
Greatest expanse ,. 47 „
Measured ten days after being shot.
Another longer but lighter head measures : —
Tip to tip round sweep 86f inches.
Base to tip of right horn 37
,, „ left horn ... ... ... ... 37£
Girth of right horn at base 19^
lfift 19 a
Greatest expanse 53
THE GAUR AND THE GAYAL.
247
(/) A wild bull shot in the Makir country.
These two represent the stoutest and longest horns, respectively,
I have ever seen and wore both shot by myself.
Another very fine head which was killed in a gun trap and brought
to me by a Kuki and is now in the possession of Mr. F. Bott,
measures —
Tip to tip round sweep .„.
Girth of right horn at base ...
,, lett „ ,, .., .
Widest expanse about
This was measured dry, and would probably have measured
close on 22 inches round the bases of the horns if measured
fresh. I have known no head with such a magnificent expanse as
this one showed, though one or two have approached it rather
closely.
Of tame animals the following are the best measurements I have
taken. The bull marked c in the first series and h in the second
measured —
Round sweep from tip to tip
Length of right horn
„ left „ ...
Girth of right horn at base ...
,, lett „ ,, »..
Tip to tip of horns, straight...
248 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL T1IST0RY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Another bull I measured which was very similar in general shape to
the last measured —
Round sweep from tip to tip .. ... 48 inches.
Length of right horn ... ... 17£ ,,
„ left ,, ... ... 17 „
Girth of right horn at base ... ... 15 „
„ left „ „ ... ... 15
Tip to tip in a straight line ... ... 33 „
The young bull shewn as b in the second series would probably have
become in two or three years an abnormally line specimen. Young as
it was it then taped —
Round sweep from tip to tip
Length of right horn
'o1
Girth of right horn at base ...
,, leit ,, t, ... ..
Tip to tip in a straight line ... ... 42 „
A cow marked a in the first series, a specimen rather above the
average, was as follows : —
Round sweep ... ... ... 41 inches.
Right horn ... ... ... 15 „
Left ,, ... ».. ... l'i ,,
Girth at base ... ... ... 10£ „
Tip to tip ... ... ... 25| „
The horns first mentioned in these measurements are bigger round
the base than any others I have seen and measured, but one which I
saw in a Naga village on a sacrificial pile was much stouter, as well as
longer, and this, I should think, would have measured close on
19 inches round the bases. The-Nagas, however, refused to sell it, and I
had no tape then to measure it with. I have seen none, as far as I
remember, which were purely of the domestic type, with horns as long
as those marked b.
249
THE BIRDS OF TRAVANCORE,
By H. S. Ferguson, F.L.S.,
WITH NOTES ON THEIR NIDIFICATION,
By T. F. Bourdillon, F.L.S.
THE BIRDS OF TRAVANCORE.
The plate belonging to this paper will appear with Part II., in the
next number of the Journal.
Editor.
that of the south-western hill regions of Ceylon, while that of the
extreme south of Travancore corresponds to that of the north and
north-west of Ceylon.
Accord i no- to Colonel Legge the connection between the omis of
the Himalayas and that of Ceylon is but slight and only what one
would expect in mountain districts of adjacent ornithological regions,
and this is pretty much the opinion of Mr. Blanford who remarks
that " though it contains several Himalayan genera and species they
are not sufficient, to enable South Indian and Ceylonese areas to be
clashed with the Himalayan forest area in a separate feub-division or
sub-region."
There is a decided affinity with the Burmese fauna evidenced by the
existence of such genera as Loris and Tragulus among Mammals, Draco
among Reptiles, Ixalus among Amphibians, and Lyncomh, Hemicircus
and Gorsachius among Birds.
So far as bird life is concerned Travancore may be divided into four
districts : (1) the forest-clad hill range from the south up to and includ-
248 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Another bull I measured which was very similar in general shape to
the last measured —
Round sweep from tip to tip .. ... 48 inches.
T.oTinff.ti of rieht horn ... ... 174
The horns first mentioned in these measurements are bigger round
the base than any others I have seen and measured, but one which I
saw in a Naga village on a sacrificial pile was much stouter, as well as
longer, and this, I should think, would have measured close on
19 inches round the bases. The-Nagas, however, refused to sell it, and I
had no tape then to measure it with. I have seen none, as far as I
remember, which were purely of the domestic type, with horns as long
as those marked b.
249
THE BIRDS OF TRAVANCORB,
By H. S. Ferguson, F.L.S.,
WITH NOTES ON THEIR NIDIFICATION,
By T. F. Bourdillon, F.L.S.
(With a Plate).
Part I.
Travancore was, no doubt, covered with forest at one time from the
coast to the summit of the hills, the watershed of which forms the
boundary between it and British India. The luxuriance of the vege-
tation is due to the fact that the country gets the full benefit of both
monsoons, for the soil is poor. Under the influence of the heavy rain-
fall and a strong sun there is an abundant vegetation which teems with
insect life, and in consequence there is a rich avifauna consisting of some
326 species. So far as I am aware the only contribution towards its
description is a " First List of the Birds of the Travancore Hills " by
Mr. F. W. Bourdillon which appeared in " Stray Feathers " in 187G.
In this ninety species are mentioned, and in a " Second List," which
appeared in the same journal in 1878, twenty-eight more species were
recorded. 1 shall quote freely from them to supplement my own
information.
As would naturally be conjectured the ornis of Travancore is very
closely related to that of Ceylon. That of its hill range corresponds to
that of the south-western hill regions of Ceylon, while that of the
extreme south of Travancore corresponds to that of the north and
north-west of Ceylon.
According to Colonel Legge the connection between the ornis of
the Himalayas and that of Ceylon is but slight and only what one
would expect in mountain districts of adjacent ornithological regions,
and this is pretty much the opinion of Mr. Blanford who remarks
that " though it contains several Himalayan genera and species they
are not sufficient to enable South Indian and Ceylonese areas to be
classed with the Himalayan forest area in a separate sub-division or
sub-region."
There is a decided affinity with the Burmese fauna evidenced by the
existence of such genera as Loris and Tragulus among Mammals, Draco
among Reptiles, Ixalus among Amphibians, and Lyncomis, Hemicircus
and Gorsachius among Birds.
So far as bird life is concerned Travancore may be divided into four
districts : (1) the forest-clad hill range from the south up to and iuclud-
250 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
ing the Cardamom Hills with an average height of 4,500 feet ; (2) the
Kanan Devan Hills or high range, more open in character and with
an average height of 6,500 feet ; (3) the low country except the extreme
south ; (4) the low country about and within twenty miles of Capo
Comorin.
The First District.
The chain of hills for the first half of its length, that is from Cape
Comorin to the Achankovil Gap, rises rather abruptly from the level of
the low country and consists merely of a single ridge with outlying
spurs. Its average height is 4,100 feet, and only two of the peaks-
reach 5,000, Agastia being 6,200 feet, while Mahindragherry is 5,500.
The first forty miles of the range from Cape Comorin are known as
the Ashambu Hills and include the second of the two peaks mentioned.
The next part is not known by any general name, but includes Agas-
tia (6,200 feet), Chimunji (4,800 feet) and Ponmudi, a grass hill (3,500
feet high). It ends at the Ariankavu Pjiss 1,210 feet high. About eight
miles further north is the Achankovil Pass about 1,470 feet high ; a
strong ridge 2,000 feet to 3,000 feet separates the two valleys. From
base to summit the hills of this part of the range are covered with a
dense growth of evergreen forest, and there is very little grass, in fact
it only grows on some of the outlying spurs and on the more exposed
ridges. In some instances, too, land which had been under forest and
had been cleared for coffee cultivation is now overgrown with grass.
From the Achankovil Pass the ridge gradually rises and widens till it
forms at an elevation of 3,100 feet, a tableland of forest which stretches
for about fifteen miles and is known as the Panthalam Hills. Its charac-
ter then changes, and there is instead of continuous forest a grass-
covered plateau with scattered patches of forest at about the same
elevation ; this district is known as Pirmerd, and here there are many
tea estates. This plateau extends some forty miles to the Cardamom
Hills. These are clothed again with forest, and there is a continuous
chain of cardamom gardens. It is a most beautiful part of the range,
as all the grand old forest trees are left standing and only the under-
growth and smaller trees are cleared away, so that you can walk for
miles in more or less open forest and can see for a considerable dis-
tance on either side of the path. It is a great place for birds, and one
of the few where the great Black Woodpecker is commonly seen. In
the Assambu Hills the rainfall is from 80 to 100 inches, at Ponmudi
it is 180, and at Pirmerd it is over 200. All over this part of the
THE BIRDS OF TRAVANCORE. 251
range bird life is pretty uniform. One meets with numbers of such
forms as Trend, puella, Chloropsis jerdoni, Arachnechthra minima, Als-
eonax lalirostris at low elevations an J Dendrocitta leucogastras Eidabes
rel/'giosa, Hypsipetes ganeesa, and others common to the western ghat3
higher up. It includes one bird which is peculiar to it, namely, Tro-
chalopterum meridionale. Rhopocichla bourdilloni, peculiar to Travancore,
is found throughout the range, including the Kanan Devan Hills.
The second district, which comprises the Kanan Devan Hills or high
range, is of a more open character and at a higher elevation. Looking
at it from the Cardamom Hills, it appears to run at right angles to these
hills and to tower above them. As a matter of fact, the main range
runs north and south ; but there are high spurs running east and west,
and it is one of these that one first sees. Here again there is plenty
of grass land, and much of the forest has been cleared for tea culti-
vation. Its average height is 6,500 feet, and its rainfall varies from
about 101 to well over 200 according to aspect. The birds peculiar to
it are Trochalopterum fairbanki, Cisticola erythrocephala, Phylloseopus
affinis, Carpodacus erythrinus, Anthus nilgiriensis, Galerita malabarica,
Cypselus melba, Microperdlx erythrorhynchus and Gallinago nemoricola.
I have not taken these elsewhere in Travancore. The distribution of
the first of these genera, Trochalopterum, is very instructive. The
range of T. meridionale extends from the extreme south as far as
the Achenkovil Gap. On the High Range T. fairhanki takes its place
and extends to the Anamallais and Palnis, which are practically the
same range though British territory.
The Neliampathis, which are in the native State of Cochin, are
connected with the Anamallais and the High Range by a ridge
of a more or less horse-shoe shape. This part of the hills is, I believe,
the habitat of Davison's Laughing Thrush [Trochalopterum cinnamo-
meum). There is then a distinct break in the range, which is known
as the Palghat Gap. This sharply divides the Neliampathi Hills from
the YVynaad and Nilgiris. In the former Irochalopterum jerdoni is
found and in the latter T. cachinnans. The distribution of the genus
Merula is much the same. M. bourdilloni is found from the extreme
south as fir as the Palnis. The habitat of M. erythrotis will, I think,
bo found to be the Neliampathi Hills. M. similima is also found on the
Palnis, but more often on the Nilgiris, while M. nigripileus is found
there and also in Mysore. I have made this digression and pointed
out these facts, as there are some mistakes in the volumes of the
12
252 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
" Fauna of British India " Birds, where the Palghat Hills are said to
be in Travancore and the Auamallai Hills in S. Travancore, whereas
the former are in Cochin and the latter chiefly in British territory,
only a small portion lying within Travancore in the extreme north.
The third district, the low country, excepting the extreme south, is
neither flat nor undulating, but may be described as hummocky,
consisting as it does of a number of low hills divided by narrow
valleys in which rice is usually grown. These hills are still covered
with small trees and undergrowth, and in many places serpent groves,
of some half acre or so in extent, are left where the old forest still
remains. At one place especially, called Kutyaui, about 8 miles from
Trevandrum, a much larger extent of the old forest has been left
standing, and here I have obtained many birds which are elsewhere
found only on the hills, and also the small dusky striped squirrel
(Sciurus subline atus), which is not usually met with below 2,000 feet
elevation. Nearer the sea there is a belt of cocoanut cultivation and
there is a chain of fresh-water lakes connected by canals which forms a
waterway running north and south throughout the whole length of the
country. Here, of course, is the home of numerous water birds, mostly
migrants. The rainfall at Trevandrum, 50 miles from Cape Comorin, is
sixty-five inches, distributed as follows : — 33 in the South- West mon-
soon (the middle of May to the middle of September), 23 in the North-
East monsoon (middle of October to middle of January), and 8 only in
the dry months, from the middle of January to middle of May ; 40 miles
north of this at Quilon it is 62, 29 and 8, beyond this such forms as
Pyrrhulauda grisea and Cursorius coromandelkus do not extend, as the
rainfall increases gradually till at Alleppy, 40 miles north, it is 70, 37
and 13 in the same periods. The usual west-coast forms, such as Iole
icterica, Tephrodomis sylvicola, Xantholcema malabarica, are common.
The fourth district, the low country about and within twenty miles of
Cape Comorin, is flat. It is the rice-growing district of Travancore, and
the rainfall is only 25 inches. The palmyra here takes the place of
the cocoanut palm. It is this district which, as I have said, corresponds
with the northern region of Ceylon and with the Carnatic. Here only
in Travancore are found among Mammals the South Indian Hedge-hog
(Erinaceus micropus), among Reptiles Gongylophis conicus and Eryx
johnii, and among Birds Lanius vittatus, Munia malabarica, Franeolinus
pondicerianus, Neophron ginginianus, Turtur cambayensis and Turtur
risorius.
THE BIRDS OF TRAVANCORE. 253
From the beginning of September to the end of April many migrants
may be found in the hills and the low country. The following is a list
of the chief migratory species that visit Travancore : —
Larvivora brunnea.
Acrocephalus stentorius.
Do. dumetorum.
Locustella slramiuea.
Arund'max cedon.
Hypolais rama.
Phylloscopus afli?u$.
Acanthopneusie nitidus.
Do. viridanus.
Do. magnirostris.
Do. occipitalis.
Lanius cristatus.
Oriolus indicus.
Do. kundoo.
Pastor roseus.
Sturnia blythiu
Alseonax ruficaudus.
Do, mutui.
Geocichla wardi.
Do. cyanonotus.
Petrophila cinclorhyncha.
Do. cyanus.
Carpodacus erythrinus.
Hirundo rustica*
Motacilla alba.
Do. melanope.
Limonidronius indicus.
Anthus maculatus.
Pitta brachyura.
Cucidus canorus.
Asio accipitrinus.
Circus macrurus.
Do. cineraceus.
Do. rnelanoleucus.
Do. ceruginosus.
Buteo desertorum.
254 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Falco peri'grinus.
Do. severus.
Rallina super ciliar is.
Chettusia gregaria.
Charadrius fulvus.
Mgialitis geoffroyi.
Do. mongoh'ca.
Do. alexandrina.
Do. dubia.
Hcematopus ostralegus.
jNumenius arquata.
Do. phceopus.
Totanus Jiypoleucus.
Do. glareola.
Do. ockropus.
Do. stagnatilis.
Do. calidris.
Do. glottis.
Tringa minuta.
Do, subarquata.
Do. alpina.
Scolopax rusticola.
Gallinago nemoricola.
Do. coelestis.
Do. stenura.
Do. gallinula.
Larus icthycetus.
Do. ridibundus.
Do. bruaneicephalus.
Do. gelastes.
Do. ajjinis.
Hydrochelidon hybrida.
Hydroprogne caspia.
Sterna anglica.
Do. media.
Do. fluviatilis.
Nettium crecca.
Querquedida circia.
THE BIRDS OF TRAVANCORE. 255
In addition to the migrants other birds usually residents in the
plains are found during the hot months at considerable elevations on
the hills.
Ceniropus sinensis, Upupa epops, Artamus fuscus, Oriolus melano-
cephalus, Pycnonotus hcemorrhous, Thamnobia fulicata, Terpsi phone
paradisi are examples. The breeding season for most birds is from
April to June, but nests may be found in almost every month of the
year. For notes on nidification I am indebted to Mr. T. F. Bourdillon
almost entirely and, where possible, I have supplemented them from
my own observations. For five years I collected in the hills, viz.,
from 1875 to 1880 ; since then I have collected in the low country and
have only been able to pay occasional visits to the higher elevations.
I have also employed a collector both in the hills and the low country.
Family -CORVID^.
Sub-family Corvince.
(1) Corvus macrorhyncus. — The Jungle Crow.
Oates, No. <L ; Jerdon, No. 660.
The Jungle Crow is found commonly all over the country. In South
Travancore it does not frequent the hills, but on Pirmerd, where there is
open grass country, it is common. It nests in the hills and also in the
low country, the breeding season being April to June.
(2) Corvus splendent. — The Indian House Crow.
Oates, No. 5 ; Jerdon, No. 663.
This crow is common everywhere. The Public Gardens in Trevan-
drum are a happy hunting ground for it, and unless care is taken it
manages to get the food meant for the animals kept there in captivity.
It matters not whether this is fish, flesh or fruit — it i3 all the same to
this insatiable robber. Pierre Loti's description of them is most apt.
" Crows, everywhere crows, India is infested with crows . . . and even
here, in Travancore, in this land of peace and enchantment, their cries,
as soon as the day begins to silver the scene, fill the vault of palms to
check with a shiver the joy of all who live and who waken under this
glorious greenery. They say ' we are here, we, who are waiting for
the corruption of all flesh, and our food is certain and we eat every-
thing. . . . '" Mr. T. F. Bourdillon writes : " They build in May,
and I have even seen them commence in March, but I don't think they
ever lay before June. The nest is placed on trees and is composed of
sticks lined with wool, rags or hair. The usual number of eggs is four,
and they are greenish-blue, speckled and marked with brown and raw
256 JO URNAL, BOMB A Y NATURAL HISTOR Y SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
sienna. The eggs are often elongated. The shell is slightly glossy,
and fine for the size of the bird. Avorage size is l'40xl'04." I have
taken the eggs as early as February in the Public Gardens, Trevan-
drunij where the towers of tbo museum are a favourite site for nests.
(3) Dendrocitta rufa. — The Indian Tree-pie.
Oates, No. 16 ; Jerdon, No. 674.
The Indian Tree-pie, though common in the low country, does not
seem to be so bold a bird hero as it is described to be in North India.
It frequents gardens, but I have never known it to enter a verandah
of a house. It breeds during the South- West monsoon. It does not
ascend the hills.
(4) Dendrocitta leucogastra. — The Southern Tree-pie.
Oates, No. 17 ; Jerdon, No. 678.
This very handsome bird occurs in numbers from the foot of the
hills to about 3,000 feet always in forest, going about in parties of
three or four, which make their presence known by their ■ noisy cries.
"Its eggs may be obtained in March and the beginning of April at
elevations of 2,000 to 3,000 feet above sea-level. The nest is small for
so large a bird, and is not domed ; the interior diameter is 3 inches or so.
It is placed at 12 — 15 feet from the ground, usually in thick forest,
sometimes on a sapling, sometimes in a larger tree. Three seems to be
the usual number of eggs, cream-white in colour, profusely speckled
and blotched with ashy and yellowish-brown markings, more abundantly
towards the larger end ; the shell is glossy and fine." — T. F. B.
Average of 3 eggs 1*13 X 0*85.
Sub-family Parinm.
(5) Parus atriceps. — The Indian Grey Tit.
Oates, No. 31 ; Jerdon, No. 645.
The Indian Grey Tit is said to be found throughout tho whole of
India alike in tho hills and plains. In Travancore it is never to be
seen in the plains. It is occasionally to be met with at the foot of
the hills, and is not uncommon at the higher elevations, especially about
3,000 feet, and I have shot it on the high range at 6,000 feet. " It
wanders about in small parties of four or five individuals." — F. W, B.
(6) Maololophus haplonotus. — The Southern Yellow Tit.
Oates, No. 43 ; Jerdon, No. 648.
This tit is abundant from about 3,000 feet to the summit of the hills.
Mr. F. AV. Bourdillon says " it is often found in company with the
foregoing," i.e., Parus atriceps.
THE BIRDS OF TRAVANCORE. 257
Family— CRATEROPODID^.
Sub-family Crateropodince.
(7) Garrtjlax dklesserti. — The Wynaad Laughing Thrush.
Oates, No. 75 ; Jerdon, No. 409.
Flocks of these birds may be found in thick underwood at all
elevations throughout the range. They are a noisy crew. Mr. F. W.
Bourdiilon says of them : — " A flock sometimes numbers as many a8
twenty individuals, which feed a good deal on the ground, and when
disturbed utter loud shrill chattering notes of alarm." Mr. T. F.
Bourdiilon writes : — " I once found the nest of this bird placed in a tuft
of grass at a height of four feet from the ground, and composed of
grass roots and fine stems of grass. It was rather a deep cup and
contained three very glossy blue eggs indistinguishable from those
of Crateropus griseus. Unfortunately I left the nest intending to
bring my gun and shoot the bird next day, but on coming to the
spot on the following morning the nest was empty." The bird breeds
in June.
(8) Trochalopterum fairbanki. — The Palni Laughing Thrush.
Oates, No. 96.
Oates gives the distribution of this bird as " The Palni and
Anamallai Hills in South Travancore above 3,000 feet." As I have
already pointed out, the Palni and Anamallai Hills are altogether in
British territory. The bird is however found in Travancore, but in
the north and not in the south. It is common at 5,000 feet and above
on the Kanan Devan Hills, or high range, the highest peak of which,
Anaimudi, is the centre from which spring the Anamallai on the north
and the Palni Hills on the east. Elsewhere in Travancore it is not found.
(9) Trochalopterum meridionale. — Blanford's Laughing Thrush.
Oates j No. 97.
This bird is found only in South Travancore at the summits of the
hills above 3,500 feet. I have not taken it north of the Achankovil
Gap where it occurs. It is found in numbers going about in small
scattered parties. It is by no means a shy bird, and may be seen
climbing about the trees searching the leaves for food, and often
descends to the ground. In addition to the usually chattering notes
it utters when disturbed, it has a clear whistle of some ten notes which
may be heard ail day. Its nest has not been taken, but as 1 shot a
young bird in March just out of the nestling plumage, I conclude
that the breeding season is about May and June.
258 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
(10) Argya subrufa. — The Large Rufous Babbler.
Oaten, No. 108 ; Jerdon, No. 437.
Oates gives the distribution of this Babbler as "the Western Ghats
from Coonoor and Kotagiri on the Nilgiris to Khandala near Bombay."
It is, however, fairly common on the hills throughout Travancore down to
the extreme south. It frequents thick jungle, but the secondary
growth in old abandoned coffee clearings is a favourite resort for it.
(11) Crateropus canorus. — The Jungle Babbler.
Oates, No. 110 ; Jerdon, No. 434.
The Jungle Babbler is common at the foot of the hills. Oates
remarks that " it appears to ascend the hills to about 5,000 feet of
elevation or probably higher in the south." 1 have not found it any-
where but at the foot of the hills in South Travancore ; but I got one
specimen at about 4,000 feet on the high range in the north.
(12) Crateropus griseus. — The White-headed Babbler.
Oates, No. Ill ; Jerdon, No. 433.
This bird is fairly common in the plains, and especially so about
Cape Comorin. It breeds in June. Mr. T. F. Bourdillon writes : —
" The eggs vary from three to five in number. They are pretty regular
cylindrical ovals, excessively glossy, spotless and of a deep greenish-
blue, much deeper than the eggs of any of the other Malacocirci. They
vary in length from 0'9 to 1*0 and in breadth from 0*62 to 0*74."
(13) Crateropus striatus. — The Southern Indian Babbler.
Oates, No. 112 ; Jerdon, No. 59.
This is by far the commonest of the Babblers in the south. It
breeds in April and May.
(14) Crateropus somervillii. — The Rufous-tailed Babbler.
Oates, No. 113 ; Jerdon, No. 435.
I include this in my list of Travancore birds on the strength of the
specimen mentioned by Oates as having been procured at " Kollachal in
Travancore." 1 have not come across it myself.
(15) Pomatorhinus horsfieldii. — The Southern Scimitar Babbler.
Oates, No. 120 ; Jerdon, No. 404.
This is a common bird from about 2,000 feet upwards, and may some-
times be found lower than this. It is more frequently heard than
seen, as it is very shy and frequents thick underwood. Mr. F. W.
Bourdillon describes it as " common at all elevations," but this is not
my experience. He further adds : — <c It builds a largo wove nest of
grass and rattan leaves placed beneath some overhanging bank or tuft
THE BIRDS OF TRAVANCORE. 259
of grass, or occasionally in some thick bush." Mr. T. F. Bourdillon
writes : — 'cIt breeds at elevations of from 2,000-4,000 feet in January,
February and March. It always prefers the thick forest, but the only
two nests I have found were placed by the side of a road. The nest is
large and domed and composed of grass and eerul leaves and a good
deal of moss. The eggs, three in number, are white with very thin
shells, resembling in texture the eggs of swifts or martins. In shape
they are fusiform, the transverse axis running through the centre of
the egg and net towards one end."
The average size is l'O X 0*7,5.
Sub-family Timelunce.
(16) Dumetia albigularis. — The Small White-throated Babbler.
Oates, No. 136 ; Jerdon, No. 398.
Small parties of these birds may commonly be met with from 1,000
to 3,000 feet elevation in thick underwood. They are shy birds and re-
quire to be looked for. Colonel Legge says they are common in the low
country in Ceylon. In Travancore this is not the case, and 1 have
found them nowhere below 1,000 feet in the hills. Travancore birds
resemble Ceylon specimens in having the white feathers of the throat
white shafted, differing in this respect from Mysore and Wynaad ones ;
they are however of a much duller hue of fulvous below, and there is
no tinge of rufous on the head and forehead which are dark-ashy. The
white on the throat also is not nearly so conspicuous, and is in fact
merely whitish and the upper plumage is darker.
(17) Pellorneum ruficeps. — The Spotted Babbler.
Oates, No. 144 ; Jerdon, No. 399.
Mr. F. W. Bourdillon writes : — " This bird appears to be scarce. I
have only obtained a single specimen in thick underwood at an
elevation of 2,500 feet." It is certainly rare, as I have also only
obtained a single specimen on the Cardamom Hills at 3,000 feet.
This was in January, 1901. There were two feeding on the ground,
just off the road.
(18) Alcippe ph^eocephala. — The Nilgiri Bubbler..
Oates, No. 164 ; Jerdon, No. 389.
This babbler is fairly common at an elevation of 2,000 feet and upwards.
On the high range it is perhaps more abundant than elsewhere.
Mr. T. F. Bourdillon says : — " The nest is one of the commonest found
in our jungles. It is a neat little cup lined with fine roots resembling
horse hair, placed without any attempt at protection in saplings or
13
260 JOURNAL, BOMBA Y NA TURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
bushes from 4 to 8 feet from the ground, and in passing through the
thick jungle at elevations of from 2,000 to 4,000 feet in April and
May the nest is continually met with. The usual or rather invariable
number of eggs is two. The ground colour reddish-pink, with blotch-
ings and markings of red and darker shades of the ground colour.
The average size is 0-8 X 0*6."
(19) Rhopocichla. atriceps. — The Black-fronted Babbler.
Oates, No. 166 ; Jerdon, No. 390.
I have only taken this bird at elevations of 2,000 feet and upwards.
It is not so common as the next species ; but is found sparingly through-
out the lull range which it ascends to 4,000 feet.
(20) Rhopocichla bourdillonl — Bourdillon's Babbler.
Oates, No. 167.
This babbler is found only in Travancore where it is common
throughout the whole of the hill range. It goes about in small parties
and frequents the underwood, uttering a low chattering continually.
It is perhaps more frequently met with at about 2,000 feet, but I have
shot it at 6,000 feet on the High Range and also at Kutyani in the
low country eight miles from Trevandrum. Mr. T. F. Bourdillon
writes : — " 1 once had the nest of this bird brought to me with the bird
itself and have since twice taken the nest myself. In the last instance the
nest was placed within two feet of the ground and was a domed structure
not unlike that of Ochromela nigrirufa} but in addition to the exterior
frame of woven eerul leaves, there was a lining of very fine roots. Both
nests contained a couple of eggs, one pair being slightly incubated.
This bird builds at rather high elevations, viz., from 2,000 feet to the
summit of the hills, and prefers the outskirts of the forest unlike A,
phozocephala which always builds far in. The breeding season is from
March to May. The eggs are white, sparingly spotted with purplish-
brown over most of the egg, but at the top the spots form a zone.
Size 0-75 X 0'52."
Sub-family Brachypterygin^e.
(21) Myiophoneus horsfieldii. — The Malabar Whittling Thrush.
Oates, No. 189 ; Jerdon, No. 342.
The inconsequent but mellow notes of this thrush, which have earned
for it the name of the drunken plough-boy, may be heard in the
neighbourhood of running water at all elevations in the forest- clad hills.
Mr. F. W. Bourdillon says : — l< I have known this species to build on
ledges of rocks and in a hollow tree overhanging a stream, in either
THE BIRDS OF TRAVANCORE. 261
Case constructing a rather loosely put together nest of roots and coarse
fibre with a little green moss intermixed. The female lays two to
four eggs in April, and both birds assist in the incubation/'
Mr. T. F. Bourdillon writes :■— " The Malabar whistling thrush builds
a firm compact nest exactly resembling an English black-bird's or
thrush's nest, and chooses a site always close to water. I have found
many nests and this is the invariable rule. Sometimes it is on the
ledge of a rock in midstream. Some times year after year the parents
return to a crevice in a rook on the river bank, and sometimes a hole in
a tree 15 or 20 feet from the ground is chosen. But whether in heavy
jungle, or in a coffee clearing, or on a grass hill there is always water
to be found close at hand. The breeding season is April and May, and
the number of eggs is usually three. The colour is a very pale greenish-
white with light green and red spots sprinkled all over it, especially at
the larger end where they generally run together and form a cap.
The ground colour recalls that of one type of the English jay's eggs.
The average size is 0*95 X 1'25."
(22) Larvivora brunnea. — The Indian Blue Chat.
Oates, No. 191 ; Jerdo?i1 No. 507.
The Blue Chat is only a visitor to South Travancore where it may
often be seen feeding on the paths in open forest on the hills from about
1,000 feet elevation. It is a shy and silent bird and does not now
appear to be as common a3 it was some years ago.
On the high range I have obtained it as late as May ; it may there-
fore possibly be a permanent resident as it is on the Nilgiris.
(23) Brachyptbryx albiyentris. — The White-bellied Short-wing.
Oates, No. 193.
This is a very shy bird and has to be looked for as it frequents
dense undergrowth in the forests at elevations over 3,000 feet. Oates
says it is found from 1,000 feet upwards, but I have never seen it as
low as this. Towards dusk it may often be met with feeding on
the ground at the side of a road. Most of my specimens have been thus
obtained. It is not confined to South Travancore, but is found
throughout the whole rauge.
Sub-family Sibiince.
(24) Zosterops palpebrosa. — Tho Indian White-eye.
Oates, No. 226 ; Jerdon, No. 631.
This is one of the commonest birds on the hills from 1,000 feet
upwards, but more especially so at high elevations. I have never
262 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
met with it in the low country. They go about in small parties and
keep up a continuous twitter as they search the leaves for their insect
food, assuming all sorts of attitudes as they creep among the branches
aud cling in any position. The building season is April and May, and
the nest is found at all heights from the ground. One I took at 4,000
feet elevation was on the side of a cutting in the road. It is found
throughout the range.
Sub-family Liotrichinee.
(25) iEGiTHiNA tiphia, — The Common Iora.
Oates, No. 243 ; Jerdon, No. 467.
The Iora is common in the low country about gardens. I have not
met with it in the hills. Its presence may always be known by its
note which sounds like a prolonged plaintive indrawn whistle on '; A "
sharp falling to a short note on " F " sharp, Travancore males have a
good deal of black about the back at all seasons, and in summer the
black extends throughout the upper plumage, with the exception of
the wings. I have taken nests in April in the Public Gardens.
(26) Chloropsis malabarica. — The Malabar Chloropsis.
Oates, No. 248 ; Jerdon, No. 464.
Mr. F. W. Bourdillon describes this as lt a common bird in open
jungle with large trees. The male makes an attempt to sing, uttering a
few notes, something like those of the Bronzed Drongo (Chaptia cenea)."
It ascends the hills up to 4,000 feet, but is not found in the low country.
(27) Chloropsis jerdoni. — Jerdon's Chloropsis.
Oates, No. 252 ; Jerdon, No. 463.
This is a very common bird in the low country and at the foot of
the hills, but does not ascend them.
(28) Irena puella. — The Fairy Blue-bird.
Oates, No. 254; Jerdon, No. 469.
The Fairy Blue-bird, so aptly named, is very common, frequenting
the largest forest trees in small parties from the foot of the hills to tho
summit. " Both sexes have a clear twittering note, which they utter
from the top of some tree shortly before sunset and during the breeding
season throughout the greater part of the day. Their food consists
partly of insects and partly of berries." — F. W. B.
Mr. T. F. Bourdillon writes : — "It builds at elevations of from 500
feet to 3,000 feet above sea-level from January to May. The nest is
totally unlike that of the Orioles, being extremely rude and flimsy, and
has for lining a few dead leaves. It has very little depression in it,
THE BIRDS OF TRAVANCORE. 263
and is about 4 inches in breadth. I have had many eggs brought me
and have myself taken several nests. One was in a small tree over-
hano-ing a stream at a height of 12 feet from the ground and was well
concealed, another was in an exactly similar place rather higher up
the same stream, a third was on a roadside in a thorny bush, and I
would not have noticed it had I not seen the male bird fly away.
This was also about 1 2 feet from the ground. The fourth nest was at
a much higher elevation, but was otherwise similar to those I have
mentioned. It only contained one slightly incubated egg however.
The normal number of eggs is two, the ground colour is pale-green,
but almost covered by the very fine spots of brown and walnut. These
spots run into a zone at the larger end, which is present in every egg.
The eggs themselves are pointed and glossy with a very fine shell.
The average size is l'OxO'78."
Sub-family Brachypodince.
(29) Hypsipetes ganeesa. — The Southern Indian Black Bulbul.
Oates, No. 271 ; Jerdon, No. 445.
Numbers of this Bulbul may be seen and heard at about 3,000 feet ele-
vation and upwards. I have only once met with them much below this7
when I came across a very large flock at about 1,500 feet ; but Mr. F. W.
Bourdillon says they are " found also, though in small numbers, at the
foot of the hills." They are noisy birds, and in the South their notes are
predominant at the elevation I have mentioned, as are those of Trocha-
lopterum meridionale still higher. They occur throughout the range.
(30) Molpastes h.emoiirhous. — The Madras Red-vented Bulbul.
Oates, No. 271 ; Jerdon, No. 462.
This is eminently a bird of the plains, where it is very common, but
I have never met with it in the hills. They breed from February to
May. One nest I took in a thorny bush on the banks of a fresh water
lake on March 29th contained two eggs. Another in a hedge of Inga
dulcis in the Public Gardens, Trevandrum, at the end of April con-
tained three young birds.
(31) Otocompsa fuscicaudata. — The Southern Red-whiskered
Bulbul.
Oates, No. 289 ; Jerdon, No. 460.
This is the commonest of all the bulbuls and is found in the low
country and throughout the hills, including the high range up to
6,000 feet. It frequents gardens in the low country and open jungle
in the hills, and especially secondary forest.
S64 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Mr. T. F. Bourdillon writes : — " The eggs of this bird are very
plentiful from December to June. It builds a very neat compact cup,
not unlike a Chaffinch's nest externally, but lined with small roots
resembling horse hair. This is usually placed in a bush, sometimes
in the thatch of a building and not far from the ground, and contains
three or four eggs, reddish-white, very plentifully spotted with purple,
red and ashy. The spots generally run into a zone at the larger end,
but by no means always. The average is O'DxO'65."
(32) Iole icterica. — The Yellow-browed Bulbul.
Oates, No. 295 ; Jerdon, No. 450.
The Yellow -browed Bulbul is almost as common as the last, but is
confined to the hills, where it frequents forest. I have seen it at all
elevations from the foot to 2,000 feet in the south, above this in Pirmerd
and the Cardamom Hills, and still higher in the High Kange. It
goes about in small flocks.
(33) Pycnonotus gularis. — The Ruby-throated Bulbul.
Oates, No. 303; Jerdon, No. 455.
This bird is not common. I have found it in open forest at the foot
of the hills and also in thick forest at about 2,000 feet. On the ghat
road to Pirmerd it may be met with more frequently than anywhere
else.
(34) Pycnonotus luteolus. — The White-browed Bulbul.
Oates, No. 305 ; Jerdon, No. 452.
I have not met with the White-browed Bulbul myself, but my
collector shot two in the low country near Cottayam in North Travan-
core in August, 1893. Since then I have had no more specimens.
(35) Micropus ph.eocephalup. — The Grey-headed Bulbul.
Oates, No. 313 ; Jerdon, No. 457.
This is a forest bird and I have only found it on the hills at about
2,000 feet elevation. Oates says it is " found from about Anjengo in
Travancore." Anjengo is on the sea coast, and I doubt its being found
there. If any specimen is so labelled it has probably been bought
from an Anjengo collector. There used to be several of these men
who made a living by shooting birds on the hills and bringing their
skins for sale. They never labelled these and always said they came
from Anjengo. I have shot this bird at only one place in the plains,
and that is Kuttyani, which, as I have said already, is an exceptional
locality where the old forest is still standing.
{To be continued.)
265
NOTES ON THE ANOPHELES IN CEYLON AND
ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF ANOPHELES
FULIGINOSUS. GILES.
By
Majok N. Manders, r.a.m.c, f.e.s.
( With Remarks and Drawings — Plates A and B — by E. E. Green,
F.E.S.) Entomologist to the Government of Ceylon.)
Many of these notes will be found identical with those of Dr. Sambon
when studying the life history of Anopheles maculipennis, (Meign),
British Medical Journal, January 26th, 1801, but it will probably be
found necessary to study completely each species of the genus in our
attempts to unravel many still obscure matters connected with mosquitoes
and malaria ; hence these notes taken at Trincomalie, extending from
November 1900 to June 1901.
Anopheles, in my experience, can be more readily collected in the
larval than in any other stage. The general appearance of the larva is
now well known. If you find an insect (in appearance like fig. 1 of
the plate) which, when alarmed, wriggles head first to the bottom of a
glass, and after remaining there for a minute or two wriggles tail first
to the surface ; which on the surface progresses tail first in a skating
manner and which finally rests with its tail against the side with its
head pointing to the centre, you may be pretty certain you have obtain-
ed some member of the genus Anopheles.
I find that, in order to discover the larvae of Anopheles, the following
principles must be borne in mind : —
1. A certain amount of the food plant must be present.
2. The water must be tolerably clear ; I have never found them
in muddy water. This is directly contrary to some observ-
ers : see " The Campaign Against Ague," by Herbert Dur-
ham, F.R.C.S., British Medical Journal, March 2nd, 1901,
who writes : " In fact, all the pools in which I have met
"Anopheles' larvas here (para. 1) have been muddy and
" without manifest green growth."
3. If the food plant is so abundant as to form a thick scum over
the entire surface of the water, Anopheles is absent.
4. It is absent as a rule in temporary collections of water such as
puddles of rain water, unless the food plant is present,
which is unlikely. Culex can be found anywhere, and is
altogether a more robust creature than Anopheles.
266 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
A word as to the method I have found most successful for collecting
the larvae. Select a tank of any size, near a native village, which has
floating on its surface a collection of water weed, but not sufficient to
form a scum over the entire surface. Take a peg tumbler and skim the
surface of the water, preferably in clear water near the margin between
the masses of weed ; do not skim too rapidly, or the contents of the
tumbler will be washed out as rapidly as they are taken in, or
too slowly, otherwise the larvae will have time to dive to the bottom ;
but with a happy medium begotten of experience. A strange collection
of the denizens of the pond will be found in the tumbler, but after
allowing the contents to settle, the Anopheles larva? will come
to the surface and can then be transferred to another vessel — a French
plum jar does admirably. Where the larva? are abundant, a hundred
specimens or more can be collected in an houv. It is quite immaterial
whether the tank is full of frogs or not : one can frequently obtain a
haul of larva? in their immediate proximity. It would be wearisome to
recount my manifold difficulties in bringing my larva? to maturity, and
it is to enable others to avoid my numerous pitfalls that I write
these notes.
The larva? require constant sunshine, plenty of water weed and a
vesssel with a broad surface. I lost numbers by keeping them in a
French plum jar in the shade ; now I expose them to the full sunlight
all day. A glass finger bowl does admirably, and being placed in the
sunlight causes the food plant to grow. It is not necessary to cover
the bowls with muslin, but they should be examined most carefully
every evening, and any larva? turned to pupae should be at once
transferred to glass test tubes with a teaspoonful or so of water and
carefully stoppered with cotton wool. It is important that all bowls
and test tubes should be labelled with the place and date of capture.
By varying the amount of sunlight and the temperature of the
water the growth of the larva? can be materially hastened or delayed.
It is advisable to remove from the bowls any other water creatures,,
such as the larvse of dragon flies, water beetles, " water boatmen," etc.,
which no doubt feed extensively on Anopheles.
The staple food of the larva? is no doubt the green alga? floating
on the water, but it is not by any means their only food. I have seen
them eating pieces of Nais graminea and have kept and reared
larva? on a minimum of vegetable diet, their chief sustenance being
derived from the decaying bodies of insects such as butterflies, cock-
NOTES ON ANOPHELES IN CEYLON. 267
roaches, etc., put in the water ; the cast skins of the larvae and pupae
are also occasionally nibbled at. I have not actually caught them
in the act of cannibalism, though I have seen it stated that some
species are addicted to the habit of devouring their weaker brethren.
The larva? as a rule lie horizontally on the surface of the water,
usually on the outskirt of any patch of water weed at the margin of
which they feed. They appear to be very ravenous creatures, the
whorl organs which bring food to the larvse by the current set up by
their rapid motion being almost incessant throughout the day, though,
as far as I am aware, they cease feeding at night.
Perhaps the most remarkable thing concerning the habits of the
krva is its method of feeding. The head is attached to the thorax by
what might almost be termed an universal joint ; it is capable of being
turned round iu almost a complete circle. Its usual method of feeding
has been well described by Dr. Sambon (loc. cit.) and Mr. Austen
(Practitioner, Vol. LXVI., No. 3). Lying flat on the surface of the
water, by a sudden and extremely quick movement it revolves its head
until the mouth becomes uppermost, the whorl organs are then rapidly
expanded and retracted, or rather perhaps by a to and fro movement a
considerable current is produced by which the particles of food are
brought to the mouth ; after some time the whorl organs cease their
movement and the head is as rapidly turned round again. The larva
also fixes itself by its caudal bristles and feeds below the surface
amongst the weed in a more natural manner ; it is in this position that
the delicate hairs which are set between the antenna? are best observed.
The function of these hairs, it has been suggested, is to support the head
when it is feeding mouth upwards. In captivity the majority usually
lie parallel with each other round the margin of the bowl with their
heads all pointing to the centre.
I am unable to say, in spite of close observation, how many times
ecdysis takes place in the larval stage, but 1 think not more than
five or six. It invariably takes place during the hottest time of
the day, usually between 12 p.m. and 3 p.m. A slit appears on
the dorsal surface of the skin out of which the larva wriggles
tail first. The head, thorax and tail are then colourless, the various
parts of the head being indistinguishable and remaining so for some
time. The change takes about five hours to complete from the time of
the rupture of the skin to the return of the head parts to the normal ;
the larva afterwards proceeds to eat vigorously.
14
268 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
The larva dies rapidly if removed from the water and placed on a
dry surface, but will survive for several hours, possibly days, in a single
drop of water. I have seen it advocated that the destruction of
Anopheles can be extensively effected by dragging the tanks by means
of small skeined nets, and no doubt enormous numbers of the larvse
could be destroyed by systematically dragging the tanks and freeing
them from water weed ; but, if such a course be pursued, care should
be taken that the net be not again used until perfectly dry, as the larva?
will easily survive in the film of water clinging to the meshes of the
net, and will be simply replaced in the water.
The larvse of Anopheles fuliginosus are killed in less than twenty-
four hours in a fifty per cent, solution of sea water and in a twenty -five
per cent, solution in a little longer time ; in a five per cent, solution
they will live for several days. The salt water acts as a direct irritant
to the breathing tubes, as the insects constantly try to clean them by
passing them through their mouths.
[It is probable that, under natural conditions, some species of Anopheles are able
to bread in sheltered bays and inlets of the sea. I found A. rossii swarming in the
bungalows at Batticaloa where fresh water exists only in the deep wells used for the
supply of drinking water. There is no fresh surface water anywhere in the neigh-
bourhood. Some other Culicidce can make themselves at home in water having a
salinity of over 1 per cent. I particularly noticed an instance in which Armigereg
ventralis Walk., bred freely in a vessel of dilute sea-water containing 1#05 per cent.
of salt. The vessel was exposed in the verandah of my laboratory and was utilized
by the mosquitoes, although they had free choice of fresh water in the immediate
vicinity.— E. B. G.]
In the case of a Culex larva placed in a saucer full of water, with
five drops of kerosine oil added, death took place in a quarter of an
hour ; the long straight breathing tube was evidently in difficulties ;
towards the end the larva swam about with its mouth out of water like a
fish in non-aerated water. Kerosine oil induces death from suffocation;
carbolic acid and izal apparently act as caustics. The larvae of Culex
were killed at once in carbolic lotion 1 in 40, but the pupse lived over
an hour ; izal destroyed both lame and pupse immediately. The
chitinous envelope of the pupse protected it seemingly from the action
of the carbolic acid for some considerable time. This strength carbolic
acid is evidently a very feeble insecticide.
It is difficult to ascertain the exact length of time required for the
development of the insect from the egg to the imago, as hitherto I have
not discovered the egg of Anopheles fuliginosus. I have frequently
found the larvae when they have measured only 1 mm. in length, and
NOTES ON ANOPHELES IN CEYLON. 269
presuming that the temperature is pretty uniform as it is at Trincomalie
at this time of the jrear (March-May), namely 93° in the shade and 80°
at night, the time required would be not less than three weeks under
favourable circumstances. A rapid succession of broods is constantly
taking place during the active life of the imago, from January to June
at any rate, as is evidenced by the different growths of the larva? when
collected.
The pupa of Anopheles fuliginosus can, I think, be scarcely distin-
guished from others of the genus ; it is extremely active when disturb-
ed, progressing by a rapid to and fro movement of its two caudal fins ;
as a rule it remains quiescent on the top of the water with the air tubes
just awash. On being disturbed it seeks refuge by diving to the
bottom tail first and hiding in the interstices of the water weed, but it is
unable to remain under water for any length of time and ascends again
by its own buoyancy.
It remains in the pupa stage almost exactly twenty-four hours ; the
Anal change from the larva to the pupa takes place towards sunset, and
twenty-four hours afterwards the imago is produced. Invariably, the
imago is hatched out between the hours of 7 p.m. and midnight,
usually between 7 p.m. and 8 p.m., and takes place thus :—
The back of the thorax at its apex becomes slightly tilted up for
some few minutes, the tail parts — which as a rule lie curled forwards
beneath the head — become extended, and this is the first obvious sign
that the final stage is about to take place. One or two violent con-
tractions and extensions of the tail cause the thorax to split down the
centre : there is then a momentary pause, after which the contents of the
thorax and abdomen shoot forward, causing the insect to rise suddenly
from its case and remain at a somewhat acute angle with the pupal
covering; the fore and middle legs being now extended, release the head
and palpi which were tucked up underneath the thorax. Immediately
the head is released, the insect shakes itself free from the pupa case
and crawls on to the surface of the water, if no other support be
near ; the wings are developed almost instantaneously, but are somewhat
limp and unavailable for flight until five minutes have elapsed ; the logs
are, however, stronger, and it is on them tl :;t the insect depends ia
the first instance. If the wings get wet, the insect is done for, as it
thus lies helpless on the water. The above performance takes rather
less than a minute for its completion. The ability of the insect to rest
on the surface of the water without injury is noteworthy, In colour the
270 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
pupa is pale brown, becoming darker brown as the insect reaches ma-
turity. Frequently the pupa is in the first instance pale green and this-
is more frequently the case if the change takes place amongst the food
plant. The eyes can always be distinguished as two black spots.
The resting position assumed by the perfect insect is similar to that
of other species of the genus and at once distinguishes it from Culex.
Personally I fail to see how they can for a moment be confounded
once the characteristics of the insects are recognised. Anopheles full"
ginosus is altogether a more delicate-looking creature; the wings are
kept closely pressed against the body, and the head being very small
and in the same straight line with the body (and also the palpi) the in-
sect when at rest looks like a thin thorn stuck sideways into a bit of
wood. The posterior legs are frequently elevated above the bodyr
more especially when resting on a perpendicular surface, and it has a
curious habit of waving them about with a rotatory motion for some
time at short intervals. They frequently do this when feeding on
banana or imbibing blood ; whether the snow-white tarsi are of any
particular benefit to the insect during these manoeuvres I am unable
to say, possibly they act as "warning" organs. The humped back and
robust thorax of Culex is to my mind quite distinctive.
[This habit of elevating and waving the posterior pair of limbs is not peculiar to
this species or genus. I have observed it in many species of Culex and allied genera
when feeding, or when coming to rest after a flight — E. E. G.]
This species of Anopheles will live two or three days without food,
but they readily suck the juice of a ripe banana, and the females sack
blood without much persuasion. The males do not suck, this disagree-
able practice being confined to the female. Their greed is remarkable :
they fill themselves to such an extent that the blood exudes from the
anus, and even then after a surfeit of blood they will make a dessert off
banana. I know of few insects so quick in their movements as
jbnopheles fidiginosus, and one has to bo extremely careful lest any
escape from confinement. They make for any hole in the muslin in a
moment and get through with remarkable nimbleness. They will,
however, almost invariably fly to the top of any vessel containing
them ; if kept in a test tube they settle on the cotton wool, and if the
test tube is inverted they will then make their way to the bottom end.
In the tropics one has to remember that the banana is not only
attractive to Anopheles but to other things as well, and the cage should
therefore be kept with its legs in water. 1 have found before now a
Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
Plate A
FIG. 2
A. P. CORTE2 t CO. LITH BOUB
ANOPHELES FULICINOSUS, Giles
NOTES ON ANOPHELES IN CEYLON. 271
swarm of minute ants in the cage, which they had entered by cutting
a small hole in the muslin and through which Anopheles was on the
point of making its way. On a still more sad occasion I found that
a misguided rat had eaten, in the night, a hole through the cover, with
the result that about a dozen Anopheles which had had a satisfactory
meal from my arm in the evening had escaped; as there were some
fever cases in the hospital close by, I experienced the feelings of a man
who has inadvertently let loose a live torpedo in a crowded harbour.
The cage therefore must be protected from every possible assailant.
Anopheles fuliginosus has the same musical note as the ordinary
Culex, at least my unmusical ear can detect no difference. Not
only is it an exceedingly nimble, but it is also a fearless creature.
I have repeatedly examined them, when feeding, with a lens of §"
focus without any symptoms of apprehension on their part.
Description of full-grown larva (fig. 1) under lens §" focus. — Length
5 mm. comprises a head, thorax and nine segments. The head (fig.
2) bears the eyes, antenna?, mouth and whorl organs. It is usually
pale brown mottled with darker brown, particularly about the mouth
parts ; globular slightly produced anteriorly. The eyes, two in number,
are placed at the base of the antenna? — black. Antenna? two-thirds
the length of the head project forwards and outwards to a level with
or beyond the whorl organs, usually pale brown in colour, minutely
forked at apex — black. The whorl organs are situated on the anterior
portion of the head close to the mouth and consists of two bundles of
extremely fine hairs convex outwards ; internal and parallel with them
is a single long straight seta on either side passing directly forwards.
The thorax is larger than the head or abdominal segments, some-
what quadrate, broader from side to side than from before backwards,
broader posteriorly than anteriorly ; translucent, varying in colour, but
usually pale olive green externally, darker olive green in tho central
line, with two white or whitish circular markings anteriorly on either
side of the dorsal line. It bears several fine seta?, sometimes almost
in tufts, more particularly on the anterior border and posterior angle,
the latter being much the longer — all projecting forwards ; a few also
are on either side of tho central line.
Segments usually green with darker central line, the penultimate
segment greenish red. The first three have from their posterior
angle fine bundles of branching setae which branch boldly forwards.
The next four are likewise provided, but the seta? are exceedingly
272 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
delicate and are either at right angles with their segments or pass back-
wards parallel with the body. They have their origin at the posterior
angle of the segment. Besides the above, on the 5th to 10th segments,
at their posterior angles, are arranged radiate tufts of hairs difficult to
discriminate under such a low power and which probably serve as floats
(fig. 3) to support the body on the surface of the water.
[These floats have a different structure to the other bundles of hairs. Each float
consists of a peduncle bearing a radiate series of acuminate flattened scales (see
Fig. 3).— E. E.G.]
The breathing tubes, two in number and reddish in colour, lie parallel
with each other and pass backwards over the last segment but not
beyond its anterior third ; they arise from the eighth segment from
somewhat enlarged dark green bases.
The ninth segment (fig. 4) is pointed posteriorly and carries three
bundles of hair, the central one directed backwards and half the length
of the external ones which pass outwards and backwards. Beneath them
is a somewhat thick bundle of hair by which the insect is enabled to
attach itself.
The larvae under a lens of f" focus may be thus distinguished at
various stages of growth.
Larva 1 mm. Head light red, mottled with darker red, sometimes
dark brown, base of head dark red. Antenna; brown eyes not distin~
guishable • thorax smaller than head, anterior third white, posterior
two-thirds olive green and body olive green.
Larva 2 mm. Head reddish mottled with darker brown, thorax not
broader than the head, anterior portion white, usually forming a white
collar at the junction of the head with the thorax, remainder of thorax
dark olive green, body the same with darker central line, penultimate
segment paler, breathing tubes brown ; the branching setae on the
various segments quite distinguishable.
Larva 3-4 mm. Head dark reddish brown mottled with lighter
brown, thorax broader than head ; collar less conspicuous, particularly
so in middle lino, but very variable ; very frequently the collar is
replaced by two conspicuous white dots on either aide of the middle
line, occasionally with a brick red spot between them. In other speci-
mens the spots are translucent green, almost the same colour as the rest
of the thorax.
Larvae kept in a vessel of clear water with a sheet of white paper
beneath, are altogether paler in colour than above and may even be
Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
Plate B
E E GREEN. DEL
A. P. CORTEZ 4 CO. LITH. BOMB
ANOPHELES FULICIIMOSUS, Giles.
NOTES ON ANOPHELES TN CEYLON. 273
altogether reddish brown, light greyish brown, or with numerous small
white spots scattered down the dark central line.
Pupa (fig. 5), length 5 mm., pale green or light brown changing to
dark brown before emergence. The head and thorax are confined
in one common chitinous semi-transparent envelope through which the
various organs, especially the eyes, can be made out. On the dorsal
surface is a pair of beautiful white funnel or trumpet-shaped breathing
organs. The tail parts are bent round under the head and bear on the
last segment a pair of white spatula-shaped " fins '' (figs. 6, 7).
[The pupa bears a single pair of floats on the dorsal surface of what appears to be
the first abdominal segment. Each caudal fin carries a short curling seta at its
extremity (fig- 7).— E. E. G.]
Imago (fig. 8), expanse 5-6 mm. Male and female ; head black
covered with greenish grey hairs with longer whitish hairs on the
vertex ; eyes black.
Antennas black minutely ringed with white ; that of the male
(fig. 10) plumose ; of the female ciliated.
Palpi of male greyish brown variegated with white, the plumose tips
delicately white ; of female 1st and 2nd joints brown, the 5th white,
the 3rd and 4th brown ringed with white at the joints.
Proboscis brown ringed with white just before the tip.
Thorax dark greenish grey with two obscure longitudinal black lines
on either side of the middle lines ; beneath black mottled with bluish
grey.
[Dorsal area of thorax with longitudinal series of pale scales. — E. E. G.]
Abdomen dark greenish grey.
Legs, coxre brown. Prothoracic legs. Femur and tibia pale brown.
Tarsus brown ; joints ringed with white. Ungues brown. Mesothoracic
legs. Femur, upper § golden brown, lighter on the inner side, lower
^ black with a rounded white spot above the joint, which is also
white. Tibia similar to above, but with no rounded white spot.
Tarsus almost entirely brown, joints obscurely ringed with white,
Ungues brown.
Metathoracic legs similar to the mesothoracic ; the first joint of the
tarsus is brown, the remainder snow white.
Wings of both sexes blackish, fuscous or dark fulvous, due to alter-
nate patches of lighter and darker scales on the veins.
The eosta, mediastinal and first longitudinal veins black. Costa
with five white spots. The first small confined to the costal margin
and close to the base of the wing. The other spots extend onto the first
274 JOURNAL, BOMB A Y NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XIV.
longitudinal vein. The second nearer the first than the third, which is
usually nearer to the fourth than to the second. Five close to four at
the apex. The second and third the same size ; the fourth rather
larger. Cilia alternately black and fulvous, the latter where the veins
join the margin of the wing.
[There is a considerable range of variation' — not in the actual pattern of the wing-
markings, but in the intensity and extent of the dark scaled areas, and consequently
in the size of the pale spaces. In some examples, the membrane of the wing is itself
tinged with fuscus. The membrane is also ninformly specked with minute black
bristles. The cilia (fig. 9) consists of a double row of elongate lanceolate scales,
those of the lower row only half the length of the upper scales. — E. E. G.]
The relationship between Anopheles fuliginosus and malarial fever, if
any, is obscure. Trincomalie for the last hundred years, indeed since
the British occupation in 1795, has had a most unenviable reputation
on account of its unhealthiness. In 1898 the mortality amongst the
native population was 56 per 1,000, the highest in the Island, and due
almost entirely to malarial diseases. The fever amongst the garrison
has until the last three years been very severe, Fort Frederick, where
the majority of the troops have until lately been quartered, is built
upon or rather occupies the whole of a peninsula projecting into
the Bay of Bengal composed of gneiss with outcrops of quartz much
disintegrated on the surface. It is connected with the mainland by a
causeway and moat (of which more anon). The unoccupied portion of
the Fort is covered with light jungle. It is separated from the native
town by an open common about a mile and a quarter in circumference
which is military land used as a parade ground. At the beginning of
the British occupation this was a dense mangrove swamp, but was
drained about the year 1800 by Colonel Champaine. The town is
very low lying, the surface water being only a few feet below the level
of the soil. There are numerous cocoanut plantations in and around
the town, and during the North-East Monsoon the water is banked up
to water the young growing trees. There are also on the outskirts
several tanks surrounded by Hindoo temples and other buildings, which
mostly consist of mud huts or shelters composed of palm leaves and
thatch. The town contains 11,000 inhabitants. The tanks are used
for washing and frequently for drinking purposes, but are not so foul as
those usually seen in India. Immediately beyond the town, and
extending inland in all directions for some hundreds of square miles, is
a dense forest and almost impenetrable jungle highly malarious for a
great portion of the year and maintaining a scanty population of fever-
NOTES ON ANOPHELES IN CEYLON. 275
stricken people who eke out a miserable existence in a few scattered
villages.
The opinion of the natives as to the causes of malarial fever is inter-
esting, founded as it has undoubtedly been from direct observations for
mauy years and probably the accumulated experience of centuries, and
it is interesting also to note that various medical officers serving
with the troops in Triucomalie have from their own observations
formed similar opinions to those held by the many intelligent natives of
the district. So long ago as 1798 Assistant Surgeon Colin Bogers, of
the 80th Regiment, gave in his medical report a very complete account
of the reasons which induced him to think that the cause of the malarial
outbursts were due to the South- West Monsoon blowing into the Fort
after traversing many miles of noxious jungle. He says : —
" During a residence of 4 years at Trincomalie I have always observed
" that the season has been most healthy when the rains fall early in November
" or December and the setting in of the South-West Monsoon is late. In
" this case the North-East Monsoon or sea wind, continuing to blow for
" several months after the falling of the rain, the country is rendered in a
"' great degree dry and the unhealthy vapours are dispersed before the wind
" shifts to the south-west and blows over the land which in the neigh-
" bourhood of Trincomalie is in many parts marshy and almost entirely
" covered with jungle. The rains at Trincomalie commenced in November
" last and ceased early in January, since which time there has been dry
" weather with a regular sea breeze which continued to prevail until the
" end of April, by means of which the unwholesome vapours are blown from
" the Fort and the stagnant water will be nearly dried up before the mon-
" soon changes.
" In the year 1797, on the contrary, during which the troops suffered much
" from remittent fever and berry-berry, the rains fell late in the season and
" the monsoon changed early in April, so that there was much moisture in
" the jungle and stagnant water on the ground when the south-west wind
" set in, and blowing over the land carried the unwholesome vapours towards
" the Fort and produced diseases similar in their nature and almost equal in
" their malignity to those lately contracted in the Candyan territory."
It was in 1898, exactly one hundred years after the above was
written, that the medical officer in the same station attributed an
outburst of fever in Fort Frederick to precisely similar causes as his
predecessor had done a century previously. He writes : —
" I attribute the great decrease in fevers to the f act;that the past year
" has been a very dry one ; very little rain fell after December 1897, so all
" the country was thoroughly dry before and during the hot weather (March,
"April, and May). The usual bad months proved healthy. There was a
" sudden large increase in fevers during June. It set in with the com-
15
27(5 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
" mencement of the South-West Monsoon, which is a very dry land wind, and
" chills are very easily caught if men sit about in wet clothes. This year the
" majority of the cases came from Fort Frederick and not from Ostenbury
" as in the previous year. There is a moat to the south-west of the Fort,
" which had a lot of stagnant water left from the previous rains. This was
" drying up very rapidly and gave off a very offensive smell, and I think that
" much of the fever was probably due to this little marsh, as at change of the
" monsoon the marsh air was swept over the Fort and it was the people in the
" low ground that suffered mostly. This moat has since been filled up."
It was about the year 1898 that the mosquito-malarial theory was
becoming more widely known, and it is likely enough that this will be
the last medical report in which malarial fever is attributed to offensive
smells. However that may be, many points yet remain obscure. With
regard to the moat, no doubt this was a fine breeding place for Ano-
pheles, which found their way readily into the barrack rooms almost
overlooking it, and now that it has been filled up, Anopheles and fevers
have to a large extent disappeared, a great good being effected, though
through mistaken reasoning.
It has been suggested to me that the south-west wind blows A no-
pheles with its lethal poison into the Fort : this I am quite sure is not the
case. It is contrary to the habits of all mosquitoes to allow themselves
to be blown about by the wind. The stronger the wind the more they
seek the shelter of bushes and so forth, and they seldom show them-
selves during the prevalence of a strong wind.
There are one or two questions very interesting in themselves which
await solution by future observers here • — for instance, does Anopheles
fuliginosus convey malarial fever ? My own impression, given with the
greatest deference, is that it does not ; otherwise I cannot account for
the present state of affairs. For the last five mouths (January — May)
Anopheles fulhjinosus has been breeding in swarms in the tanks in the
town; but malarial fever, except for a few cases (sufficient to be a means
of spreading the malarial poison), is remarkable for its absence.
During this last fortnight (May 1st to 14th), when the little monsoon
broke, the fever began to show itself. This in other ways is not a
healthy wind; when it first starts, coughs, colds, and general malaise
are very common, but pass off when the wind is thoroughly established.
[In a recently published paper on " Malaria in India " bj' Capt. S. P. James
(Scientific Memoirs by Officers of the Medical and Sanitary Departments of the
Government of India, New Series, No. 2, p. 39) the author writes of A. fuliginosus :
" Experimentally we have shown that the parasites of quartian, tertian and malign-
ant tertian malaria will develop in this mosquito. We have not, however, found it
infected uniler natural conditions.1'— E. E. G.]
NOTES ON ANOPHELES IN CEYLON.
277
Possibly the poison is conveyed by the other species of Anopheles. I
have found here another species which at the present moment is
very rare, at least so far I have only taken two specimens.
[I have been unable to determine this species to my satisfaction. It is very near
A. rossii, but has a more silvery thorax. Cf A. rossii, also, Capt. James writes:
*' Experimentally we have proved that the three species of the human malaria
parasites will develop in this mosquito, but we have never yet found it infected in
nature.1*— E. E. G.]
It is possible that for some obscure reason it is now approaching
extinction ; possibly it will become active at the onset of the South-
West Monsoon. It may puzzle some of my readers that this should be a
dry wind, but the explanation is that it loses its moisture when passing
over the hill country in the south-west of the Island.
Note. — June 20th. So far there has been an almost entire absence
of fever this year, Anojiheles still breeding in the tanks.
[Recent study of the lame of mosquitoes of the genus Anopheles has shown that
good specific characters may be found in the form of the 4 frontal hairs always
present on the anterior margin of the head. They are usually more or less obscured
by the extended whorl organs, and can be best observed when those organs are
retracted or removed. In some species, the 4 hairs are simple and unbranched :
in others, the inner hairs may be simple and the outer pair branched : in yet others
both pairs may be plumose, in varying degrees.
In the present species, the median hairs are slightly, and the outer hairs densely
plumose (see fig. below) :—
Frontal hairs of larva of Anopheles fulig inosus.
In Vol. Ill of his " Monograph of the Culicidse," Mr. Theobald has sub-divided
the genus Anopheles, and now places, fuliginosus in the genus NyssorhyncJms of.
Blauchard.— E.E.G.]
278 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Plate A.
Fig. 1, Larva, dorsal view : X 20„
„ 2, Head of larva, ventral aspect : X 100.
„ 3, Dorsal float of larva : X 400.
„ 4, Posterior extremity of larva, from the side : X 80.
(The exigencies of the plate have necessitated the
inversion of this figure. The dorsal margin is.
below).
Plate B.
Fig. 5, Pupa, side view : X 15.
„ 6, Posterior extremity of pupa, ventral aspect : X 40.
,, 7, One of the caudal fins : X 40.
„ 8, Adult female, dorsal aspect : X 15.
„ 9 Part of fringe, from inner margin of wing : X 850,
„ 10, Head of adult male, dorsal aspect : X 20.
279
THE TREES AND SHRUBS OF THE LONAVLA AND
KARLA GROVES.
By
G. A. Gahmie, F.L.S., Professor of Botany and Agriculture,
College of Science, Poona.
The groves botanically examined were five in number : the first,
also the largest and most popularly known, in Lonavla at the head of
the Bhor Ghat, consisting of a broad belt of large trees and with many
enormous climbers ; the second, a small wood to the north, near the
Tower of Silence with fine specimens of Anodendron and Gnetum ; the
third, a small wood to the south of no special interest ; the fourth, a
larger wood on a small, conical hill, near the railway line about half
way between Lonavla to Karla, in which the trees ai*e literally festooned
with large climbers ; and the fifth, the wood at Karla village lying
between the railway station and the cave temple, in many respects the
most interesting of all. The majority of the trees and shrubs are either
in flower or fruit during the hot weather, when the smaller plants are
absent, so that the botany of the scattered areas under consideration,
being of limited scope and yet well diversified, would offer a favourable
opportunity to any one wishing to lay the foundations of a practical
knowledge of Systematic Botany. It must be understood that the
country immediately surrounding these woods is very bare in the dry
season. The woods at Lonavla itself are well separated and the fourth
and fifth lie far apart. Southwards the ridge of the Sakar Pathar ran we
is seen covered with low jungle.
The woods are supposed to be sacred groves in which are preserved
the remnants of forests which once covered the Deccan. There can be
but slight grounds for this supposition, because the greater proportion of
the trees and shrubs enumerated here belong strictly to the Konkan
Flora and they exist under Konkan conditions now, as even the Karla
wood, which lies farthest from the Ghat, is well within the heavy rain-
fall zone where the extreme temperatures of the Deccan do not prevail.
The groves at Lonavla are scattered over a wide extent of laterite, and
there is no reason why the whole station should not be covered with
equally good trees, but the fourth and fifth woods are on isolated
mounds of sandy laterite, rising out of a darker soil, and it is interesting
to observe how their growth diminishes and at length ceases as their
margins merge into this darker soil. Their existence is probably as
much a matter of soil as of climate. No forest patches of the same
280 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol, XV.
character are again met with in journeying towards Poona. If the
Deccan were ever covered with such forests its climate and soil must
have been vastly different in former times.
The locally accepted vernacular names are added to most of the
botanical to assist any enquirer who may work over the same ground.
Most of the details were taken down on the spot in my field note books.
I have also pointed out a few of the facts which struck me as being very
interesting when they came under my own observation, but these
woods teem with absorbing lessons to a field botanist and they furnish
an endless series of botanical problems.
Ranunculace^:.
Clematis hedysarifolia, D. C. Bendri chi vel.
In all the woods. It is really the commonest small climber in
Karla wood ; but all the plants are browsed down to a height of six inches
or so. At its best it is never more than a harsh meagre plant. Its
brownish flowers are neither conspicuous nor abundant. Its congener
Clematis triloba (Mor vel) beautifies the rugged Deccan Hills in the
autumn and its flowers have the delightful scent of May.
Capparide^e.
Capparis Moonii, Wight, Wagati.
A spindly climber in dense thickets, but densely covering isolated
bushes in the open. The large white flowers are very handsome, but
they fall in pieces very rapidly.
Cratreva religiosa, Forst. f. Wamarang.
One small tree planted in Karla village, 12 feet high, stem clear for
6 feet, girth 1 foot. Petals white, turning yellow, distinctly clawed.
This small tree is usually found near temples.
Malvaceae.
Thespesia populnea, Soland. Bliendi.
Cultivated in Karla village and not an actual denizen of the wood.
Flower large, yellow, with a dark purple eye.
Thespesia Lampas, T)alz and Gibs. Ran Bliendi (a vernacular name
applied indiscriminately to many shrubby members of this order). A
lanky shrub bearing fine yellow flowers with dark red centres.
Bombax malabaricum, B.C. Saier.
Largest plant in our area measured 60 feet in height, stem clear for
25 feet, girth 11 feet. Fruit 4£ inches by If inches, valves woody,
brittle, placentas and inner part of dissepiments yellowish brown ; large
stellate tufts of cotton often one inch long. These tufts of hairs spring
TREES & SHRUBS OF LONAVLA & KARLA GROVES. 281
from the valves. The silk cotton tree in flower is the glory of the
•country along the railway line from Khandala to Talegaon at the begin-
ning of the hot weather. As a rule it never attains a great size.
When the separate whorls of branches are at sufficiently distant inter-
vals, it is interesting to observe that each section of stem does not taper
so that the trunk is formed on the plan of an inverted telescope. The
flowers vary much in form and colour, the most common being of a vivid
red with broad petals, the rarer almost salmon with long, strap-shaped
petals. The cotton is usually glistening white and I have once seen it of
a pale buff colour.
Its congener B. insigne, Wall., which is so common in the forests below
ghats only ascends them as far as the Reversing Station. Some indi-
viduals of this species are densely armed to the base, others are quite
unarmed ; thus, as in the case of many so-called armed trees this cha-
racter is safely negligible. The tubercles bearing the prickles are corky
and distinctly lamellate, so that the layers can be separated by the pres-
sure of the thumb. The prickles are single or arranged in ranked clus-
ters. The leaves are often very hairy beneath even when old. The
flowers are not arranged in groups as in B. Malabarkum, but singly
along the branches, their petals are usually long and strap-shaped,
varying in colour from light orange to dark red : the stamens form a
dense tassel of innumerable, long, white thread-like filaments. In many
respects this is the noblest flower to be found in the Presidency.
The fruit is almost double the length of that of B. Malabarkum and
it is distinctly angular. (The dehiscence in both is septifragal and not
loculicidal as given in Floras.) The axis and dissepiments of the fruit
often remain on the branches and revolve in the wind like children's toy
paper mills. (This is a rare occurrence in B. Malaharicum, but I have
observed it.) The cotton appears to be always of a drab colour and a
pod often contains a large quantity.
After the fruits ripen and fall away the silk cottons put forth their
leaves. The fallen flowers carpet the ground for months, becoming
almost black, and are reduced by shrinkage to less than a third of their
original size.
Sterculiace^.
Sterculia guttata, Rcxb. Kukar.
A densely leafy tree. The fruits, which are in clusters of woody
follicles, are very interesting when they open out, showing a yellow
inner surface and large seeds attached to the margins.
282 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Sterculia colorata, Roxb. Kavshi.
Does not actually grow within any of the woods, but is found on
their outskirts. The trees are leafless when covered with their pecu-
liar reddish-brown woolly flowers whose colour is not sufficiently
decisive to render the tree at all conspicuous from a distance. The
follicles are flat, papery and veined like leaves when ripe, with a yellow
seed adhering to each margin.
TlLIACE.E.
Grewia tiliasfolia, Valil. Dhaman.
A small shrub or moderately sized tree. Flowers bright yellow in
umbellate clusters.
Malpighiace^;.
Hiptage Madablota, Gcertn. Halad vel.
A large, much branched and leafy climber, at first very striking
with its profusion of scented white flowers (odd petal blotched with
yellow) and afterwards with the abundance of hard brown winged fruits.
Aspidopterys cordata, A Juss. Bar vel.
A climber on the small trees on the outskirts of the woods. Leaves
large, white, woolly beneath ; flowers small, yellow, in large, loose
drooping panicles. Fruits brown, papery, circular, very conspicuous,
as they are produced in such great numbers.
Rutace^e.
Zanthoxylum Rhetsa, B.C.
A small, deciduous tree, seen only in Lonavla grove, armed as is
Pangara. It flowers during the rains.
Glycosmis pentaphylla, Correa. Mendki.
A weedy shrub of little interest.
Atalantia racemosa, W. & A. Mahxd limbu.
A large, spiny, orange-like shrub. Fruits round, like small limes.
Burserace/E.
Garuga pinnata, Roxb. Kakad.
One tree in Karla village, 20 feet high, stem clear for 6 feet, girth
18 inches. The flowers and fruits of this tree are usually over before
the foliage is perfectly developed.
Meliace^e.
Dysoxylum binectariferum, Hook. F. Yerindi.
In Lonavla wood. A deciduous tree, 25 feet high, stem clear for
4 feet, girth 5 feet, bark grey, exfoliating in small flakes. Fruits
large as an apple, when ripe gaping to show their yellow lining.
TREES & SHRUBS OF LONaVLA & KARL A GROVES. 283
CELASTRINEyE.
Celastrus paniculata, Willd. Kangani,
A very common climber ; bark smooth, with gray spots, foliage
shining ; flowers in loose, drooping panicles, small, white ; fruits copious,
bright yellow.
Gymnosporia emarginata, Grah. Yenkli.
A coarse, strong, spinose shrub. Leaves leathery. Flowers small,
in clusters from tubercles on the branches ; fruits bright red, white on
the inner sides of the valves, seeds yellowish.
Rhamne/E.
Ventilago madraspatana, Gcertn. Kan vel.
A climber, reaching the tops of the tallest trees, stem attaining 3 feet
in girth. Fruit pea-shaped at base expanding upwards into an oblong,
membranous wing. This is common in all the woods. In Lonavla
wood, the lower parts of the stems, dragged down by their own weight
lie along the ground or form fantastic loops and knots.
Zizyphus rugosa, Lamh. Toran,
A large, straggling, armed shrub, climbing when opportunity occurs.
Fruit light yellow, sloe-like in taste, but rather too dry to be palatable.
Sapindace^e.
Allophylus Cobbe, Blume. Tivat.
At Karla wood there is a small tree of this, 1 2 feet high, stem clear
for 8 feet, girth 10 inches. Standing in the open as this plant does, it
must grow erect, but in thickets, where it is most usually found, it
prefers to exist as a climber.
Schleichera trijuga, Willd. Kosim.
Only small plants of this seen in the woods.
Anacardiace^e.
Mangifera indica, Linn. Amba ; Mango.
The largest specimens are at Karla, height 50 feet, stem clear for
12 feet, girth 10 to 13 feet. The villagers rick their straw on the
branches exactly as I have seen in Kashmir and Chumba. The fruit
produced is said to be very indifferent and the people endanger their
health by eating it very unripe. One variety bears small fruits in
bunches of 10 and 12, but no one could give me its vernacular name.
Trees standing in the open are terribly infested with Loranthi, and borino
insects readily enter lopped surfaces and wounds, so that most of the
large trees are hollow. The position occupied by dead and goua
parasites are indicated by large swellings on the branches.
16
284 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Semecarpus Anacardium, Linn. f. Bibha ; Marking Nut. Two or
three amall plants seen at Karla. The variety cuneifolia must have
quite disappeared from Lonavla Grove.
Holigarna Grahamii, Hookf. ? Bibha.
A common and the most striking tree at Lonavla wood. Largest
specimens measured 50 feet in height, stem clear for 10 feet, girth 3 to
6 feet. The leaf stalks have 1 to 3 pairs of peculiar, erect spur-like
processes, \ inch long. The main branches are horizontal, ascending
only at the ends, the secondary branches are usually erect, secund.
The leaves, in tufts, are often very large, being 16 inches long by 6
inches broad, with about 30 pairs of nerves. The fruits protrude but
slightly from the fleshy receptacle.
LEGTJMINOSiE.
Crotalaria retusa, Linn. Dingla.
A small shrub up to 6 feet high. Flowers very beautiful, Laburnum-
like, yellow in long terminal racemes.
Erythrina stricta, Roxb. Pangara ; Coral tree.
Only in Karla village. Leafless in flower. Stem and branches
excessively prickly. Flowers bright scarlet. This tree is commoner
and larger below ghats.
Butea frondosa, Konig. Palas.
Small, lopped trees are very common.
Dalbergia sympathetica, Nimmo. Pendgul.
Moderately large climber ; stem and branches usually armed with
strong thorns. Flowers copious, but of an inconspicuous white colour.
Pongamia glabra, Vent. Karanj ; Indian Beech.
Not in the woods, but a common road-side tree. There seem to be
two varieties here ; one with pale buds and larger white flowers in few
flowered racemes, the other with dark buds and smaller rosy flowers in
denser racemes. The leaves of the first also appear to be larger.
Mezoneuron cucullatum, W. § A.
An enormous climber in Lonavla wood ; stems up to \\ feet in girth,
bark smooth, prickly tubercles bluntly conical, large, sub-spirally
arranged. Flowers beautiful, yellow, in large panicles. Pods dull red
thin, flat, papery. This plant is also very common in the jungles round
the Duke's Nose, but there it only clambers among small trees and bushes.
Saraca indica, Linn. Ashok.
A tree with beautiful orange flowers, only seen at the temple in
Lonavla grove.
TREES & SHRUBS OF LONAVLA & KARL A GROVES. 285
Tatnarindus indica, Linn. Amli ; Chinch, ; Tamarind.
A few small trees at Karla. Flowers appear with the leaves ; buds
on some trees pink, on others white.
Entada scandens, Bth. Garambi.
An enormous climber, stem attaining 3 feet in girth. Flowers
yellow, minute, absurdly out of proportion to the pods which are often
3 feet loDg by 8 inches or more broad.
Acacia concinna, B.C. Sikukai.
A large climbing shrub ; flowers minute in innumerable round heads.
Fruits used as soap.
Albizzia stipulata, Boiv. Uduli.
A fine large deciduous tree, reaching 70 feet in height, stem clear for
20 or more feet, girth 8| to 10 feet. The profusion of rosy flower heads
and delicate foliage combine to render this one of the most gracefully
beautiful of trees.
CoMBRETACE^E.
Terminal ia belerica, Roxb. Beheda.
Tree 50 to 70 feet high, stem clear for 10 or more feet, with a girth
of 5 to 13 feet. The young foliage is red. In the mornings the flowers
exhale a nauseous odour which taints the air for some distance.
Terminalia Chebula, Retz. Hirda.
A tree as large as the foregoing. Fruit smooth, ribbed, constituting
the myrobolans of commerce.
Calycopteris floribunda, Lam. Ahshi.
A climbing shrub with large panicles of small greenish flowers.
The calyx becomes greatly enlarged in fruit. It is yellowish,
developing to ruddy brown in colour, so that the plant is very conspi-
cuous while in fruit. It is very common along the railway below
Khandala.
Combretum ovalifolium, Roxb. Madbel.
Combretum extensum, Roxb. Piloka.
These are sometimes very large climbing shrubs bearing, with or be-
fore the young leaves, an abundance of small, yellow flowers which are
succeeded by brown fruits with papery wings.
Myrtace^:.
Psidium Gruyava, Linn. Peru ; Guava.
This is a naturalized denizen of the area. I have never seen it pro-
duce good fruit in this wild condition. It sheds its bark almost as
freely as Eucalyptus.
286 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
Eugenia Jambolana, Lam. Jambul.
The finest trees are 30 to 80 feet high, stem clear for 10 feet, girth
5 to 10 feet. Very common, specially in a stunted state. Fruit red-
dish, turning to black, with scanty, aromatic pulp. Some Europeans
make a cordial from these fruits. I observed that the trees on Sakar
Pathar were in ripe fruit, while those in the woods below were still in
flower.
Melastomace^e.
Memecylon edule, Roxb. Anjan ; Lokhandi.
Very common, usually forming thickets on the outskirts of the
woods. Height about 15 to 20 feet, stem clear from 2 to 8 feet, girth 1
to 2 feet ; wood very dense, bark dark brown, with close, shallow
tessellated furrows, trunk crooked and short, branches spreading and
twisting, leaves tea-like but entire. Flowers a beautiful dark blue
(or, in a solitary example, white) ; when the petals fall the remaining
parts are of a rose colour for some time. Not one of the numerous
plants of this species in these woods is infested with parasites, but at
Sakar Pathar it is attacked by a form of Loranthus cuneatus which has
leaves exactly simulating those of its host. I saw, however, one plant
of identically the same form on a Pisa (Actinodaphne Hookeri).
Memecylon sp.
In the wood between Lonavla and Karla there is a Memecylon un-
known to me. It may be one of the new species indicated by Mr. Talbot.
The leaves are usually narrower than in M. edule ; the flowers are much
smaller and appear to be yellowish ; the calyx tube is deeper and the
ripe fruit is yellow.
The natural reproduction of both species is excellent. The stems of
even very young seedlings have brown, detachable, thin bark and they
are as tough and supple as wire.
Cacte^.
Opuntia nigricans, Haw. Prickly Pear.
In small scattered clumps about Karla. In this plant the plane
surfaces of the branches face east and west, while the edges point north
and south. This is particularly noticeable when it is used as a hedge to
enclose all four sides of a compound as at many Travellers' Bungalows.
Rubiace^:.
Stephegyne parvifolia, Korth. Kadam.
A rare tree in Lonavla wood. Flowers in globose heads, subtended
by two loaf-like bract>.
TREES & SHRUBS OF LONAVLA <& KARLA GROVES. 287
Randia dumetorum, Lamh. Ghela.
A common spiny shrub. Flowers small, white, turning yellow.
Fruit green, about 1 inch in diameter.
Canthium umbellatum, Wight. Tupa.
A small, dense tree. Leaves shining, rather large and leathery,
with distinct pits in the axils of the nerves beneath. Flowers }rellowish
in very dense clusters.
Vangueria spiuosa, Roxb. Alu.
A dense tree, 20 feet high, with a girth of 5 feet. Foliage dark
green, shining. Fruits up to If by If inch, green, smooth with a
slight bloom, apex with a small circular areole, surrounded by 5 very
small calyx teeth. These fruits taste like crab-apples.
Ixora parviflora, Vahl. Kurat ; Torch Tree.
A tall, bushy shrub or small tree, with rather inconspicuous white
flowers. The green wood burns readily.
Ixora nigricans, Br. Kat Kara.
A very small shrub in Lonavla grove. The pure white flowers turn
black before falling, and the whole plant also becomes black when dried.
Pavetta indica, Linn. Papti.
Ragged bush, seldom more than 2 to 4 feet high, with fine heads of
narrow-tubed white flowers. This plant possesses but does not preserve
all the qualifications essential to enable it to rank as ornamental. The
flower heads are generally perfect, but the leaves are represented by
tattered fragments. The ubiquitous cattle must beheld responsible for this.
Composite.
Vernonia indica, Clarke.
A small shrub with terminal heads of purple flowers, white pappose
in fruit.
Sapotace^e.
Sideroxylon tomentosum, Roxb. Kumbal.
A very common, small, thorny tree.
Mimusops Elengi, Linn. Bokul.
A tree 30 feet high, stem clear for 8 feet, girth 7§ feet ; with very
fragrant flowers,
Ebenacejs.
Diospyros montana, Roxb. {joinda.
Several trees in Lonavla wood ; height 25 feet, stem clear for 6 feet,
girth 7 feet. Easily recognized in fruit by the enlarged leaf-like
calyx lobes.
288 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Oleaceje.
Jasminum arborescens, Roxb. Kusur.
A scandent shrub with pretty white flowers which exhale the strong,
sweet scent characteristic of Jasmines. In open situations, where it has
no opportunity to climb, it becomes an erect shrub with drooping
branches.
Linociera intermedia, Wight.
Common tree, up to 20 feet in height, stem clear for 9 feet, with a
girth of 2\ feet. Flowers in short clusters, yellowish, scented.
Fruits black, intensely bitter.
Olea dioica, Roxb. Pdrjamb.
A tree 30 feet high, stem clear for 8 feet, girth 1\ feet, resembling
the last-named, but more loosely branched and flowers in open terminal
panicles.
Fruits also intensely bitter, usually eaten once incautiously as Jambul.
Apocynace^e.
Carissa Carandas, Linn. Karwanda ; Corinda.
A large, thorny shrub, well known to all. The flavour of the fruit
reminds me of blae berries.
Carissa suavissima, Bedd.
A large climber, otherwise very like the last-named.
Rauwolfia densiflora, Bth. Kiira.
A deciduous bush, about 3 feet high, in Lonavla wood.
Wrightia tinctoria, Br. Nagal Kilra.
A small shrub near Karla village. Flowers white with a corona of
fringed scales, appearing with the leaves which yield Indigo.
Anodendron paniculatum, A. DC. Lamtani.
Common in all the woods, but the finest specimens are to be seen in
that near the Tower of Silence. It is an enormous twiner and one,
strangling a mango tree, must be over a foot in diameter. The bark is
brown, thick and rather smooth. The latex is watery, slightly tinted
yellow and not viscous. The flowers are very small, yellow, in large
open panicles.
BORAGINE^E.
Cordia Mvxa, Linn. Bhokar.
A few trees in Lonavla wood. The leaves have tufts of hairs in the
axils of the nerves beneath.
TREES & SHRUBS OF LONAVLA & KARLA GROVES. 289
BlGNONIACE^.
Heteropbragraa Roxburghii, DC. Waras.
One tree at Karla. It is common on stony slopes on the ghats.
The fruits, at first maroon coloured, turn black. The seeds, including
the wings, are often 1\ inches long.
Stereospermum chelonides, DC. Mersing.
A tall tree in Lonavla wood. Throat of corolla dark yellow with
brown blotches and streaks, limb light buff with dark streaks.
ACANTHACR/E.
Strobilanthes ixiocephalus, Bth.
A shrub, particularly common in the wood between Lonavla and
Karla. The flowers are veiy pale blue and the whole inflorescence
becomes hairy and viscid in fruit.
Adhatoda Vasica, Nees. Adi'dsa.
A very common plant, especially near villages.
Verbenace^e.
Lantana Camara, Linn. Tantani.
A prickly hedge plant with orange flowers, fortunately with no
tendency to spread and become a nuisance in this area. Fruits black,
in small clusters at the tips of the branches which are leafless in the
hot weather. Butterflies are very partial to this bush.
Callicarpa lanata. Linn, Kan phuli.
A tree 25 feet high, with a girth of 1\ feet, rather rare here, but
common in ghat thickets. Leaves densely woolly. Flowers small
crowded, of a beautiful rose-purple colour.
Prexnna coriacea, Clarke. Chambari.
Usually described as a climber. In Lonavla wood it seemed to me
to be always truly epiphytic in the manner of a young fig, and the roots,
closely appressed to the trunk of the host, were never long enough to
reach the ground.
Vitex Negundo, Linn. Nirguri.
As this avoids shade it is common only in the more open parts of
the woods.
Labiate.
Colebrookia oppositifolia, Linn. Bhamini.
A common shrub. Ripe fruits in spikes " like squirrels' tails."
Laurine^e.
Machilus macrantha, Nees. Guriimb.
A common tree reaching 50 feet in height, stem clear for 12 feet,
girth up to 12| feet. Leaves with the glaucous hue characteristic of
290 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol XV.
many laurels. Fruits globose, f inch in diameter, black with a grape-
like bloom, pulp scanty and dark green, greedily eaten by crows,
There are two forms of this tree : one with smaller, rather coriaceous
leaveSj the other with larger, more membraneous leaves.
Thymelace^e.
Lasiosiphon eriocephalus, Dene. Rameta.
A willow-like shrub or tree, very ornamental with its balls of bright
yellow flowers.
El^eagnace^e.
Elgeagnus latifolia, Linn. Amguli.
A climber, becoming very large ; branches often spiny. The scales
on the leaves form most beautiful microscopic objects. The acid fruits
which are also covered with these scales, are eaten.
LiORANTHACEjE.
Loranthus longiflorus, Desrouss. Wanda,,
Very common, especially on Mango.
Loranthus loniceroides, Linn.
Almost equally common.
Viscum capitellatum, Sm.
A dwarf, leafy shrub, parasitic on other members of Loranthacese^
The two first-named parasites are particularly common wherever there
are Mango trees. Jambul, Guriimb, Anjan and Uduli and all the
figs, except the Pipra, remain free from their attacks. They often form
very large masses, their sucker roots intercepting all the nutriment of
the support, so that the parts beyond them quickly die. In addition
to the suckers first produced, they throw back runners for some distance
along the branches and stems of their victims, and these runners drive
in a close array of suckers. From the fact that these parasites bear
foliage of their own, we may infer that the nutriment drawn from the
tissues of the host requires further elaboration before being of service
to themselves. The leafless species of Viscum or Mistletoe have sunk to
a greater depth of degradation, as some of their members are merely
bundles of jointed branches (phylloclade or not in their function) with
unisexual flowers of simple design. One — Viscum capitellatum — has
leaves and it is actually parasitic on its own relations !
On Sakar Pathar I found Memecylon edule (Anjan) infested
with a form of Loranthus cuneatus, the leaves of which in appearance
almost exactly simulated those of its host. (This may bear the name,
variety decipiens.) On one plant of Pisa (Actinodaphne Hookeri) I found
TREES & SHRUBS OF LONAVLA & KARL A GROVES. 291
exactly the same form, but everywhere else there was only the usual
yellow, narrow-leaved variety of the Loranthus.
In Kanara 1 have seen Loranthus tomentosus growing on and resem-
bling Randia dumetorum (Gliela)t Sideroxylon tomentosum {Kiimbal)
and Zizyphus Jujuba (Bori). Loranthus longijiorus and L. loniceroides
often have elongated leaves on the Mango. There is no apparent reason
why these parasites should sometimes simulate their hosts, and it is diffi-
cult to believe that living on the same elaborated food should be the cause
of the resemblance. It is a subject which may repay investigation.
SANTiLACE^.
Osyris arborea, Wall. Lotar.
A large shrub with glaucous foliage. The fruit is of the size of a
pea and yellow. I recollect seeing a note of Dr. Cooke (I think) to the
effect that he considered this plant parasitic — usually on Carissa Caran-
das (Karwanda).
Euphorbiacb^:.
Euphorbia neriifolia, Linn. Khande lidung.
Commoner on the ghats where it grows into a weird tree.
One specimen measured at Sakar Pathar was about 15 feet high,
stem 4 feet in girth, and the diameter of the whole plant was 60 feet.
The branches were very long and spreading, but all seemed to proceed
from one central stem.
Bridelia retasa, Spreng. Asana.
The low level Konkan variety bears flowers in long sub-terminal
spikes. This, the ghat form, has its flowers in dense axillary fascicles.
Its stem, when young, is either thorny or quite unarmed.
Glochidion lanceolarium, Dalz. Bhoma.
A small, twiggy shrub with hard green, distichous leaves. In our
area it is a ragged object ; on the ghats it is often a very ornamental
large shrub.
Urticace^e.
Holoptelea integrifolia, Planch. Walvi.
There are a few small trees of this at Karla. The seeds taste like
those of Beech.
Celtis tetrandra, Roxb. Brumaj.
A few trees in Lonavla wood.
Morus alba, Linn. Tilt ; Mulberry.
Not a denizen of the woods, but a common fruit tree in gardens at
Lonavla where it grows and fruits admirably.
17
292 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Ficus gibbosa, Bl. Datir.
An epiphytic shrub in Karla.
Ficus bengalensis, Linn. Wad : Banyan,
A common roadside tree with ferial roots. One variety of this plant
seen with pendulous branchlets, large succulent leaves, and fruits one
inch in diameter, orange coloured, flecked with dark red.
Ficus mysorensis, Heyne. Bhar ; Nahir.
Epiphytic on Mango and Guriimb, of noble proportions and appear-
ance. The trunk of one at Karla is 23 feet in girth. Fruit, one inch
in diameter, quite smooth when ripe, bright orange, flecked with white.
Ficus retusa, Linn. Ndndruh.
Not an actual denizen of the woods, but the common roadside tree
of Lonavla. It produces adventitious roots in great abundance.
Ficus religiosa, Linn. Pipal.
A large, well-known, epiphytic tree.
Ficus Tsiela, Roxb. Fipra.
An epiphytic tree with very smooth, gray green bark. It produces
very few serial roots.
Ficus asperrima, Roxb. Karvat.
A small tree, not epiphytic. Leaves very rough, often 3-lobed.
Often bears its small fruits on bare branches.
Ficus glomerata, Roxb, Umbar.
A common tree, not epiphytic. Fruits large, red when ripe, in
hanging clusters on the stems and branches, edible but rather insipid.
The epiphytic figs usually germinate on the forks of branches and
make but little growth, until some of their roots reach the ground
when they increase rapidly. Karla wood is especially rich in trees of
this kind. There may be seen examples of F. gibbosa growing on
F. glomerata, and towards the south end of the wood an extreme case is
presented, where a F, religiosa has completely enveloped an Anjan of
which now only a solitary branch protrudes ; a plant of F. Tsiela has
attained moderate dimensions on the Pipal. Which will conquer time
alone can show ; but F. Tsiela, being outside, scores so much in its own
favour. I cannot recollect ever having seen Figs grow on one another
elsewhere, but it is probably a common occurrence.
An epiphytic fig, when young, seems to cling timidly to its host ; at a
later age it assumes a most murderous attitude. Ficus Tsiela is the
only fig here infested with Loranthi. It also often forms witches'
brooms which result from fungoid attacks.
TREES & SHRUBS OF LONAVLA & KARL A GROVES. 293
A colony of flying foxes reside in the Karla wood, and these animals
are probably responsible for the large number of epiphytic figs. There
is also a large colony in the Empress Gardens at Poona, and the
Superintendent once formed an interesting collection of young trees —
mostly figs— from seeds introduced from the ghats by the flying foxes.
The Banyan, of which some trees are always to be found in fruit,
appears to be their principal food plant. I have seen or heard of very
few instances of Banyan or other epiphytic fig seeds germinating in
the ground, and then only in flower pots.
Artocarpus integrifolia, Linn. Phanas ; Jack.
This does not seem to fruit very freely here.
Salicine^:.
Salix tetrasperma, Roxb. Wallung.
On roadsides. This is tho only representative of the willow family
native to the Bombay Presidency.
Gnetace^e.
Gnetum scandens, Roxb. Kiimbal.
A very large climber, girth of stem often 3 feet. Fruits glaucous
blue, in clusters like large grapes.
Palm^;.
Caryota urens, Linn. Mhar ; Fish-tail Palm.
A tall, handsome, well-known palm, with bipinnate leaves.
Gramine^e.
Bambusa arundinacea, Retz, Bans ; Bamboo.
The large, thorny bamboo.
Oxytenanthera monostigma, Bedd. Uda.
A small bamboo grown at Karla. Culms scattered, velvetty when
young. Very common on the ghat3.
294 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
THE CLASSIFICATION OF THE LEPIDOPTERA
PAPILIOMNA.
By
L. C. H. Young, Entomological Hony. Secy, to the
Bombay Natural History Society.
Partly owing to the fact that most Indian Lepidopterists have
confined their attention to one group only and partly because most of
the prophets of the cult have been too busy multiplying and dividing
each other species to pay attention to anything else, the classification
of the Indian PAPILIONINA is in a particularly chaotic condition.
In most of the handbooks in use it would appear that the authors were
ignorant that Darwin had ever lived and written or at any rate that
they had not grasped the particular application of his discovery to their
own subject.
Now it should be an axiom that classification should have for its
object the grouping of genera and families in their natural order of
descent and relationship to each other and a system which does not
satisfy this criterion cannot be worth maintaining.
A true classification can therefore only be formed by tracing the deve-
lopment of the various organs and characters of the insect throughout
the order and discovering which are the important and constant features
which can be relied on.
Certain general principles, however, must be a guide to any system :
(1) A lost character cannot be reproduced though it may be com-
pensated in some other way in cases where there has been a reversion
to primitive habits or surroundings ; (2) a rudimentary organ is
rarely re-developed ; (3) no new organ can be produced except as a
modification of some previously existing structure.
And in applying these it should be borne in mind (i) that characters
which are adaptive that is liable to have been effected or affected by
external influences through natural selection are, as a rule, very untrust-
worthy. For instance colour and outline, hairs or spines on the larvse,
genital organs of imagos, can be of but slight importance in defining
groups ; (ii) secondary sexual characters should rarely be used to define
genera — if for no other reason on account of the difficulties they
place in the way of the student — but in cases where a large number
of allied species fall naturally into two groups and are yet not
easily separated by any other characters there is no scientific reason
why they should not be used ; (iii) characters distinguished by degrees
CLASSIFICATION OF THE LEPIDOPTERA PAP1LI0NINA. 295
of comparison, unless the difference is capable of actual measurement
and is constant to the practically same extent in all tho species grouped
under them are similarly unsatisfactory.
It will be seen at once that in Lepidopteroua insects the neuration of
the wings is likely to be of exceptional value as being least exposed to
external influences and experience shows that this is the case. Except
in tho case of the more degraded groups of the TINEINA and of the
Pterophoridae there are singularly few instances where any
important modification can be directly attributed to an alteration in tho
shape of the wing. It may be added that in no other order is it so
easy to trace the philogeny by this means as in the Lepidoptera.
The most generalised group in the Lepidoptera is admittedly the
MICROPTERYGINA. The gap between these and the next most
primitive forms is undoubtedly wide; but the descent from the Tineidse
— through the Heterogeneidae — of the Thyrididae in which family
we must recognise the ancestors of the P API LION IN A is clear and
continuous.
The PAPILIONINA are at present a rather isolated group though
the gap between tho oldest forms of the Hesperiadae and the
Thyrididae is probably not greater than that between the former
and the rest of the group. Nearly all the peculiar characteristics of the
group can be traced more or less directly to adaptation to diurnal habits
and this is particularly marked in the later forms.
CHARACTERS. — Head, ocelli and maxillary palpi obsolete, tongue and
labial palpi developed, antennae simple more or less dilated apically- typically
with a regular formed club. F.W. 1 a. and 1 c. absent 1 b. simple H.W. without
frenulum, 1 c. absent, 8 rising out of cell near base thence rapidly diverging.
The 7 families may be tabulated as follows : —
1. With all the veins present and separate V Hesperiadae.
With 2 or more veins stalked or coincident. . 2
2. Both sexes with the anterior legs aborted ... 3
Anterior legs developed in one or both sexes. 4
3. Vein 12 of F.W. greatly dilated at base 2 Satyridae.
not „ „ 1 Nymphalidae.
4. Anterior legs of the £ aborted 3 Erycinidae.
„ „ „ $ developed 5
5. Anterior tarsi of the $ more or less abbre-
viated or with one or both claws absent... 4 Lycaenidae.
Anterior tarsi normal, claws present 6
6. Vein 1 a of H.W. present 5 Pieridae.
„ „ absent 6 Papilionidae.
296 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
The following is a key to the PHILOGENY:—
1. Nymphalidse. 2. Satyridse.
I I
3. Erycinidse. 4. Lycasnidas.
I !
I
5. Pieridae. 6. Papilionidoe.
I I
I
7. Hesperiadae.
Family I. Nymphalidae—
CHARACTERS. — Anterior legs much reduced, useless for walking.
Vein 5 from middle of transverse vein or approximated to 6 H.W. with
praecostal spur.
This is a large and extremely interesting family. The species while
being for the most part very closely allied in structure yet exhibit an
extraordinary diversity in form, colour and habits.
THE INDIAN GENERA MAY BE TABULATED AS
FOLLOWS :—
1. H.W. cell tubularly closed 3 and 4 separate.. 2
„ 3 and 4 from a point or stalked, or cell
open 8
2. F.W. 10 out of 9 3
„ 10 free or from a point with 9 only ... 4
3. H.W. 6 and 7 stalked 41 Parfba, Dbld.
„ „ separate 42 Telchinia, Hb.
4. F.W. 5 from middle of transverse vein 5
, „ more or less approximated to 6 at
base 7
5. F.W. 11 anastomosing with 12 43 Hestia, Hb.
„ 11 free 6
6. Claws without paronychia or pulvilli 44 Danais, Lair.
,, with „ & „ 45 Euploea, Fb.
7. F.W. 9 rising free from 8, anastomosing
with 10, 10 with 11, 11 with 12 4Q Parantirrhcea
W-M.
9 out of 8, no anastomosis gg Melanitis, Fb.
8. Club of antennas short broad abrupt 9
n „ long, gradual, usually slight. 20
9. 3 and 4 of F.W. separate 10
„ M from a point or stalked ... 14
10. Eyes smooth 11
„ hairy 13
11. F.W. 2, 3 and 4, nearly equidistant at base.. 12
„ space between 3 and 1 less than £ that
between 3 and 2 10 Hyfolimnas, Hb.
CLASSIFICATION OF THE LEPIDOPTERA PAPILIONINA. 297
12. Cell closed 3 Aegynnis, Fb.
„ open 1 Melit.ea, Fb.
13. H.W. cell open , 11 Symbrenthia,
Eb.
„ „ closed 12 Vanessa, Fb.
14. Cell of both wings open 15
„ „ slenderly closed 19
15. F.W. 10 out of 9 6 Helcyea, Feld.
„ „ free 16
16. Antennas short 17
„ long=^ormore 18
17. Anterior tarsus of $ = § tibia. Antennae 7 Junonia, Eb.
club very broad.
„ „ j, = I tibia. Antennae 8 Precis, Eb.
club not very broad
18. H. W. 6 and 7, separate ., 4 Rhinopalpa,
Feld.
„ „ from a point 9 Hestina,
Westwd.
19. Eyes simple 2 Atella, Dbld.
„ hairy , , 5 Terinos, Boisd.
20. Cell of H. W. tubularly closed 21
„ „ lineally closed or open 24
21. F.W. 6 at some distance from 7 at base ... 38 Anadebis, Butl.
„ 6 and 7 closely approximate or from
a point 22
22. F.W. 3 and 4 widely separate 23
„ „ closely approximate 26 Parthenos, ZTft.
23. Antennse long, about | 36 Penthema,
Westw.
„ short, barely £ 37 Calinaga, Mre.
24. F.W. 3 and 4 widely separate 25
„ „ closely approximated, from
a point or cell open 35
25. F.W. 11 free to costa 26
„ „ anastomosing or coinciding with 12
after origin 29
26. F.W. 4 nearly straight 27
„ „ highly angulated 28
27. F.W. 10 out of 9 „. 25 Xanthot^nia,
Westw.
„ „free Jg Charaxes, Ochs.
28. F.W. 10 out of 9 27 Amathusia, Fb.
„ „ free 29 Stichophthal-
mia, Feld.
298 JOURNAL, BOMB A 7 NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
29. F.W. 11 anastomosing with 12, but becom-
ing free again 28 iEifONA, Hew.
„ „ coinciding with 12 after origin ... 30
30. F.W. 10 absent 30 Enispe, Westw.
„ „ present 31
31. F.W. 10 coinciding with 11 after origin ... 32
„ „ free to costa 33
32. F.W. 4 nearly straight 34 Discophoea,
Boiscl.
„ „ broadly bent 31 Thaumantis,
Hb.
33. F.W. cell only lineally closed 32 Symphjedra,
Hb.
„ „ „ tubularly closed 34
34. F.W. 4 regularly curved 33 Xetjxidta, Hb.
„ „ „ straight 35 Prothce, Hb.
35. F.W. 5 and 6 nearly parallel S6
„ „ more or less approximated at
base 41
36. Both cells completely open 21 Doleschallia,
Felcl.
„ » not „ „ 37
37. F.W. 10 out of 9 38
„ „ free 39
38. Cell of H.W. completely open 19 Cynthia, Fb.
„ „ „ lineally closed 20 Cethosia, Fb.
39. F.W. 3 and 4 only approximated at base ... 24 Dichorraggia,
utl.
„ „ from a point 40
40. F.W. 9 and 10 from a point 23 Pseudergolis,
Feld.
„ „ separate 22 Kallima,
Westw.
41. F.W. 9 and 10 talked 42
„ „ separate, or 8 of H. W. not
reaching termen 44
42. F.W. cell open...., 15 Euripus, Westw.
„ „ lineally closed 13 Cupha, Billb.
43. F.W. 11 and 12 anastomosing \Q Tana^cia, Butl,
„ „ separate 45
44. F.W. cell closed, 3 and 4 stalked 14 Cirrhochroa,
Dbld.
„ „ 3 and 4 from a point, or
cell open, ,„..., , , 17 Apatuea,
Fb.
CLASSIFICATION OF THE LEPIDOPTERA PAPIL10NINA, 299
Notes on the above —
(1). Under the Genus Apatura a large number of species are
included which many naturalists have tried to separate into a
number of genera. In so large a number there is naturally
some variation in structure, particularly in those directions
towards which the whole family shows a tendency such as for
instance the abortion of the outer margin of the cell. But
the divisions based on these differences are evidently not
natural ones. A number of Indian species have been included
in the Genus Limenitis but do not agree with that genus
in characters. There are apparently no true Limenitis in
India.
(2). Symph^dra as restricted here contains but two Indian
species.
(3). The genera are numbered in accordance with their apparent
order of descent. The following table sufficiently explains
the philogeny of the principal genera : —
IS
300 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV\
< <
X — D —
^
SB
O
a
- -
to
P
w
<
a
o
rt •
a
<
M
" E* '
K
c
o
o
H
►4
w —
QQ
w
C
a
1-1 HI
W SB
H >,
Ko
h3
M
pa
«
ps
■<
PL,
00 .
SB
_s
o '
K
EH
e
Pm '
D
H
- <j
!b'
<;
Q
o
w
<
SB
<! —
EH
a
K
W
H"
-SB
H
Pm
-i
8
w
a
pa
>— i .
Eh
SB
<
«
Ph
• SB ■
<
►J
W
3
CLASSIFICATION OF THE LEPIDOPTERA PAPILIONINA. 301
Family II. Satyridae—
CHARACTERS.— As in the Nymphalid© but vein 12 of F.W. (and
sometimes the upper and lower margins of cell and 1 b,) greatly dilated
at base.
TABULATION OF GENERA:—
1. F.W. 3 and 4 from a point or stalked 2
,, „ separate 3
2. Club of antennae developed 1 Byblia, Hb.
„ „ „ slight 2 Eegolis, Boisd.
3. F.W. 3 and 4 closely approximated 3 Elymnias, Hb.
„ „ widely separate 4
4. H.W. 3 and 4 closely approximated or
stalked 5
„ „ well separate 11
5. Eyes naked , 6
„ hairy 8
6. Palpi clothed in front with appressep hairs.. 6 Coelites, Westw.
,, „ „ „ porrect hairs ... 7
7. Head tufted in front 5 Orstri^ena,
Wallen,
,, not tufted in front 7 Neorina, Westw.
8. N.W. 3 and 4 stalked 10 Amecera. Bull.
„ „ from a point or approximated 9
9. F.W. apex of cell broadly rounded 9 Orinoma, DbJd.
„ ,, „ angulate 10
10. F.W. 5 and 6 subparallel 11 Pararge, Hb.
,, 5 approximate to 6 11
11. F.W. Lower margin of cell aud 1 b. swollen
at base 4 Mycalesis, Hb.
„ vein 12 only swollen 8 Lethe, Hb.
12. F.W. 10 out of 9 13
„ 10 separate 14
13. F.W. with lower margin of ceil dilated at
base... 14 Yphthima, Hb.
„ „ „ „ „ simple... 18 Eagadia, Westw.
14. F.W. with lower margin of cell dilated at
base... 15
„ » ,, „ simple... 17
15. Middle tibia? short with apical spines 16
„ , normal 15 Epinephile, Hb.
16. F.W. lower margin of cell only slightly
dilated ... J2 Aulocera, Butl.
„ „ j, greatly dilated. 13 Satyrus, Fb.
17. F.W. 6 and 7 only approximated 18
„ from a point 1Q Erebia, Dalm.
302 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY f Vol. XV.
18. Middle and hind tibiae clothed with long
loose hair , 17 (Enceis, HI.
Middle and hind tibiae not clothed with
long loose hair 16 Erites, Wettw.
TABLE OF PH1LOGENY:—
Byblia.
I
Eeqolis. Elymnias.
I I
Hycalesis. Lethe. Amecera. Aulocera.
I III
orstriiena. ccelites. orinoma. parargk. satyrus.
| | | | | Yphthima.
\~ I Kagadia.
J !
Epinephile. Erites. (Eneis. Erebia.
I III
Family III. Erycinidae—
CHARACTERS. — Anterior legs of $ reduced, useless for walking, in
9 well developed. Posterior tibiae without middle spurs. F.W. 8 and 9 out
of 7, 5 from middle of transverse vein or approximated to 6. H.W. with
prseeostal spur.
TABULATION OF GENERA :—
1. Palpi very long ; longer than head and thorax. 1 Libythea, Fb.
„ short 2
2. 3 and 4 of H.W. connate 2 Zemeros, Boisd.
M „ separate .• ... 3
3. Eyes naked 3 Taxila, Westw.
hairy 4 Abisara, Feld.
Zemeros may be considered a development from Taxila. The other
three are parallel developments. The family, though now nowhere very
extensive, is chiefly characteristic of South America, in the old world it
is poorly represented.
Family IV. Lycaenidae—
CHARA CTERS. — Anterior tarsi of the $ more or less abbreviated
or with one or both claws absent. Otherwise as in the Pieridas.
The family, though containing a large number of very closely allied
species, forming a distinct homogeneous series, is exceedingly difficult to
define except by the above character. The connection with the Pieridas is
very close, particularly in those species which have vein 7 of the F.W, present.
In general vein 6 of F.W. rises from the apex of the cell.
TABULATION OF GENERA :—
1. Lower margin of cell straight or only
slightly curved 2
Lower margin of cell angulated at origin of
vein 2 ] *
CLASSIFICATION OF THE LEPIDOPTERA PAPILIONINA. 303
2. F.W. with vein 7 present 17 Zarona, de N.
„ „ „ absent , 3
3. Legs abnormal 4
„ normal 7
4. Legs very long, tarsi, abnormal, 1st joint
elongated 5
,, short, tibiae with apices incrassated ... 6 Logania, Dist,
5. F.W. vein 6 out of 8 6
„ ,, 6 and 8 from a point 9 Allotinus, Feld,
6. First joint of tarsi widened and compressed.. "7 G-erydus, Boisd.
„ „ „ lengthened only 8 Paragerydus,
Dist.
7. Antennas with a distinct well defined club ... 9
„ gradually thickened 8
8. Antennae half 16 Aphaneus, Hb.
,, less than half 15 Spalgis, Mre.
9. Eyes hairy 10
,, smooth 14
10. F.W. vein 8 absent 1 Hypolyc-ena,
Feld.
„ „ 8 present u
11. F.W. veins 11 and 12 connected by a bar Q Lampides Hb
„ „ „ not connected by a bar 12
12. „ „ „ anastomosing 3 Nacaduba, Mre.
„ „ „ not anastomosing 13
13. „ „ „ more or less approxi-
mated after origin 4 Castalius, Hb.
F.W. veins 11 and 12 not approximated 5 Lyc.ena Fb.
14. F.W. wiih vein 8 absent 10 Neolycmena, de N.
„ „ ,, present 15
15. F.W. veins 11 and 12 completely coinciding
after origin H Poritia lire.
F.W. veins 11 and 12 not completely coin-
ciding after origin 16
16. F.W. veins 11 and 12 anastomosing J 2 Everes, Hb.
„ „ „ not anastomosing 17
17. „ „ ,, more or less approxi-
mated after origin 13 Catochrysops,
Boisd.
F.W. veins 11 and 12 not approximated after
origin J4 Chrysophantjs,
Hb.
18. Antennae with well developed differentiated
club 19
Antennas gradually thickened only, usually
slightly , ... 23
304 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
19. F.W. 9 absent 20
„ present 21
20. Eyea simple , 19 Chliaria, Mre.
„ hairy ...... 18 Thecla, Fb.
21. F.W. 6 out of 8 21Zephyrus, Balm
„ 6 Dot out of 8 22
22. F.W. 6 and 8 connate '. 20 Ch^etoprocta,
de N.
„ „ approximated only 22 Deudorix, Hew.
23. F.W. 7 present in both sexes 33 Liphyra, Westw.
„ 7 not present in. both sexes 24
24. F.W. 7 present in $ 25
„ 7 absent in both sexes 27
25. F.W. 5 out of 6..., 31 Iraota, Mre.
„ 5 and 6 separate 26
26. F.W. 9 apex of cell rounded, G and 8 widely
separate 32 Amblypodia,
Ilorsf.
Apex of cell angulate, 6 and 8 connate 23 Ze^ius, Hb.
27. F.W. 9 absent 28
„ 9 present . 29
28. F.W. 11 curved upward towards 12 25 Rathinda, Mre.
„ 11 straight... 26
29. Apex of cell rounded, 6 and 8 widely sepa-
rate at base 30 Arhopala, Bond.
Apex of cell angulato 30
30. F.W. 6 and 8 closely approximate or
connate 27 Myrina, Gdt.
„ „ wide apart at base ... 31
31. Antennae short, palpi=i, F. W. cell apex
acutely angled 24 Loxura, Horfs.
Antennae moderate, cell not acutely angled. 32
32. Palpi porrect 28 Sorendra, Mre.
„ suberect 29 Curetis, Hb.
CLASSIFICATION OF THE LEPIDOPTERA PAPILI0N1NA. 305
I
K
>— 1
o
O .
<
►J
o '
W
-tq
Ph
-J 2
P P
£ -a)
" ' — & ■
«
P
n
""5
03
-7
«
b"
o
►3
b
K
H
c/.
t-H
q
-4
X
o
^ 5— S
" — a h.
■«i
H
H
«
b
a •
J «
% Q
« w
>H Ph .
a D *
" CO «J
t-t
o.
p
a
o
-4
Eh
b
o
M
Ph
-o -
Eh
w
OS
b
- W
W
<5
P
O
-Ph.
pH
l-H
pa
S
<3
CO
« .
w
Ph
H
N
►H*
W
a
co
O
Cm
w
w
to
P
P
Ph
Ph
W
U
o
Eh
o
&
H i-i
Ph
CO ""J
» M
P b
E — fi-
st "*
I ^
-4
b
fcH
►h"
O '
Ph
O
J"
b
-33
b
• h3-
-1
H
co
co
b
- h-( -
CO
•M
CO
b
-4
m
Cu -
O
CO
Ph
Pi
W
o
-4
-fig-
b
Ph
-4
_o.
P3
<
tsj
306 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
Family V. Pieridae—
CHARACTERS. — Anterior legs normally developed in both sexes
F.W. 2 or more veins stalked or absent. Vein 5 from middle of transverse
vein or approximated to 6 at base. H.W. la present.
TABULATION OF GENERA :-
1. H.W. without developed prsecostal spur 2
,» with „ „ „ 5
2. F.W. 10 free, 6, 7 and 8 stalked (9 absent) 3
10 out of 8 2 Colias, Fb.
3. F.W. 5 from middle of the cell 4
„ 5 approximate to 6 at base 3 Go-nepteryx,.
Lch.
4. H.W. cell subtriaugular, 7 from near apex... JTeeias,
Swainson.
„ cell ovate, 7 from upper margin 4 Kallidryas,
Boisd.
5. F.W. 9 absent 6
„ 9 present 13 Xeronia, Hb.
6. Terminal joint of palpi short 7
„ long ■ 8
7. H.W. spaces between 5, 6 and 7 subequal ... 5 Ixias, Hb.
„ 5 and 6 approximate at base 6 Teracolus, Hb^
8. F.W. 10 absent 9
,, present ,,. 10
9. F.W. 5 and 6 connate , 8 Leptosia, Hb.
„ 5 and 6 separate at base 11 Delias, Hb.
10. F.W. 6 and 7 closely approximated at base 7 Hebomoia, Hb.
,, „ stalked 11
11. Club of antennae developed 12
,. „ slight 12 Aporia. Hb.
12. Costal margin serrate beneath 10 Prioneris.
M „ smooth Q PiEms,Schrk.
PHILOGENY:-
Colias. Leptosia. Delias.
I I I
Terias Gonepteryx. Ixias. Terocolus. Pieris. Prioneris. Aporia.
I J I I ' 1
Kallidryas. Hebomoia.
I
Eronia.
I have treated Pieris as a large genus containing a number of species
usually separated under several genera which cannot be satisfactorily
defined.
CLASSIFICATION OF THE LEPIDOPTERA PAPILIONINA 307
Family VI. Papilionidae—
CHARACTERS. — F.W. vein 5 approximated to 4 at base, lb with a
short spur to inner margin. H.W. la absent. Anterior legs fully developed.
This a very distinct strongly marked family, both in structure and appearance
rather isolated from the rest of the group.
TABULATION OF GENERA:—
1. F.W. 10 absent 1 Parnassius, Gm.
„ 10 present -, 2
2. F.W. 7, 8 and 9 stalked 2 Leptocercus,
Swan.
„ 9 separate .-, 3
3. H.W. 8 connected by a bar with cell 3 Armanda, Atk.
„ not connected by a bar with cell 4
4. F.W. 6 approximate to 7. Palpi long 4 Teinopalpus,
Hope.
6 from middle of ansverse vein. Palpi
short 5 Papilio, L.
PUTLOG EN Y. — The first four genera may be regarded as parallel
developments from the last.
Family VII. Hesperiadae—
CHARACTERS. — Anterior legs fully developed in both sexes. All the
veins in both wings present and separate.
TABULATION OF GENERA :—
1. F.W. vein 5 approximated to 4 2
„ „ not approximated to 4 13
2. H.W. vein 5 rudimentary 3
„ „ fully developed , 12
3. Antenna? club truncate , 44 Hesperia, Fb.
acuminate 4
>> )>
4. F.W. in $ with costal fold 46 Achalarus, .
Scudder.
„ „ without „ 5
5. Palpi terminal joint suberect 6
,i „ „ porrect 7
6. F.W. 3 close to end of cell „ 39 Cel^enorrhincs,
lib.
„ „ some distance from end of cell 38 Charmion, de X.
7. Cell of F.W. more than f 0 35 Hantana, Mre.
» „ less ., „ ., 8
8. (J with a tuft of hair on anterior coxa) 36 Caprona, Wallen.
$ without „ „ „ „ „ 9
9. $ legs nearly naked 42 Tagiades, Hb.
$ posterior tibia? hairy... 10
10, Hairs on posterior tibiee developed into a tuft. 11
„ „ „ not „ „ „ . 40 Odina, Mab.
19
308 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL BISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
11. Lower margin of cell of F.W. straight 41 Coladenia, Mre.
„ „ curved be-
tween veins 2 and 3 43 Sarangesa, Mie.
12. $ with costal fold 45 Orthop^ftus,
Watson.
£ without costal fold Q*7 Calliana, Mre.
13. F.W. 5 from middle of transverse vein 14
„ 5 approximated to 4 at base 33
14. Terminal joint of palpi long, slender porrect. 15
„ „ „ „ not long slender and
porrect 19
15. H.W. vein 5 rudimentary 47 Ehopalocampta,
Wall.
„ „ developed 16
16. H.W. vein 3 from end of cell 17
„ „ well before end of cell 4g Badamia, Mre.
17. Club long, moret han i antenna 51 Ismene, Swanson.
„ shorter, less than „ ,, 18
18. F.W. lb distorted at base 49 Hasora, Mre.
„ „ not distorted at base 50 Bibasis, Mre.
19. Terminal joint of palpi long, slender erect,
curved over vertex ..., 20
Terminal joint of palpi short, not curved
over vertex , 23
2". F.W. 11 approximated to and almost touch-
ing 12 21
„ 11 free not approaching 12 22
21. H.W. vein 3 from close to end of cell... .... 33 Suada, de N.
„ „ „ from well before end of cell ... 31 Korttthaialos,
Watson.
22. F.W. vein 3 from end of cell 34 Iambrix, Watson.
„ „ 3 from well before end of cell ... 32 Suastus, Mre.
23. F.W. 11 approximated to 12 after origin... 24
„ 11 and 12 well apart , 26
24. Terminal joint of palpi concealed in 2nd ... 22 Sanchus, de N.
„ „ „ „ porrect visible 25
25. F.W. vein 2 nearer end of cell than base... *7 Baracus, Mre.
„ 2 nearer base than end of cell... 8 Astictopterus,
Feld.
2rt. Terminal crook of antennas short or absent. 27
,, „ „ „ double the width
of the club... 29
27. Terminal joint of palpi erect 30 Isoteinon, Feld.
r. „ „ porrect 28
2S. Terminal joint of palpi conspicuous g4 Arnetta Watson.
„ ,-. „ concealed g@ Zographetus,
Watson.
CLASSIFICATION OF THE LEPIDOPTERA PAP1LI0NINA. 309
29. F.W. 2 equidistant between base and end of
cell 61 Matapa, Mre.
,, 2 nearer base than end of cell 30
30. <£ with sexual brand on upper side of
F.W. 28 Pudicitia, de N.
S without „ „ „ „ „ „ ... 31
31. H.W. in $ with veins 2 and 3s wollen 25 Gangara, Mre.
nr>+ 32
11 H It » >1 ■UU0 !> •
32. F.W. vein 3 more than twice as far from 2
as 4. 29 Acekbas, de N.
„ 3 less than „ „ „ ... 27 Erinota, Mob.
33. Antennae very long, terminal crook, short ... 34
„ moderate or short 35
34. H.W. 3 from well before end of cell 10 Kerana, Dist.
„ 3 close to end of cell 9 PiRDANA, Dist,
35. Antennas very short less than 5, crook
minute 36
„ moderate.... 37
36. Anteniiae=breadth of thorax 20 Gegenes, Eb.
,, =nearly twice breadth of thorax ... 3 Erynnis, Schrk.
37. Antennae terminal crook, long about twice
breadth of club 38
,, terminal crook not or hardly more
than breadth of club **
38. $ with a tuft of hair on anterior coxae 12 Pithauria, Mre.
$ without „ „ „ „ „ 39
39. F.W. 3 closely approximated to 4 40
„ 3 not approximated to 4 13 Hidart, Hist.
40. F.W. in $ vein 2 swollen 11 Creteus, de N.
„ „ „ not swollen 14 Lotongus, Dist.
41. Posterior tibae without middle spurs 20 Cyclop^edes.
„ with „ „ 42
42. F.W. vein 2 much nearer base than end of
cell 43
„ „ not .nearer base than end of
cell 45
43. H.W. 2 much nearer end of cell than base ... 15 aCtinor, Watson.
„ vein 2 from about middle or nearer
base
44. $ with secondary sexual characters 2 Augiades, Hb.
„ without „ „ , 16 Udaspes, Mre.
45. Terminal joint of palpi suberect distinct 46
„ ,, „ porrect more or less
concealed 47
46. F.W. in $ with sexual brands 1 Pamphila, Fb.
„ „ „ without sexual brand 4 Ampitiia, Mre.
310 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
47. H.W. vein 3 from end of cell 23 Pedestes,
„ „ „ before end of cell Watson.
48. F.W. vein 3 from midway between 2 and 4 ... 4b
„ ii „ approximated to 4 49
49. H.W. 3 closely approximated to 4 50
„ 3 not „ „ 5 Halpe, Mre,.
50. H.W. 7 nearer end of cell than origin of 8 ... 17 Onryza, Watson-
7 nearly equidistant between 8 and 18 Baoris, ileN.
end of cell 19 Iton, Mre.
CLASSIFICATION OF THE LEPIDOPTERA PAPILIONINA. 311
The Philogeny is extremely difficult and not easy to illustrate from
the Indian fauna alone. The following table gives a scheme of the
principal genera.
Q
<■
s
«Q
o
HH
w —
EH
D
W
o
H
ea
»..
s
<1
a
H .
CO
«
«4
CD
H
o
H<1
M
CC
CO
83
t-*
w
O'
83
O
t-
H
CD
to
02
O
85-
C5
<
a
o ■
CO
w
-
HI]
Eh
Ph
o
o
t-V
<
Ph
o
e
P5
825
W
s
GO
20
312 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV*
"KILLS" BY CARNIVOROUS ANIMALS:
BEING SOME REMARKS ON TEE METHOD OF
THEIR IDENTIFICATION.
(By W. A. Wallinger, Divisional Foeest Officer, Dhaewar.)
It was with no small amount of diffidence and trepidation that I
orio'mally submitted, in a paper road before this Society, a set
of maxims which appeared to me to govern panther and tiger " kills,"
arrived at by a system of close observation during a series of years
(Vol. XIII, Journal, Bombay Natural History Society).
It is barely necessary to represent that a correct and prompt
diagnosis of a " kill," wherever seen, is of the greatest possible impor-
tance to the sportsman. It would make this paper too long if an
effort were once more made to differentiate between "kills" by
panthers and tigers and those directly attributable to the other carni-
vora commonly found in India. I must restrict my energies, therefore,
to shewing that the maxims originally drawn up for the guidance of
the tyro in large game shooting are sufficiently accurate to be of some
practical value.
The subject has always been full of interest to me, and as I am
able to corroborate in a material degree the more important con-
tentions, I ask the permission and tolerance of the members present
to allow me to repeat these maxims hero and to then proceed to
show how the desirable verification referred to has been brought
about.
Maxims regulating Panther and Tiger " Kills.'"
The following are given in the order of their importance : —
(i) Marks of the four canine teeth are always clearly observable
on the throat.
(ii) The carcase is dragged, and not — save under exceptional
circumstances — lifted.
(Hi) The carcase is usually moved, even if not in an exposed
position,
(iu) An effort is made to hide the carcase either (a) by depositing
it in a nullah, (b) up a tree, or (c), by deliberately covering
it with leaves, grass and other debris.
(») The region of the pelvis is the point from which the consump-
tion of the carcase is started, the tendency being to work
towards the chest.
(yi) The skin and even long hair is consumed.
"KILLS" BY CARNIVOROUS ANIMALS. 313
(vii) The stomach is never ruptured, nor are the intestines injured.
(vit'i) The outline of iho unconsumed portion of the carcase, when
seen early enough, is remarkably even and clean : the ribs
looking like the work of a butcher's saw.
(ix) Signs on the ground of a struggle for life on the part of the
animal killed, or even of extreme terror before death, are
usually absent.
(.r) Marks of claws may be visible on the shoulders or elsewhere.
(xi) Blood is conspicuous by its absence, both in the carcase, and
around the " kill."
As to whether a particular carcase is the property of a tiger or a
panther, in the total absence of pugs, we have nothing, so far as
I am aware, to guide us, except —
(a) The size of the teeth marks.
(6) Their relative interval or distance from each other.
(c) The size of the animal killed, and
(d) Other information of the presence of a tiger in the vicinity.
Case 1. — December 2nd, 1901.
There had been several " kills " previous to my arrival in camp.
Panthers were reported to occupy a small range of hills, and a spot
along the base was selected in which to tie up. The same night the
goat was killed, and next afternoon I went through what, at that time,
I considered one of the most interesting experiences possible. Let me
explain that what we all considered to be the best position was occupied
by another gun, while, with my wife, I got into a small " banyan " tree
some 80 yards from the " kill " over a second goat. At that time no
idea of systematically taking observation had been formulated. Before
twilight had set in we heard a rumbling to our right not twenty paces
off. Owing to the sloping hill-side the noise proceeded from almost the
same level as that occupied by ourselves, and the deep gurgling, some-
what awe-inspiring, sound made by two panthers, graduall}r increased in
volume though nothing was visible because of the thick undergrowth.
After a few moments, occupied apparently in deciding who was to do
the killing, out sprang a panther a distance of quite twenty feet and
seized, with the utmost neatness, the throat of the goat, the impetus
throwing both to the ground. At this stage I put an end to the business.
It is worth while to here observe that this is the second time, in my
experience, that the female has been allowed to kill while the male
remained passive.
314 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
From this case we gathered two facts : —
(a) That where there is no suitable cover, in which to creep close
up, the panther takes a spring on to its prey, and
(b) That the throat is the part seized at once.
Case 2. —
My milk goats were out grazing on the borders of some jungle quite
adjacent to our camp when one of them was seized at about 1 p.m.,
and rescued by the plucky conduct of a very old dame who had charge
of them. The four wounds made by the canine teeth were on the
throat, close behind the jaw, and the goat was carried into camp in a
dejected condition.
The same day at about 4-45 p.m., with a mind intent on observation,
we selected a tree in which to sit. It was not a suitable tree, in that
our matchan was far too greatly exposed. To hide behind a huge
bundle of leaves, in a deciduous teak tree, with practically no leaf on it,
shows a want of commonsense. A small quantity undoubtedly helps
to hide the structure, where a larger number would be liable to suddenly
draw attention to the position. I enter upon the question of our
position being unavoidably exposed at some length, because, it has, as
will be seen, an unfortunate bearing on the sequel.
Towards the end of December the moon was three-quarters full, so
I hoped to be able to see clearly enough to make our subsequent notos
accurate. Unfortunately a misty haze prevailed combined with a few
drifting clouds. We naturally selected an open space, but the cover on
three sides of us — south, east and west — was quite thick ; that on the
south extending to within a few paces of the "tie." The under-
growth I refer to here consisted of that extremely hardy, prickly,
persistent, and valueless perennial, the Lantaua {Lantana seandens), a
plant introduced, it is believed, as a rare flowering shrub by some
misguided lover of gardens, and one which now bids fair to bring
under its all-absorbing influence large areas of land on which
something better might be grown.
Well, after sunset, while the moon was partially hidden by one of the
passing clouds referred to, I saw what looked like a long dark shadow
gradually emerge from the very thick lantana on the south side and
seize the goat, after a spring of not more than nine feet, again neatly by
the throat. There was no sound beyond that created by the collapse of
the goat and the landing of the panther. There never is. We sat and
intently watched that panther with its jaws firmly fixed in the goat's
"KILLS" BY CARNIVOROUS ANIMALS. 315
throat. Presently the goat gave a convulsive shudder — the only
movement we discerned — and all was over. The panther, who was
lying down, raised itself with the goat's throat still in its mouth, and with
a quick turn of its neck threw the head away, and it fell with a dull,
sickly thud on to the leaf-laden ground. The critical, moment had now
arrived, and we no longer escaped observation. I had hoped to see the
brute start feeding, but this was not to be, for almost at once his gaze
fell on us and he bolted. This case, therefore, illustrated nothing mora
than what we had, to all intents and purposes, seen and noted before.
Case 3. —
The end of March offers opportunities in parts of the Dharwar
District not easily to be beaten. April brings with it a succession
of thunderstorms which end in filling every excavation with water
and in keeping them filled. Two hot weathers ago I remember to
have noticed, when too late, the existence of an unusual spring on high-
lying ground surrounded by forest reserves, and quite two miles from
the nearest inhabited village. This spring, emerging from two separate
points on a small hillside, fed a " Nulla " with two branches, and
disappeared subterraneously after traversing a distance of about 150
yards. 1 had dammed up the lower section when water was so scarce
the year before with great success and benefit to the surrounding villagers
who were thus able to water their famishing cattle. The spot was, in
many respects, an ideal one for my present purpose. An enormous
banyan tree (Ficus bengalensis) was available ; panthers constantly
drank there, and all that was necessary was the cutting of the tall
tufted grass in a strip to give us a clear view from the tree.
On the night of the 23rd March last I had a " kill " ; the conditions
were essentially favorable j the moon was all but full, and water else-
where very scarce.
6-5 p.m. — In position in two matchans well sheltered by leaves ;
chetal " belling " to our left ; slight breeze from the same side (west) ;
my wife, watch in hand, entering all times.
6-26 p.m. — Suddenly saw a goodsized panther standing bolt up-rioht
to the right in the grass and in full view. He was looking from side to
side with the evening sun shining on his beautiful glossy skin. Might
have been standing thus for a few seconds before we actually saw him ;
and almost immediately he started the stalk. The grass being of some
length there was very little crouching at first; the approach was slow
and noiseless ; the distance from the bait about thirty yards. Getting
316 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. X .
behind some lantana we could not, for the moment, see the panther
from our position, although Mr. M., who was also with us, could do so.
Presently he stealthily emerged from the other side now in the crouch-
ing attitude. Ever and anon he looked from side to side furtively. Ho
approached the goat behind a tuft of grass to-within two paces. The
goat, so far, had shown no knowledge of its danger. The wind was all
against this ; but now she turned round and met the gaze of the panther
within six feet of her nose, and immediately the panther half sprang and
half ran out, jumped on her back and seized the throat — which part we
could not at once tell — over the right shoulder, and turning the head
round in a second we saw the panther's head come up with the throat in
its mouth. The entire stalk had occupied four minutes, i.e.y 6-26 to
6-30 p.m., at which moment the seizure took place.
So far the following points had, it will be seen, been established : —
1. In the absence of a companion, the stalk is a quiet and stealthy
process.
2. The victim is consequently (and almost invariably) unaware of
its impending death.
3. There is practically no spring if the cover available will permit
the animal to stalk right up.
4. The victim is seized by the throat, and
5. There is no roar nor any noise from the goat.
To continue. — The panther sat with its prey in its mouth from 6-30
to precisely 6-38 p.m. The goat offered no resistance whatever, except
during the final slight dying throes, after which the throat was relin-
quished. During this entire period, in the broad daylight, the panther
kept on the extreme alert. He turned his head, even with the goat in
his mouth, from side to side and listened intently. The only per-
ceptible sound was when the panther appeared, on several occasions
shortly after the seizure, to tighten his grip. The head of the goat
at 6-38 p.m. was half dropped and half flung to one side, and the
panther sat bolt upright over the carcase looking to the west (up wind).
During this period he redoubled his vigilance.
At 6-45, the panther quietly bent down and licked the blood on
the goat's throat at the point where it had been seized.
It was still broad daylight.
At 6-46 the panther walked about ten paces from the " kill " and
again sat down and licked the blood which had stained his own shoulder.
At 6-50 p.m. he relaxed to some extent the extreme vigilance so far
" KILLS " BY CARNIVOROUS ANIMALS. 317
displayed and lay down, a magnificent sight. Tired of the position he
turned over and faced our malchans. There were still, to our minds,
two very important observations to make, and the fear of being seen
was, at this time, considerable.
At 7 p.m., however, quietly getting up (that is after a rest of
ten minutes, after killing, during which time the breathing of the
panther shewed that he had been suffering from the great heat
of the day), he strolled to the " kill." Ho seized it by the
throat — dropped it — seized it by the back — dropped it — again seized it
by the throat and tried to walk off, dragging the carcase between the
fore legs. The goat had been tied in the rational way, by the hind leg,
to an iron peg, by a double rope about two feet in length, well hidden
by thorns. This rope hell firm. Seeing that it was useless to try and
drag, the panther now sniffed the posterior of the goat and deliberately
turning the hind leg over so as to get the goat almost on its back,
started to eat at the pelvis. I regret that this time was not recorded,
as my wife got too interested and forgot to make the note.
It was not till 7-7 p.m. in the uncertain light that Mr. M. took his
shot and missed. The beast had been in full view, at this time, for forty-
one minutes, and I have now to record the fact that that panther was
at that kill again at 7-12 p.m. The moon though giving a splendid
light was somewhat low down, with the result that the kill was in deep
shadow. Accurate shooting was out of the question, so with the aid of
a powerfid pair of binoculars I watched the panther feed till 7-40 p.m.
All the time while feeding at the hind quarters the panther kept on the
alert. He took a mouthful, looked up, listened and then went at it
again. Just as the moon would have given us a fair shot he got up and
walked away. Mr. M. saw him go to the water close at hand,
drink, spring over the stream, and disappear.
The points established may now be summed up as follows : —
(1) The process of " killing" takes time, although the animal
is apparently insensible from the first.
(2) Strangulation — not dislocation of the vertebras — is the
direct cause of death.
(3) There is an instinctive desire to drag the carcase away.
(4) The position occupied by the carcase when being dragged
is evidently between the two front legs, and
(5) The point at which a panther starts to feed is evidently at
the pelvis.
318 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Further in this case —
(a) the panther came np wind (probably by accident);
(b) drank after killing and not before ;
(c) the blood on the wounded throat was licked, as well as
that which streamed down over the panther's shoulder.
Conclusion. — There were several minor observations worth recording.
The discrimination displayed by the panther throughout, in the matter
of sounds, was most impressive : something that would cause us to start
was absolutely ignored, while, on the other hand, a distant, almost in-
audible, sound would make the panther suddenly turn. The dropping
of dry wood or the berry of the ficus, on which we were seated, with a
crash into the deposit of dry leaves in the " nulla " below us caused
him to move no muscle. We appeared to be on the high road to the
roosting ground of the common crow, several of whom spotted the
affair and, circling round, cawed vigorously. This did not in any way
annoy or disconcert the panther. This conduct on the part of the
crow was significant and interesting, and shews with what accuracy Sir
Samuel Baker wrote : li A caw after sunset and later near a ' kill '
means that a panther is visible."
It would have been nice to have been able to definitely clear up the
point regarding the u sucking of blood, " for there is much difference
of opinion about it. Although we were not more than twenty paces
from the kill it was impossible to tell for certain whether any
sucking was in progress or not — we all thought not. I had binoculars
available ; but unfortunately never thought of using them at that
early stage.
The naked eye, unless at very close quarters indeed, will not reveal
the movement of the thorax caused by the act of swallowing. The point
is of no practical value to the sportsman in the matter of diagnosing
" kills," but it is nevertheless of some academical interest.
As regards killing (Condition IX) it is relevant to state that the goat
is not always killed at once. It is grasped by the threat tight enough
to prevent its bleating or struggling, but a panther will sometimes
hold its prey like this for a little time before putting its strength into
the grip. On the other hand, when killing a larger animal, a panther
exerts the strength of its jaws at once. Calves and heifers seldom
recover from the wound on their throats, unless rescued almost at
once, whereas goats and dogs are known frequently to do so without
even a puncture visible.
319
A CATALOGUE OF THE IIETEROCERA OF SIKHIM
AND BHUTAN,
By G. C. Dudgeon, f.e.s.,
With Notes by H. J. Elwes, f.r.s., &c,
and
Additions by Sir George Hampson, Bart., b.a,, f.e.s,, &c,
Part XV.
(Continued from page 763, Vol. XIV.)
Family EPICOPIID^.
Genus Epicopia, Westw.
3017. E. polydora, Westw.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 2,000 — 5,000 feet. This Is not uncommon in
parts of Darjeeling, flying during the day and sucking the flowers of
tea and other plants in the manner of Papilionid^e of the philoxenus
group. Its action of settling upon flowers with its wings steady, instead
of quivering, makes it generally recognisable from the Papilionid^e
at a short distance. I have found it most commonly at Tukvar and
at Badamtam, where I also procured the larva which is white and
curiously dotted with long waxy efflorescence. (I think it is quite
possible, as Mr. Dudgeon says of E. philenora, that this species and
the next may be one, but my own knowledge of them is insuffi-
cient.— H. J. E.)
3018, E. p7iilenora, Westw.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 2,000 — 5,000 feet. Rather rarer than the last
I think, but found with it and having the same habits. It resembles
one of the black Papilionid^e, probably most like P. astorion, West-
wood. The hind wings of both this species and the last vary extremely
in shape and markings, and I think it probable that they may both be
found referable to one species. This cannot be proved, however, until
they have been bred upon a large scale. The moth flies throughout the
monsoon on bright days.
Family URANIID^.
Genus Nyctalemon, Dalman.
3019. N. patroclus, Linn.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 1,800—2,500 feet. Rather rare. I have only
seen it on the wing on three occasions. Once in the valley of the
Chel river, in British Bhutan, flying by day in a shady ravine, and
twice disturbed from low herbage and flying in bright sunlight at
si
320 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Punkabaree. I have specimens in my collection from Burma, Upper
Assam, Manipur and the Andaman Islands, as well aa from the
above localities.
Genus Urapteroides, Moore.
3020. U. astheniata, Guen.
Sikhim. I have never taken this.
( I also have never seen this from Sikkim, though it seems common
in the Naga hills, — H. J. E.)
Genus Strophidia, Hiibn.
3021. S. fasciata, Cram.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 1,800 feet. I took this at light in June and
October at Punkabaree. It seems to be rather scarce, though it is
possible that it may have been overlooked by me among the numerous
specimens of Pseud omicronia oppositata^ Snell, which species it much
resembles in appearance. ( I have specimens from M oiler's collection
taken in March and April. — H. J. E.)
Genus Acropteris, Hiibn.
3022. A. striataria, Clerck.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 2,500 — 6,000 feet. Occurs rather commonly
from May to August. It is attracted to light and may occasionally
be seen flying round low-growing plants on dull days.
3023, A. obliquaria, Moore.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 2,500 — 5,000 feet. Occurs commonly from
May to September.
3024. A. iphiata, Guen.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 5,000 feet. I have only taken this in June
attracted to light. The hind wing has the outer margin rounded ;
the markings on both wings are arranged as in A. striatavia, Clerck.
In one of my specimens the submarginal band on the hind wing is
obsolete. ( I should have said that this was as common or commoner
than the last. I have taken it in September. — H. J. E.)
Genus Pseudomicronia, Moore.
3025. P. oppositata, Snell.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 5,000 feet. This species occurs in September
and October ; also I expect earlier in the year. It has the habit in
common with others of the family of resting with its wings outspread
on the under surface of leaves, and it sometimes may be found settled
in this manner upon the surface of a white-washed wall. ( I have it
from Moller, dated April. —E. J. E.)
THE HETEROCERA OF SIKHIM AND BHUTAN. 321
Genus Micronia, Guen.
3027. M. aculeata, Guen.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 1,800—6,000 feet. This is the commonest
insect of the family and may be taken at light or by beating low
jungle from March to October. The striations on the forewings of
different specimens vary in extent considerably. ( A specimen from
British Bhutan in February is one-third smaller in size than the
average. — H. J. E.)
Genus Chatamla, Moore.
3028. C. flavescens, Wlk.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 4,500 — 6,000 feet. I have only two specimens
of this brought in by my collectors from Nim and Lingtu in British
Bhutan ; they are dated April and August. ( A rare species of which I
have 2$ and 19. The figure in moths of India, Vol. III., p. 118,
marked $ is, I think, certainly a $ . Both my males, which differ
much from each other in colour, have pectmated antennae and are
smaller than the $. — H. J. E.)
Genus Auzea, Wlk.
3029. A. rufifrontata,) Wlk.
Sikhim and Bhutan. Brought in by my collectors, dated April and
June. I know nothing of the elevation at which it occurs. ( I took
it at Mongpoo at about 4,000 feet on May 25th, but it is not a common
species. — H. J. E.)
3030. A. arenosa, Butl.
Sikhim, 5,500 feet. I took one specimen of this at Tukvar at light
in April 1889, but have not seen another since. (I have four from
Sikhim and two from the Naga Hills, which are much greyer in colour
than those from Sikhim. — H. J. E.)
3031. A. hyperthyra, Hmpsn.
Sikhim. I do not know this species, (A very distinct species of
which the unique type is in my collection. — H. J. E.)
3032. A. torridaria, Moore.
Bengal ( fide Hampson). As the species of the genus seem to
be confined to the hilly portions of India it is probable that the
present species, if it occurs in Bengal at all, will bo found in the
Sikhim and Bhutan Hills. I have one male from Kanara, which
has a hyaline streak below the origin of vein 5 of the hindwing,
which feature does not appear to be present in the female ( vide
description).
322 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Family EPIPLEMIDvE.
Genus Amana, Wlk.
3039. A. angulifera, Wlk.
Sikhim, 1,200 feet. This species was brought in by my collectors
on one occasion only and said to have been caught at Sivoke on the
Teesta. It has hitherto only been recorded from the Khasia Hills.
The date of the capture of my specimen was not recorded. (This
must be very rare in Sikhim, whence I have only a single specimen
from Mollor's collection. One from the Nagas has the yellow band
on the hindwing above unbroken. — H. J. E.)
Genus Orudiza, Wlk.
3040. O. protheclaria, Wlk.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 1,800 — 3,000 feet. I have eleven specimens
taken at light by me at Punkabaree and Fagoo in June, July, August
and September. I do not think it is a common insect anywhere
within the above limits.
Genus Epiplema, Herr Schaff.
3041. E. columbaris, Butl.
Bhutan, 2,500 feet. I took one specimen at Fagoo in July. The ground
colour of both wings is more purplish-brown than hair brown ; the cilia
ochreous. It is easily distinguishable from other species of the genus.
3041a. E. inhians, Warr.
Sikhim, 1,800 feet. I have three males and four females taken at
light by me at Punkabaree in May, June, September and October.
The antennse in the male are thickened and flattened, the hindwing in
both sexes bears an elongate white C-shaped mark in the cell.
30416. E. retracta, Hmpsn.
Sikhim. The only specimen obtained by me was the type which
is in the British Museum collection.
3042. E. edentata, Hmpsn.
Sikhim. I have not seen this from Sikhim. I have one specimen
from Kanara, in S.-W. India, which is typical. This proves that
although rare it has a wide range. (A very distinct species of which
I have seen only the type specimen from Sikhim. — H. J. E.)
3043. E. reticulata, Moore.
Sikhim. I have only taken this in the Kangra Valley, Punjab, in
September at 5,000 feet elevation. (Very rare in Sikhim. I have
only two specimens, one of which is from the Atkinson collection. — >
H. J. E.)
THE I1ETER0CERA OF SIKHIM AND BHUTAN. 323
3045. E. sreapa, Swinh.
Bhutan, 3,000 feet. I took one female at Fagoo at light in Septem-
ber 1894.
3046. E. midtistrigaria, Moore.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 4,500 — 7,000 feet. This is a very common
insect occurring at a much higher elevation than the other species of
the genus, with the exception of E. nivea, Hmpsn., and E. bicaudata,
Moore, which are found at over 10,000 feet.
3048. E. rhagavata* Wlk.
Sikhim. The insects in my collection originally identified as this
species by Sir George Hampson have been determined by me as the
females of E. pectinicornis, Dudgn. I have not seen E. rhagavata,
Wlk., from this locality.
3051. E. obscuraria, Moore.
Bhutan, 3,000 feet. I have only one specimen of this, which I took
at light at Fagoo in August.
3053. E. conflictaria, Wlk.
Sikhim. I cannot recognise this. Two specimens which I had
hitherto placed under this name, I am convinced on re-examination
are extreme dark cold-weather forms of E. instabilitata, Wlk., which
very variable species can always be recognised by the form of the
dentation of the lower margin of the subcostal pale area of the hind-
wing. (I have two specimens, one of which from Atkinson's collection
is E. Marina, Moore, which Sir G. Hampson identifies with E. con-
flictaria, Wlk. After reading Mr. Dudgeon's remarks on No. 3060,
1 think he is probably right. — H. J. E.)
3055. E. ruptaria, Moore.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 1,800 — 3,000 feet. The specimens from these
localities have the markings more pronounced than those from the
Kangra Valley, Punjab, in my collection. The latter more nearly
approach E. fulviUnea, Hmpsn. The only really constant feature by
which E. fulviUnea, Hmpsn., seems to differ from this species is the
position of the submarginal black speck on the forewing, which is
developed nearer the costa in fulviUnea than it is in ruptaria. I have
five specimens taken in June, July and August.
3056. E. fulviUnea, Hmpsn.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 2,500 feet. Taken commonly at light in May,
June, July and August. (My own experience is similar, but I would
not call it common. — -H. J. E.)
324 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
3057. E. apicalis, Hmpsn.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 2,500 — 3,000 feet. I have taken this at light
in May and September, and the markings seem constant ;< the very
faintly-marked hindwing with the nebulous dark patch just beyond the
end of the cell are characteristic of the species.
3058. E. bicaudata, Moore.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 2,500 — 3,000 feet. Occurs but rather rarely in
May, June and August. It shews less variation in markings than do
E. restricta, Hmpsn., and E. instabilitata, Wlk. (This is much the
commonest Epiplema in Sikhim at high elevations, 7 — 10,000 feet,
and comes freely to light in June and July in the station. — H. J. E.)
3059. E. restricta, Hmpsn.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 1 ,800 — 3,000 feet. A common insect from April
to August. I have one specimen in my collection, which is without the
subapical dark patch on the forewing and only bears a few indistinct
yellowish markings on the costa and a discocellular dark spot similar
to that found in some specimens of the next species. (Again we see how
an insect which may be generally rare, as this certainly is in Sikhim, may
be common in particular places or in particular seasons. — H. J. E.)
3060. E. instabilitata, Wlk.
Sikhim and Bhutan, up to 3,500 feet. The commonest form occur-
ring in June, July and August has the forewing pure whi te with a
dusky mark at the end of the cell followed by a yellow patch, and
sometimes some indistinct postmedial yellow and dark patches.
Specimens, taken late in August and September, have the forewings
more completely suffused with yellow and brownish markings, and
a more or less distinct postmedial row of blackish spots. A specimen
taken in October is so completely suffused with brown that only tho
posterior margin of the forewing and the costal area of the hindwing
shew whitish. Another specimen taken in March has the dark area
of the hindwing entirely dark brown and the yellow markings on the
forewing almost wanting. The species can always be recognised by
the hindwing having the costal area white defined by a yellow or
brown border on the lower side of an irregularly dentate but constant
formation. The dark brown or yellow portion of the hindwing
always extends to above the middle of the inner margin.
3061. E. himala, Butl.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 5,000 — 7,000 feet. Occurs in April, May and
June.
THE HETEROCERA OF SIR HIM AND BHUTAN. 325-
306 lb. E. nivea, Hmpsn.
Sikhim, 12,000 feet. Differs from E. himala, Butl., in the markings
beinff much reduced and the suffusion on the underside of the
forewing in the form of two narrow bands.
3061a. E. argentisparsa, Hmpsn.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 1,800—2,500 feet. Taken at light by me at
Punkabaree and Fagoo in February, June and September. I have
only seen four specimens. The wing3 beyond the postmedial line are
more or less irrorated with bluish grey scales ; this extends sometimes
over the entire surface of wings.
3062. E. ocusta, Swinh.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 1,800 — 3,000 feet. Occurs rarely in June and
July. I have only four specimens taken at light.
3063c. E. pectinicornis, Dudgeon MS. in Hmpsn. Moth's Ind. IV.,
p. 549.
Male with antennae bipectinated and a fovea at the base of the cell
on the forewing ; hindwing with the base of the eosta lobed covering the
frenulum.
Grey brown ; vertex of the head white ; wings indistinctly striate
throughout. Forewing with an antemedial erect rufous line, some-
times indistinct ; a postmedial dark brown line bordered on each side
with paler, angled at the costa and below the cell ; a submarginal
lunulate dark mark below the apex. Hindwing with antemedial
rufous line in continuation of the one on the forewing ; a post-
medial rufous line defined by dark brown on the inner side acutely
angled at vein 4 ; a whitish marginal line defined on both sides by
dark brown ; a rufous streak running up from the tail at vein 4
parallel to the postmedial line ; three black spots outlined with rufous
between veins 5 and 2. The area of the hindwing between the
postmedial line and the outer margin is often suffused with leaden
grey.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 1,800 — 3;000 feet. Twenty-six specimens taken
at light from May to September. Exp. 25 — 27 mm.
306 3d. E. rufimargo, Warr.
Sikhim. It is probable that two specimens which I have in my
collection under E. bicaudata, Moore, having the whole area on the
forewing beyond the postmedial line dark brown, may be referable to
this. The specimens are, however, in not sufficiently good condition to
determine.
326 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Genus Dirades, Wlk.
3064. D. unicauda, Hrnpsn.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 1,800—3,000 feet. Taken at light in July,
August and September. The male has the neuration of the hind-
wing much aborted.
3064a. D. lituralis, Warr.
Sikhim, 1,800 feet. I took one specimen of this at Pimkabaree
attracted to light in March. It is probably rare, as 1 have not seen
another.
3065. D. theelata, Guen.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 1,800 — 3,000 feet. Occurs with D. unicauda,
Hmpsn., at light and is rather more plentiful.
Genus Gathynia, Wlk.
3070. G. miraria, Wlk.
Sikhim, 1,800 feet. I have eight specimens taken by me chiefly at
light at Punkabaree in the cold-weather months. It reposes with the
wings rolled up tightly into elongate cylinders and spread in the form
of a cross. My specimens were taken in January, February, March,
June, October and December. I never procured this in Bhutan.
(This must be local as I never saw more than one specimen in Moller's
collection. — H. J. jE.)
Genus Metorthochilus, Hmpsn.
3074. M. emarginatum, Hmpsn •
Bhutan, 2,500 feet. I took two specimens — a pair — at light at
Fagoo in May, but have never seen a Sikhim specimen. (I never saw
a Sikhim specimen and know it only from the Naga and Khasia Hills. — ■
H. J. E.)
327
THE ANOPHELES OF KARWAR ( NORTH KANARA >
(With a Plate.)
By H. Cogill, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P.,
Acting Civil Surgeon, Sholapue.
Of the known species of Anopheles occurring in India the following
were found by the author :—
1. A. fiuviatilis, James.
2. A. culicifacies, Giles.
3. A. Jeyporensis, James.
4. A, James i, Theobald.
5. A. nigerrimus, Giles.
6. A. barbirostris, van der Wulp.
7. A. Rossi, Giles.
In addition to these, five species, new to India, have been discovered.
Two of these were first found by Mr. E. H. Aitken, and have been
named A. Aitkeni and A. Karwari by Theobald. Two others have been
identified by the same authority as A. leucophyrus, Donitz, var.
A. elegans, and A. punctulatus, Donitz. The identity of the fifth species
has only recently been definitely settled, as the imago very closely re-
sembles J. Aitkeni. The isolation of the larva? has finally established
them as separate species, and the last has been provisionally named
A. culiciformis.
Of the known species
was noted as very common at certain seasons. It was
A. fiuviatilis found from April to February (the period over which
James, these observations extended). It first became really
plentiful during the early rains towards the latter end
of May and in June ; during the heavy rains in July to September it
was scarce ; from October to January it was extremely abundant again.
It is of interest to note that the malarial incident, as observed in
cases treated at the Civil Hospital, Karwar, showed a marked rise
during May, June and July ; from then to the end of October a very low
rate ; and during November, December and January the maximum
rate was reached.
The larva of this species was found in all forms of slowly moving
waters including rice fields. The distinctive features of the larva are
too well kuown to need description ; it may be noted, however, that the
frontal bristles are by no means constant in character, as one or
more fine filaments are not uncommonly found on the median bristle.
22
328 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
y c!lLlCi~ was very rare and the larva was not isolated.
jacies, biles, J
A. Jeypo- was also very rare, and only two larvse were
remise James, isolated.
was one of the most constant, the larva being found
in all forms of clean natural waters. The mature
A [ CLYYhfi SI
mi "i 1 1 ' insect does not exactly correspond with any of the
allied species described by James in his " Malaria in
India, " but the larva is identical ; and it would therefore appear
that the gnat bred is another variation of A. Jamesi.
It has been noted that the larvse of this species mounted in formalin
show very marked variations with regard to their frontal bristles.
These variations were so striking as to make it appear at first that sepa-
rate species were being dealt with ; but the examination of a large
number of imagines showed no variation. The extreme variation in the
bristles are shewn in figs. 7a and 7b of plate. Many living larvse were
examined, and the bristles in all cases were found to be true to type ;
these larvse were then mounted in formalin and the variations again
appeared. It became evident that the variations were mechanical and
were probably due to the fine filaments making up the branches of the
bristles becoming adherent to the parent stem, and thereby causing an
apparent difference in character. It is, therefore, important, in larvaj
with bristles of this description, to examine living specimens to make
absolutely sure of their true nature.
is generally described as a wild species. In Karwar,
at certain periods of the year, as, for example, at the
r?., end of the rains, it was the only common Anopheles
rimus, (jriles, ' J r
found in houses. It first made its appearance in early
September, and for two months afterwards large numbers were captured.
In all cases eggs were easily obtained, when required, in captivity. It
was not until October that the larva was first discovered ; but, from then
up to the end of the year, it was extremelv common in all forms of clean
waters, especially in rice fields. On one occasion its larvae were found
together with those of A. Rossi in a muddy road-side puddle.
The egg of this species and of A. barhirostris has an enveloping
membrane of extremely beautiful structure. This membrane embraces
the egg and closely resembles a net in appearance ; it is of the simplest
structure, consisting of a single layer of very regular, hexagonal cells
with dotted outline and granular matrix. It is very friable. Towards
I
o
a
8
3
111
X
Q.
O
z
<
UJ
X
I-
THE ANOPHELES OF KARWAR (NORTH KANARA). 329
the concave margin the membrane becomes expanded, forming a
crinoline-like structure ; and in this expanded portion it does not show
the cellular structure described above, but is made up of fibrous rib-like
processes running to the free margin. The free margin is coarsely
toothed (vide Plate, figs. 6c and 6d).
The pupa of this species and of A. barbirostris shows striking differ-
ences from the pupa? of all other forms hitherto examined. The most
marked difference lies in the "breathing-horns": the tube, before
expansion, arches up over the dorsum of the thorax almost meeting
that of the opposite side in the mid-line, and is then bent back on itself
at right angles to the dorso-ventral plane of the pupa, thereby becom-
ing inverted U-shaped ; it then expands into a cavity somewhat re-
sembling in shape an open mussel-shell, the free margin being split-
centrally, the cleft running well into the cavity so as to increase the
abovementioned resemblance. The cavity extends back into the
U-shaped stem (vide Plate, figs. 6a and 6b). The structure and shape
of the " horns " can only be made out by examining pupse in the recent
state as, in preserved specimens, it is impossible to fix the pupa in such
a position as to examine it from above. In all mounted specimens in
the author's collection the " horns " are seen to be more or less
collapsed. It is more than probable that these species can completely
close up the cavity of the " horn " when necessary.
In addition to this difference in " horns, " the hairs on the segmental
margins are in many cases compound and always of a very dark colour.
It would appear that this marked divergence from the usual type should
place these species in a separate genus.
was found breeding in the same type of water as the
A harbi- preceding, and at the same season. The imago was
rostris, van der only found in houses on two or three occasions. The
Wulp, }arva was verv common. The characters of the pupa
have been described above. The males of this species show a constant
variation from those described by Giles, and others under the same
name, in the palpi always having a narrow but well marked band of
white scales at the apex of the first segment, as well as two patches of
white scales on the bulb, one near the apex, and the other at the base,
was always found to be abundant. The enveloping
A. Rossi membrane of the egg of this species does not show
Giles, nearly so regular a structure with regard to the
cells as those of A. nigerrimus and A. barhirostris.
330 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
Of the species new to India
was first discovered in April in a jungle spring to-
A. leuco- gether with A. culikiformis, sp. n.? and A. fluviatilis,
P J ' > * James. Only two larvsB were obtained then, and it
v a r. elegans, J '
Theobald was no^ f°arid again until the cessation of the rains
when it became very abundant. Whilst water was
plentiful it was found in the open, but as a rule it was found in jungle
springs and was particularly partial to waters containing decaying
leaves. (For sketches vide Plate, fig. la to fig. le.)
The larva is, as a rule, of a rich brown colour, with the palmate hairs
very pronounced, and commonly visible to the naked
eye. It is not uncommonly seen hanging perpendi-
cularly to the surface of the water, in the attitude ascribed to
A. Turkadi. It thrives best in water containing plenty of mould. It
closely resembles that of A . Rossi in character.
Frontal bristles, median : very long, far apart, simple.
Frontal bristles, angular : short, simple.
Palmate hairs : on the 3rd to 7th abdominal segments, that on the
7th segment not so well developed as the rest ; an extremely ill-
developed palmate can also be made out on the 2nd segment, but is
not constant. The individual hairs are broad, and narrow rather
suddenly at the extremity where there is a spine of moderate length.
The imago shows very striking differences from A. leucophyrus,
Donitz, as described in Giles ; in fact, beyond simi-
larity in wing markings and position of transverse
veins there is no resemblance. A description is therefore given in
detail. The characteristics are : (1) a large ferruginous anal tuft;
(2) palpi with four narrow white bands ; (3) halteres covered with
white scales on knob with a black patch in centre ; (4) a very broad
white band on the tibio- tarsal articulation of the hind leg ; and (5)
most elaborate ringing and maculation of all legs.
Palpi : in the female, black with white tips and with narrow white
bands at the next three articulations ; in the male with large clubs mostly
white, but with narrow black band at middle and base ; in the male there
are also two additional white bands on the club, one at the middle and
one near the base as well as many white scales on the basal half.
Proboscis : in the female black, with a marked yellow tip, slightly
longer than palpi ; in male the marking is the same, but it is shorter
than palpi.
THE ANOPHELES OF KARWAR {NORTH KANARA). 331
Antennas : with a ring of white scales at the base, and a tuft of white
scales at the apex of first segment, and many white scales on the rest
of same segment.
Head : with a well marked crest composed of white scales, and long
white hairs. The forked scales are all black.
Thorax : slate-grey, with many short, white, hair-like scales on the
dorsum. There are fairly well marked dorsal and dorso-lateral lines of
a dark colour, and two irregular-shaped black spots laterally in the
wing-plane.
Pleurae. : with dull white decoration.
Halteres : white-scaled, with a patch of black scales on the centre of
knob.
Abdomen : slate coloured, bare, with only a few slender, curved
hairs.
Legs : yellowish white articular bands on all tarsal joints, most
marked on the fore-legs and hind-legs. On the tilio-tarsal joint of
the hind-legs there is a very broad yellowish white band, 1/8
of the first tarsal joint, and 1/5 of the tibia participating. The
tibio-femoral articulation of the leg is white. All legs, with the
exception of their 3rd, 4th and 5th tarsal joints, are most elaborately
ringed and speckled with yellowish white scales. The tibia of the
fore-leg has a narrow apical white band. Coxse of all legs with many
white tufts.
Wing : of the male is much lighter coloured than the female, es-
pecially towards the inner margin, the paleness being due to the mark-
ings being much less pronounced. In both sexes the 2nd transverse
vein is slightly external to the 3rd, and the 4th is much internal to both.
The wing fringe is black for the most part, and is light coloured at
the apex ; there are small light interruptions at the 2nd, 3rd, 4th (both
branches) and at the outer branch of 5th longitudinals.
Length : 7 mm. including proboscis which is 2 mm.
A. pundula- *s onty mentioned by Giles in his second edition of
tus, Donitz, " Gnats and Mosquitoes " on pp. 287.
The only specimens obtained were females caught in the bungalow
during the heavy rains from July to October. The imago very closely
resembles A. leucophjrus, var. A. elegans, but it differs from that species
in the markings on the palpi, and in not having the broad white band
on the tibio-tarsal articulations of the hind leg. ( For sketches, vide
Plate, figs. 3a and 3b.)
332 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Palpi: in the female the whole of the apical 2/5 of the palpus is
smoky white, except for two very narrow black bands which divide
it into three. One of these black bands is situated near the apex, aud
the other at the next joint. The remainder of the palpus is black,
except for a narrow white band at the base of the 2nd joint. There are
thus two narrow and two broad bands of each colour. There is also a
tuft of white scales on the centre of the basal segment.
Antennae : have a tuft of white scales on their basal joints.
Head : has a well marked silver-white crest composed of short
scales and long hairs. The forked scales are black.
Thorax : slate-grey, covered with light coloured hairs. There are
ill-defined dorsal and dorso-lateral lines of a darker colour ; and in the
wing-plane are two black dots ; there is also a black dot or spot on the
scutellum. Along the anterior margin of the thorax there are three
tufts of long white scales.
Pleurae, : much decorated with silver-white patches.
Halter es : covered with white scales.
Abdomen : black with many light-coloured, evenly distributed hairs.
Wings : with the 2nd transverse vein opposite the 3rd, the 4th
more than its own length internal. The fringe is creamy white at
the apex of wings and at the junctions of the longitudinals : otherwise
it is black.
Legs: light coloured at articulations, mottled and ringed. Coxse
with many large white tufts.
Of the new species
This is a " clear >1 winged species. It was first found
Tlf oh Id ' ky ^r' ^' ^* Aitken on the Goa frontier. A few
isolated specimens were bred from May onwards.
It was not until December that its larva was isolated. Larva? were
only found in pools situated in thick " evergreen " jungle.
is small, compact, and of a brick-red colour, is 3 mm. in
length and very closely resembles A. fiuviatilis larva
except that, unlike the latter, it prefers living in the
deeper water in the centre of the breeding vessel. Bristles of larva
are figured in Plate, figs. 5a and 5d.
Frontal bristles, median : thick and bifurcated at extremity, the ends
curve downwards, forming a regular pitchfork.
Frontal bristles, angular: short, simple.
Buccal hair : covered with long, simple branches, true to usual type.
THE ANOPHELES OF KARWAR {NORTH KANARA). 333
Palmate hairs : are on segments 2 to 7. On the posterior portion
of the thorax and on the first abdominal segment there is a hair in no
way resembling a palmate in structure, but apparently performing the
same function. A similar condition is found in A. Jamesi. James, in
his " Malaria in India," calls them palmates.
3rd balancer : true to type.
has the " breathing horns " of the usual type and
widely separated at the base.
The resemblance of this species to a culex is astonishing ; it is very
small, has "clear" wings, and habitually settles in
the attitude attributed to a typical Culex. To add to
the resemblance the abdominal segments are of a lighter colour at their
junctions, and give an appearance of handing.
Palpi : black, those of the male much clubbed.
Proboscis : black in the female and considerably longer than the
palpi ; that of the male is even longer in proportion.
Head : black, with a few white scales forming a small crest ; all the
forked scales are black, and are scanty in number.
Thorax : light brown, nude, with only a few slender black hairs on
dorsum,
Halteres : fuscous, with black knobs.
Wings : with all the nervures black-scaled ; the scales small.
Transverse veins are alternate, 2nd opposite 4th, 3rd external. Fringe
is black.
Abdomen : nude, except for a few black hairs. Segment margins
are lighter than the rest, and there is a brown dorsal line on the 1st, 3rd
or 4th segments of abdomen.
Legs : black ; claws true to type.
This is also a " clear " winged species. It was one
A. culkiformis, of ^ firgt Anophe]es bred in Karwar, but for long it
was confused with A. Aitkeni. Only isolated speci-
mens were to be found until the latter end of the rains, when it
became abundant. The larvae were, as a rule, found in jungle pools.
On one occasion a largo number were found breeding in water contained
in a small hole in a tree-trunk. They continued to be fairly plentiful
up to the end of October.
Although it is only by the closest examination that the imagines of
these two " clear " winged species can be differentiated, a study of
their life history shews them to be very distinct species. The great
334 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
difference between them will become evident when the larval descrip-
tions are compared, and it is probable that, when all species of
Anopheles are properly classified, the two will not be even in the same
genus.
The larva of this species differs much from those of any of the other
species examined. It shows variation in structure in
two appendages which are constant in all other forms.
The first of these appendages is a bristle situated near the margin of
the buccal cavity almost in the same plane as the antennae, but just
inferior to it : this bristle has, for convenience of description, been
named the " buccal bristle." The second appendage is the " balancer "
situated on the 3rd abdominal segment.
Frontal bristles, median : long, very close together, and unbranched
as far as can be made out ; angular, short, simple.
Buccal bristle : is almost devoid of branches up to the extremity,
where it is expanded into a marked enlargement which is almost flat
antero-internally and convex postero-externally, having a corona of
hairs round the flat margin. At the origin of the bristle on the thorax
there is a plain stiff hair (vide figs. 4a and 4b).
Palmate hairs : situated on the 2nd to the 7th segments.
3rd abdominal balancer : is single as in other species, but instead of
being branched throughout its length, is quite plain.
Palpi : black, rather slender.
mago. Proboscis : black, slightly longer than palpi.
Antennce : plain black.
Head : black, with a small crest of white scales.
Thorax : dull chocolate-brown with dorsal and sub-dorsal lines of a
darker colour.
Halteres : fuscous.
Wings : black scales throughout ; the 2nd transverse vein opposite
the 3rd, the 4th internal.
Legs : the claws of the male fore-legs differ from all the other species
in that they have not the short thumb-like second claw characteristic
of the remaining species.
Abdomen : dark chocolate coloured, plain.
Length : 4 ram. without the proboscis which is 2 mm.
was first found by Mr. E. H. Aitken in April ; it
^4« -ICciVWCLVi
Theobald Was ver^' common in May and continued abundant
throughout the rains to the end of the year. Unfor-
THE ANOPHELES OF KAEWAR (NORTH KANARA). 335
tunately, when larvae wore required for description and preservation,
none were to be found. The larva was found in all sorts of clean
waters and was the commonest Anopheles in Karwar. For sketches
vide Plate, figs. 2a and 2b.
is chiefly characterised by long white tips to the
palpi, light coloured wings, and by the last two and a
quarter joints of the tarsi of the hind legs being all white except for a
broad black band on the middle of the 4th tarsal joiut.
Palpi : with long white tips comprising the two apical joints divided
into two by a narrow black band on the apical joint ; there being be-
side two narrow white bands at the apex of the 1st and 2nd segments,
the distal white band being separated from the long white area by
another black band (fig. 2b). There are thus two broad black bands
and two broad white bands as well as two narrow black bauds and two
narrow white bands. In the male the white areas of the palpus do
not form complete bands.
Proboscis : black ; same length as palpi.
Antenna; : slender, with silver-grey hairs.
Head : with a very well marked crest of silver-grey hairs and scales
of the same colour.
Thorax : dark, covered with silver-grey hairs dorsally. There are
slightly marked dorsal and dorso-lateral lines of a darker colour. On
either side of the mid-line there is a black spot.
Pleurae : decorated with silver-grey hairs.
Halteres : black -knobbed, with fuscous stems.
Abdomen : dark brown with light brown hairs on the segmental
margins ; a sub-lateral white spot on segments 2 and 4.
Wing : transverse vein 2 is slightly external to 3, 4 is much internal
to both.
Legs : last two and quarter tarsal joints of the hind-leg white, except
for a broad black band on the middle of the 4th joint. All other
articulations light coloured, most marked in the hind legs. There is
no sign of maculation. The claws are normal.
23
336 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XT.
DESCRIPTION OF PLATE.
L An. ieucophyrus (Donitz) var elegans. la wing of $, lb
palpi of, lc halter of, Id tibio-tarsal articulation of,
le frontal bristle? of.
2. An. Karwari (Theobald). 2a wing of $ , 2b palpi of.
3. A. punctulatus (Donitz). oa wing of $, 3b palpi of.
4. A culkiformis. Head of larva of, showing " Buccal bristle "
4b.
5. A. Aitheni (Theobald). 5a frontal bristle of, 5d same in
contour, 5b and 5c palpi of 9 and 5 .
6. A. nigerrimus. (Giles). 6a pupa of, 6b same with " breathing
horns " in contour, 6c egg of, 6d enveloping mem-
brane of egg X 450.
7. A. Jamesi. (Theobald), showing extremes of variations in
Frontal bristles.
337
THE BIRDS OF THE MADHUBANI SUB-DIVISION OF THE DAR-
BHANGA DISTRICT, TIRHUT, WITH NOTES ON SPECIES
NOTICED ELSEWHERE IN THE DISTRICT.
By C. M. Inglis.
Part VII.
(Continued from page 77, No. 1, Vol. XV.)
Order— ANSERES.
Family Analidce.
Sub-family Anserince.
(298) Anser ferus. — The Grey Lag Goose.
Bhiford, No. 1579 ; Hume, No. 945.
The first specimen of this goose I got was snared near Jhanjiarpur on the
4th of April this year. On the 25th of May I received a second one snared
on the Hurrietta Chaur. These are the only two I ever got in the district.
Both dates are exceptionally late for them to be found in the plains ; the
latest date recorded being the 2nd of May when two were received by Colonel
Unwin in Cashmere. Native name Hans, battak.
(299) A. indices. — The Barred-headed Goose.
Blanford, No. 1583 ; Hume, No. 949.
Geese are not common anywhere in the district. I believe they are fairly
plentiful on the Ganges in the cold weather. They commence to arrive
here in October, some remain sometimes till June. I have never seen them
so late, but Mr. G. Dalgliesh mentions so in the Zoologist and Mr. Miller
told me he saw a couple on the river near Russulpore during that month. My
experience of this bird in captivity is the same as Finn's, having found it
to keep in the pink of condition during the summer. I h~.ve one here
which I have now had over three years. A few geese are snared every year
on the Kamla River, seldom this side of the frontier, but usually in Nepal.
They are snared in nets stretched across the sandbanks. The fishermen who
snare them in Nepal call them Ghango. Native names Hans and Battak.
Sub-family Anatince.
(300) Sarcidiornts melanonotus.' — The Comb Duck or Nukta.
Blanford, No. 1584 ; Hume, No. 950.
Near Jainagar a pair flew past me in July 1898. The male had a knob on
the bill and there was no mistaking the species. On the 20th April, 1902, a male
was brought me by a mirshikar, and on the 8th January of this year I got a
female snared on the Maiser Chaur, not far from Bunhar Factory. This duck
is very rare in the district, the only other record I can find of its occurrence here
being in the Zoologist, recorded by Mr. G. Dalgliesh, who says : " A small
flock was seen by my brother at Dalsing Serai in May 1899, out of which a
male was shot." Native name Nuhta.
(301) Rhodonessa caryophyllacea. — The Pink-headed Duck.
Blanford, No. 1586 ; Hume, No. 960.
I have never come across this species, but the mirshikar, who used to bring me
duck and teal from Minti, described a bird which had been snared there which
338 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
wa<5 evidently this species. Blanford gives it as fairly common in Tirhut, but
I think this must be a mistake, as Mr. Edgell, who has done a lot of shooting
both in this district and in Monghyr, has never come across it. Mr. Baker says
it has been obtained at MozufTerpur.
On the 9th August of this year a fine male pink-headed duck was brought
to me by a mirshikar from Benoa Chaur. There were two of them he said,
but he was only able to snare one. This one I kept in my aviary for some
time with a pair of mandarins, but it did not thrive, so I killed it. These
are the colours of the soft parts -.—Bill, light pink, pinker at tip on tail ; base
of maxilla and whole lower mandible flesh colour, this colour being on some
skin 5" broad at the base of the maxilla ; edge of nostrils black ; iris, bright
red ; legs and feel, reddish black ; rim round eyelids flesh colour. Nobody
seems to have noticed the most conspicuously black edge to the nostrils.
(302) Tadoena coenuta. — The Sheldrake.
Blanford, No. 1587 ; Hume, No. 956.
Very rare. I have only received two specimens from this district. The first
was received from Mr. Edgell, who shot it on the Suwasingpore Chaur near
Shapooroondie about Christmas time, and the second was snared by a mirshikar
on the 11th May of this year. This is exceedingly late for this species to be
found in India. There was another sheldrake on the Chaur, but the mirshikar
could not snare it. Mr. Edgell once saw three on the Baraila Chaur. Native
names Sliah-cliulewa and Safaid surkhab.
(303) Casaeca eutila.— The Ruddy Sheldrake or Brahminy Duck.
Blanford, No. 1588 ; Hume, No. 954.
Very common during the cold weather. They arrive in October and remain
here till the end of April. I have recorded in this Journal the change of
plumage after undergoing a moult from pale buff to deep orange brown. I
found traces of the black collar in a male shot on the 19th January
and the complete collar on one shot on the 4th February. In February 1899,
I came across about 200 feeding in the paddy lands near Jainagar.
They were mostly feeding in pairs and, on being scared, flew off, keeping in
pairs. They were quite a mile from any water. I also counted 26 pairs
on the banks of the Kamla near Oosrahi, each pair was only a couple of yards
apart. These birds were very wary, but others at Muriah Ghat on the same river
were comparatively tame, and one could generally depend on bagging one were
there any about. Here they are to be found all over the country, on rivers,
on old river beds in which there is water, and also on large and small marshes.
Native names ChuJcwa, Chuhri and Surlhab.
(304) Dendeocycna javanica. — The Whistling Teal.
Blanford, No. 1589 ; Hume, No. 952.
Exceedingly common. Towards the end of May they start going about in
pairs' arranging about nesting sites. They commence to lay towards the middle
of July. I took a nest on the 31st August with ten fresh eggs. Like Mr.
Baker I consider eight or ten the normal number of eggs. I once found a nest
on the ground in some grass not far from the water edge, all others have been
THE BIRDS OF THE MADHUBANI SVB-DIVISION. 339
either on trees or bamboos. Description of nestling in down is : A spot at base
of both wings and on each side of rnmp, also a broad supercilium and a broad
band from gape above dark triangular spot and right round nape, chin, throat
and sides of neck and whole lower plumage greyish and white with base of
down and tips of hairs brownish ; remaining plumage blackish brown. Bill :
Upper mandible plumbeous, with the margins and whole of lower mandible
yellowish, except tip of the latter which is pale, and the nail of the former is
dark flesh colour ; iris, brown ; legs and feet, black ; claws, brownish, horny.
An albino of this species was seen by Mr. A. Christian at Umgaon. Native name
SUM.
(305) D. fttlva— The Large Whistling Teal.
Blanford, No. 1590 ; Hume, No. 953.
Mr. Christian told me that a bird of this species used to visit his tank at
Umgaon. I think he must have been mistaken, as I have never found it in the
district, nor do the mirshikars, to whom I have shown a specimen, know the bird.
Of course it may occur and might be overlooked.
(306) Nettopus coromandelianus. — The Cotton Teal.
Blanford, No. 1591 ; Hume, No. 951.
Common. I have seldom found their nests, and have been most unsuccessful
about getting eggs, not having a single one. On the 17th July 1899, I got a nest
with one egg, which was left : it was revisited on the 28th and found to contain
two broken eggs and was deserted. Another nest had also one egg which was
also left, but had disappeared on being examined later. Native name Girra.
(307) Anas boscas.— The Mallard.
Blanford, No. 1592 ; Hume, No. 958.
Very rare. A female was brought me on the 15th November 1899, from
Minti Chaur. Mr. Scroope and Mr. Onrait shot one at Khatauna on the 2nd
February, 1900. Mr. G. Dalgliesh, in the Zoologist and says : — " A pair were
shot out of two pairs on Hattowrie Lake in December 1897, and I saw a solitary
female at Dalsing Serai in January, 1900. Mr. Edgell has shot one or two.
(308) A. pcecilorhyncha. — The Spotted-billed Duck.
Blanford, No, 1593 ; Hume, No. 959.
The only specimen I have is a female which was presented to me by the late
Mr. " Peter " Grahame, who shot it on a chaur near Eamnugger Factory on the
24th June, 1900. There was another which he says he could have shot if he had
not been so busy keeping his dog from getting the one he shot. Mr. G. Dalgliesh
mentions in the Zoologist that he saw a pair at Dalsing Serai in June, 1901.
(309) Eunetta falcata. — The Crested or Falcated Teal.
Blanford, No. 1594 ; Hume, No. 960 bis.
I have nothing further to add to my notes on this species already published
in this Journal. I have not seen any specimens since the cold weather of 1900,
though a good number of duck and teal have passed through my hands since
then. I have also had men on the look out for any rare species on the different
marshes, but none of this species have been got. I fancy there must have been
an influx of this species from 1898 to 1900.
340 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
(310) Chaulelasmus streperus — The Gadwall.
Blanford, No. 1595 ; Hume, No. 961.
Exceedingly common every year. The earliest notice I have of their arrival
is on the 19th August. They leave by the middle of March. I once wounded
a gadwall and a red-crested pochard and found the gadwall kept under water
much longer than the pochard, and always made for the shallow water near
the bank, where it lay on the surface with its head and neck under water as if
it was dead ; but no sooner did any one attempt to get at it, or even when a gun
was fired, it dived and swam a considerable distance under water. I spent over
an hour retrieving it. Native name Mail.
(311) Nettium crecca.— The Common Teal.
Blanford, No. 1597 ; Hume, No. 964.
Very common. I have not found it as common as the garganey, but Scroope
found it commoner than that species in the south and west of the sub-division.
They arrive about the end of September and leave in April. I have seen them
packed together on the Kamla like Q. circia. On one or two occasions I have
found them tame and confiding even after being shot at. Native names Lohti
and Murghuhi.
(312) Mareca penelope. — The Wigeon.
Blanford, No. 1599 ; Hume, No. 963.
This species is rather scarce. The earliest date I have of its arrival is the
31st October. They leave, I think, by the end of March. I have found them
do well in a tealery. Native names Chowma and Basillia Cltoiclcee.
(313) Dafila acuta— The Pintail.
Blanford, No. 1600 ; Hume, No. 962.
Very common. The earliest record I have of their arrival here is the 30th
September. They leave about the middle'of March; a few remain till the end of
the month. This species and the gadwall are the commonest ducks found here.
This is the best duck we have for the table. A male I had in my tealery only
started to change into undress garb on the 21st August. Native name Dighans.
(314) Queequedula circia. — The Garganey or Blue-winged Teal.
Blanford, No. 1601 ; Hume, No. 965.
Abundant. The earliest date I have of their arrival is the 25th of August, when
I saw about. half a dozen flying overhead near Jainagar. They leave here usually
about May, but I have seen some in June. Native names Gam and Adni.
(A pair were seen on the Maiser chaur on the 6th August this year and
was secured.)
(315) Spatula clypeata. — The Shoveller.
Blanford, No. 1602 ; Hume, No. 957.
Fairly common. They arrive early in November and leave about the end
of March. Native name Sulcclmr.
(316) Marmaronetta angustirostris.— The Marbled Duck.
Blandford, No. 1603; Hume, 961 his.
I have no authentic record of this species having been found in the district,
but my man fired two shots at a teal on the 10th February, 1901, which he said
THE BIRDS OF THE MADHUBANI SUB-DIVISION. 341
"was new to my collection, and from his description of the bird the only con-
clusion I could come to was that it was this species.
(317) Netta rufina. — The Red-crested Pochard.
Blanford, No. 1604 ; Hume, No. 967.
Common. They arrive in October and most have left by April. On the
20th May, 1900, I got a male of this species as already recorded in this Journal.
The Pochard I wounded at the same time as the gadwall never came near
the land but swam and dived in the middle of the river ; when swimming
below the surface of the water it was always visible from the bank. It had a
beautiful pale rosy tinge on the white of the flanks, axillaries and under
wing-coverts. I have found the flesh of this species slightly rank and even the
best, in my estimation, never comes up to either the pintail or gadwall.
However, I have heard some people here say they preferred it to any of the
ducks. Chacun a son gout. A solitary male came to a small shallow patch
of water, only knee-deep, quite close to the Factory at Narhar, where my tame
ducks were feeding. It was very tame, taking no notice of the numerous
people who came from and went to the hat, which was held close by. On
being wounded it made no attempt to dive but swam towards the shore.
Mr. Scroope wrote me that he saw numbers of ducks migrating at the end
of March. Some were flying very high and others low down : they appeared
like clouds all flying north in Vshaped formation. He says it took a good
five minutes passing over. The lower flocks appeared to be N. rufina. Native
name Lalsir.
(318) Nyroga feeina. — The Pochard or Dun-bird.
Blanford, No. 1605 ; Hume, No. 968.
I found this duck very rare in the sub-division, only getting a couple of
females there. Mr. Scroope told me he had seen two male pochards on the
17th December, 1899, in a tank at Katai, south of Marthou on the Mynathpur-
Basopati road. The tank was an old one partly silted up and surrounded by surput
grass. They were very tame. Scroope rose them up and they flew off but
came back again. A number of white-eye were in the same tank. They do not
appear to be so scarce in the Maiser Chaur not far from Kurrian. I have re-
ceived some eight or nine pairs. I do not think they reach us earlier than the
beginning of November. I got a male on the 3rd of that month, and they leave
in March. Mr. G. Dalgliesh got a male in female garb on the 9th July. Native
name Lalsir, Cheun.
(319) N. ferruginea.— The White-eyed Duck.
Blanford, No. 1606 ; Hume, No. 969.
Very common. They arrive in September and leave in April. They appear-
to be commoner in tanks than in the chaurs. I got a female with a few
white feathers forming a spot on the foreneck and this specimen had also
a very large white spot on the chin. I have recorded in this Journal the colour
of the irides in the female of this species. These duck are preferred by many
people here to the better class water fowl, and I must say I have often found
them very decent eating. Native names Dumar, Chotii mojeeta.
342 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
(320) N. BAEEI.— The Eastern White-eyed Duck.
Blanford, No. 1607.
I have never come across this species, but think it is most likely to occur on
some of the large marshes in the district.
(321) N. fuligula.— The Tufted Duck.
Blanford, No. 1609 ; Hume, No. 971.
This species is rather scarce. They arrive at the end of October and leave
in March. Usually they are found in the large chaurs, but I once got a pair on
quite a small tank. I have a male with a fairly large white spot on the throat.
Native names Malka, Majeeta.
Sub-family Merging.
(322) Meegus albellus. — The Smew.
Blanford, No. 1612 ; Hume, No. 973.
One of my men saw a bird on the Chilwara Jheel on the 12th February, 1901,
which, from his description, I think was a Smew. I also am certain I saw one
about the same time on another large jheel, but I could not get a shot at it.
(323) Merganser castor. — The Goosander,
Blanford, No. 1G13 ; Hume, No. 972.
Mr. Scroope wrote to me on the 21st March, 1899, '' At Kachara there are
many duck I could make out were a few shovellers and four
goosanders." He was certain that he identified them all right, as he says :
" Their snakey appearance on the wing and black head render a mistake as to
the species impossible." Mr. Edgell kindly presented me with a skin of this
species which he shot on the Suwasingpur Chaur.
Order— PYGOPODES.
Family Podic/pedulce.
(324) Podicipes cristatus.— The Great-crested Grebe.
Blanford, No 1516 ; Hume, No. 974.
Scarce. Mr. Scroope saw some near Jhanjiarpur at the end of November. I
got two on the Ootidee Chaur on the 15th February, 1901, and 1st December,
1902, and Mr. Maddox shot one on the 8th January, 1903. He sent it to Mr.
Miller of Hatauri Factory who kindly gave it to me. Mr. G. Dalgliesh got
one at Dalsing Serai on the 2nd December, 1900, and saw two others. All
the specimens I have got are males. I saw a pair on the Ootidee Chaur on
the 22nd December, 1900. They were in very deep water and kept to it.
Unfortunately I had no boat, and they were rather far off. I fired six shots
at them in the hope of getting one, but was not successful. The last shot fired
was No. A and it made them fly, they only dived at the other shots. After
getting on way they flew pretty high up off the water and travelled with greater
speed than I expected. In 1901 more were seen than usual, the last was noticed
on the 9th March. In 1902 a single one was got and it was brought in alive by
a mirshikar, and this year none were seen by any of my men.
(325) P. nigricollis. — The Eared Grebe.
Blanford, No. 1616 ; Hume, No. 974 his.
I have no note of the occurrence of this species in the district, but Mr. G.
Dalgliesh writes to the Zoologist : " In December, 1897 I saw
THE BIRDS OF THE MADHUBANI SUB-DIVISION. 343
a grebe, which I am nearly certain was this species, but not collecting birds at
the time and not wishing to frighten the duck by firing I did not shoot it.
Since then I have examined specimens of the eared grebe, and they exactly
resemble the bird I saw."
(326) P. albipennis. — The Indian Little Grebe or Dabchick.
Blanford, No. 1617 ; Hume, No. 975.
Abundant everywhere. They breed here from the beginning of July and
well into August. These little birds are most interesting to watch, and if not
molested get comparatively tame. There were a pair in the Indian Museum
pond who were on quite friendly terms with Mr. Finn. I have got several birds
ia February still in summer plumage. Native names Paudubi, Lolcri.
344
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES.
No. I— LATE STAY OF SNIPE.
It seems to me exceptionally late for snipe to stay so far south as this in April,
but on the 7th April I saw 12 snipe in the rice fields here and shot three. On the
12th I saw seven and shot one, and on the 20th I flushed one from under a bush,
and though I searched high and low for its nest I was not successful in finding it.
I am informed that it is not unheard of for snipe to stay all the year through
in Kanara, but I do not know if this is so.
C. D. LESTER, Captain.
Camp Anmod, Castle Rock, N. Kanaka,
2Qth April, 1903.
[This note raises an interesting point which it is hoped our members will con-
tinue to develope, namely, the dates of arrival and departure each year of the
migratory birds — not only the migratory game birds which go to Central Asia
and Siberia for breeding purposes, but all birds which migrate in this country,
even from the plains to the hills, and other local migrations. — Ed.]
No. II— A PANTHER EXPERIENCE.
There had been many people eaten by panthers in the taluka during the past
monsoon. The grass was high everywhere, and the cultivated fields were little
belter than weed-gardens ; the houses of the villagers were amongst the fields,
separated one from the other by, generally a hundred yards or so, and made of
grass as to walls, roof and door. A panther would come along, sneaking quietly
up to a house in the darkness of the night, listen (I presume) for a sleeping per-
son in a convenient position on the floor inside, make a parting in the grass wall?
seize the individual by the throat, and be off into the high, dense grass before
any one was well awake ; sometimes, I believe, no one did wake. A boy was
carried off from amongst three men, all four watching a field, from a threshing
floor (a circular cleared bit of ground, generally at the side of the field near or
under a large tree in this part of the world). The panther came first at dusk :
the men saw it put its head out of the grass close by : they of course shouted
and the panther disappeared. After they were all asleep, however, it came
back, sneaked up, seized the boy by the throat (the men say, there was no noise
or cry), and went off with him to a distance of a quarter of a mile or so, where
it ate half of him, and was traced next morning by the three men through the
grass ; but of course there was no panther when they got there ; only the grue-
some remains of the boy. In seven cases of such deaths there was not a
single beast brought to book. Sometimes men sleep in platforms in trees, though
I have not heard of any one being taken out of such a place by a panther. This
is a prelude to my story.
I had been tying up goats for some time in every likely spot I could think of
with little result ; one or two of them were killed by hyaenas. At last a
panther killed one and I had bamlobast made for sitting up over the carcase, or
what remained of it, in the evening. The bamlobast consisted of a platform
placed in a mowra tree, twenty feet from the ground and some twenty yards
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 345
from the kill. The platform was made of a native cot : a wooden frame-work
with string netting to lie on ; leaf screens were built up from the sides of this to
a height of a couple of feet, with a square window towards the kill. The goat
had been dragged some seven or eight hundred yards and placed on the side
of a small nala in high grass — a nala which had, in this place, just freed itselt
from the forest-covered hills and got into level country : old cultivation without
any sign of trees or bushes : only some grass along the nala in a band of about
twenty yards wide, and a few green bushes and a little elephant grass in the
nala bed. The forest ended where the kill was in a point formed by two great
spreading, fairly leafy mowra trees, in the outer one of which was my platform.
The other large mowra tree was to my right as I faced the carcase, and had a
thick branch, growing from the opposite side of the trunk to me from some
twenty feet up, which nearly touched the ground with its end twigs. I could
not see this branch from where I was sitting. Shortly after I had arrived in my
platform, about five o'clock in the afternoon, I saw the panther come down the
nala and jump up on to the side in the high grass some twenty yards above the
kill ; there it stood for some time. When it first appeared I got my rifle on to the
goat through the window, and was afraid to move while the beast remained
standing ; but, at last, the position became so irksome that I was forced
to alter it, which I did with great caution, taking my eyes off the
panther for a moment. When I looked again there was no panther to be
seen but, after some intent looking at the place where it had been, I thought
I could discern spots low down in the grass and presumed the animal was
lying down in the same spot — a presumption strengthened by the fact that
several small warblers were swearing just in that place. Thinking that the
panther might be looking at the platform, I remained motionless as long as
was possible — the cot made a very uncomfortable and confined seat, leaving no
room for one's legs — but again was forced to move. In so doing I happened
to look at the base of the next tree — the other mowra tree, just ten yards off,
and found myself staring into a pair of green eyes ; there was the beast, its
head and shoulders just free of the tree-trunk, gazing intently up at the plat-
form ! 1 stopped all motion abruptly. The panther must have kept its eyes
fixed, without movement of any sort, for at least five minutes after I saw
it ; how long it had been looking before that it is impossible to say. Suddenly it
ducked its head as if trying to look through the bottom of the platform and
assuming a crouching attitude commenced to move forward exactly as if stalk-
ing something. With the belly nearly touching the ground, tail just kept clear
of the surface, with the tip a little curled up, head stretched out, ears laid
slightly back, it glided along, the front leg stretched out to its full length at each
step, the foot brought down gently but firmly, moved to this side or that to
avoid noise as occasion required, its movements quite inaudible. It went for-
ward and away from me, round in a curve, keeping a watch on the platform
over its shoulder most of the time ; occasionally stopping to take a longer lcok,
but never altering the crouching attitude. Whenever I got a chance — that is
when the panther took its eyes off the platform — I moved the rifle round a bit
346 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HTSTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
so as to get it pointed in the direction of the beast. Finally the panther reach-
ed the point of the large branch of the next tree which I have mentioned above,
just glided up on to it, and disappeared. I knew then what it was after, and
brought the muzzle of the rifle round quickly to bear on the trunk of the tree
through the leaf-screen. Presently a head appeared round the trunk, just a
head, on a level with the platform and with the eyes fixed intently on it, look-
ing for all it was worth. It cannot have been ten yards off, and as it was get-
ting dusk, I brought the rifle to bear on the left eye and fired. When the smcke
cleared the head was still there, still staring in the self-same position, motionless !
I immediately fired again, and the body fell to the ground with a thud, rolled
over once, the tail twitched, and all was quiet. On getting down I discovered
that one bullet had pierced the neck just at the base of the skull on the left side,,
hitting the spine and splintering it. Of the other bullet there was no trace.
There can be little doubt that this animal knew there was soTne one in the tree,
but not being able to see clearly owing to the leaves came to the conclusion
that there might be a chance of a meal. She (it was a pantheress) had, in all pro-
bability, had some experience of a man on a platform before in a tree ; it is
quite on the cards that she had taken a man out of one and eaten him. That
would explain her boldness in stalking me. It is possible that, seeing a slight
motion, she thought that there was some one asleep on the platform ; and she
came to investigate with the idea of attacking if all were favourable. I cannot
explain her not moving or paying any attention to the first shot ; that, to my
mind, is more extraordinary than the fact of her having stalked me. I have seen
many panthers, some hundreds probably, but never yet have I known one
remain in the same place motionless after a shot.
I may mention that this pantheress had three young ones inside her, which in
the ordinary course would have seen the light in three or four days ; she was in-
beautiful condition and young ; probably not more than four years old.
T. R. D. BELL.
Khandesii, May, 1903.
No. Ill— THE FOUR-HORNED ANTELOPE {TETRACERUS QUADRI-
CORNIS).
Might I enquire whether any members of the Society have noticed a differ-
ence in the colour of the tongue between the buck and doe of the above Ante-
lope ? In a pair now at Dharwar the buck has a black-coloured tongue, while
that of the doe is flesh-coloured. If this difference is general between the sexes,,
it would be interesting to account for its use.
ft. S. RODON, Major.
Diiarwak, 20ih May, 1903.
No. IV.— THE NESTING OF THE YELLOW-BROWED BULBUL
{IOLE ICTERICA) AND THE SPOTTED BABBLER (PELLOR-
NEUM RUFICEPS).
Oates, when compiling " Hume's Nests and Eggs of Indian Birds," had appar-
ently very little information regarding the habits of the above birds. As I have
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 347
found both their nests this season, my notes on them may be of interest to
those who follow birds' nesting as a pleasure.
I found the Yellow-browed Bulbul fairly common on the Sahayadris, south
of Satara and also at Ootacamund. This year, not far from Khandalla, I came
on it again, though not in numbers. It is a shy, retiring bird ; the best way of
obtaining a view is to sit quiet in the jungle, when it is sure to be seen. The
bird has a low soft whistle and moves rapidly, flying low from one shrub to
another. I found a nest on the 9th April, which unfortunately contained two
young birds a few days old. It was placed in the fork of a sapling about 12 to
15 feet from the ground, being swung cradle-like similar to the Oriole. It was
quite visible, no attempt being made to select a site concealed by leaves. The
small tree, on which it was built, was in a dense jungle, so far as shade was
concerned, though there was no undergrowth to speak of. I watched by the nest
till the parent appeared. She was evidently fidgetty, as it took her some little
while to approach the nest and feed the young.
The Spotted Babbler is also a very timid, shy bird ; it usually clears off as
soon as possible if any one is about ; hence it has probably been overlooked a
good deal. I came on any number at Matheran. The bird is fond of thick
jungle, in which it wanders about on the ground, very like a lark, and turns over
leaves in search of moths, several of which I saw captured. It possesses some
rather good notes, not unlike the Nilgiri Flycatcher, which it utters at intervals.
It was some time before I was able to discover the owner of these notes, as the
bird usually stops on any one approaching. I found a nest on the 20th May at
Matheran, by the bird darting out from almost under my feet. It was situated
on the ground against a small rock, nicely sheltered, not far from a path. The
nest is round with an entrance at one side, not unlike that of the Southern
Scimitar Babbler (P. IwrsfieldW) and composed of dry leaves, lined with fine grass
stems and roots ; as it was more or less embedded in leaves it is a nest difficult
to find unless the bird betrays it by leaving on one's approach. There were three
fresh eggs, which I left for a day, but no more were laid. They have a greyish-
white ground and are thickly speckled with brown and lilac, so much so that the
ground colour is difficult to distinguish. They are not unlike some types of
Thamnohia. The dimensions of the three eggs approximately are as follows : —
•8G"X'65"; -85"x-66"; -82" x 65".
R. M. BETHAM, Major,
8th Bombay Infantry.
Poona, 25th May, 1903.
No. V.— FOOD OF DRYOPHIS MYCTERIZANS.
The following note on the food of Dryophis mycterhans may be of some
interest.
When out shooting on the 7th April (evening) my attention was attracted by
something movingjn a bush close to the path along which I was going ; on going
up to see what the cause of it was, I found a very large specimen of Dryojrfiis
mycterhans tackling a fair-sized Tropidonotus stolatus. I watched the pair for
some time, in fact until I had satisfied myself that mycterhans by having got the
348 JOURNAL, BOMBA Y NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
head and neck of the other snake down its throat intended making a meal of him.
This was confirmed the next morning, for on passing the same way I found the
snake (Dryophis mycterizans) coiled up asleep and gorged on the same bush.
A, M. PRIMROSE.
Teeeemia Tea Estate,
KULLAKUMBAY P.O., NlLGIBIS.
May, 1903.
[Note. — The above is another instance of cannibalism in snakes. Quite
recently in our Museum we had a live Coluber helena, which twice attempted to
swallow a very attractive looking golden tree-snake [Chrysopela ornata). The
latter was fortunately rescued. The same day a young Dhiiman (Zamenis
mucosus) measuring about 24 inches in length attempted to swallow a beautiful
specimen of Oligodon mbgriseus, and to-day a young Gongyloplds conicus attempt-
ed to devour a young Tropidonotus piscator. In each case the intended victim
was a new arrival to the cage, and possibly was looked on as an unwelcome
intruder. But from the number of instances that have happened it appears to
be a fairly common occurrence for snakes to feed on each other.
W. S. Millaed,
Hony. Secy., Bombay Natl. Hist. Society.']
8th June. 1903.
No. VI— NOTE ON CLANG ULA GLA UCION (THE GOLDEN-EYE).
On the 25th of April I had the skin of a duck sent me by Mr. Morton Eden
to identify, which proved to be that of a female Golden-eye. With the skin
Mr. Morton Eden sent the following note : " I think it is a Golden-eye
it is not a rare bird above Sampura." In answer to a letter from me
Mr. Eden then sent me the following interesting notes on what he had observed.
He writes : " I shot this bird on the 3rd of February last a few miles above
Sampura. I was coming down stream at the time when the bird, which was
by itself, got up a long way down and flew up stream, passing my boat at a
distance of some 50 yards, and I fired at and dropped it.
" Above Sampura up to and beyond Sidaroo, Golden-eyes are not at all uncom-
mon and I must have seen a hundred or more last January and February.
They occur either singly or in small flocks of eight or ten birds ; they are wild and
will not let a boat anywhere near them, but rise 100 to 150 yards off, and
generally make a fairly long flight before again settling.
" They always flew off when disturbed, and I never saw them try to escape by
diving.
" In the early mornings I saw them, on several occasions, flighting in company
with Mergansers. Their flight is rapid, much like that of a Tufted Pochard,
but not quite, I think, so rapid as that of a White-eyed Pochard.
"I may mention that I shot a Golden-eye about 10 miles from here in the
cold weather of 1885-6. I sent the skin down to Calcutta, and I think they have
it in the Indian Museum."
The rivers mentioned by Mr. Morton Eden in the first part of his notes are in
Sadiya, and are practically hill rivers of rapid running clear water. They are of
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 349
considerable size, even when they just debouch from the mountains, and are
the haunt of Mergansers, Golden-eyes, and probably many other rare water
birds.
The second bird mentioned as having been shot in 1885-6 was killed in the
Sibsagar district.
E C. STUART BAKER, F. Z. S.
Dibrugarh, Assam,
mh May, 1903.
No. VII.— THE ENEMIES OF BUTTERFLIES.
In the course of a most interesting paper " On the Bionomics of South African
Insects," published in Part III of the Transactions of the Entomological
Society for 1902, and which includes a few records from India and Burma,
Lt.-Col. Yerbury sums up his observations as follows : —
" As regards my experience of birds catching butterflies, it appears to have
occurred more frequently in damp than in dry districts ; e. g., it was frequent
in Ceylon, rare in places with moderate or small rainfall, such as Campbell-
pore, Poona and Aden.
" In my opinion an all-sufficient reason for the rarity of the occurrence
exists in the fact that in butterflies the edible matter is a minimum, while the
inedible, wings, etc., is a maximum."
Lt.-Col. Bingham adds some instances from his experiences in Burma, giving
the names of the birds and captured butterflies.
During the past ten years I have been almost exclusively at more or less dry
stations, viz., Bhuj, Poona, Aden, Deesa, and Quetta. My own observations as
to the rarity of the attacks by birds on butterflies tend to confirm those of Col.
Yerbury. I have unfortunately made no notes on the subject, but, speaking
from memory, I can only recall a few instances of birds actually catching
butterflies which I have witnessed. The birds were two species of Bee-eater
(Merons viridis and M. apiaster), the Roller (Coracias indica), and the King-
crow (Dicrurus ater). Of the victims I can remember only one with any
certainty, viz., a Lycamid, probably Polyommatus boeticns, which I saw captured
by a Bee-eater (M. apiaster) in Kashmir. I have seen one or two other birds
make a dash at a butterfly, and pursue it without catching it, as puppies some-
times do, but this may have been mere playfulness.
In the dry districts where I have been stationed, the larger Asilidce (predacious
flies) take some toll of butterflies, and especially day-flying moths. At Quetta
there is a large Asdid, 1| inches long, which is most voracious, and apparently
preys upon insects of all orders. I have several times seen this fly catch
Pyrameis cardui, and have subsequently captured it with its prey.
I have not, so far as I can remember, seen dragonflies catch butterflies,
though they prey on many insects, and possibly they sometimes capture a
butterfly.
Lizards, too, seem to confine their attacks chiefly to insects of other
families, though I once saw a lizard catch a small Hesperid (Ger/enes
arsana).
350 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
It would, I think, be interesting if other members of the Bombay Natural
History Society would record their experiences in the matter.
C. G. NURSE, Major,
13/7* Bombay Infantry.
Quetta, June, llJ03.
No. VIII.— CURIOUS ACCIDENT TO A KINGFISHER.
I have received the following note from the Hon'ble Mr. C. S. Bayley, A.G.G
in Central India, describing a curious accident to the common Kingfisher
(Alcedo ispida) : —
" When I was on the river the other day I saw a little turquoise-coloured
" thing splashing about in the water. I fished it out and found that it was
" one of the small Kingfishers. It had somehow contrived to get its long
" beak through the upper part of its left wing and could not get it out. Con-
" sequently its head was twisted round and it was drowning fast. I managed to
" gently pull the beak out. The bird rested on my hand for about a minute,
" gave me a little parting peck and flew away none the worse. How it had
"managed to tie itself into such an extraordinary knot I have no idea."
Could it possibly have transfixed its own wing in making a dart into the water ?
It would be interesting to hear if any member of the Society has ever met with
a similar case.
E. C. CHOLMONDELEY.
Indore, C. I., June, 1903.
No. IX.— LATE STAY OF THE SHELDRAKE {TADORNA CORNUTA)
IN TIRHUT AND PECULIAR FORM OF ALBINISM
IN THE COMMON HERON (ARDEA CINE RE A).
A fine male Sheldrake was brought me by a mirshikar on the 11th of May.
It was caught on a large chaur in this district. This is very late for this
species, as most have left India before the middle of April. Sheldrakes are
very rare in this district. I also got on the same date a peculiar form of
albinism in Ardea cinerea, I append a description of the same. Head and neck
and lower plumage white, except crest, which is brown, the longer feathers
being very dark. There are also some buffy brown feathers on the forehead,
and the lower neck is streaked with buffy brown and dark brown. There is also
an interrupted brown collar on the breast. Sides of body, axillaries and under
wing coverts pale ashy brown ; upper back brownish-buff, the bases of all and
the tips of some of the feathers being white ; lower back ashy-grey ; primaries
and secondaries pale buff with the broad portions of inner webs tinged with
brown, the three innermost primaries and their coverts being dark brown ;
tertiaries ashy-brown ; lesser wing coverts white, remaining coverts buffy white ;
tail buff, brownish at base except the central feathers, which have white instead
of buff. Colours of soft parts same as in ordinary specimens, except the legs,
which are dirty flesh colour.
CHAS. M. INGLIS.
Baghownie Fcty., Darbhanga, Bengal.
18//* June, 1903.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 351
No. X— NOTES ON BIRDS NEAR QUETTA.
( Continued from Page G01, Vol. XIV.)
Dendrocopus sindianus — Sind Pied Woodpecker. — Common at Shelabagh at the
mouth of the Khojak Tunnel on the Khwaja Amram range. Not observed eke-
where.
lynx torquilla — Common Wryneck. — A constant visitor on migration in
April. Have observed a few every year.
Coracias garrula — European Roller. — This bird is very common round
Quetta in May. I have not observed it after about the middle of June, and
I do not think it breeds anywhere near.
Merops apiaster — European Bee-eater. — Arrives in large numbers towards the
end of April. Some remain all the hot weather, and probably breed, — in fact,
Major Nurse, 13th Bombay Infantry, has, I believe, actually observed them
doing so.
Aleedo ispida — Common Kingfisher. — Fairly common in the spring. I haVo
also seen one in December. Does not breed here as far as I know.
Opupa epops — European Hoopoe. — Arrives in March or April. Breeds. One
nest in a hole in rocks with young, May 18th.
Cypselus melba — Alpine Swift. — Arrives about the end of April or May.
Fairly common in the hills. Very probably breeds, as I have seen them high
up in the hills at the end of June.
Cypselus apus — European Swift. — This is the commonest swift near Quetta.
Arrives about the beginning of May in large numbers. Some undoubtedly breed
in the hills, as I found nests on May 31st in the roof of a cave. The nests were
inaccessible, but I observed the old birds feeding the young from close to for
some time.
Cypselus affttiis — Common Indian Swift. — Common in the hot weather, but
not so plentiful as the last. Arrives at the end of April. Breeds. Three nests
with fresh eggs in the roof of a cave, May 17th,
Caprimulgus europazus — European Nightjar. — Fairly common in the hot wea-
ther. Probably breeds, as I have observed it throughout the hot weather.
Cueulus canorus — Cuckoo. — Very common. On migration in March and April.
Bubo ignavus — Great-horned Owl or Eagle Owl. — Shot one in the hills in
November and saw others.
Athene bactriana — Hutton's Owlet. — This is fairly common round Quetta in
the cold weather. I have seen it in March, but do not think it remains to breed.
Vuttur monachus — Cinereus Vulture. — This is common round Quetta. It
breeds in the hills near, making a large nest at the top of a juniper tree, very
often on one growing out from a cliff. I have found a fair number of nests this
year, and have got an egg as described in " Fauna of British India Birds," Vol.
III. The nests had mostly young birds lately hatched on May 5th.
Gyps fulvus — Griffon Vulture.- — Very common. Breeds in the hills, nesting on
cliffs. The natives say that it also nests in the juniper trees. I found one nest
of this bird this year high up on a cliff. The young bird was hatched about
April 25th.
25
352 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XT,
Neophron percnopterus— Egyptian Vulture, or Large White Scavenger Vul-
ture.— Common in the hot weather. Arrives about beginning of March. Breeds
in the hills, making a nest on cliffs.
Gypaetus barbatus— Bearded Vulture, or Lammergeyer — Very common round
Quetta. Breeds in the hills, usually in very difficult situations.. One nest with
young beginning of April. One nest with one egg on which the bird was
sitting, but which proved to be addled, March 6th.
Hieraetus fasciatus — Bonelli's Eagle. — Not common in the hills. Some breed
in the hills near. Nest, May 14th, one egg hard set. Nest, May 26th, two eggs
slightly set.
Milvus govinda — Common Pariah Kite, — Common all the year, but numbers
vary greatly, getting very scarce in the cold weather.
Milvus migrans — Black Kite. — Breeds in the hills near Quetta in a good
many places, or rocky cliffs, about the middle of April. I got three fresh eggs
from one nest about April 12th.
Circus macrurus ) Pale Harrier.
Circus cyaneus ) Hen Harrier.
I think both of these Harrier's frequent Quetta on migration in the spi'ing,
I have certainly shot the latter, and I think the former very common from
middle of March to middle or end of April.
Circus csruginosus — Marsh Harrier. — Fairly common in suitable places in the
cold weather. At Khushdil Khan, in an open piece of water, about 40 miles
from Quetta, they were very common in March.
Buteo ferox — Long-legged Buzzard. — This is common in the cold weather,
chiefly the dark form. I think perhaps some breed in the hills, as I have
observed them at the end of April and have had eggs brought me by a native
on one occasion which, I think, must have belonged to this bird.
Accipiter nisus — Sparrow Hawk. — Not common. On migration about April.
Falco juggei — Laggar Falcon. — Fairly common in the cold weather. Some7
I think, breed, as I observed a pair in April, who were, as far as I could see,
building a nest high up on the face of a cliff.
Tinnunculus alaudarius — Kestrel. — Common. Breeds on cliffs in the hills.
I have found a good many nests, but most of them were inaccessible. Took
four fresh eggs from one on May 14th.
Columba intermedia ) Indian Blue Rock Pigeon.
Columba livia ) Blue Rock Pigeon.
I have shot both these birds in Quetta, the former being the most numerous.
Very common, forming large flocks in the cold weather. Breeds down the
hurezas, or underground water channels, peculiar to this part of the world.
Palumbus casiotis — Eastern Wood Pigeon, Ring Dove or Cushat. — Common
in the juniper forests round Ziarat at about 10,000 feet; also nearer Quetta on
the higher hills.
Turtur cambayensis — Little Brown Dove. — Very common in spring and
summer. Breeds about end of April and beginning of May. Some birds remain
throughout the winter.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 353
Tutlur nsorlus — Indian Ring Dove.— Common in spring and summer. Breeds
later than last named about middle of May.
Pterodes arenarius — Large or Black-bellied Sand Grouse. — Passes through
in large numbers on migration in spring and autumn. Some appear to remain
very late right on to December.
Pterodurus alchata — Large Pin-tailed Sand Grouse. — On migration in spring
and autumn like the last named, but does not appear to remain so late.
Coturnix communis — Common or Grey Quail. — Not numerous. Stragglers are
always to be found about migration in spring and autumn.
GaccaUs chukar — Chukor. — Very common on all the hills. Breeds freely.
Ammoperdix conhami — Seesee. — Very common. Frequents lower ground than
the last named. Breeds.
Francolinus vulgaris — Black Partridge or Common Francolin. — This bird
gets up as high as Babar Kuchh in the lower hills not far from Sibi and pro-
bably higher, though I have not observed it myself.
Porphyrio poliocephalus — Purple Moorhen. — I saw this bird in a small river
near Quetta in thick reeds in August, I think that they had probably bred near
there, as there were seven or eight together, apparently one family.
Fulica alra — Coot. — Very common on the open tank at Khushdil Khan, about
40 miles from Quetta, in the cold weather. I do not know if this bird remains
to breed or not.
Houbara macqueeni — Houbara. — Passes through on migration in fairly large
numbers about the end of March and April.
sEdicnemus scolopax— Stone Curlew. — One was shot out of a pair in very cold
weather in March.
Cursorius gallicus— Cream-coloured Courser. — Not common. I shot two out
of a small flock once in September and have seen others about the same time,
probably on migration,
Sarcogrammus indieus — Red-wattled Lapwing. — I have only seen one near
Quetta that was shot in March in very cold weather.
Vanellus vulgaris — Lapwing or Peewit. — Some cold weathers this bird is
common, in others rare.
sEgialtiis dubia — Little Ringed Plover. — Common in the spring, arriving early
in February or March; remains late, as I have observed them in May.
jEgialitis geoffroyi. — Large' Sand Plover. One was brought to me in March to
identify, which was shot out of a small flock of five or six. I identified it as
above, but its dimensions were slightly larger, viz., length 8-75, tail 2"5, wing
5*8, tarsus P5, bill from gape 1*1.
Himantopus candidus— Black-winged Stilt.— Common at Khushdil Khan in
March.
Totanus hypoleucus— Common Sandpiper.— Not common. The only ones I have
observed were in April.
Totanus ochropus — Green Sandpiper. — This bird is common in the cold weather,
but not in large numbers ; remains late, as I have seen them in May.
Pavoncella pugnax — Ruff and Reeve. — I shot one in February, a female.
354 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Scolopax rusticula — Wood Cock. — A few are shot every cold weather rotmd
Quetta.
Gallinago ccehstis— Common Snipe, Full or Fan-tail Snipe.— In suitable
places in the cold weather ; not numerous, as there is very little ground for
them.
Gallinago gallinula— Jack Snipe. — Met with occasionally in the cold weather.
Larus rklibundus — Laughing Gull. — I saw large flocks of this gull on Khushdil
Khan tank in March. They are fairly common in the cold weather.
Pekcanus roseus — Eastern White Pelican. — Have seen them migrating at Batar
Kuchh in February.
Phalacrocorax carlo — Large Cormorant. — I saw a few at Khushdil Khan in
March ; not common.
Ardea cinerea — Common Heron. — Not uncommon in suitable plaees in the
cold weather ; they were numerous at Khushdil Khan in March.
Herodias alba — Large Egret. — Fairly numerous at Khushdil Khan in
February.
Phcemcopterus roseus — Common Flamingo. — I saw a large flock of these birds,
probably 200 or 300, at Khushdil Khan in March, I suppose migrating, as they
did not alight.
Tadorna cornuta — Sheldrake. — Rare. I saw two at Khushdil Khan tank in
March, but did not shoot one.
Casarca rutila — Ruddy Sheldrake, or Brahminy Duck. — Passes through in
February-March.
Anas boscas — Mallard. — Common in the cold weather in suitable places.
Nettium crecca — Common Teal. — Common in the cold weather in suitable
places.
Dafila acuta — Pintail. — Generally distributed in suitable places in the cold
weather ; not very numerous.
Spatula chjpeata — Shoveller.— Fairly numerous in suitable plaees in the cold
weather.
Marmoronetta angustirosiris — Marbled Duck.— Not common. I shot two at
Khoshdil Khan in February, but there were not many there at that time.
Netta rufina — Red-crested Pochard. — Common in suitable localities in the cold
weather.
Nyrocaferina — Pochard or Dunbird. — Common in suitable localities in the
cold weather,
Nijroca ferruginea — White-eyed Duck. — Not very numerous. A fair number in
February at Khushdil Khan.
iVyroca fuligula — Tufted Duck. — This bird was common in Khushdil Khan
tank in March, but in February there were very few.
Erismatura leucocephala— White-headed Duck. — I saw a lot of about six in
Khushdil Khan in February, of which I shot two.
Mergm albellus— Smew.— Common in the cold weather in suitable places.
Podicipes albipennis— Indian Little Grebe or Dabchick.— This bird was com-
mon at Khushdil Khan in February-March.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 355-
Since the first part of this paper was written I have made the following fur-
ther notes : —
Turdas viscivorus — Missel Thrush.' — I found a nest of this bird this year,
placed in a juniper tree about ten feet from the ground, at about 8,000 feet
elevation. It contained four eggs slightly incubated on May 1st.
Oriolus hundoo — Indian Oriole. — This bird is much more common than usual
this year. I have seen three or four pairs near Quetta about May 10th.
Sylvia Jerdoui — The Eastern Orphean Warbler. — I found a nest of this bird
on May 17th this year ; it was placed at the end of a drooping branch of a fair-
sized tree, about ten feet from the ground and rather difficult to get at : the ne&t
was composed of thin sticks outside, and lined with fibres ; there were r.o
feathers or hair in its composition ; it was of rather flimsy construction. The
bird was sitting on the nest at the time, and I had no difficulty in identifying it,
more especially as I know the bird well. The nest contained three nearly
fresh eggs, rather broad ovals, white with spots of two or more shades
of green ; the spots were thicker towards the large end, but nowhere
very thick.
Saricola deserti — The Desert Chat.— I found a nest of this bird on May 24th»
It was placed on the side of a bare bank of mud about ten or fifteen feet high,
and wa^ concealed under the root of a small dead shrub ; it was composed of
roots and fibres, and contained three young birds nearly fledged.
I have also made sure of the large Eagle of these parts since I sent my note?.
A Pathan brought one in the other day, which I had no difficulty in identifying
as a male Golden Eagle, Aquila chrysaelus. I have little doubt that the egg^ —
one last year and one this — belong to this bird. The Pathan who brought the
eggs showed me the nest this year, high up on a cliff and some way in the hills,
and assured me that it belonged to the same sort of bird that he had shot and
brought in to me.
T. E. MARSHALL, Capt., R.A.
Quetta, June, 1903.
No. XL— SAMBAR KILLED BY WILD DOGS.
It may interest the members of the Society, and perhaps call forth some per-
sonal experiences, if I give the following short account of a sambar (Cervus
unicolor) that I found killed by wild dogs in the Poonassa division of the Nimar
district, Central Provinces, on the 26th May this year, while on a short shooting
trip to the Nerbudda Valley. I had sent my pony on by a short cut to a pool,
while I took a round of the hills looking for sambar and bear, and getting
back to this pool about 11-30 could not at first see the extra men and syce with
the pony, as they had gone on some little distance from the water, half lying in
which I found a full-grown sambar stag with horns in velvet. The villager
whom I had sent with the syce and pony to the pool then pointed out some
reddish jackal-like forms sneaking about in the bushes to the right, and these
I made out to be three wild dogs. I then sent all the men, except the shikari,
away and tried and did succeed in getting shots at two of the dogs, who although
loth to go away yet kept to the undergrowth, so that my 303 bullets split up on
356 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
twigs and I did not succeed in bagging one. I had only a hollow-fronted
bullet by Kynoch & Co. with me, besides a 10-bore rifle. After the third
shot they went away and the shikari said would not return at all to
this kill. Had I waited a longer time I could no doubt have had a
shot in the more open forest near to the pool, but I could not do so
being far from camp and late. I then examined the carcass of the dead
sambar and found it quite fresh, so decided to take some of the meat and also
have it skinned.
The animal seemed to have been killed by being seized by the throat, the neck
appearing almost severed from the body, and a large piece of the wind-pipe torn
right out and flung to one side. The latter measured nine inches in length. The
testes I found intact and untouched ; the hind parts also had not been
mauled, from which I came to the conclusion that the sambar had been
suddenly seized while drinking at the pool and not chased and run down, as in
the latter case the quarry is invariably emasculated and pieces torn out of the
inner parts of the thighs, where the dogs who have failed to catch the testes
have taken pieces out of the first part struck with their teeth. The ears
I found untouched, as also the head, except that the velvet of the horns had in
two places been gnawed through, no doubt as the animal lay on its side after
death. The s;imbar was beautifully disembowelled, and the whole of the
viscera carried away some distance from the pool, the carcass being partly
skinned, one leg only being torn off and missing. The skin however when taken
off made a perfect pelt, so neatly had the dogs done their skinning.
From splashes of blood high up on the trees near the pool, and from the
churned up state of the pool itself, I should think that the struggle that went
on in the early hours of the morning must have been both fearful and pro-
longed. The shikari said the beast had been knocked down about 5 a.m., and
told me that there were two packs of dogs in the forest' — one frequenting the
Poonassa and one the Changarh jungles. He thought these three dogs were no
doubt part of the Poonassa pack. The dead sambar appeared to me as if it
had only been tackled by the three dogs.
REGINALD H. HEATH.
Siesa, June, 1903.
No. XII— FURTHER NOTES ON KONKAN BUTTERFLIES.
Since the publication of our paper on the butterflies of the Konkan, I am
now able to add the following notes on several species from observations at
Pali Hill near Bandra and during short visits to Khandalla and Matheran.
They merely go, I fear, to show the incompleteness of our list and the informa-
tion regarding many of the species included therein, but will, I hope, encourage
others to give their assistance in filling up tbe gaps.
(33) Sympluedra nais (Forster). — I observed this on two occasions between
the second and third milestones going from Neral up to Matheran, so it would
not appear that it is so entirely confined to the coast as we had been led to
imagine.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 357
(38) KalUma horsjieldii (Kollar). — Towards the end of April I saw an unmis-
takeable specimen of this close to the convent at Bandra. It was quite common
at Matheran during the same month.
(43) Sjmlgis epius (Westwood). — Our note made no reference to this on the
hills. I took it at Khandalla in February.
(49) Lyc&nesthes lyctrnina (Felder). — I took this species at Pali Hill on 1st
February and also at Matheran in April, where it was by no means uncommon.
(50) Talicada nyseus (Guerin). — Although this may be expected anywhere
where its food plant (Bryophyllum cahjcinum) occurs, it may be worth recording
that I found it both at Khandalla in February and at Matheran in April. At
the latter it was numerous about patches of the food plant by Charlotte Lake
and in the compound of Elphinstone Lodge.
(51) Jamides bochus (Cramer). — Our note made no mention of this being
found on the hills, and it was included in none of the lists we had access to of
Matheran butterflies. I found it quite common there in April.
(New) Nacaduba sp. ?. — I took a small dark species both at Pah Hill in
February and a number at Matheran in May, but am unable to assign them to
any species for certain. There appears to be much confusion as to what are
good species in this genus, and my specimens may be referred to some form of
either — N. ardates (Moore)= noreia (Felder) or to N. atrata (Horsfield).
(New) Arhopala centaurus (Fabr). — At Matheran both this and A. amantes
were by no means uncommon in April.
(New) Rapala orseis (Hewitson). — My specimens collected at Matheran
include unquestionable male and female of this species.
(83) Terias Mbythea (Fabr). — This species was not uncommon at Khandalla
in February.
(102) Papilio nomim (Esper). — During visits to Vehar Lake in Salsette in
March and April, Mr. E. H. Aitken repeatedly observed specimens of this,
and I watched one that was settled on a bush within two yards of me for some
minutes during the last week in June at Pali Hill, so it is evidently not so rare
as we believed.
(110) Sarangesa purendra (Moore), — Mr. E. H. Aitken found this species by no
means uncommon at Vehar in March, and I took several at Matheran in April.
(111) Sarangesa dasaliara (Moore). — I also took several specimens of this
species at Matheran.
E. COMBER.
Bombay, July, 1903.
No. XIII.— THE GOLDEN CAT (FELIS TEMMJNCKI),
In regard to the habits of this cat, the skin and skull of which I sent to the
Society's museum recently, the Lushais, who recognize it as a distinct species
and call it Kei-shen (Red-cat), say it lies up in rocks and does not climb trees.
It lives on kids, fowls, and small wild animals. The specimen I sent to the
Society's museum was killed in a nullah, 6 miles from Aijal, at an elevation of
about 1,000 feet.
L. O. CLARKE, I.C.S.
Aijal, Lushai Hills, Assam, June, 1903.
358 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
No. XIV.— Dr. CALMETTE'S ANTITOXIC SERUM AND THE
POISON OF THE DABOIA (V1PERA RUSSELLI).
In the exceedingly interesting and informing article on " Snake Bites and
Poisonous Fishes " which appeared in the last number of the Journal (No. 1
of Vol. XV), there appears a statement which, in the light of recent experi-
ments carried out in India by an expert on snake poisons, should I think, in the
general interests of a very important subject, be noticed — specially for the
sake of those who may carry about Calmette's serum with a feeling that it
is absolutely reliable. In the above articles it is stated that Calmette's antitoxic
ssrum will "immunise animals and man from lethal doses of any venom, although
each snake venom has per se well marked tonic peculiarities producing
several and various local phenomena. " But, so far as I have been reliably
informed, it has been ascertained that although Dr. Calmette's serum is
undoubtedly efficient in counteracting the venom of cobras, it is not so in the
case of the poison of the Russell's Viper or Daboia.
G. S. RODON, MAJOR;
Dharwar, 23rd July, 1903.
No. XV— FEROCITY OF THE HAMADRYAD OR KING-COBRA
(NAIA BUNGARUS).
I am sending you a snake for identification which bit a coolie woman whilst,
she was plucking leaf on our tea estate. The woman died about twenty
minutes after being bitten. It appears the snake instituted an unprovoked
attack on the woman, seizing her by the leg and hanging on but not attempting
to wind round her body. The woman was absolutely paralyzed with fear, and
apparently did nothing to try and free herself. The other coolie women who
were plucking the same plot of tea at once went off to get help, but it was not
until some coolie men arrived on the scene that the snake released its hold and
made off. The men gave chase and managed to kill it, and they assert that
when pressed the snake attacked them.
I should feel much obliged if you would kindly enlighten me on the following
points :—(l) What kind of snake it is? (2) Whether it is usual for this kind
of snake to attack people, and why it hung on so long to the:woman's leg ? It
had hold of her for quite eight minutes and could have easily let go had it so
wished, because it did so immediately the men approached to kill it. (3) Whether
the snake is venomous, or if the woman simply died of fright ? I am not
inclined to believe the latter myself, because she was a strong healthy woman,
and seemed quite re-assured when I told her that the snake was not venomous.
The symptoms were : much pain and swelling of part bitten, vomiting, diffi-
culty in breathing, total prostration, and then death.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 359
The length of the snake was 10 feet 1 inch ; circumference, thickest part,
ll£ inches.
Prompt measures were taken by my native Doctor Babu to try and save the
woman's life.
W. RABY NOBLE.
Barganj, T. E„ Behalli, Assam.
17th July, 1903.
[The snake sent is undoubtedly a Hamadryad or King-Cobra (Naia bun-
garus) — which is noted for its ferocity, — although fortunately not often to such
an extent as the above. It may possibly have had its nest somewhere in the
vicinity, which might account for its exceptional fierceness. — Ed.]
No. XVI.— NOTES ON THE INSECTS OF QUETTA.
At the request of Mr. R. Hughes-Buller, I.C.S., who is in charge of the
" Gazetteer of Baluchistan," now in course of compilation, I made some notes on
the insects to be found near Quetta. As they may perhaps interest members of
the Bombay Natural History Society, Mr. Hughes-Buller has kindly consented
to their publication in the Society's Journal.
The following remarks refer exclusively to the insects found near Quetta and
Peshin, where the writer has had opportunities for collection and observation.
Among the Orthoptera two species of locusts are the most conspicuous, and
do considerable damage. One of these, Schistocerca peregrina frequently called
Acridium peregrinum, is very widely spread. The other species is probably
Pachytylus cinerascens. During the present year (1903) the former species
appeared in large numbers in March, but a spell of cold weather killed most of
them off.
Many species of Neuroplera are common, especially dragonflies. These
insects serve a most useful purpose in killing large numbers of flies and mosqui-
toes. I believe that the larvae of dragonflies also destroy mosquito larvas.
During the present year enormous swarms of a large species of dragonfly
appeared in June and July, and to their presence I attribute the comparative
scarcity of mosquitoes. Termitida (white ants) are also numerous, and do
some damage, but less than at most places in India. llTyrjneleonides (ant-lions)
are not uncommon, and one very large species occurs. Among the lesser known
Neuroptera a species of Embia is found, and I received some years ago from
Peshin a species of Nemoptera, which is a very remarkable looking insect.
Hymenoptera (bees, wasps, etc.) are very numerous, and as my attention
has been chiefly devoted to this family, I will give a somewhat longer account
of those that occur in Baluchistan. Situated, as the country is, on the border
of the Palaearctic and Oriental regions, the species that occur here comprise
many Indian and European species. There is also some resemblance between
the Hymenopterous fauna of Kashmir and that of Baluchistan. As may be
expected, many of the species that occur here have been found in Russian Central
Asia, and have been described by Russian naturalists. Sawflies I have not
26
300 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
found : they are usually numerous only in well-wooded country. The Parasitica
are not common ; I obtained a species of Leucopsis, one or two Braconidce,
a species of Evania, besides several Ichneumomdas. The latter are, however,
less numerous than might be expected. Chrysidia; (Ruby or Cuckoo Wasps) are
common, and numerous species occur. I obtained examples, many of which
were hitherto undescribed, of the following genera : Ellampus, Hedychridium,
Hedychrum, Stilbum, and Chrysis. The latter is a large genus, and many
species occur. All the species of this family are parasitic on other Hymenop-
tera, and the more conspicuous species, such as Stilbum splendidum and Chrysis
orientalis, may frequently be observed in verandahs, seeking for the nests of
their victims, in which they deposit their ova.
The Apkla are numerous, both in species and individuals, but I have never
come across a specimen of the true honey bee (Apis), though three species occur
in India. As soon as the fruit trees come into blossom in the spring, they are
surrounded by crowds of bees, chiefly belonging to the genus Tetralonia, but
Osmia and Andrena are also represented. Later on in the summer, in addition
to the above genera, the following occur — among the short-tongued bees, CoUefes
and Prosopis ; among the long-tongued bees, Sphecodes, Halictus (many
species), Panurgus, Nomia, Nomada, Megachile (many species), Anthidium,
Parevespis, Ceratina, Coelioxys, Crocisa, Anthophora (many species), and one
species of Xylocopa. The latter is crepuscular in its habits, frequenting holly-
hocks, and its larva feeds on the wood of willow and possibly other trees,
usually I believe attacking those that are dead or dying. Specimens of two
genera, Ctnoapis and Melanapis, which have hitherto not been found outside
the Punjab and Baluchistan, also occur, the former being very common.
Among the Diploptera, or Wasps, several species of each of the following
genera are found : — Eumenes, Odynerus, Polistes and Vespa. The largest
species, Vespa orientalis, which is brown with a yellow band across the abdomen,
frequently nests in the roofs of houses. Several of the common European
wasps of the same genus are also found in some numbers.
The Fossores, or digging wasps, are well represented. Among these are found
the following genera : Apterogyna, Mutilla, and Iswarra, all having apterous
females ; none of them are common here, though occasionally the males come
to lights at night. Coming to the Scollidw, another tribe of Fossores, two
species of Meria are common, though the females are seldom seen ; Scolia is
represented by several species, two of which are large conspicuous insects which
are spread throughout the whole of Europe and Central Asia. Two or more
species of Elis also occur, and one of Sapyga, the latter genus not having been
found elsewhere in Indian limits.
Another tribe of Fossores, the Ceropalidm, till recently called the Pompilidce, is
represented by a few large, and many medium-sized and small species. As, how-
ever, entomologists have not settled definitely the generic division of this tribe,
I will notattempt to enumerate the genera which are found in Baluchistan. The
largest species found here, and also perhaps the commonest, is Salius nicerillei.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 361
A further tribe of Fossores, the Sphegidce, comprises some of the largest and
also some of the smallest of existing wasps. Representatives of the following
genera occur within our limits : Tachysphex, Larra, Homogambrus, Notogonia,
Liris, Palarus, Miscophus, Gastrosericus, Pison, Trypoxylon, Ammophila, Sceli-
phron, Sphex, Pemphredon, Passalcecus, Diodontus, Gorytes, Stizus, Benibex, Philan-
thus, Cerceris, Oxybelus, and Crabro.
The FormicidcB, or Ants, are numerous in individuals, but not so in species.
The largest and most conspicuous ant, frequently found in and about houses
is Myrmecocystus setipes, which occurs commonly in the Punjab.
Coleoptera (Beetles) are numerous, the most noticeable being various species
of Scarabasus, which act the part of scavengers by breaking up and burying the
droppings of cattle and other animals in which they lay their eggs. Several
species of dctndeHdce (Tiger-beetles) are also common. The willow, poplar,
and other trees are much subject to the depredations of some large species
of beetles, but I am not certain to what genera these belong.
Of the Lepidoptera (buttterflies and moths), the former are not very numerous,
at least in the immediate neighbourhood of Quetta. Perhaps the most common
is the almost ubiquitous Painted lady (Pyrameis cardni). The following are
the other butterflies which commonly occur near Quetta : Ganoris sp.,
Belenois mesentina, Limnas chrysippus, Synchlce daplidice, Colias sp., Teracolus
faustus, ffippardhia parisates and H. thelephassa, Polyommatus bceticus, Aplmaeus
hypargyrus, Chrysophanus phlceas, Azanus uhaldus, Zhera karsandra, Lycana
balucha,L. persica, L. hylas and L. bracteata, with perhaps a few more Lyccenidce.
The moths include Deilephila lirornica, a species of Macroglossa, a Catocala,
Tarache sulphuralis, one or two species of Plusia, and many others.
Diptera or flies, which include of course gnats and mosquitoes, are very numer-
ous. Some of them, especially the predatory Asilidce, are of very large size,
and prey upon other insects. A species of this latter genus which occurs
commonly at Quetta is about 1£ inches in length, and is most voracious,
preying upon butterflies, moths and other insects, sometimes seizing those which
are twice its own size and weight. Culicidm (gnats and mosquitoes) are fairly
numerous during the summer, a few certainly passing the winter in houses in
a state of hybernation. The genus Anopheles has attained an unenviable
notoriety during the last few years as being the intermediate host of the mala-
rial parasite. Several species of this genus doubtless occur here ; last year
(1902) individuals were not numerous, owing to the prevailing drought ; and
during the present year I attribute their comparative scarcity, as before
mentioned, to the unusual number of dragonflies.
Simuliidce (sand-flies) are very common, and few escape their irritating
attentions. Blood-sucking flies, also frequently called gad-flies, are very numer-
ous at times, and are especially annoying to horses and camels, the females
biting them to such an extent as frequently to cause considerable swellings on
the abdomen, I have seen several horses during the present year, including
one of my own, which were quite unfit for work owing to their bites.
The Oestridce (Bot-flies) are not very frequently seen in the imago slate, but
362 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
some species are certainly numerous, among them Cephalomyia maculata, the
larva of which comes to maturity in the camel's nostril, causing great irritation.
A species of Hippobosca is also common, attacking both horses and dogs.
Among the lesser known classes of insects may be included the Hemiptera
(bugs), of which a considerable number of various species occur, among them
being of course Cimex lectularius, so noxious to the human race. Cicadas, a
species of which appeared in enormous numbers during the present year, are
part of this family : the noisy song of the males cannot fail to attract attention.
This group is of interest, as the larvae frequently takes many years to develop,
the perfect insect appearing sometimes at intervals of 13 and even 17 years.
These insects did some damage to trees during this year, being present in mil-
lions : many kinds of birds may have been observed preying on them.
Aphides, frequently called plant-lice, do great damage to many fruit trees,
and I believe that the galls, which so disfigure many of the poplar trees in and
near Quetta, are the work of an insect of this group.
The above is, of course, only a rough outline of the numerous insects which
are found near Quetta. In the present state of our knowledge of entomology
it is impossible to give anything like a complete list of the insect fauna of any
portion of the Indian Empire.
C. G. NURSE, Major,
13th Bombay Infantry.
Quetta, August, 1903.
No. XVII.— CURIOUS ACCIDENT TO THE COMMON SWIFT
{CYPSELUS AFFINIS).
I am sending you an account which I do not think can be called a unique
instance of unpremeditated suicide in a bird, but it is nevertheless a case for our
sympathy. The little swift I send was found hanging close to its nest strangled
by the string which is now attached to it. I think there was a photograph in
the " Strand Magazine " some time ago of a similar instance, the subject being
a sparrow. In the present case the story has the unimpeachable authority of
our local vicar ; and the explanation is simple, viz , that the string, which
is double, was flying loose near the nest and the bird got accidentally caught in
it. I send it as priven to me, as it may be of interest.
M. D. MACKENZIE.
Hyderabad (Sind), August 4, 1903.
Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. Vol. XV.
*m
Agaricus Woodrowii, Massee.
Poona Brown Mushroom.
Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. Vol. XV.
Lepiota altissima, Massee.
Vern. alini.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 363
No. XVIII —FOUR INTERESTING BOMBAY PLANTS.
LEPIOTA ALTISSIMA, Massee, Kew Bull, 1898, page 114.
{With a plate?)
The Giant Mushroom of the Western Ghats, named Alim by Khandala people,
is a very distinct new species, attaining in the fresh state 10 inches in height and 8
inches in width of cap. The cap is membranaceous, but in the centre somewhat
fleshy and with a slight boss ; the gills are white, but with age assume a pale yellow.
It is eaten by the Ghat people, and is described as follows by Mr. G. Massee : —
Lepiota altissima, Pileus membranaceous, albidus, centro tantum carnosus,
e convexo-plano subumbonatus, squamis concentricis innatus subsquarrosus, ad
marginem fimbriatus, fibrosus, circiter 8 cm. latus ; Lamella? liberas, sub-confertse
albas, dein pallide flava ; Sporse ovatse 8 X 5 u ; basidia subclavata 28-30 x 8-10 u ;
Stipes a pileo discretis albus cylindraceus bulbillosus fistullosus tandem usque
25 cm. longus, apice vix 1 cm. crassus ; annulus persistens, fimbriatus.
AGARICUS WOODROWII, Massee, Kew Bull, 1901, page 151.
THE POONA BROWN MUSHROOM.
[With a plate.)
A Mushroom abundant on the golf links at Poona and similar dry upland
pastures in the Deccan during a short season about September-October ; it
attains 4i inches in width of cap and 4 inches in length of stalk. The cap is
nearly globular, but at length becomes umbrella-shaped and irregularly cracked,
displaying the white underlayer ; the stalk is swollen in the centre, white and
as long as the breadth of the cap ; the gills and spores brown ; and the ring
ultimately drying up and disappearing.
It is a valued esculent which might be cultivated with great advantage.
" Ag. Woodrowii, Massee (Sp. nov). Pileus subglobosus glaber primitus Iasvis,
dein centro rimoso-arcolatus, ex albido fuscescens, 3 — 5 cm. latus, caro 1 cm.
lato, fuscescens. Lamella; confertse, liberae sed approximates, umbrinas. Sporm,
ellipticse, glabrae, umbrinse 8 x 5 u. Stipes ventricosus, albidus, deorsum fus-
cescens, glaber, 3 — 5 cm. longus : annulus superus, evanescens "
" On the ground, Poona, Woodrow, Edible. Allied to Agaricus silvaticus,
Schaeff; distinguished from this and all known species by the ventricose stem
and crowded approximate gills."
FREREA IN DIC A, Dalz. Marathi Shindul maludi.
[With a plate.)
A very rare plant which commemorates the Bombay Government House
Party of circa 1865. It is of very local occurrence ; found originally
by Mr. Dalzell on a? hill near Junir and more recently on the same place by
Mr. N. B. Ranade, who took plants to Poona which flowered, and the figure §
natural size has been produced from a photograph.
At Poona it proved to be a prostrate herb with thick branches, and the leaves
oblong, subsessile, fleshy, 1| inches in length ; flowers, solitary or in pairs, f inch
diam., rotate, purplish, fringed with vibratile hairs.
364 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
JATROPHA GLANDUL1FERA, Roxb., Undirbibi.
(With a plate.")
- Abundant in waste places in Western India. There is a very glandular shrubby
species of Jatropha with reddish tinged leaves and red flowers, a naturalised
plant from Tropical America known to the people as Vilyati ratanjoh, the
Jatropha gossypifolia, Linn. Its special interest lies in the fact that it has been
mistaken by Dr. Dymock in his " Pharmacographia Inclica" III., 273, and quoted
by Mr. Nairne in " Flowering Plants of Western India," page 295, for the subject
figured which is the true appurtenant to the name J. glandulifera, although it
is much less glandular than the species referred to above. Roxburgh describes
this plant minutely in the Flora Indica, Clarke Ed., page 689, and to it belongs
the legend given by Dr. Dymock to the following effect : — A cultivator near
Pandarpur was ploughing his field while crowds were passing to meet the
palanquins of the gods brought from other temples to Pandarpur, and many
passengers asked the cultivator what he was going to sow. Polite for a time, the
repeated enquiries became irritating, and to one of the questioners a very rude
answer was given ; this one happened to be the god Vithoba in disguise, who
rejoined, 'As you sow, so may you reap, ' and ever after as long as the field was
held by a Hindu it produced nothing but Undirbibi. As far as is known, this
plant is indigenous only near Pandarpur ; the specimen figured was carried to
Poona by the writer and photographed while in flower.
G. MARSHALL WOODROW.
Kelvinside, Glasgow, July, 1903.
No. XIX.— RAT KILLED BY LEAD-POISONING.
When going into an empty room in my bungalow here three or four days
ago, my nose was assailed with that smell which indicates the vicinity of decay-
ing animal matter. I found a dead rat and lying close beside it the small
cartridge (saloon or miniature rifle) which I send herewith. I conclude the
rodent gnawed the bullet and died from lead-poisoning.
A. C. YATE, Lt.-Col.,
2nd Baluch Battn.
Karachi, 31s« July, 1903.
[The bullet shows plainly the marks of a rodent's teeth, and the rat was
probably attracted by the grease on the bullet. — Ed.]
No. XX— THE FOOD AND POISON OF CENTIPEDES.
Mr. Okeden's notes on the " Centipede eating a Snake " published in the
last number of the Society's Journal, has suggested to me that the following
notes may be of interest : —
I was disturbed one night by the noise of a sparrow in distress, and thinking
that a snake had probably got hold of it, I pulled down the nest which was in
the roof of my verandah, and found a large centipede clinging round the
sparrow's body with its head buried in the bird's side. The centipede would not
or could not let go its hold, and was cut away with a pair of scissors.
Si
si
v.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 365
The sparrow had a hole in its side about half an inch in width and the same
in depth, and was quite dead and fell to the ground when I pulled the nest
down.
On another occasion I placed a large centipede in a glass-covered box with a
medium-sized snake (Zamenis ventrimaculatus), and then irritated them with a stick
through a small hole in the box, when the centipede attacked the snake and bit it
about the centre of its body. The snake kept turning over and over apparently
in great pain and in about half an hour died. The centipede was only seen to
bite the snake once. Unfortunately neither of the centipedes above referred to
were identified.
W. D. CUMMING.
Oemaka, Persian Gulf, July, 1903.
No. XX1.—JATROPHA CURCAS.
With reference to the paper on this plant by my old friend Colonel Kirtikar,
I.M.S., I can contribute two more cases of the seeds having been eaten with con-
trary results. In the first case I was taking an evening walk with a native
doctor, and seeing that the Jatropha bushes were full of seed asked him if
they were good to eat. He said that children sometimes ate them. Thereupon
I ate several, liked them much, and suffered no effects whatever. In the second
case I was taking another evening walk with a now eminent Civilian, and telling
him of my first experience : we both ate, one seed and two, respectively. The
result was a burning in the throat, diarrhoea, general discomfort and depres-
sion, that lasted for nigh a week.
The only explanation I can offer is that in the first case the seeds were old
and had hung on the tree for months, while in the second case they were barely
ripe. The first case occurred at Mandvi (Surat district) in winter, the second
at Surat itself in the rains.
F. GLEADOW.
Mauritius, 23rd July, 1903.
No. XXII.— PARASITES IN PEREGRINE FALCONS.
I have lately had the misfortune to lose within 10 days all those of my
peregrine falcons which I was keeping with me in the plains this hot weather
from the same cause. I am sending by post three little bottles containing the
worms which were the cause of death of the three hawks. Perhaps it may be
possible to identify the worm which I have never heard of before as attacking
peregrines, and it would be interesting to know whether the parasite is a
water-born creature or whether the hawks were infected by the flesh of other
birds. Two of the falcons were trained birds, which have been in this part of
Rajputana for a whole year, and have therefore been subjected to the same
causes of disease ; but, curiously enough, one of the hawks was a freshly caught
wild bird, which only reached me from Rawalpindi on the 15th of May, and
although it appeared fit when caught, it was already sickening when it arrived
here. My own hawks began to sicken on the 1st and 5th May, respectively,
and I was forced to destroy them on the 22nd and 30th, respectively. The
366 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
wild hawk arrived here sick on 15th, and had to be destroyed on the 25th.
It looks rather like an epidemic disease affecting peregrine falcons this hot
season. All the hawks were simply devoured alive by the worms, the lungs,
liver, and all the other organs being perforated, and when examined it appear-
ed extraordinary that the hawks should have been able to live at all and feed
with their organs in the mangled state they were found in. My own two
trained hawks ate voraciously till the end, while the wild hawk refused food for
several days ; but they all became paralysed in the legs in precisely the same
manner, and of course directly this set in I had to destroy them. I have
here also a Laggar and two Shikras which are being fed on the same food and
water, but none of these have been affected. I should be very grateful if
any members could enlighten me as to the nature of this disease ; and it would
be interesting to know whether any others have observed it, and especially as
an epidemic among falcons or other hawks.
S. DELME RADCLIFFE, Capt.
(Meywar Bhil Corps).
Kotra, Rajputana, June, 1903.
No. XXIII— DIOSCOREA DMMONA, ROXB.
This is a common climber in the Thana district, known under the name of
Waz by the agriculturalists and wild tribes. It is described in the Flora of
British India as follows : —
" Root tuberous, lobed, biennial. Stem stout, terete, more or less prickly.
" Leaves 3-foliolate, long-petioled ; leaflets 3-12 in., glabrous or finely pubescent
"beneath, all petiolulate, broadly cuneate-obovate, cuspidately caudate-
" acuminate, sometimes strongly reticulate, lateral very oblique 5-6 nerved,
" central 3-5 nerved ; petiole 6-12 in., smooth or prickly. Male racemes 6-18
" in., pubescent or woolly ; spikes |-J in., shortly peduncled, cylindric, dense-
" fid. ; bracts shorter than the flowers ; sepals orbicular-ovate, membranous,
" shorter than the coriaceous incurved petals ; anthers subsessile. Fern, spikes
"solitary, flowers distant, perianth of the male. Capsule 2-2f by 1-1| in.
" base and top truncately rounded. Seeds with the oblong wing broader than
"the nucleus."
Distribution.
It is found in the Tropical forests through India, Burma, and the Malay
Peninsula.
Distributed — Malay Islands and Tonkin. In Thana it exists in every forest
up to an altitude of 2,000 to 2,100 feet, but it may easily escape notice for in the
dry season the stem and leaves die and often only the dried seeds may be
observed hanging over the leafless crown of some tree or bamboo clump. It ia
in the month of May that Dioscorea daemona commences vegetative activity by
throwing up a green shoot, and it bursts into leaf when the rains set in. The
flowers appear in August and are yellowish-green in colour.
It possesses a climbing habit like most of the other Dioscoreas and is therefore
usually found growing beneath a tree or shrub.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES.
367
Description of Tubers.
The tubers are ashy grey in colour and varied in shape, some being oval, others
conical about 1 to 3 in diameter and weighing each about 6 to 12 oz. or 1 lb.
They are found usually about 6" to 9" from the surface in loose rocky soil
growing in clusters like potatoes. A tuber planted in June attains full develop-
ment of its stem in about 6 weeks and the leaves remain green till about
October, when the stem as already stated withers and dries up. It climbs
specially up the bole of a tree to a height of about 12 to 13 feet. Flowering
often does not take place when the tuber is planted in soft good garden soil.
The Kathodis who are the wood-cutters and charcoal-burners of the Thana
district are the chief consumers of the tubers which are largely utilized in
seasons of distress. In ordinary years Karva Kand (Dioscorea bulbiferd) and
Londi {Dioscorea pentaphylld) tubers are more extensively resorted to.
Mode of pkeparation for food.
The tubers are immersed in running water all night, removed in the morning,
then boiled, peeled and eaten. If not immersed in water but boiled only they
produce intoxicating effects, a condition which is described by the local people
as "Maz."
Chemical Analysis.
Through the courtesy of Mr. Burkill, Reporter on Economic Products to
the Government of India, the tubers were submitted to chemical analysis and
afforded the following constituents : —
For the sake of comparing the dietetic value of these tubers with that of
the potato, the following results of the analysis of this well-known food is
reproduced from the Journal of the Department of Agriculture, Western
Australia : —
Water ... ... ... ... 78*3
Protein ...
Fat
Carbohydrates
Mineral matter
2-2
0-1
18-4
1-0
100-0
Nitrogenous matter.
Principally starch.
The above figures, like others for composition of food-materials, represent
general averages, from which there are wide variations in individual specimens.
C. M. RYAN, I.F.S., f.l.s.
Bandra, near Bombay, bth October 1903.
27
368 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE MEETING HELD ON 23rd JULY, 1903.
A meeting of the members of the Bombay Natural History Society was held
at the Society's Rooms on 23rd July, 1903, Mr. James Macdonald presiding.
NEW MEMBERS.
The election of the following forty-two new members was announced :• —
Life Member— Capt. T. M. Foulkes, I.M.S. (Waltair). Members— H. E.
Lady Northcote (Poona) ; Lieut. A. E. Powell, R. E. (Kirkee) ; Capt. A. H.
Morris, R.A.M.C. (Bombay); Mr. Chas. W. White, F.R.G.S. (Bombay);
Sergeant-Instructor Alex. Steel (Bclarum) ; Capt. C. R. Kelly, R.G.A. (Roorkee);
Lieut. W. S. Patton, I.M.S. (Bombay) ; Capt. A. H. Ollivant, R. A. (Jutogh,
near Simla) ; Col. H. Hodgkinson (Bombay) ; Mr. H. B. Holme (Bassein,
Burma); Capt. C. R. Pearce, I.M.S. (Maymyo, Burma); Capt. A. Mears,
I.A. (Bombay) ; Mr. F. W. Strong, I.C.S. (Jorhat, Assam) ; Major F. A.
Hoghton (Bellary) ; Mr. A. L. Hine-Haycock (Colombo, Ceylon) ; Hon'ble Mr.
W. R. deCourcy (Ahmednagar) ; Mr. T. M. Jones (Rangoon) ; Mr. A.
Steheiin (Falam, Chin Hills) ; Mr. H. King Robinson (Darjeeling) ; Mr. C. J„
Davidson (Bangkok, Siam) ; Mr. J. Monteath, I.C.S. (Dharwar) ; Lieut. S.
Pershouse (Meiktila, Burma) ; Lieut. E. M. Bosanquet, R A. (Quetta) ;
Mr. H. A. Thornton, I.C.S. (Rangoon); Mr. H. Maxwell Lefroy (Surat) ;
Mr. W. C. Symes (Bombay) ; Mr C. H. T. Whitehead (Wellington) ; Mr. M L.
Oakes (Gonda, U. P.) ; Mr. C. H. 3. Kendall, I.C.S. (Gonda, U. P.) ; Mr. G. C.
Verrieres (Fyzabad) ; Mr. E. B. Howell (Nanking, China) ; Mr. C. V. N. Short-
land (Jubbulpore) ; Mr. L. Robertson, I.C.S. (Ahmedabad) ; the Hon'ble A. E.
Hill-Trevor (Bombay) ; Mr. W. Aitchison, I.F.S. (Waltair) ; Mr. F. E. Coning-
ham (Parvatipur) ; Mr. L. B. Stephens (Karachi) ; Major F. C. Muspratt
(Shan-hai-kwan, N. China) ; Mr. R. G. McKerron, M.A., I.C.S. (Rangoon) ;
Mr. Raymond W. Cooper (Karachi); and Mr. Colin Mackenzie (Ootaca-
mund).
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE MUSEUM.
The Honorary Secretary, Mr. W. S. Millard, acknowledged receipt of the fol-
lowing contributions since the last meeting : —
Contribution.
Description.
Contributor.
A number of birds' skins
from Chitral.
1 Jungle Cat
1 Waved Cat
1 Tiger Cub (foetal speci-
men).
1 Dhaman, juv (alive)
Some butterflies trom Lower
Burma.
2 S k i n s of White-tailed
Bush Chat.
1 Skin of the Redcapped
Babbler.
1 Snake(alive)
Felis chaus
Felix torquuta ...
Falls tigris
Zamenis muco.sus
Pratincola leucura
Timelia pileata
OUgodon subgriseus ....
Capt. H. Fulton.
Do.
Do.
Capt. Goring Jones.
Mr. P. Gerhardt.
Mr. E. McDougall.
Mr. S. L. Whymper.
Mr. S. L. Whymper.
Rev. F. Dreckmann, S.J.
PROCEEDINGS.
369
* Forwarded to the Victoria Gardens.
Minor contributions from Lieut. A. Willock, R.I.M., Lieut. W. S. Patton,
I.M.S., Major G. S. Rodon, Capt. J. W. Watson, I M.S., Commander N. Jarvis
Wilson, R.I.M., Mr. H. Godwin Austin, Mrs. DuBoulay, Colonel R. Light,
Mr. E. C. Cholmondeley, and Mr. K. Ringger.
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE LIBRARY.
Smithsonian Institution Annual Report for 1901 In Exchange.
Proceedings of the United States National Museum, Vols. 23 and 24... Do.
Bulletin of the United States National Museum, Nos. 50 and 51 Do,
370 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Proceedings and Transactions of the Nova Scotian Institute of Science,
Vol. X, Part 3 In Exchange.
Directions for Collecting and Rearing Dragon Flies (Smithsonian
Institution) • Do.
Directions for preparing study specimens cf small mammals Do.
Directions for collecting Minerals... *. Do.
Directions for collecting Rocks and for the preparation of -thin
Sections • Do.
Viertelijahrsschrift der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Zurich Do.
Land and Fresh-water Mollusca from Siam, by Dr. W. T Blandford, ) Presented by
F.R.S -. J the Author.
Transactions of the Entomological Society of London, 1902 In Exchange.
c ,. rr -i • tt i t o 4- i i The Colombo
Spoha Zeilamca, Vol. I, Part 1 j Museum.
A List of the Birds of Lucknow, Part I to IV, by Wm. Jesse, M.A.,
F.Z.S., M.B.O.U The Author.
Records of the Botanical Survey of India, Vol. II., No. 4 In Exchange.
{Presented by
Maharaja
of Mysore.
Studies in relation to Malaria No. 2. The Structure and Biology of
Anopheles, by G. F. Nuttall and A. E. Shipley The Author.
" Animals of No Importance, " by D. Dewar Do.
Serum reaction of "Bacillus Pestis" in Plague Do.
Farther observations on the reaction of Bacillus Pestis in Plague Do.
Enteric Lesions inducted artificially by intoxication with the
products of Bacillus coli communis and its allies in rabbits and
rats..... Do.
On a nutrient fluid suited for perfusion experiments of the heart
of Rana Tigrina and other allied species in India < Do.
On some effects of the constituents of Ringer's circulating fluid on
skeletal muscular contractions in Rana hexadactyla and R.
Tigrina Do.
Precipitation in Plague sera by Dr. R. Row, M.D. (London), B.Sc.
(London) Do.
EXHIBITS.
The attention of members present was drawn to the splendid specimen of
an Hamadryad now alive in the Museum. This dangerous snake was captured
in the Travancore jungles by a member (Mr. Norman Davidson) who forwarded
it to the Society. Another notable contribution exhibited was the head of the
Arabian Thar (Hemitragus Jayakari) presented by Major P. Z. Cox, F.Z.S.,
of Muscat, This goat was discovered some ten years ago by a member of the
Society, Colonel A. S. Jayakar, after whom it was named, and the head now
exhibited is one of the few specimens which have been obtained. Mr. F.
Gleadow, I.F.S., also exhibited the skin of a curious animal peculiar to the
Island of Mauritius, called the Tanrec or Teurac (Cemtetes ecaudatus). These
insectivorous animals are almost tailless. Their food consists principally of
earthworms, slugs, snails, etc. They burrow in the soil and are most evident
PROCEEDINGS.
371
in the warm season. They are greatly prized as food by the Malay Creoles who
organize poaching parties to catch them on moonlight nights digging them up
out of their holes.
PAPERS READ.
Papers on the following subjects were read : — Kills by Carnivorous Animals,
by W. A. Wallinger, I.F.S. ; Notes on Anopheles in Ceylon, by Major N.
Manders, R.A.M.C, F.E.S. ; The Trees and Shrubs of the Lonaula and Karla
Groves, by Prof. G. A. Gammie, F.L.S. ; The Enemies of Butterflies, by Major
C. G. Nurse, F.E.S. ; and Curious accident to a Kingfisher, by E. C. Chol-
mondeley.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE MEETING HELD ON THURSDAY, THE 24th
SEPTEMBER 1903.
A meeting of the members of the Bombay Natural History Society was held
at the Society's Rooms on Thursday, the 24th September 1903 ; Mr. R. C.
Wroughton presiding.
NEW MEMBERS.
The Honorary Secretary, Mr. W. S. Millard, mentioned that during this year
142 new members had joined the Society, but more were still required, and it
was hoped that members would still continue to try and induce others to join.
The election of the following new members was announced : — Mr. T. Malcolm
(Behrampur) ; Capt. E. A. Fagan (Alwar) ; Mr. R. H. Brooke (Bombay) ; Mr.
F. Sikes (Badulla, Ceylon) ; Capt. W. Lethbridge, I.M.S. (Muscat) ; Mr. G.
Wapshare (Ootacamund) ; Surgeon-General G. W. R. Hay, I M.S. (Ootaca-
mund) ; Mr. L. K. Martin (Buldana, Berars) ; Mr. G. B. de Mowbray (Maskeliya,
Ceylon) ; Mr. C. P. Hodgson (Ootacamund) ; Captain C. Swan (Ootacamund) ;
Sir Frederick Price (Ootacamund) ; Mr. C. Mullaly, I.C.S. (Ootacamund) ;
Major F. Vans Agnew, R. A. (Wellington, Nilgiris) ; Captain N. S. Coghill,
I.A. (Radhanpore, Gujerat) ; Mr. J. C. Hopwood (Kyauksee, Upper Burma) ;
Mr. W. S. Burke (Calcutta) ; Mr. H. P. W. Macnaghten (Bombay) ; Captain
E. G. W. Pratt (Bombay) ; Captain D. C. Kemp, I.M.S. (Cuddalore, South
Arcot, Madras) ; Mr. J. H. Ivens (Mussoorie) ; Honorary Secretary, R. A. Mess,
Roorkee (Roorkee) ; Mr. W. A. Hertz (Myitkyina, Upper Burma) ; Major W.
B. Bannerman, I.M.S. (Bombay) ; Mr. B. V. Kelly (Baumauk, Katha, Upper
Burma) ; Major A. F. Mackenzie, M.V.O. (93rd Highlanders, Calcutta) ; and
Captain E. W. Harris (Vizianagram).
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE MUSEUM.
The Honorary Secretary acknowledged receipt of the following contributions
since the last meeting : —
Contribution.
Description.
Contributor.
1 Snake (alive)
1 Skin of the Turkestan
Grasshopper-Warbler.
2 Skins of the Brown Rock
Pipit.
Trnpidonotus platyceps
Locvstella straminea
Anthvg similig
Mr. H. Vernon Purkis.
Major A. Newnham.
Do.
372 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
* New to the Society's collectiou.
Minor contributions from Mr. C. Fischer, Mr. S. D. Navalkar, Captain Corbett,
Colonel R. Light, Mr. Narotumdas Morarji Goculdas, Mr. E. C. Cholmondeley,
Mr. M. R. Jardine, Mr. G. W. Moir, Mrs. DuBoulay, Mr. A, B. Simkins, and
Mr. C. Rustomji Avari.
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE LIBRARY.
Bulletin de la Societe Zoologique de France, Annee 1902, in exchange.
Departmental Notes on Insects that affect Forestry, by E. P. Stebbing,
F.L.S., F.E.S., F.Z.S., presented by the Author.
Illustrations of the Zoology of the R I.M.S. " Investigator, " Crustacea,
Part X, in exchange.
Lepidoptera Indica, Moore, Part LXIV., H. H. the Maharaja of Mysore.
Peripatus, Myriapods and Insects, Part I (Cambridge Natural History Series),
presented by Mr. E. Comber.
THE JOURNAL.
The Honorary Secretary mentioned that the Committee were glad to
announce that a very valuable series on the " Snakes of India " (with coloured
PROCEEDINGS. 373
illustrations), written by Captain F. Wall, I.M.S., would shortly commence
in the Journal, and the plates were now being prepared at home. They
also had in view a series on the " Common Butterflies of India, " by which
the butterflies of the plains were referred to. This series would also have
coloured illustrations, and, as Mr. E. H. Aitken had kindly promised to write
some of the letter-press, it would be certain to be interesting and as attractive
as all his„writings are.
PAPERS READ.
The following papers were then read : — 1. " The Food and poison of Centi-
pedes," by W. D. Cumming. 2. " Notes on the nidification of the Indian
Rain Quail," by R. H. Heath. 3. " Curious accident to the Common Swift,
by M. D. Mackenzie. 4. On the Collections in the Society's Museum, by
E. Comber.
Mr. Comber said the purposes for which museums are established, may
be divided into two heads, viz., the diffusion of instruction and amusement
among the mass of the people and to afford the opportunity for scientific research,
under which latter head the Society's museum of course falls. He then point-
ed out the danger of museums and the collections they contain being allowed
to deteriorate into the condition of a mere accumulation of rubbish, unless they
are properly taken care of, arranged, and catalogued. In laying stress upon these
points he mainly relied upon quotations from the words of the late Sir William
Flower who was for many years in charge of the British Museum (Natural
History), and who had a larger experience of the management and arrangement
of museums than any one else in the whole world. Mr. Comber pointed
out that .the very life of a museum depended on its Curator, which in
the case of a Society such as this was a work that had to be divided
amongst a number of its members, since the Society was not in a
position to employ a properly qualified and salaried official. More than
half of its funds were expended on the publication of its Journal, through
which alcne it was possible to bring the work of the Society before its
members, scattered as they are over nearly the whole world. He then
referred to the already vast amount of work that fell upon the Honorary
Secretaries, and appealed to members, resident in Bombay, to come forward and
give a helping hand to the Society's museum by taking some department under
their special charge, as has been the system in years past. Through one circum-
stance or another the Society has lately lost, or is losing, the assistance of
several of its most enthusiastic resident members, such as Mr. E. H. Aitken and
Mr. R. C. Wroughton, and unless others — even if less experienced— will come
forward, the work of the Society must inevitably suffer. The Society has up to
now not succeeded in filling the vacancies caused by the departure of Captain
A. J. Peile, R.A., and Staff Surgeon Bassett-Smith, R. N., who so ably controlled
the departments under their care. Mr. Comber then briefly reviewed the
collections in the museum, pointing out where they were weak and required a
helping hand to bring them into order, so that they may be of the greatest use
374 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
to the members. Without this being done, much really valuable material was
lying waste, never being brought before the world of science. He ended with
a further appeal to those present to use their influence with other members to
come forward and give a helping hand.
The meeting then ended with a vote of thanks to the authors of the papers.
pi
Q
q:
<
X
o
o
0.
Q
uj cq
c/j s1-
Q ^
UJ
t£
UJ
X
u
/■
'■
JOURNAL
OF THE
BOMBAY
cit%
Vol. XV. BOMBAY. No. 3.
INSECT LIFE IN INDIA AND HOW TO STUDY IT,
BEING
A SIMPLE ACCOUNT OF THE MORE IMPORTANT FAMILIES OF INSECTS,
WITH EXAMPLES OF THE DAMAGE THEY DO TO CROPS,
TEA, COFFEE AND INDIGO CONCERNS, FRUIT,
AND FOREST TREES IN INDIA
BY
E. P. STEBBING, f.l.s., f.e.s.
Part II.
(Continued from page 192 of this Volume.')
Chapter IV.
Order III. Neuroptera.
In this Order the adult Insect is provided with a biting mouth. Two
pairs of wings are present, usually furnished with an extensive system
of nervures or veins which form a network in the wing. The meta-
morphosis is incomplete. Some of the members of the Order are
wingless. Fig. 23 shows a common dragon-fly which is a good
representative of this Order.
The Neuroptera comprise a comparatively small number of insects,
including the Termites or the so-called ' white ants,' dragon-flies,
l
37G JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
stoneflies, May-flies, caddis-flies, lace-wing flies, ant-lions, &c, and the
■wingless bird-lice.
FiG. 23 — A Common dragon-fly. Tetlnus rapax (Calcutta). §rd* nat. size.
Present knowledge and observations on these insects tend to show
that with the exception of the termites they are not of great importance as
pests. For our purpose it will be sufficient to consider shortly six families,
a seventh, the Termitidce, being dealt with in somewhat greater detail.
Fam. I. Mallophaga.— Bird-Lice or Biting Lice.
These are flat wingless insects furnished with a large head ; thorax
usually of two, rarely of one or three segments ; prothorax always dis-
tinct, hind body consisting of 8 to 10 segments in addition to the two
posterior thoracic segments. The whole of the insects of this family live
a parasitic life, creeping about on those parts that are near the skin, the
feathers or the hair of birds and mammals. They rarely come near the
surface, so that they are not detected on a superficial examination. The
legs are specially adapted for climbing amongst hair and feathers, as the
last joint of the foot is hook-shaped and can be bent back against the pre-
ceding joint ; a hair can thus be held fast between the two joints. Tho
eggs are fastened by the mother louse to the hairs, etc., of the host. These
insects either suck the blood of the host or eat the fir or feathers. Lice
multiply very rapidly on the bodies of human beings and animals when
insufficiently cleansed, and under these circumstances more on sick and
ill-nourished individuals than on healthy and well-nourished ones.
INSECT LIFE IN INDIA AND HOW TO STUDY IT.
377
In Fig. 24a, is shown the dog-louse, Trichodectus lotus with one claw
to the foot, and in b, the
common fowl-louse, Me-
nopon pallidum (greatly
enlarged) with two claws
to the foot as is usual
with the bird lice. This
latter species multiplies
Fig. 2i.— A, Common dog-louse Triehodectvs . ni -, ,.,
latus. b, Common fowl-iouse rapidly aud passes readily
JiJennpon pallumid. from one fowl to another,
and so may become a pest in the fowl house.
Remedies. — The frequent dust baths fowls are so fond of indulging in
are believed to be a remedy against the chicken louse.
Suitable feeding and treatment and proper care of the skin are
preventatives. Repeated combing with a comb which has been dipped
into a solution of soda or rubbing the badly infested spots with soft
soap and soda, washing them out after 24 hours, are cures, and will be
found useful in the case of infected ponies or other livestock.
Fam. II. Termitidae— White Ants, Termites.
The members of this family of insects live in colonies similar to the
mode of existence obtainable amongst the true Ants and the Bees.
The Termitida?, however, have no characters in common with these
latter save a similar mode of existence, and the term ' White Ant ' is,,
though a popular name for these insects, a misnomer, and its use is to
be deprecated.
Each species of Termite is social, and consists of winged and wing-
less individuals. The four wings are, in repose, laid flat on the back,
so that the upper one only is seen, except at the tips ; they are mem-
branous and very long, extending for some distance beyond the ex-
tremity of the body ; the hind pair are similar in size and consistency
to the front pair. Near the base of each wing there is a suture or line
of weakness, along which the wings can be broken off, the stumps
thus remaining as short horny flaps on the back. The neuration is un-
like that of other insects. It is very simple, consisting of two longi-
tudinal nervures enclosing a space between them, like the mid-rib of a
leaf. Smaller transverse veins take off on either side of them. Th#
whole resembles a feather of a bird or a much veined leaflet. Wingless
378 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
individuals are very numerous in the colony, and have the head and
thirteen body segments distinct, the bcdy being terminated by a pair
«• ' b.
Fig. 25.— Common White Ant or Termite. Termes taprobanes (India) «, worker ;
b, soldier; c, winged male; d, wing of male (enlarged 1£ times);?,
female or Queen Ant after pairing, showing enormously swollen body-
containing the eggs ; /, a larva (a, b, $ f, greatly enlarged).
of short cerci.
The integument is delicate and the chitinous plates are never very
hard, at times being so slightly
developed that the Insect appears
to consist of a single membranous
sac with creases in it, the head
alone being distinct. The head is
exerted and frequently of large
size, sometimes nearly as large as
all the rest of the body together
(See Fig. 256.) Termites may
be quite blind or may possess simple and compound eyes. The
w
f.
antennae are momliforni, and short, and the legs are like one another.
INSECT LIFE IN INDIA AND HOW TO STUDY IT. 379>
The following is the life history of the Termite or common ' White
Ant,' Termes taprobanes, of India : —
The insect lives in communities consisting of an enormous number
of individuals. The adult forms found in a community are (1) workerst
(2) soldiers, (3) winged males and females, (4) some of these winged
forms which have lost their wings. (See Fig. 25 a—f.) In addition
there are the young larvse. The winged king and queen are only pre-
sent for a few days. The individuals which have lost their wings are
usually limited to one pair, the king and queen. These two may be
recognized by the stumps of their cast wings, which are to be seen as
small appendages on the dorsal surface of the thorax. The continuance
of the nest is effected entirely by the king and queen. They are general-
ly incapable of leaving the nest, more especially the queen, whose body
swells up enormously after fertilisation to many times its original bulk.
Great disorganisation occurs in the, colony if anything happens to the
royal pair, and in consequence of this certain individuals amongst the
krvse are kept in such a state that they can be quickly converted into
royalties should it become necessary. It thus becomes obvious that the
old theory that it was possible to get rid of a ' white ant ' nest by digging
out and killing the king and queen is quite untenable. When this is
done, or when anything happens to the royal pair, the termites left in
the nest simply set about preparing a substitute royal couple. The
soldiers may be distinguished by their very large heads and powerful
mandibles. Their work is to guard the colony against enemies. The
workers build the nest and look after the young larvae. The males and
females are produced in enormous numbers, and may often be seen at the
commencement of and during the rains issuing from the nest in great
clouds, either from the big earthen erections or stumps of trees in the
field and forest, or from the base of walls, plinths, etc., of houses. On
reaching the outside they proceed in a continuous stream upwards, and
these great flights never fail to attract all the kites, crows, minas and
other insectivorous birds in the neighbourhood, who stuff themselves to
repletion with the food so easily obtainable. After this nuptial flight and
their return to earth, those termites which escape their numerous enemies
in the air, tear off their wings, these latter parting at the sutures described
above, and pair, should the pairing not have been gone through in the air.
The now wingless insects then endeavour to find their way back to the
original nest, and a few succeed, the greater proportion however being
380 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
either killed off or dying in the attempt. It is to ensure the survival of
the few that in all probability such enormous numbers of the winged in-
dividuals are provided. After return to the nest the body of the queen
begins to swell up by a distension of the membrane between the ehitinous
plates, until it becomes like a sausage 2 — 3 inches in length, with
the minute head and thorax at the top. (See fig. 24e.) She then lays a
number of eggs daily, continuing this performance for a long period
of time„
Termites never expose themselves willingly to daylight (except the
kino- and queen during the nuptial flight) and consequently the workers
make galleries to move about in. For their nests they build mounds of
different shapes and sizes, these being sometimes several feet high. Such
mounds are to be seen commonly over the whole of the warmer parts of
India. They are formed of particles of earth worked up into a material
which dries as hard as stone. Their nests are also made in the interior of
trees, the wood being gnawed away and replaced by mud ; beams and
wooden floors of houses, etc., are also made use of in this way. When
attacking a structure, such as a post, the insects always work on the unex-
posed sides and in the interior, being very careful to leave all the external
portions of the wood intact. This habit of theirs occasionally leads to
serious accidents, roofs or heavy beams, etc., apparently sound, falling in
without a moment's warning owing to their supports having been, unseen,
entirely undermined by this pest. In the forest large branches of trees
may be seen to occasionally fall in this way, and examination shows that
the apparently sound though dead woody branch is but a mass of earth
enclosed in the outer shell of rough bark, the entire interior having been
removed and replaced by mud, every particle of which has been taken up
the tree by earthen galleries running up, if the tree is still alive and
healthy, on the outside of the bark.
Termites have also been reported as attacking- seedlings of various
species of trees, shrubs and crops, eating off the bark and thus killing the
plants. An example of the damage they are capable of doing in this
way has been recently brought to my notice. In the Lachiwala nursery
in the Dehra Dun Division some young rubber plants of as much as 5 ft.
in height and quite healthy were attacked by these pests and killed
within a few weeks. An examination showed that the lower part of the
stem just above the surface of the soil had been surrounded with earth
and the bark beneath entirely eaten off two-thirds of the circumference
of the stem, whilst in addition the woody interior had been badly riddled.
The attack was not noticed until the plants began to bend over and die.
INSECT LIFE IN INDIA AND HOW TO STUDY IT. 381
Sugar-cane also at times suffers severely from T. toprobanes which
burrows into and destroys the sets soon after planting, and eats through
the junction between the young plant and the plant set, so that the
young plant dies off. Castor cake whilst being a manure, is said to
serve as a prevention against these attacks.
In Gujerat the pest is said to attack most crops after they are cut and
stored, and hay, corn stacks, &c, must be carefully watched. Corn is
always threshed soon after it is cut for fear of this pest.
lermes fatal is Konig is a termite said by Nietnor to occasionally
attack ooffee bushes in Ceylon but to do little damage to thorn. The
writer discovered
another species of
white ant borinjr
into fresh sandal-
a- &« wood in the Coim-
Fio. 26 — Sandalwood white ant. Ti rmes sp. CCoimbatore, ■,
Madras Presidency) a, worker ; &, soldier, batore tOWWS m
greatly enlarged. Madras. This
Termes does not make earthen galleries, but lives and bores in the solid
wood. tig. 26a shows a worker and b, a soldier of this species.
Prevention. — In countries where termites are common, wooden beams
and supports of houses should be constantly and carefully inspected and
tested to see that they are not being hollowed out or undermined by the
pest. Wooden posts used as supports to bungalows should be thickly
tarred on the ends placed in the ground, and once a year these ends
should bo exposed by removing the soil and fresh tar laid on, a small
pool of tar being formed round the end in contact with the soil. The
wooden parts above soil should be constantly inspected, and all mud
galleries running up them be brushed off, as the termites will give up
the attack once they are exposed to light.
Remedies. — When the ' white ants' are troublesome in bungalows or
nurseries, careful search should be made for their nests, the earthen gal-
leries, under which the insects are doing the damage, being traced back
to the point they emanate from. The nest having been found, all save
one or two large openings should be closed and some pieces of carbon
bisulphide be pushed into the unclosed openings, which should then be
sealed up. The fumes will sink down through the nost and entirely
exterminate the colony. Care must be taken to (1) close all the openings
and (2) not to breathe the vapours given off by the carbon bisulphide.
382 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol, XV.
In houses tar well all stone, earthen or wooden floors, both round the
edges and up the walls tor a few inches and in the centre before laying
down mats, carpets, &c. These latter should be removed for inspection
at intervals, depending upon the abundance of the pest in the neigh-
bourhood.
In the case of nursery stock like the above alluded to young
rubber saplings and young roadside saplings and poles, the mixture
known as ' Gondal Fluid ' should be made use of. It is prepared as
follows : — 1 part dekamali gum (this is the resin of Gardenia gummifera) ;
2 parts asafcetida (hing) ; 2 parts bazar aloes (gugid) ; 2 parts castor oil
cake : pound these together and mix up thoroughly ; then when the
mixture is decomposed into a thickened compound, add wster till it is
of the consistency of paint. Some colouring material such as ochre
should be added, so that the material can be seen when put upon the
trees. When ready the mixture should be painted upon the trees in a
continuous band 2 ft. to. 3 ft. high, starting from the surface level of the
soil, care being taken that all iuterstices in the bark are coated with it.
The earthen tunnels of the termites should be first scraped off. All the
materials for this mixture can be procured at slight cost in the bazar.
It has been used with great effect.
Fam. III. Psocidae— Book-Lice, Death- Watches.
Minute insects with slender thread-like antennae consisting of from
11 — 25 joints. Prothorax is very small and concealed between the
head and the mesothorax. Four delicate membranous wings are pre-
sent, the upper pair being the larger.
The small insects found amongst dust and books in dry places belong
here. They somewhat resemble a miniature
termite and are often mistaken for true lice and
thus are apt to cause a scare in a house, when
they suddenly increase in large numbers.
Their food is starch or dry animal and vege-
table matters, and this is what leads them to
attack the buildings, plates and pages of books.
Napthaline is the best prevention against
them. Fig. '26 shows a common book-louse.
° t Fig. 27.— A common book-
A small psocid, Psocus sp, is extremely louse,
plentiful on the leaves of the sal (Shorea robusta) tree in the Dun Forests
during the latter part of February. Small brown patches of rotten
INSECT LIFE IN INDIA AND HOW TO STUDY IT.
383
tissue appear on the leaves, but whether these are due to the
insect or whether the insect is merely feed-
ing upon a fungus which is causing the
discolouration has yet to be determined.
The insect is a minute yellow one, both
wingless larva? and winged individuals
being present. (See Fig. 28.) The family
„ , ,^ , has up to date onlv been reported as feed-
Fig. 28.— Psocn<?)sp. (Debra l *■
Dun, North India), ing upon rust fungi, vegetable refuse, etc.
Fam. IV. Odonata Libillulidse.— Dragon Flies.
Elongate insects with a very mobile head and large eyes, strong
mandibles and a broad lip, the antennse being small, inconspicuous,
and ending in a bristle. "Wings four in number and elongate, of equal
size, and similar texture. All the legs are placed more anteriorly than
the wings (See Fig. 29). The earlier stages of their life are spent in
water, the larvse breathing by means of tracheal gills. The metamor-
phosis is incomplete, but there is a great change in the appearance of
the insect at the last moult. The attachment of the head to the thorax
is such that it enables the insect to move the former round with great
ease. The eye3 are often enormous and occupy the greater part of
the head. Three ocelli are present.
The family is carnivorous, and the mature insect catches its prey on
the wing. The eggs
are deposited either in
water or on the steins
of some aquatic plant.
The young on hatching
out have no wings and
are quite unlike the ma-
ture insect. The wings
begin to appear at the
fourth moult or change
of skin. The family is
not of imp o r t a n c e
economically. Fig. 23
shows a large dragon-
fly, Tetinus rapax com-
mon in Calcutta and
Fig. 29 a graceful
emerald green bodied
2
Fig. 29. — The green winged dragon fly. Neuroba&is
ch'munsis* (Assam.)
384 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
dragonfly, neurobasis chinensis, the lower wings of which are coloured
emerald green shading off into brown.
Fam. V. Ephemeridse.— May-flies.
Delicate insects with short antenna?, four membranous wings, the
hinder pair smaller than the front ones. The adult can be easily
distinguished by the possession of two or three very elongate slender
tails terminating the end of the body. The earlier stages of the life
are passed in water, the larvse consequently differing greatly from the
adult. Fig. 30a shows the May-fly Ephemera remensa ; whilst b shows
a much enlarged aquatic
larvae with six pairs of
tracheal gills on its sides.
The May-flies are not
of economic importance.
The appearance of the
adult in English trout
streams is eagerly looked
for by the keen fisher-
man, and the insect
would appear to be equal-
ly abundant and sought
after as an article of diet
by the fish of some, at
any rate, of the Indian
rivers and streams. The
study and working out
of the life-history of the Indian species would not unlikely well repay
the ardent fisherman in this country.
Fig. SO — The common May-fly Ephemera remen-
sa; 6, aquatic larva of a May -fly
showing the six pairs of aquatic
giJls.
Fam. VI. Hemerobiidse.— Ant Lions,
Lacewing- Flies, etc.
Insects with a vertical head ; maxillae free with five-jointed palpi ;
the labial palpi three-jointed. Wings equal in size and highly net-
veined. Tarsus five-jointed. The metamorphosis here is exceptional,
being almost complete. The larva has mandibles and maxilla?
forming spear-like organs, which are also used for sucking. The
insects have in fad a sucfional mouth in the earlier stages of their
INSECT LIFE IN INDIA AND HOW TO STUDY IT.
38;
a.
life -history and a biting one in the adult. This is unusual and
the reverse of what occurs in the Lepidoptera and other big Orders.
The pupa has the general form of the imago, and is enclosed in
a cocoon. These insects live on land in all the stages of tLeir
existence.
In the Myrmeleonides (ant-lions) the antennae are short, clubbed and
the apical space of the long wings contains regular oblong cellules in
it. Fig. 31a, shows an adult of Palpares sp. a common Bengal ant-
lion. These insects are
interesting owing to the
fact that the remarkable
habits of the larva? have
been known to naturalists
for over two centuries.
The larva (shown in Fig.
316) is predacious and
secures its prey by con-
structing traps. For this
purpose some sandy spot is
chosen, and a funnel-shaped
pit hollowed out with the
sides as steep as possible.
The larva buries itself at ^ '
the bottom of this, leaving „ '..,,',
° FlQ. 31. — A common Indian Ant-lion Patpnreg sp.
only its elongate jaws pro- (Bengal); b, larva Ant-lion enlarged
jecting out of the sand at twice.
the bottom of the pit. The latter being constructed in dry loose sand,
an insect running along the ground and reaching the edge slips on the
moving sand and falls into the pit, to be impaled on the sharp man-
dibles of the larva, who then sucks out its body contents. Even should
the insect not be impaled upon the mandibles, the ant-lion larva will
secure it before it has managed to escape up the shelving slipping sides
of the pit. These insects are common in many parts of India, more
especially in dry, sandy riverbeds, etc.
An ant lion Micromus australis is said by Nietner to attack the
coffee louse (Aphis cofece) in Cejlon.
The Chrysopides ( lace-wing flies ) are fragile insects with elongate
bristle-like antennae. They have metallic red-coloured eyes, by which
386 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
they can be recognized. They are of no importance as far as present
observation lias shown.
Fam. VII. Phryganeidse.— -Caddis-flies.
Tbe wings are more or less clotbed with hair ; the bind ones are
larger than the front which are held in a roof-shaped manner over the
body when at rest. Antennae are thread-like, mandibles are absent.
The metamorphosis is nearly complete. The larvee are caterpillar-like,
usually inhabiting cases of their own construction. The pupa resem-
bles the perfect insect.
FIG. 32.— An adult Caddis-fly (Sikkhim).
These insects have the appearance of small black moths (Lepidoptera)
and are to be found in the neighbourhood of water, in which the larval
stage is passed. Fig. 32 shows an adult caddis-fly. They are unim-
portant.
Useful Neuroptera.
The Order cannot be said to contain many insects of use to man.
The dragon fly, in its adult condition, and the ant-lion larva are both
carnivorous and prey upon insects and both probably do a certain
amount of good by catching and feeding upon noxious insect pests. It
is not improbable, however, that they also in this way kill off useful
insects. The dragon-fly catches its prey entirely upon the wing.
(To he continued.)
387
A LIST OF THE BATRACHIANS KNOWN TO INHABIT
THE MALAY PENINSULA, WITH SOME REMARKS
ON THEIR HABITS, DISTRIBUTION, &c.
By A. L. BUTLER, f.z.s., m.b.o.u., &c.
(Director of Game Preservation, Soudan Government.}
{Continued from page 205 of this Volume.')
Family Engystomatidce.
31. Calophrynus pleurostigma, Tscbudi.
Calophrynus pleuro stigma , Blgr., Cat. Batr. Sal., p. 158 ; S. Flower,
P. Z. S., 1896, p. 908, and P. Z. S., 1899, p. 900.
Mr. Ridley and Mr. Flower appear to be the only naturalists who
have obtained this frog in the Peninsula. Mr. Ridley procured it in
Selangor in July 1897 and Mr. Flower at the foot of Gunong Palai,
Johore, in September of the same year.
Flower remarks that this species is supposed to be the author of a
remarkable strident call heard in certain Malay jungles, which may
be written " waalk, waalk." I believe however that the note he refers
to is one which puzzled me for a long time, but which I recently found
to be produced by Rana hascheana.
Distribution. — Burma, S. China, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Natunas,
Borneo.
32. Microhyla ornata, Dum. and Bibron.
Microhyla ornata, Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal., p. 1 (55 ; id. Fauna
Ind., Kept., p. 491 ; S. S. Flower, P. Z. S., 1899, p. 901, pi. Is, figs.
1, la, lb ; Laidlaw, P. Z. S., 1900, p. 887.
Flower collected this little frog in Penang, and from Alor Star and
Jenan in the State of Kedah. The Skeat Expedition also procured a
single specimen at Kuala Aring in Kelantan. Its distribution in the
Peninsula is probably local, as in three years collecting in Perak,
Pahang, and Selangor I never came across it.
According to Flower the species is nocturnal in habits, concealing
itself during the day under stones, logs, etc., in crevices, and among
dead leaves. The same writer describes its croaking as an astonishing
volume of sound for so small a creature to produce.
The tadpoles of this and other species of Microhyla are very peculiar,
being almost perfectly transparent, with the viscera showing through
conspicuously. The head, seen from above, is remarkably square, and
388 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
occupies about two-thirds of the whole body. On the back there is
usualty a pale yellowish-brown pentagonal or diamond shaped mark.
My experience of these tadpoles was much the same as Flower's; at
different times I obtained tadpolos of this genus belonging to three or
four different species, but owing to th<ur extraordinary delicacy I never
managed to keep them alive. As Flower remarks, they pass most of
their time just beneath the surface of the water instead of on the bottom.
Distribution. — Kashmir, India, Ceylon, Burma, Southern China,
Cambodia, Siam, Malay Peninsula. (Flower.)
33. MlCROHYLA INORNATA, Blgr.
Microliyla inornata, Boulenger, P. Z. S., 1800, p. 37 ; S. S. Flower,
P. Z. S., 1899, p. 905 ; Laidlaw, P. Z. S., 1900, p. 887.
Three specimens were obtained by the Skeat Expedition on Eukit
Goah, near Biserat, in Jalor. Previously recorded from Sumatra,
Borneo, Pegu, and Siam.
34. MlCROHYLA LEUCOSTIGMA, Blgr.
Microliyla leucostigma, Blgr., A and M. K IT. (7), Vol. III., 1899, p.
275, pi. xii, fig. I ; S. Flower, P. Z. S., 1899, p. 905.
Discovered on the Larut Bills, Perak, by Flower in April 1898,
three specimens being obtained at 3,500 ft. elevation.
I procured four specimens in April this year from the same locality.
It has also been obtained in Borneo on the Baram River by Mr. C.
Hcse.
9 19 1
Three of my specimens measure from snout to vent ~, -, and 1 -^th
of an inch. Above black with a bluish gloss, sprinkled throughout
with very small bluish white spots. Beneath chequered throughout
with an irregular net work of broad blackish brown lines, enclosing
large patches of bright yellow.
35. MlCROHYLA BUTLERI, Blgr.
Microliyla butleri, Boulenger, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), Vol. VI,
Aug. 1900, p. 188.
Described from a single specimen which [ obtained on the Larut
Hills in April 1900. I found it at the margin of a small pond nt
4,000 feet elevation, among a number of Microliyla annectens, also at that
time a new species.
Description. — Habit slender, snout rounded, as long as the orbit;
inter-orbital space broader than the upper eyelid. Fingers and toes rather
BATBACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 389
slender, the tips dilated into small but well-developed disks ; first finger
much shorter than second ; toes webbed at the base • subarticular
tubercles small ; two very small metatarsal tubercles. The tibio-tarsal
articulation reaches the eye. Skin smooth. Grey on the back, pale
reddish on the sides and limbs, with symmetrical dark brown markings
forming bars on the limbs; some small scarlet spots on the sides, a
whitish oblique streak from the eye to the base of the fore limb and a
whitish spot on the end of the snout ; whitish beneath, throat and
breast speckled with dark brown.
'' From snout to vent 21 millim.
" Closely allied to M. achaiina. Distinguished by the shorter limbs."
Type in British Museum.
36. MiCROHYLA ACHATINA, Boie.
Microhyla achaiina, Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal., p. 166 ; S. S. Flower,
P. Z. S., 1899, p. 90o ; Laidlaw, P. Z. S., 1900, p. 888.
Has been obtained in the Peninsula from Malacca (Hervey) ; from
Penang and Perak (Flower) ; and from Rhaman and Kelantan by the
*' Skeat Expedition." Flower describes it as " a very active frog, at
times taking very sudden long hops like a grasshopper, at others using
its dilated digital disks in climbing like a true tree-frog.
Distribution — " Tonasserim, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java,
M alaccas " ( Flowei ).
37. Microhyla annectens, Blgr.
Microhyla annectens, Boulenger, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (7)
Vol. VI., Aug. 1900, p. 188.
I obtained the type specimens of this diminutive frog at the margin
of a small pond in jungle on the Larut Hills, at about 4,000 feet ele-
vation. Altogether I got nine of them, and could easily have obtained
many more. When disturbed they at once jumped into the water
usually rising with eyes above the surface a few seconds later.
Habits diurnal.
Description (Mr. Boulenger's). — " Habit slender. Snout rounded
as long as the orbit ; interorbital space broader than the upper
eyelid. Fingers and toes moderately slender, the tips dilated into
rather large disks ; first finger much shorter than second ; toes
half-webbed ; subarticular tubercles feebly prominent ; a very small
inner metatarsal tubercle. Hind limb remarkably long, the tibio-
390 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XT.
tarsal articulation reaching far beyond the tip of the snout ; tibia
two-thirds length of head and body. Skin, smooth. Brown above,
with symmetrical blackish light-edged markings, a large one on
the back being produced to between the eyes, where it expands
into a transverse bar ; side, from the shoulder to the lumbar
region, black, with sharply defined upper outline ; an oblique whitish
streak from the eye to the bas3 of the fore limb ; a blackish
spot at the knee, a dark cross-bar on the thigh, another on the femur,
and a third on the tarsus ; lower parts closely marbled with dark
brown.
" From snout to vent 15 miilim.
" This snecies connects M. achat ina with M. berdmor"
38. MlCROHYLA BERDMOP.II, Blyth.
Microhyla berdmorii, Blgr., Cat. Batr. Sal., p. 166 ; S. Flower,
P. Z. S., 1896, p. 908, and P. Z. S., 1899, p. 90S - Laidlaw, P. Z. S.,
1909, p. 888.
A Microhyla recently sent home from Perak by Mr. Wray was
identified by Mr. Boulenger as this species, and one was obtained by
the Skeat Expedition from Bclimbing, Legeh, Previously it was
known from the Peninsula only by a specimen obtained by Davison at
Malacca. Flower describes it as " nocturnal, frequenting the neigh-
bourhood of water, an extraordinarily good jumper."
Elsewhere it ocsurs in Burma, Siam, and Cambodia.
39. Callula pulchra, Gray.
Callula pulchraj Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal., p. 170 (fig.); S. S
Flower, P. Z. S., 1890, p. 908, and 1899, p. 906 ; Laidlaw, P. Z. S.
1900., p. 888.
This singular rotund batrachian seems to be of very local distribu-
tion in the Peninsula, being apparently absent from many localities
quite suited to its habits. Where it does occur it is usually exceed-
ingly abundant. Hervey obtained it at Malacca ; Flower found it
plentiful in Singapore, but saw nothing of it in Penang ; in Selangor
it is very common in places ; in Larut district in Perak 1 found it
apparently absent, and I failed to find it on a journey through Pahang
from Selangor to Lipis and down the Pahang river to the coast.
Laidlaw says they are very plentiful at Khota Baru, Kelantan, extend-
ing down the East Ccast to Tringganu, where, however, they became
much scarcer than in Kelantan.
BATRACEIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 391
In dry weather these frogs are seldom seen or heard, but no sooner
does a shower of raiu fall than the air is filled with the volume of their
croakings. Inflated until in shape they resemble rather flattened
tennis balls, the males float in hundreds on the surface of every pool,
ditch, and drain, and repeat their extraordinarily loud and strident
cry of " ah-wauk " through day and night. Captain Flower in no way
exaggerates when he writes that at close quarters, if they are plentiful,
yon can hardly hear yourself speak, " but at the distance of a quarter
or half a mile the sound is not unpleasant, and is like that of a great
weir or waterfall." It is, I should imagine, the very noisiest frog in
the whole wide world.
Males have a single large vocal sac under the throat (globular
when inflated), and their skin is profusely covered twith a sticky
siime. Flower says this slime dries into a white gum which dissolves
in hot water and coagulates in cold, and " has a faint aromatic
smell, not uupleasant." ei De gustibus . . . " / I 'find my note is
to the effect that the smell is "exactly like that of mice in an
ill-cleaned cage ! "
Females are not slimy, and have no vocal sac.
Specimens kept alive by Flower became very tame and showed
considerable intelligence ; they were nightly placed on the table-cloth
to devour the termites and other winged insects which crowded to the
lamps.
In Selangor I had many opportunities of observing the breeding-
habits of this frog. The females appear able to carry the ripe spawn
for an indefinite period until a shower provides them with water in
which to deposit it, when they may be seen spawning in scores within
an hour of the fall of the rain. Like many other Malayan batrachians
they seem to have no forethought for the future water-supply for their
offspring, and it is a common thing to see large masses of the spawn
of this species and of Bufo melanostictus deposited in pools which are
dried up again in a few hours. Millions of their tadpoles perish in this
manner. The remarkably rapid development of the tadpoles is doubtless
to some extent a provision against this, but I imagine the majority must
generally perish. Considering the vocal powers of the adults this
infant mortality can be contemplated without sadness !
On one occasion at Kuala Lumpur (25th July, 1900) a heavy
shower fell at 11 a.m., filling to the depth of two or three feet a drain
3
392 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
which had previously been dry. By 12 o'clock there were hundreds
of Callulce spawning in this water. I noticed that the embrace of the
male is not pectoral but axillary (as might have been expected of a
short-limbed frog with so stout a spouse !) ; the pair float on the sur-
face of the water, the female at intervals submerging her head and
bringing her vent high above the water ; a mass of ova the size of a
cherry is then suddenly expelled, and is apparently fertilized by the
male before sliding into the water. The couple then float motionless
for a minute or two, when another duster of eggs is passed, and so on.
I give these details as notes on the breeding of the Engystomatoid
Batrachians are few. Flower records the embrace as axillary in
Microhyla leucostigma.
I took some of tbis spawn which I had seen deposited at noon ;
the embryos in the ova were black above and white beneath. By
8 a.m. the following day they had uncurled into tadpoles, still in the
spawn, and on my return from office at 4-30 p.m. they were free and
swimming about. Their colour was then blackish. I left on a trip the
next day and was unable to watch their development. Flower
(P. Z. S. 1899, p. 903) seems to think that some transparent tadpoles
(resembling those of Microhyla) which he obtained in Singapore be-
longed to this species ; if so, they must become transparent at a more
advanced stage.
The drain from which this spawn was taken was completely dried up
in four or five days when I returned and the teaming thousands of
tadpoles in it had all perished.
Distribution . — " India, Ceylon, Burma, Southern China, Siam, Cam-
bodia, Malay Peninsula, Celebes " (Flower).
40. Phrynella pulchra, Blgr.
Phrynella pulchra, Boulenger, A. M. N. H. (5) XIX, 1887, p. 346,
pi. x, fig. 2 ; S. S. Flower,P. Z. S„ 1896, p. 910.
The types were from Malacoa (Hervoy). I can find no mention of
its recent occurrence in the Peninsula. It is also known from Sumatra
and the Mentawei Islands.
41. Phrynella pollicaris, Blgr.
Phrynella pulchra, Giinth., A. M. N. H. (5), XX., 1887, p. 313,
pi. xvi, fig. B. ; L. Wray, S. S. B. R. A. S., 1890, No. 21, p. 141.
Phrynella pollicaris, Boulenger, P. Z. S,? 1890, p. 37 ; S. S. Flower,
P. Z. S., 1890, p. 910.
BATRACBIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 393
Discovered by Mr. L. Wray on the Larut Hills, Perak, at 3,000 ft.
elevation, and so far known only from this locality. They inhabit
holes in trees which contain rain water. When croaking they lie in-
flated on the surface of the water with limbs extended after the manner
of Callula pulchra. In April 1900 I procurod three examples on the
Larut Hills. Two were captured in holes in trees, at about 3,500 ft.
elevation. The colour of these two was dark blackish brown. The
third specimen I took from a crevice in a rockery at the " Cottage,"
within a yard of a postmarked " 4,513 feet above M. S. L." Tho
colouring of this example was quite different and was in life as follows :
Pale yellowish clay colour, becoming yellower on the insides of the
thighs. Tympanum, and a bar across the head between the eyes, grey ;
back faintly mottled with gray. Three greyish black bars across the
thighs, two on the second, and three on the third joint of the hind
limbs. Beneath, pale drab or stone-colour, strongly tinged with pink-
ish. Chin, and a line down centre of throat blackish.
An old specimen given me by Mr. Wray, caught at the same
time as the type, has faded in spirit to a brownish red.
The croak of this frog is described by Mr. Wray as u loud, flute-like
and musical."
Family Bufonidce.
42. Nectes subasper, Tschudi.
Nectes subasper, Bouleng., Cat. Batr. Sal., p. 90.
The only locality in which I have found this curious toad is the-
little Sungei Buloh River in Selangor, on the banks of which, above
the reach of tidal influence, the}' are not uncommon. I obtained four
of them — an adult male and three smaller specimens — while on a trip
up the river in 1898. Unfortunately all except the large specimen
were subsequently lost. In October 1899 Mr. A. Hale, whom I had
asked to try and get me more of these toads, procured me a very large
female specimen. He caught three or four more, but these again
were lost, through the overturning of a boat, I think.
The habits of this toad are aquatic and arboreal. They are usually
found sitting on branches overhanging the water, into which they
dive when disturbed. They are, as their fully webbed hind fset
would lead one to suspect, powerful swimmers. When the rnaie*
are croaking the blackish pouch under the throat is inflated to the
size of a pigeon's egg, Their croak is generally uttered three or
394 JOURNAL, BOMBA Y NA TURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
four times in very rapid succession and then followed by an interval
of silence.
My two examples measure, from snout to vent, female 5f inches,,
male 3|^.
Colour. — Above dark chocolate or blackish brown. A light brown
vertebral stripe commences between the eyes and terminates a little
before the vent. A stripe commencing from the eye and passing
through the lower half of the tympanum to the base of the forelimb,
and a conspicuous lateral stripe from above the forelimb to the base of
the hind, dirty brownish white. A transverse whitish line, less
distinct, below the vent, Beneath, including lower surface of thighs
and half tibial joint, dirty brownish white, covered with minute dark
dots. Throat, in the male, grey. Along the sides the whitish colour
of the lower surface shades into, and is mottled with, the brown of the
back.
The large warts on the back and limbs of this toad are pitted with
small punctures ; on some tubercles there are as many as 18 or 19 of
these pores.
Nectes subasper was discovered in Borneo ; my specimens appear
to be the first obtained in the Peninsula.
Since writing the above I have seen a specimen of this toad in the
Raffles Museum. There is no note of locality and it probably came
from Borneo.
Habitat. — Borneo, Java, Selangor.
43. Nectophryne guentheri, Blgr.
Nectophryne guentheri, Blgr., Cat. Batr. Sal., p. 2S0, pi. xviii, fig. 3 ;
S. Flower, P. Z. S., 1896, p. 910, and P. Z. S. 1899, p. 908.
Bukit Timah, Singapore, seems to be the only locality in the Straits
from which this small toad has been obtained ; Mr. Ridley and Mr.
Flower each procured two specimens from there. Mr. Ridley, how-
ever, told me that he thought he had seen it several limes, and in
June 1900 he and I had a search together for it, Mr. Ridley succeed-
ing in finding another specimen crawling on a rock in a ravine in
jungle. This example he kindly allowed me to keep for the Selangor
Museum. Known from Singapore, Mentawei Islands, Natunas, and
Borneo.
44. Bufo penangensis, Stol.
Ansonia penangensis, Stol., S. A. S. B„ 1870, p. 152, pi. ix, fig. 4 ;
BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 395
Bufo penangensis, Bolugr., Cat. Batr. Sal., p. 287 ; S. Flower,
P. Z. S., 1896, p. 911 ; P. Z. S., 1899, p. 908.
Discovered by Stoliczka in Ponang ; since obtained by Flower in
Penang (2,000 feet) and on the Larut Hills, Perak (3,000 feet) ; on
the Larut Hills by L. Wray and on Gunong Kledang, Perak, by
Dr. Hanitsch.
On a recent trip in the Larut Hills I obtained a large series (21
specimons) of this little toad, at elevations between 2500 feet and
4,000 feet above m. s. 1. Mostly found in holes in, or clinging to,
banks or tree-trunks. Nearly always found in pairs, a few inches apart :
often two or three pairs quite close together. This was in March and
April. They are very sluggish and easily caught. The colour varies a
good deal, some being much brighter than others. The light markings
in some are dull orange, in others almost a chrome yellow.
Eight specimens measure in inches from snout to vent, 1£, 1£, IxVj
1JL i !_ i 1 ii lis
IO> LTOi J-T'OJ lWQl J-^OJ
The tadpoles have been described and figured by Flower, (P. Z. S.,
1899, pi. lx, figs. 3 and 3a). They are found in swift running hill-
streams, attached to the face of rocks by the mouth, which is enor-
mous and " forms an organ of adhesion and locomotion."
45. Bufo melanostictds, Schneid.
Bufo melanost ictus, Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal., p. 306 ; id. Rept.,
Fauna Ind., p. 505 (fig. p. 506) ; S. S. Flower, P. Z. S., 1896, p. 911,
pi. xliv, fig. 3 ; id. P. Z. S., 1899, p. 910 ; Laidlaw, P. Z. S., 1900,
p. 888.
Very abundant and widely distributed through the Peninsula. Its
habits are very similar to those of Bufo vulgaris. I saw a single (male)
specimen of quite a brilliant yellow colour, with the black spots on the
ridges of the head very distinct.
Flower gives the distribution of the species as " India, Ceylon,
Burma, Sikhim, Himalayas (up to 10,000 feet), Southern China,
Hong-kong, Cambodia, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Java, Borneo, Philip-
pines.
46. Bufo parvus, Blgr.
Bufo parvus, Blgr., A. M. N. H. (5), XIX., 1887, p. 346, pi. x ;
S. Flower, P. Z. S., 1896, p. 912, and P. Z. S., 1899, p. 911 ; Laidlaw,
P. Z. S., 1900, p. 888.
396 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Mr. Hervey's Malacca collection contained numerous examples, and
Captain Flower obtained a specimen in November 1896 near the Water-
fall Gardens, Penang, Known from Pegu, Malay Peninsula, and
Sumatra. Recently obtained by the Skeat Expedition from Biserat,
Jalor, and from Ulu Selama, Perak.
47. Bufo jerboa, Blgr.
Bufo jerboa, Boulenger, P. Z. S., 1890, p. 328, pi. xxt., rig. 3;
Laidlaw, P. Z. S., 1900, p. 889.
The Skeat Expedition obtained a single specimen on Gunong Inas.
Previously known from Borneo.
48. Bufo quadriporcatus, Blgr.
Bufo quadriporcatus, Blgr. A.M.N.H. (5), XIX, 1887, p. 347, pi. x,
fig. 4; Glinth. A.M.N.H. (5), XX. 1887, p. 314, pi. xviy rig. C.;
& Flower, P. Z. S., 1896, p. 912, and P. Z. S. 1899, p. 911.
The type was from Malacca from Mr. Hervey. It has been twice
obtained by Mr. Wray on the Larut Hills, below 800 ft. I have never
met with it, and my only specimen was obtained in exchange from the
Raffles Museum (collected at Baram, Borneo, by Mr. G. Hose).
Known from the Malay Peninsula, Borneo and Sumatra.
49. Bufo divergens, Peters.
Bufo divergens, Bouleng., Cat. Batr. Sal., p. 312, fig.
I obtained a young specimen in 1898, on the bridle-track between
Kuala Lumpur and Ginting Bedei, identified for me by Mr. Boulenger.
It had a yellow vertebral stripe. Found among dead leaves in
jungle. This appears to be the only record from the Peninsula.
Previously known from Borneo.
50. Bufo asper, Gravenh.
Bufo asper, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind., p. 423 ; Stol., J, A. S. B.,
1873, p. 113 ; Boul., Cat, Batr. Sal., p. 313 ; id. Fauna Ind., Rept.,
p. 507 ; S. S. Flower, P. Z. S., 1896, p. 911, pi. sliv, fig. 3 ; id. P. Z-
S., 1899, p. 910 ; Laidlaw, P. Z. S. 1900, p. 888.
Bufo asper, the finest toad in the Peninsula, seems to be widely,
though locally, distributed. In some districts it is to be found in
abundance in certain caves and in the neighbourhood of waterfalls,
but is seldom met with away from these particular haunts. Recorded
Peninsula localities seem to be Jelebu, Malacca, Penang, Batu Caves
in Selangor (where it is found in total darkness, half a mile under-
ground), Belimbing in Legeh, Biserat in Jalor,, Kuala Aring in
BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 397
Kelantan. I have also met with it at 4,500 ft. elevation on the
Larut Hills, Perak, and on the Semangko Pass between Selangor and
Pahang, In the latter locality I found them inhabiting little tunnels
six inches or a foot deep, apparently made by themselves, in banks of
sandy soil.
If laid on its back and tickled on the breast with the finger this toad
will invariably fold its arms across its chest and lie as if dead, remain-
ing thus for a considerable time after it has been left to itself. 1 have
recollections of a picnic at the Batu Caves when a number of these
toads thus entranced were laid in a row, affording considerable amuse-
ment !
Flower gives the length of his largest specimen as Gf inches, and
the distribution of the species as Tennasserim, Mergui, Malay Peninsula,.
Java and Borneo.
Family Pelobatidce.
51. Leptobrachium hasseltii, Tschudi.
Leptobraclrium hasseltii, Doul., Cat. Batr. Sal., p. 441 ; Rept. Fauna
of Ind., p. 511; P. Z. S., 1890, p. 37; S. Flower, P. Z. S., 1896,
p. 913; P. Z. S., 1899, p. 913.
There is a specimen in the British Museum from Singapore from
Mr. Ridley ; there are also specimens in the Raffles Museum, and
larva? in the Perak Museum obtained at Taiping.
This frog seems to be able to keep itself from observation very suc-
cessfully! It must be quite common in Selangor, at least near Kuala
Lumpur. I can always obtain any number of tadpoles at any time of
the year, but so far I have only succeeded in capturing a single adult,
which measured l|-f , in- from snout to vent. I noted the colour
in life as ;
Greyish brown above, marked with large dark-brown patch.es>
arranged in three irregular rows down the back, and each narrowly
margined with whitish. A black line runs from the upper lip to the
nostril, and back through the eye over the tympanum. Sides greyish,
marked with black spots and blotches. Hind limbs barred and blotched
with black ; inside of thighs and anal region light greenish blue.
Lower surface grovish white, finelv mottled throughout with brown.
Eyes very prominent, entirely black. The larval period of existence
in this species is very prolonged, and the tail does not disappear until
398 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
almost the full size of the adult is attained. My tadpoles were
identical in the specimens identified by Mr. Boulenger.
Distribution. — Burma, Malay Peninsula, Java.
52. Leptobrachium pelodytoides, Blgr.
Leptobrachium pelodytoides, Boulenger, Ann. Mus. Genova (2),
X1I1, 1893, p. 345, pi. xi., fig. 3.
There was a single specimen — identified by Mr. Boulenger —
among some reptiles recently sent home from Perak by Mr. Wray.
Previously known from the Karin Hills.
53. Leptobrachium hetbroplts, Blgr.
Leptobrachium heteropus, Bouleng., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (7)
Vol. VI, 1900, p. 186.
I obtained the type of this new species on the Larut Hills, Perak,
at 3,500 feet elevation in April .1900. It is now in the British
Museum. Mr. Boulenger's description is as follows : —
" Tongue large, pyriform, feebly notched behind. Vomerine teeth
none. Head moderate, as long as broad ; snout short, truncate at
the end; cantbus rostralis strong; loreal region concave; interor-
bital space as broad as the upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct, half
the diameter of the eye. Fingers moderate, blunt, first and second
equal ; toes moderate, blunt, webbed at the base only, the web
continued as a slight fringe along each side of the toes ; a strong
dermal ridge or keel, formed by a modification of the subarticular
tubercles, runs along the lower surface of the third and fourth toes,
which thus appear to be compressed ; a small oval inner metatarsal
tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the centre of the eye..
Skin smooth, with small tubercles on the upper eyelids. Grey above
with darker light-edged symmetrical markings, the largest occupying,
the middle of the back ; a black lumbar spot ; a black canthal and
temporal streak; black spots on the sides; dark cross-bars on the
limbs ; lower parts grey, speckled with black ; a round whitish spot
on each side of the breast, at the base of the arm, another on the
back of each thigh.
'' From snout to vent 33 millim.
" This species is closely allied to L. pelodytoides, Blgr., from which
it may be distinguished by the lesser web and the extraordinary
dermal ridges under the toes, a point of structure which is only
foreshadowed in the types of L. pelodytoides."
BA TRA CHI A NS OF THE 31 A LA Y PENINS ULA . 399
51. Megalophrys nasuta, Schl.
Megalophrys montana, Var., Cantor, p. 140.
Megalophrys montana^ Part., Giiuther, Rept. Brit. Ind., p. 413.
Megalophrys nasuta^ Bouleng., Cat. Bat. Sal., p. 443 ; S. Flower,
P. Z. S., 1896, p. 913 ; Laidlaw, P. Z. S., 1900, p. 889.
I have not myself seen this Horned Frog — locally known as the
" Winking Toad " — alive. I have two Selangor specimens in the museum
and one from Perak given me hy Mr. Wray. In the latter state,
judging from the number of specimens in the Taiping Museum, it is
apparently more numerous than in Selangor. Mr. H. N. Ridley tells
me it is not rare in Singapore. It has also been taken in Penang,
Malacca, and Johore. Forbes ( " Naturalist's Wanderings," pp. 154
and 155) says of this species : " The horned frogs (Megalophrys nasitia)
were abundant, whose anvil-like clinking u Kang-kang " filled the air
in the evenings ; but in simulating so closely the dead leaves among
which they lay, it required the closest search to find them. Lying flat
on the ground their sharp acute horns mimicked the points of leaves,
from which lines radiated representing crossing and overlapping
margins, while dark-brown spots and markings distributed over their
bodies could not be told from the blotchos and fungoid growths of
decaying vegetation. In coitu the male embraces the female round
the lumbar region." This was written from Penan ggangan, in Sumatra*
My three specimens measure : —
in. in. in.
Length, point of snout to vent ... ... 4| 4f 2^
Breadth of head at gape ... ... 21 2^ 1|
Thus in two of these three examples the width of the mouth exceeds
half the total length of the head and body.
It occurs in Borneo, as well as in the Malay Peninsula and Sumatra.
It is principally a low country species, but has been obtained on the
hills in Penang at 1,800 ft.
55. Megalophrys Montana, Kuhl.
Megalophrys montana, Blgr., Cat. Batr. Sal., p. 442 ; S. Flower,
P. Z. S., 1899, p. 914 ; Laidlaw, P. Z. S., 1900, p. 889.
Mpr^lower in a note after Megalophrys nasuta says: "A frog in the
museum at Taiping, said to have been caught in Perak, apparently
belongs to this species (.1/. montana)." He gives the distribution of
4
400 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
the species as "Java, Sumatra, Dinagat Island, Malay Peninsula
(possibly)."
I think the species should have a place on our list. Mr. Wray aud
I recently compared the Taiping specimen with the description in the
Catalogue, with which it agrees well, aud there is no doubt as to the
locality, there being no old specimens from outside the Peninsula in
the stores of the Taiping Museum.
Since writing the above the capture of five specimens by the Skeat
Expedition, from Bukit Besar, Jalor, and Gunong Iuas has removed
all doubt of this frog's occurrence in the Peninsula.
56. Megalophkys longipes, Blgr.
Megalophrys longipes, Bouleng. P. Z. S. 1885, p. 850, PI. Iv. ; Giin-
ther, A. and M. N. H., 1887 (5), XX., p. 816 ; S. Flower, P. Z. S.,
1896, p. 913 ; Laidlaw, P. Z. S., 1900, p. 890.
Flower writes of this species : " Mr. Wray obtained three specimens
from the mountains of Perak, at from 3,300 to 4,400 feet above the sea.
It is apparently rare and local."
Local it seems to be, but so from being rare it is the commonest frog
on the hills above 3,000 feet.
During a recent stay of a month on the Larut Hills, Perak, I ob-
tained no less than 56 specimens, and could have got 100 had I wished.
I found them from 3,000 to 4,500 feet altitude, commonest, at the
higher elevation, but disappearing suddenly above that altitude. They
appear to be entirely nocturnal in their habits, and in the day time
were always found under logs, rocks or in holes in banks, and, in
densely shaded spots, among dead leaves. Excluding toads they are
the easiest Batrachian to capture I have known. They appear to be quite
bewildered by the sunlight, and when disturbed give one jump into
the open and make no attempt to escape. When seized in the hand
they frequently open their mouths widely for some seconds — a very
unfroglike proceeding !
In colour they vary exceedingly, from dark olive brown to dark or
light orange-red, some being of exactly the same tint as the red
variety of Rana macrodon figured by Flower, P. Z. S., 1896, PI. XLV.
The following description of a brown one is from life : General colour
dark olive brown above, a broad isosceles-triangle mark on the head,
the base of the triangle lying between the horns over the eyes, the
apex pointing backwards. This triangle is dark brown, narrowly
BA TRA CHI A NS OF THE MALA Y PENINS VLA. 401
edged with whitish. Horns over eyes yellowish white. A cream-
edged brown mark from the eye through the tympanum. Throat,
lips, and lower surface greyish brown, mottled with cream colour.
Fore limbs mottled light and dark brown, a black patch on the inside
just above the hand. Hind limbs light brown, mottled and barred
with dark brown ; a black mark, edged above with cream colour,
on the anal region, extending a little way down the thighs. Lower
surface of hind feet black, edged on the outside with cream colour.
Pupil black, vertical, diamond shaped, edged with golden ; remainder
of iris brown mottled with coppery-golden specks.
The triangular mark on the head of this species seems to be quite
constant ; it was more or less distinct in every specimen of my large series.
Some of the brown specimens are marked with orange-red spots. In
a few the inside of the thighs was tinged with greenish blue.
Nine of my specimens measure :
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Snout to vent ...
Breadth of head at gape...
Hind foot
The smallest specimen obtained measured T0 inch, hind foot ^
The Skeat Expedition found this species fairly common on Gunong Inas
from 3,000 feet upwards.
Common as this frog is on the hills I have never seen it enter water
of its own accord. I have twice found on the hills clusters of about a
dozen very large frog's ova deposited under damp moss on tree trunks.
These eo-as were about half an inch in diameter and contained tadpoles
with the hind limbs and tail well developed. It seems to me most
likely that they belonged to Megalophrys lowgipes, and that the larval
existence of this frog is not aquatic.
Order Apoda.
Family Cceciliidce.
57. Icthtophis glutinosus, Linn.
Epicrium glulinosum, Gunth., Kept. Brit. Ind., p. 441 (1864).
Icthyophis glutinosus, Blgr., Cat. Batr. Grad., p. 89, pi. iv., fig. 2
(1882) ; Blgr., Fauna Brit. Ind., Rept., p. 515, fig. p. 516 ; S. Flower,
P. Z. S., 1806, p. 911, and P. Z. S., 1899, p. 911,
402 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
This curious Ceecilian has been obtained from several different
localities in the Peninsula up to an elevation of 4,000 ft. It seems,
however, to be very uncommon.
Distribution. — Mountains of Ceylon, Malabar, Eastern Himalayas,
Khasi Hills, Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Mentawei
Islands, Borneo, Java.
58. ICTHYOPHIS MONOCHROUS, Blgr.
Iethyophis monochrous, Blgr., Cat. Batr. Crad., &c, p. 91, pi. iv.,
fig. 1 ; Kept. Fauna of Brit. Ind., p. 517 ; S, Flower, P. Z. S„ 1896,
p. 914 ; P. Z. S., 1899, p. 916.
This species was until lately known from the Peninsula only by a
specimen dug up in a garden in Singapore 1863, and given by Dr.
Montgomerie to Cantor. It is now in the British Museum. In April
1898, Flower obtained two specimens under a stack of firewood near
Maxwell's bungalow on the Larut Hill3, elevation 8,380 feet, and in
April this year two examples were brought to me by coolies who were
cutting back the banks of a road on the same hills, at 4,000 ft.
Elsewhere it has been obtained in Borneo, Java, and India (Sikhim,
Western Ghauts, Surat, Malabar).
li LIBRARY
403 >A/
THE USE OF CALMETTE'S ANTIVENENE IN SNAR1
BITE IN INDIA.
By Lt.-Colonel "W. B. Bannerman, M.D. (EJin.), B.Sc,
F.R.S.E., Indian Medical Service.
{Read before the Bombay Natural History Society on
5th November 1903.)
On the 21st of January 1902 Captain Lamb, I.M.S., read a paper
before our Society on " Snake Venoms : Their Physiological Action
and Antidote " which you will find published at p. 220 of Vol. XIV
of this Journal. In this paper he showed that the antivenene prepared
by Calmette, of the Pasteur Institute at Lille, was useful when adminis-
tered in time and in sufficient amount, in cases of cobra bite, but
useless as an antidote for Daboia poison. In Vol. XV of the Journal
at p. 112 appears an article by Fleet-Surgeon P. W. Bassett-Smith,
R.N., entitled "Snake-bites and Poisonous Fishes" in which it is stated,
on the authority of Calmette, that his antivenene was capable cf
protecting "animals and man from lethal doses of any venom,
although each snake venom has, per se, well marked toxic peculiarities
producing several and various local phenomena."
Naturally those contradictory statements appearing in the Journal
of the Society have caused perplexity to some of the members, and
the Secretary has asked me, in the absence of Captain Lamb, to give a*
short account of his investigations, and to reconcile the two statements-
if possible.
It must be said here that Bassett-Smith's article was originally pub-
lished in 1902 in the Encyclopaedia Medica and, therefore, can only re-
present the state of our knowledge prior to that date, and that he could
not possibly know of Captain Lamb's results, as these were not published
till a later period.
Having cleared the way by these preliminary remarks let me present
to you, by means of these tables, a bird's-eye view of the various ways
in which venoms of some of the Indian snakes act.
I can only give tables of the actions of the venoms of cobra (Naia
tripudians), Russell's viper {Daboia RusseUii) and banded krait (Bun-
garus fasciatus) as these are all that Captain Lamb has yet been able to
deal with, owing to the difficulty of collecting material. This is, I think,
a matter, so full of importance to the well being of India,, that the
Society would do well to represent it in the proper quarter, and so help
Captain Lamb to complete his series of valuable investigations, by
404 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
calling the attention of Government to the necessity of assistance in col-
lecting live venomous snakes, for the purpose of extracting their poison.
Cobra Venom—
1, Acts on central nervous
system, i.e., the brain and
spinal cord. This causes
paralysis of the limbs,
then of the muscles of
respiration. The heart
continues to beat long
after the breathing has
stopped.
Acts on the blood also,
causing a breaking up of
the red corpuscles of the
blood, and a lengthening
of the time the blood
takes 10 coagulate. 1 hese
physiological effects are
of little importance as
far as the symptoms of
cobra venom intoxication
are concerned.
3. Causes death in from 3 to
6 hours after the bite Is
inflicted as a rule, though
this period may be as
long as a day or two.
4. Does not produce symp-
toms immediately,— an
interval, generally of an
hour or two, elapsing
before they appear, dur-
ing which treatment
may be applied.
Breaks up general tissue
cells, such as those of the
kidneys, liver, etc. Thi3
is a property common to
all the venoms worked
with up to date.
Daboia Venom—
1, Does not produce definite
symptoms pointing to
direct action on the
nervous system. Whe-
ther there is any action
at all, is now being
worked out.
8. Acts on the blood plasma,
the corpuscles, the walls
of the small blood vessels
(capillaries^ and the
heart. In acute cases
the symptoms produced
are, giddiness followed
at <>nce by violent con-
vulsions and gasping
for breath, death result- ,
ing in a few seconds.
The cause of death in
these cases * is from
clotting of the blood in
the pulmonary arteries
and some of the other
bloud vessels.
When the dose is not
large enough to cause
this intra vascular
clotting, death (a) may
ensue in a few hour's
from failure of the heart
or (b) may follow after
a longer time, from the
distinctive action of the
poison on the red cor-
puscles, and capillary
walls allowing the blood
to exude, and producing
oedema and haemorrhage)
in many parts of the
body, and its further
action in preventing
the proper coagulation
of tne blood. Death is
also frequently due to
bacterial invasion caus-
ing septicoemia, malig-
nant redema, etc. Tins
invasion of bacteria is
due to the fact that
locally, at the site of
inoculation, the tissues
die and a large slough
forms.
The corpuscles are
largely destroyed and
the fluid part of the
blood stained red by
their colouring matter.
Other cells of the body
are also broken up, as
with other snake
venoms.
Banded Krait Venom —
1. Acts on the central
nervous system much in
the same way that cobra
venom does. Pr< fuse
salivat'On and vomiting
is common. Paralysis
with twitching of mus-
cles conies on, and death
ensues from paralysis of
respiration in two or
three days.
2. Acts on the blood in
almost the same way as
Daboia venom does (*/
iiijrcttrt in. very large
doses), causing death in
a few niinutes from
extensile clotting of the
blood in the pulmonary
arteries and right side of
the heart. The red cells
of theb lood, however, are
only acted on in a quiie
minor degree, and no
syniptoxs observable
during life are produced
by this.
3. Or serious symptoms may
not come on for some
days, but there is loss of
appetite and weight,
followed by great depres-
sion, marked diminution
in the urinary secretion,
slight failure of respira-
tory functions, irregular
elevations of temperature,
great muscular Weakness
aud paralysis.
Purulent di-charges from
eyes, nose and rectum are
also seen.
Death ensues in from 6 to
12 days. In these cases
it has been found that
there occurs '■ a well
marked primary degene-
ration of the cells of the
central nervous sys-
tem." (1)
*Note— This action will probably only be seen in experiments on animals ; under natural Conditions
the amount of venom injected will be insufficient to produce such extensive clotting. It
results when a sutlicient amount of venom is injected into the blood stream directly.
THE USE OF CALMETTE'S ANTIVENENE IN SNAKE-BITE. 405
From a study of these tables one realises how differently snake venoms
act — one acting through the nervous system with incredible rapidity,
another requiring some days to produce its equally fatal results, while
a third acts almost entirely on the blood.
Realising this then, is it much wonder that scientists looked askance
on Oalmette's sweeping assertion, that his antivenene was useful for the
bites of all poisonous snakes ; knowing, as they did, that the venom used
by him to produce immunity in the horse was that of the cobra, with
only small additions of other snake venoms ? (2)
Behring, the great authority on serum-therapy, and whose name you
must all be familiar with in connection with anti-diphtheritic serum,
lays it down as a law that " the action of an immunising serum is
specific " : that is, in other words, an immunising serum is only useful
in the case of the disease or toxine by means of which it has
been prepared, e.g., anti-diphtheritic serum is only of use against
diphtheria, not against plague or tetanus or any other bacterial
disease.
Everyone now admits this, so it is not astonishing to find that a
serum prepared by injecting a horse with the nerve-destroying cobra
venom should be quite inactive in cases of poisoning by the blood-
destroying Daboia poison.
The first published account of experiments undertaken to investigate
this point was by Professor G. J. Martin, of Melbourne, now Director
of the Lister Institute, London (Inter-Colonial Med. Journal of
Australasia, Augt. 20, 1897, and Apl. 20, 1898), who showed that
Oalmette's serum was useless against the poison of the Australian tiger
snake (Hoplocephalus curtus).
Since then, Tidswell, of Sydney, has proved (3) that it is equally
useless for the other poisonous snakes of Australia. He has gone a step
further, however, for he manufactured a serum by injecting a horse
with Hoplocephalus poison, which was highly effective in preserv-
ing animals from the effects of that poison, but wholly useless against
three other Australian snakes, viz., the brown snake, the black snake
(Pseudechis) and the death adder (Aeanthophis), though these belong
to the same sub-family Elapinae of the Colubrine class.
These observations have been further extended by Captain Lamb,
I.M.S., who, working with serum sent to him by Dr. Tidswell, proved
that this Hoplocephalus serum (4) " has no neutralising power for the
406 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol'. XV.
vonoms of three of our Indian snakes, viz., Naia tripudians (cobra),
Bungarus fasciatus (banded krait), and Daboia Russellii (chain viper)."
Now this serum had been made by the use of one kind of venom only
and was, thereforo, better fitted for testing the question of specificity
than Calmette's, which is prepared by using cobra venom mixed in
varying proportion with that of other serpents. The amount of cobra
venom, used, however, appears to be so preponderating, that for
practical purposes it also may be regarded as a specific serum, useful
only against this one kind of poison.
In the paper communicated by Captain Lamb to our Journal, you
will find an account of how the serum is procured and the method of
using it in cases of cobra bite. I need not, therefore, go over that
ground again, but would merely remind you, that if given in
sufficiently large doses, and before symptoms of the venom intoxication
have become pronounced, we have in Calmette's antivenene a safe and
good remedy for cobra bite.
But alas ! when we turn to the other dangerous snakes of India we
find the serum wholly useless. Captain Lamb and Dr. Hanna, (5) work-
ing together in the Parel Laboratory, have conclusively proved that
antivenene is powerless to prevent death in animals poisoned by the
venom of the chain viper {Daboia Russellii). Since then Captain Lamb
(4) has been able to test Calmette's antivenene against the poisons of
the banded krait {Bungarus faseiatus) and the phoorsa (Echis carinatd).
I need not describe the long series of experiments by which he proved:
his point ; those of you who desire to read of these must go to the original
paper, published by Government as No. 5 of the New Series of Scientific
Memoirs by Officers of the Medical and Sanitary Departments of the
Government of India. Those of us who know the experimenter and
his careful methods will realise the weight that must be given to his
conclusion, that Calmette's antivenene (p. 5) " is of no value whatever
in the treatment of cases of bites from Daboia Russellii, Bungarus
faseiatus, or Echis carinata."
In summing up his observations on Calmette's antivenene and Tids-
well's Hoplocephalus serum he says : (p. 6) " We have seen that the
Australian snakes belong to the same sub-family, but to different genera
as the cobra and the banded krait. Those results therefore, taken along
with the results collated above, got with Calmette's serum, show conclu-
sively that the serum prepared with the venom of any one genus of
THE USE OF CALMETTE'S ANTIVENENE IN SNAKE-BITE. 407
poisonous snake is specific for the venom of that genus and is inactive
for the poisons of other genera. It still remains to be shown if a serum
prepared with a single venom would be specific for the venom of that
species, that is to say, inactive for the poisons of other species of the
same genus."
Since this was written, Captain Lamb tells me he has been able
to test antivenene prepared with pure cobra venom, against the venom
of the king cobra (Naia bungarus), and that to a very large extent
it appears to be inactive, though, as we have seen, useful for bites by
the cobra {Naia tripudians), a different species of the same genus.
This, if confirmed by further research, will go to prove that the
antivenomous serums produced up to the present are absolutely specific,
and only useful for the particular poison which called them into
existence.
You will realise, then, that the question of a cure for bites by Indian
snakes is not a simple one, but that it will require perhaps years of
patient research for its elucidation, and not till such work is accom-
plished can we hope to have placed in our hospitals a cure for the
victims of these dreaded accidents.
REFERENCES.
1. Some observations on the poison of the banded krait (Bungarus
fasciatus) by George Lamb, M.D., (Glasg.), Captain, Indian Medical
Service (now in course of publication by the Government of India).
2. Calmette : Le Venin des Serpents. Paris, 1896. Notice sur
le Serum Antivenimeux et sur le Traitment des Morsures de Serpents.
Lille, 1901.
3. A Preliminary Note on the Serum-Therapy of Snake-bite by
Frank Tidswell, M.B., Ch.M., D.P.H., Principal Assistant Medical
Officer of the Government, and Microbiologist to the Board of Health,
N.S.W., Sydney. Australasian Medical Gazette, April 21st, 1902.
4. Specificity of Antivenomous Sera. By George Lamb, M.D.,
(Glasg.), Captain, I. M.S. No. 5, Scientific Memoirs by Officers of the
Medical and Sanitary Departments of the Government of India.
Calcutta, Office of the Superintendent of Government Printing,
India, 1903.
5. Journal of Pathology and Bacteriology; Edinburgh and Lon-
don, 1902, Volume VIII, page 1.
40«
ON TWO DOLPHINS FROM MADRAS.
By R. Lydekker.
( With Plates C and D. )
{Read before the Bombay Natural History Society on 5th November 1903.)
Students of the Indian Cetacea are once more indebted to Mr.
Harold Ferguson, Director of the Travancore Museum, for adding to
our knowledge of the smaller representatives of that group. At the end
of May last I received from that gentleman sketches of a couple of
dolphins, of different species, which had been stranded during the
previous March on the Trevandrum beach, with a notification that the
disarticulated skeletons would follow in due course. Soon after the
arrival of the latter in June, I set about determining the specimens,
and have arrived at the conclusion that the larger represents a species
of Tursiops not hitherto definitely known from Indian waters, while the
smaller indicates a Sotalia nearly allied to S. lentiginosa, but yet
apparently distinct. I am glad to say that in both instances these
identifications, so far as the genus is concerned, agree with provisional
determinations made on the spot by Mr. Ferguson. The real interest
and importance of the specimens is, however, due to the fact that the
entire skeletons have been preserved. In the case of the smaller specimen
this has enabled me to determine, with much greater precision than was
previously possible, the real generic position of several nearly related
Indian forms. I may add that if other naturalists resident on the coasts
of the peninsula were as energetic and painstaking as Mr. Ferguson
in collecting specimens, when opportunities occur, our knowledge of
the smaller Cetacea of India would soon be in a much more satisfactory
condition than is at present the case. With these preliminary observa-
tions I proceed to the consideration of the specimens : —
THE AUSTRALIAN BOTTLE-NOSE ( TURSIOPS
CATALANIA).
Plate C.
This species was described by Dr. Gray on the evidence of two skulls
brought from the north-west coast of Australia by Mr. J. Macgillivray,
who made notes on the external form and colouring of the animals to which
they belonged. The following is an abbreviation of Gray's description : —
' Upper surfaces lead-colour passing gradually on the sides into the
jvhite of the lower surfaces ; sides, lower surfaces and pectoral fins
a
o
LO
-P
CO
• rH
o
PQ
&
o
•-3
|
I
i
in
ON TWO DOLPHINS FROM MADRAS. 409
covered with longitudinally elongated blotches of dark lead-colour.
Teeth, sf . Skull like that of T. tursio> but smaller ; the rostrum, longer
(about three-fifths the total length) and narrower."
The total length of the larger individual was 6 feet 9 inches, and that
of the skull 17 inches.
Of the Trevandrum specimen, which was stranded on March 7th, the
taxidermist at the museum has supplied the following details : —
Ft. inches.
Extreme length
From tip of beak to origin of back-fin
» » » » flipper
„ „ „ anal aperture
Length of front margin of flipper
» back-fin
Expanse of flukes ... ...
Greatest girth ...
Height of back-fin
"Lower jaw somewhat larger than upper. A prenarial fatty convex
elevation marked off from the moderately tapering beak by a V-shaped
groove.
" Body rounded anteriorly ; tail much compressed laterally ; a pro-
minent ridge from the back-fin to the middle of the flukes ; the ridge
on the middle portion less conspicuous.
" Colour above deep glistening plumbeous black, becoming paler
below, washed with irregular black markings. Genital and anal regions
mottled with dark brown. Lower jaw and sides of lower lip light
plumbeous, passing into pale yellowish in front.
" Teeth, |f.
" Pterygoids divergent posteriorly.
" Ribs, 12, the first four double-headed*
" Vertebra, C. 7 ; D. 12 ; L. 15 ; Ca. 24 = 58.
" The animal appears to have sustained serious injuries in different
parts of the body. The tips of the dorsal and left caudal fins had been
bitten off and had subsequently healed. Some of the caudal series of
vertebrae had been fractured, and presented a distortion due to subse-
quent fusion."
The length of the skull (which, from the worn condiiion of the teeth
evidently belonged to an old animal) is 18| inches. As regards general
external form, the characters of the skull (save in one particular), the size,
and number of the teeth, and the number of the vertebrae, the specimen
410 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL IIISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
agrees so well with the generally accepted definition of Tursiops, that the
species to which it belongs may be confidently assigned to that genus. It
is true that the number of vertebrae is three less than the minimum
hitherto regarded as distinctive of that genus (] ) ; but since in T. tursio
the number is 64, while in T, ahisalam it is 61, there is no good reason
why a third form with only 58 should not be included in the same
genus. The range of specific variation in regard to the dental and
vertebral formulas of the three species under consideration is indicated
by the following table : —
Tursiops tursio—^
Teeth, §§.
Vertebra ; C. 7 ; D. 13 ; L. 17 ; Ga. 27= 64.
Tursiops abusalam —
JL ©Gull . ~t> v» •
Vertebra ; C. 7 ; D. 12 ; L. 16 ; Ca. 26= 61.
Present specimen —
Teeth, |f.
Vertebra ; C. 7; D. 12 ; L. 15 ; Ca. 21=58.
It will be noticed that in the above-quoted description, the pterygoids
are stated to be divergent posteriorly, whereas in Tursiops they are
described as in contact throughout their length (-). On examination of
ihe skull, I find, however, that their bones have undergone absorption
-to a large extent, and their remaining portion is much fenestrated.
Their present posterior divergence is therefore, I consider, entirely due
to senile degeneration, and I have no doubt that when the animal was
younger they presented the form and relations characteristic of the genus.
As regards general size and proportions, the number of the teeth, and
colour (especially the " elongated blotches of dark-lead colour" on the
under surface, so clearly indicated in the sketch), the Trevandrum
bottle-nose agrees so closely with the description of T. catatonia, that
there seems every reason for regarding it as referable to the same
species. It is true the sketch does not show the spotting on the flippers
mentioned in the description of the types of the latter, and also that
there the flippers and back-fin appear proportionately a little longer
in the Trevandrum specimen, but I cannot regard such differences as
of specific value ; they may vary, for instance, with age.
(') See Trans. Bull. U. S. Mus. No. 30, p. 158 (1889).
C2) See W. H. Flower, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1888, p. 478, fig. 5.
ON TWO DOLPHINS FROM MADRAS. 411
In regard to the occurrence of bottle-nosed porpoises other than the
typical Tursiops tursio in Indian waters, Dr. Blanford wrote as follows
in his volume on the Mammalia in the " Fauna of British India " : —
" It is highly probable that either Tursiops catalania described from
N.-W. Australia, or the closely allied T. abusalam inhabiting the
Red Sea, is also found in the neighbourhood of India. The two may
be identical. Both are smaller than T. tursio and have dark spots on
the lower surface."
The present specimen (assuming my identification to be correct) not
only converts this suggestion into a certainty, but serves to show that
T. catalania (of which the vertebral formula is now for the first time
ascertained) is perfectly distinct from the Red Sea species. The accom-
panying plate (C) shows, I believe, for the first time, the external
characters and colouration of the Australian species, which is now proved
to range to India. In the figure the missing portions of the back-fin
and flukes have been restored.
FERGUSON'S DOLPHIN (SOTALIA FERGUSONI).
Plate D.
Of the second specimen, which was obtained on March 31st and is,
quite young, the following description was supplied by the Museum : —
Extreme length
Length from tip of beak to origin of back-fin
>) >f >> >> >> >> >y >> nipper
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ anal apertur<
Length of flipper along front curve
„ ,, back-tin „ „ „
Expanse of flukes
Greatest girth ...
Height of back-fin
" Lower jaw not projecting. A V-shaped groove at the base of the
prenarial fatty cushion.
" Body fusiform, rounded anteriorly, triangular in the middle and
compressed towards the tail. Tail above and below with a prominent
convex ridge marked ofT from the back-fin and abdomen by a concave
outline.
" Colour, above dull black, sides paler, beneath dull white.
" Teeth, §§ or ff.
•112 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
" Pterygoids divergent posteriorly.
" Ribs eleven, the first five double-beaded.
" Verfcebrw, C. 7 ; D. 11 ; L. 13 ; Ca. 18 = 49."
To this Mr. Ferguson adds that the teeth had not pierced the gum, and
that the specimen probably belongs to Solatia.
As regards this generic identification, I quite agree with Mr. Fergu-
son. In this connection it is important to notice that Dr. Blanford, in
the " Fauna of British India, " has transferred the Indian species included
by Messrs. Flower and True in the (typically S. American fresh-water)
genus Sotalia to Steno ; remarking that " the differences between the
Indian generic types here brought together appear to me scarcely to
justify general distinction, until the skeletons are known. The typical
Sotalice are estuarial or fluviatila dolphins with 51 to 55 vertebrae."
In this " lumping " Dr. Blanford appears to have considered that the
separation of the pterygoids in Soialia and their approximation in
Steno were not characters of generic importance. Neither did he attach
generic value to the more numerous (26 — 30), smaller, and smoother
teeth of the former as compared with the latter, in which the number
varies from 20 to 27.
The fact that the skeleton under consideration, which belongs to a
species closely allied to one of those included by Dr. Blanford in Steno,
has the number of vertebrae even less than was previously known to be
the case in any species of Sotalii, renders it advisable to revert to the
view of Messrs. Flower and True. Nor is this all, for I find that, in
addition to the separation of the pterygoids, the oriental species of Sotalia
may be readily distinguished, at least in the young condition, by the form
of the palatines. For instance, in the Trevandrum skull the palatines
(pal.) form a kind of W-shaped band across the vomer, with a long
median suture quite clear of the pterygoids (Pt.) A precisely similar
condition obtains in the palate of Sotalia sinensis figured by Sir W. H.
Flower (l). On the other hand, in the palate of Steno, as figured by the
same observer (2), the W-like form of the palatines is not nearly so
marked, and there is no long symphysis of those bones below the line of
the pterygoids.
The two genera may therefore be shortly distinguished as follows : —
Sotalia. — Teeth medium, smooth, and numerous (26 — 35). Ptery-
goids separate.
(O Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1883, p, 487, fig. 7.
C) Ibid., p. 483, fig. 6.
n
CD
J*
fi
o
o
CO
+>
CO
cd
D
pq
o
•-3
Z
o
en
r>
o
a
_i
<
h
o
CO
.-3
c^
>3
d
I
ON TWO DOLPHINS FROM MADRAS. 413
Palatines W-shaped, with a long symphysis helow the pterygoids.
Vertebra 49 to 55.
Steno.— Teeth large, rough, and less numerous (20—27). Pterygoids
in contact.
Palatines not distinctly W-shaped, without a long symphysis below
the pterygoids.
Vertebrae 65 to 66.
This Trevandrum specimen, then, clearly belongs to Sotalia, as thu3
restricted. From the mention of the marked constriction in the body
immediately in advance of the caudal ridges (well shown in the figure),
it is further evident that the species is very nearly allied to the Indian
Sotalia lentiginosa (1), with which it agrees very closely, if not actually,
in the number of the teeth, these being given by Dr. Blanford as about
If iu th9 latter. Unfortunately, nothing is kuown with regard to the
number of the vertebrae in that species.
Sotalia hnHyinosa is, however, popularly known as the speckled
dolphin, from the circumstance that the body and fins are profusely
spotted with elongated or pear-shaped flocks, some of which are white
and others lead-coloured. No traces of such spots are visible in the
Trevandrum specimen; and the question then arises, are they characteristic
only of the adult condition of S. lentiginosus ? To this question it is
impossible to give a definite answer ; but I am inclined to think that at
least some tracss of the spots would be observable in the Trevandrum
specimen if it were really the young of the spotted dolphin. Moreover,
the Trevandrum dolphin appears to differ from the species last-named
by the much more forward extension of the part of the back-fin,
which shelves off gradually into the line of the back, instead of rising
suddenly. I am therefore inclined to regard the two as distinct, more
especially as the colour in the sketch (although not in the description)
of the Trevandrum specimen is much lighter than in the description
of S. lentiginosa. With regard to S. plumbea, which has been
taken at Madras, the number of teeth (§|) is, I think, greater than
could have possibly occurred in the Trevandrum specimen (of which
the tip of the rostrum is slightly imperfect). Then, again, there is
no white on the under surface of that species, and no mention of
a sharp constriction in advance of the caudal ridges. With regard
(') Steno lentiginosus of Blanford.
414 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
to Elliot's dolphin, S. pemiger (or gadamu), the number of teeth (||)
serves at once to distinguish it broadly from the present form ; and I
am by no means sure (since the pterygoids are close together in the
middle line) that it should not be transferred to Steno, in which case the
dental formulae of the two genera would be still more distinct than in the
above table. The skeleton would decide the question.
From the Chinese white dolphin (S. sinensis) the Trevandrum form
is distinguished not only by colour but by the number of the teeth and
vertebras.
On the whole, I am inclined to regard the Trevandrum dolphin as
new, and I therefore propose to call it Sotalia fergusoni. Its special
characters are the number of the teeth and vertebra, the marked con-
striction of the body in front of the caudal ridges, and the generally
uniform colouration, with the under-parts lighter than those above.
Specific names and characters are, however, of minor import. The
real interest of the specimen consists in the information it affords as to
vertebral formula of the Indian Sotalice.
'■■I. &t" ' '■ w'"---vM •■■■■-'
415
THE FERNS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA.
Including Afghanistan, the Trans-Indus Protected States, and Kash-
mir : arranged and named on the basis of Hooker and Baker's Synopsis Filicum, and
other works, with New Species added.
By C. W. Wopb.
{Continued from page 111 of this Volume.)
After- Words.
I regret that the publication of this paper has extended over a much
longer period than I anticipated ; but I now recognise that this is due
to the method of publication I was constrained to adopt, and somewhat,
perhaps, owing to miscalculation on my part. The Journal of the
Bombay Natural History Society has to deal with various branches of
Natural History beside Botany, and the tastes of the members tend to
the study of Zoology rather than to that of Botany. And I must admit
that Ferns do not present the economic interest that some other
branches of Botany do.
2. Parts II and III— "New Species," and "The General List,"
were written in India before 1896 ; but they have been revised from
time to time, as further material turned up, and as views came to be modi-
fied. Part I, Introductory, was written before the rest of the paper was
sent to press, and a glance at it may now be taken to see how the
scheme has been realised.
3. Mr. Duthie, the late Director of the Botanical Department,
Northern India, continued to send me duplicates of specimens got by
himself or his native collectors, and also of many contributed to the
Saharanpur Herbarium by Mr. James Marten, of the Indian Forest
Survey Department, collected by himself in the Chamba State, chiefly
at high altitudes. Mr. Marten is a very careful collector, and his
specimens are beautifully preserved. They include several rarities.
Mr. Gamble also has given me many specimens collected by himself
in the Jaunsar tract of the Himalaya, and by Mrs. Fisher in British
Garhwal, from which latter-named district also, from low altitudes,
several interesting species were brought by Inayat, one of the Saharan-
pur collectors, in 1902, including Nephrodium calcaratum, Hook., and
Acrostichum crispatulum, Wall. The first-named of these species had
been got in N.-W. India only twice before, more than 30 years ago,
and the second only in West Nepal, just outside the boundary with
Kumaon. It is the only Acrostichum in North- Western India.
416 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
4. No new books or papers on Indian Ferns have appeared, that
I know of, since Part I of this paper was written ; but as two or three
years before the late Sir Henry Collett's "Flora of Simla" was
published I had given him a completer list than he had of the Ferns
of his Simla Region, and as I found he had not dealt with the Ferns,
as being beyond the scope of his " Flora," though he had hoped to do so
in a separate work, I showed the list to Mr. W. Botting Hemsley, who,
after Sir Henry Collett's death, was seeing his book through the press,
and in his Introduction he gave the list (not here reproduced) with the
following mention of the subject : —
" The Ferns of Simla.'5
" The Ferns of Simla are so numerous that the late Sir Henry Coliett
never intended to include them in the present work, but he contemplated
publishing an account of them in a separate volume. He collected
material for this purpose, and 1 have before me a list of seventy-one
species collected by him in one season. As may be seen from the
Bibliography at p. lxvii, several other persons have made a special
study of this class of plants, and Colonel Beddome's Handbook may be
mentioned as the best available work for naming the Ferns of Simla.
Although descriptions could not be given, I have considered it desirable
to append a complete list of the species hitherto discovered in the
District of Simla. I ?m indebted to Mr C. W. Hope for this list, and
I present it entirely on his authority. In addition to his own very rich
collection, it embodies the results of several collectors whose names are
not mentioned in connection with the flowering plants. Among them
are General Blair, Mr. T. Bliss, Mr. E. W. Trotter, and the late
Mr. H. F. Blandford, F.R.S.
[Here follows the List.]
" This gives a total of 124 species belonging to twenty-three genera,
as against sixteen genera and thirty-seven species in the British Islands,
and twenty-seven species in the county of Sussex, which has a larger
area than Simla, as here understood — a rich fern flora indeed !
With the exception of the Graminem (133 species) ferns are more
numerous than any Natural Order of flowering plants in the Flora of
Simla."
5. In the Introduction I said that my list admitted 212 species, 16
of them being new. In the course of revision one species has dropped
out and the number is now 21 J . The number of new species has fallen
THE FERNS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA. 417
to 15, as shown in Abstract I of the List, given above, p. 428. These
new species are illustrated by 14 Plates. Besides these 15, 8 species
are given in Abstract II as new to British India, and 26 species
are new to the limits with which this work deals. In all o5 Plates
have been given.
6. I have adhered to my resolution to give no place iu my list to
so-called varieties, but — when distinct enough from the so-called types
to be separately described, and constant in character — to give them as
species. I have, however, struck out from the list of species Asplenium
deniigerwn, Wall., and have given it as a " form " of A. Filix-femhia,
Bernh. (not F. foemina — as often, and in my Introduction, printed),
because it varies so much in cutting, (as I came to see) that it is difficult
to select any specimen of it as a type : all have a strong resemblance to
A. Filix-femina, though there is a difference from it. Moreover, since
Clarke and Beddome last wrote, typical A. F.-femina has been found, in
1891 and 1892, growing in several localities in Kashmir ; and speci-
mens of older date in the Kew and Saharanpur Herbariums have been
recognised as typical F.-femina. But as typical specimens of the species
have been found distributed, though sparsely, over N.-W. India, in the
Himalaya, the presence of a form of it in our region is the more easily
accounted for. The same change in the position of Nephrodium
Filix-mas, as a British India fern, has happened. The researches of
Harris, Trotter, McDonell, MacLeod, and Duthie have shown that the
type of this species is not uncommon from Baraul eastward to the South-
West of Kashmir, and that it is to be got in Chamba ; and earlier
specimens have been recognised as typical.
7. The figures in Plates XXVII and XXVIII will, I hope, be
found to justify me in breaking up the species Aspidium (Polyst.)
auriculatum into four, — it being so far as is known exinvolucrate, (or
abinvolucrate) and never found in Northern India, and the other three,
placed by recent pteridologists as varieties of it, being abundantly dif-
ferent in cutting snd venation. The devolopment of cutting, from that
shown in fig. 1 of Plate XXVII to that of figs. 3 and 4, is remark-
able. The broad and deeply cut form I and others had for years
sorted into quite a different species, namely, Aspidium (Polyst.)
aculeatum, Sw. But the venation and clothing on the under surface of
the fronds — of very minute scales — seem to leave no doubt on the.
subject.
418 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
8. The group of Aspidium, hitherto placed as A. {Polyst.) aculea-
tum, Sw., and varieties, Nos. 113 to 116 of rny list, cannot stand.
There appears, indeed, to be no good ground for maintaining the name
A. aculealum any longer ; and it is, in my opinion, inapplicable to any
Indian plant. Continental botanists seem to use the specific name
"lobatum "instead of " aculealum" \ and " squarrosum," Don, is an older
name than " mfo-barbatum" Wall., for the common coriaceous shiny
Indian plant. I have used the specific name " angulare" for the softer
plants, of several different forms, which at one time I thought of setting
up as A. molle n. sp. One of them is very near A. angulare, but
generally with different clothing on the stipes and rhachis. The fronds
of this form vary from about 1 foot to 3 feet in length, and the width
sometimes exceeds 2 feet, with pinnules deeply cut into as many as
ten segments. This is what Dr. Christ, in " Filicinse, Warburg, Mon-
sunia," calls A. angulare, var. batjanensis ; but in the Dehra Dun
and the Mussooree Himalaya plants of all sizes from 1 foot to 5 feet
high are to be got, the length and number of segments of the pinnules
increasing with the size of the plant.
9. In no case have I seen any reason to unite with the type any of
the so-called varieties of Nephvodium ( Lastrea) Filiv-mas. ; but I
have put some of the less divergent forms under JV. parallelogrammum
Kunze. Nephrodium odontoloma (Moore), Bedd., {N. F.-mas, var.
2 normalis, C. B. Clarke), I now believe, after seeing many more speci-
mens from the Punjab and elsewhere, to be the same as 2?. pallidum,
Bory, of South-Eastern Europe and Western Asia, of which Mr. Gustav
Mann was kind enough to get me authentic specimens. I have always
held that this plant is quite distinct from N. rigidum, Desv., Mr. Clarke's
No. 18, p. 323 of 'his Review.' N. rigidum, Desv., for which he
gives as a synonym IV. pallidum, Bory, seems to be certainly this
plant. And nothing has turned up which makes me more inclined to
admit any connection of N. marginatum. Wall, (under Aspidum) with
N. elongatum, H. and Gr., or any form of A7. F.-mas.
10. Nephrodium prolixum, Baker, which, reviving an old name
of Willdenow's, seems to have been designed to iuclude Kunze's two
species — N. ochthodes and N. tylorfes (this latter name should be
ocylodes, but Kunze himself originated the misprint), I have resolved into
its original constituents ; and as I found that the plant of the North-
Western Himalaya, which had been called N. ocldhodes, or N. prolkum,
THE FERNS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA. 419
always has a markedly creeping and branching rhizome, I have
separated it as a new species — N. repens, Hope. An exactly similar
character has led to the separation of Poly podium {Phegopteris) late-
repens (Trotter), Hope, from P. (Pheg.) distans, Don. These two
instances show the importance of ascertaining and recording the nature
of the rhizome of a fern.
11. I have heard nothing but praise of the Plates by which the
paper is illustrated. Owing to pressure of other work, Mr. N. E.
Brown had to give up his co-operation, but fortunately I was able to
get that of Mr. J. N. Fitch, a well-known artist, who had already
figured many ferns, and he has very zealously and skilfully carried out
my wishes. The work in Calcutta — the completion of the drawings
where enlargement was not required, and lithographing the plates — has
given great satisfaction ; latterly it has been very kindly superintended
by Lieutenant A. T. Gage, I. M. D., who succeeded Dr. Prain as
Curator of the Calcutta Herbarium.
420 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. JV.
THE FERNS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA.
Including Afghanistan, the Trans-Indus Protected States, and Kash-
mir: arranged and named on the basis of Hooker and Baker's Synopsis Filicum,
and other works, with New Species added.
By C. W. Hope.
Contents.
CLASSIFICATION ACCORDING TO THE
SYNOPSIS FILIOUM OF HOOKER
AND BAKER.
References.
="3
s o
*-> a
Part I. — Introductory -. ... 2
Part II.— Genera of which neio Species are )
described
Part III.— The General List ; The Genera and
Sub-genera only, including those in
Sub-Order I.— GLEICHENIACE^.
Genus 1.— Gleichenia, Smith ; Sub-genus— Mertensia
Sub-Order II.— HYMENOPHYLLACE.E.
Genus l.— Hymenophyllum, Linn
Genus 2— Trichomanes, Smith
Sub-Order III.— POLYPODIACE^}.
Tribe II.— Dicksoni^;.
Genus l.— Onoclea, L.
Sub-genus — Struthiopteris
„ 5.— Woodsia, Bv.
Sub-genus — Luwoodsia
„ Physematium
6.— Sphseropteris, Wall
7.— Dicksonia, LHerit.
Sub-genus — Patania, Presl
Tribe V.— Davalli,e.
8.— Davallia, Smith.
Sub-genus — Leucostegia, Presl. .
Microlepia, Presl.
Stenoloma, Fee
10.— Cystopteris, Bernh ,
Tribe VI.— Pteride^e.
11.— Adiantum, L
12.— Cheilanthes, Sw.
Sub-genus — Adiantopsis, Fee
Eucheilanthes...
Physa2)teris, Presl. .,
Aleuritopteris, Presl.
f
r
»>
J1
13— Onychium, Kaulf.
14.— Cryptogramme, R.-Br.
XIII.
XIII.
>1
H
)>
))
1>
»
J)
»
)>
n
»
»
2
3—4
1
1
a
to"©
0-.
315
527
621
25
25
25
2d
27
28
29
29
29
3&
S5
35
286
THE FERNS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA.
421
CLASSIFICATION ACCORDING TO THE
SYNOPSIS FILICUM OP HOOKER
AND BAKER.
° «•
Oh
Tribe VI,— Pteride,e— con£c7.
Genus 15. — Pellsea, Link, Hook
Sub-genus — Oheiloplecton, Fee
„ Allosorus, Presl.
„ Platyloma, Smith
-Pteris, L. Sub-genus — Eupttris .
Sub-genus — Paesia, St. Hilaire .
„ Campteria, Presl.
„ Dryopteris
-Ceratopteris, Prong
Tribe VII. — Blechne^e.
-Blechnum, L.
-Woodwardia, Sm
Tribe VIII. — Asplenies.
-Asplenium, L.
Sub-genus — Thamnopteris, Presl.
„ Euasplenium ...
16.-]
,. 17.-4
>, 18-
„ 19,
20.— 1
5>
»
Tribe X
Athyrium, Roth.
Diplazium, Sw.
Anisogonium, Presl.
Hemidictyum, L.
— Aspidis.
■Genus 22.— Aspidium, Sw.Qn part).
Sub-genus — Polystichum, Roth
., Cyr'tominm, Presl.
„ 23.— Nephrodium, Rich.
Sub-genus — Lastrca, Presl. ...
,, Eunephr odium ...
„ Sagenia, Presl
„ 24.— Nephrolepis, Schott
„ 25.— Oleandra, Cav.
Tribe XI. — Polypodies.
„ 26.— Poly podium L i
Sub-genus — Phegopteris, Fee
Goninpteris, Presl
Fupoly podium ...
GoniopUlebmm,^B\
Niphobolus
Drynariti, Bory
Phymatodes, Presl., including
Pleopeltis
Tribe XII.— Gjummitides.
27.— Nothcchlsena R. Br.
28.— Gym no gramme, ScUect
Sub-genus — Leptogramme, J. Smith ...
„ Engymnogramme
,, Selliguea, Bory
29.— Vittaria, Smith
»
446
447
447
448
4 48
455
455
457
458
459
459
459
460
668
118
119
256
265
265
468
479
720
744
747
748
749
627
78
78
81
85
85
87
89
90
98
"98
98
100
102
422 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
References.
classification according to the
synopsis ftlicum op hooker
and baker.
Tribe XIII.— Aceostiche^:.
Genua 30.— Acrostichum, L.
Sub-genus — Gymnopteris, Bernh. ...
Sub-Order III.— OSMUNDACE M.
„ 31.— Osmunda, L
Sub-Order IV.— SCHIZ^EACE^.
„ 32.— Lygodium, Sw
Sub-Order VI.— OPHIOGLOSSACEjE.
„ 33.— Ophioglossum
n 34.— Eotrychium, Sw
103
103
105
106
108
THE FERNS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA.
423
List of Plates.
424 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL IIISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
LIST OF FERNS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA, &c,
AS ABOVE DESCRIBED.
o
XCl
NAMES.
Volume
of
Journal
Number
in
Volume.
Page
of
Volume,
THE FERNS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA.
425
426 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY , Vol. XV.
o
NAMES.
Volume
of
Journal.
Number Page
in of
Volume. Volume
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
Aspidium Buthiei, n. sp. Hope
marginatum, Wall
lentum, Dor,
obliquum, „
ilicifolium, ,,
acanthophyllum, Franchet
Tbomsoni, Hook.
squarrosum, Don.
augulare, Willd.
luctuosum, Kze. ...
setosum, Wall. ...
Prescottianum, Hook
Bakerianum, W. S. Atkinson, MS.
falcatum, Sw.
Nephrodium aristatum, Siv.
»
>»
>)
ft
n
5>
»
»
5J
)>
5)
5>
»
)>
>>
»
»
»
coniifolium, Wall
birtipes, Hook.
Gamblei, n. sp. Hope
gracilescsns, Hook. ...
calcaratum, „ <..
repens, n. sp. Hope
xylodes, Kze ,.
Tbelypteris, Desv
Filix-mas, Rich
parallelogrammum, Kze
a. forma kbasiana, C. B. Clarke
o. „ patentissima, Wall. ...
c. „ fibrillosa, C. B. Clarke
Kingii, n. sp. Hope
serrato-dentatum, n. sp. Hope
Brunonianum, Hook
barbigerum, „
pandum, n. sp. Hope
Schimperianum, Hoehst.
cochleatum, Don ... ...
Blanfordii, n. sp. Hope
odontcloma, (Moore) Bedd.
ratnosum, Hope.
marginatum, Wall. ...
sparsum, Don...
rrenatum, Baker
Boryanum, „
seticrerum, „
molliusculum, Wall
aridum, Baker
molle, Desv ...
Papilio, n. sp. Hope
occultum, n. sp. ,, ...
j XIV.
( »
»
»
»
5)
»)
»
»
>)
II
))
JS
xn &
XIV.
XIV.
I XII &
I XIV.
XIV.
»
>)
)>
5>
J)
j XII &
I XIV.
XIV.
i x'ii &
I XIV.
XIV.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
8
3
4
4
4
3
4
4
4
• >
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
i
582
459
459
462
463
464
456
466
470
472
475
476
477
479
479
720
720
721
533
722
722
723
535
724
724
727
727
72S
729
730
731
621
731
622
731
731
732
623
733
733
734
624
736
736
739
740
743
743
744
744
744
746
746
625
747
627
747
THE FERNS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA.
427
o
to
NAMES.
Volume
of
Journal.
Number
in
Volume.
Page
of
Volume.
I
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
ICO
161
162
1(33
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
2'JO
201
202
2C3
204
205
Nephrodium cicutariuru, Baker
Nephrolepis cordifolia, Pre-il
„ Volubilis, J. Smith
Oleandra Wallichii, Book.
POLYPODIUM arubescens, Wall
auriculatum, „
Pbegopteris, L.
distans, Don
late-repeus, n. sp. (Trotter,
Hope
punctatum, Thb
ornatum, Wall
urophyllurn, „
proliferum, Presl
lineatum, Coleor.
multititieatum. Wall.
subfaleatum, Bl
amoenum, Wall.
lachnopus. „
microrhizoma, C. B. Clarke
»
n
»
»
33
»
11
51
>5
>J
53
39
!J
91
93
'3
»
33
93
u
33
J»
)>
»
31
33
33
II
J>
1»
argutum, Wall.
adnascens, Sio.
stigmosum, „
fissum, Baker
flocculosum, Bon ...
propinquum, Wall. ...
rivale, Mett. ...
lineare, Thunb,
simplex, Sw
clahtratum, C. B. Clarke
membranaceum, Bon
lieterocarpum, Bl. ...
oxylobum, Wall.
malacodon, Hook.
cyrtolobum, J. Sm. ...
Stewartii, C. B. Clarke
ebeuipes, Hook.
juglaudifolium, Bon
Lehmanni. Mett. ...
Nothochl^ka vellea, R.Br.
Marantas, ,,
Gymnogramme Totta, Schl.
,, Levingei, Baker ...
„ vestita, Hook.
„ Audersoni, Bedel. ...
„ javanica, Bl.
„ leptophylla Besv....
„ iuvoluta, Hook. ...
„ elliptica, Baker ...
Vittaria, lineata,£?t;.
ACROSTiCHtrM virens, Hook
= A. crispatulum, Wall.
Osmunda Claytoniana, L.
„ regalis, „
Lygodium microphyllnm, R. Br. ...
„ pinnatitidum, Sw.
„ japonicum, „
4
4
4
4
1
5>
55
n
s>
93
33
3)
33
13
39
3)
35
39
39
99
15
99
55
59
59
59
55
39
35
59
55
99
99
59
93
39
99
55
13
35
15
55
»
39
99
99
33
3'
33
35
5)
99
747
748
748
749
78
78
79
79
628
80
81
81
81
82
83
83
85
85
86
86
87
87
88
88
88
89
90
90
91
91
93
93
94
94
95
96
96
9S
97
98
98
98
99
100
100
100
101
102
102
103
103
103
103
103
105
105
428 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY,
Vol. XV.
206
207
2(18
209
210
211
Ophioglossum lusitanicum L.
,, vulgatum „
Botkychitjm lunaria, Sw
„ ternatum (Thb.) Sic. \
or B.obliquum, Muhl. )
„ virginianum, Siv.
„ lanuginosma, Wall. ...
106
107
108
108
109
110
Abstract I. — List of New Species.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Plate
n
!>
55
:>
>j
v
»
Plate
Davallia Beddomei, Hope,
Cheilanthes dub;a, „
Onycbium contiyuum, Hope,
Asplenium tenellum,
„ runicola,
Aipiiium Duthiei,
Nephrodium Gnmblei, Hopet
repens, „
Kinaii, ,,
serrato-dentatum, Hope,
(double plate) „
pandum, Hope,
Blanfordii, Plate
Papilio, Hope „
occultum „ „
Polypodium late-repens (Totter), Hope,
ii
»
ii
I
II
Nil.
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
Nil.
XI
XII
XIII
XIV
527
528
444
529
531
532
533
535
621
622
623
624
625
627
628
Abstract II. — Species New to the British Indian Region.
o
CO
NAMES.
Page
of
Volume.
33
453
124
259
47.-,
727
106
109
1-15
IS
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
New to Science.— See Abstract I.
Davallia Wilfordii, Baker — Plate nil
Ptens digitata, Wall ...
Asplenium Filix-femina, Bernh. (type)
,, squamigerum, Mett. ...
Aspidium luctuosum, G. Kunze ...
^'eohrodium Filix-mas, Rich, (type)
Opioglossnm, Lusitanism
Botrychium virginianum, Sio. (type)
THE FERNS OF NORTH-WESTERN INDIA.
429
Abstract III.— Species New to the N.-W. Indian Region.
o
NAMES.
Volume
of
Journal.
Number
in
Volume,
Page
of
Volume.
15
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
New Species :— Abstract I.
New to the Indian Region :— Abstract II
New to N.-W. Indian Region : —
Trichomanes pyxidiferum, L. ... ,
Onoclea orientalis, Hook.
Sphferopteris barbata, Wall
Onychium auratum, Kaulf.
Pteris dactylina, Hook
„ ludens, Wall. ...
Blechnum orientale, L
Asplenium exiguurn, Bedd
„ tenuifolium, JO in. ...
,, drepanophylJnm, Baker
tenuifrons, Wall
Filix-femina (type), Bernh
„ multicaudatum, Wall
Aspidium luctuosum, G. Knnze
Nephrodium hirtipes, Hook
„ gracile.-cens,i/ooA.
calcaratum „
odontoloma, (Moore) Bedd.
setigerum, Baker c
Nephrolepis volubilis, Smith ...
Polypodium adna^cens, Sio
„ Lehmanni, Melt ,
Gymnogramme elliptica, Baker
Lygodium micropbyllum. R. Br.
Ophioglossum vulgatum, L ,
»
?)
XIII.
»1
>»
n
n
n
»
XIV.
»
»
J1
5)
II
XV.
>»
n
>»
»
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
4
i
4
1
1
2
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
26
27
28
443
451
456
459
663
667
663
120
124
263
475
721
722
723
736
744
748
87
27
102
105
107
430
DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE NEW FROGS FROM
SOUTHERN INDIA AND CEYLON.
By G. A. BOULENGER, f.r.s., v.p.z.s.
With a Plate.
(Read before the Bombay Natural History Society
on 5lh November 1903.)
Rana aurantiaca.
Vomerine teeth in two oblique series between the choanpe. Head
depressed, longer than broad ; snout obtusely pointed, a little longer
than the orbit ; canthus rostralis distinct ; loreal region nearly vertical,
concave ; interorbital space a little broader than the upper eyelid ;
tympanum very distinct, three-fourths the diameter of the eye. Fingers
rather slender, first extending slightly beyond second ; toes' two-thirds
webbed ; tips of fingers and toes dilated into small but very distinct
disks ; two small metatarsal tubercles. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches
between the eye and the tip of the snout. Skin smooth ; a narrow
glandular dorso-lateral fold. Orange above, without spots on the back
or bars on the limbs ; a black lateral band on each side of the head
and body ; upper lip, canthus rostralis, and dorso-lateral fold white ;
terminal disks of toes black ; lower parts white.
From snout to vent 38 millim.
A single specimen of this pretty frog, allied to R. temporalis, Gthr.,
was found on a bush near Trivandrum, Travancoro, by Mr. H. S.
Ferguson. A coloured cast of the frog was made by Mr. Ferguson,
whilst the specimen itself, rather poorly preserved in spirit, has been
kindly presented by him to the British Museum.
RlIACOrHORUS PLEUROTiENIA.
Vomerine teeth in two very small groups close together between
the choanal. Snout rounded, a little shorter than the diameter of the
orbit ; canthus rostralis obtuse ; loreal region slightly concave ; nostril
nearer the end of the snout than the eye ; interorbital space broader
than the upper eyelid ; tympanum moderately distinct, not quite half
the diameter of the eye. Fingers with a slight rudiment of web ; toes
half- webbed, the web very short between the inner toes ; disks a little
smaller than the tympanum. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the
posterior border of the eye. Upper parts with fine vermicular rugosities ;
belly and lower surface of thighs with large flat granules. Brown
Journ.Bomba,yNa."t. Hist. Soc.
la.
J Green del . et litK .
Mintern.Bros.i:mp .
NEW FROGS FROM SOUTHERN INDIA AND CEYLON.
LVfTna at/raiffiaca . 2 . Wicterphcr-ns pLeu^rcitmiicu. 3 . I/occJjjl& hcclyt.
DESCRIPTION OF THREE NEW FROGS. 431
above (in spirit), with a broad, white, black-edged band on each side,
from the eye to the groin, continued as a narrow streak on the edge
of the upper eyelid and on the canthus rostralis, joining its fellow on
the tip of the snout ; sides of body and thighs with black dots ; limbs
with regular dark cross-bars ; lower parts white, with a few small black
spots on the throat.
From snout to vent 27 millim.
A single specimen from Kandy, received from Mr. Haly, late
Curator of the Colombo Museum. it!, mierotympanum, Gthr., is the
nearest ally of this new species.
IXALUS HALYI.
Snout rounded, a little shorter than the diameter of the orbit ; canthus
rostralis distinct ; loreal region slightly concave ; nostril a little nearer
the end of the snout than the eye ; interorbital space as broad as the
uppar eyelid ; tympanum distinct, rather more than half the diameter
of the eye. Fingers free, toes half- webbed ; disks well developed, a
little smaller than the tympanum. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches
the eye. Upper parts rugose ; a raised ridge along the vertebral line,
crossing another on the interorbital region ; a strong fold from the eye to
the shoulder. Throat, belly, and lower surface of thighs coarsely
granulate. Reddish-brown above, with ill-defined darker markings on
the head and body and cross-bars on the limbs ; loreal region dark-
brown ; sides and lower parts white. Male with an internal vocal sac.
From snout to vent 28 millim.
A single specimen from Pattipola, Ceylon, received from Mr. Haly,
after whom the species is named.
43'2
THE PRESENT POSITION OF ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY
IN INDIA.
BY
H. MAXWELL-LEFROY, M.A., F.E.S., F.Z.S.,
Entomologist to the Government of India,
Lately Entomologist to the Imperial Department of
Agriculture for the West Indies.
(Bead before the Bombay JVafural History Society on
17th December 1903.)
1. Introduction.
2. Economic Entomology.
3. Entomology.
a. Systematic.
b. Life History and Habits.
c. Checks.
d. Morphology, etc.
e. Insects and Plants.
4. Agriculture.
5. Mechanical.
6. Indian Conditions.
7. Conclusion.
1. INTRODUCTION.
In this paper I propose to discuss the progress made in the study of
Economic Entomology in India and the point to which this subject has
been carried. This is a somewhat large subject to discuss in detail, and
I have endeavoured to bring into a small compass a review of our present
knowledge and a clear statement of the legitimate aims of the economic
entomologist. It is necessary to have clearly in mind what are the
purposes and objects of this branch of science ; how it is related to
Entomology as a whole, its bearing towards agriculture and commerce,
its place both in the scientific world and in relation to ordinary human
activities. We shall then be in a position to see what progress has
baen made, where we stand in relation to allied branches of science and
finally the probable lines of future work. I touch this last point with
great diffidence ; my own work is clearly before me and I have no wish
to bo considered as laying down lines of work before a critical audience of
entomologists. 1 would gladly plead for a greater interest in this subject
THE PRESENT POSITION OF ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY. 433
for help from the members of this Society ; but this is my first appear-
ance before a Society to whom I am wholly unknown, and I hope that
if any feel drawn to this work they will have no difficulty in finding a
subject and no hesitation in undertaking it.
2. ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY.
Economic entomology is a branch of knowledge resting on the one
hand on pure entomology and on the other on agriculture and commerce.*
It may be defined as an endeavour to control all insect activities that
affect the welfare of man, either beneficially or harmfully ; it is an
applied science, an adaptation of " pure " entomology to the needs of
agriculture and commerce.
Primarily its aim is practical, to obtain visible results either in the
reduction of loss sustained from harmful insects or a commercially valuable
increase in the useful products derived from insects. This aim will be
attained by the scientific or theoretical study of the subject, the investi-
gation of the laws that govern insect increase, of the conditions under
which insects thrive. Its secondary aim therefore is to accumulate
that scientific knowledge, which though not in itself directly valuable,
does eventually lead to improved practical methods.
It will be said that I have put the cart before the horse ; but we must
remember that the purely scientific work has to some extent been done ;
there is a basis of knowledge on which to commence practical applications
and the latter work is far behind the progress made in some branches of
pure entomology. For us now the practical work is the primary object ; if
there were more workers, we could carry both on hand in hand, but ento-
mologists do not extend their researches to the problems that beset the eco-
nomic worker, and the latter must, from his isolation, confine himself to
pushing on the immediately useful work before him. Economic entomology
is a modern development due, net to science, but to the urgent needs
of agriculture ; it is from the very scanty number of workers far behind
other branches of entomology, and those who work in it find that the
basis of directly useful knowledge has to be laid to the exclusion of such
scientific work as has not some immediately tangible result. This is
especially the case in India ; I draw attention to it, not because I think
• Forast Entomology, a branch of Economic Entomology, is not included in the subject
of this paper. Its aims are slightly different and it would be au additional complication in a
paper wh:ch is already quite sufficiently involved-
434 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
lightly of entomology that is not economic, nor because I see an over-
whelming mass of purely practical work before me, but in the hope
of drawing attention to the many problems that underlie practical work,
which are in themselves pure entomology. It is here that the naturalist
who is neither a rabid systematist nor an economic entomologist can
find such a large and absorbingly interesting field ; I mean in problems
connected with insect increase, with parasites and predators, with plant-
immunity to insect attack, with the " balance of life " and soon. Be-
tween the systematist on the one hand and tho economic entomologist
on the other, there is this vast field of work, a domain as yet scarcely
touched, which should justly be occupied by the ordinary, I may perhaps
say " amateur," naturalist.
We may then regard economic entomology as a branch of entomology,
strictly a narrow branch intent on practical results, far removed from the
systematic work that makes up so muck of modern entomology, compris-
ing also a part of agriculture and a branch of knowledge peculiar to
itself. It is concerned not only with the insects that injure the crops,
but also with the crops themselves and with the mechanical methods of
destroying insects on a large scale. There are three distinct branches.
Entomological, Agricultural and Mechanical. One without the other is
useless. The ways and habits of the insect come first, then the condi-
tions under which the crop grows, and with these two, one or more
special methods can be applied.
I propose to discuss these in order, to see as far as possible where we
stand in each and we can then see in which directions progress in the
whole subject is likely to be made.
3. ENTOMOLOGY.
A. — Systematic.
I have placed this first, not because it is of first-rate importance, but
because it includes the greater part of modern entomology. For the
economic entomologist, names and nomenclature are a necessary evil ;
before looking up literature, and before going into print, one must have the
names of the insects concerned. To facilitate this ready naming, a good
deal of purely systematic work has to be done, especially in the little-
known groups ; but this ought not to be ; we should be able to look to
entomologists for this class of work, instead of having as at present, to do
it as bast wo can ourselves or rely on Continental specialists.
THE PRESENT POSITION OF ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY. 435
In this department of knowledge, considerable progress has been made
and there is more known on this point than on any other. But even
here the economic entomologist will get little real help.
In the Fauna of India series, there are volumes on Moths, Bees,
Wasps, Ants and Ruby Wasps, and Rhyncfiota (chiefly Pentalonu'dce).
Volumes in preparation are Butterflies, Longicorn Coleoptera, and
further Rhynchota.
Other books deal mainly with Lepidoptera. Miscellaneous papers in
the proceedings of learned societies deal with haphazard collections of
other groups, but there is little of a thorough nature. In the journal of
this Society, thirteen authors write on Butterflies, three on Moths, three
on Formicidoz, four on other Hymenoplera, one on Rhynchota, two on
Culicidce and one on a single family of Coleoptera.
We may sum up by saying that the butterflies are known well, the
moths moderately, other groups little or not at all.
This is distinctly unfortunate ; of all groups none are of go little
importance in agriculture as the butterflies ; the economically important
moths Noctuidos, Pyralidce, Tlneidce, are not as well known as other
family of moths ; the Coleoptera, small Hemiptera, Diptera are almost
unknown. How does this affect economic work ? It means that the
difficulty of identifying economically important species is much increased.
We cannot rely on entomologists in India, on collections in India, or on
the literature of Indian insects in order to identify our pests. It is a
small difficulty and brings with it the additional fact that until the
systematic work is widened, we shall be wholly in the dark as to any
generalisations on the facts of geographical distribution in India.
The present tendency in India to wTork solely on the butterflies or the
larger moths is distinctly to be regretted ; if systematic work is the aim
of entomologists, that whole branch would progress were the work fairly
divided. Of the twenty-five writers on entomology in this journal,
thirteen were concerned with butterflies and three with moths ; of the
rest, only five are entomologists working in India. So long as this
continues, a medi?eval darkness will reign supreme over all but the
Lepidoptera, and economic entomologists must rely, as now, on the
British Museum officials or on Continental entomologists.
B. — Life History and Habits.
The first essential in economic work is to be familiar with the life
history and habits of the injurious insects ; it is the entomological basis
436 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
of useful work, the paramount point. At present there is little help to
be obtained from literature or from the work of naturalists in India.
The facts regarding insect life histories in other countries do not apply to
India ; it is all new work. On the whole there is a profound darkness in
this subject too, illumined here and there by a really thorough piece of
life history work : something is known of the Lepidoptera, because good
specimens have to be bred : but this is by no means clear or complete,
being based more on specimens reared in captivity than on speci-
mens breeding freely in the field. I may instance the importance of
this work by two cases : the Bombay Locust (Acridium succinctum)
is one of our commonest insects ; we are yet in doubt whether it
has two broods in a year or one, and the simplest facts of its life
history are unknown. The moth borer (Chilo simplex) which attacks
cane, corn, juari, etc., was believed to lay eggs on the cane and was
believed to breed throughout the year. The eggs have been found
for the first time this year, and we have just found that the
caterpillar hybernates in the cold weather and so does not continue
breeding.
As I said before, butterflies are not economically important, so the
life history work done in this group does not help us : in other
groups, save for an occasional insect, we know little accurately, and
the most urgent need at present is in this line. Habits and habitat,
again, is an unknown subject. We know that this pest is aquatic,
that one lives in stems, that another makes galls, but nowhere is
there any consecuting account of the aquatic insects, of the stem-boring
insects, of the gall makers. I would like to see work done in this line,
naturalists working at all insects that live in a particular habitat ; pond
life and aquatic insects, the gall insects, the scavengers, the predators,
the various groups of parasites, the social insects, there are numbers of
extremely interesting groups. The only papers of this kind I can recall
are Mr. Wroughton's and Mr. Rothney's on " Our Ants " published
in this journal. I think one cannot easily overrate the importance of
such work to the economic entomologist ; daily he is confronted with
questions, and it seems to be useless to turn to the literature for any
help. It is perhaps in this branch that we may look to the ordinary
working naturalist, who cannot devote many hours to the subject, for
help ; I should be very glad if anything I could do would rouse an
interest in this among members of the Society.
THE PRESENT POSITION OF ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY. A'il
C. — Checks.
I have placed in one section all those questions that turn on the
relations of one species to another, the problems of parasites, predators,
natural checks on excessive increase of a species. I believe I am correct
in saying that a complete study has never been made of the foes of any
one Indian insect ; we know little or nothing of the predaceous and
parasitic insects of this country. They are of profound importance in
regulating the increase of destructive insects ; they are bred from all
sorts of insects or are found feeding on them. A study of any group of
parasitic or predaceous insects would yield most interesting results. We
have much to learn before we can determine whether there is any way
of influencing them, of aiding them, or of controlling them in their useful
work. Some years ago the coffee planters of South India sent a man to
Australia to find beetles to eat the coffee scales ; they were not suc-
cessful and I think any one who had studied the question could have
given them better advice and spared their pockets.
I include here all those problems that are concerned with the
" balance of life " and kindred phenomena. It is one of the ideals of
economic entomology to control the injurious insects by maintaining the
balanca of life, by preserving the balance between the parasite and its
host, the predator and its prey. It is because that balance is upset that
9ome species are able to increase so enormously and so rapidly. I
cannot enter into this question ; it demands a paper to itself. In time
we shall perhaps be able to work up to this ideal condition or to at least
understand something of it. The preliminary will be a study of these
predatory and parasitic insects, of insectivorous birds, lizards, bats, etc.
At present there is an almost clear field in this section.
D. — Morphology, etc.
We may group together Morphology, Physiology, Embryology and
allied subjects in one section, as of little direct importance. We cannot
say of no importance ; a study of the digestive processes of caterpillars,
locusts and other plant-eating insects would possibly yield valuable results.
We use arsenic in various forms as a stomach poison, because we know,
it does poison insects ; I suppose it was first tried on account of its effects
on the higher animals. There is reason to believe that other compounds,
innocuous to ourselves, would prove poisonous to plant-eating insects if
we understood the physiology of digestion and could act on that know-
438 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
ledge. Still, this is a bye patb, a difficult piece of research that can more
profitably be taken up when the less difficult work is done and which
might, after all, yield no practical results. For some time to come we
can neglect these difficult problems with the satisfactory feeling that
they do not immediately concern us. Equally I leave on one side
all those problems concerned with colour and form, with Mimicry,
Warning and Protective Colouration, Natural Selection, the Inheritance
of Acquired Characters, etc. ; such subjects are full of interest, but it does
not assist us to know whether protectively coloured forms have become
so by natural selection and the survival of the fittest, or by directer
means. This is a subject worthy of the attention of this Society, but they
do not immadiately influence the problem of controlling injurious insects.
E. — Insects and Plants.
Lastly we may group together under one head all those questions that
arise in connection with the food of insects, for us especially the plants
they feed on. We are here concerned as much with botany as entomo-
logy. To commence with the simplest facts, we are still ignorant of what
insects will feed on even our common plants ; there is a good deal of
scattered information, notably in " Indian Museum Notes," and I find
a list of 150 species can be made up from that publication which are known
to attack particular plants, mostly crops. With the help also of the
various reports and other Government publications, and of the volumes
on Lepidoptera, etc., a fair basis can be made of the bare facts.
When we look deeper into the question, again we find nothing definite
on record. We still have no idea of what governs an insect's choice of
food plants, whether the food plants vary with the seasons, why some
species have a large range of food plants, whilst others are limited to one or
two. This is important in all plant-feeding insects, but especially in the
sucking insects, Coccidce, Aphides, etc.
On the botanical side we touch a very large subject in the means
of protection adopted by plants against insects, in the relation between
vitality and disease, and in the question of immunity from certain forms
of insect attack. I may refer you to a suggestive paper in this Journal
(Vol. II, No. 4, p. 232,) by Dr. D. Dymock, entitled " The Means of
Self-Protection Possessed by Plants." These problems are largely bota-
nical, and since botany is not swamped by systematic work, we need
not look in vain for information. But we do surely need actual lists
THE PRESENT POSITION OF ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY. 439
of the insects that will feed on our common plants, or, if you prefer, of all
the food plants of each of our common insects.
I have not mentioned any of those questions connected with insects
attacking stored grain, timbers, etc., i.e. insects that do not feed on plants.
This would needlessly complicate this paper, as their importance is
secondary to the pests of crops.
I have in a very hasty and imperfect manner reviewed our position in
Entomology ; I have intentionally brought up those branches that are of
greatest importance to the economic entomologist and omitted very
much in my incomplete division of the subject.
It is now necessary to turn to the allied subjects which are involved in
the whole question, before we can review our position.
4. AGRICULTURE.
The condition of agricultural science will largely determine our position
in economic entomology and it is refreshing to have to deal with a
science that stands at a high level of proficiency. The crops of this coun-
try are known and studied, botanically as well as agriculturally ; so far
as our work carries us into agriculture, there is no lack of information.
Not only information, but facilities in the way of trained men on the
experimental farms where the crops are grown and studied with a view
to finding the best conditions for them. We do not need to go deeply
into the problems of agriculture ; our need is rather that of reliable
information concerning the usual agricultural practice ; so far as the
entomological affects and is affected by the agricultural, we are on sure
ground.
It is generally not realised how large is the effect of the " agricultural"
side in the treatment of insect pests ; it is a common belief that once an
insect is known, and its life history worked out, the best methods for deal-
ing with it must necessarily follow from that knowledge, independently
of the way in which the crop is grown.
That is not so ; a remedy is good in proportion as it is adapted to the
crops and to the conditions under which that crop is grown. A large
portion of the practical work consists in adapting standard methods to the
existing agricultural practice, or in modifying that practice so as to
influence some insect pest.
Many fine remedies are thought of when an insect pest is studied in
the laboratory, which are useless when tested in the field ; unfortunately
9
440 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
these remedies look so good on paper that they are only too often published,
and it is just this class of work that makes planter and cultivator smile
and wonder that any one troubles with a science that leads to such absurd
and impracticable results. I venture to say that no remedy is likely to be
of much use unless it is based on the agricultural practice under which
the crup is grown ; very few are good until they have been actually
worked out in the field.
We may rate the agricultural knowledge as being of very high im-
portance, and the most satisfactory feature of the present position is that
here we have no difficulty and do not have to work up this subject.
5. MECHANICAL.
Finally we come to the question of the actual remedies used in fight-
ing insects on a large scale. How are insects to be killed on a large
scale ? Answers to this question have been developing during the last
half century, and there is a large mass of literature dealing with whole-
sale poisoning or destruction of pests. These methods will need to be
modified for use in India and, save in the one instance of the migratory
locust, I know of no trials of even the simplest methods in this country.
I believe I am justified in saying that we have here a clear field with
no basis of experiment to go on and all our work before us. The question
is too large to deal with in detail ; every remedy we think may be good
has to be adapted to Indian conditions ; it has to be modified to suit
different places, to be rendered available to the untrained cultivator and
to the trained farm assistant. We have to learn how best to use the raw
materials obtainable in this country, how to distribute insecticides, what
machinery is suitable for India. I do not doubt of progress ; though
we have no previous experiments to guide us, we are unhampered
by any defective methods or erroneous ideas. Years of work are
required, but that work is already begun and gives promise of rapid
progress.
This branch is so far removed from Natural History that I do not
propose to dwell on it longer ; if naturalists turn their attention to our
problems, it will, I hope, be to the scientific rather than to the practical.
The latter will be worked out on the Government farms and in the
field ; it is work suited to men engaged in experimental agriculture, and
our difficulty will lie, not in solving this problem, but in pushing for-
ward the much more difficult scientific work.
THE PRESENT POSITION OF ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY. 441
6. INDIAN CONDITIONS.
We have briefly reviewed our position in all that concerns economic
entomology in itself, but our review is not complete until we have glanced
at the nature of the problem before us, the peculiar conditions we meet
with in the course of our work.
I think we are justified in assuming that the problem before us is a
small one compared with that of some other countries. Relatively to the
size of India, to the area under cultivation, and to the value of the crops
grown, the ravages of insect pests appear to be small. Why is this ? A
complete answer cannot be given as yet, but some very obvious reasons
present themselves. Climatic conditions must greatly influence insect
increase : the long dry season, the variations in temperature, the heavy
monsoon rainfall, these are not favourable to insect increase.
I believe that an equable warm climate with well-distributed rainfall,
such as obtains in the West Indies, is far more favourable to the rapid
increase of pests than is the Indian climate. The variety of Indian
climatic physical features favours the multiplication of species, not the
enormous increase of any one species. A second important factor is the
variety of crops, not only a variety in different parts of India but a va-
riety in every place and at different seasons of the year. The practice of
growing different crops in the dry season to those of the wet season, with
the fact that for some time there may be no crops save those under irriga-
tion, must make the increase of a pest very hard. The migratory locust
certainly is an exception, perhaps because of his omnivorous food habits
and migration over large distances.
I think we may confidently attribute a great deal to these facts and
we may add a third of almost equal importance — the pests have not
been introduced. Wherever insect pests are studied, the introduced
species rank amongst the worst if they do not make up a great proportion
of them. The United States shows this very clearly ; and in the West
Indies, of the worst insect pests, the Coccidce, two-thirds of the very
destructive species are introduced. There is not time to enter into this
question in detail ; a perusal of the reports of entomologists, particularly
of those in the United States, will show what importance is attached to
this point.
On the whole we may fairly consider we have a good deal in our
favour, a distinct natural advantage from the peculiar conditions of the
442 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL EISBORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV
country. Let us look at the other side, what we have against us. There
are extraordinary difficulties inherent in the nature of the country and
the people ; the great area to be worked over, the isolation of the cul-
tivators and the crops, the ignorance and complete lack not only of
knowledge but of desire to alter the natural state of things, these difficul-
ties are very great. The very forces that check the insects check also
any attempt to maintain an equable balance of life : the change of seasons,
the rotation of crops, the isolation of all districts not on a railway, will
make the matter very hard, simply from the difficulty of getting news
of an outbreak of disease in time to get to the spot and test remedies.
This sounds a small difficulty, but so much depends on starting remedies
before the pest has got a good hold that it becomes a very real one. It
will assuredly not be an easy matter to bring remedies within reach of
the cultivator, to whom every new thing is necessarily bad and to whom
every anna spent is a serious consideration.
We may justly balance these considerations and realise what our diffi-
culties are at the outset ; .patient work will meet these difficulties just as
a careful study of the climatic and other helps will show us whether we
can turn them to advantage and check the increase of insect pests with-
out having recourse to artificial remedies.
7. CONCLUSION.
We are now in a position to review the subject in all its aspects and I
have tried to srmmarise what I have very inadequately dealt with above.
Our problem is to control the harmful and beneficial insects in this great
country, where agriculture is the source of prosperity and where ex-
traordinary conditions of climate, agriculture and people fight for and
against us. We are hampered from the beginning by the work of
merely identifying our insects ; we have then to work out life-histories
and habits, to learn the exact effect of climate, the importance and
influence of predaceous and parasitic insects ; also we have to gather and
tabulate information regarding the food plants and geographical distribu-
tion of our common insects. In all of these points we have a narrow
basis of ascertained fact to go on, particularly in regard to systematic
work and the question of food plants.
As far as the wider problems are concerned, which lie at the base of
the whole question, we have as yet nothing but a small mass of isolated
facts.
THE PRESENT POSITION OF ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY. 443
In regard to the crops and the agricultural conditions, there is a suffi-
cient amount of established knowledge to meet all our needs ; when we
come to actual methods of checking injurious insects, we have a practi-
cally clear field with all our experimental work before us and only the
experience of entomologists abroad to guide us.
So far as the actual work of dealing with individual pests goes, we
may hope for steady progress, simply by taking them one by one and
working them out ; this is a question of time. As regards the general
problems I cannot see any hope of advance. The basis of fact must first
be laid, the important families studied ; the wider problems can then be
tackled on a broad basis of established fact which we have not as yet got.
When all our scattered information is brought together, we shall be
little the wiser and only patient work on broader lines can raise the
general level of the subject.
This paper would be complete if I were able to lay down the lines on
which work could best be carried on ; from the very nature of the pro-
blem I cannot do so. I see vast fields of work, some more pressing than
others, in all of which any one can increase our knowledge. On the
other hand I see little hope of attracting naturalists into these fields. So
far as I personally am concerned, my way is clear : I can only do what
lies to hand ; the investigation of the important pests, the working out of
life histories, the devising of remedies, the work of bringing these reme-
dies to the hands of cultivators, these must absorb my energies and those
of my staff. Perhaps something will be possible in the way of collecting
our scattered knowledge into handy shape and I should be glad if I
could give any help to anyone working in this subject.
If I may make suggestions, I would urge that naturalists should think
whether they cannot direct their knowledge and energies to one of the
many problems near at hand. To systematists, I would suggest the im-
portant families of beetles (e.g., Chrysomelidce, Curculionidcc, Scarabcei-
d(B, Coccinell/'dcp,) or the smaller Hemiptera {Lygceidce, Coreidce,
Psyllidce, Aphidm) or the Diptera.
Those who are attracted by life-history work will need no suggestions.
An accurate life history over the whole year of one insect in each of the
important groups would give us a good working basis.
There are hosts of general problems — the parasites, the galls, the pre-
datory insects, the scavengers, the insects underground, etc., in all a
444 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
clear field and the certainty of adding new facts to science. The study
of any one family or tribe, not systematically only but including life
histories, distribution, habits, enemies, etc., must add greatly to our
knowledge.
Perhaps yon will think I am too ambitious ; there is room for every
one and the study of even one species in all its branches will advance
our knowledge and be a work no naturalist need hesitate to undertake.
Clearly there is abundance of work and a grand field for every worker.
There are no lack of facilities for publishing and there is a large body
of people to take an interest in the work as the membership of this
Society shows.
445
A NEW TERMITE FROM INDIA.
Described by J. Desneux (Brussels).
(Read before the Bombay Natural History Society on
'21st January 1904.)
Termopsis Wroughtoni, n. sp.
Winged form. Upperside yellowish-brown ; head and prothorax
darker, reddish-brown.
Head rounded, flat. Eyes large, almost reniform. Ocelli totally absent.
Antenna longer than head and prothorax, of 24 segments ; first
segment longer than 2nd, third segment shorter than 2nd.
Prothorax narrower than the head, lateral sides depressed.
Oerci long, of 6 segments. Abdominal papillse long.
Tarsi furnished with a plantnla.
The wings venation is that of Termopsis, notwithstanding some differ-
ence.
The costal area is on the whole similar, but while the mediana of
T. angusticollis, Hagen, of California (the only one living known
species of this genus, of which the winged form is described) is nearly
straight from base to apex, the mediana of our species is distinctly curved,
and the greatest distance between it and the subcosta lies near the middle
of its curve.
The submediana is far longer than it is the case with T. angusticollis,
and the number of the veins it emits is also greater.
The veins are almost invisible, with exception of the costal branches,
and of the basalbranches springing from the submediana, which are
distinct.
Length of the body : 11 mm.
Length and width of anterior wing : 19x5, 5 mm.
Soldier: Robust. Head rectangular, reddish-brown, anterior portion
darker ; mandibles black.
Eyes present, small, ovoid, black.
Left mandible furnished with a very strong tooth.
Mesothorax and metathorax furnished with rudiments of wings similar
to those which Hagen describes and figures for the soldier of Termopsis
occidentis (V. Linnaea Entom. XII, p. ff, pi. 1, f. 8).
A peculiar character of this soldier is the exceptional size of the cerci
which are much longer than in any other known Termite, and which give
446 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
to the posterior part of this soldier some resemblance with that of
an earwig.
Length : 15 mm.
Hab : Kashmir Valley. (Rob. 0. Wroughton ; June 1903).
I take much pleasure in naming this species after Mr. Wroughton
who was so good as to collect for me these interesting specimens, which
I received together with a few other white-ants through the kindness of
the Hon. Secretary of the Bombay Natural History Society.
The discovery of a Termopsis in India is of the highest interest.
This genus was hitherto only represented by two species inhabiting
California and Central America and by two fossil species from the
amber of CEningen (Prussia).
The foregoing description is but a preliminary note. The specimens
collected by Mr. Wroughton were rather damaged when they reached
me, and an examination of new specimens- will enable me to give a
complete and definitive description of rTennoj)sis Wroughton,!.
447
THE COLOURATION OF BIRDS' EGGS.
By D. Dewar, i.c.s.
(Read before the Bombay Natural History Society on 21st
January 1904.)
A well-known naturalist has declared that he knows of no more in-
spiriting subject than the colours of birds' eggs.
" The moat superficial glance over a collection, " he writes, " reveals
hosts of interesting problems which require solution." Nevertheless,
I know of no portion of natural history which is in so unsatisfactory a
state as that relating to the colouration of birds' eggs.
Since the fowls of the air are the direct descendants of the reptiles, and
these latter mostly lay white eggs, it is generally supposed that the eggs
of the most primitive birds were white.
Three theories have been advanced to account for the fact that so many
eggs are now coloured.
According to one this colouring matter is useful to the specias in that it
protects the contents of the eggs from the rays of the sun.
On the second hypothesis, which at present holds the field, colour has
arisen in eggs in order to cause them to resemble their environment
and thus afford them some protection from egg-eating birds and
beasts.
The third theory asserts that the colouring of birds* eggs is detern i :ed
by the influence of the surrounding tints upon the retina of the female.
In favour of the first theory is the indisputable fact that excessive
light is injurious to protoplasm. There is also the fact that most of the
eggs which are laid in dark holes and caves are white.
The theory is, however, confronted by a number of insuperable
difficulties. Many birds — as, for example, ducks, grebes, pheasants,
pigeons and doves — which do not nest in dark places, lay white eggs.
It is certainly true that some of these birds have the habit of covering
up the eggs when they leave the nest and thus protecting them from
the sun's rays. But many birds do not take this precaution.
Again, many birds which nest in dark holes do not lay white eggs.
Reptiles' eggs are exposed to the hottest sun, yet they are usually not
coloured.
Further, if eggs were coloured with the object of protecting the con-
tents from excessive light, we should expect eggs laid in tropical climates
10
443 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
to be more darkly coloured than those found in cold countries. There is
no such relationship between climate and colour.
Lastly, if eggs were coloured merely with the object of protecting the
contents from light we should expect the colouring matter to be uni-
formly spread over the egg, or, at any rate, to be laid on more thickly
on the exposed surface. This theory totally fails to account for the
pencillings and other markings wrhich occur on eggs.
The theory that colour protects eggs from living enemies accounts for
the colouration of some eggs, but not of others. I think it sufficiently
explains the colours of those eggs which are laid in the open and not
provided with the protection of a nest. Such eggs, in many instances,
very closely resemble thoir surroundings. On this subject I cannot do
better than quote Dixon, who writes : " The common sandpipers' eggs
assimilate so closely with the tints around them as to make their dis-
covery a matter of no small difficulty, as every oologist can testify who
has searched for them. The pewits' eggs, dark in ground colour and
boldly marked, are in strict I armory with the sober tints of moorard
fallow, and on this circumstance alone their concealment and safety
depend. The divers' eggs furnish another example of protective colour ;
they are generally laid close to the water's edge, amongst drift and
shingle, whare their dark tints and black spots cunceal them by har-
monising closely with the surrounding objects. The snipes and the
great army of sandpipers furnish innumerable examples of protectively
coloured eggs. In all the instances given, the sitting-bird invariably
leaves the eggs uncovered when it quits them, and consequently their
safety depends solely on the colours which adorn them."
I trust I shall be pardoned for quoting at length so well-known a
passage, but I wish particularly to contrast it with another which I shall
later have occasion to quote.
It seems to me that this protective theory explains most satisfactorily
ths colouration of eggs which are laid in the open. On the other hand,
I maintain that it utterly fails when applied to eggs which are laid in
nests. Take any instance of a common Indian bird which lays, in a
nest in a tree and I think that no impartial person will be prepared to
maintain that their eggs are coloured so as to be inconspicuous in the
nest. Could anything be more conspicuous than a clutch of bulbul's
eggs in a nest ? Naturalists have to admit that eggs in nests do look
conspicuous to us, but the adherents of the protective theorv hint that
THE COLOURATION OF BIRDS' EGGS. 449
we examine them too critically. Lest I be accused of doing this school
of naturalists injustice, let me quote from one of the greatest of them —
A. R. Wallace.
He writes : "The beautiful blue or greenish eggs of the hedgesparrow,
the song-thrush, the blackbird, and the lesser red-pole seem at first sight
especially calculated to attract attention, but it is very doubtful whether
they are really so conspicuous when seen at a little distance among their
usual surroundings. For the nests of these birds are either in ever-
green, as holly or ivy, or surrounded by the delicate green tints of early
spring vegetation, and may thus harmonise very well with the colours
around them. The great majority of the eggs of our smaller birds are
so spotted or streaked with brown or black on variously tinted grounds
that, when lying in the shadow of the nest and surrounded by the many
colours and tints of bark and moss, of purple buds and tender green or
yellow foliage, with all the complex glittering lights and mottled shades
produced among these by the spring sunshine and by sparkling rain-
drops, they must have quite a different aspect from that which they
possess when we observe them torn from their natural surroundings."
Contrast the above passage with that already quoted. How
definite the former and how vague, with its " mays ' and its
" mights ", how lame and halting is the latter.
Most of us have seen eggs amid their natural surroundings and I
think we must admit that they are anything but coloured so as to appear
inconspicuous.
Three very common Indian birds are able to disprove this theory,
these are the king-crow, the tree-pie and the mynas. The first-named
bird lays three distinct types of eggs, yet it builds but one type of nest.
Some of the eggs are pure white, others have a white ground spotted
with varying shades of red, while those of the third type are pinkish,
spotted with purple, red and brown. Is It conceivable that all three
types are protectively coloured ?
The Indian tree-pie {Dendrocltta rafa) ha? the peculiarity of laying
eggs of almost any colours. Mr. W. Jesse thus writes of the eggs of
this bird : " I have a most lovely series varying enormously in shape,
size and colour. The -commonest variety is leaden white profusely
blotched with red ; but I have pure white examples with red, bluish
green with reddish and yellowish brown, green with profuse yellow-
brown blotches (like very spherical and miniature crow's), and pale
450 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
yellowish green absolutely without a mark. With regard to these last,
had I not — as. indeed, I have with every clutch of the tree-pie — observed
the bird not once, but several times on the nest, and seen the eggs lifted
out from under her, I would not have believed in their parentage."
In face of facts such as these I maintain that it is impossible
to hold that the eggs of this bird are protectively coloured.
The eggs of all the mynas are blue, yet the nesting habits of the
various species differ greatly. The common myna (Acridotheres tristis)
nests in holes in the walls of buildings, A. fuscus builds in holes in wells
or river cliffs, while the pied myna (Stornopastor contra) builds its nest
in a tree. I maintain that it is almost inconceivable that the eggs of each
of these species should need the same protective colour. .
The mynas do not form an isolated instance. It may almost be
stated as a general law that the eggs of nearly allied birds resemble one
another even though the nesting habits of the species vary considerably.
This alone is sufficient to disprove the protective theory.
Before leaving this hypothesis I may note one other fact for which
it is unable to account. With birds that lay only two eggs it often
happens that nearly all the colouring matter is imparted to one only, the
other being left almost unpigmented.
The third theory need not detain us long. It has apparently been
put forward only, because the first two theories are so unsatisfactory.
The hypothesis that the colour of the eggs is determined by the influence
of the surrounding tints on the retina of the female is said to account
for the fact that eggs laid in dark places are white ; the female while
laying them sees no colours to impress her. The red splashes on the
eggs of birds of prey are supposed to be due to the sight of blood.
The fact that cuckoo's eggs often resemble in colour those of the host is
likewise asserted to be due to the influence which the sight of the eggs
already in the nest exerts upon the female. This appears to constitute
the sum total of the evidence in favour of this theory. Not only is the
evidence altogether inadequate and most unconvincing ; but the theory is
obviously incapable of explaining hundreds of phenomena of egg coloura-
tion— phenomena which it would be wearisome to detail. I submit tliat
two of the above theories may be unhesitatingly rejected, while the
remaining one is able only to explain the phenomena of the colouration of
birds' eggs in certain cases. Whether it will ever be possible to explain
all the various markings on birds' eggs, it is impossible to say. It seems
THE COLOURATION OF BIRDS' EGGS. 451
to me that naturalists when they endeavour to trace in the colours of
eggs in nests protective features, have altogether gone astray. It is
with some diffidence that I venture to put forward what is in effect a new
theory of the colouration of birds' eggs, for I am not a collector of eggs.
Nevertheless the -unsatisfactoriness of the theory which at present holds
the field emboldens me to put forward my views upon this interesting
subject.
I would divide eggs Into three classes as regards their coloration, —
those which are laid in dark places, those which are deposited in the open
and not in a neat, and those which are laid in nests, yet exposed to
daylight.
It seems to me that each of these three classes is exposed
to an altogether different environment. The birds which build nests
In deep holes or caverns must incubate them in almost total darkness.
It must be a matter of considerable difficulty for such birds to distin-
guish their eggs ; the only possible way for these to be visible is for
them to be coloured white. It is, I think, of considerable importance
that nesting birds should be able to see their eggs, for they have not
the brain power to count them, so that if their eggs were quite
invisible, some of them would by accident often get separated from the
rest and thus fail to be hatched. Therefore natural selection will tend
to cause the eggs which are laid in really dark places to become white.
As evidence that it is important that the eggs under such circumstances
should be white I may mention the puffin, which apparantly used, like
its relatives, the auks, guillemots and razor-bills, to nest in the open. It
now nests in burrows and covers the pattern on its eggs with a wash of
white, through which the markings on the egg are often visible.
This seems to me to furnish conclusive proof that the whiteness of eggs
laid in dark places is not due merely to the cessation of the action of
natural selection as some naturalists assert. I hold that eggs in burrows,
&c, are subject to natural selection which tends to cause them to
become white, but that natural selection acts thus only in cases
where the nest is so dark that coloured eggs would be practically
invisible.
With regard to the second class of eggs — those laid in the open and
not in nests but altogether exposed — it is obviously of the greatest
importance that such eggs should be protectively coloured, that they
should resemble as much as possible their surroundings. That such
452 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
eggs almost invariably fulfil this condition is, I think, well esta-
blished. The result is of course due to the action of natural selection.
The eggs lie exposed, and those which least resemble their surroundings
will be the ones most likely to be devoured by animals.
There remains the third class of eggs. This comprises those laid in
nests, but not in the dark. There is no use in such eggs being white ;
for, no matter what their colour be, the bird to which the nest be-
longs will have no difficulty in seeing them. It is also, I submit, quite
unnecessary for them, hidden away as they are in the nest, to be of the
same colour as either the lining of the nest or the surrounding
foliage. It is of importance to the species that the nest should be well
concealed, or domed, or otherwise rendered difficult of access. It is upon
this that the safety of eggs depends and not on their colour. When once
a nest containing eggs is discovered by a crow, a tree-pie or a lizard, all
hope for the eggs is gone. The bird or repiile having made such a find
will not leave it until it has made sure it contains no eggs. In order
that the eggs In^i nest should escape the notice of such vigilant creatures
it would be necessary for them to be so coloured as to be indistinguishable
except upon the most careful scrutiny from the lining of the nest, or for
the owner of the nest, on leaving it, to invariably cover them up by
making a false bottom to the nest. This latter precaution would be a
far greater protection than any colouring.
The idea of a lizard which has climbed up into a bulbul's nest in a
croton plant being deceived by the markings on the eggs into thinking
that the nest is empty is ludicrous. Yet the theory of protective colour-
ation demands that the eggs shall be coloured so as to be distinguishable
only with the utmost difficulty from their surroundings.
It would therefore seem that such eggs are neither protectively
coloured nor subject to the action of natural selection. I belie\e that they
are in a state of panmixia, that to them one colour is as useful as another,
that among them variation and heredity are allowed free play. We
know how in animals under domestication all manner of colours arise
apparently without any selection. I believe that eggs laid in nests are
in a similar condition, that variations in colour or markings are neither
harmful nor beneficial. If this be so, it is obviously futile to endeavour
to discover protective resemblances in the markings of eggs ; we should
rather regard birds' eggs as perhaps the most convenient and interesting
material at our disposal for the study of variation.
TEE COLOURATION OF BIRDS' EGGS. 453
I do not think that because birds' eggs are in a state of panmixia, they
are more variable than they would be if subject to the action of natural
selection.
I simply balieve that eggs show greater variation than the birds
themselves, because in the case of the former there is no force operating
to cut off considerable variations in all directions save one. If we take
any hundred adult animals and study the variations they exhibit, we are
dealing with, so to speak, a hundred picked animals, a hundred specially
sebcted creatures, a hundred organisms which have survived the weeding
process of natural selection. Since all animals are admirably adapted to
their environment, natural selection, so long as that environment remains
constant, merely acts as a restraining force by cutting off all abnormal
forms, — that is to say, all members of the species which vary greatly
from a given mean. It is only under a changing environment that
natural selection causes evolution or the origin of new species. Our
hundred animals, then, will be a hundred which have survived because
they exhibit only a i?rrall degree of variation. For this reason,
it is probable that naturalists are inclined to underestimate the amount
of variation of which organisms are capable. If this view be correct
and if eggs be, as I think, in a state of panmixia, then they should
exhibit greater degrees of variation than the birds themselves do. This
I beliwve is actually the case. I unfortunately know too little of birds '
eggs to be able to speak with assurance, but I think that scientific egg-
collectors will bear me out that birds' eggs do exhibit very largo varia-
tions. It would also appear to be established that some eggs vary more
than others. This also applies to animals and plants. It would be
interesting to learn whether those species of birds which are most variable
lay the most variable eggs. I would therefore regard a collection of birds'
eggs as most valuable material for the study of variation and not as so
many examples of protective colouration. Of course this theory makes
no attempt to account for the origin of variations in birds' eggs ;
it does not explain why some should be uniformly coloured while
others should exhibit pencillings and markings. But the theory of sexual
selection fails to explain the beautiful markings on the feathers of a
peacock, and the theory of panmixia does not account for the origin of
the various colours which are exhibited by animals under domestication.
I do, however, think it possible that if birds' eggs be studied carefully,
they may throw some fresh light on the unknown causes of variation.
454 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
In conclusion, I would briefly point out a few facts which to my way of
thinking are inexplicable on the theory that eggs in nests are protectively-
coloured, but which follow from, or at any rate present no difficulty on,
the assumption that such eggs are in a state of panmixia : —
1. Allied species of birds, even though their nesting habits are very-
different, as a rule lay similarly coloured eggs.
2. Eggs laid in domed nests certainly do not need protective colour-
ing, yet many of these are coloured.
3. The same is true of many eggs laid in holes, in trees or in
buildings.
4. The protective resemblances of eggs which are laid in the open
are apparent to every one, which certainly is not true of those deposited
in nests.
5. Many birds lay eggs which exhibit very great, variations.
6. Some birds lay eggs of different types, and these sometimes
differ from one another so greatly, that it is difficult to believe that they
could have been laid by the same species.
455
THE BIRDS OF TRA VAN CORE.
By H. IS. Fergusson, F.L.S.,
WITH NOTES ON THEIR NIDIFICATION
By T. F. Bourdillon, F.L.S.
( With a Plate.)
Part II.
(Continued from page 264 of this Volume.)
Family SITTID^.
(36) Sitta frontalis. — The Velvet-fronted Nuthatch.
Oates, No. 325 ; Jerdon, No. 253.
This Nuthatch is common on the hills above 2,000 feet. It may be
found in more or less open places in the forest or on the margins of
clearings or grass land.
Family DIORURID^.
(37) Dicrttrus ater.— -The Black Drongo.
Oates, No. 327 ; Jerdon, No. 278.
The King Crow is common in the plains and at low elevations on
the hills. " Eggs," says Mr. T. F. Bourdillon, " may be obtained in
any quantities in the low country in June and July."
(38) Dicrurus longicaudatus.—- The Indian Ashy Drongo.
Oates, No. 328 ; Jerdon, No. 280.
Common in the low country and on the hills at all elevations,
(39) Chaptia yENEA. — The Bronzed Drongo.
Oates, No. 334 ; Jerdon, No. 282.
Common like the last.
(40) Dissemuros paradiseus.— The Larger Racket-tailed Drongo.
This fine drongo is common from the foot of the hills to about
3,000 feet. It is a cheerful bird with a grand variety of notes
and is a good mimic. Mr. F. W. Bourdillon says :— " I have
often been amused to hear it imitate the cry of the Harrier eagle
and see it make a sudden charge down on some smaller bird,
either in sheer mischief or to secure some insect which the latter
has captured. I have also heard one imitate exactly the evening
note of the ground thrush (Pitta Lrachi/ura)." It breeds in April
and May.
ll
45G JOURNAL, BOMB A Y NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Family SYLVIIDiE.
(41) Locustella straminea. — The Turkestan Grasshopper
Warbler.
Oates, No. 362 ; Jerdon, No. 520.
This warbler is said to be a winter visitor to the plains of India.
1 have only one specimen, and that was shot in a swamp at 4,000 ft.
elevation in April, 1901. There were more of them, but they were
very difficult to get, as odcc flushed they would not rise again, so (hat
they have to be shot on the wing directly they rise, and there is not
much to shoot at.
(42) Acrocephalus stentorius. — The Indian Great Reed-
warbler.
Oates, No. 363 ; Jerdon, No. 515.
Only one specimen obtained.
(43) Acrocephalus dumetorum.— Blyth's Reed-warbler.
Oates, No. 366 ; Jerdon, No. 516.
A common bird in the hills and plains from November to April, but
not easy to find, as it frequents the densest undergrowth and keeps as
much out of sight as possible. It will come quite close and keeps up
a continuous sharp " chick-chick, " but rarely shows. They do not con-
fine themselves to well-watered localities, but frequent brushwood
anywhere.
(44) Orthotomus sutorius. — The Indian Tailor-bird.
Oates, No. 374 ; Jerdon, No. 530.
A common bird in the plains frequenting gardens, also at the foot
of the hills. Its loud note " pretty-pretty" is one of the most familiar
sounds and would lead one to expect a much larger bird. Breeds in
May.
(45) Cisticola erythrocephala. — The Red-headed Fantail
Warbler.
Oates, No. 378 ; Jerdon, No. 540.
I have only found this bird on the High Range on grass lands
where it is fairly common and a permanent resident.
(46) Cisticola cursitans. — The Rufous Fantail Warbler.
Oates, No. 381 ; Jerdon, No. 539.
I first found this bird in paddy fields about Cape Comorin where
there wore numbers, but I subsequently found it about Trivandrum
also.
Journ. Bombay Neut .Hist. Soc
H.Gr6n.vold del . et Kth
MinteraBros Chramo Landons
BLANFORD'S LAUGHING THRUSH
TrodiSLlopteruin meridicma-le.
2. BOURDILLON'S BABBLER.
Rkopocichla Lcmrdilloru.
THE BIRDS OF TRAVANGORE. 457
(47) Franklinia gracilis. — Franklin's Wren-warbler.
Oates, No. 382 ; Jerdon, ATo. 538.
Common in the plains and throughout the hill range at all elevations,
sometimes goes about in flocks, sometimes singly, frequenting grass-
land and open ti*ee jungle. In one locality I found numbers of them
in the reeds all round the shores of a fresh water lake.
Mr. T. F. Bourdillon writes : — " The nest of this bird is a neat struc-
ture of fine grass resting on a leaf as a foundation which is stitched to
the nest after the fashion of Tailor-bird's nests. The number of eggs,
is 3 — 4, and their colour is a delicate blue, sometimes plain and some-
times spotted with brick red which often runs into a zone at the larger
end. The bird builds in May, June and July, and the nest is placed at
a height of 3 — 4 feet from the ground in a bush. It does not ascend
the hills to breed, but prefers elevations about 300 to 800 or 1,000 feet
above sea-level."
(48) Schcenicola flatyura. — The Broad-tailed Grass-warbler.
Oates, No. '390 ; Jerdon, No. 442.
This grass-warbler is to be found in grass-lands on the summits of
the hills in South Travancore. I have not met with it either at
Pijmerd nor on the High Range. It is not a shy bird, but may often
be seen perched on the top of a bush or tuft of grass. It has a habit
of soaring a few feet up into the air, while it gives vent to a feeble little
song. If it is disturbed or flushed, ifat once seeks shelter in the grass
and will rarely rise a second time. I have not taken the nest.
(49) Arundinax ^EDON. — The Thick-billed Warbler.
Oates, No. 393; Jerdon, No. 518.
This is a very occasional winter visitor. I have only one specimen
shot at the foot of the hills.
(50) Hypolais rama. — Sykes' Tree Warbler.
Oates, No. 391 ; Jerdon, No. 553.
This bird is also only a winter visitor, and I have only obtained one
specimen at Cape Comorin in December, 1901 ; I have not met with it
in North Travancore though it is found in the Nilgiris.
(51) Phylloscopds affinis. — Tickeli's Willow-warbler.
Oates, No. 405 ; Jerdon, No. 561.
Oates describes this bird as " a winter visitor to the plains of India
extending down to the Falni Hills." I have taken itonlv in the Hi-di
Range at 6,000 feet during the winter months and never in the plains.
458 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
(52) Acanthopneuste NiTiDUS. — The Green Willow- warbler.
Oates, No. 421 ; Jerdon, No. 559.
The Green Willow-warbler is a winter visitor to the plains and hills
throughout Travancore. It is usually found in heavy jungle in the hills
frequenting high trees, hut sometimes descending to the underwood.
It is possible that some birds remain through the summer, as I have
two specimens shot at an elevation of 4,000 feet in July,
(53) Acanthopneuste viridanus. — The Greenish WTillow-warbler.
Oates, No. 422; Jerdon, No. 560.
This is a fairly common winter visitor to the hills throughout
Travancore, most commonly at elevations of 2,000 to 3,000 feet, but I
have also seen it on the High Range, and it may sometimes be
met with in the low country.
(54) Acanthopneuste magnirostris. — The Large-billed Willow-
warbler.
Oates, No. 424 ; Jerdon, No. 556.
Another winter visitor less abundant than A. n/tldus according to
Mr. F. W. Bourdillon. My experience is that it is rare, as I have
only seen two specimens at the summit of the hills in South
Travancore. •
(55) Acanthopneuste occipitalis. — The Large-crowned Willow-
warbler.
Oates, No. 428 ; Jerdon, No. 5C3.
This bird is said by Oates to be found throughout the peninsula of
India from the foot of the Himalayas to about the latitude of Belgaum
and Nellore. It is, however, not uncommon in the winter months
at high elevations in the Travancore hills, where it frequents tree3
going about in small flocks.
(56) Prinia socialis. — The Ashy Wren-warbler.
Oates, No. 464 ; Jerdon, No. 534.
The Ashy Wren-warbler is common in the grass lands of Pirmercl
and the High Range and may also be found in the low country in
suitable localities. Mr. T. F. Bourdillon writes :— " Breeds most
abundantly on the lower slopes of the hills in May and June and
also in July. I have had great numbers of the eggs brought me
by the hillmen. The nest is composed of very fine grass roots, and
is sometimes of large size, while at other times it is more than
2 to 3 inches in diameter and has a leaf woven in as a foundation.
THE BIRDS OF TRAVANCORE. 453
They are generally placed low in a bush and contain from 3 — 4
glossy bright brick-red eggs, with a zone of darker colour round
the top."
The average size is *58X*49.
(57) Prinia inornata. — The Indian Wren-warbler.
Oates, No. 466 ; Jerdon, No. 543.
The Indian Wren-warbler is common in the grass lands at
Pirmerd and the High Range, so that the range as given by Oates,
vizmi " the whole of India from the Himalayas to the Nilgiri Hills," may
be extended so far further south. It is often to be found in company
with the next species.
(58) Prinia jerdoni. — The Southern Wren-warbler.
Oates, No. 4G7 ; Jerdon, No, 514.
This Wren-warbler is found on the plains and on the hills at all
elevations up to 6,000 feet.
Family LANIIDiE.
(59) Lanius vittatus,-- The Bay-backed Shrike.
Oates, No. 473 • Jerdon, No. 260.
This is one of the birds which are to be found only about Cape
(Jomorin and not elsewhere in Travancore. I obtained two specimens
there in December, 1901.
(60) Lanius erythronotus. — The Rufous-backed Shrike.
Oates, No. 476 ; Jerdon, No. 257.
This shrike is not uncommon in the plains and also ascends the
hills. I have specimens shot in the High Range in February and
March, and a pair regularly frequented the garden of the Hill
Magistrate at Devicolum on the High Range.
(61) Lanius cristatus.— The Brown Shrike.
Oates, No, 481 ; Jerdon, No. 261.
The Brown Shrike is a winter visitor to the hills where it is found
from about 2,000 feet upwards. One specimen I had brought to me
from the low country in North Travancore in December, 1902, all the
others from elevations of over 2,000 feet, and I have shot it on the
High Range at 6,000 feet.
(62) Hemipuh picattjs.— The Black-backed Pied Shrike.
Oates, No. 484 ; Jerdon, No. 267.
Mr. F. W. Bourdillon says of this : — " Not very abundant ; frequents
the tops of trees at the higher elevations." I have seen and shot
4G0 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
specimens at all elevations from the foot of the hills to Ihe summits
throughout the range. They usually go ahout in small parties.
(65) Tephrodoenis sylvicoia. — The Malabar Wood-shrike.
Oates, No. 487; Jerdon, No. 204.
This bird is common from the foot of the hills to about 3,000 feet
in heavy forest. They go about in small flocks, and on one occasion
when I shot and wounded one the remainder of the party regularly
mobbed me when I picked it up, flying round and round and almost ;
into my face, uttering harsh chattering notes.
(64) Tephrodornis pondicerianus.— The Common Wood-shrike.
Oates, No. 488 ; Jerdon, No. 265.
Common in the low country in thin open jungle and about gardens.
The male has a tuneful whistle.
(65) Pericrocotus flammeus. — The Orange Minivet.
Oates, No. 494 ; Jerdon, No. 272.
Mr. F, W. Bourdillon describes this as " a common species of
gregarious habits, generally ( as Jerdon says) frequenting the tops of
tall trees. The males have a rather pleasing but feeble warbling song,
which they utter on the wing, while taking a short flight from the top
of a tree and usually returning to the same perch." I have shot
them at all elevations on the hills up to 4,000 feet throughout the
Range.
(66) Pericrocotus roseus. — The Rosy Minivet.
Oates, No. 499 ; Jerdon, No. 275.
Jerdon says of this bird : — ■ " Lord A. Hay informed that he had seen
it most abundant on the hills dividing Tinnivelly from Travancore
and collections from this latter country always include it." The bird
is by no means so common as this would lead one to suppose. I have
never come across it myself, but my colloctor obtained two specimens
at an elevation of 2,500 feet in South Travancore.
(67) Pericrocotus peregrinus. — The Small Minivet.
Oates, No. 500 ; Jerdon, No. 278.
The Small Minivet is fairly common in the low country, but does not
ascend the hills.
(68) Campophaga sykesi. — The Black-headed Cuckoo-shrike.
Oates, No. 508 ; Jerdon, No. 268.
This shrike is a resident and is found most commonly in the low
country. I have also taken it on tho hills at about 2,500 feet elevation.
THE BIRDS OF TRAVANCORE. 461
(69) Graucalus macii. — The Large Cuckoo-shrike.
Oates, No. 510 ; Jerdon, No. 270.
Not uncommon in the low country in thin jungle ; ascends the hills
to about 1,500 feet. Travancore birds vary from 10 to 11 inches in
length, wing 6 inches, tail 4 5/8 to 5 inches.
(70) Artamus fuscus. — The Ashy Swallow-shrike.
Oates, No. 512 ; Jerdon, No. 287.
Common in the low country throughout Travancore, more especially
in the extreme south, where the palmyra palms predominate. It
ascends the hills in the dry weather.
Family ORIOLID^.
(71) Oriolus indicus. — The Black-naped Oriole.
Oates, No. 514 ; Jerdon, No. 471.
An occasional winter visitor to the low country. I have only one
specimen obtained in Trivandrum.
(72) Oriolus kundoo.— The Indian Oriole.
Oates, No. 518 ; Jerdon, No. 470.
This oriole is by no means common, but may be sparingly met with
both in the plains and in the hills up to 3,000 feet elevation. It is a
resident.
(73) Oriolus melanocephalus. — The Indian Black-headed Oriole.
Oates, No. 521 ; Jerdon, Nos. 472-473.
The Black-headed Oriole is by far the commonest of the three orioles
that are found in Travancore. It is a permanent resident in the low
country and does not ascend the hills.
Family EULABETIDJS.
(74) Eulabes religiosa. — The Southern Grackle.
Oates , No. 523 ; Jerdon, No. 692.
This is one of the commonest and noisiest birds and is found in the
hills up to 3,000 feet elevation in the south and up to 5,000 feet on the
High Range in the north. Towards evening especially it makes itself
heard.
u Breeds most abundantly at elevations of 1,500 to 3,000 feet,
generally choosing for the site of its nest a hole in a dead tree on the
outskirts of the forest or in the middle of a clearing. The tree selected
is generally of a large size, and the nest is placed at 25 to 50 feet from
4G2 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL niSTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
the ground ; hence, though it is easy enough to find the nest, it is very
difficult to take the eggs of this bird without calling in the aid of the
hillmen. They manage to ascend the largest tree by tying bamboos
as ladders, which are held in their places by straps carried round the
tree, each bamboo being thus attached in three or four places besides
beino- tied to the bamboo below it and above it. The nest is very slight,
beino- a few feathers and straws laid at the bottom of a hole. The usual
number of eggs is two, but sometimes the bird sits on a solitary egg,
and in these cases the egg is usually larger and lighter in colour. The
shell is fine and smooth with a slight gloss. The colour of the eggs is-
light-blue, sparingly spotted with purple, chocolate and claret." —
T. F. B.
The average size is 1*35 x0' 9.
Family STURNIDJ3.
(75) Pastor roseus. — The Rose-coloured Starling.
Oates, No. 528 ; Jerdon, No. 090.
Found in large flocks both in the low country and on the hills from
September to April usually. I have seen them as lata as May
occasionally.
(76) Sturnia blythii. — Blyth's Myna.
Oates, No. 537 ; Jerdon, No. 689.
I have not myself come across this bird. Mr. F. W. Bonrdillon
obtained it in the hills in March, and my collector got two specimens
in April at the foot of the hill?.
(77) Sturnia malabarica. — The Grey-headed Myna.
Oates, No. 538 ; Jerdon, No. 688.
The Grey-headed Myna is common at the foot of the hills, where
flocks of them may be met with. They occasionally ascend the hills,
but not higher than 2,000 feet.
(78) Temenuchus pagodarum. — The Black-headed Myna.
Oates, No. 544; Jerdon, No. 687.
I have only obtained this bird in the dry country in the
extreme south about Nagercoil and Cape Comorin where it is not
uncommon.
(79) Acridotheres tristis. — The Common Myna.
Oates, No. 549 ; Jerdon, No. 684.
Very common in the low country everywhere ; broods in April.
THE BIRDS OF TRAVANCORE. 463
(80) iETHiOPSAR fusous.— The Jungle Myna.
Oates, No. 552 ; Jerdon, No. 686.
Common in well-wooded parts of the low country up to the foot
of the hills, which it does not ascend. Travancore birds vary somewhat
in size in the length of the wing from 4*6 to 5'J.
Family MUSCICAPID^.
(81) Cyornis pallidipes. — The White-bellied Blue Flycatcher.
Oates, No. 573 ; Jerdon, No. 309.
I have not come across this flycatcher at all, nor does Mr. F. W.
Bourdillon mention it in his " First List." He must, however, have
obtained specimens subsequently, as Dr. Bowdler Sharpe has kindly
informed me that the British Museum possesses " a male collected by
Bourdillon in Travancore, 24 ii. 78," and another male <c Mynall, no
date," Mynall being the name of Mr. Bourdillon's coffee estate — now,
alas ! like so many others in Travancore, abandoned and grown up
in jungle. According to the " Second List " it is not rare, although
nowhere common, in all heavy jungle from 1,000 feet and upwards.
(82) Stoparola melanops. — The Verditer Flycatcher.
Oates, No. 579 ; Jerdon, No. 301.
Mr. F. W. Bourdillon writes of this bird as follows : — " Common
though not abundant up to 2,000 feet elevation, and prefers clearings in
the forest wherever there are heaps of unburn t brushwood lying about
Is a winter visitor from December to March." I have not met with it,
and as Oates expressly states that it is absent from "that portion of the
Peninsula of India south of the Nilgiris, " I wrote for information,
and Dr. Bowdler Sharpe informs me that there are " two specimens of
Stoparola melanops, $ 9, collected by Bourdillon in Mynall, 27th
November, 1874, another male same place, 2nd December, 1878."
(83) Stoparola albicaudata. — The Nilgiri Blue Flycatcher.
Oates, No. 581 ; Jerdon, No. 302.
Mr. Bourdillon records this as follows : — ' Is more frequently
observed in forest with thick underwood, and prefers a rather higher
elevation than the last species (S. melanops)," but sent no specimens
to Mr. Hume. Oates, therefore, gives its distribution as the Nilgiri
and Palni Hills. It is, however, common from the High Range to the
extreme south. It is found at the summits of the hills in forest and is
abundant. It has a very sweet song.
12
464 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
I may here rectify a mistake I made in writing in this journal,
Vol. xii, page 202, that Stoparola sordida is found in Travaucore. It
does not occur.
(84) Alseonax latirostris— The Brown Flycatcher.
Oates, No. 588; Jerdon, No. 297.
Common in winter from the foot of the hills to about 3,000 feet,
found occasionally also in the low country. Some birds, however,
are resident, as I have specimens collected in June and in August.
Oates in his key to the genera of the Muscicapidce puts Alseonax in
the division having the " second primary very much shorter than the
fifth." This does not hold good, as all my Travancore specimens have
the second primary quite equal to and sometimes longer than
the fifth.
(85) Alseonax ruficaudus. — The Rufous-tailed Flycatcher.
Oates, No. 589 ; Jerdon, No. 307.
Mr. F. W. Bourdillon records this without any notes as to its habits.
I have not met with it and therefore conclude that it is a rare winter
visitor.
(86) Alseonax muttui, — Layard's Flycatcher.
Oates, No. 590 ; Hume, No. 307 bis.
Under the name Cyornis mandelli Hume mentions two specimens
sent to him by Mr. F. W. Bourdillon. I have since secured another.
It is a rare winter visitor.
(87) Ochromela nigrirufa. — The Black-and-oi'ange Flycatcher.
Oates, No. 591 ; Jerdon, No. 300.
This flycatcher is common on the High Range and at elevations
of 3,500 to 4,000 feet in the south. It frequents thick jungle, and
though of silent habit is by no means shy.
Mr. T. F. Bourdillon writes : — " The nest, unlike that of most fly-
catchers, is domed, and is composed of the leaves of the Irul reed, lined
inside with fine lichen and small roots ; it is usually placed on a small
bush from four to six or eight feet from the ground. The number of
eggs is two or three, of a brownish-yellow colour, thickly mottled and
blotched with red and darker shades of the ground colour, generally
forming a zone at the larger end. I have taken fresh eggs in April,
which month and May are its breeding season.
The average of several eggs is '65X'o0.'3
777/3 BIRDS OF TR.WANCORE. 4(55
(88) Cultcicapa ceylonensis. — The Grey-headed Flycatcher.
Oates, No. 592 ; Jerdon, No. 295.
This hird is common on the High Range and on the tops of the hills
in the south. It is not a shy bird and will sit on a bough within a
few feet of you and make its little flights, returning fearlessly to its
former position. It has a rather loud note.
(89) Terpsiphone paradisi. — The Indian Paradise Flycatcher.
Oates, No. 598; Jerdon, No. 288.
Very common in low country jungles and also ascends the hills in
the dry weather to considerable elevations. I have shot it on the High
RanLre at 6,000 feet and on the summits of the hills in the south.
(90) Hypothesis azurea. — The Indian Black-naped Flycatcher.
Oates, No. 601 ; Jerdon, No. 290.
Fairly common on the hills, frequenting the tops of trees, sometimes
in small parties, sometimes singly. Some specimens have no crescentic
black bar across the forenock.
(91) Rhipidura albifrontata. — The White-browed
Fantail Flycatcher.
Oates, No. 604 ; Jerdon, No. 292-
Common in the low country. It has a curious song consisting of
seven notes, reminding one of the first bars of the "Guards" valse.
Breeds in April.
Family TURDIDJ].
Sub-family Saxicolince.
(92) Pratincola atrata. — The Southern Pied Bush-chat.
Oates, No. 609 ; Jerdon, No. 482.
Abundant in the grass lands at Pirmerd and the High Range, going
about in pairs. They take their station on a bush and capture their
insect prey on the ground, returning to their perch.
Oates gives the distribution as " Southern India from the Nilgiris
to Cape Comorin above 5,000 feet." At Pirmerd they are found at
3,000 feet, and they are not found south of it.
(93) Thamnobia fulicata. — The Black-backed Indian Robin.
Oates, No. 66-2 • Jerdon, No. 479.
This is not a common bird, but may be found in the low country.
I have also seen it on the hills at 2,000 feet elevation in the dry
season.
406 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
(94) Copsychus saularis— The Magpie Robin.
Oates, No. 663 ; Jerdon, No. 475.
This is essentially a bird of the plains and frequents human
habitations. It has a fine song which may be heard as soon as the
light begins as the sun rises.
It breeds in February and March.
(95) Cittocincla macrura. — The Shama.
Oates, No. 664 ; Jerdon, No. 476.
The shama is not common in Travancore, it frequents jungle and is
decidedly shy. It does not ascend the hills.
(Sub-family Turdina.
(96) Merula bourdilloni. — Bourdillon's Black Bird.
Oates, No. 669.
This Black Bird is fairly common on the High Range and above
3,500 feet in the south. It may be found feeding on the jungle roads
in the twilight both morning and evening. As soon as the sun rises
it retires into the jungle. It is a shy and silent bird. Mr. Harley
informs me that he found a nest of this bird on the top of an old stump
in a tea clearing on the High Range. Mr. Bourdillon and I took a
nest at Chimunji in April, 1903, of which he gives the following
description : — " The nest was placed on an overhanging branch about
12 feet from the ground. It was composed almost entirely of fresh moss
with a few roots and small sticks interwoven in the structure. The
outside measurement was 8 inches long, 6 inches broad and 8 inches
deep. The cavity of the nest was 3 inches deep and 4 inches across,
the interior being lined with fine grass and roots neatly finished off.
The nest contained two fresh eggs measuring 1*18 X '90 inches
and 1*12 X '85 inches. The ground colour of the eggs was pale-
green, spotted and blotched with reddish-brown of two shades,
the markings having a tendency to collect at the larger end. One
egg is much brighter and its markings are much darker than the
other."
(97) Geocichla wardi, — The Pied Ground-thrush.
Oates, No. 68'd; Jerdon, No. 357.
This is a rare bird, of which I have only one specimen shot in
February on the High Range.
THE BIRDS OF TRAVANCORE. 467
(98) Gbooiohla ctanonotus.— The White-throated Ground-thrush.
Oates, No. 685 ; Jerdon, No. 354.
This thrush frequents heavy forest from about 2,000 feet and may
be met with on the roads at dusk. Oates says " it appears to be resident
or very locally migratory." Mr. F. W. Bourdillon records it as " a
winter visitor." My experience bears this out, as I have not seen it
earlier than November nor later than the end of March.
(99) Petrophila cinclorhyncha. — The Blue-headed Rock-thrush.
Oates, No. 691 ; Jerdon, No. 353.
Is a winter visitor throughout the Eange from 500 to 2,500 feet in
the south and also at 5,000 feet on the High Range. It frequents
forest in the neighbourhood of cultivation.
(100) Petrophila cyanus. — The Western Blue Rock-thrush.
Oates, No. 693 ; Jerdon, No. 355.
This also is only a winter visitor from October to April. It is a
solitary bird, found always in the open and never in jungle. It fre-
quents grass land where there are rocks.
(101) Oreocincla nilgiriensis.— The Nilgiri Thrush.
Oates, No. 699 ; Jerdon, No. 372.
This is a rare bird. I have specimens from the High Range, and
it is also found sparingly in the south. I have not taken it below
4,000 feet elevation, but Mr. F. W. Bourdillon records it as found
in thick jungle from the summit of the hills down to 2,000 feet
elevation.
Family PLOCEID.E.
Sub-family Ploceince.
(102) Ploceus baya. — The Baya.
Oates, No. 720 ; Jerdon, No. 694.
The weaver bird is common in the low country, but does not ascend
the hills. " The nest of the weaver bird is usually attached to the
areca nut palm at a height of 30 — 40 feet from the ground. It is
beautifully composed of grass and is often a foot and a half in length.
The cavity for the eggs is completely domed and covered in on all
sides, with the exception of a passage from 4 to 6 inches in length,
which runs in a slanting upwards direction and admits the bird.
Many of the nests are not used for egg receptacles, and they are
nearly all weighted with lumps of clay interiorly, probably to prevent
4G8 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
the wind having such power over them. The nests are usually placed
in clusters, ten or twenty being sometimes seen on one tree. The eggs
are dead white, rather pointed. The breeding season is May — August.
The average is bX •«."— T. F. B.
(103) Ploceus manyae. — The Striated Weaver-bird,
Oates, No. 723 ; Jerdon, No. 695.
This bird like the hist is confined to the plains where it is not
uncommon. Mr. T. F. Bounlillon writes: — ;> I found the Striated
Weaver-bird building in the Vellanie Lake (six miles from Trivandrum)
in June. It buiids a hanging nest from the reeds which grow in the
water. I was, however, too early for the eggs, and though I sent
another year purposely to obtain the eggs of this bird, of Ardea
purpurea, and of Porpliyrio p>oliocephalus> which were all building
there in 1876, for some reason the reeds had all disappeared and
there were no nests. The nest is considerably smaller than that of
Ploceus baya and made of coarser materials. The eggs are 2 — 3 in
number.
Sub-family Viduince.
(104) Munia Malacca.— The Black-headed Munia.
Oates, No, 725 ; Jerdon, No. 697.
The Black-headed Munia is only found in the low country, where
flocks of them may often ha met with, especially about the backwaters.
Breeds from May to August.
(105) Uroloncha striata. — The White-backed Munia.
Oates, No. 728 ; Jerdon, No. 701.
This munia occurs more commonly than the former and sometimes
ascends the hills in the south to 2,500 feet, where it prefers secondary
jungle. It is found at the foot of the hills also, and generally
frequents the interior rather than the backwaters near the coast.
Breeds from May to August.
(106) Uroloncha pectoralis. — The Rufous-bellied Munia.
Oates, No. 732 ; Jerdon No. 700.
This is decidedly t lie hill munia. It is common throughout tho
Range. Mr. T. F. Bourdillon describes the nest as " a rough domed
one of fine grass with a few feathers inside, in which the bird lays six
to eight pure white eggs without gloss. The nest is usually placed in a
hole in a tree and is sometimes built among long grass at a height of 3
or 4 feet from the ground. The nesting season extends from -Tune to
THE BIRDS OF TRAVANCORE. 469
August, and the bird builds at elevations of 2,000 feet and upwards
above sea-level.
Average size of eggs #60X'42."
(107) Uroloncha malabarica.— The White-throated Munia.
Oates, No. 734 ; Jerdon, No. 703.
Oates' description of the distribution of this bird, viz., " The whole
continent of India from the Himalayas to Cape Coinorin and Ceylon,"
leaves out the essential characteristic which is that it is only found
where there is a dry climate. Its specific name is ill bestowed, as it is far
from common in Malabar and other well-wocded districts. In Travan-
core it is only found in the dry open country about Cape Comorin
where it is fairly common, going aboat in flocks. Breeds from
December to March.
(108) Uroloncha punctulata. — The Spotted Munia.
Oates, No. 735 ; Jerdon, No. 699.
The Spotted Munia is fairly common in the low country, but does not
ascend the hills. It frequent* gardens, compounds and paddy fields.
Breeds April to July. Oates says that Sporceginthus amandava is found
throughout the whole of India proper from the foot of the Himalayas
to Cape Comorin. This is incorrect. It may occur pretty far south
on the eastern side, but it is not found at Cape Comorin nor anywhere
else in Travancore.
Family FRINGILLID^.
(109) Carpodacus erythrinus. — The Common Rose-finch.
Oates, No. 761 ; Jerdon, No. 738.
Oates says this bird is " a winter visitor to the whole of India as far
south as the Nilgiris," for Nilgiris may be substituted the High Range
in Travancore where it is fairly common from December to March,
frequenting both open country in flocks and also sholas.
(110) Gymnorhis flavicollis. — The Yellow-throated Sparrow.
Oates, No. 775 ; Jerdon, No. 711.
Fairly common in the low country. Breeds in May and June.
(Ill) Passer domesticus. — The House-sparrow.
Oates, No. 776 ; Jerdon, No. 706.
Common in the low country. It also ascends the hills at times
where there is cultivation, following the rice carts. Breeds in Feb-
ruarv and March.
4?0 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Family HIRUNDINID.E.
(112) Hirundo rustica. — The .Swallow.
Oates, No. 813 ; Jerdon, No. 82.
(113) Hirundo gdtturalis.— The Eastern Swallow.
Oates No. 814.
Swallows of these two species are fairly common throughout the low
country during the winter months, but it is very difficult to discri-
minate them. A few of my specimens may be certainly put down
as typical H. rustica having the chin and throat chestnut, a broad,
uninterrupted, black, pectoral band aud the lower plumage from the
pectoral band very pale-rufous. Others again have the chin and throat
greyish-white. Others have the pectoral band much interrupted, not
in the middle only, but throughout by chestnut. Some of these have
the lower parts white, others pale-rufous, so that they are absolutely in-
termediate between the types. I sent a few to Calcutta, and Mr. Finn
identified them as H. gutturalis, but added they are not typical.
(114) Hirundo javanica. — The Nilgiri House-swallow.
Oates, No. 817 ; Jerdon, No. 83.
The Nilgiri House-Swaliow may be found at elevations of 4,0U0 feet
and upwards throughout the Hill Range of Travancore. " Breeds in
March, April and May, building a nest of mud very carefully lined with
feathers. The usual site for the nest is under the eaves of a house, but
I have seen the nest placed against a rock. Unlike its European
congener these birds do not build in colonies, and I cannot remember
ever having seen more than one nest in any place. The eggs are one
or three in number, white, spotted with red, and are conspicuously
smaller than those of the common English swallow.*' — T. F. B.
(115) Hirundo erythuopygia. — Svke's Striated Swallow.
Oates, No. 823 ; Jerdon, No. 85.
Oates gives the distribution of this swallow as '' the plains of India
from the foot of the Himalayas to the Nilgiris." It, however, extends
to the low country throughout Travancore, and 1 shot one specimen on
the High Range at an elevation somewhat over 5,000 feet.
Family MOTACILLID/E.
(116) Motacilla alba. — The White Wagtail.
Oates, No. 826.
Oates says this bird is "a winter visitor to the whole Empire as
far south as Belgaum." 1 collected specimens in 1901 both at Pirmerd
THE BIRDS OF TRAVANCORE. 47L
and the High Range and again in the low country at Alwaye in North
Travancore in January, 1903.
(117) Motacilla maderaspatensis. — The Large Pied Wagtail.
Oates, No. 831 ; Jerdon, No. 589.
Common in the plains, but does not ascend the hills. It has
a very sweet song during the breeding season at the end of the
year.
(118) Motacilla melanope. — The Gray Wagtail.
Oates, No. 832 ; Jerdon, No. 592.
This wagtail is one of the earliest of our winter visitors and stays well
on into May. It is found only on the hills from about 1,000 feet
elevation upwards. It may be met with on almost every path in the
forest in the neighbourhood of streams.
(Hit) Limonidrobius indicus. — The Forest Wagtail.
Oates, No. 839 ; Jerdon, No. 595.
Mr. F. W. Bourdillon says of this : — " Another winter visitor, which
arrives soon after and stays nearly as long as the preceding species.
It is of solitary habit, and frequents open jungle in the neighbour-
hood of cultivation. Its note bears a considerable resemblance to that
of the English chaffinch."
When I was living on the hills I often saw it, but when visiting
them of late years I have not come across it.
(120) Anthus maculatus. — The Indian Tree Pipit.
Oates, No. 841 ; Jerdon, No. 596.
I have only seen this bird at high elevations on the hills and never
in the plains. I have collected it on the High Range, and in April,
1903, 1 shot four specimens at Ghimunji in the south at an elevation
of 4,000 feet in open grass land surrounded by foresi They were in
flocks and were feeding on the ground, and when disturbed took
refuge in the trees after a long flight, which is jerky and drop-
ping, and during which they uttered a single sharp note from time
to time.
(121) Anthus nilgipjensis. — The Nilgiri Pipit.
Oates, No. 842 ; Jerdon, No. 598.
Oates gives the distribution as " the Nilgiri and Palni Hills, " but as
might be expected it is :dso found on the High Range of Travancore.
Hero it is resident and fairly common in the open grass lands.
13
472 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
(122) Anthus cockburnke. — The Rufous Rock-pipit.
Oates, No. 843.
This is a resident but rare bird. I have only one specimen shot at
Ponmudi in August, 1900, at an elevation of 3,500 feet on a grass hilJ
thickly strewn with rocks and boulders.
(123) Anthus striolatus. — Blyth's Pipit.
Oates, No. 846 ; Jerdon, No. 601.
Blvth's Pipit is a winter visitor and may be found in fairly large
numbers in the dry paddy fields in February and March after the
crops have been cut.
(124) Anthus rufulus. — The Indian Pipit.
A permanent resident and very numerous both in the low country
in dry paddy fields and in the hills on open grass ridges in the south
at all elevations, and also on the High Range.
Family ALAUDIDjE.
(125) Alauda gulgula. — The Indian Sky-lark.
Oates, No. 861 ; Jerdon, No. 7b* 7.
The Indian Sky- lark is common on the High Range where I once
shot one perched on the telegraph wire. It is also found in the
plains where there is grass land and in dry paddy fields after the
crops are cut.
(126) Mirafra affinis. — The Madras Bush-lark.
Oates, No. 876 ; Jerdon, No. 755.
This bird is common in the plains where it may be found in grass
lands, sometimes in flocks and sometimes solitary. It is fond of
perching on the ridge of a house-top whence it soars a few feet into
the air, uttering a shrill trilling note in monotone. I took a nest
containing a single egg in the Public Gardens on April 26th, 1902.
It was placed in a depression of the ground forming a shallow cup
more or less domed over. The material of the nest was mostlv grass
and the inside was lined with dried soft grass. The ejrg was somewhat
elongated of a dull pale ashy- white, speckled with rusty and brown
markings. It measured 19 mm. X 16 ram.
(127) Galerita malabarica. — The Malabar Cresied-lark.
Oates, No. 876 ; Jerdon, No. 768.
I have only seen and collected this bird on the High Range at
6,000 feet elevation. Here it is fairly abundant, going about usu.dly
THE BIRDS OF TRAVANCOHE, AV>
in small flocks, It has a very fine song, quite equal to that of Alauda
gulgvla. Unlike that bird it often sings while on the ground as-
well as when soaring.
(128). Pyrrhulauda grisea. — The Ashy-crowned Finch-lark.
Oates, No. 879; Jerdon, No. 7(50.
This is eminently a bird of the dry plains. At Cape Comorfn, it is
fairly common throughout the year. In the dry weather it frequents
the paddy fields about Trivandrum, but disappears when the rains come
on. I have not met with it further north.
Family HECTARINilDiE.
Sub-family Neetariniince.
(129) Arachnecthra lotenia. — Loten's Sun-bird.
Oates, No. 894 ; Jerdon, JSo. 235.
Loten's Sun-bird is fairly common in the low country and ascend
the hills to 2,000 feet. All these birds are particularly partial
to shoe-flowers and where these are growing they are always
found.
(130) Arachnecthra asiatica. — The Purple Sun-bird.
Oates, No, 895 ; Jerdon, No. 234.
This bird is not so common as the last and I have not met with it on
the hills. It frequents open country where there are bushes and also
gardens. The nest is of the usual bottle-shaped type with a domed
entrance. "The e£os," Mr. T. F. Bourdillon remarks, '''are scarcelv to
be distinguished from those of A. minima though they are slightly larger.
They recall, as Mr. flume observes, the eggs of the sedge warbler, with
this difference that they are more pointed, smaller, and have a zone of
dark markings round the larger end, while they want the ink marks so
often seen m the sedge warblers' eggs."
(131) Arachnecthra minima. — Small Sun-bird.
Oates, No. 900 ; Jerdon, No. 233.
Common on the hills at all elevations in the south and also on the
High Range. '' The nest is a pocket composed almost entirely of moss,
and is usually suspended at the end of a bough at some distance from
the ground. I have frequently had the eggs brought to me. They
are dull-greenish or greyish-white, thickly spotted with greenish -brown,
especially at the larger end, and average "6 X'± in." — T. F. B.
They breed in December and January.
474 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
(132) Arachnecthra zeylonica. — The Purple-rumped Sun-bird.
Oates, No. 901 ; Jerdon, No. 232.
This is by far the commonest of the sun-birds. I have only seen it in
the low country and never on the hills. They usually go about in
pairs and congregate in flocks numbering twenty or more where there
is food. The nest is the usual bottle-shaped one with a domed entrance,
and the eggs are like those of the rest of the genus. They breed in
February and March.
(133) Arachnothera longirostris. — The Little Spider-hunter.
Oates, No. 909 ; Jerdon, No. 224.
Oates gives the distribution of this bird as '' the Western Ghats of
India from the Palni Hills to about the latitude of Belgaum." It is,
however, found throughout the hill range of Travancore from about
2,0l>0 feet upwards to 5,000 feet on the High Range.
Family DIOEIDjE.
(134) Dictum concolor. — The Nilgiri Flower-pecker.
Oates, No. 916 ; Jerdon, No. 239.
Again Oates gives the Palnis as the southernmost habitat of this
bird. It is, however, common from the foot of the hills to the summits
throughout the range and is occasionally to be seen in the low country.
(135) Dicjeum erythrorhynchus.— Tickell's Flower-pecker.
Oates, No. 919 ; Jerdon, No. 238.
This is not so common as the last, but is found in the same localities.
A nest taken at Trivandrum on March 16th, 1902, was brought to me
and contained two voung birds and one fresh egg. The nest was
a beautiful pear-shaped structure, 3| inch long by 2 inches broad,
with an entrance at the top : it was composed of very fine vegetable fibres
mixed with down and was lined chiefly with the pappus of some flower.
It was suspended from the bough of a mango tree and was almost
entirely concealed by the overhanging leaves. The egg was pure white
and measured 15 mm. X 10 mm.
Family PITTID^.
(136) Pitta erachyura. — The Indian Pitta.
Oates, No. 933 ; Jerdon, No. 345.
This is a winter visitor and may be met with in the low country
and on the hills up to 2,500 feet elevation. In the early morning and
also well after sunset they may be heard whistling.
475
THE COLLECTIONS IN THE SOCIETY'S MUSEUM.
By E. Comber, f.z.s.
(Read before the Bombay Natural History Society on 24th September 1903.)
The question of the collections in the Society's museum is one which requires
to be brought somewhat prominently before the members at the present time,
but before turning to our own collections I should like first of all to draw atten-
tion to the subject of museums in general, so that we may the more clearly try
to arrive at some conclusion as to how far our collections fulfil the purposes for
which they have been brought together, try to discover where our weak spots
are, and to come to some decision as to how we should set about improving them.
In this I shall largely avail myself of the words that have from time to time
been used by one of the greatest authorities on museum management and
arrangement — vis., the late Sir William Flower, who was in charge of the British
Museum (Natural History) for many years — for I feel that no words of mine
can so clearly and concisely express the points that he was always trying to im-
press upon those who had the control and management of other similar institu-
tions, whether they were the museums of large rich towns, of small villages, of
scientific societies or of private individuals.
Let us see then what his advice was after his lifelong experience. On one
occasion he said : " The first consideration in establishing a museum, large or
" small, ... is that it should have some definite purpose to fulfil ; and the next is
" that means should be forthcoming not only to establish but also to maintain the
" museum in a suitable manner to fulfil that purpose. Some persons are enthi:-
" siastic enough to think that a museum is in itself so good an object that they
" have only to provide a building and cases and a certain number of specimens,
" no matter exactly what, to fill them, and then the thing is done ; whereas the
" truth is the work has only then begun. What a museum really depends upon
" for its success and usefulness is not its building, nor its cases, not even its speci-
" mens — but its curator. He and his staff are the life and soul of the institution
" upon whom its whole value depends ; and yet in many — I may say most of our
" museums — they are the last to be thought of. The care, the preservation, the
"naming of ths specimens are either left to voluntary effort ... or a grievously
" undersalaried and consequently uneducated official is expected to keep in order
" to clean, dust, arrange, name and display, in a manner which will contribute to
"the advancement of scientific knowledge, collections ranging in extent over
" almost every branch of human learning. . . .
" Valuable specimens not unf requently find their way into museums thus man.
" aged. Their public-spirited owners fondly imagine that they will be preserved
" and made of use to the world if once given to such an institution. Their fate
" is, unfortunately, far otherwise. Dirty, neglected, without label, their iden-
tity lost, they are often finally devoured by insects or cleared away to make
" room on the crowded shelves for the new donation of some fresh patron of the
" institution. It would be far better that such museums should never be found-
" ed. They are traps into which precious — sometimes priceless — objects fall
476 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
" only to be destroyed ; and what is still worse, they bring discredit on all
" similar institutions, make the very name of museum a byword and a reproach,
"hindering instead of advancing the recognition of their value as agents in the
" great educational movement of the age."
" Now, of course, the purposes for which museums are established are two —
" first the diffusion of instruction and rational amusement among the mass of
" the people, and secondly, to afford the scientific student every possible means
" of examining and studying the specimens of which the museum consists."
In the case of a private museum such as ours, it is of course the latter
purpose that is in view, so we will see what words of advice we can gather in
that direction.
" Collections for the advancement of science . . . are of value mainly in
" proportion to their size, and no museum at present existing has come any-
" where near what is required for the exhaustive study of natural history.
" If anyone were now to endeavour to write a complete monograph of any
" family in the animal kingdom, he would search in vain for materials for
" doing so, not only in any one museum, but in all the museums in the world
" put together." He then quotes an instance. " Soon after the arrival in our
" national museum of the great and carefully selected and labelled collection
" of Indian birds, presented by Mr. A. 0. Hume, containing upwards of
" 60,000 specimens, a well-known ornithologist commenced the volumes
" devoted to birds in the excellent series of manuals on the Fauna of British
" India, edited by Mr. Blanford. I am told that when he began the work,
" he was seen sitting at his table rubbing his hands with delight at the prospect
" of success in his labours guaranteed by such an unprecedented mass of material.
" But after a few weeks the scene had changed. He was pacing up and down
" the room, wringing the same hands in despair at the hopelessness of solving the
" tangled problems of variation ^according to age, sex, season and locality, the
" geographical distribution, and the limits and relationship of any single species
" owing to the absolutely insufficient number of properly authenticated speci-
" mens at his command. Every zoologist will recognise this as a scarcely
" exaggerated description of what he meets with at every step of his work."
Scientific collections cannot of course be exhibited in show cases for many
reasons — the chief being the question of space and the necessity of preserving
them from the deteriorating influences of light, etc., and with the very limited
available accommodation that we have at present to content ourselves whh, it
is more than ever necessary that our collections should be made to occupy as
little space as possible. Sir William Flower gave a word of warning that
we may well take to heart : He said, " There is a danger of collections which
" are not generally exhibited becoming neglected, and degenerating into
" the condition of mere accumulations of rubbish. Anything of the kind is
" absolutely incompatible with the true requirements of specimens kept for fe-
" search. They specially need to be arranged in an orderly and methodical
"manner and to be thoroughly well catalogued and labelled, so that each may
THE COLLECTIONS IN THE SOCIETY'S MUSEUM. 477
" be found directly it is wanted, and they must be frequently inspected to see
" that they are free from moth or other deleterious influence. "
Thus far preliminary. Let us now turn our attention to our own museum
and try to see how nearly we attain to the general principles that our authority
has laid down.
The first and foremost point that is of importance for the very life of the
museum is the question of curator. Now Sir William Flower was speaking
more or less of museums in general and public museums in particular, so that
we have to some extent to modify his remarks in order to apply them to our
own individual case. He emphasized the necessity of a really competent
curator for the care, arrangement, etc., of the specimens in the museum. Such
an individual is of course with us an impossibility, for a society of amateur
naturalists, such as we are, cannot afford to spend the limited funds at its
disposal on paying an adequate salary to a .qualified official such as he had in
his mind. Our funds— so far as they go— must be mainly devoted to the
purpose on which we at present spend about half our total income : that of
course, as you know, is our journal, for by it alon8 can we put the results of
the Society's work in the hands of the large majority of our members — scattered
as they are over nearly the whole globe.
We have therefore to rely upon the voluntary work of those members who
are on the spot and can lend a helping hand towards bringing the collections
in our museum up to a high standard of utility. Those who have had no
hand in the inner working of the Society, can have no idea of the amount
of real genuine hard wort — congenial as it may be to those who have under-
taken it from time to time — that is entailed in the curatorship of our museum,
and I would specially ask you to remember in this connection that the real
bulk of the duties of curator fall upon our honorary secretaries in addition
to their already heavy work of looking after the Society's interests generally —
in the way of strictly secretarial work — and the equally difficult task of editing
the journal, which latter involves a very great deal more solid work than most
of you have any idea of — and all this with the assistance of one clerk for the
office part of it, and one youngster for the taxidermy department and as care-
taker of the collections.
It therefore falls as a duty to the Society on those members who are resident
in Bombay to provide the assistance that is absolutely necessary for the carry-
ing out of the Society's work in the way of curatorship of the collections, and
this can only be done by individual members undertaking the charge of certain
departments, which idea is, as you know, contemplated in our rules by the
provision of power to the Committee to appoint certain of its members to such
departments as they may deem advisable. Tn time past we have had many
such willing workers, in whose hands the collections have been developed in
a way that could never have been expected under any other circumstances,
with the result that other members of the Society all over the country
have been encouraged to avail themselves of their opportunities for really
478 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
valuable scientific work, which is represented not only by the collections we
possess, but has been given to the world of science in the form of many
important publications in our journal.
At the present time, however, I cannot help feeling that we are approaching
n period of our existence which, if we do not succeed in securing the assistance
of some more workers in this direction, may prove to be in a way a crisis in the
progress of the Society. In using so strong an expression as crisis, I do not
in any way wish to imply that there is any cause whatever to fear for the
general well-being of the Society, but in order to impress upon the minds
of those members, who have the opportunity of helping in the museum,
that it is impossible for us to go ahead and extend the good work that,
I am sure, you will all agree with me has continually been our record since the
Society's formation. The reason is that we have at present no alternative
but to recognize the fact that several of our most enthusiastic workers have,
through one circumstance or another, had to discontinue their valuable work, and
we have not yet succeeded in finding other members to fill their places.
We have lately lost the personal help of Mr. E. H. Aitken, who not only con-
tributed large numbers of specimens to several of our more important collections,
but helped continually with his advice in the classification and arrangement of
the collections. We are now about to lose Mr. R. C. Wroughton, than whom
we have had few more ardent and thorough collectors, although he was never
sufficiently in Bombay to help much in the museum itself. It was only a few
years ago that Captain A. J. Peile, R.A., was transferred from Bombay,
who was, by his own personal work, almost entirely responsible for our collection
of land and fresh water shells, for without his encouragement we should
never have received the contributions we now possess. In addition to that
he brought our collection of marine shells into proper order with the help of
Mr. Aitken. Some time previously the short stay in Bombay of Staff Surgeon
Bassett Smith, R.N., came to an end, and we had to thank him for an
enormous amount of work on our collections of fishes and corals.
Now we have, as you know, lately had very satisfactory additions to
our membership, both locally and generally, and I want to specially explain
that it is not necessarily experienced and, what I will call, really scientific
naturalists whose help we want. We cannot always find such highly qualified
members as those I have just named to help us in these matters, and therefore
I say don't let the younger or more inexperienced members be afraid to come
forward, for there is, I can assure you, plenty of really valuable work
for them to do, which will not only go towards making them, in a way, real
authorities in their own lines from a scientific point of view, but will at
the same time be the means of bringing much valuable material, that is at
present lying waste, before the world of science. Further than that, there
is no disguising the fact that many more contributions would come to us instead
of going elsewhere if the owners of them felt that they would be given proper
attention, worked out, and made the most of.
THE COLLECTIONS IN THE SOCIETY'S MUSEUM. 479
What I want you to realise now, and to go away and think about, is that there
are many ways in which our museum is not what it ought to be, and that it is
only by genuine steady work that we can hope to bring it up to the highest
standard of utility, so that our collections may be made available to all our
members for reference at any time and for readily identifying specimens that
are sent to us for that purpose. The Committee, as you know, are anxious to
develop that part of our journal devoted to "Miscellaneous Notes": these would
in many instances be rendered much more valuable if the name of the particular
species, to which they refer, were given. It is therefore to be hoped that mem-
bers, when they send us notes, will accompany them with the specimens, or a
portion of the specimens sufficient for identification, which can be done by the
help of our collections.
It is quite time, I feel, that I should turn your attention to the avowed pur-
pose with which I started this paper, viz., the various collections in the Society's
museum. I have already taken up so much of your time with what I intended
to be preliminary remarks that I shall have to curtail what I have to say about
the collections as much as possible, for you can well understand the impossibility
of giving more than a general idea of how well-off we are in certain departments
and how deficient in others, in the time at our disposal.
Commencing with the most highly developed animals — the mammata — we
cannot of course attempt to include in our museum a collection of specimens
— especially of the larger animals — for our small premises would not pos-
sibly hold one-tenth part of the material that would be required : there
is the further difficulty of keeping such specimens in any sort of preser-
vation in such a climate as this — to say nothing of the staff of assistants that any
attempt to do so would entail. We have therefore to content ourselves with the
sporting trophies and heads that adorn our walls — and very fine specimens
some of them are too — and a small collection of representative skulls.
As the larger mammals have always attracted the attention of sports-
men and naturalists, there is nothing much left to be learned from a series of fully
mounted specimens, so that we do not really lose anything by their absence from
our museum. If one looks over the sporting trophies in our museum one
cannot help feeling regret that such a limited number of them are even possessed
of a label giving the name of the animal, and fewer still have any record of the
locality where and the date when they were obtained or the name of the
donor. 80 many of our members are rather sportsmen than naturalists that
these trophies are of the greatest interest to a large number of them when they
come through Bombay ; and as the particulars about them could mostly be
gathered from the published lists of contributions in the back numbers of our
journal, it would not be impossible to make good the deficiencies that I have
pointed out, with a properly drawn up catalogue of what we possess, recording
also the horn measurements, at any rate, of the more important specimens.
Such an undertaking is more that for a sportsman than a naturalist, and we can
surely find some public-spirited member who wdl come forward for such work.
14
480 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Our collection of skulls is fairly representative so far as it goes, but as this
could be largely supplemented by our 'Shikari ' members if they knew what we
wanted, we could probably soon add a good many if we were able to publish a
catalogue of what we have at present.
For specimens of small mammals — say from the size of a squirrel downwards —
we can find accommodation, but until a few years ago they were represented
in our museum by a few spirit specimens of bats. We made an appeal to
members for dried skin specimens, with of course skull attached, but J am sorry
to say it has met with a very moderate response, though Mr. Wroughton helped
us with a number of nice specimens of bats and we have lately been fortunate
in having been offered valuable help by Colonel A. E. Ward. We have a few
specimens of squirrels, but in rats, mice and shrews there is hardly even the
nucleus of a collection. Small mammals are such simple things to skin and
make into specimens, compared for instance with birds, that almost anyone can
soon learn to turn out quite nice specimens, and few people have any idea of the
backward state of our knowledge of the smaller mammals of Jndia. Last year
at the British Museum Mr. Oldfield Thomas appealed to me to try and get
members of our Society to work in this department, pointing out how very
backward the naturalists of India are compared with almost every other corner
of the globe. I can assure you that there is endless original work to be done
amongst the rats, mice and shrews in the immediate neighbourhood of Bombay
just in the same way that there was amongst the bats when Mr. Wroughton
took them up, and as you know brought to light several new species and the
occurrence of several others that would never have been suspected, as recorded
in our journal. Rats and mice, however, are not 'showy' specimens, and for
this reason, I fancy, they so seldom attract the attention of amateur naturalists.
The care of this collection has fallen to my lot, and I am somewhat ashamed to
say that I have been able to devote so little time either to such collection as we
have or to the encouragement of members to collect.
Passing on to the birds, I think I may say that we have a fairly
representative collection of skins. Our chief contributors have been Mr. G. W.
Vidal, Mr. E. H. Aitken, Mr. F. Field, Captain H. H. Harrington and
Major A. Nevvnham. I am glad to say that they are now all arranged —
so far as our limited accommodation permits — and catalogued, with the
exception of two valuable collections that have lately been received from
Captain H. T. Fulton from Chitral and from Captain H. Wood, R.E., from the
Shan States of Burma on the Chinese frontier. After what I quoted above
regarding the Hume collection at the British Museum you can well understand
that there is practically no finality in a collection of bird skins, but I think we
can always count upon having a number of keen ornithologists amongst our
members who will go on helping us in this direction.
Our egg collection is also fairly representative, in good order and properly
catalogued. There are of course many gaps that could and ought to be filled
up, but you will, I am sure, be pleased to hear that one of our latest joined
THE COLLECTIONS IN THE SOCIETY'S MUSEUM. 481
members — Mr. H. Macnaghten — has now taken this collection under his special
care, so that we need not fear that it will do anything else but go ahead.
Of bird's nests we have a few, but they are exceptionally difficult specimens to
store and keep in good condition unless it is possible to include them in properly
mounted cases with their owners, and that of course we are not able
to do here.
Our collection of reptiles includes of course that of our snakes, which has
always had the constant care and attention of Mr. H. M. Phipson, Mr. W. S.
Millard and Rev. F. Dreckmann, so that we can have small cause for dissatisfac-
tion there. Other reptiles, although we have a fair number of spirit specimens,
have never received so much attention from our members as the snakes, and
it is a section that one would much like to see worked up by some enthusiast.
Of amphibians in our collection the less said perhaps the better, for although
there area certain number of spirit specimens of adult animals, they are few of
them named or catalogued. We must hope that some one may be found to do
this at an early date.
Next come the fishes. Here we have a large series of spirit specimens, for
which we have mainly to thank Mr. Phipson and Dr. Bassett Smith. They were
all named and classified by the last named some years ago, who published a
complete catalogue, with some notes on them, in our journal. They mostly
represent the marine species of Bombay, so that we can hardly rest satisfied
with them. What I should like to see, and believe would be of considerable
interest to many of our members, would be a really representative collection
of the fresh-water fishes of India. There must be many anglers amongst
our members who could probably contribute without much trouble and with the
help of the native fishermen of their neighbourhoods. As the preservation of
specimens in spirit or formalin is a simple matter, and as moderate-sized speci-
mens will suffice, I hope the Committee will see their way to make a special
appeal to members in this direction.
Of Mottmca I think I may say we have fair collections, lor we have had
amongst us here two enthusiastic collectors of marine species in Mr. Aber-
crombie and Mr. Aitken, and of land and fresh water species in Captain Peile,
while we have also a nice series of marine species from the Andaman Islands and
Aden. At the same time there are some big gaps even in our series of local
marine shells that we should be able to fill up. The collections are properly
arranged, and a catalogue is now in preparation.
We next come to our entomological collections, and as regards them Mr.
L. C. H, Young has kindly furnished me with a few particulars. He has, as
you all know, taken them most thoroughly in hand during the past two years,
with the result that instead of our mass of material being scattered about in old
store boxes and very nearly approaching that state of accumulated rubbish that
Sir William Flower warns us against, they are now nearly all properly classified,
arranged and, so far as possible, named, so that anyone requiring any indivi-
dual family can lay his hand on them at once.
482 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
The collecting of insects has always been such a universally popular branch
of natural history, and we have had so many really eminent entomologists
amongst our members, that it is somewhat disappointing to find they are not
better represented in our collections taken all round. Of Lepidoptera we have
good representative collections of the families of butterflies containing the
larger species — the gaps being nearly all rare species found only in outlying parts
of the country. In the "Blues" {Lycaemdce) and the " Skippers " (Hesperiadoe)
we are decidedly weak. Our principal contributors have been Colonel Swinhoe,
Mr. Aitken, Lieutenant (now Colonel) Warnford and Mr. Watson in time past and
latterly Lieutenant Evans and Captain Burton. Of moths we have s very miserable
collection, except in a few genera containing large species, and they are prac-
tically all without any record of locality. Of Hymenoptera there is a fairly good
collection of ants — mainly contributed by Mr. Wroughton — but in bees and
wasps we are very weak, while of Diptsra (flies, &c.) we have practically
none whatever except the mosquitos lately contributed by Mr. Aitken and
Captain Lyston. We once had the chance of obtaining a collection of Diptera
through Mr. Wroughton, containing some 2,000 specimens, but as there was
no one to take them in hand he felt that they would only be wasted if left in our
charge and so they were sent home. This is a typical instance of what we miss
if our collections are not properly taken care of. In Coleoptera (beetles) and
all the other orders we have a lot of work before us, except in the case of the
Orthoptera and RhyncTiota, which are probably fairly representative though
not good collections. What we want most, in order to make our collections
of insects of use to members, are moths and more particularly small ones — in
fact, the smaller the better. As Mr. Young is himself working up the Ortlwp-
tera, Dragon flies, May flies, Stone flies and White Ants, any contributions
of these will be very acceptable.
Regarding the lower invertebrates, I must cut things short. We have a fair
number of both spirit and dried specimens of crustaceans and some uice corals,
which latter were named for us by Dr. Bassett Smith, but as we have been
without an officer to take charge of this department for a number of years past
there is plenty of work for anyone if we can only find the right man to take it
up.
In the botanical department we have a very complete and properly arranged
collection of the Bombay flora, presented to us by Mr. Woodrow, but of fungi,
lichens and seaweeds I believe we have none.
A geological collection has never been undertaken, although there are a
certain number of specimens stowed away in different corners. This, however,
is a department that might well be taken in hand with advantage.
In conclusion, let me again appeal to all members to do their best to get their
friends to realise what I have tried to prove to you, viz., that our museum
collections are not by any means what they ought to be, and that the only way
to hope to improve them is by finding members who will take some one
department under their special charge.
483
SYNONYMIC CATALOGUE OF THE LEP1DOPTERA
PAPILLONINA IN THE SOCIETY'S COLLECTION.
By L. C. H. Young,
Hon. Sec, Insect Section of the Bombay Natural History Society.
I believe a complete list of the Papilionina, or Butterflies, in the Society's
collection has not hitherto been published, which, I hope, will be a sufficient
justification for this paper.
We have now a fairly representative collection of the Indian region proper,
thanks to the generosity of our many correspondents, and, I think, it will be of
interest to all collecting members to know what we have and have not got.
It will be seen that we are very poorly represented in the Hesperiadse and
those forms of the Lycsenidae (the great genus Arhopala, for instance) mostly
confined to Assam and Burmah ; also that we have none of the species peculiar
to Tennasserim or the An damans. The collection has of course been limited
to the Indian Empire.
I have not recorded the localities whence the specimens came ; in many,
probably the majority of cases, they are unknown, though they can often be
inferred, and moreover it would?entail enumerating each specimen separately
which considerations of space do not justify.
In the matter of synonyms I have only thought it necessary to enumerate
those by which actual Indian specimens have been described in the majority of
cases. A statement of opinion on the more difficult subject of the relative
specific value of the various local races which have been described from
different Malayan islands of most of the widely distributed species would be
out of place here.
As regards the Indian forms I believe I have not differed much from the
general opinion of most collectors in this country.
Fam. I. Nymphalidce.
Melit-ea. Fb.
balbita. Mre.
Argynnis. Fb.
lathonia. L.
kassala. Mre.
adippe. L.
jainadeva. B. H.
aglaia. L. var. vitalha. Mre.
castetsii. Oberth.
hyberbius. Johan.
niphe. L.
argyrius, Sp.
argynnis. Drury.
tephnia. Gdt.
aruna. Mre.
childreni. Gray.
sakontala. Kull.
rudra. Mre.
Junonia. Hb.
asterie. L.
almara. Clh.
atlites. L.
laodamia. L.
lemonias. L.
aonis. Or.
hierta. Fb.
aemone. Cr.
orithyia. L.
Precis. Hb.
iphita. Cr.
intermedia. Feld.
484 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Hestina. Westw.
nama. Dbld.
Hypolimnas. Hb.
bolina. L.
auge. Cr.
jacintha. Drury.
aria. Fb.
charybdis. Bull.
misippus. L.
diocippus. Cr.
inaria. Cr.
Symbrenthia. Hb.
hippoclus. Cr.
daruha. Mre.
hypselis. Gdt.
gotinda. Mre.
sitana. de N.
Vanessa. Fb.
cardui. L.
indica. Hb.
canace. L.
chromia. Drury.
antiope. L.
urticse. L. var. Kashrairensis. Koll.
tt „ rizana. Mre.
„ ladakensis. Mre.
Cupha. Billberg.
sinha. Koll.
phalanta. Drury.
erymanthis. Drury.
placida. Mre.
ClRROCHROA. Dbld.
aoris. Dbld.
abnormis. Mre.
thais. Fb.
cognata. Mre.
Euripus. Weatw.
dichroa. Koll.
consimilis. Westw.
halitherses. Dbld.
isa. Mre.
haliartus. Feld.
Tanaecia. Butl.
lepidea. Butl.
appiades. Menetres.
Apatura. Fb.
hordonia. Stoll.
plagiosa. Mre.
sinuata. Mre.
zaida. Dbld.
marathus. Dbld.
leucothoe. L.
varmona. Mre.
andamana, ,,
nicobarica. „
disrupta. „
adana. „
meetana. „
swinhoei. Butl.
Jccssarupa. Mre.
eurymene. Butl.
ophiana. Mre.
martabana. Mre.
jumba. Mre.
perius. L.
nylas. L.
polyxena- Don.
opaliua. Koll.
mahesa. Mre.
nanga. Mre.
selenophora. Koll.
zeroca. Mre.
asura. Mre.
inarina. Butl.
asita. Mre.
cama. Mre.
procris. Cr.
anarta. Mre.
trivena. Mre.
hydaspes. Mre.
lepechini. Ersch.
ismene. Dbld.
attenuata, Mre.
nama. Dbld.
recta, de N.
francise. Gray,
teuta. Dbld.
lubentina. Cr,
CATALOGUE OF THE LEPIDOPTERA PAPILI0N1NA.
485
nais. Forst.
thyelia. Fb.
alcandra. Hb.
garuda. Mre.
vasanta. Mre.
evelina. Stol.
laudabilis. Sio.
jama. Feld.
danava. Mre.
anyta. Hew.
thyodamas. Boisd.
ganescha. Koll.
parysatis. Westw.
cambica. Mre.
LlMENITIS. Fb.
zayla. Dbld. & H.
daraxa. Dbld.
Charaxes. Ochs.
dolon. Westw.
schreiberi. Gdt.
baya. Mre.
iratti. Butl.
corax. Feld.
harpax. Feld.
agni. Mre.
athamas. Drury.
pyrrhus. Don,
hamasta. Mre.
bharsita. Feld.
agrarius. Swin.
samaiha. Mre.
aria. Feld.
fabius. Fb.
euphanes. Esp.
marraax. Westw.
hierax. Feld.
hipponax. Feld.
jalinda. Bull.
hindia. Butl.
lunawara, Butl.
aristogeiton. Feld.
desat Mre.
imna. Butl.
pleistonax. Feld.
IcMmalarcit Butl,
khasiana. Bull.
Cethosia. Fb.
cyane. Drury.
mahratta. Mre.
nietneri, Feld.
biblis. Drury.
Cynthia. Fb.
erota.cFeld.
salome. Swin.
asela. Mre.
Dolesciiallia. Feld.
polibete. Cr.
bisaltide. Mre.
prat i pa. Mre.
K all I ma. Westw.
inachis. Boisd.
huegelii. Koll.
hut tout. Mre.
limborgii. Mre.
ramsayi. Mre.
boisduvali. Mre.
athinsoni. Mre.
horsfieldii. Koll.
philarchus. Westw,
alompra. Mre.
doubledayi. Mre,
maekwoodi. Mre.
wardi. Mre.
Pseudergolis. Feld.
nicea. Gray.
dolope. Feld.
veda. Koll.
nara. Mre.
DlCHORRAGIA. Butl.
nesimachus. Boisd.
Pakthenos. Hb,
virens. Mre.
Clicrome. Westw.
arcesilaus. Fb.
camena. Hb.
leontius. Elp.
Stichophthalmia. Feld.
camadeva. Westw.
Thaumantis. Hb.
ramdeo. Mre.
486 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Enispe. Westw.
euthymius. Dbld.
Symph.edka. Hb.
dirtea, Fb.
DlSCOPHORA. Boisd.
lepida. Mre.
Melanitis. Fb.
leda. L.
ismene. Cr.
aswe. Mre.
tristis. Feld.
suryndana. Mre.
bela. Mre.
tambra. Mre.
varaha. Mre.
gokala. Mre.
duryodaraa. Feld.
zytenius. Hbst.
vamaua. Mre.
Paeeba. Dbld.
vesta. Fb.
terpsichore. Or.
issoria. Hb.
anomala. Roll.
Telchinia. Hb.
violse. Fb.
cephea. Cr.
Danais. Latr.
lynceus. Drury.
idea. Dbld.
jasonia. Westw.
agarmarschana. Fald.
hadeni. W. M. & de N.
daos. Boisd.
eudoxa. Gray.
exprompta. Butl
vulgaris. Butl.
uicobariea. W. M. & de N.
aglea. Cr.
grammica. Boisd.
ceylanica. Feld.
agleoides. Feld.
tytia. Gray.
var. melaneus. Cr.
taprobana. Feld.
nilghiriensis. Mre.
Iimniace. Cr.
Limn as. Hb.
septentrionis. Butl.
chrysippus. L.
alcippus. Cr.
dorippus. King.
genutia. Cr.
nipalensis. Mre.
hegesippu*. Cr.
aggresippus. Feld.
EUPL(EA. Fb.
rhadamanthus. Fb.
linnaji. Mre.
midamus. A net.
eoreoides. Mre.
klugii. Mre
kollari. Feld.
sinhala. Mre.
cure. Cr.
vermicidata. Fp.
subdita. Mre.
asella. Mre.
esperi. Feld.
layardi. Druce.
frauenfeldii '. Feld.
godartii. L.
alcathoe. Gdt.
doubledayi . Feld.
deione. Westw.
poeyi. Feld.
hopei. Feld.
binotata. Butl.
melanosiicta. Butl.
Fam. II. Satyridse*
Byblia. Hb.
ilithyia. Drury.
poliniee, Cr.
Ergolis. Boisd.
merione. Cr.
cortina. Hbst.
tapestrina. Mre.
taprobana. Mdst.
ariadne. L.
cory/a. Cr.
CATALOGUE OF THE LEPIDOPTERA PAPILIONINA.
487
Elymnias. Hb.
undularis. Drury.
protogonia. Cr.
vinctoria, Mre.
dhcrepans, Did.
nigrescans. Bull.
fratema. Butl.
caudata. Butl.
leucocyma Gdt.
patna. Westw.
malelas. Hetc.
Mycalesis. Hb.
blasius. Fb.
sambam Mre.
lalassist Heio.
larida, Butl.
mineus. L.
drusia. Or.
justina. Or.
cepheus. Butl.
perseus. Fb.
otrea. Or.
tabitna. Fb.
zepliyrus. Koll.
risala. Mre.
subfasciatu. Mre.
indistans. Mre.
adolphei. Guer.
oculus. Marsh,
raalsara. Mre.
nicolia. Hew.
rudis. Mre
lepcha. Mre.
lawjt, de N.
patnia. Mre.
junonia. Butl.
Orstri&na. Wall,
runeka. Mre.
mandata. Mre.
Lethe. Hb.
sinorix. Hew.
vindhia. Feld.
dolopes. Hew.
mekara. Mre.
15
chandica. Mre.
europa. Fb.
beroe. Cr.
areiiata. Butl.
dyrta. Feld.
neelgherriensis. Guer.
drypetis. Hew.
embolina. Butl.
todara. Mre.
rohria. Fb.
pura. Dbld. & H.
yama. Mre.
yamoides. Mre.
Okinoma. Dbld.
verma. Koll.
sidonis. Hew.
maitrya de N.
satricus. Dbld.
bhadra. Mre.
Ichasiana. Mre.
Amecera. Butl.
schakra. Koll.
menava. Mre.
Pararge. Hb.
cashmirensis. Mre.
Aulocera. Butl.
padma. Koll.
avatana. Mre.
swaha. Koll.
brahminus. Blanch.
weranga. Lang.
scylla. Butl.
saraswati. Koll.
Satyrus. Fb.
parisatis. Koll.
pimpla. Feld,
batriva. Mre.
digna. Marsh,
cadesia. Mre.
shandura. Mre.
anthe. Dist.
Yphthima. Hb.
philomela. Joh.
baldus. Fb.
4SS JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
lara. Don.
laroides. Horsf.
marshalli. Bull.
indecora. Mre,
avanta. Mre.
ordinata. Bull.
asterope. Klug.
sinha. Hew.
hiibneri. Kirby.
ceylanica. Hew.
chenani. Guer.
yphthimoides. Mre.
robinsoni. Dist.
sakra. Mre.
nihaea. Mre.
Epinephile. Hb.
davendra. Mre.
roxane, Mre.
pulchella. Feld
cheena. Mre.
internosita. Eisch.
Erebia, Dalm.
shallada. Lang,
rnani. de N.
scanda. Roll,
annada. Mre.
orixa. Mre.
hybrida. Butl.
Intermedia. Mre.
casiapa. Mre.
uirmala. Mre.
Fam. III. Erycinidse.
LlBYTHEA. Hb.
myrrha. Got.
rama, Mre
lepita. Mre.
Zbmbros. Boisd.
flegyas. Cr.
allica. Fb.
Taxila. Westw.
durga. Roll,
ouida Mre.
erato. Boisd.
Abisara. Feld.
neophron. Hew.
echerius. Stoll.
bifasciata. Mre
angidata. Mre.
abnormis. Mre.
suffusa. Mre.
fraterna. Mre.
prunosa. Mre.
fylla. Dbld.
Fam IV. Lycaenidse.
Hypolygvena. Feld.
elegans. Druce.
Lampides. Hb.
aelianus. Fb.
alexis. Stoll.
pura, Mre.
zeihus. Hb
JconhurJca. Mre.
agnata. Druce.
optiinis. Rub.
conferenda. Butl.
kandulana. Feld
elpis. Gdt.
cierulea. Druce.
comscans. Mre.
Jcankana. Feld.
pseudelpis. Butl.
subdita. Mre.
abdul. Dist.
bochus. Cr.
pluto. Fb.
deniocritus. Fb.
nila. Horsf.
Naciaduba. Mre.
atrata. Horsf.
turcica. Mre.
prominens. Mre.
pilumbeoinicans. W. M. & dt N.
ectiestis.
ardaies. Mre.
macrophthalma. Feld.
pactolus. W. M. ds de N.
CATALOGUE OF THE LEPIDOPTERA PAPILIONINA,
481)
Castalius. Hb.
strabo Fb.
kandarpa. Horsf.
asoha. Koll.
platissa. His.
liihargyria. Mre.
plinius. Fb.
pulcher. Bull.
rosimon. Fb.
maimon. Fb.
naxus. H/>.
clyton. Cr.
chola. Swin.
corydon. Or.
approximatus. Butl.
decidia. Hb.
hamatus. Hud.
interruptus. de N.
akasa. Horsf.
albidisca. Mre.
puspa. Horsf.
lavendularis. Mre.
singalensis. Feld.
huegelii. Mre.
LyCjENA. Fb.
boeticus. L.
archias. Cr.
damietes. Fb,
bagus. Dist.
ariana. Mre.
stoliczhana. Feld.
sutleja. Mre.
Evebes. Hb.
nyseus. Guer,
gamra. Led.
crameri. Mre.
sigillata. Butl.
uranus. Butl.
Catochrysops. Boisd.
cneius. Fb.
pandia. Koll
ella. Butl.
patalla. Koll.
contracta. Butl.
samoa. Hs.
hapalina, Butl.
theseus. Swin,
theophrastus. Fb.
psittacus. All.
ectricatux. Butl.
nara. Koll.
venoms. Mre.
callinara. Bulk
alteratus. Mre.
laius. Cr.
cams* Fb
handura. Mre.
rarunana. Mre,
brahmina. Feld.
trochilus. Frey.
putli. Koll.
parva. Murray.
isophthalma. Hs.
gnoma. Snell.
Chrysophanus. Hb.
lysirnon. Hb.
Jcarmndra. Mre.
galba. Led.
mora. Swin.
hnysna. Trim
otis. Fb.
sangra, Mre.
decreta, Butl.
indica, Murray.
lysione, Snell.
maha. Koll.
chandalla. Mre.
squalida. Butl.
diluta. Feld.
osm. Swin.
gaika. Trim.
pygmaea. Snell.
zalmora. Butl.
hylax. Dbld.
ganra. Mre.
darma. Mre.
horsfieldii . Mre.
490 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
emolus. Gdt.
balliston. Hb.
lyccenoides. Feld.
bengalensis. Mre.
loewii. Zell.
empyrea. Frey.
chamanica. Mre.
persica. Butl.
fugitiva. Butl.
yarhundensis. Mre,
kaxhgarensis. Mre.
nadira. Mrem
medon. Hufn.
agestis. Wien,
allous. Hb.
astrarche. Berg,
nazira. Butl.
idas. Low.
galathea. Blanch.
nicula, Mre.
metallica. Feld.
pavana. Koll.
panava, Westw.
kasyapa. Mre.
serlaspa. Mre.
phleas. L.
virgaurei. Scop,
timeus. Cr.
stygianus. Butl,
baralacha. Mre,
evansii. de N.
sena. Koll.
cadma, Dbld.
androcles. Dbld.
coruscans. Mre.
langii. Mre.
tarnu. Koll. var. moorei. Hew.
saphir. Blanch,
oda. Hew.
Spalgis. Mre.
epius. Westw.
Aphnaeus. Hb.
vulcanus. Fb.
etolus. Hew,
bracteatus. Butl.
tigrina. de N.
fusca. Mre.
schistacea. Mre.
hypargyrus. Butl.
ictis. Hew.
nubilus. Mre.
lunifera. Mre.
irifurcata. Mre.
elima. Mre.
leardhanm. Mre.
uniformis. Mre.
lohita. Horsf.
syama. Horsf.
peguanus. Mre.
zebrinus. Mre,
zoilus. Mre.
concanus. Mre.
lilacinus. Mre.
abnormh. Mre.
Chliakia. Mre.
othona. Hew.
eltola. Hew,
Thecla. Fb.
sassanides. Koll.
Ch^etoprocta. de N.
odata. Hew.
Zephyr us. Dalm.
sylla. Koll.
mandara. Doh.
Deudorix. Hew.
jangala. Horsf.
rarata. Mre.
wester manuii. W. M. & de N.
schistacea. Mre.
longinus, Fb,
pseudolonginus* Dbld.
melampus. Cr.
xorya. Koll.
melastigma. de N.
epijarbas. Mre.
perse. Hew.
isocrates. Fb.
pann, Don.
CATALOGUE OF TEE LEPIDOPTERA PAP1L10N1NA. 491
Zesius. Hb.
chrysomallus. Hb.
Loxura. Horsf.
atymnas. Cr.
surya. Mre.
prabha. Mre.
arcuata. Mre.
Rathinda. Mre.
amor, Fb.
triopas. Cr.
Myrina. Grdt.
sugriva. Horsf.
freia. Fb,
etolus. Fb.
amasa. Hev).
Surendra. Mre.
quercetorum. Mre.
biplagiata. Butl.
discalis. Mre.
latimago, Mre,
Curetis. Hb.
thetis. Drury.
phaedrus, Fb.
arcuata, Mre.
cesopus, Fb.
aloriosa. Mre.
f elder i. Dist.
seronis, Mre.
bulis. Dbld.
malayica. Feld.
stigmata. Mre.
angulata, Mre.
discalis. Mre.
dentata. Mre,
Arhopala. Boisd.
centaurus, Fb.
helus. Gdt.
pirama. Mre,
nahula. Feld,
perithous. Mre.
araantes. Hew.
capella. Swin.
dodonea. Mre.
asoka. de N.
chola. Mre,
adriana. de N.
fulgida. Hew.
Iraota. Mre.
maecenas. Fb.
Amblypodia. Horsf.
narada. Horsf.
taooana, Mre.
andersonii. Mre.
anita. Hew.
naradoides. Mre.
darana. Mre.
arrocana. Gesn.
Fam. V. Pie ridge.
Terias. Swainson.
laeta. Boisd.
jasgeri. Men.
venata. Mre.
vagans. Wall,
rama. Mre.
palitana. Mre.
cingala. Mre.
harina.
formosa. Wall.
libythea. Fb.
rubella. Wall,
senna, Feld.
drona. Horsf.
silhetana. Wall.
uniformis. Mre.
merguiara. Mre,
helioptina. Butl.
moorei. Butl.
hecabe. L.
hecaboides. Men.
fraterna. Mre.
patuelis. Mre.
fimbriata. Wall,
curiosa. Swin.
asphodelus. Bl.
nicobarensis. Feld.
swinhoei. Butl.
apicalis. Mre.
irregularis. Mre.
narcissus. Butl.
492 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
simulata. Aire.
templetonii. Mre.
excavata, Mre.
pureea. Mre.
simplex. Butl.
Colias. Fb.
edusa. L.
jieldii. Men.
hyale. L
eogene. Feld.
cana. Gr.
arida. Alph.
elissa. Gr.
erate. Esp.
hybrida. Gr.
nilgiriense. Mre.
leachii. Gr.
palceno. Hb.
anrithame. Gr.
GONEPTERYX. Lch.
rhamni. L.
zaneka. Mre.
Kallidryas. Boisd,
crocale. Cr.
jugurtha. Cr.
catilla. Cr.
alcmeone. Fb.
hilaria, Cr.
jugurthina. Gdt.
titania. Th.
endeer, Boisd.
phlegeus. Wall,
fiava. Butl.
pomona. Fb.
pyranthe. L.
chryseis. Drury.
nephte. Fb.
alcyone. Cr.
gnoma Fb.
evangelina. Butl.
philippina. Cr.
myra. Hbst.
lactea. Butl.
ilea. Fb.
pyrene. Swains.
thisorella. Boisd.
ftoreta, Fb.
Ixias. Hb.
marianne. Cr.
agniverna. Mre,
depalpura. Butl.
meridional'/ x. Swin .
uola. Swin.
pyrene. L.
venatrix. Wall.
erippe. Drury.
pyrenassa. Wall.
vema. Druce.
cingalensis. Mre.
andamana. Mre.
Teracolus. Hb.
faustus. Oliv.
faustinus. Feld.
aliens. Butl.
Solaris. Butl.
fulvius. Wall.
palliseri. Butl.
tripunctatus. Butl.
surya, Mre..
Calais. Cr.
amatus. Fb.
carnifer. .Butl.
hennedii. Swin.
dynamine. Khy.
modesta. Butl.
cypraius. Fb.
protractus. Butl
puellaris. Butl.
ochreipennis. Butl.
rorus. Swin,
vestalis. Butl.
dubius. Sinn.
intermissus. Butl.
pictus. Swin,
danae. Fb,
sanguinalis, Butl,
dulcis. Butl,
dims. Butl.
CATALOGUE OF THE LEPIDOPTERA PAPIL.WN1NA.
493
subroseus. Bull,
eboroides. Butl.
taplini. Swin.
inmaculatus. Swin.
eucharis. Fb.
pseudacanthe. Butl.
titea. Gdt.
etrida. Boisd.
farinus. Butl.
pallens. Butl.
punctatus. Butl.
limbatus, Butl.
purus. Butl.
bimbara. Butl.
Hebomoia. Hb.
glaucippe. L.
callirrhai. Fb.
australis. Butl.
javanensis. Butl.
lombokiana. Butl.
timoriensis. Wall,
phillipensis. Wall,
celebensis. Wall
Leptosia. Hb.
xiphia. Fb.
Piekis. Schrk.
daplidice L
napi. L.
canidia. Sp.
brassiest L.
phryne. Fb.
daphe. Mre.
pallida. Sunn,
lichenosa. Mre.
evagete. Cr.
nerissa. Fb.
zeuxippus. Or.
cassida. Fb.
coronis. Or.
copia. Mre.
nama. Mre.
amba. Wall,
andamana. Sw.
liquida. Sw.
namba. Mre.
libythea. Fb.
ares. Sw.
reteeta. Sw.
zelmyra. Cr.
olferna. Sw.
irvinii. Sw.
hippoides. Mre.
latifasciata. Mre.
taprobana. Mre.
aperta. Mre.
Prionekis.
thestylis. Dbld.
Delias. Hb.
belladonna. Fb.
hursp'eldii. Gray.
sancta. Mre.
chrysorrhea. Voll.
ithiela. Butl.
berinda. Mre.
Jiavalba. Butl.
adelma. Mitis.
boylei. Butl.
zelima. Mitis.
hearsayi. Btl.
surya. Mitis.
patrua. Leach.
amarantha. Mitis.
lativitta. Leach.
subnubilla. Leach.
eucharis. Durry.
hyparete. Fb.
epicharis. Gdt.
thysbe. Cr.
pyramus. Wall.
pasithoe. L.
por senna. Cr.
aglaia. L.
dione. Drury.
discombesi. Boisd.
oraia, Doh ,
splendida. Roths.
agostina. Hew.
mesentina. Cr.
aurota. Fb.
494 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Eronia. Hb.
hippia. Gdt.
pingasa. Aire.
Valeria. Fb.
gaea. Feld.
annais. Boug.
indica. Dbld.
avatar. Mre.
Fam. VI. Papilionidae.
Pabnassius. Gm.
jacquemontii. Boisd.
himalayensis. Elw.
chiiralensis. Mre.
impunctata. Bull.
nirius. Mre.
epaphus. Ober.
hardwickii. Gray.
charino. Gray,
Leptocekcus. Swain,
curius. Fb.
meges. Z-S.
virescens. Bud.
Armandia. Blanch.
lidderdalii. Atk.
Teinopalpus. Hope,
iraperialis. Hope.
parryice. Hope.
himalaicus. Roth.
imperatrix. de N.
Papilio. L.
agetes. Westw.
glycerion. Gray.
paphus. de N.
mandarinus. Roth.
sikkima. Hew.
assamensis. Hew,
alcibiades. Fb.
antiphates. Boisd.
pompilius. Fb.
epaminondas. Elw,
naira. Mrej
nebulosus. Butl.
laestrygonum. W-M.
nomius. Esp.
meges. Hb.
niamus. Gdt.
pernomius. Fyhst.
orestes. Fb.
machaon. L.
siklrimensis. Mre.
asiatica. Mre.
ladakemis. Mre.
demolius. L.
erythonms. Cr.
sarpedon. L.
demophon. L.
teredon. Feld.
thermodasa. Swin.
jason. L.
telephus. Mre.
axion. Feld,.
chiron. Wall.
aeheron. Mre.
doson. Mre.
eurypylus. Hb.
bathycles. Elw.
mecisteus. Dist.
agamemnon. L.
dorylas. S.
aegistus. Cr.
polictor. Boisd.
peeroza. Mre.
ganesa. Dbld.
triumphator. Fruhst
significans. Fruhst.
paris. L.
tamilana. Mre.
buddha. Westw.
crino. Fb.
montanus. Mre.
demolion. Cr.
cresphontes. Hb.
helenus. L.
daksha. Mre.
mooreanus. Roth.
isnara. white.
chaon. Westw.
prexaspes. Feld.
CATALOGUE OF THE LEPIDOPTERA PAPILI0N1NA. 495
pammon. L.
polytes. L.
romulus. Cr.
cyrus. Fb.
astyauax. Fb.
mutius. Fb.
stichius. HL.
nicobarus. Feld.
■ceyJ>anicus. Feld.
aristolochite. Fb.
pulydorus. Cr.
diphilus. Esp.
hector. L.
philoxenus. Gray.
pobjeuctes. DbkL
dasarada. Aire.
agenor. L.
androgeos. Cr.
alcanor. Cr.
mestor. Hb.
esperi. Bull.
phcenix. Dint.
■cilix. Dist.
protonor. Cr.
laomedon. Fb.
rhetenor. Westw.
icarius. Westw.
alcmenor. Feld.
astorion. Westw.
itara. Westw.
varima. Aire.
polymnestor. Cr.
parinda. lire.
rhadamanthus. Boisd.
aeacus. Feld.
minos. Cr.
pompeius. W-M.
darsius. Gray.
amphimedou. Dbld.
cerberus. Feld,
pompeius. Aire.
snahadeva. Mre.
dravidarum. JF-M.
abrisa. Kby.
16
clytea. L.
dissimilis. L.
■echidna, de H.
panope. L.
casyapa. Aire.
onpapa. Aire,
papone. Westw.
maoareus. Gdt.
sti-iatus. ZS.
xeuocles. Gray.
agestor. Gray.
govindra. Aire.
gopala. Aire.
fam. VII. Hesperiadce.
Pamphila. Fb.
comma. L.
v. dimila. de N.
augias. L.
dara. Koll.
maesa. Aire.
maesoides. Butl.
pseudomaesa. Aire.
Taractrocera. Butl.
msevius. Fb.
sag<ara. Aire.
ceramus. Hew.
v. nicevillei. Wats.
Ampittia. Mre.
ruaro. Fb.
camertes. Hew.
v. maroides, de N.
Kerana. Dist.
diodes. Mre.
ASTICTOPTERUS. Feld.
septentrionum. W. M. & de N,
Atrytone. Sc.
feisthamelii. Boisd.
curvifascia. Feld.
alysos. Aire.
albi/ascia. Aire.
restricta. Aire.
folus, Cr.
496 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Parnara. Mre.
mathias. Fb.
thrax. Led.
agna. Mre.
chaya. Mre.
mencia. Mre.
guttatns. Br. & Gr.
fortunei. Feld.
mangala. Mre.
bada. Mre.
conjuncta. H-3.
narooa. Mre.
Scobura. Elw. & Ed.
vindhiana. Mre.
nilgiriana. Mre.
modesta, Mre,
Gangara. Mre.
thyrsis. Fb,
Aeromachus. de N.
dubius. Elw. & Ed.
Iambrix. Wats.
salsala. Mre.
Suastus. Mre.
gremius. Fb.
subgrisea. Mre.
Caprona. Watt,
ransonnetti. Feld.
taylorii. de N.
sura. Mre.
angulata. Feld.
Cel;enorrhinus. Hb.
ambaressa. Mre.
flavocincta. de N,
COLADENIA. Mro.
indrani. Mre.
r. tissa. Mre.
dan. Fb.
eacus. Lati.
agni. de N.
r.fatih. Koll.
Tagiades. Hb.
atticus. Fb.
calligana Butl.
obscurus. Mab.
distans. Mre.
alica. Mre.
meetana. Mre.
Sarangesa. Mre.
purendra. Mre.
r. sati, de N.
dasahara. Mre.
r. alb/cilia. Mre.
Hesperia. Fb.
galba. Fb.
superna. Mre.
evanidus. Butl.
zebra. Butl.
hellas. de N.
lavaterae. Esp.
alcece. Exp.
dravira. Mre.
swinhai. Wats.
aUhece, lib.
Badamia. Mre.
exclamationis. Fb.
liulon, Cr,
thymbron. Feld.
HASORA. Mre.
chromus. Cr.
alexis. Mre.
Ismene. Swains,
jaina. Mre.
fergusonii. de N.
Note. — The following species— all to be found in the Peninsular area, that is to say, India,
south of the Indo-Gangetic plain, or in Ceylon — are among those of which we are most anxious
tc obtain specimens for the Society's Museum : —
Apatura viraja. Mre. Discorhora Iepida. Mre.
„ kamarupa. Mre. „ indica. Mre.
CATALOGUE OF THE LEPIDOPTERA PAPILIONINA. 497
Erebia saitis. Hew. Papilio demolion. Cr.
Camena cippus. Feb. r. liomedon. Mre.
„ cleobis. Gelt. „ jophon. Gray.
„ deva. Mre. r. pandgana. Mre,
Pieris neombo. Boisd. mahadeva. Mre.
„ wardil. Mre. r. dravidarum. W-M.
We may say also that we shall be very grateful for all Hesperiadas, as the Society's
collection, besides being small and unrepresentative, consists for the most part of very poor
specimens; also that we cannot have too many specimens of those genera in which (he true
specific distinctions are still doubtful, e.g., Yphthima, the " puspa " section of Castalius
Nacaduba, the Catophaga section of Pieris, and the genus Aphnanis.
498
FURTHER NOTES ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF INDIAN
BUTTERFLIES.
By L. C. H. Young.
(1) With reference to the note on page 299 of this volume, Col.
Bingham has called mv attention to the foot that zayla Dbld. and daraxa
Dbld. have both hairy eyes, and are therefore true Limenitis. This is
the case, and I do not know how I came to make the mistake.
(2) AtElla. The position given to this genus is also a mistake, the
antennre being wrongly described. I am inclined to merge the genus
in Cupha.
(3) There are a number of Lycamids not. provided for in the table
published, although well distributed, if not common, in the Indian region.
These the late Mr. de Niceville classified under the genera Arrhevop-
teryx, Maneca, Mota, Drina, Zinaspa and Camena. I think they should
all be included in one — Camena — a genus closely allied to Deudorix, but
separable from it by all the species having simple eyes. In Deitdorix
they are hairy.
(4) In the former paper the various species grouped by Mr. Moore
In his sub-family Danainaj were separated into two genera — Hestia and
Danais — by the presence or absence of anastomosis of veins 11 and 12 in
the F. W. The distinction, however, is not satisfactory, as the structure of
these two veins is different in practically every species concerned ; and if
their close alliance in other respects be admitted, the character is evidently
not sufficiently constant to justify its being used for generic purposes.
A more natural classification will be as follows ; —
* J . Apex of prsecostal nervure of H. W. curved backwards
or bifurcating, so as to form a more or less complete
praecostal cell Euplcf.a,
Apex of prsecostal nervnre bent forwards, simple 2
2. £ Anterior tibise and tarsi clothed with long hairlike scales. Limnas.
g Anterior tibiae and tarsi clothed with short apprcssed scales
and generally fringed with thinly scattered long hairs ... Danais.
* Mr. Moore apparently by a clerical error states the exact
reverse to be the case.
499
A LIST OF TRAVANCORE BATRACHIANS.
By H. S. Ferguson, F.L.S.
With Plates A, B & C.
(Redd before the Bombay Natural History Society
on 21st January 1904.)
There have been so far thirty-four species of Batrachians described
as occurring in Travanoore, three of which have not been found else-
where as yet. They are Rana aurantiaca, Ixalvs travancoricus and
Bufo fergusonii. These have been described by Mr. G. A. Boulenger
in the pages of this journal, and I have to record my grateful thanks
to him for the kindly help and invaluable advice he has given to me
for many years in the study of this class. Of the thirty-four species,
fourteen are found in the low country, and it has been possible to as-
certain the life history and development of twelve of these. They are
Rana hexadactyla, R. cyanopJdictis, R. tigrina, R. limnocliaris, R.
breviceps, Rhacophorus malabaricus^ R. maculatus, MicroltyJa rubra.
M. ornata, CaUula obscura, Cacopus systoma and Bvfo melanost ictus.
Of these the tadpole of Rana cyanophlictis has been described by Dr.
J. Anderson in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society for 1895, page
660. Those of Bvfo melanostictus, Rana tigrina and Microhyla ornata
have been described by Captain S. S. Flower in the same Proceedings
for 1896, page 911, and 1899, pp. 892 and 902 respectively. The tad-
poles of the remaining eight species have not, I believe, been hitherto
described. I tried on several occasions to collect and keep the tadpoles
of those frogs and toads found only on the hills; but they would not
bear transport to the low country, and invariably died. As I was un-
able to study them on the hills, and to watch their development on the
spot, I have been reluctantly compelled to give up the attempt to get
at the life history of the hill forms. In noting the development of
the low-country ones and in describing the tadpoles I have been greatly
assisted by the museum preparator, Mr. Shankara Narayana Pillay,
and by the museum draughtsman, Mr. C. S. Mudaliar, who has drawn
all the diagrams. The measurements and descriptions have been taken
from live specimens.
500 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. Xf .
ORDER: ECAUDATA.
Series : FirmisternIa.
Family : Ranid^e.
1. Rana he.radactyla. — This frog is common in the tanks and pond*
round about Trevandrum. It is thoroughly aquatic and seems rarely to-
leave the water. The breeding season appears to last from July to
September. I have only had the tadpoles brought to me and have
not seen the eggs.
Tadpoles. — Length of body two and one-third times its width, about
half the length of the tail. Nostrils much nearer the end of the snout
than the eye. Eyes on the side of the head, a little nearer to the
spiraoulum than to the end of the snout. Distance between the eyes
twice that between the nostrils, more than twice the width of the
mouth. Spiraoulum on the left side directed backwards and upwards,
situated nearer the anus than to the end of the snout, visible above
and below. Anal opening on the middle line through a transparent
tube carried well back beneath the tail.
Tail. — Length three and a half times its depth, very acutely pointed,
tipper crest as deep as the lower. Depth of the muscular portion
half the total depth.
Mouth. — Beak horny, black on the edges, paler interiorly. Upper lip
with one row of teeth on the edge ; lower lip with two uninterrupted
rows of teeth, the lower of which is on the edge. Papilla on the
sides of the lips.
Colour (in life), — Olive green, paler at the sides, with some silvery
marks near the eye. Abdomen white, opaque behind, transparent with
silvery dots on forepart. Tail pinkish olive, mottled and spotted with
light brown. Length of bodv 1G mm. Length of tail 31 mm. Breadth
of body 7 mm ; depth of tail 9 mm. Toes completely webbed. The
tadpoles ara vegetable feeders in all stages, but as soon as the transforma-
tion is complete they become carnivorous.
2. Rana cyanophlictis. — This is one of the commonest and most
abundant of frogs. Numbers may be 7net with at any time of the year
on the borders of tanks and ponds, or floating on the surface of the water.
When disturbed on the banks they jump into the water and skim along
the top of it in a succession of leaps for ten or twelve yards. They
can do this oven when floating, but only for a yard or two. I agree
with Captain Flower that Rana tigrina has not this habit but invariably
Journal Bombay Nat. Hist. See
PLATE A .
K
***^. h. .>-tti M*"*^
4. B
TRAVANGQRE BATRACHIANS
I- CALLULA OBSCURA
3. RANA UMIMOCHARSS
2. RANA HEXADACTYLA
4. MICROMYLA RUBRA
A, P. CORTEZ & CO. LITH. BOMB.
C. 8. MUDALIAR DEL
JourQal Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc
PLATE B.
,«ffisS
• :' ' r
3m
''MiMmii&i^^Hlj^® »ii..iJ^i>-i'* /
^*i
-■>.■-.
gggSSSSSi
tJ,,n,n,^-W^Hmmf(>^
fffite
rff ' „„„„,,— '<"" "h ^„„. •'%
X
/ ft* ^^""■""">'"^"""!"^n, - '«>. \
tr-J :■:■.
ki
v^k--^ ..jgm
mm v
" '"••;.•..:.„
'"""" ••
j .■,«•»'
*"""'
:?^s^
TRAVANCORE BATRACHIANS
1- RAMA BREVICEPS
2. CACOPUS SYSTOMA
3. RHACOPHORUS MALABAKICUS
4 RHACOPHORUS MACULATUS
A. P. COFiTEZ & CO. LITH. ilOMB.
C. S. MUDALIAR OEL
Journal Bombay Nat. Jiist. Soc \ .
PLATE C.
/■■•■
•. ! ■ y & , >
*SJP£
%
km,
J? ■ 1
l'x
^v
i ■ as
■ , •:« /J 1 *J ■■ •■
■ -fa
2®y
':
At
''V
TRAVANCORE BATRACHIANS
SPAWN OF RHACOPKORUS MALABARICUS
A. P. CORTEZ 4 CO. LITH. BOMB.
C. S. MUDALIAR DEL
A LIST OF TRAVANCORE BATRACIIIANS. 501
dives If disturbed either on the bank or wben floating ; and I have
never seen Rana hexadadyla perform in this way.
The tadpole has been described by Dr. J. Anderson. It varies much
in size and I have always obtained the largest specimens here from ponds
near the sea. In his description Dr. Anderson gives the anus as direct-
ed to the right. I have found it to be on the median line. The breeding-
season seems to last throughout both monsoons, as tadpoles may bo found
any time between June and November. The embrace is axillary, the
hands of the male holding the female, which is much the larger, with the
hands well dug into the axils. The eggs are deposited in paddy fields
and ponds in a mass of frothy secretion. Toes of tadpoles webbed to the
tips. The tadpoles feed both on water weed and on flesh.
3. Rana verrucosa. — I have found specimens of this frog in running
water at an elevation of four thousand feet on the hills, and on one
occasion obtained one in Trevandrum, but this appears to have been an
exceptional occurrence.
4. Rana tigrina. — This fine bull-frog is very common throughout
the low country. It is a regular cannibal and feeds readily on the young
of its own species. In captivity it will eat raw meat and on one occasion
a specimen seven inches long ate another which was hardly less in size.
The breeding season begins as soon as the rains set in in May. The
embrace is axillary, the hands of the male clasp the female just
above, but not in the arm pits. The eggs are deposited in a frothy
mass.
The tadpole has been described by Capt. Flower, but in his description
of the mouth he has omitted to mention that in the mucous membrane of
the upper jaw behind the beak and separated from it. there is a black
heart-3haped horny area which can be seen when the mouth is well
opened, also that there are similar but smaller areas at the angles of the
mouth in the upper jaw. Toes nearly entirely webbed. Tadpoles are
carnivorous. The variety ceylanica with a long inner metatarsal tubercle
also occurs.
5. Rana limnocharis. — This is common thronghont the low country.
especially in paddy fields, and a variety hrevipalmafa is found on the
hills. Capt. Flower says that at Singapore " it does not attempt to
escape by jumping into the water, but even if touched, squats down closo
so is easily caught. The individuals I met at Chumar had this habit,
but elsewhere, at Taiping, Bangkok, &c, I have found them very agile
502 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
and difficult to snare." I have not met with any of these supine in-
dividuals, but those I have seen have been invariably agile and anxious
to esGape capture.
Tadpoles may be found throughout July. Length of body two and
a half times its breadth, not quite half the length of the tail. Nostrils a
little nearer the end of the snout than the eye. Eyes on the sides of the
head equally distant from the end of the snout and the spiraculum.
Distance between the eyes twice that between the nostrils, three times
the width of tha mouth. Spiraculum on the left side, directed straight
backwards, situated nearer the anus than the end of the snout, visible
above and below, anal opening on the middle line.
Tail. — Length three and a half times its depth, obtusely pointed. Up-
per crest nearly twice as deep as the lower. Depth of muscular portion
more than half the total depth.
Mouth. — Beak black and horny. Upper lip with one row of teeth on
the edge. Lower lip with two uninterrupted rows of teeth within, the
lower of which is about half the length of the upper. Papillae moderate
in size, present both on the sides and below.
Colour (in life). — Body pinkish-brown, paler at the sides with dark-
brown markings, abdomen dull-white, chin more or less transparent.
Tail lighter than the body with reddish-brown markings through-
out.
Length of body, 12 mm. Length of tail 25 mm. Breadth of body
5 mm. Depth of tail 7 mm. Toes half-webbed.
The tadpoles are vegetable feeders in all stages.
6. Rana breviceps. — Fairly common in the low country. No
specimens received from the hills.
Tadpoles.— Length of body one and three quarters its breadth, about
half the length of the tail. Nostrils a little nearer the end of the
snout than the eye. Eyes on the upper surface of the head, nearer the
end of the snout than the spiraculum. Distance between the eyes one
and a quarter that between the nostrils, equal to the width of the
mouth. Spiraculum on the left side directed backwards and upwards,
situated nearer the end of the snout than the anus, visible above and
below. Anal opening on the middle line.
Tail. — Length a little more than four times the depth, acutely pointed.
Upper crest nearly twice as deep as the lower. Depth of muscular
portion half the total depth.
A LIST OF TRAVANCORE BATRACHIANS. 503
Mouth. — Beak black, horny, upper mandible with a blunt tooth-
like prominence in the middle, lower finely serrated. Two rows of teeth
within the upper lip, the lower of which is interrupted. Three rows of
teeth within the lower lip, the outermost short, less than half the
length of the middle row, which again is shorter than the upper. Short
fleshy papillae present on the sides.
Colour (in life). — Body above pinkish-brown with dark-brown spots
and markings. Below greyish-white with some fine brown markings.
Tail rather lighter with large dark-brown blotches, which are more
numerous towards the end.
Length of body 14 mm. Length of tail 27 mm. Breadth of body
8 mm. Depth of tail 6 mm. Toes half- webbed.
7. Rana beddomii.— This little frog is only found in forest and usually
only on the hills, but on one occasion one was found at Bombayum
about ten miles from Trevandrum in the low country.
8. Rana curtipes. — A single specimen of this frog was taken at
Pirmerd at an elevation of 3,000 feet.
9. Rana temporalis. — This is only found on the hills at considerable
elevations. Specimens have been found at Pirmerd in Central Travan-
core and at Ponmudi in the south, at about 2,500 ft. elevation.
10. Rana aurantiaca. — A single specimen of this very pretty frog
was found in Trevandrum by the museum collector in a bush. It has
been described by Mr. Boulenger.
11. Micrixalus opisthorhodus. — Several specimens of this little frog
I obtained at an elevation of 3,000 feet in a mountain stream at
Chimanji in South Travancore in May. I caught several tadpoles in
various stages from the same pool, but unfortunately they were placed
in spirit too weak to preserve them, and the teeth were more or less
rubbed away, so it was impossible to describe them.
12. Micrixalus fuscus. — A few specimens of this were obtained at
different times from the same locality as the last.
13. Nyctibatrachus major. — This has been obtained only at Pirmerd.
14. Rhacophorus malabaricus. — This is a common frog in the low
country and some times enters houses. I have often found it taking up
its abode in a hanging fern basket or in an orchid pan. The breeding
season lasts from June to November and tadpoles may be found in all
stages between these months. The female makes a nest, usually in the
neighbourhood of a pool of water. It is formed of a white frothy secre-
17
504 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol XV-
tion and is attached to the leaves of a tree or shrub overhanging the pool
or close to it. Within twenty-four hours the outbide of the nest attains a
parchment-like consistency and becomes brownish in colour. The eggs
are within and the tadpoles hatch out from them and feed in the
nest until the external gills are absorbed. They then drop out of the
bottom of the nest, and if they do not at once fall into the water they find
their way to it by wriggling along. Sometimes before the outside of the
nest has hardened, a species of blow-fly lays eggs in it and the maggots
feed on the frogs' eggs and pass their papa stage in the nest. The tad-
poles are carnivorous from the time they reach the water.
Tadpoles. — Length of body twice its breadth, more than half the length
of the tail. Nostrils equidistant from the eyes and the end of the snout.
Eyes on the upper surface, situated nearer the spiraculum than the end
of the snout. The space between the eyes more than once and two-
fifths that between the nostrils, equal to the width of the mouth. Spir-
aculum on the left side directed backwards and upwards equidstant from
the anus and the end of the snout, visible from above and below. Anal
opening on the right when the legs first appear, m later stages on the
middle line.
Tail. — Length more than three times the depth, which again is deeper
than the body. The muscular portion is less than half the total depth.
Mouth. — Beak black, slightly serrated. Seven or eight rows of teeth
on the upper lip, the first of which is on the edge. The first two rows
are continuous, the third is narrowly interrupted in the middle, the re-
mainder are broadly interrupted by the beak. There are three uninter-
rupted rows of teeth in the lower lip. Fleshy papillse on the sides.
Colour (in life). — Body purple closely dotted with dark-brown, tail
lighter. Length of body 16 mm., length of tail 26 mm., breadth of
body 8 mm., depth of tail 7 mm. The tadpoles are carnivorous. The
toes are nearly entirely webbed.
15. Rliacopliotus maculatus. — The " Chunam Frog " is very com-
mon in the low country and often enters houses. It is very fond of sit-
ting in the Venetians of a door or window during the day and coming
out at night to feed. It has a remarkable power of changing its colour
to suit its surroundings. The breeding season lasts from June to Nov-
ember. The eggs are placed in pools in paddy fields or in ponds in a
more or less rounded mass of frothy secretion. The basin of the
fountain in the public gardens is a favourite breeding place. Sometimes
A LIST OF TRAV ANCORE BATRACHIANS. 505
the egg mass is allowed to float free, sometimes it is fastened to the sides
of the basin and sometimes it is placed on the edges clear of the water.
Tadpoles. — Length of body twice its breadth, more than half the
length of the tail. Nostrils nearer the end of the snout than the eye.
Eyes on the sides of the head a little nearer to the spiraculmn than to
the end of the snout. The distance between the eyes twice that between
the nostrils and twice the width of the mouth. Spiraculum on the left
side directed backwards and upwards, and nearer the anus than the end
of the snout, not prominent. Anus on the right.
Tail. — Length more than three times its depth, acutely pointed, lower
crest deeper than the upper, the anterior portion extending a little beyond
the origin of the legs, muscular portion more than half the total depth.
Mouth. — Beak black, the upper mandible having a median tooth-like
prominence, edges of both smooth, upper lip with four rows of teeth
within it, the first "continuous, the remaining three broadly interrupted
by the beak. Lower lip with three uninterrupted rows of teeth. Papilla;
absent.
Colour. — Body upper parts light yellowish green with light-brown
markings, tail light pinkish. Under parts white. Caudal crests upper,
grey dotted anteriorly with fine brown markings, lower crest immaculate.
The tadpoles are carnivorous. Toes more than half webbed, length of
body 16 mm., length of tail 33 mm. Breadth of body 8 mm. Depth
of tail 10 mm.
16. Lvalus leucorhinus. — This little frog has only been sent to me
from Pirmerd.
17. Ixalus beddomii. — Only found on the high range in the north
and at the summits of the hills in the south.
18. Ixalus variabilis. — I have only taken this frog in a swamp at
Chimanji at an elevation of 3,000 feet.
19. Ixalus chalazodes. — I have not come across any specimens of
this, but as it is recorded from Travancore I include it in my list.
20. Ixalus glandulosus. — Fairly common about Pirmerd.
21. Ixalus travancoricus. — The type of this was taken at Body-
naikanur on the high range and was described by Mr. Boulenger in
Vol. VI., p. 450, of this journal.
Family. — Engystomatidce.
22. Melanobatrachus indicus. — This frog is recorded from Travancore
and the Anaimalai Hills, but I have not come across it personally,
506 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
23. Microhyla rubra.— This little frog is fairly common in the low
country, but not easy to find, as it is strictly nocturnal. The breeding
season lasts from June to November. The eggs are found floating in
flat transparent masses ; each egg is hexagonal and has a diameter of
5 mm.
Tadpoles. — Length of the body about one and a half times its breadth,
less than half the length of the tail. Nostrils placed close together on
the upper surface of the head, nearer the eye than the end of the snout.
Eyes on the sides of the head, nearer to the end of the snout than to the
spiraculum. Distance between the eyes six times that between the nostrils,
two and a half times the width of the mouth. Spiraculum on the middle
line opening into a transparent sheath of skin directed downwards and
backwards close to the anus, which also opens in the middle line in the
lower edge of the subcaudal crest.
Tail. — Length four times its depth, very acutely pointed. Lower
crest twice as deep as the upper. Depth of the muscular portion more
than half the total depth.
Mouth. — This has neither horny beak, labial teeth nor papillae. The
lower lip is contractile, and as Capt. Flower describes it, is continually
expanding and contracting.
Colour (in life). — Body almost transparent, above reddish pink with
very fine dark-brown spots, only visible as such with a lens. These
form dark marks over the eyes and nostrils, and they also form a more
or less diamond-shaped figure on the back. Both the crests are densely
spotted towards the end. Length of body 11. Length of tail 25.
Breadth of body 8 mm. Depth of tail 6. Toes at first completely webbed.
24. Microhyla ornata. — Like the last this frog is nocturnal, and
during the day may be founl hidden under leaves or stones. It is
fairly common in Trevandrnm, and tadpoles may be found in June and
July. They have been described by Capt. Flower. The eggs are laid in
flat transparent masses. They are irregularly shaped and considerably
smaller than those of Microhyla rubra, having a diameter of 2 mm.
only. Toes at first completely webbed.
25. Callula obscura. — Of the habits of this little frog I can say little
except that they are nocturnal. I have not found it on the hills. One
specimen I found in the tin pot of a putting hole on the Residency
links. I have only lately obtained the tadpoles in the month of July.
A LIST OF TRAVANCORE BATRACHIANS. 50?
Tadpoles. — Length of body one and a half times its breadth, more
than half the length of the tail. Nostrils inconspicuous, situated
nearer the eye than the end of the snout. Eyes on the sides of the
head, nearer to the end of the snout than to the spiracnlum. Distance
between the eyes more than four times that between the nostrils, more
than half the width of the mouth. Spiracnlum on the median line
directed backwards and downwards, situated nearer the anus than the
end of the snout. Anal opening on the middle line.
Tail. — Length more than twice the depth. Obstusely pointed.
Upper crest about as deep as the lower. Depth of muscular portion less
than half the total depth.
Mouth. — No hard beak, teeth nor papillse.
The lower lip is more or less contractile.
Colour (in life). — Body above greenish-brown, mottled with darker
brown, sides and underparts paler and without markings. Tail pinkish
spotted with brown. Crests transparent, spotted with minute brown
specks.
Length of body 18 mm., of tail 27, breadth of body 12 mm., depth of
tail 9, toes about one-third, webbed.
26. Callula triangularis. — I have only obtained this at Cbimanji
at an elevation of 3,000 feet under stones and logs. I know nothing of
its habits.
27. Cacopus systoma. — This burrowing frog is fairly common in
the low country, but not much in evidence, as it is entirely nocturnal.
The breeding season is in June and July. The eggs are globular and
are placed in large irregular masses, which may be found floating in the
paddy fields. As development progresses, the eggs sink.
Tadpoles. — Length of the body nearly one and a half times its breadth,
more than half the length of the tail. Nostrils nearer the eye than the
end of the snout. Eyes on the sides of the head nearer the end of the
snout than the spiraculum. Distance between the eyes five times that
between the nostrils, two and a half times the width of the mouth. Spira-
culum on the median line directed downwards and backwards, situated
close to and in front of the anus, which also opens in the middle line.
Tail. — Length three and a half times its depth, acutely pointed.
Upper crest about as deep as the lower. Depth of the muscular
portion less than half the total depth.
508 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV .
Mouth. — No bard beak, teeth nor papillae.
Both upper and lower lips simple.
Colour (in life). — Body above greenish-brown, the sides lighter, mottled
with white passing into greyish white below. Tail greenish-brown with
darker markings. Upper crest edged with white, interrupted more or
less by the dark markings. The white edge is more conspicuous on the
lower crest and is continuous for the first two-thirds of its length.
Length of body 10 mm., length of tail 17 mm., breadth of body
7 mm., depth of tail 5 mm., toes slightly webbed. It is difficult to ?ay
on what the tadpoles of the Engystomatidse feed, unprovided as they are
with teeth. Their mouths are continually expanding and contracting,
and I conclude that they must take in infusoria. They do not appear
to search for these on water weed, but in captivity they float about in
the jar in an aimless sort of way. The transparent tadpoles of the
oenus Microhyla are very delicate and are most difficult to rear. Those
of Callula obscura and Cacopus systoma are not so delicate. They can
be at once recognised by the spiraculum opening through a more or
less transparent sheath just in front of the anal opening. Captain Flower
has already pointed out that " the remarkable feature of the tadpoles"
of Microhyla ornata is " that the hind feet are for a time completely
webbed, the web is very fine and colourless ; when the young frogs
leave the water this web disappears." This is true also of the tadpoles of
Microhyla rubra except that the web does not almost entirely disappear
as in M. ornata, but persists for about a third of the length of the toes.
Series : Arcifera.
Family : Bufontd^E.
28. Bufo beddomei. — This little toad has been recorded from the
Travancore hills by Col. Beddome. I have not come across it.
29. Bufo melanostictus. — This is a very common toad both on the
hills and in the low country. Small specimens are very fond of taking up
their abode underneath the edges of the matting in rooms on the ground
floor whence they come out at dusk. The breeding season begins as
soon as the first showers set in in May and lasts through June. The
embrace is axillary. I have nothing to add to Capt. Flower's descrip-
tion of the tadpoles.
30. Bufo parietalis. — This fine toad«is confined to the hills where it
may be met with up to 3,000 feet.
A LIST OF TRAVANCORE BATRACHTANS. 509
31. Bufo fergusonii. — The type of this species was found in a hole
in the parade ground in Trevandrum and was described by Mr. Boulen-
ger in this journal (Vol. VII, p. 317) ; since then I have secured many
specimens. A favourite place for them is in white- ants' nests. They
are very slow in their movements and run oftener than hop. In
captivity they do not seem to be at all put out by being handled. I
have not as yet found the tadpoles.
ORDER : APODA.
Family : CcBciliidoR.
32. Icthjophis glutinosus. — Fairly common on the hills. I have
not found either eggs or young.
33. Urceotyphlus oxyunis. — A single specimen of this was taken at
Ponmudi at an elevation of 2,500 feet.
34. Gegenophis carnosus. — A single specimen taken at Kallaar at
the foot of the hills at about 500 feet elevation.
510
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES.
No. I —NOTES ON THE BREEDING OF CERTAIN BIRDS NEAR
DARJEELING.
101. Grammatoptila striata. — This is one of the commonest of the laugh-
ing thrushes in this district. It frequents high forest, chiefly from 5 to
7,000 feet, and is found sometimes in pairs, but more often in parties, which keep
more to the crowns of the trees than most of their allies. They are very
noisy birds, with a variety of more or less' discordant calls.
• I found a nest of this species on the 7th June in a dense thicket
of oak and symplocos poles and saplings in a lofty forest at about
6,500 feet.
The nest was in a fork near the top of a sapling of the latter species, about
10 feet from the ground. It is a somewhat neat but massive structure made
of moss with a few bents, and lined first with twigs and then with a layer of thin
brown roots.
It measures 7" in external diameter and 6" in height, the cavity being 3|"
across and 2£" deep.
The eggs, two in number, were slightly incubated. They are of a uniform
rather pale, blue and fairly glossy.
They measure l'28"x-91" and 1-26" x#90" respectively.
182. Sittiparus castanelceps. — These little birds are common in the forests
from 6,000 to 8,000 feet in these hills. They hunt in parties together with
various species of Cryptolopha, Phylloscopus, Abrornis, &c.
The name Sittiparus (or better still Certhiparus proposed by Hodgson) is most
appropriate, for in addition to their tit-like habits they frequently climb upon the
vertical trunks of trees, clinging to the bark or moss, and searching every cranny
or crevice for insects.
I found a nest of this species on the 25th May at about 6,500 feet on Mt.
Tonghe. It was built up against the moss-covered trunk of a tree, 9 feet from
the ground. It was domed and roughly spherical (not cup-shaped as described
in the Fauna of B. I.), 6" in diameter, and composed externally of moss
followed by a layer of dry bamboo leaves and lined scantily with black hair-like
rhizomorph.
This latter substance, which is often mistaken for hair or black roots, is really
the mycelium of a fungus, which hangs down from the branches of trees in
damp shady jungle in the form of long thin strands which are tough, black and
shiny.
It is used by many kinds of birds, e.g. Liothrix lutea, &c, as a lining for
their nests, often to the exclusion of all other substances.
The nest contained 4 rather hard-set eggs, broad ovals, white, blotched and
speckled, in a dense, dark ring towards the large end, with two shades of brown,
and some underlying pale purplish-black markings.
The measurements of the 4 eggs gave a mean of '70"X*55".
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 511
197. DYymochares cruralis. — This bird is not uncommon in the dense mossy
forests from 6 to 8,000 feet. It has a pretty, short song of a few notes, which,
however, end up harshly.
I found 7 nests of this species this year between the 15th June and 15th July.
They were all domed structures composed entirely of moss lined with fine
roots with a large opening, about 2'' to 2£" across, on one side.
They were all built up against the vertical face of a moss-covered rock or
tree trunk, the nest being so neatly incorporated into the mossy covering of
the rock or tree that it was almost impossible to say where the nest began and
where it ended. The entrance to the nest is often parallel to the face of the rock
or tree and is so artfully concealed that the presence of a nest is rarely suspected
until betrayed by the exit of the parent bird.
I much doubt whether this species ever builds a " shallow cup-shaped nest in
brushwood " as described in " Nests and Eggs," by Oates.
The full complement of eggs is 3, though only 2 are sometimes laid.
They are long ovals, pure white, with a slight gloss.
The mean of the measurements of 15 eggs gave •90"x,64".
201. 1'esia cyaniventris. — This species is common up to 7,000 feet in
summer, where it breeds, retiring to the warm valleys in winter. It is a great
skulker, resembling the next species in its general habits.
It has a very loud short song of about half-a-dozen notes which it utters at
intervals, chiefly in the spring.
I found two nests at 6,500 feet and 7,000 feet on the 5th June and 5th July
respectively. They were placed in low brushwood in rather open high forttt
about 1 foot from the ground, and were entirely made of moss and moss roots,
being domed 7" high and 5" wide and lined with a compact pad of fine moss.
The entrance is a circular hole near the top, l£" in diameter.
The eggs, 3 in one case and 4 in the other, are long ovals pale-pinkish, spotted
and freckled all over, but especially at the large end, with bright chestnut in one
clutch and dull brick-red in the other.
The measurements of 7 eggs give a mean of '71" x "50".
202. Oligura castanei coronata. — This pretty little bird has, like Tesia, the
habits of a wren, and frequents brushwood under high forest, rarely ascending
more than a few feet above the ground. It is common in the neighbourhood
of Darjeeling at all elevations up to 8,000 feet, according to season, and breeds
in the upper portion of its range.
It has a loud shrill call of 4 notes resembling that of Culicicapa ceylonensis
which it utters at intervals as it moves restlessly about in thick cover.
The accounts of the nidification of this species given by Hodgson and Jerdon
are conflicting, so that I was much gratified when I found a nest this year after
several seasons of fruitless search in the past.
This nest I found on the 8th July in au oak forest r ea" the top of a ridge
elevation 7,500 feet. It was woven into, and Suspended from, a branchlet of
Viburnum rubencens at a height ol 3 feet from the ground. The surrounding
13
512 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
forest was dense and the vegetation was draped with moss. No attempt had
apparently been made at concealment, but the nest might easily have passed for
one of the numerous similar lumps of moss sticking in the shrubs and branches
of the trees. *
I disturbed the bird from her nest at 5 p.m., and she returned in 20 minutes.
The nest contained 2 freJi eggs.
It is neatly but rather flimsily built of moss ; inside there is a layer of fine
roots and lastly a scanty lining of feathers.
The eggs are long ovals, with little gloss, of an almost uniform dark terra-
cotta or dull chestnut colour, duller and less uniform than the eggs of a
Prinia, and with a very faint cap of mottlings of a darker shade at the
larger end.
They measure '73" x "52" each.
357. — Pncepyga pusilla. — This is the common wren of the temperate hill
forests in these parts. Its usual note is a monosyllabic, shrill whistle which is
repeated at regular intervals. This note is alternately higher and lower, with
a semitone difference between the two.
I found 8 nests of this species all placed up against the vertical face of a
moss-covered rock or tree. They were all exactly similar to the first type of
nest described by Mr. Stuart Baker in the Ibis, 1896, page 322, but were never
more than 3 or 4 feet from the ground and the maximum number of eggs in
any nest was 3, whereas some nests contained only 2 incubated eggs.
The measurements of 10 eggs gave a mean of *77" x "5G".
433. Crptolopha burkli. — This species is the commonest of its genus in these
parts, taking the place of C. xanthoscldsta which is so common in the N.-W.
Himalaya.
I found two nests on the 7th July containing, respectively, 3 and 4 fresh eggs.
They were built on a steep bank at 6,500 feet in a rather open piece of forest
where fellings had just been carried out. The nests are globular in shape,
4t" in diameter, with an entrance hole 2"x 1" (twice as wide as high). They are
composed externally of dry leaves, grass and moss, arched above chiefly with fine
dark rootlets, and the egg cavity is lined with a thick layer of dense soft green
moss. The eggs are, of course, pure white with slight gloss, and the mean of the
measurements of 7 eggs gave •61"x*47".
444. Tickellia hodgsoni.— This small warbler is found, but is not common,
between 6,000 feet and 8,000 feet throughout the year. Its note is a single,
long-lrawn, very shrill whistle, followed after an interval of 10 seconds or so by
two notes, the second of which is the lower of the two.
The nest of this bird has, I believe, never been described.
I came across one on the 6th June in a thicket of saplings in a lofty forest at
about 6,800 feet.
The nest was placed in a fork at the top of a symplocos sapling, 7 feet from
the ground. It is roughly egg-shaped with a hole Ik" in diameter near the top,
and measures 6" in he'ght by 3" in width. It is composed entirely of dry
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 513
leaves (chiefly bamboo), with a lining of black rhizomorph, and, lastly, inside
the latter, a second lining of bits of soft dry bamboo leaf.
The egg3, 3 in number, were nearly fresh. They have little or no gloss.
The ground colour is pale claret and tl^ey are spotted, speckled, and streaked,
chiefly at the large end, with darker claret markings.
The mean of the measurements of 3 eggs gives *63" x "47"
447. Horornis brunescens. — This species is found in theMaling bamboo forests
which clothe the hill sides on the Singalila range of hills from 9 to 11,000 feet.
It replaces H. fortipes at these higher elevations, the latter species being common
from 5,000 to 8,000 feet. The note of this bird is without exception the most
striking and peculiar of any I have yet come across. It consists of a series of
four long-drawn whistles, each lasting several seconds and each being in turn
considerably higher in the scale than the one which preceded it. This is fol-
lowed by a quickly repeated series of up and down notes resembling the call of
Orcocorys sylvanus (a bird not found in these hills). I did not find the nest of
this bird, but 3 eggs were brought me by an intelligent Lepcha in my employ
whom I had sent up to Mt.. Tonghe in search of nests of Ianthccincla ocellata.
He brought me these eggs as being those of H. fortipes, which they evi-
dently are not, firstly from the colour being quite different from that of the
eggs of this bird and secondly because H. fortipes is not found in the bamboo
forests at 9,500 feet where he obtained the eggs in question, whereas
H. brunescens is fairly common there.
The eggs are rather broad ovals with a slight gloss, of a rather dark chestnut
colour with a darker ring of markings near the large end.
The average of the measurements of 3 eggs gives '68" X '50".
I hope to be able to confirm this find next yeai', which of course is rather
inconclusive at present.
559. Hemichelidonferruginea. — This is the common flycatcher between 6 and
8,000 feet, frequenting open glades in lofty oak forest. I found 3 nests in June
and July at about 7,000 feet. Two were almost inaccessible, built on slight
projections caused by broken branches near the top of big dead trees, 40 or 50
feet from the ground. The third was on the side of a branch of a small tree
(^Turpinia pomifera) about 10 feet from the ground.
The nest is composed of moss lined with a mixture of white lichen and black
rhizomorph. The egg cavity measures 2" across by 14/' in depth.
It contained 2 fresh eggs (the other nests contained 3 young ones in each); the
egg3 are in shape broad ovals with slight gloss. The ground colour, where
visible, is pale-green, which, however, is obscured by a uniform freckling of pale
pinkish-brown markings which form a cap at the larger end.
The eggs measure -75" x '57" and '70" X "56'' respectively.
887. jffi'.hopyga ignicauda. — This beautiful sun bird affects higher altitudes
than any other species with which I am acquainted. It is found in summer in
the forests of silver fir and rhodolendron between 10 and 12,000 feet, descend-
ing in winter to 6,000 feet or even lower. (I observed this species also at 11,000
514 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
feet near the head waters of the Tons river in Tehri-Garhwal— N. W. Hima-
laya.) In the spring and early summer it feeds largely on the honey secreted
by the flowers of the various species of rhododendron found in these hills. The
nidification of this species in North Cachar has been described by Mr. Stuart
Baker on page 4 of Vol. X of the Journal, but as the nests and eggs therein
described differ materially from mine, I think it as well to describe them. On
the 27th May while descending a steep wooded slope at an elevation of 11,000
feet through a forest of silver fir, birch and rhododendron, with an undergrowth
of dwarf bamboo {Arundinaria aristata) I came on the nest of this species
suspended about 3 feet above the ground from a latteral branchlet of a bam-
boo which had been incorporated into the nest. It is oval in shape, 6" high by
4" in diameter, with a small round hole 14/' across near the top. It is composed
externally of moss interwoven with black rhizomorph. Next comes a layer of
thin pink papery rhododendron bark followed by a lining of fine grass flowers
and feathers.
The eggs, 2 in number, are long ovals, white, mottled and freckled uniformly
all over, with a fairly dark shade of brown.
They measure '74" X '50'' and -75" x "50" respectively, which would make
them almost exactly double in volume the eggs of this species described by
Mr. Stuart Baker, which measured -55" x '42" and -54" x -41" !
1105. Cuculus saturatus, — On the 3rd June I found the nest of Niltava sundara
at an elevation of 6,300 feet, on a steep bank. It contained 4 eggs, 3 of the
ordinary Niltava type, and one differing from these both in shape and colour
which evidently belonged to some cuckoo. Again, on 13th June at 6,000 feet
elevation I visited another nest of Niltava sundara which I had observed some
days before, and found it contained a single cuckoo's egg similar to the one in the
first nest. There were bits of the shell of one or more Niltava eggs lying below
the nest which had presumably been ejected by the cuckoo when depositing her
egg. These eggs are ellipsoidal in shape, white, with a number of minute brown
specks, chiefly in a rink towards the largo end.
They measured "85" x '60'' and -81" x '58" respectively.
Mr. Stuart Baker, to whom I sent one of these eggs, informed me that they
belonged to the above cuckoo. It seems, however, almost incredible that so large
a bird should lay so small an egg.
1106. Cuculus poliocephalus. — This is the commonest cuckoo in these hills,
especially from 5,000 to 8,000 feet. It is rare in the N.-W. Himalayas, being
confined to the inner ranges near the snows, and at high elevations only between
8,000 and 11,000 feet.
On June 1st I shot a cuckoo at about 7,000 feet which turned out to belong to
this species, being in the rufous phase of plumage. As she lay dying in my hand
she laid an egg, which had, however, been smashed unfortunately by a pellet of
shot. This egg was of a uniform pale terra-cotta colour.
A fortnight later I found a nest of Drymochares cruralis at 7,500 feet placed up,
against a moss-covered rock in dense forest. It contained 2 eggs, one pure white
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 515
belonging to the owner of the nest, and the other of a nearly uniform terra-
cotta or pinkish chocolate colour similar in colour to, but darker than, that
laid by the dying cuckoo.
The egg measures Wx^O".
This, I think, proves beyond a doubt that C. polioce^halus lays a terra-cotta
coloured egg.
In this connection I should like to draw attention to the description
of a nest and eggs given on page 472, Vol. XI of the Journal. These
belonged also, I have now little doubt, to Drymochares and C. poliocephalus, so
that the latter would appear frequently to select the nest of the former in
which to deposit its eggs.
Moreover, if this nest actually belonged to Drymochares cruralis, :as seems
highly probable, since the eggs and nest agree exactly with those of that species,
the range of this bird must extend to the N.-W. Himalaya as far west as Simla,
at high elevations.
13U1. Alsocomus pulchrlcollis. — This pigeon is fairly common in the dense
oak and chestnut forests between 7,000 and 8,000 feet. I found two nests
in small trees about 6 feet and 10 feet, respectively, above the ground on the
21st June. They were the ordinary platform of sticks and contained each
one young bird. These I brought up by hand, and they are now denizens
of the Calcutta Zoological Gardens.
1312. Macropygia tusalia. — This is the commonest species of dove in the
middle hills, about 7,000 feet. I found 6 nests during June and July, the
usual platform of sticks placed in bushes or small trees a few feet from the
ground.
They each contained a single egg only, in various stages of incubation,
whereas in North Cachar this species appears generally to lay 2 eggs : vide
account of nidification by Mr. Stuart Baker on page 361, Vol. X of the
Journal.
The eggs found by me are also of two quite distinct types : —
Large pointed ovals — average l'44"xl'00"
Small ellipsoid ovals — average 1'25" x 0-96"
B. B. OSMASTON,
I. F. S.
5th September 1903.
No. II— OCCURRENCE OF THE COTTON TEAL IN GUZERAT.
With reference to the Note in the last number of the Journal regarding the
absence of records of the occurrence of the Cotton Teal in Guzerat, it may be
of interest to record that I have shot this bird on two occasions near Baroda in
December 1901, and again in February and March last, at Mahisa and Sathamba
in this Agency (Mahi Kantha).
A. H. MOSSE.
Sadba, SOth August 1903.
516 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
No. III. (a)— SOME PANTHER NOTES.
The following notes on two or three recent experiences may be of interest.
Looking over Vol. XIV of the Journal, Mr. Bright's account of the strange
behaviour of a panther reminded me of an incident which occurred last June.
I was sitting up over a goat one night in the Danta State, hoping that the
panther whom I expected would not turn up before the rising of the moon. He
appeared and killed when the moon was just above the horizon, but obscured by
a cloud : I could just see the goat, which was black and white, but could not
make out the form of the murderer at all, so determined to wait for a little
more light upon the scene. Unfortunately the panther did not seem disposed
to humour me, and almost immediately began to try and drag the goat away.
The latter not being very securely tied, I did not see the force of this proceeding
and fired. The shot was followed by a dead silence for the space of a miunte or so,
and I had begun to think that the panther must have been killed dead, when to my
astonishment the goat began to move, and the offending cloud having just got
out of the way of the moon's rays, I could dimly distinguish the outline of the
panther dragging at the goat again. My first shot had been a clean miss, and
had not disturbed the beast's equanimity sufficiently to make him withdraw a
single step ! The second shot was successful in breaking his back.
A friend of mine had an almost precisely similar experience in the adjoining
district a year ago, the panther in his case merely pausing in its meal for a
minute or two, after the firing of an unsuccessful shot.
One day last March, I was beating near D for a panther, who evinced a
rooted disinclination to take the fine indicated for her by the beaters. Twice
she contrived to break back, but was marked down again. About half-way up
the hill, near the foot of which I was posted and about 90 yards distant from me,
was a tall tree nearly bare of leaves, except for a few at the top. Soon after the
"honk" had commenced for the third time, I caught sight of the panther as
she sprang up out of the long grass into the trunk of the tree I have mentioned,
then climbed, like a great cat, up to the top where she sat down quietly.
From her look-out in the tree top she watched the approaching beaters for
3 or 4 minutes, and then, having seen enough, climbed leisurely down and dis-
appeared in the grass again. Under the circumstances, the panther's object in
climbing a tree would, no doubt, ordinarily be to seek concealment : but why
then select a tree, which, all but bare of leaves, was absolutely unsuited to such
a purpose, more especially seeing that there were, as a matter of fact, several
trees well supplied with foliage close by ? I suppose it would be unscientific to
express a belief that the animal's ascent into a tall bare tree, calculated to
afford the best possible view, was one of deliberate choice, made with the sole
and express intention of studying the disposition of its enemies !
The end of this panther was an unusual one. I had a longish shot at her, and
hit her through the body, but she got away for the time being. In the course
of the following night, however, she, in some way or other, contrived to fall
into a well, where she was found drowned in the morning.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 517
Thi3 is not the first instance of the kind of which I have heard, as a case was
reported to me about a year ago of a panther in another neighbourhood being
found drowned in a well. Of course they are comparatively thirsty-natured
beasts, but a panther is not the animal that one expects to miss his footing.
The following panther story is not a personal experience, but it is perfectly
authentic ; the incident occurred last June not many miles from where I
was in camp at the time, and the skin of the panther was brought to me a
few days afterwards. Two men, Koli Thakardas, were in the jungle,
cutting wood for hut-building purposes, when a panther sprang out from
among some rocks and seized one of them by the side. The boy attacked
(he was about 18 years of age) did not lose his head, but grabbed the panther's
jaw with one hand and one of its ears with the other, at the same time calling to
his brother for assistance. The latter, a strongly-built young fellow, ran up,
got astride the panther's back and smashed in its skull with a fairly heavy piece
of the wood he had been cutting up ! The panther, a female, must, judging
from its skin, have been about 6 feet, or rather less in length. The younger
of the two Kolis was rather severely mauled, and had to spend ten days in
hospital ; I saw them both a few days after the incident, and they were most
matter-of-fact about it. They brought me, too, the bit of a shillelah with which
the beast had been knocked on the head, and I have kept it as a souvenir. It was
suggested that the panther might have had a family near by, which would have
accounted for her unusual boldness in attacking two grown men in broad day-
light, but although a search was made, no trace of any cubs was found.
In this Agency, as apparently in other districts, the after effects of the
famine are manifested, in one direction, in the increase of man-eating among
the tigers and panthers. While the irretrievably confirmed man-eating panther,
however, is fortunately a rarity, the number of panthers that have taken to
occasionally going in for a human meal is considerable. The victim is usually
seized when asleep, not infrequently from inside a hut.
A. H. MOSSE.
Sadra Mahi Kantha,
30 th August 1903.
No. III. (6)-SOME PANTHER NOTES.
On the 8th February last, a Biluch lad came to the telegraph office here for
treatment. He had deep wounds in the shoulder and forehead and slight
scratches on back and sides. He stated he had been attacked by a panther at
Rutch — 20 miles to the north-easfc of the station — and gave the following
account of his adventure : —
" Two evenings ago, one of his father's bullocks was missing ; he
tracked it towards the hills till dusk, when he found it lying in a nullah,
alive, but blood was oozing from a wound in its neck. Under a bush, a
short distance off, he saw an animal, which in the dusk he took to be a
jackal, and threw a stone at it to drive it away. The stone struck the
518 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
animal, which immediately sprang on him, knocking him down and
seizing him by the shoulder. Seeing it was a panther, he lay quite
still ; and the animal stood over him for a short time growling, then
walked away ; as soon as it had got a safe distance off he got up and
ran, the panther making no attempt to follow or to attack him again. He
reached his village late that night and next morning the villagers visited
the spot ; the bullock was dead and had not been touched by the panther
during the night, the latter was nowhere to be seen, and the villagers were
afraid to make any attempt to find and destroy the animal."
The two wounds on the lad's shoulder were undoubtedly due to a bite ; they
were deep gaping wounds, with a passage underneath connecting them, showing
that tha teeth must have met. That on the forehead was a claw wound down
to the bone, and those on body were very slight, also due to the claws of the
animal.
The lad was a sturdy healthy lad about ten years of age and in a month and
a half's time had quite recovered.
Panthers are occasionally killed by tho Biluchis and their skins brought to
the coast ports for sale, but, as a rule, the Makran-Biluch will flee at the
sight of one of these animals.
W. D. CUMMIXG.
Persian Gulf, 25th July 1903.
No. IV— NOTES ON THE NIDIFICATION OF THE INDIAN
BLAUK-BREASTED RAIN-QUAIL (CORTURNJX
COR OM A ND ELICA ).
On the 13th of July 1903 the monsoon broke in the " Hissar " District of the
Southern Punjab, and a short spell of rainy weather was enjoyed. When the
rain actually stopped, I at once noticed along the grassy banks of the canal and
also in my garden the well-known " chip" " chip " of the Rain-Quail who is only
a visitor to this part of the Southern Punjab at this time of the year. This
continued up to the 17th August, when the mali commenced to cut the long
grass on my front lawn.
On returning to the bungalow later the same day I found the man had left
a circular tuft uncut, and on asking what this was for, he showed me a small
nest formed of mud with seven eggs of the Corturnix coromaiulelicu in it.
Blanford, Volume IV, page 117, " Birds of India," says : " They do net make a
nest but lay in a hollow on the ground." My little friend may have made the nest
by turning round in the soft earth of the lawn, but the nest had a slight lip and
was well formed. The next day I found the hen bird still sitting in spite of
the fact that the mowing machine was being run over the cut grass and all
round the isolated tuft. The mali then informed me that he wanted to flood
the lawn, which is sunk for that purpose below the surrounding ground level.
I suggested making a bund or dyke of mud round the tuft, and this was done
and answered well, leaving the plot of grass like one of Davwin's Atoll or coral
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 519
reef islands, but only l\ feet in diameter ! On the 21st of August all the seven
eggs were hatched out, the shells being opened in the neatest manner possible
by a line pecked evenly all round the upper part of the egg and about '37 of an
inch from the crown. I removed all the seven eggs, and also found their tops
which I have fixed on to the body, and guage the total average length to be 1'08
and diameter '82.
They are of a dull-yellowish colour with brown or light-brownish speckles,
and have a hard and comparatively thick but smooth shell substance. The
seven little birds stayed in the mud nest which had been cunningly chosen, for
one noticed when looking closely, the young and prickly shoots of a wild thorn
bush springing up amongst the grass ! The young birds did not stay long in the
nest, but after the first day scattered over the island, and when the floods sub-
sided and the mother called with a " chip " " chip," off they went to the back
lawn the grass of which had not been cut ! Some were caught and these freely
pecked up white ants when attracted to them by scratching the ground ! They
constantly ''chip" " chiped " standing in an erect position, and evidently
waiting to hear the "chip" '"chip" reply of their mother ! The mother
remaining in the long grass I had them all put back.
R. H, HEATH.
Sirsa, Punjab, 13th September 1903.
No. V— THE NESTING OF (474) LANIUS COLLURIOIDES (THE
BURMESE SHRIKE) AND (512) ARTAMUS FUSCUS (THE ASHY
SWALLOW SHRIKE) IN UPPER BURMA.
As either of the above birds is recorded as breeding in Burma (proper) it
may be interesting to note the following : —
The Burmese Shrike. — In April 1903 out shooting, I found two nests of this
bird, and saw many birds about, but had not the time to look for their nests.
I found these nests in scrub jungle in the Pyawbwe District, Upper Burma.
Nest and eggs the same as those found in the S. Shan States.
The Ashy Swallow Shrike. — This bird breeds plentifully in the dry jungle
common in the Pyawbwe District. When out shooting in May last, I found
many of their nests ; most of them were inaccessible as they were built on dead
trees. Some of the nests were placed in the small branches well above the thick
ones, and were saucer-shaped and easily seen from below ; otherwise they were
exactly as described in Hume's "Nests and Eggs," i.e., on broken branches and in
holes.
H. H. HARINGTON, Captain.
Monywa, 16$ September 1903.
No. VI.— THE NESTING OF (117) POMATORHINUS NUCHALIS
(THE TWEEDDALE SCIMITAR BABBLER).
On the 6th May 1902 at Loilem, S. Shan States, I found a Scimitar Babbler's
nest containing three eggs. The bird unfortunately escaped, and deserted the
19
520 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
nest, not coming back the next day. On a subsequent visit to Loilem I managed
to shoot a Pomatorhinus within a quarter of a mile of the same spot. I forwarded
the skin to E. C. Stuart Baker who kindly identified it for me as £ P. nuchalis.
As it is highly improbable that either Schisticeps or Olivaclus inhabit the same
jungle, I think it is safe to record the nesting of P. nuchalis. The nest was cup-
shaped, composed of grass and leaf stems, and placed in a bush about 2 feet
from the ground. The eggs, three in number (incubated), are glossy-white and
measure about 1" X '72."
H. H. HARINGTON, Captain,
Monywa, l&th September 1903.
No. VII— THE KOEL LAYING IN THE NEST OF RICA
RUSTIC A, THE MAGPIE.
As neither Hume nor Oates mentions the koel as making use of the magpie
as a foster-parent, it may be worth while recording the fact. In March 1903
I got two magpies' nests : one containing three magpies and two koels' eggs, the
other five magpies and one koel's egg ; in the latter case, the magpies' eggs were
practically fresh (no traces of blood), while the koel's egg was well incubated, the
young bird being well developed, showing that the koi'd's eggs must hatch out
well before the foster-parent's eggs, thus giving the young koel a better chance
of kicking out his young foster brothers and sisters.
H. H. HARINGTON, Captain.
Monywa, 16</j September 1903.
No. VIII— BIRDS-NESTING IN GARWHAL.
The following notes on some rather uncommon nests may be of interest to
same of our members. They were nearly all taken between May 24 and June 5
of this year at an elevation of between 11,000 and 13,000 feet in Garwhal.
Graculus eremita. Red-billed Chough. — Two nests were found in a cave
on May 25 at 12,500 feet ; unfortunately they had hatched out and the young
birds were pretty well fledged.
Anthus rosaceus. Hodgson's Pipit. — There were a good many of these
birds on the grassy slopes immediately above the forest and below the snow,
but at first they were mostly in parties of four or five and it was not until June 2
that I found a nest with three fresh eggs at about 12,500 feet and secured
the bird after a terribly cold twenty minutes in snow and rain. The same day,
and not far from the first, a half-built nest of the same species was found, so I
am inclined to think they were only just beginning to breed, as we had searched
similar slopes very carefully without success though seeing plenty of the birds.
The nest was a very neat grass nest placed at the foot of a tuft of grass close
to a stream, and the eggs, which measured -78 by -G2, were greyish white freckled
and spotted all over, though chiefly at the larger end with two shades of pur-
plish brown ; on two of them there were zig-zag black hair lines.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 521
Anthus maculatus. The Indian Tree-Pipit.— -This pipit was quite common
at a lower level than rosaceus ; they chiefly affected the " kharaks " or grazing
grounds in the forest and evidently breed rather earlier than Hodgson's pipit,
as out of six nests found with three eggs in each I could only save two clutches,
the others being too hard-set. These eggs get very dark-coloured, almost black,
when much incubated.
Siphia STEOPHIATA. The Orange-rjorgeted Flycatcher.— Only two pairs, of this
bird were seen and one nest found (I was attracted to it by the male singing
rather prettily on a tree close by) which was placed in the exposed roots of a
tree, just low enough down to look into from the ground, and made of moss
lined very thickly with wool and hair and a few koklas feathers under the eggs.
The female was exceedingly tame and let me almost stroke her while sitting on
the nest, then merely flying to a branch a few feet off. There were only two
eggs, and though I gave her three days, no more were laid ; they measured
•75 by '5 and were pure white, which surprised me very much, as Siphia parva
lays a greenish egg marked with brown.
MicnociCULA scouleki. The Little Forhtail. — One nest was found under a
small bridge containing two very hard-set eggs .that were with difficulty made
into specimens. The nest was like that of Henicurus muculalvs (The Western
Spotted Forktail), but smaller, and was lined with only partially skeletonised
leaves, whereas maculatus is very particular in using only perfectly skeletonised
leaves in all the many nests I have seen. The eggs measured -81 by '59 and
were white, sparingly speckled with reddish brown, chiefly at the larger
end. They are not like any forktails I have seen, but probably had lost
colour during incubation. The nest was about two feet above running water
and in a very damp situation.
Ianthia rufilata. The Red-flanked Bush- Robin. — One nest was found
placed under a fallen tree and made of moss and leaves with a fine grass lining.
It contained four fresh eggs, white without any tinge of colour and with very
faint rusty red markings ; in one egg the markings are barely perceptible. This
was the only time this species was observed.
Acanthopneuste viridanus. The Greenish Willow-Warbler.— One nest was
found at about 11,000 feet ; it was a little round ball of a nest placed in a
grassy bank and made of moss and leaves and fine grass with an inner lining
entirely composed of musk-deer hair, no other wool or hair being used. It
contained three fresh eggs and one cuckoo's egg (probably Cuculus canorus,
though unusually small) measuring *56 by *4, white, speckled with dark brown
and pale purple, chiefly at the larger end. The cuckoo's egg measured
•81 by -53 and was white, very sparingly speckled.with light brown and pale
purple.
Acanthopneuste magnirostris. The Large-billed Willow Warbler.— This
bird which I shot off its nest, I was unable to identify, but the Bombay Natural
History Society has been kind enough to do so for me. The nest was entirely
of moss with a very slight lining of hair and domed, although placed well inside
522 JOURNAL, BOMB A Y NA TURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
a hole in a tree, about ten feet up. There were four fresh eggs, pure white. I
found two other nests of the same species in precisely similar situations, one
was deserted and one building when I had to leave ; and I saw several other
pairs of the bird.
Hemichelidon siBIEICA. The Sooty Flycatcher — This bird was exceedingly
common : six nests were found quite close to the camp and I saw many more,
chiefly building and only fresh eggs were found. .They build a remarkably
neat nest, very like an English Chaffinch's, and place it on a bough at varying
heights from the ground, generally near the junction with the trunk, but not
actually touching it. I saw only one nest placed against the side of a tree
trunk as described in Hume's " Nests and Eggs." The male often shows the
nest by feeding the female while sitting. All the eggs I saw agreed exactly with
Hume's description.
Nucifeaga hemispila. The Himalayan Nutcracker. — These had all hatched
out and the young birds were in parties with the parents. I saw what I believe
to be the nest rather high up in cypress trees.
». L. WHYMPEK.
Jeolikote, U.P., 26th September 1903.
No. IX.— SAND-GROUSE AND LOCUSTS.
On the last day of the month of September a very large flight of Locusts
(Acridium peregrinuni) passed over the town of Sirsa coming from the
Bikaneer desert and flying in a north-easterly direction. The flight appeared
on the horizon in the form of a low fog bank, or sand-storm cloud, and
approached at the rate of about 8 miles an hour, taking from 8-15 to 10-35 to
pass over the town of Sirsa. Measurements taken of a number of the insects
gave the mean average length to be 3-26 over wings and 2-G0 from forehead to
ovipositor. The flight passing over some open ground near the vfllage of
Khairpur, which is within a mile and a half of Sirsa, alighted in numbers and
this disturbed several large flights of the common sand-grouse (Pteroclurus
exnstus) which sometimes make this their morning meeting and drinking place,
the attraction being a canal that runs near and which constantly overflows and
forms small lakes. The birds after being disturbed, flew about over the top of
the locust cloud seemingly unwilling to leave the spot, but at the same time not
liking to alight on the ground, which from the vast numbers of the insects
assumed a red appearance, not unlike the red pebbly beach on some parts of the
Norfolk coast or the bottom of a Surrey gravel pit. A good bag of these hand-
some birds was made in consequence, the sand grouse wheeling above the
locusts, which kept to a height of about 40 to 50 feet above the ground. The
locusts fortunately do not seem to have done much damage as far as I can
ascertain, but after a short rest and feed, mostly on dry grass, passed on with the
main body. A quantity alighted on a Gul Mohr tree in my garden, and when
all the rest had vanished, these remained, but were soon put to flight with the
aid of an old kerosine-tin vigorously beaten. The common Sand-grouse has
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 523
been extremely plentiful about tbis part of tbe Punjab during the current
season, commencing about the beginning of August.
It seems a pity that the villager is so apathetic about the destruction of the
eggs of the locust. I am told on good authority that in response to the Govern-
ment order the following is the usual form of procedure by the Lambardar of
the pest-infected village : — Your petitioner reports that to-day a flight has
alighted near the fieid of one " Kissen Singh ;" the next day that they have
laid eggs (these generally within an area of about 10 square yards; each female
laying 108 eggs) ; the next " that he (the Lambardar) has destroyed the
eggs !" Again a day elapses and he reports that " the flight has departed " !
This may be true or not, generally the destroying part is not so ! as a
native dislikes destroying life, and he says to himself : " Oh ! they will
not bother me," "they will hatch out and go somewhere else"! "where
I care not " !
October 4th. — Since writing the above I have had occasion to visit a village
about 12 miles in a northerly direction from Sirsa and find that the cloud of
locusts reached this place at 12-30 p.m.. so that my calculation of the rate of
the speed of 8 miles an hour was slightly over-estimated. After reaching
this village at 12-30 they halted and did not leave again till 8 a.m. the next
morning, in the meantime doing untold damage to the standing crops. I was
shown " bajra " that was practically ruined, and they seem to have eaten
even the bark off some trees. My informant added that the flight was
1G miles long by 7 broad and gave me the names of villages up to which
they extended, as reported by the dak runners and villagers coming into
the railway station near ! I think the breadth somewhat exaggerated,
but the length of 16 miles would correspond with the rate of 8 miles
per hour which from my calculation at the time I estimated them to be
travelling at when passing over the town of Sirsa. I was also told of a
"Fakir" who kept the locusts from alighting at his village by the following
method : —
After catching two insects and performing ceremonies and prayers over
their bodies placed under a small chattie, he gave both into the hands
of a villager whom he instructed to run as hard as he could in a wide circle round
the village, unlike "Lot's wife," not once looking behind him ! This, I was
assured, had preserved the crops, as not an insect had alighted in the enchanted
area, and it was added the man had worked this miracle many times before and
was well known in all the different villages about. I then asked why, being
such a holy man, he did not try to clear the whole district, to which the reply
was given that he was a very holy man, and did not do this " moziza" for money,
but that some of the villages had not — in a word — come down with the needful
handsomely enough. Probably these villages are now very sorry for them-
selves. R. H. HEATH.
Sirsa, Punjab, October 1903.
524 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
No. X.— OCCURRENCE OF THE DWARF GOOSE
(ANSEli ERYTHROPUS)- IN ASSAM.
On the 28th October I had a specimen of this rare goose sent to me for
identification. It was shot by Mr. R. Johnston at Sooherating, Lakhimpur.
The bird is a young male, in very fine plumage, but the black on the breast
ill-defined and in patches mixed with grey. Feet bright chrome yellow. Bill
livid green, the nail still paler.
E. 0. STUART BAKER.
Dibrugakh, 9th November 1903.
No. XI— CANNIBALISM IN SNAKES.
In the Bombay Natural History Society's Journal, Vol. XIV, page 395, is a
very interesting little note on cannibalism in snakes by Mr. W. S. Millard, in
which examples of this depraved instinct are cited, the offenders mentioned
being the hamadryad (Naia bungarus), the cobra (Naia tripudians), the common
krait of India (Bungarus candidus), and ihe python (Python molurus).
I think it is generally accepted that snakes form the staple, if not exclusive,
diet of the hamadryad, and there is good reason to suppose that they form the
usual food in the kraits.
Giinther in his '' Reptiles of British India," page 342, says the Bungarus feeds
on " small mammals, lizards, small snakes, and toads," but I believe snakes will
be found to be more generally ingested. In support of this view I will quote
the following : —
Giinther in the same work alluded to above, page 344, says he has found
" uropeltides" in the stomach of the Ceylon krait (Bungarus ceylonicus), and
Mr. Blyth in "Ceylon" by an old officer, Vol. II, page 196, refers to Dr.
Giinther finding a uropeltis inside a Ceylon krait. Major G. H. Evans, in a note
in the B. N. H. S. Journal, Vol. XIV, page 599, mentions a banded krait
(Bungarus fasciatus) eating a common paddy-field snake (Tropidonotus piscator).
In the B. N. H. S. Journal, Vol. X, page 7, Mr. Ferguson says of the krait
(Bungarus ccerulcus) or, as it is now known, (Bungarus candidus), that it feeds
readily on snakes, and mentions one occasion when it devoured another snake
made captive with it, and records another killed with the tail of a rat-snake
protruding from its jaws.
Mr. F. B. Simson in " Letters on Sport in Eastern Bengal," page 24(3, narrates
finding a banded krait (Bungarus fasciatus') with a snake nearly as large as itself
inside it.
Cannibalism is, I believe, a distinctly unusual trait in the character of other
snakes, but I have collected a few examples which I subjoin.
In Trichinopoly in 1896 I had a cobra (Naia trijjudians) brought to me dead,
killed in the well of the 23rd Madras Infantry Mess, which had nearly com-
pleted swallowing a common brown tree-snake (Dipsadomorphus trigonata).
Mr. S. S. Flower in the Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond., December 1st, 1896, page 894,
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 525
mentions a cobra (Naia tripudiam) swallowing another snake (Macropisthodon
rhodomelas). The same observer in the Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond., May 16th,
1899, pago 680, records a tree-snake (Dipsadomorphis dendrophilus) having
swallowed another tree-snake (Chrysqpelea ornata) rather longer than itself.
The same observer in the same Journal, page 684, says he has known the
dhaman {Zamenh mucosus) eat a snake (Ckrysopelea ornata).
In the B. N. H. S. Journal, Vol. XIII, page 352, Captain G. H. Evans and
I record an earth-snake (Xenopdtis unicolor) devouring a snake (Trophlonotus
stolatus).
In the same volume, page 534, I record a tree-snake (Dipsadomorphus multi-
mactdata) falling a prey to a companion species with which it was placed in
captivity.
In the B. N. H. S. Journal, Vol. X, page 10, Mr. Ferguson mentions a rat-
snake, presumably Zamenis mucosus, eating another when in captivity, both
creatures having struggled with the same victim (a frog).
Mr. Buckland in " Curiosities of Natural History," page 182, relates having
seen in the Zoological Gardens in London an English snake (Tropidonotus
natrix ?) in the act of swallowing a French species, and remarks that the snake
swallowed was about the same size of the swallower.
F. WALL, Captain, I.M.S.
Cannanore, 10th November 1903.
No. XII— THE OCEANIC, OR ANDAMAN TEAL {NETT1UM
ALLIGVLARE).
I received some time ago from the Indian Museum a male skin of this species
with a patch of white on the hindneck ; otherwise the bird is in normal plumage,
having a white patch on the lores and round the eye. I can find no record
of either Mr. Finn or anyone else having found white feathers in the same
place.
CHAS. M. INGLIS.
Baghownie Factory, 20th November 1903.
No. XII (b) .— THE OCEANIC, OR ANDAMAN TEAL (NETTIUM
ALBIGULARE).
In the Fauna of British India, Birds, Vol. IV, p. 445, Dr. Blanford states, as
regards the distribution of this bird, that it occurs only on the South Andaman
Island and that it has not been observed on the North Andaman, the Cocos,
or the Nicobar Islands. I myself shot several specimens on the Great Cocos
Island as recently as June last, some of which were young birds, and the native
manager of the plantation on that island states that the bird is common
there all the year round. I have also shot this bird on Landfall Island, which
is, strictly speaking, the most northerly island of the Andaman group. I have
526 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
always found the birds wherever a fresh-water lagoon existed, and I do not
think there is any doubt that the bird is general both on the Andaman and
Cocos Islands, where the above condition exists.
N. F. WILSON,
Bombay, 3rd October 1903. Commander, R.I.M.S. " Canning."
[Note. — Further information regarding the distribution of this duck is most
useful, as few persons have had an opportunity of observing it. An interesting
note on its habits, &c, was contributed to our Journal by Mr. A. L. Butler and
is quoted by Mr. E. C. Stuart Baker under the heading of this species in his
paper on " The Indian Ducks and their Allies" (Vol. XII., p. 259), where he also
refers to a specimen that was shot at Bassein, Burma, the skin of which was
identified by Mr. F. Finn, it having probably been driven there during some
storm, having ventured too far out to sea from the Andamans.
E. COMBER, F.Z.S.,
Honorary Secretary, Bird Department,
Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.].
No. XIII.— ON THE PENIS OF RUSSELL'S VIPER.
In a paper I wrote on the snakes of China, Japan, and the Loo Choo Islands*
I remarked on the bifid character of the copulatory organ of a small viper
(Ancistrodon bloiahoffii). I do not know whether the peculiarity has been
observed before, but I can find no allusion to it in my snake literature. To-day
I had brought me a large (3-7'') male Russell's viper (Vipera Russellii) killed
last night. On investigating the genitals I found a precisely similar condition.
Each penis (for snakes, like lizards, are doubly endowed) is subdivided, the
main stem, when the organ is protruded, being about half an inch in length.
I send you the specimens dissected out. The organ of one side is invaginated
as it would be during the act of coition. I have never observed this peculiarity
in other snakes. Is it a viperine characteristic ?
F. WALL, Captain, I.M.S.
Cannanore, 1st December 1903.
No. XIV.— NOTE ON YOUNG FISHING CAT (FELIS VIVERRINA).
On Sunday, the 8th November, whilst out snipe shooting near here, I dis-
covered a kitten of the fishing cat (FeUs viverrina) in its native home. The
lair was placed close to a tidal backwater of the river, on the ground
among reeds about two feet high, and consisted of a small beaten-down patch
where mother and offspringhad evidently been in the habit of nestling together.
From this proceeded, in two opposite directions, very distinct beaten-down paths,
reminding one of hare runs on down lands in England.
* Which appeared in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, February
1903.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. hTr
A single, shivering, helpless, little kitten was the sole occupant of the nest,
and no parent could be found in the immediate vicinity though searched for.
One could not refrain from marvelling at the extreme helplessness of a crea-
ture brought into the world like this. The eyes were open. I argue from the
well beaten-down tracks and lair that the kitten had been born some days, and
vet beyond exerting its claws, and making feeble attempts to stick them into my
hands as I carried it, it was quite powerless to offer resistance, or make an
attempt at scape.
I brought it home with me, and as it was unable to lap, have had it fed with
a spoon, and am pleased to find it thriving well. It very soon took kindly to its
altered conditions of life, and now follows the servants about the house and
allows itself to be handled by anyone without fear or remonstrance, — in fact has
become quite a welcome addition to the household. It utters a rather piercing
monosyllabic cry reminding one closely of the call of a chick much accentuated..
I notice Blanford in the Mammalian Volume of " the Fauna of British India "
makes no mention of the young of this species.
I am surprised to notice in this connection that no mention of the state of
the eyes at birth of the Felidas is made in Blanford's work on Mammalia, nor
is any allusion to this made in an excellent article on the Felidse in Chambers'
Encyclopaedia.
F. WALL, Captain, I. M. S.
Cannanore, 2ith November 1903.
No. XV —THE MANIPUR BUSH-QUAIL, OR HUME'S BUSH-QUAIL
(MICROPERDIX MAN1PURENS1S),
The specimen mentioned by Oates and by Blanford (Fauna of British India,
Vol. IV, pages 122-3) is evidently the quail shot by me in the cold weather of
1885-86 at Alipur Duar.
On more than one occasion I put up a couple of quail when tracking a tiger
in long grass, and realized that they were new to me. The male was a lovely
little bird, resembling a miniature black partridge it seemed to me, and both
birds had a habit of flinging themselves headlong into the tall grass, in an ap-
parently reckless manner, possibly with the object of forcing away to the ground
through the grass. After I had got the tiger, I went after the quail. I missed
the male, but dropped the hen bird, I could not get the cock to rise again
and feared I had wounded him.
I sent the skin to Mr. Wood Mason, who was unable to identify it, but agreed
with me that it was a bird not mentioned in " Hume and Marshall's " book.
He told me he had sent the specimen home to Mr. Bowdler Sharp, of the
British Museum.
The birds lived within a mile or so of the Rest House, and were found in the
long grass to the north-east of the Sub-Divisional Officer's house. I heard
nothing more about my specimen, and could get no trace of it until I read the
description in Oates' book. As the bird is so rare I think you may consider it
20
&28 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
worth while to note these particulars, and it will probably lead to other speci-
mens being found in the same locality. I imagine they are (or were) regular
visitors to these quiet haunts and are probably spread over various parts of the
Duars.
H. B. THORNHILL, Lt.-Col.
November 1th, 1903.
No. XVI —LOCUSTS IN GUJARAT..
A recent article in the Times of India gave the impression that the locust
which invaded the Bombay Presidency, a month or two back, in such large-
numbers, was the " Bombay " species, the yellow-striped Acridium suc->
einctum. An interesting letter from Mr. Young, which followed the article,
also stated that specimens which had been sent for identification to the Society
in 1901 from Gujarat, were all of this species. It may, therefore, be of interest
to state that the insects which visited this Agency (Mahi Kantha) in October
last were of that more notorious species Acridium peregrinum, as were the
swarms that invaded the neighbouring British Districts of Prantij and, I believe,
Kaira and Ahmedabad. I know that some specimens sent from Ahmedabad to
the Government Entomologist at Surat wei'e identified by that gentleman as
being A. peregrinurn.
A point of interest was the undecided course of flight taken by the swarms,
which coming in the first instance from a north-westerly direction, circled
round and moved backwards and forwards, with the result that in several
instances in these districts the same place would seem to have been visited
two or three times by the same swarm. I am not aware that there was
any strong or changeable wind at the time which might account for these
vagaries.
Considerable damage was done in some places, the crop that suffered most
being the ripe or ripening bajri.
The one large flight that I saw myself near Sadra (on the 14th October) was
flying, at about midday, in a south-westerly direction, at a rate of, I should say,
about seven miles per hour.
The front of the swarm was about f mile in breadth and its length I estimat-
ed at from six to seven miles. The depth perpendicularly was generally from
20 to 30 feet, tha lowest individuals flying at not more than 8 feet from the
ground, but here and there rose columns some hundreds of feet into the air.
The great bulk went on steadily until lost to sight, but a certain number stopped
to feed for half an hour or so in a fiold of jowari, eating only the grain which was
nearly ripe. I intended to try whether blank ammunition would have the effect
of moving them on, but they did not stay long enough for me to make the
experiment.
A. H. MOSSE.
Camp Vao, Mahi Kantha,
12/7* December 1903.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 529
No. XVII.— EXTRAORDINARY COURAGE OF A PANTHER.
I think perhaps the following account of a panther may be of some interest,
as it seemed to me rather extraordinary. I was sitting up over a goat last April,
■near a village called Conapur, Indur District. It was a windy night, half moon
and rather cloudy. A panther killed my goat about 8-30 p.m., and while he was
lying over it I fired two barrels at him from a Paradox. Unfortunately I
missed him and he stood up, but did not move a yard away. Directly he bad set-
tled down to the goat again, which was almost immediately, I fired another two
barrels at him and missed again, whereupon he jumped up and trotted away
for about 20 yards, but I could see him the whole time and he was back again
at the goat in less than a minute. This time in my hurry I put two of the
empty cartridges I had just fired into the Paradox and clicked them off. This
put him off more than the explosions had done, as he galloped away, but
was back again in about two minutes. I again fired two barrels and
hit him badly, the second shot eventually getting him about 11 a.m. next
morning. He was a full-grown male, measuring as he lay 7' 1", parti-
cularly fat and in very good condition. He had killed and taken away
a goat from the same village two days before, so could not have been really
hungry. I found all five shots next morning : two of them had hit the goat,
one was about a foot short, the other two about a yard over it. As the panther
each time that I fired was lying on the far side of the goat, all shots must have
been unpleasantly close. The goat could not have been more than 12 yards
away from me and I was on quite a low banyan tree, with little cover. I have
missed three or four panthers at night, but have never known one come back
again. Considering the point-blank range, it seems quite extraordinary that a
panther should take so little notice of four barrels and two miss fires. Could
you let me know if panthers are in the habit of coming back so soon after being
fired at, and if you have ever heard of a similar case.
L. C. BRODIE.
Trimulgherry, Deccan,
December 1903.
No. XVIII.— OCCURRENCE OF SARCOGRAMMUS INDICUS (THE
RED-WATTLED LAPWING) IN THE DIBRUGARH DISTRICT,
UPPER ASSAM.
In view of the fact that Blanford gives the distribution of Sarcogrammus
wdicus on the east to Sylhet and Cachar and states that it is not recorded
from Upper Assam I record the occurrence of an adult female. This bird
a single, was obtained on a sandy bank on the River Debra, a short distance
above here, on the 5th December,
H. STEVENS.
RUNGAGORA, UPPER ASSAM,
December 1903.
520 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
No. XIX —OCCURRENCE OF HOREITES BRUNNEIFRONS (THE
RUFOUS-CAPPED BUSH-WAR]3LER).
In the Dibrugarh District, Upper Assam, Oates gives the eastern limit i&
distribution of Horeites brunneifrons as Sikhim, and Blanford's observations as
10,000 feet, the lowest limit in its range. It is, however, a common cold- weather
visitant to the plains in this district, almost invariably found near water,
preferably frequents stretches of ekra, hopping from stem to stem a few feet
from the ground, uttering its unmistakable note, and occasionally taking a short
flight into any secluded nook, remarkably tame, a contrast to the skulking
habits of the numerous babblers* which frequent similar localities. It is also to
•be found along the banks of forest streams where the undergrowth and dea$
branches seem equally suited to its requirements.
H, STEVENS,
RUNGAGORA, UPPER ASSAM,
December 1903.
No. XX— BUTTERFLIES OF THE KONKAN DISTRICT.
In order to make our records as complete as possible, I think it well to notify
the capture of two males and one female of Apatura (Euhalia) lubentina and one
male and one female, Lehe neetgherriensis, on the Andheri-Marol road
in Salsette. In the case of both species the males were good specimens, while
the hindwings of the females were notched, evidently by a bird's beak.
I have also to record the capture of a fresh specimen of Caprona ransonnrtti*
Feld in the same locality, which I believe is new to the list.
L. C. H. YOUNG.
Bombay, 18th December 1903.
No. XXI —ENEMIES OF INSECTS.
I have seen ft stated recently in print, and there seems to be a general idea
that the food of dragonflies consists of minute insects only, and it may therefore
he well to state that I have frequently seen them eating Mycalesis mineus and'
Yphkima huebneri — I suppose our two commonest butterflies.
Recently I found green locusts on the dinner table making a meal off
several small moths. I had no idea before that these creatures were very car-
nivorous.
L. C. H. YOUNG.
Bombay, l$th December 1903.
No. XXII —OCCURRENCE OF THE COMMON INDIAN BEE-EATER
(MEROPS VIRIDISJ IN BALUCHISTAN.
I am able to add one more to Captain Marshall's list of the birds of Quetta>
published in recent numbers of the Society's Journal. I saw yesterday a
specimen of Merops viridis sitting on a poplar tree. I was quite close to it at
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 531
the time, and am certain of the identification. I had not previously seen a
specimen of this species in Baluchistan, though Blanford states that it extends
through Baluchistan to Persia. It is certainly not common here.
C. G. NURSE, Major,
Quetta, \lth December 1903. 113th Infantry.
No. XXIII— THE ENEMIES OF BUTTERFLIES.
Major Nurse has referred to this point in the last number of this Journal ;
my experience has been that butterflies are seldom preyed upon as other flying
insects are. I have seen an Attid spider catch a small butterfly and apparently
suck it dry before dropping it ; in the West Indies the common lizard, Anolis,
Sp., certainly preys on butterflies, eating the body and dropping the wings.
Dragonflies never appear to catch butterflies, and it would be interesting to
know whether Mantidce and Locustidcc prey on butterflies ; the latter are said
to.
H. MAXWELL LEFROY.
Sukat, 21st December 1903.
No. XXIV— A NOTE ON THE HABITS OF CHLORION (SPHEX)
LOBATUS.
A female of this species was observed in a Calcutta compound digging in a
grass-plot. The insect was hard at work excavating in loose soil, raking the
soil away with her forelegs and jaws. As fast as it wasdug out, the earth was
thrown behind her between her legs. In a few minutes she began to disappear
below the surface, emerging continually with a load of earth ; this she carried
in her forelegs and jaws below her head, and on reaching the surface it was
thrown behind her. This continued till the insect had penetrated a little over
an inch below ground. A miniature eruption then occurred and a fine large
cricket leapt out in a cloud of dust closely followed by the wasp. There was
no doubt that the cricket was badly frightened and was doing all it could to get
away. It had no chance ; the wasp was after it at once, jumped on its back,
and seized it firmly round the thorax. Her abdomen curled round the body of
the struggling cricket and the sting was inserted several times into the thorax,
just where the big nerve ganglia lie. The cricket struggled violently and dis-
lodged the Chlorion, but she again got a firm hold and repeatedly stung it in the
middle ventral line of the thorax. Finally the cricket collapsed, only the twitch-
ings of the limbs showing it still lived. The Chlorion then left it and flew
about till she found a hole, which proved to be one of the openings of the
cricket's own burrow. This hole she explored and then returned to the cricket.
She placed herself upon it, seized it in her jaws and legs, and with the aid of
her wings dragged it to the opening. Then both vanished for some time and
the wasp presently re-appeared alone. She covered the hole neatly up with
earth and flew away. This little tragedy was now repeated with the difference
that the cricket this time burst out at one hole and the wasp at another. The
532 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
result was the same. After the second burying, the wasp was captured as she
emerged, and put in a cage with a live cricket. Next morning both were dead
but the cricket had a small white egg stuck between the base of its legs. Even
in a cage she had been true to her instincts and stung the cricket, afterwards
laying her egg as she had done with the crickets she caught the day before
under natural circumstances. The cricket proved to be Brachytrupes Achatinus
(Stoll.), the common big ground cricket. The grub of the Chlorion presumedly
feeds on the paralysed cricket which keeps alive and fresh till wanted.
H. MAXWELL LEFROY.
Surat, 21 st December 1903.
No. XXV— ABNORMAL GROWTH OF TREES.
In two cases I have come across I have noted a very abnormal growth in tree
trunk?. In both cases the trees are worshipped by the local Uriyas.
1. Terminalia tomentosa. — -A large tree near Chirikipadasasanum in the
Atagoda Zemindari of the Ganjam District.
Girth 1 foot above ground ... 13 feet.
Girth 9 feet above ground ... 17 feet,
Largast diameter at 9 feet ... 8 feet.
Smallest diameter at 9 feet ... 1 foot.
2. Anogeissus acuminata. — In Tilsingi village, Gumsur Taluq, Ganjam.
A very old tree, buttressed all round ; the main trunk broken short at a height
of 12 feet, with three large side branches, the whole presenting the shape of a
gourd.
Girth at 2 feet above ground ... 39 feet.
Diameters at right angles ... 12 feet 4 inches and 12 feet.
The abnormal thickness is mainly due to five large buttresses which are
from 3 to 6 feet high and stand out from l£ to 3 feet away from the main trunk.
The girth measurement was taken round the buttresses from apex to apex
and not following the sinuosities.
C. E. C. FISCHER,
Dy. Conservator, I, F. S.
Chatrapur, Gunjam Dist., Madras Presy.,
January 1904.
No. XXVI.— SOME NOTES ON HARRIER HAWKS IN UVA, CEYLON.
One evening, just when the building of the Boer Camp at Diyatalawa was
being commenced, a friend and I were trying the swamps in the vicinity for
snipe.
It was getting dusk and we were surprised to see a much larger number of
Harrier Hawks (0. cineraceus and C. macrurus) than we had ever observed in
company before settling on the low hills surrounding a swamp. They came in
from all sides as the light waned, until there were quite forty. We shot seven
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 533
specimens, three of C. cineraceus and four of C. macrurus. When it was nearly
dark all the hawks settled in the swamp, which was covered with low thick
grass and about five acres in extent.
On going into the swamp we found that each bird had a regular " form " very
similar to that made by a covey of partridge where they pass the night.
A boy who had been an inmate of the " Happy Valley Home " (a school and
reformatory established by the Wesleyan Mission) which used to be close by
assured us that the hawks had been in the habit of passing the night in this
particular swamp for years ; and that the boys used to catch them with dogs on
moonlight night's ; rather a poor game for the dogs one would think ! It may
be a coincidence, it is most certainly a fact, that when the camp was inhabited
and the swamp drained, these birds became scarce.
Before the camp was built, any one on these " palnas " could hardly look
round without seeing a harrier quartering the ground methodically as it sailed
gracefully along, and I have not observed more than could be counted on the
fingers of one hand in the last two N.-E. monsoons.
This fact is the more strange, as there are literally hundreds of lonely swamps
in the "palnas" between Badulla, Attampettia and Bandarawela.
As a matter of fact the very swamp chosen by the birds must have been
often shot over, though I presume the hawks escaped observation owing to the
fact of their only coming in at nightfall.
There were no examples of the (in Ceylon) rare Pied Harrier {Circus mela~
noleucus) with the other two species, although I have occasionally seen one in
the striking mature plumage gliding along out of shot.
It is curious how deceptive a harrier's flight is. I once saw one chasing a snipe,
not swooping but " raking" after it ; the snipe after vain endeavours to escape
by speed had to seek refuge in some scrub.
F. SIKE3.
Badulla, Ceylon,
21 st December 1903.
534
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE MEETING HELD ON THURSDAY, THE
5th NOVEMBER 1903.
A meeting of the members of the Bombay Natural History Society was held
at the Society's Rooms on Thursday, the 5th November 1903, Colonel R. H.
Light presiding.
NEW MEMBERS.
The election of the following new members was announced : — Mr. John J.
Robinson (Ceylon) ; Mr. S. M. McCausland (Bombay) ; Mr. T. D. Moore
(Bombay) ; Mr. E. H. Hart (Parel) ; Mr. H. Wright (Ceylon) ; Mr. G. H.
Dempster (Mhow, C.I.) ; Colonel H. B. Thornhill (Simla) ; Lieut.-Colonel
J, B. Dodd (Poona) ; Colonel W. Capper (Simla) ; Captain A. S. Begbie
(Cawnpore) ; Captain R. B. Graham (Rangoon) ; Mr. A. B. de Souza (Hyder-
abad, Sind) ; Mr. C. B. Beadnell (Kanuparte, Ongole District, Madras) ; Dr.
R. J. L. Sladan (Igatpuri) ; Mr. Ralph Bagnall (Ootacamund) ; Mr. R. R.
Wright (Bombay) ; Mr. F. C. Annesley (Bombay) ; Mr. C. E. Rhenius (Bellary) ;
Mr. P. F. S. Creaghe (Kirkee) ; Lieutenant P. Hudson (Rangoon) ; Captain
S. de V. A. Julius (Delhi) ; Mr. J. Lee Stewart (Belur, Hassan District, Mysore) ;
Major J. H. Christie (Kasauli, Punjab) ; and Mr. E. Marsden (Bombay).
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE MUSEUM.
The Honorary Secretary, Mr. H. M. Phipson, acknowledged receipt of the fol-
lowing contributions since last meeting : —
Contribution.
Description.
Contributor.
1 Barn Owl (alive)*
1 Snake (alive) juv
1 Chameleon (alive) ...
1 Turtle, juv (alive)
1 Brown Tree Snake (alive).
1 Painted Snipe
1 Bengsl Bed Whiskered
Bulbul (alive).
1 Green Tree Snake (alive),
1 Green Tree Viper (alive),
1 Dhaman (alive)
1 Large Centipede (alive)...
Some land shells from the
Garo Hills, Assam.
1 Snake
A number of Geological Spe-
cimens from Ajmere.
1 Daboia or BustoH'b Viper
(alive), from Goona, C.I.
Stri* flammed
Tro pidonotm stolatus
Chameleon calcaratuz
Dipsas trigonata
Rostratula capensis
Otocompsa emeria ...
Dryophls mycterizans
Trimeresurus gramineus
Zameivt mucosus
Scolopendra gigantea
Lycodon aiilieus
Vipera russellii
.Mr. Narayenji Dwarkadas.
.Mr. T. S. Dawson.
.'Mr. D, G. Ommaney.
Do.
Mrs. E. T. Davies.
Mr. N. C. Macleod.
Mrs. E. B. Raikes.
Rev. F. Dreckmann, S.J.
Do.
Do.
Dr. H. Cogill.
Mr. Jas. Marten.
Mr. C. H.Donald.
Mr. Lalla Har Swarup.
Capt. S. Capper.
• Sent to Victoria Gardeus.
MINOR CONTRIBUTIONS.
From Professor O. V. Muller, Mr. R. S. Pearson, Mrs. K.Thomson, Mr.
E. C. B. Acworth, Colonel G. M. Porter, R. E., Captain Morphew, R. A. M. C.,
Mr. J. Brand, and Mr. M. F. Reid, C. I. E.
PROCEEDINGS. 535
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE LIBRARY.
Flora of the Presidency of Bombay, Part III. By Theodore Cook, C.I.E.,
presented by the author.
Records of the Botanical Survey of India, Volume II, No. 5, in exchange.
Report on the administration of Government Museum and Connemara Public
Library, Madras, for 1902-3, in exchange.
Hand List of Birds, Volume IV, and Monograph of Mosquitoes ; three
volumes and index, in exchange.
PAPERS READ.
The following papers were then read and discussed : — (1) Description of three
new frogs from Southern India and Ceylon, by 0. A. Boulenger, F. R S (Vice-
President, Zoological Society of London). (2) On two Dolphins from Madras,
by R. Lydekker, B.A., F.R.S., F.G.S. (3) Sand-grouse and Locusts, by R. H.
Heath C. E. (4) The use of Calmette's antivenomous serum in cases of snakt-
bite, by Major W. B. Bannerman, I. M. S.
Major Bannerman demonstrated his remarks with carefully prepared tables,
showing the great difference between the action of the poisons of the cobra
(Nam tripudian>s), the daboia or chain viper (Vipera rusellii) and the banded
krait (Bungarus fasciatus). The action of the poison in the case of the Hama-
dryad or king cobra (Naia bungarus) is now being worked out by Captain G.
Lamb, I. M. S., at Kasauli from venom obtained from the live specimen now in
the Society's museum. Major Bannerman pointed out that in the absence of
material it was at present impossible to make experiments with the venom of
the Phoorsa or Kupper (Echis carinata) and the common krait {Bungarus
cceruleus), and he hoped that members of the Society and others would forward
live specimens of the last mentioned snakes so as to enable further experiments
to be carried out. He also mentioned that it has now been proved beyond
doubt that Calmette's anti-venine, although of the greatest value in the case of
cobra bite, is useless in the case of bites from the banded krait and the daboia.
Colonel R. Light moved a vote of thanks to Major Bannerman, I. M. S., and
the authors of the other papers, and in doing so remarked on the great value and
public utility of such a paper as Major Bannerman's, and also of the experiments
which were being carried out by Captain Lamb, I. M. S., at Kasauli. It was to
be devoutly hoped that Government would encourage this work, and that in the
course of time the different cera would be found which would prevent the great
loss of life which at present takes place annually in India from snake-bite.
A vote of thanks to the Chairman then terminated the meeting.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE MEETING HELD ON
17th DECEMBER 1903.
A meeting of the members of the Bombay Natural Society was held at the
Society's Rooms on 17th December 1903. the Rev, Father Dreckmann, S. J..
presiding.
21
536 JOURNAL. BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
NEW MEMBERS.
The election of the following new members was announced : — Life member :
Mr. H. W Seton-Karr (London). Members : Major C. Gough (Babugarh,U. P.) ;
Dr. Francis L. Penno, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P.,and L.S.A. (Bombay) ; Mr. R. Guy
Foster (Bilur, Hassan District, Mysore) ; Mr. 0. F. Lumsden, I.C.S. (Jhelum.
Punjab) ; Mr. F. W. Allison, I. U.S. (Rajkote) ; Shrimant Maloji Rao Rage
Ghorpade, Chief of Mudhol (Mudhol, S. M.C.) ; Mr. H. P. Stringfellow (Bom-
bay) ; Lieutenant F. M. Bailey (Tibet Frontier Commission) ; Mr. R. Wallace
(Bombay) ; Mr. H. L. Richardson (Bombay) ; Mr. R. Foulkes (Madura) ; Mr.
J. F. Grant (Nazira, Assam) ; Mr. P. B. Haigh, I.C.S. (Karwar) ; Mr. G. C.
Alston (Maskeliya, Ceylon) ; Captain C. P. Porch (Lucknow) ; Mr. C. A. Beyts.
I.C.S. (Karachi) ; Mr. F. C. Griffith (Hyderabad, Sind) ; Lieutenant A.M. Twiss.
R. E. (Kirkee) ; Captain E. S. Gale (Aijal, Lushai Hills, Assam) ; Lieutenant
R. A. Yule (Silchar, Assam) ; Mr. D. H. Lees (Tezpur, Assam) ; Mr. V. Sub-
rrtmanyam, M.A. (Salem, Madras) ; Mr. R. H. Sears, C. E. (Barakar Bridge.
E. I. Railway) ; and Mr. H. M. M. Davidson (Behali P. 0., Darrang, Assam).
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE MUSEUM.
The Honorary Secretary, Mr. H. M. Phipson, acknowledged receipt of the
following contributions since last meeting : —
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE LIBRARY.
The Fauna of British India, Hymenoptera, Vol. II, by Colonel C. T.Bingham-
from the author.
Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India, Ser. XV, Vol. IV, in exchange.
The Hope Reports, by E. B. Poulton, from the author.
Lepidoptera Indica, Vols. LXV, LXVI, from H. H. the Maharajah of Mysore.
PAPERS READ.
1. The present position of Economic Entomology in India, by H. Maxwell
Lefroy, M.A., F.E.S , F.Z.S., Entomologist to the Government of India (react by
the author).
2. Cannibalism in Snakes, by Captain F. Wall, I. M.S.
3. Oceanic or Andaman Teal, by Commander N. F. Wilson, R.I.M,
-p
in
d
o
6
I
s
■n
0
JOURNAL
OF THE
BOMBAY
Statural Ifetorg
Vol. XV.
BOMBAY.
No. 4.
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF NORTHERN GANJAM.
By Cecil E. C. Fischer, i.p.s.
(Read before the Bombay Natural History Society on 16th June 1904. )
The Ganjam district is the northernmost of the Madras Presidency
and borders on Bengal and the Central Provinces.
In some points the Flora of the district differs from that of any other
part of the presidency and is characterised by the presence of Shorea
robusta, which tree occurs nowhere else in Madras, excepting the Agency
tracts of the Vizagapatam district (Jeypore estate).
The Ganjam district itself is, however, open to sub-division as regards
its Flora, more especially from the fact of its bordering on the Bay of
Bengal. As I have not had the privilege of visiting the Agency tracts
of Ganjam, and have very slight acquaintance with the portion lying
south of Ichchapur along the coast, these notes refer only to the 2
northern taluqs of the plains — the Berhampur talnq near the coast and
the Gumsur taluq from 30 to 70 miles from the sea. The elevation of
this tract is from 0 to 3,000 feet.
The list is obviously very far from complete, and the total absence
of species from several large families, e. g., Compositse and Umbellifene,
is striking ; it must not be thought that this means that these orders
are not represented, but simply that the classification of these orders
being difficult they have been reserved for study after greater experience.
I trust that this personal note, which seems necessary to prevent mis-
apprehension, will be excused.
538 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
SOME PLANTS FROM NORTHERN GANJAM.
Dilleniacece.
1. Dillenia pentagyna, Roxb. Uriya Ra'i. Leafless when flowering in March.
Fruiting and in full foliage in May.
Magnoliacece.
2. Michelia champaca, L. Uriya Ckompa. Planted here and there.
Anonaceee.
3. Artobotrys odoratissimus, H. f. & T. Uriya Monaschompa. In hedges.
4. Unona discolor, Vahl. One small tree planted at Chatrapur.
5. Polyalthia longifolia, Benth. & E. f. Uriya Asuada. Extensively planted
as an ornamental tree.
6. Polyalthia cerasoides, Benth. & E. f. Nobunisero. Fruit in May and
June.
7. Polyalthia korinti, Benth. & E.f. Somewhat scarce.
8. Polyalthia auberosa, Benth, &: H. f. Uriya Kuradia.
9. Anona squamosa, Linn. Uriya Sitaphollo. Run wild.
10. Anona reticulata, Linn. Uriya RamplwUo. Run wild.
11. Miliusa velutina, H. f. & T. Uriya Gondopolaso. Flowering in March.
12. Saccopetalum tomentosum. H.f. & T. Uriya Gondopolaso. Flowers in
March.
Nymphazacece.
13. Nymphcea lotus, Linn. Uriya Ronno Koni)_ ,
fin most tanks throughout
14. Nymphcea stellata, Willd. > i]ie district.
15. Nelumbium speciosum, Willd. )
Papaveracece.
16. Argemone mexicana, L. Uriya Jogoda. Very common on waste lands.
Its yellow flowers appear from January to April.
Capparidem.
1 7.C leome monophylla, Linn. Uriya Onosuriso. Flowers in November and
December,
18. Cleome viscosa, Linn. Flowering in August.
19. Gynandropsi8 pentaphylla. DC. Prodr. Uriya Onosuriso. In flower in
November and December.
20. Crataeva religiosa, Forst. Uriya Borono. Planted ornamentally. Flowers
appear usually when leaves have fallen, and presents a most hanc-some
appearance with the 4 white petals and the numerous purple stamens.
The globose red fruit are also pretty. The tree is quite bare and ugly,
however, at least twice in the year.
21. Capparis sepiaria, Linn. Uriya Hurippi.
22. Capparis horrida, Linn. Uriya Ashada. In flower about January.
Violacece.
23. Ionidium suffruticosum, Ging. in DC. Prodr. Uriya Bonomodurango.
This little herb flowers from July up to December ; the fruit is present at
the same time.
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF NORTHERN GANJAM. 539
Bixinece.
24. Cochlospermum gossypium, DC. Prodr. Uriya. lBendia murdoni.
Flowers appear in January and February. J Popso koniari.
25. Bixa Orcllana, Roxb. Uriya Jafra. Planted here and there. Flowering
October ; fruit ripe in November.
26. Flacourtia Ramontchi, L'Herit. Uriya Boincho. Flowers in March ; fruit
in May.
27. Flacourtia sepiaria, Roxb. Uriya Balliboincho. In scrub forests near the
coast.
Polygalece.
28. Polygala leptalea. DC. Prodr. The pretty little purplish flowers
appear in October and November.
29. Polygala chinensis, Linn. Flowers from August to October.
30. Polygala telephioides, Willd. Flowering in January.
Portulacece.
31. Portulaca quadrifida, Linn, A small fleshy herb in wet places ; the
diminutive yellow flowers bloom in November.
Gutttferece.
32. Calophyllum inophyllum, Linn. Uriya Polango. Extensively planted.
Dipterocarpece.
33. Shorea robusta, Gaertn. Uriya i <ZaIua I ^ over *he Gumsur taluq.
The chief forest tree reaching up to 3,000 feet. The flowers appear from
the end of January till March, and the ripe winged fruit falls (sometimes
germinating before falling) late in May or early in June.
Malvacece.
34. Sida carpinifolia, L. Flowers from September to December.
35. Sida rhombifolia, Linn. Uriya Chinnapanra. Flowers about November.
36. Sida cordifolia L. Uriya Bissokopari. Flowering about November.
37. Abutilon indicum. G. Don. Flowers appear in November.
38. Abutilon muticum. G. Don. In flower in January.
39. Urena lobata, Linn. J FIowering in November.
40. Urena sinuata, Linn. J
41. Pavonia zeylanica, Cav. In flower in January.
42. Pavonia odorata, Willd. Flowers in the rains.
43. Hibiscus micranthus, Linn. Flowers in January.
44. Thespesia Iampas, Dah. & Gibs. Uriya Bono Koppa. Flowers November.
45. Thespesia populnea, Corr. Uriya Guia Usto. Planted as an avenue tree.
46. Kydia calycina, Roxb. Uriya Kopasia. Flowers November.
47. Adansonia digitata, L. Three trees planted in a garden in Russell-
konda. The fleshy white flowers appear in August and the fruit in
September.
48. Bombax malabaricum, DC. Prodr, UriyalBouro. Common and attaining very
large dimensions. Flowers January to March ; ripe pods March to May.
540 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV„
Sterculiacece.
49. Sterculia urens, Roxb. Uriya Kodarlo.
50. Sterculia villosa, Roxb,
51. Helecteres isora, L. Uriya Muri-muri. Very common undergrowth,
especially on hill sides. Resembles Grewia telice/olia, but the leaves are
somewhat rough, and the pink or livid elongated irregular flowers and the
spirally twisted fruit are very distinct.
52. Pterospermum acerifolium, Willd. Uriya Bailo. Flowering October and
November ; fruiting November and December.
53. Guazuma tomentosa, Kunth. Uriya Devadaru. Commonly planted in
hedgerows.
Tiliacece.
54. Grewia tiliaefolia, Vdhl. Uriya Dhamono. Flowers April and May ;
fruit May and June.
55. Grewia salvifolia, Heyne. Uriya Kulo.
56. Grewia pilosa, Linn. Uriya Kulo.
57. Grewia laevigata, Vahl.
58. Triumfetta rhomboidia, Linn. Uriya Jatto^jatti. Flowers from November
to January.
Linear.
59. Hugonia Mystax, Linn. In coast scrub forests. Flowers July and
August.
Malpighiacece.
60. Tristellateia australasica, A. Rich. A handsome climber with bright
yellow petals and red anthers — a single specimen in a garden in Chatrapur.
Flowers appear in August.
61. Hiptage madablota, Gaertn. Uriya Madavi.
Zygophyllece,
62. Tribulus terrestris, Linn. Flowers and fruit in August.
GeraniacecB.
63. Oxalis carniculata, Linn. Uriya Bono-Sunnusunnia. Flowers and fruit
November and December.
64. Biophytum Reinwardtii, Walp. Flowering in rains and cold season.
Rutaceae.
65. Toddalia aculeata, Pers. Uriya Hau Mirclio. A common thorny scandent
shrub with small white flowers, orange berries and 3-foliate spiny leaves.
Flowers in November ; fruit ripe in January.
66. Glycosnais pentaphylla, Corr. Uriya Hau Mircho.
67. Murraya Koenigi, Spreng. Uriya Mirsingipotaro. The curry plant.
68. Limonia acidissima, Linn. Uriya Bhenta. Flowers March.
69. Atalantia monophylla., Correa. Flowers November.
70. Citrus medica, Linn. Uriya Gojjonimbo. } f Th,ese ««. cultivated aDd are
/ "Z {found occasionally apparently
71. Citrus aurantium, Linn. Urnja Narungo. fwiid) but really are the relics
72. Citrus decumana, Linn. Uriya Pampalimas.) of deserted villages in forests.
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF NORTHERN G AN J AM. 541
73. Feronia elephantum, Corr. Uriya Koito. The woodapple. Flowers in
January ; ripe fruit in October.
74. iEgle marmelos, Corr. Uriya Bello.
Simarubecp.
75. Ailantus excelsa, Roxb. Uriya Gorimilcarwati. Flowers January ; fruit
March.
Ochnacece.
7G. Ochna squarrosa, Linn. Uriya Koniari. Flowers in March.
Burseracece.
77. Bursera serrata, Colebr. Uriya Sorupoiri-Mohi.
78. Garuga pinnata, Roxb. Uriya Handala-Mohi.
Meliaceoe.
79. Melia azadirachta, Linn. Uriya Limbo. Flowers March ; fruit April
and May.
80. Melia dubia, Cav. Uriya Mahalimbo. Ripe fruit in March.
81. Cipadessa fruticosa, Blume. Uriya Ronabilli.
82. Soymida febrifuga, Adv. Juss. Uriya- Sohun. Flowers February-March ;
fruit March-April.
83. Chloroxylon Swietenia, DC. Prodr. Uriya Bheru. Flowers March.
84. Swietenia macrophylla, King. A few young plants, planted in Chatrapur.
OlacinecB.
85. Olax scandens, Roxb. Uriya Boderika. Flowers March ; fruit May.
Celastrinece.
86. Celastrus paniculata, Willd. Uriya Kattapengu.
Rhamnece.
87. Ventilago calyculata, Tulasme. Uriya Pitchuli. Flower November.
88. Zizyphus jujuba, Larnh. Uriya Borokli. Fruit January.
89. Zizyphus (Enoplea, Mill. Gard. Uriya Konteholi. Flower October ;
fruit December.
90. Zizyplus xylopyrus, Willd. Uriya Gotti. Flower October ; fruit December.
91. Zizyphus rugosa, Lamk. Uriya Chunukoli.
Ampelideas,
92. Vitis quadrangularis, Wall.
93. Vitis gigantea, Bedd. Uriya Tanqua. A large creeper with furrowed
corky bark ; the stem contains a considerable quantity of water, which is
quite sweet and potable.
94. Vitis latifolia, Roxb. Uriya Dibiri.
95. Vitis carnosa, Wall. 7 Fruiting in November.
96. Vitis pedata, Vahl. J
Sapindacece.
97. Cardiospermum Halicacabum, Linn. A graceful slender creeper with
small white flowers, and triangular, inflated membranous capsule. Com-
mon in hedges and fields. Flowers August to December.
98. Allophylus Cobbe var. serratus, Blume. Uriya Tsallunnia.
542 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
99. Schleichera trijuga, Willd. Uriya Kussumo. Flowers March ; fruit May.
100. Sapindus trifoliatus, Linn. Uriya Muktamunji. Flowers December ;
fruit March.
Anacardiacece.
101. Mangifera indica, Linn. Uriya Ambo. Grows to a very large size in
the hills.
102. Anacardium occidentale, Linn. Uriya Bhallia-ambo.
103. Buchanania latifolia, Roxb. Uriya Charo. Flowers January and
February ; fruit March.
104. Odina Wodier, Roxb, Uriya Sorupotri Mohi.
105. Semecarpus Anacardium, Linn. Uriya Bhallia. Fruit November.
106. Spondias mangifera, Willd. Uriya Amboto. Flowers March.
Moringece.
107. Moringa pterygosperma, Gartn. Uriya Munika. Run wild in places.
Leguminosece.
108. Rothia trifoliata, Pers. Flowers November and December.
109. Crotolaria globosa, W. & A. Flowers December-January.
110. Crotolaria prostrata, Roxb. Flowering January and February.
111. Crotolaria evolvuloides, Wight.
112. Crotolaria rubiginosa var, Wightiana, Willd. Uriya Bonojumka. Flowers
and pods October.
113. Crotolaria albida, Ileyne.
114. Crotolaria linifolia, Linn.
115. Crotolaria calycina^ Schrank.
116. Crotolaria sericea, Retz.
117. Crotolaria verrucosa, Linn. Flowers December.
118. Crotolaria clavata, W. & A. Uriya Jummudu. Flowering from July
to January.
119. Crotolaria laburnifolia, Linn.
120. Indigofera echinata, Willd. Flowers and fruit January.
121. Indigofera glandulosa, Willd.
122. Indigofera linifolia, Retz.
123. Indigofera enneaphylla, Linn.
124. Indigofera pentaphylla, Linn. [ F1°werinf 0ctober ! Pods 0ctober **
i
November.
125. Indigofera trifoliata, Linn.
126. Indigofera hirsuta, Linn.
127. Indigofera tinctoria, Linn.
128. Psoralia corylifolia. Linn. Flowers and pods December.
129. Millettia auriculata, Baker. Uriya Rekorlo.
130. Tephrosia purpurea and var. pumila, Pers. Uriya Mo'ishia Koluthia.
131. Tephrosia villosa, Pers. Uriya Settokoluthia.
132. Sesbania aegyptiaca, Pers. Uriya Jointi.
133. Sesbania aculeata, Pers.
134. Sesbania grandiflora, Pers.
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF NORTHERN GANJAM. 543
135. Zornia diphylla, Pers. Flowers and pods, October to December.
136. Smithia sensitiva, Ait. Flowers November.
137. iEschynomene indica, Linn. Uriya Sullo. Flowers and pods January
and February.
138. ^schynomene aspera, Linn. Uncommon. Flowers December.
139. Ormocarpum sennoides. DC. Prodr. Flowers and pods August. The
muricated interrupted pods are very distinctive.
140. Leptodesmia congesta, Benth.
141. Pseudarthria viscida, W. <& A.
142. Uraria picta, Desv.
143. Uraria hamosa, Wall.
144. Alysicarpus monilifer, DC. Prodr.
145. Alysicarpus vaginalis var. nummularifolia, DC. Prodr,
146. Alysicarpus rugosus var. styracifolius, DC. Prodr.
147. Ougeinia dalbergioides, Benth. Uriya Bandhono.
148. Desmodium pulchellum, Benth. Uriya Kursunoponi.
149. Desmodium latifolium, DC. Prodr. Uriya Saloponi.
150. Desmodium triflorum, DC Prodr, Uriya Bhumikamarada.
151. Abrus precatorius, Linn. Uriya Koincho.
152. Lathyrus sativus, Linn.
153. Mucuna pruriens, DC. Prodr. Uriya Bhoincho. Flowers November
and December. The brown pods covered with irritating hairs ripen in
January.
154. Erythrina indica, Linn. Urya Paldua. 7 Flowers FebrUary-March.
155. Erythrina suberosa. Roxb. Uriya Chaldua. *
156. Spatholobus Roxburghii, Benth. Uriya Noi-polaso.
157. Butea frondosa, Roxb. Uriya Polasi-gocho. Flowers March.
158. Butea superba, Roxb. Uriya Polaso.
159. Canavalia ensiformis, DC. Prodr. Flowering December and January.
160. Phaseolus trilobus, Ait.
161. Phaseolus aconitifolius, Jacq.
162. Phaseolus mungo, Linn.
163. Phaseolus trinervius, Heyne.
164. Vigna Catiang, Endl. Uriya Borogudi. Run wild here and there.
165. Clitoria Ternatea, Linn.
166. Pachyrhizus angulatus, Rich. Uriya Rongojatto. Run wild, and now
abundant.
167. Dolichos Lablab, Linn.
168. Atylosia scarabeoides, Benth. var. nervosum, Royle. Uriya Bonoko-
luthia.
169. Cajanus indicus, Spreng. Uriya Kandulo. Occasionally run wild.
170. Dunbaria conspersa, Benth. Uriya Opporjito.
171. Rhynchosia suaveolens. 1 DC. Prodr. Uriya Bonolcandulo. Flowers
172. Rhynchosia cana. J November.
544 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV
173. Rhynchosia viscosa, DC. Prodr. Flowers December and January ;
pods ripen February.
174. Flemingia chappar, Ham. Uriya Chinna.
175. Flemingia conjesta, Eoxb. Flowers December.
176. Dalbergia Sissoo, Roxb. Planted in avenues.
177. Dalbergia latifolia, Roxb. Uriya Sissua.
178. Dalbergia volubilis, Roxb. Uriya Pitchuli.
179. Dalbergia paniculata, Roxb. Uriya Dhobi. Fruit October.
180. Pterocarpus marsupium, Roxb. Uriya Piasal.
181. Pterocarpus santalinus, Linn. A few trees planted at Chatrapur.
182. Pongamia glabra, Vent. Jard. Uriya Koronjo. Flowers March ; pods
ripen January.
183. Derris scandens, Benth.
184. Csesalpinia Bonducella, Fleming. The broad prickly pods ripen in
January. The pods are two-seeded ; the seeds are large and lead-coloured.
185. Csesalpinia pulcherrima, Swartz. Planted ornamentally.
186. Csesalpinia sepiaria, Roxb. Uriya Gillo.
187. CaBsalpinia coriaria, Willd. Planted.
188. Peltophorum ferrugineum, Benth. Planted in avenues.
189. Poinciana elata, Linn.
190. Poinciana regia, Boja.
191. Parkinsonia aculeata, Linn. Uriya Suna Sullo.
192. Cassia fistula, Linn. Sunnari. Flowering April, when it presents a very
handsome appearance with its large thyrses of golden flowers. The pods
are long and terete.
193. Cassia occidentals, Linn. Uriya Kasindra. In Hooker's Flora this
plant is shown as having 7 perfect stamens and the petals pale lilac. In
Ganjam, however, where it is a most common weed, the perfect stamens
are almost invariably 6 and the petals always yellow. The uppermost
stamen as well as the 3 lowest is rudimentary. Flowers and pods August
to January.
194. Cassia tora, Linn. Uriya Tsaleunda
195. Cassia auriculata, Linn. In the southern part of the district only.
196. Cassia alata, Linn. One plant in a garden at Chatrapur.
197. Cassia siamea, Linn. Uriya Sinia-Kasindra. Introduced and planted as
an avenue tree, and now run wild.
198. Cassia glauca, Linn. One specimen only found in a small remote village.
No one knows how it came there, nor do there appear to be any other
in the neighbourhood.
199. Cassia absus, Linn.
200. Cassia Kleinii, W.& A.
201. Cassia mimusoides, Linn.
e Koia.
202. Tamarindus indica, Linn. Uriya \ j>mtun
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF NORTHERN GANJAM. 545
203. Bauhinia tomentosa, Linn. Flowers in August. Coast scrub land.
204. Bauhinia racemosa, Linn. Uriya Ambata. Flowers May.
205. Bauhinia Vahlii, W. & A. Uriya Shiali.
206. Bauhinia purpurea, Linn. Uriya Borada. Flowers October ; pods
January.
207. Neptunia oleracea, Lour. Flowering July.
203. Xylia dolabriformis, Benth. Uriya $ ¥,aUmo\
209. Entada scandens, Benth. Uriya Giridi. Rare ; flowers in March.
210. Dichrostachys cinerea, W.&A. Uriya Kuradia. Common. Its red and
white or yellow heads of flowers are striking.
211. Leucsena glauca, Benth. Uriya Rossokodombo, Frequent in and near
villages, but apparently always planted.
212. Mimosa pudica,Zm«. ^iya{^^B7la^°'\ The pretty little
sensitive herb, with flowers in pink globose heads ; the whole plant prickly.
Flowers appear in the rains.
213. Mimosa rubicaulis, Linn. Uriya Dontari.
214. Acacia Farnesiana, Willd. Flowering January.
215. Acacia arabica, Willd. Uriya Babido. Flowering in the rains ; pods in
April.
216. Acacia leucophlea Willd. Uriya Guaria. Flowers August ; pods
December.
217. Acacia sundra, DC. Prodr. Uriya Khoiro.
218. Acacia ferruginea, DC. Prodr. Planted, not indigenous.
219. Acacia intsia, Willd. Uriya Dontari.
220. Pithecolobium dulce, Benth. Uriya Simakoia. \ Planted as ornamenta
221. Pithecolobium saman, Benth. ) and avenue trees.
222. Hsematoxylon campecheanum, Linn. Seeds from West Indies sown
in 1899 have produced plants of 20 feet, which in the rains of 1903
bore fertile seeds.
Crassulacea.
223. Bryophyllum calycinum, Salisb. Uriya Hemmokalcari.
Droseracece.
224. Drosera Burmanni, Vahl. 1 Flowers November and December. These
225. Drosera Indica, Linn. J small " insectivorous " plants resemble
the European Drosera " Sundew ".
Combretacem.
226. Terminalia catappa, Linn. Uriya Badambo. Planted.
227. Terminalia belerica, Roxb. Uriya Bahada. Flowers January-February.
228. Terminalia chebula, Rets. Uriya Horada. Flowers May ; fruit Decem-
ber-February.
229. Terminalia Arjuna, Bedd. Uriya Arjuno. Flowers May ; fruit Novem-
ber-December.
2
54G JOURNAL, BOMB A Y NA TURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
230. Terminalia tomentosa, Bedel. Uriya Sahajo. Flowers May ; fruit
November and December.
231. Calycopteris floribunda, Lamle. Uriya Kohundia.
232. Anogeissus latifolia, Wall. Uriya Dhau. Fruit January.
233. Anogeissus acuminata, Wall. Uriya Fasi.
234. Combretum decandrum, Roxb. Uriya Koralcokundia. A tall creeper
very conspicuous through the white floral leaves which appear in
November and December. Flowers open out in January.
235. Combretum ovalifolium, Roxb. Uriya DevahoTeundia. Flowering March.
Myrtacece.
23G. Psidium Guayava, Linn. Uriya Bodajambo.
237. Eugenia Jambos, Linn. Uriya Gulabjambo. Planted.
238. Eugenia operculata, Roxb. Uriya < -g ... , -v , * J-Not common.
239. Eugenia Jambolana, Linn. Uriya Jambo. Flowers March and April ;
fruit during rains.
240. Eugenia bracteata, Roxb. Uriya Jatti.
241. Barringtonia acutangula, Gaertn. Uriya Einjolo. Flowering May and
June.
242. Careya arborea, Roxb. Uriya Kumbi. Flowers March ; fruit May.
243. Eucalyptus globulus, Labill. Planted and thriving well.
3Ielastomacece.
244. Sonerila tenera, Royle.
245. Memecylon edule, Roxb. Uriya Niraso.
Lythracece.
246. Woodfordia floribunda, Salisb. Uriya Jatiko. Flowers January-March.
247. Lawsonia alba, Lamk. Uriya Manjati. Planted.
248. Lagerstrcemia indica, Linn, Planted in gardens. Flowering in the
rain s.
249. Lagerstrcemia parviflora, Roxb. Uriya Sidda. Flowers May ; fruit
December.
250. Lagerstrcemia Flos Reginaa, Retz. A .few planted specimens. Flower-
ing during the rains.
Onagracece.
251. Jussioea suffruticosa, Linn. Flowering December.
252. Ludwigia parviflora, Roxb. Uriya Jholo-jholi. Flowers in the rains.
Samydacew.
253. Casearia tomentosa, Roxb. Uriya Giridi. Flowers January ; fruit
March.
Passiflorece.
254. Passiflora fcetida. A slender climber covered with glandular hairs. The
pure white flowers appear in abundance in the rains ; the globose green
fruit is surrounded by the 3 glandular pubescent pinnatisect bracts which
form an epicalyx.
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF NORTHERN GANJAA1. 547
Cucurbitacece.
255. Trichosanthes cucumerina, Linn. Flowering in the rains.
256. Luffa segyptiaca, Mill.
257. Citrullus colocynthis, Schrad.
258. Oucurbita pepo, DC Prodr. Cultivated and run wild.
259. Cephalandra indica, Naud. Uriya Bodaka.
Cactece.
2(50. Opuntia Dillenii, Haw. The prickly pear. Not extensive, p and anus
being preferred locally for hedges.
Araliacece.
261. Hcptapleurum venusolum, Seem. Uriya Suhhularnadavi.
Cornacea.
262. Alangium Lamarckii, Thwaites. Uriya Anhulo. Flowers March ; fruit
May.
Rubiacece.
263. Anthocephalus Cadamba, Miq. Uriya Kodomo. More or less a sacred
tree and frequently planted in villages. Though fairly common it is never
found far from villages and is probably never truly wild. Attains a large
size. Flowering November.
264. Adina cordifolia, Hooh. f. Uriya Holondo. Flowers December.
265. Stephegyne parvifolia, Kerth. Uriya Mumli-muvdi.
266. Hymenodictyon excelsum, Wall. Uriya Bodolca.
267. Wendlandia tinctoria, DC. Prodr. Uriya Tilei. Flowers February.
268. Oldenlandia corymboaa, Linn.
209. Oldenlandia paniculata, Linn.
270. Oldenlandia alata, Koen.
271. Webera corymbosa, Willd. Uriya Dhalahai.
272. Randia uliginosa, DO. Prodr. Uriya Pendrua. Flowers May -, fruit
December.
273. Randia dumetorum, Lamlc. Uriya Potua. Flowers May ; fruit December.
274. Gardenia gummifera, Linn. Uriya Burudu. Flowers in March.
275. Gardenia latifolia, Ail. Uriya Jantia. Flowers March ; fruit December
276. Gardenia turgida, Roxb. Uriya Bamunia. Flowers in March.
277. Canthium didynum, Roxb. Uriya Dhalasinga. Flowers February.
278. Canthium parviflorum, Lamlc. Uriya Tuthuddi.
279. Ixora parviflora, Vahl. Uriya Kilakeruain. Flowering January ; fruit in
March.
280. Ixora coccinea, Linn. Uriya Romonipulo. Planted hi gardens, not
wild.
281. Pa vetta indica, Linn. ) r . ,, , _,, ,,
282. Pavettatomentosa,^6.}C/r^ajfirato^^M- Flowering May.
283. Morinda citrifolia var. bracteata, Linn. Uri^a Aim. Flowers April
and May.
284. Hamiltunia suavcoleus. Roxb.
543 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
285. Hydrophylax maritima, Linn. A small seashore sand herb.
286. Spermacoce stricta, Linn.
287. Spermacoce hispida, Linn. Uriya Solugantia.
Campanulacea:.
288. Lobelia trigona, Roxb. Flowers November and December.
Plumbaginece.
2^9. Plumbago zeylanica, Linn. Uriya Chittapara. Flowering January.
290. Plumbago rosea, Linn. Occasionally as an escape, rare.
Myrsinece.
291. Ardisia humilis, Vahl, Common along hill streams, rare in the plains.
Flowers in May.
Sapotaeece.
292. Bassia latifolia, Roxb. Uriya Mohulo. Flowers January to March '•>
fruit March and April.
293. Mimusops elengi, Linn. Uriya Buralo. Planted ornamentally and for
the sake of the scented flowers — not wild.
294. Mimusops hexandra, Rox*>. Uriya Khiri.
295. Achras sapota, Linn. A few plants from seed at Chatrapur, where they
do not seem very happy.
Ebenacece.
296. Diospyros montana, Roxb. Uriya Kosseholi.
297. Diospyros embryopteris, Pers. Uriya Dussarakendu.
298. Diospyros sylvatica, Roxb. Uriya Kaluchia.
299. Diospyros chloroxylon, Roxb. Uriya Kosse. In scrub forosts near the
coast.
300. Diospyros melanoxylon, Roxb. Uriya Kendu.
Oleacece.
301. Jasminum auriculatum, Vahll. Flowering in August.
302. Ncytanthes arbor-iristis, Linn. Uriya \ 20ttofe#'fa,;1 I Flowers S ep t -
J l uronyo St limit. ) l
ember ; fruit December.
303. Schrebera swietenioides, Roxb. Uriya Juntia.
Apocynacem.
304. Allamanda cathartica, Kurz. Introduced and run wild.
305. Carissa Carandas, Linn. 1 rr . r^ i
306. Carissa spinarum, DC Prodr. $ U™JU Korondo-
307. Vinca rosea, Linn. Commonly grown near temples and shrines.
303. Plumeria acutifolia. Poiret Uriyai. ,°ry,?: [Generally cultivated and
grown near temples, but frequently found run wild.
309. Thevetia neriifolia, Juss. Uriya Holidia Konnari. Grown near shrines
and run wild.
310. Alstonia scholaris, Brown, Uriya Clihatiana. Rather uncommon, occur-
ring generally in the neighbourhood of the hills.
311. Holarrhona antidysenterica, Wall. Uriya Polar oketuain.
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF NORTHERN Q AN J AM. 540
312. Wrightia tincioria, Brown. Uriya Dudakeruain. Frequently mistaken
for holarrhena, but the corolla has a fimbriate corona and the follicles
adhere at the tips.
313. Wrightia tomentosa, Roen. Uriya Dul-uheruain. Differs from W. tinc-
torta in the fruit ; the follicles being stouter and connate throughout.
314. Nerium odorum, Soland. Uriya Konnari. Planted only.
315. Chonemorpha Griffithi, Hook.f. ecirnen of this handsome climber
in a garden at Chatrapur.
316. Aganosma caryophyllata, G. Don. I Maliti. Flowering during rains.
317. Ichnocarpus frutescens, Br. Uriya Kalua-noi. Flowers in December.
Asclepiadeai.
318. Hemidesmus indicus, Br. Uriya Sugondi.
319. Oxystelma esculentum, Br. Flowers December.
320. Calotropis gigantea. ~\
011 r, , , . {Br. Uriya Vrul'O.
321. Calotropis procera. ) J
322. Dcemia extensa, Br. Uriya Utturuli. Flowers November ; the folli-
cles covered with soft long spines appear in December.
323. Ceropegia tuberosa, Roxb. Flowers August.
324. Ceropegia hirsuta, Wight & Am. Flowers October.
325. Caralluma adscendens, Br. j Urhja Bhumi-hobara. Flowering
326. Boucerosia crenulata, Wight & Am. ) in the rains.
Loganacem.
327. Mitrasacme alsinoides, Br. Flowering January.
328. Strychnos nux-vomica, Linn. Uriya Kora. Flowers March ; the red
fruit ripen about December. Monkeys and birds eat the pulp, which
appears not to be poisonous.
329. Strychnos potatorum, Linn. Uriya Kotaho. Flowers March ; fruit May
and June.
Genfianacece.
330. Exacum pedunculatum, Linn. Flowers December.
331. Canscora diffusa. Br. Uriya Burruburria. Found chiefly on rocky hill-
sides. Flowering in January.
332. Canscora decussata, Roem & Sch. Flowers November to January.
333. Limnanthemum cristatum, Grieseb.
334. Limnanthemum indicum, Thwaites.
Hydropliyllacem.
335. Hydrolea zeylanica, Valrf. Uriya Balluballua-kasindri.
Boragineai.
336. Cordia myxa, Linn. Uriya Ambota.
337. Cordia Macleodii, H.f. & T. Uriya Borah.
338. Ehretia lsevis, Roxb. Uriya Guachipo.
339. Ehretia buxifolia, Roxb. Uriya Kujjipano.
340. Trichodesma indicum, Br. Uriya Raktolcai. Flowers December and
January.
341. Cynoglossum sp. (denticulatum ?), Forsk.
550 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Convolvulaeece.
342. Erycibe paniculata, Roxb.
343. Argyreia tilieefolia, Wight. Probably not truly wild.
344. Argyreia speciosa, Sweet. Flowering September and October.
345. Ipomea bona-nox, Linn. Occasionally as an escape from gardens.
346. Ipomea coccinea, Linn. Uriya Panikoda. Flowers December.
347. Ipomea quamoclit, Linn.
348. Ipomea digitata, Linn. Flowers January.
349. Ipomea pentaphylla, Jacq.
350. Ipomea pes-tigridis, Linn. Uriya Billenandi. A pretty slender, softly
hairy creeper, with white flowers and palmatisect leaves, somewhat recall-
ing a tiger's " pug. " Flowering in the rains.
351. Ipomea tridentata, Roth.
352. Ipomea reniformis, Chois.
353. Ipomea obscura, Ker.
354. Ipomea sepiaria, Koen. Flowers January,
355. Ipomea beladambce, Roem & Sch. Flowers January.
356. Ipomea aquatica, Forsk. In and around tanks and ditches. Flowers
December and January.
357. Ipomea biloba, Forsk. Uriya Notiali-noi. Trailing across sand. Flowers
large purple, leaves resembling those of the Bauhinias. Flowering in March.
358. Evolvulus alsinoides, Linn. Uriya Vishnukrantha. A slender small trail-
ing herb with small blue flowers. Appears to flower sporadically through-
out the year. A decoction is used medicinally as a febrifuge.
Solanacece.
359. Solanum nigrum, Linn. Flowers during the rainy season.
360. Solanum indicum, Linn. Uriya Bejji.
361. Solanum xanthocarpum, Linn.
362. Solanum trilobatum.
363. Physalis minima. Flowers August.
364. Datura f astuosa, Linn.
Scrophularinece.
365. Sutera glandulosa, Roth. Flowers December to February,
366. Stemodia viscosa, Roxb. Flowering January and February.
367. Limnophila laxa, Benth. In flower in August and September:
368. Bonnaya brachiata, Link & Otto. Flowers February.
369. Scoparia dulcis, Linn. Floweriug January. Sir Joseph Hooker
(Flora B. I.) states that this plant was unknown in Koxburgh's time, and
has probably spread from Serampore since 1845.
Orobanchacece.
370. iEginetia indica, Roxb.
Lentibulariece.
371. Utricularia steilaris, Linn. ■»
„„„ 1T. , • a u ii c Flowering October to January,
372. Utricularia flexuosa, \ alii. J ° J
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF NORTHERN G AN J AM. 551
( Flowers in January.
373. Utricularia affinis, Wight
374. Utricularia racemosa, Wall
Bignoniacece.
375. Millingtonia hortensis, Linn. Uriya Simaronabilli. Much planted.
376. Oroxylum indicum, Vent. Uriya Pomponia. Flowers September ; fruit
November and December. The flower is large, purple, fleshy ; the capsules
attain sometimes 3 feet in length and are broad and flat. The discoid seeds
have large scarious or hyaline wings and are beautifully packed in the two
valves so as to take up a minimum of space. The leaves fall before the
capsules ripen.
377. Stereospermum chelenoides, DC. Prodr. Uriya Patuli. Flowers April.
378. Stereospermum suaveolens, DC. Prodr. Uriya Patuli.
379. Bignonia venusta, Ker. The fine orange flowers appear in January.
380. Tecoma stans, Juss. A f6w specimens in gardens. Flowers December.
381. Kigelia pinnata, DC. Prodr. Much planted as an avenue tree. The
flowers resemble those of Oroxylum indicum.
Pedalinece.
382. Pedalium murex, Linn. Flowering August and September.
383. Sesamum indicum, D.C. Prodr. Uriya Rassi. Occasionally as an
escape from cultivation.
384. Martynia diandra, Glox. Uriya Bhago-nahJca. Introduced into India
from America and now widely spread. Very viscous all over. Leaves are
large and palmate. Flowers purplish. Fruit, a capsule with 2 strong curved
terminal spines and 2 or 3 ascending small straight ones below. This ar-
rangement enables the capsule to fasten on to the fur of animals, and to
this the rapid and widespread dispersal of the plant is no doubt due.
The Uriya name, which means " tiger's claws, " explains itself.
Acanthacece.
385. Thunbergia fragrans, Roxb. var. vestita, Nees. A pretty slender creeper
with white flowers, at first sight resembling a convolvulus. Flowering
in the cold season.
386. Ebermaiera glauca, Nees. Flowering January.
387. Cardanthera uliginosa, Ham. Flowering January.
388. Hygrophila spinosa, T. Anders. Uriya Roinakka. Flowering from Nov-
ember to February along ditches and paddy fields. The corolla is usually
pale purple, but white flowers are fairly common.
389. Petalidium barlerioides, Nees. Uriya Udrakoppa.
390. Da^dalacanthus purpurascens, T. Anders.
391. Dasdalacanthus montanus, T. Anders.
392. Hemigraphis latebrosa, Nees. This plant is separated from II. elegans by
the number of seeds which is said to be never less than 8-seeded, and H.
latebrosa never more than 6, but local specimens have furnished capsules
with 6, 7 and 8 seeds ; the two are possibly not even well-defined varieties.
Grows mainly on rocky hillsides under shade. Flowers from December
to February.
552 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
393. Blepharis boerhaavioefolia, Pers. Flowering November.
394. Blepharis molluginifolia, Pers. Flowers December and January.
395. Birleria prionitis, Linn. Uriya Dassaharanta. Flowers December.
396. Burleria cristata, Linn.
397. Bnrleria strigosa, Wittd.
398. Crossandra undulsefolia, Salisb. Doubtfully wild.
399. Andrographis paniculata, Nees.
400. Lepidagathis fasciculata, Nees.
401. Lepidagathis trinervis, Nees.
402. Justicia betonica, Linn. The white green-nerved bracts make the plant
very conspicuous. Flowers December.
403. Justicia glauca, Rottler.
404. Justicia micrantha, Wall.
405. Justicia quinqueangularis, Koen.
406. Justicia procumbens, Linn.
407. Adhatoda vasica, Nees. Uriya Bassungo. Probably never wild, in the
plains at least.
408. Ecolobium Linnasum, Kurz. Flowers in the rains.
409. Rungia parviflora var, pectinata, Nees.
410. Dicliptera parvibracteata, Nees.
411. Dicliptera micranthes, Nees.
412. Peristrophe bicalyculata, Nees. Flowering December and January.
Verbenacece.
413. Lantana crenulata, Roxb. 1 Mainly in gardens, occasionally as an
414. Lantana aculeata, Linn. ) escape.
415. Stachytarpheta indica, Vuhl.
41G. Callicarpa arborea, Rovb. Uriya. [ %ZZ^barX }FloWers M«*-
417. Tectona grandis, Linn. Uriya. j pjj^mm' ^Not indigenous. Planted
and spreading from self-sown seed.
418. Premna tomentesa,' Willcl. Uriya Subundi.
419. G-melina arborea, Linn. Uriya Gumbari.
420. G-melina asiatica, Linn. Near the coast only.
421. Vitex negundo, Linn. Uriya Begguna.
422. Vitex pubescens, Valil. Flowers November ; fruit ripen February.
423. Clerodendron serratum, Spreng. Uriya Budagocha.
424. Clerodendron infortunatum, Wall. Uriya Bania.
425. Clerodendron Siphonanthus. Br. A single specimen in a hedge at
Chatrapur. No one knows how it came there, as it is not now to be
found in any local garden.
Labiaiete.
426. Ocimum canum, Sims. Uriya Gondotulasi.
427. Ocimum basilicum, Linn.
428. Ocimum gratissimum, Linn.
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF NORTHERN GANJAM. 553
429. Ociraum sanctum, Linn. Uriya Dobbo-httasi.
430. Anisochilus carnosus, Wall. Uriya Bennia. Flowering November.
431. Hyptis suaveolens, Poit. Flowering January.
432. Anisomeles ovata, Br.
433. Leucas chinensis, Br.
434. Leucas suffruticosa, Benth.
435. Leucas cephalotes, Spreng,
436. Leucas aspera, Spreng Uriya Gogoeslmo.
437. Leonotis nepetsefolia, Br. A striking tall, straight annual, with conspi-
cuous orange-red flowers, which appear in December.
Nyctaginea:.
438. Boerhaavia repens, Linn. Uriya Attigapodi.
439. Boerhaavia repanda, Willd. A graceful creeper with pretty pink
trumpet-shaped perianth. Flowers in April.
440. Pisonia aculeata, Linn. Uriya IIathi*ankuso.
Amarantacece,
441. Celosia argentea, Linn.
442. Celosia cristata, Linn. Escaped from gardens.
443. Allmania nodiflora, Br. var. angustifolia and var. Roxburghii.
444. Digera arvensis, Forsh.
445. Amarantu3 spinosus, Linn. Uriya Kontamalisho .
446. Pupalia atropurpurea, Mag.
AA1. Nothaerua brachiata, Wight. Uriya Modurango.
443. Aerua scandens, Wall.
449. Aerua lanata, Juss.
450. Achyranthes aspera, Linn. Uriya Oppomaronqo.
Polygonacece.
451. Polygonum tomentosum, Willd. Uriya PanikoniarL Flowers Novem-
ber.
Aristolochiacece.
452. Aristolochia indica, Linn. Uriya Goppahanna.
Loranthacece.
453. Loranthus longiflorus, Desrouss. Uriya Modango.
Santalaceas.
454. Santalum album, Linn. Two trees planted at Russellkonda.
Euphorbiacece.
455. Euphorbia rosea, Retz.
456. Euphorbia thymifolia, Bitrm.
457. Euphorbia tirucalli, Ham. Uriya Lorkasiddu,
458. Euphorbia nivulia, Linn. Uriya Kadisiddu.
459. Bridelia retusa, Spreng. Uriya Kosi.
460. Cleistanthus collinus, Benth. Uriya Korada.
461. Phyllanthus reticulatus, Poir. Uriya Jojangi,
4G2. Phyllanthus emblica, Linn. Uriya Aonla.
554 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
463. Phyllanthus Niruri, Linn.
464. Phyllanthus distichus, Muell. Planted.
465. Antidesma ghessumbilla, Gaertn. Uriya Nuniari.
466. Antidesma diandrum, Roth. Uriya Nuniari.
467. Jatropha glandulifera, Roxb. Uriya SimanonJeakholh.
468. Jatropha curcas, Linn. Uriya Nouhahhallo.
469. Trcwia nudiflora, Linn.
470. Mallotus repandus, Muell. Uriya Donlcari. Flowers November and
December.
471. Mallotus philippinensis, Muell. Uriya. Sudaragundi. Flowers Nov-
ember.
•172. Gelonium lanceolatum, Willd. Uriya Kahara.
. 473. Tragia involucrata, Linn. Ur<ya Bicliati. A small creeper covered
with irritating hairs. Flowers in September and October.
474. Pedilanthus tithymaloides. Poit. Uriya J *££ ^'^ g.^ ] Ink.o_
duced from the West Indies and now widespread ; much used for
hedges. The pink involucre has the appearance of an inverted
slipper.
475. Manihot glazovii, Muell. Planted in Chatrapur and reproducing itself
from seed.
Urticacece.
476. Holoptelia integrif olia, Planch. Uriya\ , -,,JL» [ Rather scarce.
477. Celtis tetranda, Roxb.
478. Streblus asper, Lour. Uriya Shad a.
479. Ficus parasitica, Koen. Uriya Korsano.
48!). Ficus bengalensis, Linn. Uriya Bori.
481. Ficus Benjamina, Linn.
482. Ficus elastica, Roxb. Introduced and grown from seed from Assam
during the last 3 or 4 years.
483. Ficus religiosa, Linn. Uriya Usto.
484. Ficus Tsiela, Roxb. Uriya Jori.
485. Ficus hispida, Linn. Uriya Bhaidimiri.
486. Ficus Cunia, Llam.
■187. Ficus glomerata, Roxb. Uriya Dimiri.
488. Artocarpus integrifolia, Linn. Uriya Ponaso.
489. Artocarpus Lakoocha, Roxb. Uriya Joitio. Very rare in the plains.
Casuari?ieai.
490. Casuarina equisetifolia, Forslc. Uriya Sabako. Much planted along
the coast, but does not reproduce itself naturally.
Salicinece.
491. Salix tetrasperma, Roxb. Uriya Panijambo.
Cycadacece.
492. Cycas circinalis, Linn. Uriya Orugu.ua.
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF NORTHERN G AN J AM. 555
Qrchideee.
493. Habenaria susannae, Br.
Scitaminea.
494. Globba orixensis, Roxb. -1
acik. nt w i iu-j? r> 7 t Uriya Bono odda. Flowers during rains.
495. Globba bulbrfera, Roxb. } J s
496. Curcuma aromatica, Salisb. f Uriya Palu. •%
497 Curcuma montana, Roxb. I Uriya Sahuta. JF,°wering during rains.
498. Zingiber ligulatum, Roxb.
499. Zingiber capitatum, Roxb. Uriya Ghaigobara.
500. Costus speciosus, Smith. Uriya Ghaigobara. Flowering during rains.
501. Canna indica, Linn. Uriya Sorobojaia. Found apparently wild.
502. Musa sapientum var. paradisiaca, Linn. Uriya Kodali. In the hills.
Amaryllidea}.
503. Agave americana, Linn.
Roxburghiaceai.
504. Stemona tuberosa, Lour. A rather pretty twining plant, but the flowers
have a foetid smell resembling putrid flesh.
LiUaoece.
505. Asparagus racemosus, f Uriya Mahajolo. \ A slender graceful climber
Willd. \ Uriya Chotabori. j with sharp thorns.
503. Grloriosa superba, Linn. Uriya Gongadoni.
Commelinacece.
507. Commelina bengalensis, Linn.
508. Commelina obliqua,. Ham.
509. Aneilema spiratum, Br.
510. Aneilema nudiflorum, Br.
511. Cyanotis axillaris, Roem.
Palmece.
512. Caryota urens, Linn. Uriya SoIojjo.
513. Phoenix sylvestris, Roxb. Uriya Kojari.
514. Phoenix acaulis, Buch. Uriya Kojiri.
515. Phoenix dactilifera, Linn. Planted in Chatrapur.
51 G. Calamus Rotang, Linn. Uriya Betlo.
517. Borassus flabelliformis, Linn. Uriya Talc.
513. Cocos nucifera, Linn. Uriya Nodia.
Pandanece.
519. Piindanus fascicularis, Lam. Uriya Khia.
Aroidece.
520. Colocasia antiquorum, Schott.
AUsmacece.
521. Alisma reniforme, Don.
Naiadacece,
522. Aponogeton monostachyon, Linn.
55G JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Graminecc.
523. Spinifex squarrosus, Linn. Uriya Guduleanko. A sea-shore sandbinding
grass. The female spikelets are gathered in large globose heads with
stelaltely spreading rachides, the heads become detached when the seeds
ripen and are bowled along by winds, thus ensuring the spread of the plant,
524. Oriza sativa, Linn. Growing wild in marshy places.
525. Ischsemum angustifolium, Hack. Uriya Babuli.
526. Cynodon dactylon, Pers. Uriya Dubbnla-ghanso.
527. Andropogon contortus, Linn. Uriya Sinkulo-ghanso.
528. Bambusa arundinacea, Wittd. Uriya Konta-bamso.
529. Dendrocalamus strictus, Nees. Uriya Salimbo-bamso.
557
NEW SPECIES OF INDIAN IIYMENOPTERA.
APIDjE.
By Major C. G. Nurse, 113th Infantry.
(Read before the Bombay Natural History Society, 3\st March 1904.)
In the followiug paper I have followed the generic nomenclature of
Schmiedeknecht and Friese in their Apidce Euro pee. This in some
instances differs from that adopted by Bingham in his Vol. I, Hymen op-
tera, of the Fauna of India Series. To follow the latter would doubtless
have been more convenient for those who devote their attention to the
Indian fauna only, but as the generic nomenclature of the former authors
soems to be in accordance with the generally accepted rules, I thought
it best to follow in their footsteps, more especially as this nomenclature
seems to have been followed by most European Hymenopterists since
the publication of their work.
My collecting during the past two summers has been entirely confined
to the neighbourhood of Quetta and Peshin. As the fauna of Baluchis-
tan is chiefly palearctic in character, and is closely allied to that of Central
Asia and Eastern Europe, many of the species I obtained have been de-
scribed by Morawitz, Fedtschenko and others. With a view to making
the list of species which have occurred within British Indian limits as
complete as possible, I have included below all the species which I
have obtained which have not been previously recorded from India, whe-
ther entirely new species, or additions to the fauna of British India.
Andrena.
This genus is well represented in Baluchistan, and the majority of the
species obtained appear to be new. In addition to those described
below, I obtained, either from Kashmir or Baluchistan, the following
European species : —
A. cineraria (Linn.) ; fairly common in Kashmir.
A. pilipes (Fabr.) ; very common at all elevations in Kashmir.
A. spim'gera (Kirby) ; common at Quetta in the spring at fruit tree
blossoms.
A. convexiuscula (Kirby); common both in Kashmir and Baluchistan.
A. tenuis (Mor.) ; Peshin ; apparently not common.
A. parvula (Kirby) ; common in Baluchistan in the spring.
558 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Also specimens which I identify doubtfully as the following : —
A. nigriceps (Kirby) ; Baluchistan.
A. minutula (Kirby) ; Baluchistan.
(a) Abdomen more or less red.
Adrena unita, n. sp.
9 The pubescence, though somewhat sparse, hides the sculpturing
of the head and thorax ; median segment very finely rugose, with no
enclosed space ; abdomen minutely aciculate ; lamina at base of labrum
short, transverse at apes ; second joint of antennse longer than the two
following united, vertex much narrowed and very convex ; median seg-
ment short, narrowed and rounded posteriorly ; abdomen as long as
head and thorax united, narrowed at base and apex. Head and thorax
black, apical two-thirds of flagellum red below ; legs black, the apical
3 or 4 joints of all the tarsi rufo-testaceous, calcaria pale testaceous ;
abdomen pale red, shining, two very small lateral dark spots on 2nd
segment, the first three segments almost entirely without pubescence ;
pubescence, including scopa and anal fimbria, greyish white, the anal
fimbria with a slightly pale fulvous tinge above ; wings clear hyaline,
nervures and tegulse pale testaceous.
Long. 8 mm.
Habitat — Peshin ; a single specimen.
This species may be at once distinguished by its abdomen being, with
the exception of two small dark spots on the sides of 2nd segment, en-
tirely pale red.
Andrena balucha, n. sp.
9 Head and mesonotum closely and finely, but somewhat shallowly,
punctured, scutellum more sparsely, median segment very closely and
finely, punctured, with a large triangular space at base somewhat coarse-
ly rugose ; abdomen very finely, closely and shallowly punctured ;
clypeus arched anteriorly, labrum at base with a small, bare, projecting
lamina, narrowed towards apex, its anterior margin almost transverse.
Black; the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and sometimes the lateral margins of the 4th
abdominal segments, the anterior tibire below and at apex, the posterior
tibife, calcaria, and all the tarsi pale red ; pubescence on head greyish
and thick, on the thorax fulvous and short, but longer and finer, with
a greyish tinge, on the sides of the median segment ; 1st abdominal
segment with long, fine, greyish pubescence, and traces of a greyish
NEW SPECIES OF INDIAN IIYMENOPTEIIA. 550
apical band, 2nd to 4th segments with hands of greyish pubescence,
anal fimbria with a golden tinge ; pubescence on legs, and floccns
greyish, inclining to fulvous or golden on the tibise and tarsi, especially
on the inside of the latter ; abdomen below almost bare, with some
longish pubescence on the apical margins of segments ; wings hyaline,
very slightly and narrowly infuscated at apex ; nervures and stigma
testaceous, tegulse dark testaceous ; the 1st recurrent nervure is
received into the 2nd cubital cell past its middle.
$ Similar, slighter, the pubescence on clypeus and front usually with
a fulvous tinge, antennse with the 2nd and 3rd joints of the flagellnm
subequal ; the basal abdominal segment is usually more or less black,
and the amount of red on the 3rd segment varies considerably in
different specimens ; the infuscation of the wings at apes is less than
in the 9 .
Long. 9 11 — 13 mm. $ 8 — 10 mm.
Habitat — Quetta ; common, especially in lucerne fields.
Of the Indian species this is most nearly allied to A. mollis, but is
larger and more pubescent. Of the European species it appears to-be
nearest to A. alpina (Mor.), but may be distinguished from that species
by the 1st recurrent nervure being received distinctly beyond the middle
of the 2nd cubital cell.
Andrena peshinica, n. sp.
9 $ Head and thorax finely and closely, abdomen minutely and
very closely, punctured ; lamina at base of labrum short, broad, transverse
at apex ; the pubescence almost entirely hides the sculpturing of the
head and thorax. Black • 1st and 2nd abdominal segments (some •
times only the base of the latter) both above and below dark red ; claws
and calcaria rufo-testaceous ; pubescence thick and white, forming
broad bands on abdominal segments 1 — 4, scopa and anal fimbria white,
the pubescence on the tarsi slightly inclining to flavons in some lights ;
wings hyaline, their apices very lightly infuscated ; nervures and tegulse
dark testaceous.
Long. 9 10 — 11 mm. $ -8 — 9 mm.
Habitat — Peshin ; Quetta ; fairly common.
Not very near to any other Indian species, but allied to A. eversmanni
(Rad.). It differs in having the 1st and 2nd abdominal segments in
both sexes rod ; the nervures also arc dark tostaceous, not black.
560 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Andrena niveo-barbata, n. sp.
£ Clypeus shallowly punctured, front above bases of antennse very
finely longitudinally striate, thorax opaque, apparently impunctate, mi-
nutely rugose, no enclosed space at base of median segment; abdomen im-
punctate, shining ; head much wider than thorax, mandibles rather short,
blunt at apex, with no visible tooth, 2nd joint of flagellum of antennse
longer than the next two united ; median segment short, rounded poste-
riorly, abdomen shorter than the head and thorax united, very convex,
the apical segment deeply incised. Black ; clypeus bright yellow ; apex
of 1st, and the whole of 2nd, 3rd, and 4th segments dark red ; apical 2
or 3 joints of the anterior tarsi, and the apical joint of the intermediate
and posterior tarsi, rufo-testaceous, calcaria pale testaceous ; anterior
margin of clypeus with a long fringe of snow-white pubescence, remainder
of pubescence griseous, except on the inside of posterior metatarsi,
where it has a pale golden tinge ; abdomen almost bare, except on
the apical two segments ; wings hyaline, nervures and tegulse testaceous.
Long. 6 mm.
Habitat — Quetta ; a single specimen taken at fruit tree blossoms
in March.
Nearest to A. cetti (Schranck), but smaller, has no dark spots on
clypeus, and wings are hyaline, not infuscated.
Andrena cara, n. sp.
9 Clypeus minutely and shallowly, but somewhat sparsely, punctured ,
mesonotum and scutellum shining and impunctate, median segment
opaque, impunctate, without a basal area ; abdomen minutely aciculate
longer than the head and thorax united. Black ; the apex of the 1st,
the whole of the 2nd and 3rd, and sometimes the base of the 4th abdo-
minal segments light red, both above and below ; apical 3 or 4 joints of
tarsi rufo-testaceous, calcaria pale ; pubescence greyish white, long on
head and thorax, and forming somewhat narrow apical bands on abdo-
minal segments 2—4 ; scopa and anal fimbria greyish white ; wings
clear hyaline, nervures, tegulte and stigma pale testaceous; stigma^
very large ; the 1st recurrent nervure is received into the 2nd cubital
cell just beyond the middle.
Long. 7 — 7'5 mm.
Habitat — Peshin ; fairly common.
Nearest to A. mollis, but smaller, the legs black, not pale honey yellow.
NEW SPECIES OF INDIAN HYMEN OPT ERA. 561
Andrena hbra, n. sp.
9 HeaJ and thorax: with the sculpturing almost hidden hy the pu-
bescence, through which the clypeus, vertex and mesonotum appear to
be somewhat closely punctured ; enclosed space at the base of median
segment large, coarsely rugose ; abdomen very minutely and closely
punctured ; lamina at base of labrum rather short, truncate at apex ; 2nd
joint of flagellum longer than the two following united ; abdomen with
the apical margins of segments 2 — 4 broadly depressed. Black ; flagel-
lum of antennae rufo-testaceous ; 1st and greater portion of 2nd abdo-
minal segments pale red ; apical 3 or 4 joints of all the tarsi rufo-testa-
ceous, calcaria pale testaceous, those on the posterior tibise long and
much curved ; pubescence on vertex inclining to fulvous, on mesono-
tum, scutellum and postscutellum short, pale fulvous, on inside of tarsi
pale fulvous-golden, anal fimbria black, with some fuscous or fuscous-
white hairs laterally ; remainder of pubescence, including scopa, greyish
white, and forming broad bands on the apical depressed margins of seg-
ments 2 — 4, where it is short; wings clear hyaline, nervures and tegu-
lae testaceous.
Long. 10 mm.
Habitat — Quotta ; a single specimen.
This species is allied to A. pesh inica described above, but is larger,
the anal fimbria is black, not white, and the wings are not infuscated at
apex. It also appears to be near to ^4. transitoria (Mor.), but from this
species it may be distinguished by the clear hyaline wings, as well as
by the white pubescence on the front.
ib) Abdomen reddish brown.
Andrena flavo-facies, n. sp.
9 Head and thorax with the sculpturing hidden for the most part by
the pubescence, abdomen very minutely and closely punctured ; head
slightly broader than thorax, clypeus rounded anteriorly, the lamina
at base of labrum short and inconspicuous, but somewhat broad ;
abdomen longer than head and thorax united. Head and thorax black,
abdomen reddish brown ; the mandibles at base, clypeus, and sides of
front pale yellow ; the labrum, mandibles m the middle, antennae, and
the basal and apical margins of segments 1 — 4 rufo-testaceous ; the
posterior tibiae, all the tarsi, and the calcaria pale testaceous ; pubes-
cence greyish, on the mesonotum short with a greenish tinge, and
4
562 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol XV.
forming apical bands on segments 2 — 4, with a trace of a band on apical
margin of 1st segment ; scopa and anal fimbria grey ; wings hyaline,
nervures and tegnlse testaceous.
$ Only distinguishable from the same sex of A. bi-emarghiata, de-
scribed below, by the mandibles being yellow at base, and red in the
middle, instead of wholly black.
Long. 9 7-8 mm. $ 6-7 mm.
Habitat — Qnetta ; Peshin ; four specimens.
This species is, I believe, the only one hitherto described in which
the 9 has the clypeus and front yellow.
(c) Abdomen entirely black.
Andkena marmoka, n. sp.
9 Head and thorax very closely and finely punctured under the
pubescence, which usually hides the sculpturing, triangular space at base
of median segment finely rugose, abdomen minutely, closely, and
shallowly punctured, except the apices of the segments, which are
depressed and impunctate ; eyes reaching the base of the mandibles, the
latter dentate at apex, the tooth small. Black ; the calcaria and claws
rufo-testaceous ; pubescence as follows : on head and thorax above
greyish white, snow-white on front and sides of median segment,
a black band across the thorax between the tegulae ; abdomen smooth
and shining, without pubescence above, but with lateral spots of snow-
white pubescence on segments 1 — 4, the spot on 1st segment small ;
5th segment with long, silky white pubescence, below which the anal
fimbria is black ; head, thorax and abdomen below with black pubes-
cence, except some greyish white hairs below the eyes, and sparse greyish
apical bands on the apical one or two segments ; legs with entirely black
pubescence, except the femora of the anterior and intermediate legs,
where it is long, silky and white ; forewing with the basal half hyaline,
apical half fuscescent, with some lightor patches ; hindwing hyaline,
its extreme apex infuscated ; nervures and tegula) blackish.
Long. 12-13 mm.
Habitat — Quetta ; Peshin ; not uncommon, but I did not secure a male.
This species seems to be nearest to A. fuseo-calcarata (Mor.) from the
Caucasus, of which only the $ is known. It differs, however, in several
respects from the description of that species, of which I scarcely think it
is the other sex.
NEW SPECIES OF INDIAN IIYMENOPTERA. 503
Andrena dolorosa, n. sp.
9 Head closely, but not very finely, mesonotum and scutellum
sparsely, but deeply, punctured ; median segment with the sides very
finely, the triangular space at base very coarsely, rugose ; abdomen
almost impunctate, a few very fine and shallow punctures at the bases of
segments ; mandibles dentate, the tooth small, lamina at base of labrum
small, rounded at apex ; mesonotum with a conspicuous median longi-
tudinal impressed line ; apical margins of abdominal segments 2 — 4
depressed. Black, the claws rufo-testaceous ; pubescence black, except
on the front, where it is sparse and greyish, on the anterior tarsi, where
it is greyish fuscous, on the scape below and on the posterior femora?
where it is long and white ; abdomen shining, without pubescent bands,
anal fimbria entirely black ; calcaria of posterior legs much curved ;
wings fuscous, with a few somewhat lighter patches on the disc ; ner-
vures and tegulse black.
Long. 11-12 mm.
Habitat — Peshin ; two specimens.
This species belongs to the group of A. pilipes (Fabr.) but can be
distinguished by its fuscous wings and almost entirely black pubescence.
Andrena collata, n. sp.
$ Finely, but somewhat shallowly and not very closely, punctured,
including the abdomen ; head slightly wider than thorax, lamina at
base of labrum small, emarginate at apex ; antennse long, reaching
nearly to the apex of thorax, 2nd joint of flagellum much shorter than
3rd ; an impressed line on mesonotum ; enclosed space at base of median
segment large, triangular, finely rugose, but its margin not very
clearly defined ; abdomen shorter than the head and thorax united,
.all the segments more or less constricted. Black ; the apical two or
three tarsal joints more or loss testaceous, calcaria pale ; pubescence
grey, somewhat sparse and short, abdominal segments without pubescent
bands, but more or less ciliated ; wings clear hyaline, tegute blackish,
nervures and stigma very pale testaceous ; the 2nd cubital cell receives
the 1st recurrent nervure distinctly past the middle.
Long, 5" 5 mm.
Habitat — Quetta ; three specimens.
Nearest to A. nana (Kirby), but smaller, and may be distinguished
by the nervures and stigma being very pale testaceous, and by the
2nd cubital cell receiving the 1st recurrent nervure past the middle.
504 JOURNAT, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XT.
Andrena legata, n. sp.
9 Very finely aciculate, the front, including the clypeus, very finely
longitudinally striate ; niesonotum with sparse shallow punctures,
enclosed space at base of median segment large, triangular, depressed,
finely rugose ; lamina at base of lab rum small, slightly incised at apex ;
median segment narrowed posteriorly ; abdomen slightly shorter than
head and thorax united, the 2nd, 3rd and 4th segments narrowly, but
deeply, excavate at their bases. Black ; somewhat opaque, except the
abdomen, which is slightly shining ; flagellum of antennas towards apex
below, and the whole of the tarsi rufo-testaceous, calcaria pale testaceous,
apical margins of abdominal segments very slightly inclining to testa-
ceous ; pubescence sparse, greyish, inclining to flavous on clypeus
tarsi and anal fimbria ; no pubescent bands on abdominal segments, which
are scarsely even ciliated ; wings fuscescent, stigma dark testaceous,
nervures and tegulas testaceous.
$ Similar, clypeus yellow with two small dark spots ; flagellum of
antennas piceous, 2nd and 3rd joints subequal ; abdomen as long as
head and thorax united, 2nd to 4th segments not or scarcely excavate
at base, but their apical halves slightly depressed ; wings almost clear
hyaline.
Long. 6-7 mm.
Habitat — Peshin ; four specimens.
Nearest to A. tenuis (Mor.), but slightly larger. The $ can be dis-
tinguished by the fuscescent wings, and by the 2nd to 4th segments
being excavate at base ; the $ by the 2nd joint of flagellum being about
the same length as the 3rd, instead of equal to the 3rd and 4th united.
Andrena bi-emarginata, n. sp.
9 Sculpturing for the most part hidden by the pubescence, but
where it can be distinguished closely and finely punctured ; lamina at
base of labrum bi-emarginate, almost tridentate, antennas with the 2nd
joint of the flagellum as long as the two following ; space at base of
medium segment almost smooth, opaque. Black; the flagellum below
reddish, all the tarsi and sometimes part of the intermediate and posterior
tibise more or less rufo-testaceous, calcaria pale testaceous ; pubescence
grayish, except on the vertex, pronotum, mesonotum, scutellum and
postscutellum, where it is pale fulvous ; scopa and anal fimbria grey ;
abdomen almost entirely covered by pubescence, which is thickest and
NEW SPECIES OF INDIAN HYMENOPTERA. 565
forms somewhat broad bands on the apical margins of segments ; wings
clear hyaline, tegulae shining testaceous, nervures testaccoi s, stigma paler.
$ Similar, smaller, apices of abdominal segments depressed ; the
whole of the pubescence grey, but not so dense ; clypeus and a large
spot on each side of it, reaching the inner orbits of the eyes, pale yel-
lowish ; antennae below paler red, tarsi pale testaceous ; the apices
of the abdominal segments narrowly testaceous, but this is frequently
not apparent owing to the pubescence.
Long. 9 7-8 mm. $ 6-7 mm.
Habitat — Peshin ; common in April.
I cannot find that the 9 is very near to any other species. The
$ is allied to A. satelliia, described below, but may be distinguished
from it by the flagellum being pale red below, not piceous. It may
be distinguished from the same sex of A. flavo-faeies by the mandibles
being wholly black.
Andbena flagella, n. sp.
9 Clypeus minutely aciculate, with a few very shallow punctures ;
head and thorax minutely punctured, the enclosed space at base of
median segment narrow, with fine lateral striae at base ; abdomen minute-
ly and closely punctured ; lamina at base of labrum broadly rounded
at apex, a small tubercle near the base of mandibles ; antennae with
the scape very long and narrow, 2nd joint of flagellum as long as the
three following, very narrow at base, gradually widening towards apex ;
a carina from between bases of antennae to anterior ocellus ; sides of
front along inner orbits of eyes depressed, with fine depressed pubes-
cence, this being particularly noticeable from above, vertex sharply
narrowed above, and very convex ; abdomen scarcely as long as head
and thorax united, its apical segment incised. Black ; the flagellum
rufo-piceous, calcaria testaceous, claws rufescent ; pubescence greyish-
white, clypeus in type specimen without pubescence, probably owing to
abrasion, mesonotum with sparse pubescence ; on the sides of the median
segment it is long, silky and snow-white ; on the apical margins of
abdominal segments 1 — 4 it forms somewhat broad, uninterrupted,
snow-white bands ; anal fimbria brownish on 5th, black on Gth
segment ; pubescence on legs and scopa short and greyish-white,
except on the tarsi, where it has a pale golden tinge, especially en the
inside ; wings hyaline, nervures and tegnlae testaceous.
566 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL IJISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
Long. 9 mm.
Habitat — Quetta ; a single specimen.
Comes nearest to A. opaca (Mor.), but may easily be distinguished
from it by the hyaline wings, and the long 2nd joint of flagellnm
of antennae.
61) Abdomen black, the margins of the segments more or
less testaceous.
Andrena halictoides, n. sp.
£ Slenderly built, minutely aciculate, front below antennae very finely
longitudinally striate, no enclosed space at base of median segment ;
head nearly twice as wide as thorax, lamina at base of labrum hidden
by the very long silky pubescence of the clypeus ; 2nd joint of flagellnm
of antennse longer than, but not twice as long as, the 3rd joint ; cheeks
strongly developed, with a large, bluntly pointed tubercle ; thorax short,
median segment small and narrow ; abdomen long and slender, shaped
like that of the same sex of Halictus. Black ; flagellum of antennae rufo-
piceous, the margins of the abdominal segments narrowly, and the apical
2 or 3 joints of the tarsi, testaceous, calcaria pale; pubescence greyish
white, very long, thick, and silky on clypeus and front, moderately long
and thick on thorax and legs, sparse, with no bands, and very slight
cilia on abdomen ; wings clear hyaline, tegulee dark, nervures rather
pale testaceous.
Long. 6-7 mm.
Habitat — Peshin ; seven specimens.
Easily distinguished from any species near it in size by the large
tubercle on the cheeks. It has superficially the appearance of an
Halictus, but the clypeus and face are not elongate, and the basal
nervure is not sharply angled as in that genus.
Andrena satellita, n. sp.
$ Head and thorax closely and finely punctured, but the sculpturing
obscured by the pubescence ; the space at base of median segment ill-
defined, minutely rugose; abdomen minutely, but not very distinctly,
punctured ; mandibles of moderate length, slender ; 2nd joint of flagellum
of antennae equal in length to the 3rd and 4th united, the 3rd joint
nearly twice as broad as long ; median segment rounded and narrowed
posteriorly ; abdomen very convex, shorter than the head and thorax
united. Black ; the clypeus and a spot on each side of it, reaching the
NEW SPECIES OF INDIAN HYMENOPTERA. 567
inner orbits of the eyes, pale yellow ; antennae piceous, sometimes
rufo-piceous ; apical margins of abdominal segments narrowly rufo-
testaceous ; apical two or three tarsal joints pale rufo-testaceous, calearia
pale whitish ; pubescence grey, long on head and thorax, somewhat
sparse on abdomen above, and forming sparsely ciliated apical bands,
more or less interrupted, on segments 2 — 4 ; wings clear hyaline, tegula?
testaceous, nervures pale testaceous.
Long. 7-8 mm.
Habitat — Peshin ; not uncommon.
This species is nearest to A. erythrocnemis (Mor.) from Russia, but
may be distinguished from it by the posterior tibiae and mandibles being
entirely black.
Melanapis rufifrons, n. sp.
$ Head and mesonotum closely and finely, scutellum more sparsely,
punctured, median segment finely rugose, with a triangular area at
base less finely so ; at the extreme base of this area there is a smaller
depressed triangular space, produced into a median longitudinal furrow ;
abdomen microscopically aciculate, shining ; clypeus roundly incised,
a somewhat long, but not very broad, lamina at base of labrum very
slightly incised at apex ; front with a small carina between bases of
antenna? ; 2nd joint of flagellum longer than the two following united ;
an impressed longitudinal line on basal half of mesonotum, and two
short impressed lines parallel with the tegulai ; abdomen as long as
head and thorax united, the apices of the segments very slightly de-
pressed. Dark red, the head less dark than the thorax and abdomen,
which are more or less variegated with black ; legs black, variegated
with red, calearia and apical two or three tarsal joints rufo-testaceous ;
pubescence on head and anterior tarsi rufous, on thorax, legs and
abdomen black, sparse on the thorax, dense on the legs, abdomen bare
except the anal fimbria ; wings deep, shining fuscous, nervures piceous,
tegulse red.
$ Similar, less stoutly built, head much wider than thorax, 2nd joint
of fla^eUum about as long as the two following, pubescence on head
darker rufous, head and thorax darker red, abdomen almost entirely
black.
Long. 9 15-16 mm. $ 13-14 mm.
Habitat — Quetta ; five specimens.
568 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
This genus was first described by Mr. Cameron from specimens
obtained by me at Ferozepore, which he named M. violaceipennis. I
have since obtained the same species both in Kashmir and Baluchistan.
The present species is. easily distinguished from M, violaceipennis by
being chiefly red, not black. Melanapis is in many respects very close
to Andrena, though at first sight it differs greatly from most species
of that genus. In my opinion the two genera are barely separable.
NOMIA BAHADUR, n. sp.
9 Clypeus finely longitudinally rugose, the sculpture of the re-
mainder of head more or less hidden by the pubescence ; mesonotum
and scutellum closely and finely punctured, median segment finely
rugose, with a very narrow space at its base longitudinally striate ;
abdomen almost impunctate, the 1st and 2nd segments only with a
few shallow punctures ; clypeus sub-porrect, transverse anteriorly,
its margin upturned, and with a median longitudinal carina ; mesono-
tum with three parallel impressed lines from the base, not reaching
its apex, and two shorter impressed lines parallel with the tegulee ;
scutellum large and prominent, more finely and closely punctured in
the centre than towards the sides, its posterior lateral angles produced
into blunt teeth ; it is produced posteriorly into a kind of plate, which
is concave above, its apex deeply triangularly incised, and thus resem-
bling the scutellum of the genus Crocisa ; median segment vertical,
almost hidden by the scutellum ; apical margins of abdominal segments
depressed ; calcaria of intermediate tibise with three or four spines on
each side ; outer calcar of posterior tibise long and upcurved, inner
calcar pectinated. Black ; flagellum of antennre dark, rufous below ;
apical joints of tibise more or less rufo-testaceous ; apical margins of
abdominal segments 1 — 4 with pale blueish green interrupted non-
pubescent bands, the interruptions becoming successively narrower on
each segment towards apex ; calcaria dark rufo-testaceous ; pubescence
on head and thorax greyish white, and sparse, longer on the sides of
median segment ; on the abdomen there is a little greyish pubescence
on the lateral margins of segments ; anal fimbria and pubescence on
ventral segments dark fulvous, mixed with some fuscous hairs ; pubes-
cence on legs short, greyish outside, dark fulvous inside ; wings hyaline
at base, the apical half infuscated, nervures and tegulae rufc-piceous ; the
2nd cubital cell receives the 1st recurrent nervurc near its outer angle.
NEW SPECIES OF INDIAN HYMENOPTERA. 5G9
$ Sculpturing of head entirely hidden by the pubescence ; mesono-
tum and scutellum closely and rugosely punctured ; abdomen with the
basal two segments more distinctly punctured at base than in the 9 ;
calcar of intermediate tibiae short, not spined ; posterior femora enor-
mously incrassated, posterior tibiae short, much widened at apex, and
produced both above and below, their width at apes being nearly equal to
their length. Black; antennae piceous ; apical plate of scutellum rufo-
testaceous > abdomen with non-pubescent interrupted bands, similar to
those of the 9 j on segments 1 — 5 ; pubescence on head and mesonotum
thiuk, short and fulvous, on median segment and 1st abdominal segment
griseous ; a little more griseous or pale fulvous pubescence on the
abdomen than in the 9 > anal fimbria black ; pubescence on legs grey,
very short, longer and pale golden on inside of posterior tarsi ; wings
light flavo-hyaline, their apices infuscated, nervures and teguhe dark
rufo-testaceous*
Long. 13 — 15 mm.
Habitat — Deesa ; not uncommon j but very local.
This species would come into Bingham's key under a new sub-division
of " A ", " all the fasciae interrupted."
Nomia kangiLe, n. sp.
9 The pubescence hides the sculpturing on the clypeus and front,
postscutellum, and sides of the median segment ; vertex closely and
deeply punctured, mesonotum and scutellum more finely and closely
punctured, bases of abdominal segments very deeply and distinctly punc-
tured, the punctures being fine and close at the bases, larger and less
close in the middle of segments, apices of segments, under the pubescence,
depressed and impunctate ; pronotum with a notch in the centre
anteriorly, enclosed space at base of median segment rather small,
longitudinally striate or rugose. Black; 2nd and 3rd joints of flagellum
of antennae red below, all the tibiae and tarsi more or less rufo-testaceous,
apices of abdominal segments under the pubescence testaceous; pubes-
cence pale golden, very dense on the clypeus and front, less dense on
the thorax, and forming dense, moderately broad apical bands on the
margins of segments 1 — 5 ; anal fimbria and pubescence on legs of the
same colour as the rest of the pubescence ; wings flavo hyaline, tbeif
apices infuscated, nervures and tegulse pale rufo-testaceous, the 1st
recurrent nervure is received into the 2nd cubital cell past its middles
5
570 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Long. 8 mm.
Habitat — Kangra Valley, 4,500ft.; two specimens received from Mr.
G. C. Dudgeon.
Nearest to N. aurifrons (Smith) and aurobalteata (Cam.), from both
of which it may be distinguished by the abdomen being punctured,
except at the apices of the segments.
Pasites maculatus (Jur.).
I obtained at Quetta a specimen of this genus, which I identify with
some doubt as this species.
Epeolus pictus (Nyl.).
One specimen of an Epeolus, which, I think, is this species, was ob-
tained by me at Quetta.
Ammobates solitarius, n. sp.
9 Head, including the labrum, and thorax very closely and finely,
abdomen still more minutely, punctured, but the whole of the sculptur-
ing more or less obscured by the pubescence ; labrum very long, rounded
at apex ; maxillary palpi 6-jointed, the basal and apical joints the longest,
sub-equal in length, the apical joint very narrow ; antennae reaching to
the scutellnm, which is prominent, almost bi-tuberculate, having a
median depression ; postscutellum semicircular, rather large ; median
segment almost vertical ; abdomen nearly as long as the head and thorax
United, apical segment minutely rugose, wide, almost truncate at apex.
Head and thorax black; antennae rufo-piceous ; labrum, abdomen, ihe
greater part of the femora and the whole of the tibia? and tarsi rather
light red, except the claws, which are long and blackish : pubescence
grey, short, thick on head and thorax, and forming wide bands on apical
margins of segments 1 — 5 ; wings hyaline, nervures piceous, tegulae red.
$ Similar, but abdomen and legs somewhat darker red, apical
abdominal segment broadly incised.
Long. 6-7 mm.
Habitat — Quetta; two specimens of each sex.
This genus is new to India. The present species is nearest to A.
armeniacus (Mor.), but may be distinguished by the clear hyaline wings,
and by the first three abdominal segments being pubescent at apex, not
smooth and bare.
Ctenoapls lutea ((Jam.).
In tho Annals and Magazine of Natural History for August, 1901,
Mr. Cameron described two species of a new genus from specimens
NEW SPECIES OF INDIAN HYMENOPTERA. 571
obtained by me at Ferozepore. I had then only a few specimens,
but the same insects are common at Quetta, and I find that they muFt
bo united as 9 and-# of one species. I have seen them in coitu, and
have obtained a considerable number of both forms ; all those of the
lutea form were females, and all those of the flavomaculata form were
males. The $ is invariably the larger and more stoutly made insect.
The maxillary palpi are 6-jointed, the basal joint the broadest, 2nd
the longest, remainder sub-equal. The labial palpi are 4-jointed, the
basal joint about one-third longer than the 2nd, apical two joints email,
sub-equal. The antennae of the $ are 12-jointed, those -of the $ 13-
jointed. The $ has only one calcar on the posterior tibiae, the 9
having two. In both sexes the tarsal claws have a large but blunt
subapical tooth, and a somewhat large pulvillus.
NOMADA DETECTA, n. Sp.
9 Head and thorax finely rugose, granular, abdomen minutely acicu-
late ; clypeus produced, its anterior margin rounded ; a short carina
between bases of antennae ; scutellum with a median depression, causing
it to appear almost bi-tuberculate ; postscutellum and median segment
very steeply sloped, the enclosed space at the base of the latter almost
smooth ; 2nd abdominal segment the broadest. Dark red , the mandi-
bles at base, the labrum, clypeus and front as high as the base of
antennae, scape of the latter, pronotnm, tubercles and the greater part
of the thorax laterally and below, scutellum, postscutellum, the median
segment except in the centre, transverse bands on segments 1, 4 and 5,
lateral spots on segments 2 and 3, and the tibiae and tarsi more or less
yellow ; the amount of yellow, especially on the abdomen, varies
greatly, and some specimens are almost entirely red ; tarsi and apical
abdominal segment with a little pale golden pubescence, remainder
almost bare ; wings hyaline, very slightly infuscated along their apical
margins ; nervures testaceous, tegulae yellow.
$ Sculpturing similar to that of the 9 , but the enclosed space at
the base of median segment is finely rugose, not smooth ; apical
abdominal segment incised, 2nd joint of flagelluin of antennae distinctly
longer than 3rd. Black; the mandibles, labrum, clypeus and front
as high as the base of antennae, scape of the latter, pronotum, tubercles
and the greater part of the thorax laterally and below, scutellum, post-
scutellum, large round sublateral spots on median segment, wide bands
on all the abdominal segments (those on segments 2 and 3 slightly
5?2 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
interrupted), and the greater part of the legs bright yellow ; fiagellum
of antenna? black above, ferruginous below; posterior femora black
at base ; clypeus and front with silvery, cheeks, thorax below, abdomen
at apex, and legs with sparse greyish pubescence ; wings hyaline, with
slight indications of infuscation at apical margin, nervures testaceous,
tegulse yellow.
Long. 8-9 mm.
Habitat — Quetta ; Peshin ; fairly common.
NOMADA ANNEXA, n. Sp,
9 Head and thorax closely and deeply punctured, abdomen impunc-
tate ; clypeus sub-porrect, its apex almost transverse ; a carina between
bases of antennse, 2nd and 3rd joints of fiagellum subequal ; scutellum
bi-lobed, prominent ; median segment with an enclosed triangular
space finely rugose. Dark-red ; tho antennae above, mesonotuin and
the greater part of the median segment black ; abdomen lighter red,
shining, with lateral yellow spots on 2nd and 3rd segments, the spots
on the latter being very small, the segments at base inclining to black ;
scarcely any pubescence, except on the apical abdominal segment, where
it is greyish fuscous ; wings subhyaline, slightly infuscated at apex ;
tegul?e red, nervures piceous ; only two cubital cells, the 2nd being
formed from what is usually the 2nd and 3rd, though there is no sign
of a transverse cubital nervure between them.
Long. 5 mm.
Habitat — Kashmir ; two specimens obtained between 5,000 and 6,000*
feet.
This species, which agrees in every other respect with the genus
Nomada, can be easily recognised by having only two cubital cells.
As I obtained two specimens exactly similar at the same place it can,
I think, scarcely be considered an occasional li sport," though I believe
that this genus has not previously been obtained with only two cubital
cells.
I obtained at Quetta also the following species of JSfomada, which have
j\ot previously been recorded from Indian limits : —
N. coxalis (Mor.).
N. distingnenda (Mor.}.
N. furva (Panzer).
^V, mntim (Mor.),
NEW SPECIES OF INDIAN HYMENOPTERA. 573
Systropha planidens (Giraud).
Three specimens ; Quetta.
Osmia sponsa, n. sp.
9 Closely and finely punctured, median segment minutely rugose,
with no enclosed space ; mandibles with two longitudinal carinse, biden-
tate, the inner tooth broad, blunt, almost bifid; clypeus with its
anterior margin transverse ; 1st and 2nd joints of flagellum of antenna
subequal, 3rd and 4th also subequal, shorter than 1st and 2nd ; scutellum
prominent, level with the mesonotum ; median segment short, round-
ed, almost vertical; abdomen nearly cylindrical, convex, shorter than
head and thorax united. Dark blue, abdomen brighter blue, shining ;
clypeus blueish black, antennae piceous, legs, including calcaria, black ;
pubescence greyish white, somewhat sparse, forming entire narrow
subapical bands on abdominal segments 1 — 5 ; scopa white ; pubescence
on inside of posterior tarsi black ; wings hyaline, very slightly infuscated
at apex, nervures and tegulae piceous.
$ Similar ; no pubescent bands on abdomen ; front with long greyish
pubescence ; wings clear hyaline, very slightly infuscated in radial cell.
Long. 9 7-8 mm. $ 5*5 mm.
Habitat — Quetta; not uncommon, but I only obtained one $, which
may be an unusually small specimen.
Much smaller than 0. adce, which has no pubescent bands on the
abdomen. Nearer to the European 0. gallarum (Spin.), but clypens
not emarginate, abdominal fasciae 1 — 3 not interrupted, and wings only
slightly infuscated.
Osmia balucha, n. sp.
9 Head and thorax closely and finely, abdomen more minutely, but
very closely, punctured ; lower margin of eyes not reaching the base
of the mandibles, and the portion of the face between them enlarged and
subtuberculate on the outer side ; clypeus with a median longitudinal
carina, its anterior margin produced, sub-porrect, deeply triangularly
emarginate, leaving two triangular sub-porrect laminae ; remainder of
head, thorax and abdomen with the sculpturing to a considerable extent
hidden by the pubescence. Aeneous green, the head and thorax some-
what darker than the abdomen; all the calcaria, and sometimes the
apical two or three joints of the tarsi, rufo-testaceous ; pubescence grey,
mixed with a few black hairs ; abdomen with ciliated bands of fulvescent
574 JOURNA L, BOMB A Y NA TURA L HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
pubescence, along the apical margins of segments 1 — 5 ; pubescence on
the inside of posterior tarsi and scopa fulvous ; wings hyaline, nervures
black, tegulse dark testaceous ; 2nd cubital cell considerably larger than
the 1st.
$ Similar, smaller ; clypeus transverse at apex, not porrect ; antennae
reaching beyond the scutellum ; apical abdominal segments not dentate.
Long. 9 12-13 mm. $ 8-10 mm.
Habitat — Quetta ; fairly common in March.
I bred both sexes from a mud nest similar to that made by Eitmenes,
which I procured from a rafter in the roof of a stable.
This species belongs to the subgenus Ceratosmia (Thorns.).
Osmia sita, n. sp.
9 Head and thorax closely punctured, granular, abdomen shining,
more finely punctured, the punctures being closest along the margins
of the segments ; head large, the cheeks wider than the eyes; mandi-
bles large, tridentate ; clypeus rounded at apex, not serrate ; abdomen
very convex, slightly longer than thorax. Black, the pubescence
greyish white, moderately thick ; abdomen with lateral patches of white
pubescence on apical margins of segments 1 — 5 ; scopa white, long and
thick ; tarsal claws rufous, calcaria black ; pubescence on inside of
posterior tarsi fuscous ; wings hyaline, the radial cell and outer margin
fuscescent, nervures and tegulse black.
$ Smaller, pubescence longer and thicker, but the lateral marks on
apical margins of abdominal segments less well defined ; segments 3 — 5
ciliated with greyish hairs ; apical abdominal segment serrate, omar-
ginate at apex, with a blunt tooth on either side ; wings subhyaline.
Long. 9 10 mm. $ 8 mm.
Habitat — Qnerta ; not uncommon in May.
Quite distinct from any other Indian species. Belongs to the sub-
genus Acanthosmia (Thorns.).
Megachile.
I obtained in Baluchistan specimens of the following species of this
genus : —
M. asiatica (Mor.) ; cemmon.
M. apicalis (Spin.).
M. rotundata (Fabr.).
M. desertorum (Mor.) ; one specimen from Peshin.
M. muraria (Retz.) ; fairly common.
NEW SPECIES OF INDIAN HYMENOPTERA. 575
Anthidium saltator (Nurse).
I should add to the description of the $, which I published in the
Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, Vol. LXX, Part II, p. 152,
that the teeth on the apical segment are as follows : two lateral, short
but fairly sharp, and two apical, which are very blunt, with a space
between them equal to their width. The apical teeth project much
beyond the lateral ones.
Anthidium florntinum (Fabr.) var. caucasicum (Rad.).
This species or variety is common in the lucerne fields at Quotta.
A. FEDTSCHENKOI (Mor.).
Two specimens from Quetta.
Camptopceum rufiventre (Mor.j.
No species of this genus has hitherto been recorded' from India. I
obtained at Quetta some 20 specimens of both sexes of a bee of this
genus ; the $ agrees with the description of Morawitz's C. rufiventre,
and the 9 with that of his C. schewyrewi. All my specimens are
undoubtedly one species, and thus the name of rufiventre must stand
by the laws of priority. The specimens vary among themselves to some
extent, especially as regards the amount of yellow on the thorax ; the
wings in the 9 are darker than those of the $.
This species, having been described from Turkestan, and extend-
ing to Quetta, must be widely spread, but all the specimens which I
obtained were caught at a particular kind of thistle in an area of about
100 square yards. 1 never came across either the bee or the thistle
elsewhere. I mention this to show how easily a species, which frequents
a special flower, may be overlooked, though spread over a large area.
Ceratina ino, n. sp.
9 Head, thorax and abdomen minutely aciculate, enclosed space at
base of median segment finely rugose. Head and thorax dark metallic
greenish black ; mandibles, clypeus, a spot above it, the antenna? below,
pronotum, scutellum, postscutellum, and the legs pale yellowish testa-
ceous; antennse above rufo-testaceous ; abdomen pale yellow or pale
testaceous, 1st (sometimes also 2nd and 3rd) abdominal segment with
a narrow transverse subapical band black ; pubescence greyish white,
wings hyaline and iridescent, nervures very pale testaceous, tegulse
yellowish.
576 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
$ Similar, more slender.
Long. 3 mm.
Habitat — Quetta ; Peshin; common at tamarisk flowers.
Easily distinguished from any other species by the abdomen being
almost entirely pale yellow or testaceous yellow.
Ceratina egeria, n. sp.
9 Smooth and shining, the median segment finely rugose at base*
Head and thorax black, with a greenish or blueish tinge, abdomen
brownish black; the apex of the anterior femora, the anterior tibiae and
tarsi, the intermediate tibiae and the tarsi at base, the posterior tibiae
below and the tarsi pale yellow ; antennae rufo-testaceous, lighter below,
abdomen with a pale yellowish white transverse band at base of 2nd
segment ; all the segments very narrowly testaceous at apex, abdomen
below more or less testaceous ; wings clear hyaline and iridescent,
nervures and tegulae very pale testaceous, scarcely visible without a
microscope.
$ Similar, the clypeus pale yellowish white, the antennae below, the
apex of the femora, and the whole of the tibiae and tarsi pale yellow ;
the band at base of 2nd abdominal segment, frequently obsolete.
Long. 3 mm.
Habitat — Quetta ; common at tamarisk flowers.
Nearest to C. parvula (Smith) from Albania, but may be distinguished
by the abdomen not being punctured.
Ceratina oorinnAj n. sp.
9 Clypeus sparsely and shallowly, head closely and somewhat coarse-
ly, thorax more finely and less closely, abdomen closely and somewhat
coarsely, punctured, the apical margins of the segments constricted and
more finely punctured ; clypeus with the anterior margin transverse
in the centre, rounded at the sides ) scutelluin with its lateral margin
compressed ; abdomen much longer than head and thorax united, the
apical segment with a slight keel in the middle at apex ; all the ventral
abdominal segments smooth at base, punctured in the middle and at
apex, the punctures gradually increasing in size towards apex, 3rd
segment with a transverse median furrow. Bronzy green, the clypeus
and tubercles pale orange-yellow ; antennae black or blackish ; labrum^
a spot on each side of front near apex of clypeus, and the furrow on
3rd ventral segment black : a line on the anterior tibiae the intermediate
tibiae at base and apex, the posterior tibiae, and all the tarsi varying
NEW SPECIES OF INDIAN HYMENOPTERA. 577
from pale to dark testaceous ; calcaria pale testaceous ; pubescence grey
and sparse, except on the posterior tibise and tarsi ; wings sub-fuscous,
lighter at base, median nervure pale testaceous, remaining nervures
blackish, tegulee testaceous with a yellow spot.
Long. 7 — 9 mm.
Habitat — Quetta ; common.
This species may easily be distinguished from C. viridissima by its
sub-fuscous wings. Of the European species it is nearest to C. tibialis
(Mor.), but is without any carina on the penultimate abdominal
segment.
Ceratina l<evifrons (Mor.).
This species is common at Quetta.
Eriades tenuis, n. sp.
9 Finely and very closely punctured, head and mesonotum almost
granular, mandibles with a median longitudinal carina, not reaching
the base ; clypeus very convex, transverse at apex ; 2nd joint of flagel-
lum much shorter than the 1st, and abuut half its width ; punctures at
the sides of the mesonotum coarser and larger than in the middle ; base
of median segment depressed, the depressed portion narrow in the centre,
where it is longitudinally striate, and wider at the sides, where it is
obliquely rugose, remainder of segment smooth ; all the tibiae very large,
apex of intermediate tibire on the outside produced, almost dentate;
abdomen nearly as long as head and thorax united. Bkck, calcaria
testaceous ; pubescence grey, very sparse, and forming narrow bands on
apical margins of abdominal segments 1 — 8 ; on the posterior tarsi the
pubescence is rather long, and has a golden tinge ; scopa greyish-white,
sparse, wings sub-hyaline, nervures and tegular piceous.
Long. 6 mm.
Habitat — Mount Abu ; two specimens.
Tins species is nearest to Heriades parvida (Bingh), from which it
may be distinguished by the absence of an impressed line on the 2nd
abdominal segment. In the spelling of the generic name I follow
Friese.
C(ELIOXYS PERSEUS, n. sp.
9 Head pubescent, hiding the sculpturing ; thorax deeply, but net
vory closely, punctured, especially the scutellum, which is almost bare
and shining; abdomen finely and sparsoly punctured, apical segment
<5
578 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
impunctute; bead us broad as thorax, eyes very slightly converging
below ; scutellum with its posterior margin rounded and upturned,
the lateral teeth short and blunt ; median segment vertical ; abdcmen
about half as long again as head and thorax united, conical, the apical
segment long, tapering to a point, ventral plate slightly longer than
the dorsal. Black ; pubescence snow-white, thick on clypeus and
front ; on thorax, legs and abdomen formed of white scales, with two
small spots at base of scutellum, and narrow interrupted bands on the
margins of segments ; on the inside of all the tarsi it is fulvous or golden ;
tarsi reddish-black, calcaria rufo-testaceous ; wings hyaline, darker towards
apex, nervures and tegulae black.
$ Similar, smaller, all the abdominal segments with minute lateral
spines, penultimate segment with small blunt lateral teeth, apical segment
with six teeth, all long and acute, two being lateral and the remainder
apical, of which two are above and two below.
Long. 9 10 mm. 8 7-8 mm.
Habitat — Mount Abu ; four specimens.
The present may be distinguished from any other Indian species by
the posterior margin of the scutellum being turned upwards.
CftOCISA ELEGANS (Moi\).
Fairly common at Quetta.
EUCERA MEDUSA, 11. sp.
9 Head and thorax closely, but not very finely, punctured, granular,
abdomen closely and finely punctured, the punctures shallower towards
the apices of the segments, the extreme apices impunctate, shining ;
clypeus sub-porrect, its anterior margin transverse; postscutellrm
raised and prominent ; no triangular or semicircular space at base of
median segment ; abdomen as long as head and thorax united. Black;
the margins of ventral abdominal segments and the apical 3 or 4 joints
of all the tarsi rufo-testaceous, calcaria pale testaceous, antenna? reddish-
black; pubescence on head greyish-white, clypeus bare ; en thorax thick,
s nnewhat short, ashy grey ; on abdomen grey on basal segment, with
thick bands of short depressed white hairs on apical margins of segments
3 — 5, and a trace of a similar band on apical margin of 2nd segment,
the bands on 3rd and 4th segments very broad ; apices of ventral
segments sparsely ciliated with greyish hairs ; pubescence on legs and
so> >p:i greyish, fulvous on the inside of all the tibiae; wings very short,
sub-hyaline, nervures and tegulsedark testaceous ; only two cubital cells.
NEW SPECIES OF INDIAN HYMENOPTERA. 579
Long. 12 mm.
Habitat — Quetta ; three specimens.
This genus is divided into two sub-genera, by Priese {Apidee Euro-
pa>,, viz., Eucera, with two cubital cells, and Macrocera, with three.
The generic name Macrocera has the priority over Tetralonia. Several
species of Tetralonia have been previously recorded from India, but
I believe that true Eucera, with only two cubital cells, has not been
previously obtained within Indian limits. The present species is nearest
to E. Melaleuca (Mor.) from F. Turkestan, which however has the scopa
black.
Eucera diana, n. sp.
9 Head and thorax closely, but not very finely, punctured, granular,
abdomen closely and finely punctured ; clypeus sub-porrect, its anterior
margin transverse ; the sculpturing of the thorax hidden by the pubes-
cence ; abdomen scarcely as long as the head and thorax united.
Black ; the apical three or four joints of all the tarsi and the margins of
ventral segments rufo-testaceous, calearia pale testaceous ; pubescence on
head greyish, clypeus bare ; on thorax and base of 1st abdominal segment
long, greyish fulvous ; abdomen with bands of white pubescence on
apical margins of segments 1 — 5, that on 1st segment narrow and inter-
rupted in the middle ; legs and scopa with greyish fulvous pubescence,
apical margins of ventral segments ciliated with fulvous, the tarsi inside
with similarly coloured pubescence ; wings sub-hyaline, nervures black,
tegulffi testaceous ; only two cubital cells.
Long. 12-13 mm.
Habitat — Kashmir, 5,000 ft. ; two specimens.
This species is very near the last, but can be distinguished from it
by the larger wings, black nervures, and narrower abdominal bands.
EUCEEA MELANOSTOMA (Mor.).
One specimen from Quetta.
Eucera (Macrocera) phryne, n. sp.
9 Clypeus closely and regularly punctured, remainder of head and'
thorax with the sculpturing hidden by the pubescence : abdomen minute-
ly and closely punctured. Black ; the mandibles at base, and clypeus
pale yellow; anterior margin of clypeus and labium brownish testaceous;
mandibles at apex and antennae red, the basal three joints of the latter
brownish black; calearia and apical two or three joints of tarsi
580 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
rufo-testaceous ; 1st and 2nd ventral abdominal segments brownish testa-
caous; clypaus bare ; colour of pubescence as follows — on labrum greyish
fulvous, on front and cheeks white, on occiput pale fulvous, on thorax
above thick rich fulvous, below and at the sides greyish to pale fulvous,
at base of 1st abdominal segment pale greyish fulvous ; 1st segment at
apex bare, 2nd and 3rd with basal bands narrowed or interrupted in
the centre, 4th with broad entire apical band, all of snow-white short
pubescence, 4th and 5th segments with short velvety black pubes-
cence at base ; abdomen below with fuscous or black pubescence; ante-
rior and intermediate legs with greyish fulvous pubescence, except on the
intermediate tarsi, where it is of black and grey hairs intermixed ;
posterior tibiae and tarsi with white pubescence above, black below •
wings sub-hyaline, nervures dark testaceous to black, tegulse rufo-
testaceous ; three cubital cells.
$ Similar, the antennae as long as the whole body, only the basal
joint black or blackish brown ; the pubescence on the thorax is somewhat
paler fulvous, 2nd to 5th segments with basal bands of snow-white
pubescence, the bands somewhat narrowed in the middle ; all the legs
with grey pubescence above, below fulvous intermixed with black hairs.
Long. 11-12 mm.
Habitat — Deesa ; not uncommon.
Nearest to Eucera (Tetralonia) punctata (Cam.), but larger, and
differs in the colour of the pubescence on the abdomen.
Eucera (Macrocera) pomona, n. sp.
9 Head, thorax, and abdomen with the sculpturing hidden by the
pubescence ; abdomen shining through the pubescence ; anal rim very
finely transversely striate. Black ; calcaria and all the claws at base
rufo-testaceous ; abdomen below with all the segments more or less
testaceous at the margins; pubescence as follows — on clypeus and
labrum short, thick, greyish white ; on front long, grey, with some
black hairs along both margins of the eyes and on vertex ; on thorax
above greyish, with a fulvous tinge, below grey ; on abdomen, 1st
segment long, grey, sparse towards apical margin ; 2nd segment
greyish, somewhat sparse, apex with a widely interrupted band of white
hairs ; 3rd, 4th and 5th segments velvety black at base, with bands
of snow-white hairs on apical margins, the bands thick, that on 3rd
segment widely, on 4th segment narrowly interrupted in the middle,
NEW SPECIES OF INDIAN IIYMENOPTERA. 581
that on 5th segment widely interrupted, but less widely than the band
on the 5th segment ; on 6th segment sparse and blackish, white lat-
erally ; ventral segments at apex ciliated with greyish, 4th and 5th
segments with white hairs ; on all the legs grey above, on anterior tibiae
balow inclining to fulvous, on intermediate tibiee below, and on poste-
rior tibice and tarsi below black ; wings hyaline, three cubital cells, the
1st recurrent nervure is received into the 2nd cubital cell near its
outer angle ; nervures and tegulse black.
$ More slenderly built; antenna? when thrown back not quite
reaching the apex of abdomen. Black ; the centre of the clypeus yellow
calcaria and base of claws rufo-testaceous, ventral segments obscurely
testaceous at margins ; pubescence as follows — on head similar to that
of 9 , but on clypeus and labrum very long silky white, almost con-
cealing the yellow of clypeus ; on thorax and first two abdominal seg-
ments grey ; on remaining segments black, with, some long white hairs
laterally ; all the legs with greyish pubescence, intermixed with some
black hairs.
Long. 9 14 mm. $ 12 mm.
Habitat — Quetta ; extremely common at fruit tree blossoms in March.
The males seem to largely outnumber the females.
This species is near to Eucera vernalis (Mor.). The 9 , however, can
be distinguished by the white apical bands on the abdominal segments
boing interrupted, and the $ by the labrum being black and not yellow.
I have a large number of specimens, and they seem remarkably constant
in the colouring of the pubescence.
EuOERA (MaCROCBRA) CASSANDRA, n. sp.
9 Clypeus closely and somewhat coarsely punctured, scutellum
closely and finely, median segment somewhat rugosely, punctured,
remainder of sculpturing of head and thorax hidden by the pubescence ;
abdomen with the bases of segments 1 — 4 closely and finely punctured,
their apices depressed, and except the 1st segment, which is bare at
apex, having broad apical bands of thick, short, greyish, depressed pubes-
cence. Black ; the mandibles at base, and clypeus, except its anterior
margin, bright yellow ; labrum and antennas piceous or rufo-piceous,
the former sometimes yellowish at base ; anterior margin of clypeus, and
apical joints of tarsi, more or less rufescent ; apical margins of abdominal
segments pale testaceous, but the colour, except in the 1st segment,
hidden by the pubescent bands ; calcaria pale ; the lateral and apical
582 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
margins of ventral abdominal segments more or less testaceous ; pubes-
cence griseous, snow-white, or nearly so, on front and on the sides of
median segment ; basal and apical margins of abdominal segments 2 — 4
and the whole of segment 5 with short creamy-white pubescence, this
beino- often abraded at the basal portion of the segments ; anal fimbria
and pubescence on inside of posterior tarsi with an inclination to fulvous ;
wings hyaline, nervures and tegulae testaceous.
$ Similar to the $ as regards the sculpturing ; labrum yellow, as well
as the clypeus and base of the mandibles ; 3rd and following joints of
flagellum of antennae light-red below; the testaceous margins of abdomi-
nal segments much narrower, and the bands, as well as the whole of
the head and thorax, less pubescent ; pubescence on inside of posterior
tarsi bright fulvous ; nervures inclining to red.
Long. 9 11-12 mm.; $ 9-10 mm. $ antennae 7 mm.
Habitat — Quetta; Peshin ; common in May.
The $ seems to be allied to Eucera radoszhowshii (Mor.) The
$ is perhaps nearest to the same sex of E. speetabUis (Mor.) and orien-
talis (Friese), but may be at once distinguished by the flagellum of
antennae being almost entirely light red below.
Eucera (Macrocera) spectabilis (Mor.).
Common at Quetta.
Eucera (Macrocera) turcestanica (Dalla Torr.).
I identify with some doubt some Quetta specimens as this species.
Podalirius vedettus, n. sp.
$ Clypeus and front closely and finely, labrum more coarsely and
rucrosely, punctured, mesonotum under the pubescence very finely and
closely punctured, abdomen impunctate ; clypeus sub-porrect, its
anterior margin transverse ; cheeks between lower margin of eyes and
mandibles narrow but distinct ; antennae with the 2nd joint of flagellum
longer than the three following united. Black ; colour of pubescence as
follows: — On head above grey, below white; on thorax above fulvous,
fulvous grey, or grey, below grey ; 1st abdominal segment with long
greyish or fulvous pubescence, and a narrow ciliated band of lighter
grey ; 2 — 1th segments with short black pubescence at base, sometimes
intermixed with grey hairs, their apices ciliated with bands of greyish
pubescence, which sometimes inclines to pale fulvous ; 5th segment in
the centre black, with long white lateral hairs ; all the ventral segments
NEW SPECIES OF INDIAN IIYMENOPTERA. 583
ciliated with greyish white hairs ; all the legs with grey pubescence,
sometimes mixed with black hairs ; scopa white ; posterior tibiae and tarsi
black below ; all the calcaria black ; wings hyaline or sub-hyaline,
nervures and tegulae black.
$ Labrum and clypeus anteriorly with shallow punctures, remainder
of head and thorax apparently impunctate, the pubescence hiding the
sculpturing ; abdomen finely aciculate, with a few fine punctures ; clypous
sub-porrect, very convex, its apex transverse in the middle, the sides
rounded ; a short carina between the bases of antennae. Black ; the
labrum, except a narrow line all round and two semicircular spots at its
basal angles, the clypeus, except two irregular quadrate spots at its base,
an irregular mark on the front above the clypeus, extending a short way
upwards along the inner orbits of the eyes, but not reaching as high as
the base of the antenna?, and the scape of the latter yellow ; the tarsi,
except their basal joint, more or less testaceous ; pubescence dense, on
the head griseous, mixed with a few black hairs ; on the thorax and first
two abdominal segments it varies from griseous to pale fulvous; on the
3rd and following segments it is black, the margins of segments being
more or less fringed with long griseous hairs, pygidium sub-triangular,
with stiff fulvous hairs ; legs with long pubescence, griseous intermixed
with black, the inside of anterior tarsi with short fulvous pubescence ;
metatarsi of intermediate legs with a very large tuft of black pubescence,
the longer hairs white at the tips, tibial calcaria pale ; wings hyaline,
nervures dark testaceous, almost black, tegulge black.
Long. V 12-15 mm. $ 12-13 mm.
Habitat — Kashmir, 5,000 ft. ; Quetta ; Peshin ; common in March
and April.
The $ is very like the sam9 S9x of P. skltelu (Rud.), but the 9 bears
no resemblance to that species.
PODAHRIUS CONNEXUS, n. sp.
9 The sculpturing almost entirely hidden by the pubescence ; clypeus
finely rugose, mesonotum finely punctured, abdomen minutely and closely
punctured ; clypeus large, sub-porrect, with a median longitudinal carina
not reaching its apex, its anterior margin arched ; antennae with the
2nd joint of the flagellum equal in length to the following four united.
Black ; the claws at base rufous, apical joints of tarsi rufo-piceous,
calcaria piceous; pubescence grey above, with, a slightly fulvous tintxe
on the 1st abdominal segment, on front and below lighter grey ; on the
584 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
vertex and along the inner orbits of the eyes are black hairs intermixed
with the grey ; the 2nd, 3rd and 4th abdominal segments are strongly
fringed at apex with white or whitish pubescence, 5th segment with
black, fringed laterally with whitish pubescence ; on the anterior legs
the pubescence is somewhat sparse and fuscous grey ; on the intermediate
and posterior tibiae and tarsi it is bright fulvous outside, black inside ;
winos hyaline, nervures and tegulas piceous.
$ Second joint of flagellum equal to next three united. Black;
clypeus rather pale yellow, claws and apical tarsal joints more or less
rufo -testaceous, calcaria piceous ; pubescence grey above, blackish on
apical two abdominal segments, below whitish, very long and silky ;
clypeus and front with very long silky white pubescence, fringed with
black hairs on vertex and along inner orbits; legs with long grey
pubescence, apical joint of intermediate tarsi with a very slight tuft of
black hairs, many of the spines on the tarsi rufous or rufescent; wings
hyaline, nervures and tegulse piceous.
Long. 12-13 mm.
Habitat — Quetta ; not uncommon at fruit tree blossoms in the early
spring.
The 9 is nearest to P. testaceipes (Mor.) and P. chrysocnemis (Mor.).
From the former it can be distinguished by the pubescence on the
inside of the posterior tibise and tarsi being black ; from the latter by
the pubescence on the thorax being greyish and not yellow.
The $ is nearest to P. ventilabris (Leq.) from Algeria, but can be
distinguished by the pubescence on the thorax being grey and not
rufous.
?ODALIRIUS SERGIUS, 11. SD.
9 Differs from the same sex of P. connexus above in being constantly
smaller, and in the pubescence on intermediate and posterior tarsi being
grey and not fulvous.
$ Differs from the same sex of P. connexus in being smaller, and in
having the labrum, scape in front, and a small mark on the inner orbits
of the eyes yellow.
Long. 11-12 mm.
Habitat — Quetta; common in the spring ; it appears somewhat later
than P. connexus.
I took 9 and $ of this species in coitu. Both sexes of this species
are allied to P. uljaninii (Fodt.) ; the 9 however differs from the same
NEW SPECIES OF INDIAN HYMENOPTERA. 585
sex of that species in having the seopa grey and not fulvous. The $ I
identified as P. uljaninii until I got a specimen in coitu with the 9 as
above described ; the only difference which I can detect between them
is that the tuft on the apical joint of the intermediate tarsi is much
smaller in the present species than in P. uljaninii, in fact it is scarcely
noticeable as a tuft.
The genus Podalirius is common at Quetta, and I obtained the fol-
lowing species not previously recorded from India : —
P. picicornis (Fedt.).
P. alhigenus (Lep.).
P. oriental is (Mor.).
P. fulvitarsis (Brullc); one specimen.
P. atricillus (Everimann) ; one specimen.
P. velocissimus (Fcdt.) ; common.
586
THE WILD PLANTAIN {MUSA SUPERBA, ROXB.)
By G. M. Ryan, i.f.s., f.l.s.
With a Photograph.
{Read before the Bombay Natural History Society on 16th June 1904. )
It had been raining very heavily for two or three days during the
latter end of May 1903, and as conditions looked very much as if the
rains had set in I asked a cultivator who came to pay me a visit whether
the monsoon had really begun, whereupon he smiled and answered with
a very confident air in the negative. Asked why he was so certain of
this he said " Well, sir, the wild plantain has not thrown out its new
leaves yet. As soon as the plant does this we know the monsoon is at
hand ; " and my friend the cultivator was right.* The monsoon had not
burst, although it seemed at the time uncommonly like it. The rain
that then came down wasthe accompaniment of a severe cyclone, the like
of which has not been recorded in Thana for about 300 years. f •
The force of the wind is reported to have been 100 miles an hour and
over half a million trees (Teak and the Palmyra Palm especially) were
blown down| in the forests and non-forest lands of the Dahanu, Malum
and Bassein seacoast Talukas of Thana.
It is about this apparently insignificant plant to which the cultivator
alluded therefore that it is proposed to record some notes, and it will be
gathered from them that in addition to its utility as a sort of jungle
barometer the wild plantain root-stock and leaf-sheaths form economic
products of no inconsiderable value.
It perhaps may be interesting to mention here parenthetically that
near the end of the rainy season the Foorsa (Eehis earinata) finds a
resting place between the leaf-stalks of the wild plantain loaves. § He
probably seeks this cool retreat as a sort of vantage ground for making
his depredations.
* Karvi — Strohilanthes callosusy Nees — is another plant which is looked upon as
a similar sort of jungle barometer.
fin the Gazetteer (Thana), Vol. XIV, p. 31, a severe storm is reported to have
occurred in Bassein in May 1618. " Thousands of palms were torn up by the roots
and some the wind lifted through the air like feathers and carried great distances."
X Large numbers of the Palmyra Palm were also beheaded.
§ He is also fond of inhabiting the branches of the u apta " (.Baulunia racemosa")
tree — a tree the leaves of which are collected and sold for native cigarettes (Bidis)
in Bombay,
>
X
"o
>
o
To
X
£
o
CQ
3
O
THE WILD PLANTAIN (MUSA SUPERBA, ROXB.). 687
It is in the Bassein vegetable gardens that most of the fruit of the
red and yellow and green varieties of plantains which are sold in the
Bombay Bazaars are so extensively cultivated, and while their utility is
well known, few are aware of what economic value the wild plantain is
to the wild tribss in the Thana District. It is not the fruit however in
this instance which is of edible value and so much prized although the
latter is eaten to some extent by the people and also as a vegetable when
unripe. The portion which is so eagerly sought after and which in
ordinary as wall as famine years is eaten so extensively is the base of the
subarborescent stem consisting of the sheathing leaf-stalks and their
subterranean root-stock.*
The latter is not stoloniferous, i.e., new shoots are not thrown up from
it annually as is the case with the cultivated species Musa sapientum.f
The plant is familiarly known by the wild tribes as " Kawdur : " the
more intelligent classes call it " Chaveni " and also " Rankel. " Two
Varieties are found, one which grows to the height of about 7 feet and the
other to the height of about 3 or 4 feet.
In the Bassein Taluka the large variety is known as " Sonkel " and
the small variety as " Masrikel." Near Kharbaoon the Bassein creek the
people give the name of " Dulikel " to the variety which flowers early
and " Gndvikel "to the variety which flowers late. In parts of Central
Thana the plants are called " Dharna " and " Ghandvalia " respectively.
In the Dahanu Taluka, North Thana Forest Division, the names are
" Kowdar," " Chawa " and " Chawaee."
Both varieties may be seen all over the Thana District, being perhaps
more abundant in the Mokhada direction, a tract of countrv which forms
the western projection of the Ghats, at about 1,800 ft. than elsewhere.
On the Ghats themselves and between Karjat and the Reversing Station,
near Khandalla especially, the plant may be seen from the railway train,
and it is particularly noticeable in the rains about August or September
when in full leaf.
An excellent illustration of one of these plants grown in Mr. M. R.
Jardine's garden on Malabar HiU, Bombay, is shown in the accomppnv-
ing plate which is from a photograph taken by Mr. N. C. Maclecd.
* Wild pig are very fond of the root-stock also. They burrow underground to
attack it.
f I found ons instance in the Mahim Taluka of a wild plantain bearing a stoloni-
ferous? root.
588 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
The plant was brought from Khandalla by Mr. W. S. Millard, one of
the Honorary Secretaries of the Bombay Natural History Society, in
June 1900, and it flowered for the first time early in October 1903.
In the lower parts of the Thana District Musa superba is found
generally in rocky ravines and on rocky hill slopes in a forest.
In some instances it grows in the forks of trees.*
Its existence in such places, and especially the latter, needs an explana-
tion .
The monkey is responsible for its presence there. He is very fond of
the fruit and is mainly responsible for the distribution of the seeds, which
are very hard and comparatively heavy and black.f
When he eats the fruit while perched on a tree the hard black seeds
inside are discarded and in falling either drop to the ground or lodge in
a tree. Those seeds which fall to earth are washed down into the water
courses and rocky ravines, while others fall in the crevices of rocks on
the hill slopes, a locality which monkeys usually haunt.
The plant possesses the property of economising moisture to the
greatest possible extent by storing the same in its succulent leafstalks
and excavated sheaths which enables it to grow and thrive in arid
situations, such as the rocky localities alluded to, where moisture in the
soil for the greater part of the year is entirely absent. This property
is possessed by many desert and "rock" plants, as is well known,
particularly so by the common prickly pear which may be seen growing
and flourishing on the summit of stone walls in and about Bombay.
Its ability to do this rests mainly in the fact that the water taken up
by the roots, instead of being liberated by transpiration (as in the case of
plants growing in ordinary situations) from the parts above the surface
of the soil, is retained and re-utilized in the extreme dry season to keep
the plant alive. In order to further obstruct transpiration from the
exposed surfaces, spines are developed instead of leaves.
A detailed account of the manner in which desert and "rock" plants
adapt themselves to their environment in this way and the causes of
their morphological features may be seen by a reference to Rev. G.
* Instances of this have been met with in the southern side of Mahnli Hill in
the Shahpur Taluka and in the Kashti Forest, Mokbada. In the latter case it was
Mr. Clayton, I.C.S., who drew my attention to the interesting phenomenon.
j " Kal Manjur," a species of wild cat (black), is also very fond of the fruit and
distributes the seeds by swallowing and excreting them.
THE WILD PLANTAIN (MUSA SUPERBA, ROXB.). 589
Henslow's interesting work entitled " The Origin of Plant Structures."
Ravenala madagascarensis, a handsome tree of the plantain-tribe,
specimens of which may be seen in Bombay in the Victoria Gardens
and in one or two private gardens near Malabar Point, with its large
plantain-like leaves growing in one plane forming a semi-circular head
like an open fan, is known as " The Traveller's Joy" because of the
large quantity of water which is stored up in the excavated sheaths and
succulent leaf-stalks.
It is alleged that a quart of water may be readily obtained in driest
weather by piercing the leaf-stalk.*
It may be interesting here to mention in this connection that a com-
mon climber known as Nandanwel ( Vitis adnata, Wall) is found in the
Thana District, whose stems when cut bleed so profusely as to provide
sufficient liquid for quenching the thirst. When very thirsty and unable
to obtain water from any other source the wild tribes drink the fluid,
which causes however throat irritation. Even a still larger quantity of
liquid and certainly more agreeable to take than that of Nandanwel, in
that no throat irritation succeeds swallowing, is the fluid which flows
from the cut stems of Calycopteris florilmnda, Lamk.f known as
" Ukshi " in Thana and abundant almost all over the district, especially
in the western parts, a specimen of which may be seen on the Gibbs
Road, Malabar Hill, Bombay. When in flower this particular plant
presents a very handsome sight covered as it is with a profusion of yel-
lowish flowers.
The plant however possessing the fluiJ (which is usually obtained
in April-May) is a scandent shrub and a very formidable one in the
bargain, for once it mounts a tree it invariably succeeds in reachino- fjle
illuminated heights of the crown which it so invades with its taneled
mass of branches that the host is soon exterminated. In the Flora of
British India, however, Calycojileris florilmnda is described as "a diffuse
dense shrub with drooping branches not at all scandent. "
Its habit of growth when standing isolated as on Malabar Hill, for
instance, meets the above description it is true, but, no doubt exists about
it being a very formidable climber in the forests. The wild plantain
possesses no real stem above ground. What is popularly known as the
* Chambers1 Encyclopaedia.
t I have tasted this liquid which al first has a clear transparent appearance like
water. If bottled, however, it turns the colour of vermouth.
590 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
stem is a spurious herbaceous shoot composed of the closely packed-
convolute leaf-sheaths. At the base of these imbedded in the ground
is a tuberous root-stock which may be termed the true stem. This
portion as well as that immediately above it, viz., the convolute leaf-
sheaths, are the parts so much prized and consumed by the wild tribes.
These portions were chemically analysed at my suggestion and the
report of their analysis, which has been courteously supplied to me by
Mr. Burkill, Reporter on Economic Products to the Government of-
India, and which was made at Mr. Burkill's request by the kindness of
Mr. A. Ghose, a chemist in the employ of a Calcutta mercantile firm,
is as follows: — ■
Report.
" Percentage composition of the stem below the leaf bases : —
Moisture
Albumenoides ...
Ash
Digestible fibre
Woody fibre ...
Tannin, sugar, etc.
67-50
4'89
1-74
13-6
8'3
3-91
Total ... 100
Percentage composition of the leaf bases-
Total
100
100
100
Note. — For the estimation of moisture, crude and woody fibre, freshly
cut portions were used. The amount of Nitrogen and Ash was deter-
mined in dry powdered substance and the results were reduced to per-
centages of the original sample."
THE WILD PLANTAIN (MUSA SUPERBA, ROKB.). 59X
Mr. Burkill adds in forwarding the report that " the parts sent for
analysis are rather . . . innutritions," and while the above chemical
analysis betrays this it is a curious circumstance how, nevertheless, the
analysed portions are so much prized and consumed.
When a Kathodi or Koli comes home after a hard day's work from
the forests it is quite a familiar sight to find him bringing home one or
two wild plantain herbaceous shoots weighing 81bs. to lOlbs. each. Out
of 30 to 40 of such wild tribesmen who were returning homo from the
forests in Indian file up a hill during the season of 11)00-01 in Mokhada
when distress existed in the district, almost every adult was observed
carrying one %nd perhaps two Kowdurs adjusted at both the ends of a
pole which was slung across his shoulders.
The ordinary method of preparing the sheathing leaf-stalks for food
is by stripping them and boiling each separately. Each sheath is eaten
in the manner of artichokes, the fibrous portion being thrown away.
The root-stock or tuberous portion below ground is boiled, sliced and
eaten. This is considered more nutritious. But the more interesting
method of preparation of the plant is by cooking the whole root -stock
and convolute leaf-sheaths together in an improvised oven as follows : —
A large circular pit 7 feet diameter is dug to the depth of about 2 to
3 feet, at the bottom of which is placed a quantity of hay. Over this
several billets of firewood are laid and on the latter is arranged a layer of
large round boulders (about 3 feet in circumference each) closely packed
together. The heap so formed is ignited and allowed to burn for several
hours till the stones are red hot and fall in. Above this disordered
heap of red hot stones are arranged the Kowdurs 15 or 16 in number
placed upright.
The latter are then covered over and closely packed together with
tahal, i.e., branch-wood and leaves, over which a layer of soft fine earth
1 to 2 inches deep is spread. When completed the heap assumes the
shape of a conical mound not unlike that of an ordinary jungle charcoal
kiln. At the apes of this mound is placed a Kowdur, the root-stock
being concealed in the earth, the remaining portion standing erect out-
side.
The heap is left for about three days smouldering when the Kowdur
at the apex is examined to see if the root-stock is sufficiently cooked. If
so the heap is opened and the Kowdurs inside are then removed and
502 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV-
found to be ready. They then present a russet brown appearance and
are very soft. The thin outer sheathing leaf-stalks are peeled off in this
state and the inner more succulent parts are thus eaten. Their flavour
is not at all unpleasant, as a lady, the wife of the Collector of the District,
who tasted some of them immediately after removal from the improvised
oven, agreed.
The practice of preparing the Kowdurs in this manner is restricted
and has almost ceased in some places since the introduction of forest
conservancy in Thana, because for their preparation a large quantity
of firewood is needed. In some instances pits large enough to hold 300
or 400 Kowdurs are dug. The cooked inner succulent* leaf-stalks are
then peeled and dried in the snn for 3 or 4 days when they become quite
brittle. They are subsequently pounded into the consistency of flour
and stored for the rains in bins. The resulting flour is then mixed with
bread chiefly, and eaten.
In the central parts of Thana and more especially in the Wada Taluka
cattle are stall fed on the leaves. In the Kolaba District and parts of
Thana, as at Saoroli in the Dahanu Tuluka, the plant is specially cultivated
in small gardens for its leaves which serve as dinner plates. The wild
tribes in Bassein collect them in the forests in August and September
and sell them to merchants who export them for sale as dinner plates to
Bombay.
The flowers which are a very pale yellow, almost white, appear at
about the end of July to September when the plant is full grown.
This in some cases is 4 years and in others 6 or 7 years. The fruits
begin to appear in August and continue appearing up to the end of
January after which the plant dies. The flowering and pruning stalk
is known as " Longra."
In parts of the Konkan the seeds are eaten as a prophylactic
ugainst small- pox. In the Chiploon Taluka of the Ratnagiri district the
practice is said to be common during an epidemic of small-pox as I am
informed by one who is a resident of that taluka and who has eaten the
seeds himself for this purpose. They are also used as a specific in hydro-
phobia in the Bassein Taluka.
Three drachms (by weight) of the powdered seed are mixed with one
ounce and five drachms of water and the preparalion is strained through
doth and taken as a dose which is administered morning and evening.
THE WILD PLANTAIN (MVSA SUPERBA, ROXB). 593
The Patel of Dahisar in Bassein states he has used this remedy with consid-
erable success. It would be interesting to ascertain whether there is
any real virtue in the seeds in this respect.
The fruit of the cultivated plantain is said to be also eaten during an
attack of small-pox to hasten maturation of the disease.
From the midrib of the leaf of the wild plantain fibre is extracted
which is obtained after the leaf is well dried. This fibre is utilized locally
in Bassein in the preparation of well ropes.
In the Wada Taluka it is used by shop-keepers to tie up small parcels
and also in the preparation of floor matting. Fibre from the outer
sheaths of the subarborescent stem is also extracted and utilized as cordage,
etc., but this latter of course is a negligible quantity.
It can be gathered in conclusion that the wild plantain is an extremely
interesting subject for study from an economic point of view ; and
that it is a very handsome plant and one which would be an ornament
to many a lawn for several seasons is evident from the excellent photo-
graph accompanying this paper, which Mr. W. S. Millard obtained of
the specimen which he brought down from Khandalla, and which burst
into flower in October last. Alas, now it is no more.
594
THE DISTRIBUTION OF BUTTERFLIES IN INDIA.
By L. C. H. Young, b.a., f.e.s.
{Read before the Bombay Natural History Society on
25th February 1904.)
I would have liked to have written a paper on the distribution of
insects generally in our area, but unfortunately our knowledge of most
orders is at present too fragmentary for me to attempt it. I have, there-
fore, confined myself to a single group of the Lepidoptera — the butter-
flies— about which we can now speak with considerable certainty. At
the same time, the broad conclusions at which we may arrive will pro-
bably be at least equally true of all other orders.
Mr. Comber in a recent paper described the limits of the Oriental
region to which the greater part of India belongs. It remains to speak
in detail of some of its sub-divisions. India falls into 4 regions — (1)
the Himalayas west of Sikkim, with Cashmere; (2) the Indo-Gangetic
plain ; (3) The peninsular area, i.e., the whole of India south of Nc. 2
and including Ceylon; (4) Assam — using the term In the wide sense of the
proposed new province (and including the Bhotan Terai) which shades
indefinitely into the Chinese and Burmo-Siamese regions.
The insect fauna of No. 1 is in the main palearctic though containing
a large number of immigrant oriental species on the lower slopes, the
proportion increasing eastwards so that, coupled with our present ignor-
ance of the insects of Nepaul, it is impossible to draw a satisfactory bound-
ary between this region and No. 4.
No. 2. The Indo-Gangetic plain has no proper insect fauna of its
own. The scanty lists of species to be obtained there contain nothing
but common immigrant species from the surrounding regions.
In our present ignorance of Southern China it is not possible to
characterize adequately the fauna of No. 4.
In this paper I want to deal only with No. 3, the peninsular or
Indian area proper. This country falls into 4, or perhaps 5,
natural regions. There is the central more or less treeless plateau
of Malwa, and what is loosely termed the Deccan, which corre-
sponds in poverty of species to the Indo-Gangetic plain. To the north
and east of these there is a wide area including the greater part of the
Central Provinces, Bundelkund, Chota Nagpur, Orissa and the Northern
Oircars, which for want of a better name T am calling Gondwana. To
THE DISTRIBUTION OF BUTTERFLIES IN INDIA. 595
the west lies the Konkan stretching from the Tapti to the Goa frontier
and comprising the well- watered mainly forest area between the sea
and the crest of the Ghats. South of the Konkan from Goa to Cape
Comorin is the rich forest area of Malabar, in which I am including
Canara and the lower slopes of the Nilgiri and other hills in the south.
The Mysore plateau and Carnatic form a fifth region which we may call
Sooth Indian, differing only from the Malabar in its comparative
poverty of species, the result of extended cultivation and limited rainfall.
In addition to the above there are two attached island areas, Kach and
Kattiawar to the north-west and Ceylon to the south. The Kach-Kattiawar
island or islands seem to be remarkably poor in species, but they have not
been thoroughly worked ; of Ceylon, of course, we have fairly accurate
information.
(The fauna of the Andamans is rather Indian than Burman, but it will
be best not to complicate the present paper by a discussion of these
interesting islands.)
The higher slopes of the mountains of Southern India and Ceylon
present certain peculiar features which almost warrant their being
erected into two additional regions. Almost all the species which are
peculiar to Ceylon belong strictly to the mountains, the insect fauna of tho
plains practically not differing from similar country north of the Straits.
Now these regions into which the insect distribution is easily divided
agree, as has been shown, with the superficial and meteorological
characteristics of the country. A glance at a geological map will show
that they correspond also with its past history.
It is a general rule in the distribution of animals that an island fauna
is much poorer than that of the neighbouring continent. But in the
Oriental region we find the Indian, or what is now the continental part,
much poorer than the Malayan islands. This is because throughout
geological history down to the tertiary period the position appears to
have been exactly reversed. The peninsular area was an island, the
Indo-Gangetic plain an open sea, the Himalayas much lower and much
further north than at present (they seem to have been raised to their
present form by lateral pressure from the north just as one might push up
a crease in the table cloth).
The Arabian Sea would thus have been connected at least in cretaceous
times by a tolerably broad channel with the Caspian and Aral Seas
596 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
which are the remains of a large sea covering Persia, N. Arabia ami the
Kirghiz steppes, Southern Arabia cut off' from the north and probably
joined to Somaliland.
The desert of Gobi is considered to have been open sea in very recent
geological times, and the Yellow Sea may have been connected with the
Bay of Bengal by a narrow channel through Burmah and the Yangtse
Valley — at any rate the Shillong plateau in Assam must have been an
island, very near to India on one side and China on the other, and
probably periodically connected with one or both.
To the south it must always have been bounded by the sea though
probably larger than it is now ; for a long time being connected with
the Maldives and until the end of the cretaceous period if not later with
the Lacadives or rather with the now sunken plateaus on which these
coral islands rest.
The diminished area is sufficiently accounted for by a gradual sink-
ing after the upheaval of the Himalayas and the constant attraction
exerted by them on the tides.
It is necessary to enforce this point because many people, geologists in
particular, have a habit of explaining the presence of the same genus in
two widely separated regions by imagining the former existence of a
connecting continent.
One of the favourite continents of this kind is " Lemuria " supposed to
have stretched from Madagascar to Sumatra via Ceylon to account for
the presence of Lemurs at both ends. When I read of these continents
10,000 miles long and 3 miles broad, stretching across bottomless oceans,
I always think of a story I once heard of an American. This man had
such a fearful habit of exaggerating that he used to spoil the appetites
of all other guests at dinner. So one time he agreed with his host before-
hand that directly he began to draw the long bow the latter should
kick him under the table.
He behaved all right till desert when the conversation turned on
vineries and thence to hot houses generally. Then he began " Ah, but
" you should see the hothouses in my country ! In New York City
" there's a State conservatory that's 22 miles long and 600 feet high
" and — ough — ah " (and then as he stooped to rub his shins) "er — er — 2
inches broad ! !"
Well to my mind it would be as easy to believe the lemurs swam the
whole distance as that they should have ambled along a causeway like
THE DISTRIBUTION OF BUTTERFLIES IN INDIA. 597
that, and why were the lemurs practically the only creatures to make
the trip ? Certainly as far as butterflies are concerned there is nothing
to suggest such a connection.
You would have thought Dr. Wallace had knocked the bottom out of
this kind of reasoning long ago, but he hasn't, for I see the Indian geolo-
gical surveyors still take Lemuria for granted, and quite recently were
excited about another continent cutting across it joining Trichinopoly
to Patagonia !
Dr. Wallace lays down a general principle that we are not justified
in supposing any part of the earth's surface, which is now over 1,000
fathoms below the sea, was formerly dry land, and certainly practically all
the facts are easily explained without going beyond the 500-fathcm line.
To return to our Indian island the chief fact about its geology is the
antiquity and regularity of its formation. Outside Gondwana, where
there were slight changes of level in early times causing some alteration
of the principal water sheds, there was practically no alteration (and no
evidence that any part had ever been submerged under the sea except
small areas near the mouths of the Nerbudda and Cauvery) until the end
of the cretaceous epoch when a gigantic upheaval of volcanic or trap rock
took place. There are small areas of this rock in Assam, Chota Nagpur
and Sind, but these are quite separate from, and not necessarily contempo-
raneous with, the main overflow which covered Gujerat, Malwa, Berar and
the Bombay and Hyderabad Deccan as well as reaching about 200 miles
to the west over what is now sea. This stupendous eruption, lasting at
intervals for perhaps thousands of years, of course completely blotted out
the fauna and flora of the N.-W. third of the island and is sufficient to
account for the poverty of the Konkan region as compared with Malabar
to this day.
Now to come to the insects themselves. Butterflies are divided into
7 families, and I propose to take each in order. (In doing so I ought to
premise that I am only giving the number of forms which I consider
truly entitled to be considered species ignoring many described varieties
which do not warrant the distinction, and I have treated a whole host of
ephemeral generic names which have no characters to justify them, in
the same way.)
Of the first family, the Nymplialidm, we have 71 species, of which 10
are peculiar to the region. One of these belong to a distinct genus of its
own and is apparently confined to Travancore.
598 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
One is confined to the Palni and Anamali Hills and one to the Moun-
tains of Ceylon, two allied parallel species are confined, one to Cevlon
and one to the. Mountains of S. India, three are confined to Malabar
and Ceylon (they have been given separate names for each region, but
they do not merit the distinction), while two are found in suitable
localities throughout the region.
Of the remaining 61 : Six are tolerably well-marked geographical races
of species characteristic of Assam or Malaya (of these 3 are confined to
Ceylon and Malabar, the rest evenly distributed.)
Two are palearctic species found in the high mountains of the south
and Ceylon and must have found their way there via temporary
halting places in the way alpine plants and insects always do wherever
mountains are high enough to give the requisite climate.
Three (confined 2 to Ceylon, 1 to Malabar) which are only found in
the Andamans, Nicobar or Mergni and which exhibit considerable local
differences.
One cosmopolitan.
At least two which probably originated in Africa but are now spread
throughout the east (one of them has found its way to the West Indies
in historic times).
Three are Assam-Burma species which have only migrated south as
far as Gondwana at present.
The remainder are found in Assam and neighbouring regions, most of
them of wide oriental distribution.
The second family, the Satyr idee, form a great contrast to the last in
that though there are only 27 species 15 are peculiar. The Nymphalidse
are mostly brightly coloured insects of strong flight. Many of them
mi oratory in habit, moreover structurally the majority of the genera
are recent developments. The Satyridce on the other hand, are dark,
slowflving, shade-loving insects, and this leads one to suppose that
when worked out most groups of moths and other orders of insects will
show as larcre a proportion of peculiar forms as the Satyridce.
Of these 15 : One species confined to Ceylon is a variety of a Malayan
form and was possibly introduced through the botanical gardens where it
first appeared. Two others confined to Ceylon, one of which is a comple-
mentary to another in Malabar.
Three confined to Malabar.
THE DISTRIBUTION OF BUTTERFLIES IN INDIA. 599
Four confined to the higher mountains of the south, two of which will
probably prove to be only forms of one species.
Three found in both Ceylon and Malabar.
Two in all suitable localities.
Of the remaining ten species, one is an African form, probably a recent
immigrant, as it has not yet reached Ceylon or Assam. One is an Assam
form confined to Ceylon and Malabar, two are Assam forms which are
not found beyond Gondwana and the remaining eight generally
distributed in Assam and elsewhere.
The third family, the Erycinidce, is a very small one, most developed
in South America. There are only three species in the peninsular, two of
which are only found in Ceylon and Malabar, and all three are well
distributed in the rest of the oriental region.
The fourth family, the Lycaenidoe contains 86 species, of which only
10 are peculiar, and the same remarks made in comparingthe first two
families apply here.
Of these 10 : One, found in all the forest regions and in Ceylon,
belongs to a peculiar genus and is structurally an interesting form.
Two confined, one to Ceylon, one to Malabar, are doubtfully distinct.
Three are confined to Malabar.
Four to the higher mountains of S. India, two of which are doubtfully
distinct.
Of the remainder : three are practically cosmopolitan, five are
African, Arabian or South Persian, but at least two of them have spread
to Burma.
Four are only found elsewhere in the Andamans, South Malaya or Java.
The remaining 64 are found in Assam and most of them in other parts
of the oriental region.
The fifth family, the Pieridce, contains 30 species, of which 2 are
peculiar. This is a peculiarly migratory family.
These two are found throughout the area (one, however, is doubtfully
distinct from a Persian form).
Of the remaining 28 : Two, occurring on the summits of the Nilgiri,
Palni and Anamalai Hills, but curiously not yet found in Ceylon, are
palearctic. Two are practically cosmopolitan in all tropical and sub-
tropical regions. Eight are Soudanese or Arabian forms, all very
characteristic of Kach and Kattiawar, only four of them having spread
beyond that island area.
600 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Four are Assamese forms found also in Malabar and S. India. One is
a Malayan species found in both Ceylon and Malabar. Two are Assam-
Burma forms which have not spread beyond. Gondwana> and the re-
maining nine are well distributed both in the peninsular and the regions
beyond.
The sixth family, the Papilionidce, contains 21 species, of which 8 are
peculiar. Of these 2 are generally distributed throughout the area, 4
complementary forms are confined, 2 to Ceylon and 2 to Malabar, one is
confined to Malabar, and one is found in Gondwana, S. India, Malabar
and Ceylon and approaches an Assam form very closely. Of the remain-
der : One is found in Persia as well as the Himalayas, China and Assam
and may be of palearctic origin, and the twelve others, 4 of which are
confined to Malabar in our area, are found in Assam and a large part of
the oriental region.
The seventh family, the Hesperiadw, contains 81 species, of which
22 are peculiar. Of these no less than 6 have their nearest allies in
the Philippines. Two are doubtful species confined one to Ceylon and
one to Gondwana, four are confined to Ceylon, six to the Nilgiri-Palni
Hills, one in both Ceylon and Nilgiris, 6 in the Malabar, one in the
Malabar and Konkan, and 2 throughout the area.
Of the remainder, one found hitherto only in Kach is palearctic, three
o-enerally distributed forms appear to belong to the Himalayas and Persia,
two, confined one to Malabar the other to Malabar and Ceylon, only
found elsewhere in the Philippines, 15 are Assam-Burma forms ranging
into S. China, and the remaining 34 are fairly evenly distributed in the
oriental region.
Now all these facts amply justify a theory of Dr. Wallace that the great
species-producing belt of the old world has been what is now the temper-
ate zone of the northern hemisphere and that the southern lands
obtained the most of the types of their fauna by successive waves of im-
migration. I pointed out in discussing the geology that the peninsular
was always widely separated from everything to the north and west,
and the main line of immigration would appear to have always been via
Assam. These successive waves tend to exterminate each other, and
owing to their being inlands at the time of the later immigrations older
forms have survived in Ceylon, the Andamans and Nicobars.
This is the only explanation of the curious resemblance between the
Hesperiad<>° of India and the Philippines. The latter group of islands
THE DISTRIBUTION OF BUTTERFLIES IN INDIA. 601
are tho most isolated part of the oriental region, and these species belong-
ing to what is structurally by frr the oldest family must be relics of ono
of the earliest migrations. The great fixity of species shown after so
long a time suggests all sorts of theories on the problem of variation, such
as how the tendency of forms to vary is inherent or purely climatic
which must not be touched on here.
It is a remarkable thing that this great peninsular island which
through countless ages was almost as isolated as Australia and with the
Lacadive and Maldive extension more than half as large produces
so few peculiar forms and so few of these really strikingly distinct.
Of the two peculiar genera only one is likely to have been locally
developed, the other being more probably a survival of forms elsewhere
extinct. The only solution of this difficulty I will offer for the moment
is that in cretaceous and earlier times the richest and most fertile part
which would be most likely to team with life of every kind was that
portion of the island which is now under the sea or buried in trap rock,
while the north-east of the island was comparatively sterile and badly
watered and only afforded a short resting place for immigrant species
on their wav from Assam to the south-west. It will be noted, too, that
of existing species the majority of immigrants from Assam have not
succeeded in perpetuating themselves in Gondwana and only found a
permanent new home when they reached the moist area of Malabar.
This is however a wild suggestion and not a solution. The older fauna,
if it existed, has become extinguished by the inroad of new, more
highly specialised forms since India became closely connected with the
rest of the world in that mysterious way in which older forms always
do before the march of younger races.
602
A CATALOGUE OF THE HETEROCERA OF SIKHIM
AND BHUTAN.
By G. C. Dudgeon, f.e.s.,
With Notes by H. J. Elwes, f.r.s., &c,
and
Auditions by Sir George Hampson, Bart., b.a., f.e.s., &c.
Part XVI.
( Continued from page 326, Vol. XV.)
Family NOCTUIDJ1.
Sub-family AGROTINM.
Genus Chloridea, Westw.
1G01. C. armigera, Hiibn.
Sikhim and Bhutan up to 6,000 feet. A very common insect at the
lower elevations. The larva is most destructive to flower buds and
seeds, boring into them. Considerable variation in colour of the
markings occurs among larvae ; some taken feeding on the seed-bearing
heads of sunflowers were greenish with a darker dorsal and paler
lateral line. I have specimens of the perfect insect taken in March, April,
May, June, July and August.
1601 Pt. C. assulta, Guen.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 1800-2500 feet. The form separata, Wlk.,
occurs, but not commonly at low elevations. The species or rather the
form of it just mentioned was included under Heliothis armigcra, Hiibn.,
in the Moths of India.
Genus Timora, Wlk.
1615. T. irrorata, Moore.
Sikhim, 1,800 feet. I have eight specimens taken by me at light at
Punkabaree in October. The forewing of this insect almost exactly
resembles that of Adisura atkinsoni, Moore, but the hindwing of the
latter species is always more or less marked with black upon the outer
margin, and insects of the Genus Adisura do not possess the strong
torminal spine to the tibia of the foreleg.
T. albicilia, Hmpsn.
Sikhim, 3,000 feet. I took three specimens of this at Bad am tarn,
bui have not taken it elsewhere. The type is in the British Museum.
A CATALOGUE OF HETEROCERA OF SIR HIM & BHUTAN, 603
Genus Adisura, Moore.
1606 Pt. A. dulcis, Moore.
Sikhim. This has not been taken by me.
1600. A. athinsoni, Moore.
Sikhim, 1,800 feet. Occurs rather plentifully in October at Punka-
baree. (One specimen only from Sikhim, dated 12th October 1888,
others from the Naga and Khasia Hills. It does not seem well placed
here.—//. J. E.)
1606 Pt. A. marginalis, Wlk.
Sikhim. This is recorded from this locality, apparently upon the
authority of several specimens in the British Museum collection, although
I have never met with it.
Genus Ettxoa, Hiibn.
1620. E. segetis, Schiff.
Sikhim and Bhutan up to 4.500 feet. Occurs fairly commonly in
February, March, May and July and probably later in the year. The
larva does considerable damage to tea nurseries in some places, eating
the young plant off close to the ground.
1621. E. corlicea, Schiff.
Sikhim, 5,000 feet. I have only taken this at Tukvar in February
and September ; it does not appear to be common. (I took it at Darjee-
ling in May, June and August at light. Knyvett took it in March. —
H. J. E.).
1622. E. spinifera, Hiibn.
Sikhim, 1,800 feet. I have two males and two females which I took
at light at Punkabaree. The antennse are fasciculate with the apical
portion serrate in the male. My specimens were taken in April, May
and June. (I have only one from Sikhim ex coll., Moller, dated 2nd
June 1888, and identified by Sir Geo. Hampson ; it agrees with speci-
mens from Ganjam and Poona. — II. J. E.)
1628. E. intracta, Wlk.
Sikhim. I have not taken this. (Two specimens in my collection
from Sikhim are identified by Moore as this. The type is from Nepal
—//. J. E.)
Genus Hermonassa, Wlk.
1676. II. sinuata, Moore.
Sikhim, 7,000 feet. I have taken this at light at Darjeeling and have
seen other specimens taken by Colonel Pilcher at the same place. I
604 JOURNAL, BOMB A Y NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
do not think it is common. (I have five of the dark form, cuprinaf
Moore, all of which are constantly different from the reddish form,
einuata, Moore. I took the former at Darjeeling and as low as Rungbee,
6,000 feet, at light and both forms on Tongloo. — H. J. E.)
1673. II. incisa, Moore.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 6,700 feet. This species occurs with H. consig-
nata, Wlk., but is rare.
1675. H. lajiceola, Moore.
Sikhim, 7,000 feet. The original description must have been taken
from a much faded specimen, as the examples procured by Colonel
Pilcher at Darjeeling were olive-green with the markings very clear
and the cilia of the forewing reddish. I have two specimens like this,
dated May.
1671. II. consignata, Wlk.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 6,700 feet. I took this at Pasheteng attracted
to light in October. No. 1674. II. chalybeata, Moore, is synonymous.
(Common at Darjeeling in June and up to Tongloo, 10,000 feet. I
am not clear as to how it may be separated from H. incisa, Moore, and
H. lanceola, Moore. — H. J. E.)
Genus Ageotis, Ochs.
1623. A. ypsilon, Rott.
Sikhim, 1,800 feet up. I do not think this a common species. I
have a pair only which I took at light in November. (I have two from
Moller's and one from Ivnyvett's collection, the latter taken at high
elevation. — H. J. E.)
1651. A. stentsi, Led.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 6,700 feet. I took one specimen of this at
Pasheteng at light in October. It was known until recently as A.
triangularis, Moore. (Two specimens from Knyvett's collection which
agree with one from Japan. — II. J. E.)
1647. A. c-nigrum, Linn.
Sikhim. I havo one specimen in my collection identified by Dr.
Moore as this species, and one other taken by me is in the British
Museum collection. (I took this at Darjeeling at light in July and
have others from Moller's collection. — II. J. E.)
1650. A. flammatra, Schiff.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 1,800 feet. Common at some elevations in
February and March. It is one of the commonest spring insects in the
A CATALOGUE OF HETEROCERA OF SIKHIM & BHUTAN. 605
Kangra Valley also. (I did not take this species myself, and believe
it to be a low elevation one. — H. J. E.)
1648 Pt. A. consanguinea, Moore.
Yatung. I have not taken it, but it probably occurs at high ele-
vation on this side of the passes also.
1648. A. ditrapezium, Schiff.
Sikhim, 7,000 feet. I have not seen this. (I took one specimen at
light at Darjeeling which agrees with Moore's type of renalis identified
by Sir George Hampson with ditrapezium. — H. J. E.)
1631. A. plecta, Linn.
Sikhim. I have not seen this. (One from Atkinson's Sikhim col-
lection was considered by Stand in ger to be leucogaster, Freyer, but can
hardly be distinguished from plecta ; it agrees with Moore's type of
<costalis in Atkinson's collection. — H. J. E.)
1635 Pt. A. rubicilia, Moure.
Sikhim and Bhutan. Not common at high elevations* I have three
specimens taken at about 7/8,000 feet.
1635 Pt. A. basistriga, Moore.
Sikhim. This species and the last were included under the name
descripta, Brem., in Moths of India.
1635 Pt. A. fiavirena, Moore.
Sikhim. This also was placed under descripta, Brem. Four speci-
mens in my collection seem to be referable to this. They were taken in
April, May, September and December.
1636. A. cerastioides, Moore.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 7,000 feet. Taken in May and November,
(Taken at light at Sundakphoo, 12,000 feet in July ; also from Knyvett's
and Moller's collections dated May. — H. J. E.)
1638. A. cervina, Moore.
Sikhim and Bhutan. I have only one example taken by my collec-
tors in the latter locality in December. (I also have only one of this
fine species from Moller's collection dated June. — II. J. E.)
1640. A. puiris, Linn.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 3,000 feet. I have taken this twice in October.
{I took one only at light at Darjeeling in August, but have another
marked 22'4'87 by Mr. Dudgeon.— II. J. E.)
GOG JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Genus Episilia, Hiibn.
1624. K ochracea, Wlk.
Sikhim. I have never seen this. (Two specimens taken by Knyvett,
dated 29th March 1889.— H. J, E.)
1G25. E. olivascens, Hmpsn.
Sikhim. I cannot distinguish this. It is possible though that some
of the insects I have marked as Agrotis flavirena, Moore, may be re-
ferable to it ; they are, however, not sufficiently fresh to determine. (I
have numerous specimens taken at Darjeeling in July, and on Tonoloo
it seems confined to the zone 8,000-10,000 feet. — H. J. E.)
1631. E. tenuis, Butl.
Sikhim, 5,000 feet. I have only one specimen taken at Tukvar at
light in July.
E. retracta, Hmpsn.
Sikhim. This very well marked species is represented by one male
in Mr. Ehves' collection obtained from Moller.
E. homochroma, Hmpsn.
Yatung. It will probably be found on this side of the passes also.
E. isochroma, Hmpsn.
Yatung. The same remark applies to this species as to the foregoing.
Genus Lycophotia, Hiibn.
1629. L. sikkima, Moore.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 6,700 feet. I took one female at Pashoteno-
in October, but havemot seen another. (I have seven specimens from
Moller's and Knyvett's collections taken in April and May at about
7,000 feet.—//. J. E.)
Genus Richia, Grote.
1637. R. curviplena, Wlk.
Sikhim 2,000 to 7,000 feet. Common at Darjeeling in September
and October. The apex of the forewing is distinctly produced. (By
the coloration this should be an Orthosia as described by Walker. I
have not taken it myself, so it probably is not common until late in the
season.- — //. J. E.)
Genus Neurois, Hmpsn.
1667. -ZV. nigroviridis, Wlk.
Sikhim, 7,000 feet. I have one specimen from Darjeeling. It is
probably local, as I have not taken it elsewhere. (I have six specimens
of which I took two at light in August at Darjeeling. — //. ./. E.)
A CATALOGUE OF HETEROCERA OF SIKHIM & BHUTAN. 607
1660. N. atrovirens, Wlk.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 6,400 feet up. I have taken this species attracted
to light at Rissoom, Pasheteng and Darjeeling in June, July and Sep-
tember and received one specimen doubtfully marked " Yatung," 12,000
feet, through my collectors. (Very common at Darjeeling in July. —
//. J. E.)
1668. N. renalba, Moore.
Sikhim, 1,800 feet up. I took this on one occasion in May at Punka,
baree, but have not seen another. (Seems rarer than the last, but I took
one specimen near Darjeeling and have others from Sikhim, one of which
came from Kurseong, 4,500 feet. — //. J. E.)
Genus Eurois, Hiibn.
1785. E. virens, Butl.
Sikhim, 6,800 feet. I have only one specimen of this procured at
the electric lamps in Darjeeling in June. The subspecies magnified,
Moore, which is recorded from Sikhim is said to have the forewing with
the inner area suffused with blood-red. My specimen seems to follow
the typical virens, Butl. (I have four specimens of this fine insect from
Holler's collection dated June and July. I never took it myself. —
IL J. E.)
• Genus Epilecta, Hiibn.
1652. E. accipiter, Feld.
Sikhim, Yatung, 10,000 feet. I have one example with no date
taken by Mr. Lister's collectors. (I have three specimens of this from
the interior, probably from Mailer's collection. — II. J. E.)
Genus Triph^ena, Hiibn.
1662. T. semiherbida, Wlk.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 5,000 feet up. Rather scarce occurring in May,
June and October. (I have never taken it myself, but have four from
Moller's collection taken in June and October. — II. J. E.)
Genus Protagrotis, Hmpsn.
1599. P. cuprea, Moore.
Sikhim. This was taken on one occasion by me and my only example
is in the British Museum. (I have five of this distinct species in my
collection, but none of them have the exact locality, and were probably
from the interior. — II. J. E.)
603 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Sub-family HADENIM.
Genus Glottula, Guen.
1556. G. dominica, Cram.
Sikhim, 5,000 feet ; Bhutan, 1,000 feet. This species has an exten-
sive range. I reared it from larvae taken at Tukvar feeding within the
stalks of Crinum in August and captured it at light in the Buxar Dooars
in March. I have also a specimen from Kanara in South- West India.
The male has the hindwing pure white, with the exception of the apical
portion of the costa, which is shaded with dark-brownish. The female
has the hindwing suffused with brownish darkest towards the outer
margin. The larva is described in the Moths of India. (My only
specimen was reared by Mr. Dudgeon, dated 31st July 1888, but I have
taken it in the Khasias in September. — H. J. E.)
Genus Polytela, Guen.
1588. P. gloriosce, Fabr.
Sikhim, 1,800 feet. I took a number of larva? at Punkabaree feeding
upon Amaryllis and Lilium. They bore into the flower stems and tunnel
until the same begin to wither, when they attack new ones ; they also feed
on the leaves. The perfect insect emerges in June, July and August
from pupa? formed underground. The larva is described in the Moths
of India. (I never saw this insect myself and neither Moller or Knyvett
had it. It is probably confined to the Terai. — 11. J. E.)
Genus Akcilasisa, Wlk.
1939. A. sobrm, Wlk.
Sikhim, 4,500 feet. I have only one specimen which I took at
Kurseong in October. (I have only one from Mailer's collection ; it
must be rare in Sikhim. — H. J. E.)
1940. A. plagiata, Wlk.
Sikhim, 1,800-6,500 feet. I have taken this upon four occasions at
Punkabaree and Darjeeling in June and August. It seems to be rare
in these localities. (I never took this myself though I have it from
Moller's collection.— #. J. E.)
Genus Hadena, Schrank.
1679. II. consanguis, Guen.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 1,000 feel up. I have taken this in January,
March, April, May and November, but never during the monsoon. It
A CATALOGUE OF HETEROCERA OF SIR HIM & BHUTAN. 609
is one of the commonest insects during the early part of the year at
about 3,000 feet in Bhutan. (I never took this myself and have it
only from Kulu. — H. J. E.)
1679a. H. axylides, Hmpsn.
Sikhim, 1,800 feet. I obtained one specimen of this at Punkabaree.
It is now in the British Museum collection.
1680. H. nigrocuprea, Moore.
Sikhim. I have one specimen identified with this by Sir George
Hampson. Abundant during the rains upon the Nepal frontier from
Tongloo to Sundakphoo and beyond. — H. J. E.
1681. H. elivesi, Hmpsn.
Sikhim. My only example is in the British Museum collection. (I
took the type of this at light near Sundakphoo, 12,000 feet, in July and
have another taken at Gnatong on the eastern side of Sikhim at about
the fame elevation by Knyvett. — II. J. E.)
1684. H. dissecta, Wlk.
Sikhim, 5,500 feet ; Bhutan, 3,000 — 6,400 feet. This seems a rare
insect. I took one specimen at Tukvar in 1887, another at Rissoom
in April 1894, and a third in November of the same year at Fagoo.
(I got one only at light at Darjeeling on 20th July 1886, but have
three more from Moller and two from Doherty, the last from E. Pegu. —
//. J. E.)
1686. H. incisa, Moore.
Sikhim, 6,800 feet. I obtained this in Darjeeling in August. (I
took one at Darjeeling in July, but have others from Moller and
Gammie. — H. J. E.)
1687. H. simillima, Moore.
Sikhim. Neither Mr. Elwes nor I recognise this.
1694. H. nigerrhna, Warr.
Sikhim. I have not seen this. (I have one specimen identified by
Sir George Hampson from Sikhim ex coll. Moller, which agrees
precisely with one taken at 9,000 feet in Hazara on the North- West
Frontier by Johnstone. — H. J. E.~)
1698. H. scotochlora, Koll.
Sikhim. I have one specimen identified by Sir George Hampson,
which I took in July 1,889. (I do not know this.— H. J. E.)
10
610 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV-
1697. H. flavala, Moore.
Sikhim. My only example is now in the British Museum. (Though
I have never taken this myself, it must be common somewhere in Sikhim,
as there were many specimens in Moller's and Knyvett's collections. —
ILJ.E.-)
1698. H. knyvetti, Hmpsn.
Sikhim. I do not know this. (The type of this beautiful species is
the only one I have seen, and it is dated 1st April 1889, by Knyvett. —
//. J. E.)
1699. H. albiceps, Hmpsn.
Sikhim. This also is unknown to me. (The same remark applies to
this. The type is dated 26th February 1889.—//. J. E.)
1701. H. fasciculata, Hmpsn.
Sikhim. A species of which the type is in Mr. Knyvett's collection.
(Another unique specimen taken, 28th March 1889, by Mr. Knyvett.
It. would be interesting to know the localities for these three species. —
H. J. E.)
1702. H. culta, Moore.
Bhutan. I have one specimen from this locality brought in by my
collectors in June. (I have three of this species identified by Hampson
from Moller, locality and date uncertain. — H. J. E.)
1703. H. pannosa, Moore.
Sikhim. This is unknown to me. (I do not know this from Sikhim,
which locality rests on Moore's authority. It is well known that many
species really taken by Mr. Atkinson at Calcutta and elsewhere were
mixed with his Darjeeling collections. — H. J. E.)
Genus Leucania, Ochs.
1891. L. decissima, Wlk.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 1,800 — 4,000 feet. I have taken this commonly
at light at Fagoo, Punkabaree, Badamtam and Tukvar in March, April,
May, June, August, September, October and November. The under-
surface of the wings in the male are clothed with golden scales. (Com-
paratively rare at the elevation of Darjeeling, where I have only once
taken it. — H. J. E.)
1893. L. inframicans, Hmpsn.
Bhutan, 2,500 feet. One specimen taken at light at Fagoo in June.
The undorsurfaco of this, a male, is heavily overlaid with silver scales.
A CATALOGUE OF HETEROCERA OF SIKBIM & BHUTAN. 611
1890a. L. laniata, Hmpsn.
Sikhim, 1,800 feet. This species of which I obtained the type male
at Punkabaree has the hindwing somewhat distorted and the outer area
on the underside of the same wing clothed with long downcurved dark
hair. I have never taken a second example.
1894. L. rufistrigosa, Moore.
Sikhim, 7,000 feet. I have two specimens from Dr. Pilcher's col-
lection taken at Darjeeling in May. (Several specimens from Knyvett's
collection. — H. J. E.)
1895. L. l-album, Linn.
Sikhim. I cannot recognise this species. (I only know it from
Kulu.— H. J. E.)
1898. L. hoiora, Moore.
Sikhim, 1,800 feet. Occurs commonly at Punkabaree in Juno, July,
September and October, attracted to light. The blackish fascia below
the median nervure on the forewing is sometimes wanting and the
forewings are often suffused with a rosy tint.
1904. L. sinuosa, Moore.
Sikhim, 1,800 feet. I took one specimen at Punkabaree in February.
(A single specimen from Moller's collection. — H. J. E.)
1906. L. exempta, Wlk.
Sikhim. I have not taken this species. It is probably rare in Sikhim.
(I have two specimens only from Knyvett. — H. J. E.)
1907. L. v-album, Hmpsn.
Bhutan, 3,000 feet. I took this on one occasion at Fagoo in June.
1910. L. modesta, Moore.
Sikhim. I have only taken this upon one occasion, and my only
example is now in the British Museum. (I found this not uncommon
at light on Tonglu in July. — H. J. E.)
1911. L. loreyi, Dup.
Sikhim, 1,800 feet. Rare at Punkabaree in May, June and Sep-
tember.
1913. L. vnipuncta, Haw.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 1,800 feet up. Common throughout the rains
and hot season. I have specimens taken in every month from April
to September. (I took this at Mongpoo about 3,500 feet, but never at
Darjeeling.—//. J. E.)
612 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
1914. L. pallidicosta, Hmpsn.
Sikhim. I have not taken this. (I have two distinct looking specie
under this name in my collection from Sikhim, one of which forms
Atkinson's collection, which is albicosta, Moore, is larger and redder
than the other. — 77. J. E.)
1919. L. cinnamomea, Moore.
Sikhim. Occurs in Darjeeling in December and probably in other
months. (A single specimen named by Sir George Hampson is unlike
a Leucania in markings. I think the Indian species of this genus
require further study. — H. J. E.)
1920. L. nigrorenalis, Hmpsn.
Sikhim. I have not received this. (This again is unlike a Leucania
superficially ; the only specimen was taken by Knyvett on 1st February
1889.— H. J. E.)
1921. L. distincta, Moore.
Sikhim. I have not taken this. (Two specimens from Moller's
collection, dated 9th October 1888, are very distinct from anything else
I know from Sikhim. — II. J. E.)
1922. L. obscura, Moore.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 3,000 feet. I have taken this attracted to light
in July and October. It is not common. (I have only one from
Atkinson's collection. — II. J. E.)
1924. L. reversa, Moore.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 6,700 feet. I have only one taken at light at
Pasheteng (1 never saw it from Sikhim, but it is common in the Naga
Hills.— H. J. E.)
1925. L.fasciata, Moore.
Sikhim. I have not taken this. (A single example identified by
Sir George Hampson from Moller. — H. J. E.)
1928. L. albicosta, Moore.
Sikhim, 1,800 feet ; Bhutan, 3,000 feet. Common at Punkabaree at
light. My Bhutan specimen does not quite agree with the Sikhim
ones, being longer in the wing and with the white streak on the median
nervure not turned upwards along the lower discocellular nervule. All
my spocimens wore taken in February and March. (Judging from
A CATALOGUE OF HETEROCERA OF SIKHIM d- BHUTAN. 613
the specimens I have from the Khasia and Naga Hills there are
more than one species placed under this name by Sir George Hampson.
— H. J. E.)
1929. L. curvilinea, Hmpsn.
Sikhim, 1,900 feet. One specimen taken at light in June identified
by Sir George Hampson.
1930. L. venalba, Moore.
Sikhim, 1,800 feet. Occurs in May and June, but not commonly.
1934. L. irrorata, Moore.
Sikhim and Bhutan, 1,800 — 3,000 feet. Occurs but not commonly in
May, June and July. (I only have this from the North- West Hima-
layas.— H. J. E.)
614
THE ORIGIN OF THE ENGLISH NAMES OF PLANTS.
By the late Thomas Comber, f.l.s., written about the
year 1880 but never published.
(Read before the Bombay Natural History Society by E. Comber, F.Z.S.?
on "21st January, 1904.)
The paper that I submit for your acceptance this evening is on
" Plant names " ; and when I selected my subject, and fixed upon this
title, I could not help fancying that many of you, when you read
the announcement, would say to yourselves — or if you did not say it
you would think it — " what a very uninviting subject " ; and that you
would thereupon prepare yourselves for a very dry discourse. Not
long ago I was urging on a young lady to take up the study of botany,
and expatiated on the pleasures she would certainly derive from it ;
when in reply she assured me that she liked it extremely and would
take it up " were it not for those horrid names ". I fear she is a type
of a good many who are fond of flowers, and have felt more than
half inclined to enter on botanical studies, but have been deterred by the
hard names that have been given to plants. Encountering these at
the outset, and not having had time to become familiar with them,
they turn away from botany, and come, perhaps reluctantly, to the
conclusion that, the game is not worth the candle. Some of you may
anticipate that I am about to treat of these repulsive crack-jaw names, and
that you will thus have the most disagreeable part of botany, without any
of its redeeming features. Let me remark, in the first place, that, un-
inviting as these long names may appear when we first meet with them,
they improve vastly upon acquaintance, and become at last " familiar in
our mouths as household words". For instance, people now talk almost
as glibly of a rhododendron or a chrysanthemum as they do of a lily or a
rose, and this, too, without knowing the meaning that the former names
express, for few stop to consider that rhododendron means a rosy tree,
and chrysanthemum a golden flower ; and that the names were given
to the plants in allusion to the colour of the flowers of the varieties that
were first introduced into our gardens. If once we understand the
meaning of such names they lose much of their disagreeable sound. In
the second place, I must tell you that it is not at all of these so-called
scientific names that I wish to speak, but of the popular names which
we learnt as children, and have used all our livos. I propose that we
THE ORIGIN OF THE ENGLISH NAMES OF PLANTS. 615
should enquire into their origin, and try to ascertain when, how, and
why, and also, if possible, where and by whom a beech tree came to be
called beech ; a cabbage, cabbage, and wheat, wheat. Before entering
on the special subject I should like to say a few words upon names in
general. A name, as we now use it, is simply a conventional term
whereby we indicate to others the particular object to which by long
usage it has been applied ; but, if we can succeed in tracing it back
to its origin, we shall find that it had at first not a conventional but
an expressive meaning, and that the meaning it expressed was,
in one way or other, descriptive of some peculiarity which
served to distinguish the object to which it was applied from other
objects. Some names of recent origin have not yet passed, or are only
just passing, from the descriptive into the conventional stage. Thus
" India-rubber ", though we use it now conventionally for the well-known
elastic substance, has not yet lost its expressive character, and still seems
to remind us that the substance came, or was supposed to come, from the
Indies, and that it is used to rub out pencil marks. Sooner or later names
los9 their expressive character either by the slow change of language in
the long course of time, or, more rapidly, by passage from one language
to another. For example, when we talk of " roast beef '! or a ''bull-
dog ", we use terms that are to us expressive and describe beef cooked
in a particular way, and a dog of a breed formerly kept for baiting
bulls: but when these terms pass into French, as "rosbif" and
" buldogue " they entirely lose their descriptive meaning; and,
although still applied to the same objects, they become purely
conventional. It is one of the most interesting of studies thus to
trace back a name, and hunt' it from one language to another, until
at last we run it aground in its original starting place, and ascertain
what it originally expressed when it first came into existence. Of course
very old words, close down to the foundations of language, have their
origin in very elementary roots ; but even so we can frequently arrive
at the primary idea that they were intended to convey. Thus, when we
find that the word " man '' springs from a root that means to
think, we can readily understand that our early forefathers fixed upon the
reasoning powers of the human race as the best distinction whereby to
separate it from the brute creation ; and, regarding man as preeminently
the thinking animal, they adopted "as bis designation a name which
expressed the attribute of thought, and called him the " thinker ". In
616 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
thus investigating the origin of names we not only recover the history of
the name itself, hut often ascertain also interesting facts respecting the
object which it indicates. As an example of one mode in which a name
can become a historical record I would refer to a place in Cumberland
known as Torpenhowe Hill. The hill stands, I believe, in quite an
isolated position, and forms such a very marked feature in the landscape,
that the inhabitants of the immediate neighbourhood would be quite
justified in terming it the hill ; there is no other thereabouts. Such was,
at any rate, the name given to it by a Celtic tribe which at one time
occupied that part of the country, for " tor " means a hill or eminence
and still conveys that meaning in Devon and Cornwall, the tors of
Dartmoor being well known. These Celts were in time succeeded by
others, who spoke a somewhat different dialect, and to whom the term
" tor " as designating the hill was not descriptive. They did not
understand its meaning ; and, as it was to them merely a conven-
tional term for the locality, or as we should say a proper name, they
added to it the word which meant a hill in their dialect, viz.,
" pen ", a component part of the names of many of the Welsh
hills, e.g., Pen-maen-maur, and called the place "tor-pen ". Later
on the country was occupied by the Danes, by whom " torpen "
was regarded as merely a proper name ; and, ignorant of its
meaning, they added to it their own word for hill, viz., " howe " and it
became " torpen-howe ". After them came the Saxons, to whom
" howe " conveyed as little meaning as ' tor ', or ' pen ', and therefore to
the Danish name, as they found it, they affixed their own word ' hill ',
making it " Torpenhowe-hill ". So it stands for the present, the name
thus meaning in reality hill-hill-hill-hill. Fortunately the Normans let
it remain, and we are spared from having to call the place " Torpenhowe
hill-mount ". You will see that the name contains within itself the
record of four successive occupations of that part of the country ; and
we require no other to tell us that Cumberland has been overrun in
turn by Celt, Dane and Saxon. There is another method by which a
name can be made to disclose something beyond its own history, viz.,
by comparing it with its forms in other cognate languages, and as-
certaining in how many it exists as a native word. The forms are
often very unlike each other ; but there are certain etymological rules
which enable us to affirm with confidence the identity of words bearing
so little outward resemblance as our own " five" and the French " cinq".
THE ORIGIN OF THE ENGLISH NAMES OF PLANTS. 617
Now, when we find two words thus etymologically identical conveying
the same meaning in different languages, we may safely conclude that
the object which they signify was known to the ancestors of the nations
speaking those languages, before they separated from each other. As an
example let me cite our word " ox ". It exists in this form in English,
as " ukshan" in Sanscrit, in the feminine " vacca", a cow, in Latin, and
in various other forms in many other European and Asiatic languages.
As it is always applied to cattle, we may feel certain that before our fore-
fathers and those of our Hindoo fellow-subjects separated from each
other, cattle were known to them, and had received a distinctive apella-
tion. But we can go further, and assert that the cattle had been domesti-
cated, and were used for purposes of draught ; for the word comes from
a root signifying to draw, which is found in the Latin verb " veho",
whence our word " vehicle " ; and this title can only have been given to
an animal from its being used for the purpose named. The word " ox "
therefore suffices to assure us that the Indo-European, or as it is other-
wise called the Arian, race, before it scattered south and west from
its cradle in Central Asia, had attained such a degree of civilization as
is implied by the domestication of animals. Let us take another word,
" mead " meaning honey-wine. It originates in a root meaning prima-
rily to be demented or insane, whence our word " mad ", but it was also
applied to that temporary form of insanity produced by the excessive
use of alcoholic liquors ; and finally, apparently because the condition of
drunkenness was regarded as one of complete felicity, the verb came to
mean to be happy. " Mead" comes from the root in its second significa-
tion, anil means an intoxicating drink in several languages both of Europe
and Asia, showing us that the Arians were by no means total abstainers.
But the word has often also the alternative meaning of "honey ", and we
may further infer that the old Arians used a stimulant which, like the
" mead" that was such a favourite tipple with our Anglo-Saxon fore
fathers, was made from fermented honey.
From words like these which are common to Europe and Asia,
and must therefore have existed, in some form or other, in the
original Arian language, much has been learned respecting these
remote prehistoric ancestors of ours, their mode of life, domestic
relations, arts, government, and religious belief. But there are many
more words that are found only in the different families of language
that are spoken in Europe ; and these are presumably of more recent
11
618 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
origin, and have come into use after the great split which seems
to have taken place in the Arian tribes, of whom part spread southward
in Asia and occupied Persia and India, while others migrated to the West
and occupied Europe. In doing so they drove back or exterminated
the former inhabitants, of whom only scattered remnants are now found,
Speaking languages entirely different from the Arian ones, such as the
Magyars of Hungary, the Laplanders, Finns, and the curious tribe on
shores of the Bay of Biscay. Other words, again, are still less ancient,
and seem to have come into use when there had taken place a further
subdivision of the Arian tribes in Europe ; for they are found only in a
particular family of languages, such as the Teutonic. Sclavonic, or
Romance ; so that we may conclude that they originated after the
Teuton? had separated from the Sclavs, and both from the Latin race.
Nest we have words which are not found even in other languages of
the same family as our own, such as German, Dutch or Danish,
but are confined to our own Anglo-Saxon tongue ; and these are
evidently of comparatively recent date, springing up after the Anglc-
Saxons had separated from their relatives on the Continent. Last of all
come words which we have borrowed from other languages, mostly
from the Latin, either directly or more frequently through the French,
these last having come in with the Normans at the time of the conquest,
and been gradually incorporated in that highly compound production
which we speak of as the English language. We see, then, that our mo-
ther tongue consists of many successive strata, some very much older than
others ; and just as geologists from the study of the fossils that are found
in the different strata of the earth's crust have been able to construct a
history of the progressive development of life upon ou? globe, so
philologists, by separating languages into their different strata, are now
building up a history of the early tribes from which the greater part
of the present population of Europe, and not inconsiderable part
of that of Asia, are descended.
I have entered into this long digression because our plant names
exhibit a like stratification to that of our language in general. We
have a few native plant names that are found m use in both portions of
the Arian district ; about an equal number are indigenous in several of
the European families of language, considerably more are Teutonic.
Some, again, are Anglo-Saxon or English, but by far the greatest majority
are borrowed from other languages ; and many of these last, although
THE ORIGIN OF THE ENGLISH NAMES OF PLANTS. 619
they may be of great antiquity in their original language, are quite
recent as English words, having been introduced within the last 200 or
300 years. It will perhaps be most convenient if I take each class of
name in its chronological order and give you specimens as I go along :
for it is, of course, impossible to attempt in a single paper to explain all
our names, and I must be content with citing only a few typical
examples.
Let us take first a name which has been familiar to us in our earliest
childhood, and was in the school days of many of us a name of dread, al-
though I believe it no longer awakens in the mind of the boy of the period
associations of a like painful nature. I mean the birch, or as it is called
north cf the Tweed, the birk. This tree is still known by the same
name on the slopes of the Himalayas as on the shores of the Atlantic, the
present Hindustani form being bhurja, and the name is found, with
only slight variations, in all the languages of Northern Europe, whether
Teutonic, Sclavonic, or Celtic. It has reference, like most tree names,
to what was the most useful product of the tree, namely its bark, which
is to this day used by many savage or half-civilized tribes for a variety
of purposes, amongst others for roofing houses and making greaves or
mocassins to protect the legs. Now bark is that which surrounds and
protects a tree, and the word comes from a verb meaning to protect or
shelter (in German bergen), from whence come also our wowhborough or
burg, meaning originally a town surrounded and. protected by walls, and
park, a tract of land enclosed by palings. Birch bark being the sort
most used, the tree came to be regarded as preeminently the bark
tree, and was so called. We may therefore be sure that the old Arians
used the material formerly, as the North American Indians do still. One
of the chief purposes for which the Indians use birch hark is for making
their canoes; and our Teutonic ancestors evidently at one time used
it in like manner, for they called the vessels so made by the name of the
material, as testified by our words "bark" and "barge", and similar
ones, with the same meaning, in many European languages.
On the fact that the present natives of India and the people of
Northern Europe call the birch by the same name, has been based an
argument that their common ancestors must have inhabited a northern
clime; for the birch is more particularly a northern tree; and it is con-
tended that when the Brahminical race invaded India, this was the only
tree they recognissd, all the others being strange to them. But the birch.
620 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
is not the only tree that bears a name common to Europe and
Asia. We find, a second in the willow, whether with respect to this
name, now most commonly applied to it in England, or to the term
withey, which was the more frequent name in Anglo-Saxon times.
Both names have reference to the use of the twigs for wicker work,
the former having its origin in a root meaning to twist or turn round,
found also in our verbs toheel and walze, the latter from one meaning
to weave ; and thus both testify that the Arians, before the Indian and
European branches of the race separated from each other, used willow
twigs for wicker. The initial letter of " willow " varies in different
languages, either to S., as in the Latin saliv, or to an aspirate, as in
the Greek helix ; and through the former the name comes into English
in the modified form of salloiv. This change of initial guides us to a
connection between the tree-name and our words " hall " and " saloo?i",
the latter a derivative, through " salon " of the French " salle '\
Chaucer writes : —
" Whoso that bildeth his hous all of salwes,
And pricketh his blind hors over the falwes,
Is worthy to be honged on the galwes. "
The style of building alluded to is that known in Cheshire as ' wattle
and daub', and consists of a framework of rods, with twigs interwoven,
so as to make a kind of rude wicker, the interstices of which are filled
up with a daubing of clay. It is of ancient date, for there is, I believe,
evidence that the ancient lake dwellings of Switzerland were thus
made, and apparently the Arians of Europe used willow twigs for the
purpose, and called their edifices by the name of the material, so that the
old forms of ' hall ' and ' salle ' came to mean a house. The words
had also the alternative meaning of a stall, and thus, as Dr. Prior
observes, seem to tell us "that our ancestors dwelt in houses of wicker
" work, even men of rank. In fact, the royal sheepcote was in the
"primitive nation the royal palace, as among the Tartars of the interior
" of Asia is the ' aoul ' of the present day". '
Among the plant names which belong to the earliest Arian period
may be reckoned ' barley ', or rather the first portion of that name.
The latter syllable" ley " is merely an adjunct, the equivalent of" leek ",
which in Anglo-Saxon times meant herb or plant, and is found, in
such names as house-leek, char-lock, hem-lock, appertaining to plants
that in no way resemble the vegetable, dear to Welshmen, to which we
THE ORIGIN OF THE ENGLISH NAMES OF PLANTS. 621
now confine the name. The first syllable "bar " is the essential part,
and is still used by itself in Scotland, in the slightly altered form
' bear ". It comes from the same root as our verb ' to bear ', in its
sense of " to sustain " : thus bar-ley is the sustaining plant, or plant
that sustains life. Corresponding words, from the same root,
are found in various languages of both Asia and Europe ; but
they are applied to very different grains. In Latin, for instance,
'far' meant spelt, while a newly related word, farina, meant flour.
We should therefore be unable to infer that barley was cultivated by the
early Arians were it not that the special names of this grain in Persian,
Latin and German are etymologically identifiable. In the primitive
Arian language the name corresponding to 'bar' was probably generic,
and signified any kind of cereal ; and the different branches of the race
have, after their separation, confined it specially to different grains.
Such specialisations are frequent, and one is now going on in America,
where our word 'corn' has lost the meaning that it has in England, of
grain in general, and is confined to the maize or Indian corn.
Bean is our representative of another primitive word, coming from a
root signifying " to eat". The plant bears corresponding titles in Persian
and in nearly all European languages.
The second class of names with which we have to deal is of those which
exist as native words in several families of language in Europe, but do
not extend into Asia. They must have been in use at the time when the
European branch of the Arians had not split up to into different sec-
tions. Perhaps the most interesting of them is ' beech ', a descendant of
an old Gothic boka. It comes from the same root as ' bean ' already
referred to as meaning 'to eat ', runs through all the Sclavonic, Teutonic
and Celtic languages, and is etymologically identical with the Latin fagvs
and Greek pliegos. In Greek the name appertains to an oak which
produces an edible acorn, and we can see the reasonableness of the title *
but in other languages it is applied to the beech ; and as its fruit or
'mast' can hardly be regarded as eatable by man, the name must have
reference to its serving as food for cattle. The tree, like the birch and
the willow, has bestowed its name on that which was made from it and
gives rise to the name for ' book ' in all Teutonic tongues. The Latin and
Greek names for book both come from the material used for writing on ;
and it is clear that tablets of beechwood were first used for this purpose
by the Teutonic tribes.
€22 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
In German, " bueh-stab ", equivalent to " beech-stave", still means a
letter, and the old runic tablets are found to be made of this wood.
Fir is another trao-name native both to the North and South of
Europe. Fir-ires is equivalent to fire-tree, the wood, from its resinous
nature, being exceedingly inflammable ; but its Latin form qvercus is
applied not to the fir but to the oak. We see, then, that the Teutonic
name for fir means in Latin an oak ; while the Greek name for oak
m;ans in the Latin and Teutonic tongues a beech; and, in connection
with this ohange of meaning, Prof. Max. Midler has pointed out that
the remains of trees in the peat-bogs of Denmark show that at one time
the fir was the prevailing tree in that part of Europe, but that later on it
was succeeded by the oak, and more recently still by the beech. He
consider that these facts go some way towards proving that Arian
languages were spoken in Europe as far back in geological time as when
the fir was still the predominant tree in Denmark, and that the transfer
of name from one tree to another took place as each became the
more common. This view has been strongly combated by other
professors, and as doctors disagree, I suppose we disciples are free to
form our own opinions. To me it seems more probable that the
names were at first generic, the predecessor of beech meaning any
forest tree producing food for man or cattle, and the predecessor of fir
any suitable for firewood, but that the names were subsequently special-
ised to different trees by different branches of the Arian race.
Our word oat appears to have been in its earliest stages in like manner
a generic term, and to have included, as its Welsh equivalent " yd " still
does, any description of grain : but the Anglo-Saxons specialised it to the
particular kind of corn that we now know by the name, while the
Romans applied it, as ador, to spelt, said by Latin authors to have been
the earliest food of their nation. It is derived from a root which exists
in our word "eat "; and Dr. Prior points out that the word seems to
have originally meant " food."
Coming next to names native in various Teutonic languages, but not
extending to other families of language, the first example I would cite
is " ivheat ". As this grain bears a name etymological) y distinct in each
of the families of Arian languages, the inference is that it was not, like
barley, in cultivation before the primitive nation had broken up, but was
acquired by the different sections after they had separated from each
other. The acquisition must, however, have taken place before the
THE ORIGIN OF THE ENGLISH NAMES OF PLANTS. 623
Tarious tribes of Teutons had parted asunder, for in each of their lan-
guages it bears a cognate name, which originally meant "white ". They
evidently so called the grain to distinguish it from rye, black oats, and
other dark-coloured corns with which they had previously been acquainted,
and this is supported by the Welsh name, which, although not etymolo-
gically identical, expresses exactly the same idea — "gwenith" being a com-
pound of " gwen " white, and " yd " corn.
Another interesting word common to several Teutonic languages
is represented in English by " hawthorn ", that is, the tree used for
"haws", " hags ", or as we now call them, "hedges": and it bears
testimony, more reliable than the assertion of Caesar to the contrary,
that our Teuton forefathers had attained at a very early date to a
sufficient civilization to appropriate plots of ground as private pro-
party ; when, for the fences with which they marked their boundaries,
they used this plant, as we do still.
The nettle bears a name which should be of special interest to ladies,
for it relates to what was, I fancy, even in those early Teutonic times,
the feminine department of our ancestors' household arrangements.
It comes from a root " ne ", meaning in most of the Arian languages to
spin or sew, from whence also comes our word " needle ". You will
perhaps wonder what the nettle can have had to do with sewing, but the
fact is that it supplied the thread. Flax and hemp were originally
southern plants, and bear southern names, but long before they were
introduced, the hardy nettle supplied the inhabitants of Northern Europe
with the fibre which they used for spinning. It remained in use until
quite recent times, for not long ago English maidens were not, in some
parts of the country, considered to have qualified themselves for matri-
mony until they had spun and woven for themselves a supply of nettle
house-linen. An experiment is now being made in Germany to revive
the cultivation of this plant for textile purposes.
Let us proceed now to names found only in our own language. We
shall find that, having had less time to change from their original
expressive form, their meaning is often more easily discovered than is
the case with older names ; but yet they vary much in this respect.
Some still quite new, such as " Blue-Bell " and " Sun-flower ", speak
at once for themselves ; but those that go back to Anglo-Saxon times
are sometimes composed of words now fallen into disuse, and have thus
either altogether lost their expressive meaning, or else convey one that is
€24 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
misleading. Marigold, another Anglo-Saxon name, has experienced a
like change of application, and is of rather complex origin. The last
syllable " gold " Was a title given formerly to many different kinds of
yellow flowers, in reference to their colour ; and the Anglo-Saxon word
" mear ", or as we now write it " mare ", meaning a horse, was prefixed
to distinguish one of these flowers of large coarse growth, namely that
which we now term the marsh marigold. The placing of the word
" horse " before a plant-name, to signify coarseness of growth or flavour,
is not uncommon, for we speak of horse-mint, horse-chestnut, horse-
radish, &c, and the Greeks used their Word for horse in a similar way.
In course of time the English " mare-gold ' came to be misunderstood
as " mary-gold," and was transferred to the garden plant that now
bears the title.
Even words which cannot be traced back to the Anglo-Saxon vocabu-
laries and are therefore presumably of later or English origin, sometimes,
through corruption of mispronunciation, no longer convey their original
expressive meaning. Thus " bulrush " is a corruption of " pool-Tush ";
and " carnation " has no reference, as some suppose, to the flower
being often of a flesh colour, but was originally written " coronation",
and the flower took this title from having been much used for making
chaplets and garlands.
Many names of English origin express the medical properties which
the plants possess, or were supposed to possess at the time when herbs
constituted nearly the whole of the pharmacopoeia. In their administration
the doctors or leeches of the age were guided by what was known as the
doctrine of signatures, based on the belief that each plant bore an out-
ward sign declaring to any careful observer the disease for which it was a
medicine. The spotted leaves of one plant showed that it was a sure
remedy for spotted or tuberculous lungs, and it was called the lungwort;
the lobed laaves of a fern resemble the spleen in shape, and it was there-
fore held to be good for all diseases of the spleen, and was named
spleenwort ; and a Canterbury bell, which has the throat of its flowers
rough with hairs, was considered infallible for roughness or hoarseness
of the throat, and was consequently known as "throatwort"
All the names we have so far treated of are genuine natives, and have
originated in some stage or other of our own mother-tongue ; but we
must now pass to names which have been adopted from foreign languages,
and, although now thoroughly incorporated with our own, are in reality
THE ORIGIN OF THE ENGLISH NAMES OF PLANTS. 025
only naturalized. This appropriation of alien names has long been
going on, at any rate from the time when the Teutonic settlers came
into contact with Roman civilization, and adopted tho Latin names for
such vegetable productions as were then introduced to them. We thus
find in the Anglo-Saxon vocabularies borrowed names for many culti-
vated plants, such as tho pear and the plum, fennel and mint, the lily and
tho rose.
At the time of the conquest there was a groat accession of foreign
names, brought in by the Normans ; and since then, as fresh plants have
come into cultivation they have often carried into our English language
fresh names, being modifications, more or less corrupt, of those which
they bore in tho country from whence they were brought to us. To
show the great variety of languages from which we have borrowed, I
will give a few examples of each.
A great number of our names are of Greek origin. They have
come to us not directly, but through the Latin, and generally
also through French. Thyme is little changed from the Greek
thumos, which came from there, I fumigate, and was applied to
fragrant herb much used as incense in sacrificial offerings. A
largo proportion of the Greek plant names are connected with the
names of places, and indicate from whence the plant was introduced to
the Greeks. Thus peach was in itsearliest stage melon persikon, meaning
persian apple ; cherry takes its name from a town of Asia Minor ; chestnut
from a city of Thessaly ; carraioay seeds from Caria; and cypress from
the island so recently added to the British dominions. How the names
of places came to be thus attached to plants we can readily understand,
for we have plenty of instances in our own language. A grocer will
supply us with currants, i.e., Corinth raisins ; farmers talk familiarly
of their crop of Swedes ; whilst a market woman will assure us that some
of her apples are real Ribstons, or Blenheims, or Newtoiuns.
It is from the Latin wherein these Greek names were as much aliens as
in our own language, that they have come down to us ; but we have
also received from it many names that are of genuinely Latin origin.
Vetch, or as it was formerly often spelt fytch, is a corruption of the
Latin vicia, and comes from a verb signifying to bind, with reference to
the manner in which this plant binds together by its tendrils the herbage
over which it creeps. It was thus exactly equivalent in meaning to our
English " bindweed ", a name appertaining to tho convolvulus, which has
12
S2G JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
a similar habit of growth. Lettuce is descended from the Latin " lactuca",
a name descriptive of the milky juice of this vegetable ; while pisum, the
predecessor of our pease, meant something that had been shelled
or freed from its husks. When the latter name passed into our language
it signified a single seed ; and people talked of a pease in just the
same manner as they did of a bean. Its plural was formed, like " oxen"
and " hosen ", by adding " n", viz., peasea, or as it was sometimes
written peason. This plural form survived in rustic dialects until quite
recently, being used by such folk as the old farmer, who
" talked of turmets and of jieason "
" And several good seed in proper season.0
More generally pease came, in course of time, to be regarded as
itself the plural, and a singular was formed for it in our present pea.
Some of our names from the Latin have, like so many of those from
the Greek, reference to places ; as, for instance, " damson ", a corruption
of " prunum damascena " or " Damascus plum ".
French, besides serving as the channel whereby most of the Greek and
Latin names have come to us, has given us also many of its own. You
will at once think of" mignonette", meaning "little darling"; and of
" pansy ", which is merely the French pensce, a thought, as Shakes-
peare writes : " There 'is pansies, that for thoughts ; r but equally
French is " dandelion ", otherwise " dent de lion " or lion's tooth, so
called probably from the tooth-like cutting of the leaf; and " eglantine ",
&c, as Chaucer and the old poets write it, eglantere, which is a corruption
of the French " aiglentiev" , from aiglent, covered with prickles. Mush-
room is the French mouscheron, from mousche, a fly ; and the name
appears to have been given first to a poisonous species of fungus,
formerly used for killing flies, then extended to a generic term, and lastly
specialised to the edible species to which it now appertains. The " Wil-
liam" of "Sweet William" shows in its present form no sign of being
French ; but it comes from " oeillet," literally little eye, the French
generic name for pink, which was anglicised as " Willy " and thence
passed into " William ".
Italian has given us several names ; amongst them cabbage, which
represents the Italian cabuccio, a diminutive formed from cabo, a head,
and applied to the vegetable, evidently in allusion to its round head-like
shape. The earliest form of primrose was the Italian " Jior de prima
vera", or " flower of first spring", which was shortened into "prima
THE ORIGIN OF THE ENGLISH NAMES OF PLANTS. 62 7
vera*", and gave rise to a diminutive " primaverola " . This passed
through French into English as " prime-rolles" in which form the
name appears in MSS. and the earliest herbal, and has since been
modified into the present name. The Jerusalem artichoke we might
imagine from its name to have come to us from the Holy Land ; and
with some such idea our cooks call the soup made from it " Palestine "
soup ; but, in reality, it is a sun-flower, brought originally from
America ; and its title " Jerusalem " is merely a corruption of the
Italian yirasole, meaning that which turns to the sun. The name thus
expresses the peculiarity attributed to the flower, which Moore refers to
in the lines
" As the sunflower turns to her god in the West
" The same look which she gave when he rose."
From languages more closely related to our own, we have not bor-
rowed very many names, for many of their names are native also with
us. From the German, however, we get snowdrop, the " drop "
referring " not to icicles, but to the large pendants or drops that were
worn by the ladies of the 16th and 17th centuries both as earrings
and hanging to their brooches." From the Dutch we have gooseberry,
the first syllable of which is a corruption of the Dutch word for " cross ",
and describes the peculiar spines of the bush, three of which spring from
the same spot, at right angles to each other, so as to form a cross.
Considering that at one time our country was inhabited altogether by
Celts, and Celtic dialects alone must have been spoken in it, it is some-
what strange how few Celtic words survive in the English of the present
day, except in the names of localities. We can only infer that the Celts
did not amalgamate with their conquerors, but retired before them,
carrying their language with them to the districts, where it still survives
in Welsh, Gaelic and Irish, and until quite recently also in Manse and
Cornish. Our plant-names show the same absence of a Celtic element ;
but the maple bears a title derived from the Welsh mapwl, a knob, and
referring to the knotty excrescence in the trunk of this tree, which was
at one time very highly prized for the ornamental wood it yields.
Strange to say, although the name was adopted by the Anglo-Saxons, it
does not survive in the Welsh of the present time. Ozier probably ori-
ginates from a Celtic word signifying water, whence the name of the
river Ouse and of a liquid possibly known to some of you termed whisky :
but the name ozier has come to us since the Norman conquest, from the
628 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
French rather than direct from our Celtic neighbours ; and almost the
only name we have borrowed from them is shamrock, meaning literally
little trefoil.
It only remains for us now to go further abroad, and enquire which of
our names have originated in languages spoken out of Europe. Some of
our favourite flowering plants have evidently been brought from Persian
gardens, for they bear Persian names, such as jasmine ; lilac, which
has reference to the bluish colour of the flower ; and tulip, which is
derived from the Persian word meaning turban ; and anyone who has
seen in an Eastern bazaar the rich effect produced by the gaily- coloured
head-dresses of the natives, will recoguise at once the force of the simile
which led to such a name being given to this rather gaudily-tinted flower.
The names ovange and lemon bear witness in like manner to the native
countries of those fruits, for they start originally from India. The latter
comes from a root meaning " to eat ", the former from two Sanscrit
words meaning ' tree ' and ' colour ', and this name was doubtless given
to the tree in allusion to the distinctive colour of the fruit, which has led,
in comparatively recent times, to the name of the fruit being given to
the colour.
The earliest form of the name sycamore is probably found in the
Hebrew sikemali, whence it has passed to us through Greek, Latin
and French, changing, however, its application during the journey.
The Hebrew, Greek and Latin names indicate an entirely different tree
from that to which the title pertains in French and English, namely
a kind of fig, and it was up this tree that Zaccheus climbed.
Turning lastly from the East to the West, we find that, since the
discovery of the New World, we have received some few names from
across the Atlantic, such as tomato, potato, tobacco, and maize : but
enough is not known of the Indian languages spoken in the parts of
America in which these names originated to enable us to ascertain their
primary descriptive meaning.
With these American names I must now bring my long catalogue to
a close — not from any paucity of other names quite equal in interest to
those I have cited, but from a regard for your patience, which indeed I
fear may have been already overtried. I hope I may not have exhaust-
ed it, and wearied you by entering too much into detail : but you will
doubtless have seen that the subject is one which cannot be treated of
only generally. It requires considerable detail to explain and sufficient
THE ORIGIN OF THE ENGLISH NAMES OF PLANTS. 629
examples to illustrate it. My object lias been to show that our
plant names are not mere sounds, expressing only conventionally the
meaning which they now possess, but that they are living symbols,
which have grown into their present significance ; and that consequently
each carries with it a story, if we can but read it aright, and, further, that
the interest of the story is at times enhanced by the fact that it reveals
to us circumstances respecting our forefathers of which we can have no
other record, for they belong to a period preceding even the earliest
dawn of history.
630
THE MOTHS OP JNDIA.
SUPPLEMENTARY PAPER TO THE VOLUMES IN
"THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA."
SERIES III. PART I.
By Sir G. F. Hampson, Bart., f.z.s., f.e.s.
(With Plate D.)
EUPTEROTIDJE.
«5. NlSAGA SIMPLEX.
9. Uniform dull reddish brown.
Family SPHiNGiDiE.
The Splungidoi having lately been most carefully classified by the Hon. W.
Rothschild and Dr. Jordan in supplementary volumes of the NovitatesZoologicas,
an epitome of the classification of the Indian species will be useful to students
of the Moths of India.
Key to the Sub-families.
A. First joint of palpus without patch of short sensory hairs
on inner surface near base.
a. Terminal joint of antenna long and thin with long
hairs and bristles, (1) . .., Acherontiance.
b, Terminal joint of antennae short, (2) Ambulicince.
B. First joint of palpus with patch of short sensory hair on
inner surface near base.
a Pilifer normal (3).
a1. Abdomen with the tenth segment mesially divided. Sesiance.
bl. Abdomen with the tenth segment not mesially
divided Hacrogolssince.
b. Pilifer consisting of a terminal part bearing short, or
vestigial, bristles and a proximal part bearing long
bristles Pergesince.
(1) Dolbinopsis and Dolbina have the terminal joint of antenna short, but may be distinguished
from the AmbulieincB by the evenly curved tcrmen if forewing.
(2) Compsogene, Oxyambulyx and Cypa have the terminal joint of antenna long, but may be distin-
guished from the Acherontiance by the Ambulicine shape of the apex or termen of forewing.
(3) The pilifer is the small curved organ bearing a comb of bristles above the base of proboscis.
Sub-family AcherontiaNjE.
Key to the Genera.
A. Terminal joint of antenna long and thin with long scales
and bristles.
a. Palpus with the 2nd joint excavated on inner side,
the cavity covered by long scales.
a1. Proboscis shorter than thorax Acherontia.
b1. Proboscis longer than body.
a3. Palpus with large apical cavity formed by the
scaling on outer side of 1st joint Megacorma.
b2. Palpus with the scaling normal Herse.
THE MOTHS OF INDIA. 631
b. Palpus with the 2nd joint not excavated on inner side.
a1. Pulvillus present.
a2. Fore tibia with spines Thamnoecha.
6s. Fore tibia without spines.
a3. Paronychium with two lobes on each side.... Meganoton.
ba. Paronychium with one lobe on each side Ptilogramma.
bl. Pulvillus absent or reduced to a short triangular
lobe.
a2. Forewing more than 50 mill, long Apocalypsis.
b*. Forewing less than 40 mill, long Pseudodolbina.
B. Terminal joint of antenna short.
a. Fore tibia with apical claw ; pulvillus absent Dolbinopsis.
b. Fore tibia without claw ; pulvillus present Dolbina.
Genus Herse.
. , . _. r. — K~~.„j.
„ alicea, Neuburg, Zeitschr. Ent., IV. p. 297 (1899).
„ nigricans, Cannaviello, Butl. Soc. Ent. Stal., XXXII. p. 295 (1900).
Habitat. — Eastern Hemisphere, except the higher latitudes.
Genus Megacorma.
Type.
Megacorma, Roths. Nov. Zool., IX, Suppl., p. 15(1903) obliqua.
163a. Megacorma obliqua.
Macrosila obliqua, Wlk., VIII. 208 (1856).
Sphinx neslor, Boisd. Spec. Gen. Lep. Het., I., p. 113 (1875).
Habitat.— N. India ; Ceylon ; Burma ; Sumatra ; Java ; New Britain.
Genus Acherontia.
Type.
Acherontia, Lasp. Jenaische Allg. Lit. Zeit., IV. p. 99 (1809).. atropos.
Atropos, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg., III. p. 762 (1815) atropos.
Brachyglossa, Boisd. Ind. Meth., p. 33 (1829) atropos.
030
THE MOTBS OF INDIA.
SUPPLEMENTARY PAPER TO THE VOLUMES IN
"THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA."
SERIES III. PART I.
By Sir G. F. Hampson, Bart., f.z.s., f.e.s.
( With Plate D.)
Eupterotim:.
«5. NlSAGA SIMPLEX.
$ . Uniform dull reddish brown.
Family Sphingid^e,
The Sphingidce having lately been most carefully classified by the Hon. W.
Rothschild and Dr. Jordan in supplementary volumes of the Novitates Zoologies},
an epitome of the classification of the Indian species will be useful to students
«* ±v.o Mnths of India.
o^l';;:"" ref8rred to' wi" ^ * ■ ^™* -*«
EDITORS.
•o
6. Pilifer consistmg ot a terminal p»xU w„~.
vestigial, bristles and a proximal part bearing long
bristles Pergesince.
(1) Dolbinopsis and Dolbina have the terminal joint of antenna short, but may be distinguished
from the AmbulicincB by the evenly curved termen <t forewing.
(2) Compsogene, Oxyambulyx and Cypa have the terminal joint of antenna long, but may be distin-
guished from the Acheronlianw by the Ambulicine shape of the apex or termen of forewing.
(3) The pilifer is the small curved organ bearing a comb of bristles above the base of proboscis.
Sub-family Acherontian^:.
Key to the Genera.
A. Terminal joint of antenna long and thin with long scales
and bristles.
a. Palpus with the 2nd joint excavated on inner side,
the cavity covered by long scales.
a1. Proboscis shorter than thorax Acherontia.
ft1. Proboscis longer than body.
a2. Palpus with large apical cavity formed by the
scaling on outer side of 1st joint Megacorma.
b2. Palpus with the scaling normal Herse.
THE MOTHS OF INDIA. 631
b. Palpus with the 2nd joint not excavated on inner side.
a1. Pulvillus present.
a2. Fore tibia with spines Thamnoecha.
ft2. Fore tibia without spines.
a3. Paronychium with two lobes on each side.... Megavoton.
b3. Paronychium with one lobe on each side Psilogramma.
b1. Pulvillus absent or reduced to a short triangular
lobe.
a2. Forewing more than 50 mill, long Apocalypsis.
b*. Forewing less than 40 mill, long Pseudodolbina.
B. Terminal joint of antenna short.
a. Fore tibia with apical claw; pulvillus absent Dolbinopsis.
b. Fore tibia without claw ; pulvillus present Dolbina.
Genus Heese.
Type.
Herse, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg., III. p. 762 (1815) convohuli.
162. Herse convolvuli.
Sphinx convohuli, Linn. Syst. Nat., Ed. X. p. 490 (1758).
„ abadonna, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl., p. 435 (1798).
„ patatas, Men. Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr. Lep., p. 90 (1857), non
descr.
„ roseafasciata, Koch, Indo-Austr. Lep. Fauna, p. 54 (1865).
„ pseudo-convohuli, Schauf. Nunq. Otios., p. 15 (1870).
„ distans, Butl. Voy. Erebus & Terror. Zool. Ins., p. 30, pi. 9, f. 11
(1874).
Protoparce orientalis, Butl. Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond., IX. p. 609 (1877).
Sphinx batatas, Christ. Mitth. Schw. Ent. Ges., "VI. p. 346 (1846).
„ alicea, Neuburg, Zeitschr. Ent., IV. p. 297 (1899).
nigricans, Cannaviello, Butl. Soc. Ent. Stal., XXXII. p. 295 (1900).
Habitat. — Eastern Hemisphere, except the higher latitudes.
Genus Megacorma.
Type.
Megacorma, Roths. Nov. Zool., IX, Suppl., p. 15(1903) obliqua.
163a. Megacorma obliqua.
Macrosila obliqua, Wlk., VIII. 208 (1856).
Sphinx nestor, Boisd. Spec. Gen. L£p. Het., I., p. 113 (1875).
Habitat.— N. India ; Ceylon ; Burma ; Sumatra ; Java ; New Britain.
Genus Acherontia.
Type.
Acherontia, Lasp. Jenaische Allg. Lit. Zeit., IV. p. 99 (1809).. atropos.
Atropos, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg., III. p. 762 (1815) atropos.
Brachyglossa, Boisd. Ind. Meth., p. 33 (1829) » atropos.
«
(J32 JOURNA L, BOMB A Y NA TURA L HISTOR Y SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Mandated; Hiibn. Tent, ined atropos.
A. Hindwing above with large black patch on basal half, lachesis.
B. Hindwing above with the basal half yellow styx.
89. ACHERONTIA LACHESIS.
SpMnx lachesis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl., p. 434 (1798).
Spectrum charon, Billb. Enum. Ins., p 83 (1822) non descr.
Acheronlia morta, Hiibn. Verz., p. 140 (1827).
satanas, Boisd. Spec, Gen. Lep. I. pi. 10, f. 1 (1836),
lethe, Westw. Cat. Or. Ent., p. 87, pi. 42, f. 2 (1848).
circe, Moore Cat. Lep. E. I. C, p. 267 (1858).
Habitat.— China ; N. & S. India ; Ceylon to Ceram and Amboina.
88. Acherontia styx.
Sphinx styx, Westw. Cab. Or. Ent., p. 88, pi. 42, f. 3 (1848).
Acherontia medusa, Moore Cat. Lep. E. I. C, p. 266 (1857) non descr.
„ ariel, Boisd. Spec. Gen. Lep. Het. , I. p. 6 (1875).
Habitat.— India ; Ceylon ; Burma.
Subsp. Medusa, Butl. Tr. Zool. Soc, IX. p. 597, pi, 92, f. 10 (1877); id.
111. Het. B. M., Ill, p. 3, pi. 41, f. 5.
Acherontia crathis, Roths. Nov. Zool. IX. Suppl., p. 23 (1903).
Habitat. — Japan ; China ; Malay Peninsula to Kissen and Ceram.
Genus Meganoton.
Type.
Meganoton, Boisd. Spec. Gen. Lep. Het., I. p. 58 (1875) nyctiphanes.
A. Hindwing with pale spots on disk nyctiphanes.
B. Hindwing without pale spots on disk —
a. Abdomen with yellow lateral patches rr/fescens.
b. Abdomen without yellow lateral patches analis.
167. Meganoton nyctiphanes.
Macrosila nyctiphanes, Wlk., VIII, p. 209 (1856).
Pseudosphinx cyrtolophia, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 259.
Habitat.— -N. & S. India ; Ceylon ; Burma ; Andamans ; Malacca ; Borneo ;
Palawan.
168a. Meganoton rufescens.
Diludia rufescens, Butl., P. Z, S„ 1875, p. 260.
„ rubescens, Butl. Trans. Zool. Soc, IX. p. 615 (1877).
Habitat.— Sikhim ; Assam ; Andamans ; Borneo ; Mindanao ; Sula Is.
Subsp. Severina, Miskin Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl., VIII, p. 25 (1891).
Meganoton cocytioides, Roths. Nov. Zool., I. p. 89 (1894).
Habitat. — N. Queensland.
1686. Meganoton analis.
Sphinx analis, Feld. Reis. Nov., pi. 78, f. 4 (1874).
Diludia grandis, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 260.
„ tranquillaris, Butl. P. Z. S., 1877, p. 641.
Habitat.— China ; Sikhim ; Khasis.
THE MOTHS OF INDIA, 633
Genus Psilogramma.
Type.
Psilogramma, Roths. Nov. Zool., IX. Suppl., p. 42 (1903) menophron.
169. Psilogramma menophron.
Sphinx menophron, Cram. Pap. Exot. III. p. 164 (1780).
Macrosila discistriga, Wlk., VIII. 209 (1856).
casuarinw, Wlk., VIII. 210 (1856).
Sphinx emargi?iata, Moore Cat. Lep. E. I. C., p. 268 (1857).
Macrosila darius, Men. Enum, Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr. Lep. p. 89 (1857) non
descr.
Sphinx abietina, Boisd, Spec. Gen. Lep. Het., I. p. 108 (1875).
Diludia vates, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 13.
• „ nebulosa, Butl. Trans. Zool. Soc IX. p. 615 (1877).
„ melanomera, Butl. Trans. Zool. Soc, IX. p. 615 (1875).
„ macromera, Butl. Trans. Zool. Soc, IX. p. 615 (1875).
Sphinx ahrendti, Pag. Jarb. Nass. Ver. Nat., XLI. p. 104 (1888), non descr.
Habitat. — China ; India ; Ceylon to New Guinea ; Australia and the
Solomon Is.
Subsp. 1, increta, Wlk., XXXI. 36 (1864).
Habitat. — Japan ; Corea ; China.
Subsp. 2, lifuense, Roths. Nov. Zool., I. p. 90, pi. 7, f. 20 (1894).
Habitat. — Loyalty Is., Lifu.
Genus Apocalypsis.
Type.
Apocahjpsis, Butl. Trans. Zool. Soc, IX. p. 641 (1877) velox.
171. Apocalypsis velox.
Apocahjpsis relox, Butl. Trans. Zool. Soc, IX. p. 641 (1877),
Habitat. — Sikhim ; Assam.
Genus Pseudodolbina.
Type.
Pseudodolbina, Roths. Nov. Zool., I. p. 27 (1894) fo.
A. Terminal spurs of hind tibife equal in length oqualis.
B. Terminal spurs of hind tibias unequal fo.
166a. Pseudodolbina oqualis.
Pseudodolbina cequalis, Roths. Nov. Zool., IX. Suppl., p. 101 (1903).
$. Ground colour of body and forewing of a greenish olive with a distinct
yellow tinge. Forewing with the area between the two antemedial lines more
or less filled in with black scales, at least in front ; the pale parts of cilia greyish
white tinged with yellow.
Habitat.— Kbasis.
166. Pseudodolbina fo.
Zoniliafo, Wlk., VIII. 195 (1856).
Pseudodolbina veloxina, Roths. Nov. Zool., I. p. 27, pi. 6, f. 18 (1894).
Habitat. — SlKHlM ; KlIASlS.
IS
034 JOURNAL, BOMB A Y NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Genus Thamnoecha.
Type.
Thamnoecha, Roths. Nov. Zool., IX. Suppl., p. 153 (1903) uniforinis.
163. Thamnoecha unifokmis.
Hyloicus uniforms, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 261.
Pseudosphinx concolor, Hmpsn. Moths. Ind., I. p. 106 (1892).
Habitat.—N.-W. India.
Genus Dolbinopsis.
Type.
Dolbinopsis, Roths. Nov. Zool., IX. Suppl., p. 159 (1903) grisea.
165. Dolbinopsis grisea.
Pseudosphinx grisea, Hmpsn. Moths. Ind., I. p. 104 (1892).
Habitat,— N.-W. India, Kulu.
Genus Dolbina.
Type.
Dolbina, Staud. Rom. Mem., III. p. 155 (1877) lancrei.
164. Dolbina inexact a.
Macroglia inexacta, Wlk., VIII. 208 (1856).
Meganoton khasianum, Roths. Nov. Zool., I. p. 90 (1894).
Habitat. — N.-W. India ; Sikhim ; Assam ; Bombay.
Subfamily Ambulicin.e.
A. Mid tibia with spines.
a. Hind tibia with one pair of spurs.
a1. Hindwing with veins 6*7 on a long stalk Daphnusa.
b\ Hindwingwith veins 6-7 shortly stalked or from cell. Marumba.
b. Hind tibia with two pairs of spurs.
a1. Frenulum absent Phyllosphingia.
b1. Frenulum present.
a2. Forewing with broad pale yellow streak from base
to apex Leucophlebia.
b'2 . Forewing without such streak.
as. Palpus with the joint open Polyptychus.
b3. Palpus with the joint not open Giants.
B. Mid tibia without spines.
a. Hind tibia with one pair of spurs.
a1. Frenulum absent Anambulyx.
bl . Frenulum present.
a2. Fore tibia ending in a thorn Agnosia.
b\ Fore tibia without thorn Parum.
b. Hind tibia with two pairs of spurs.
a1. Frenulum absent Sphinx.
b1. Frenulum present.
a2. Pulvillus absent Clanidopsit.
4s. Pulvillus present.
THE MOTHS OF INDIA. 635
a3. Antenna with the terminal joint long.
a4. Spurs very short Cypa.
b*. Inner spurs long.
a5. Forewing with the apex acute Oxyambulyx.
bs. Forewing with the apex truncate Compsogene.
6 s. Terminal joint of antenna short.
a4. Spurs short.
a5. Hindwing with the costa dilated into a
lobe Degmaptera.
bs. Hindwing with the costa normal.
a6. Forewing with the apex acute, the ter-
men even Callambulyx.
bG. Forewing with the apex sinuate, the
termen uneven Smerinthulus.
b*. Spurs long.
a5. Forewing with termen uneven Langia.
b5. Forewing with the termen even Rhadinopasa.
Genus Compsogene.
Type.
Calymnia, Wlk., VIII. 123 (1856) nee. Hiibn., 1827 panopus.
Compsogene, Roths. Nov. Zool., IX. Suppl., p. 188 (1902) panopus.
102. Compsogene panopus.
Sphinx panopus, Cram. Pap. Exot., III. p. 50, pi. 224, f. A. B. (1779).
Calymnia pavonica, Moore P. Z. S., 1877, p. 596.
Habitat. — China ; India ; Ceylon ; Andamans ; Java ; Borneo ; Philippines ;
Celebes.
Genus Oxyambulyx.
Type,
Oxyambulyx, Roths. Nov. Zool., IX. Suppl., p. 192 (1903) substrigUis.
A. Forewing with the subbasal spots mixed with white., subocellata.
B. Forewing with the subbasal spots not mixed with
white.
a. Forewing with three subbasal spots below the cell., canescens.
b. Forewing with one subbasal spot below the cell.
a1. Forewing with round subbasal spot on costa be-
yond the subbasal bar.
a2. Abdomen without dorsal line ochracea.
b2. Abdomen with dorsal line.
a3. Forewing with the apical line of cell ob-
lique ; subterminal line reaching inner
margin placida.
b3. Forewing with the apical line of cell erect;
subterminal line ending at or before angle
of wing.
636 JOURNAL, BOMB A Y NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
a4. Forewing with the subterminal line on
underside absent laliora.
b*. Forewing with the subterminal line on
underside present.
a5, Forewing with the terminal grey area
ending at a point at vein 3 maculifera.
b5. Forewing with the terminal grey area
continued beyond vein 3 sericcipennis,
bx. Forewing without subbasal spot on costa beyond
the subbasal bar.
a2. Hindwing without dark basal patch liturata.
&2. Hindwing with dark basal patch substrigilis.
103a. OxYAMBULYX SERICEIPENNIS.
Ambulyx sericeipennis, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 252.
Habitat.— Punjab ; Sikhim ; Assam ; Burma ; Tenasserim.
103&. OXYAMBULYX PLACIDA.
Ambulyx placida, Moore P. Z. S., 1888, p. 390.
Habitat.— Punjab ; Sikhim.
103c. OxYAMBULYX MACULIFERA.
Ambulyx maculifera, Wlk., XXXV. 185 (1866),
consanguis, Butl. IU. Het. B. M. V., p. 11, pi. 80, f. 2 (1881 ).
Habitat.— Sikhim.
103d. OxYAMBULYX LAHORA.
Ambulyx lahora, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 251.
Habitat.— Punjab ; Lahore.
103e. OxYAMBULYX OCHRACEA.
Ambulyx ochracea, Butl. Cist. Ent., III. p. 113 (1885).
Habitat.— J apan ; Sikhim.
103/. OXYAMBULYX LITURATA.
Ambulyx liturata, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 250.
rhodoptera, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 251.
Habitat.— Sikhim.
103. OXYAMBULYX SUBSTRIGILIS.
Ambulyx substrigilis, Westw. Cab. Or. Ent., p. 61, pi. 30, f. 2 (1848).
„ pliilemon, Boisd. Consid. Lep. Guatemala, p. 68 (1870).
Habitat.— Sikhim ; Assam ; Andamans.
Subsp. 1, auripennis, Moore P. Z. S., 1879, p. 388.
Habitat. — Ceylon.
Subsp. 2,pryeri, Dist. A. M. N. H. (5), XX. p. 271 (1887).
Habitat.— -Malacca ; Sumatra ; Borneo.
Subsp. 3, eteocles, Huwe. Bui. Ent. Zeitrchr., XL. p. 367 (1895)
Habitat. — Java.
Subsp. 4, staudingeri, Roths. Iris., VII. p, 390, pi. 7, f. 1.
Habitat. — Philippines.
THE MOTHS OF INDIA. 637
104a. OXYAMBULYX CANESCENS.
Ambulyx canescens, Wlk., XXXI. 38 (1864).
argentata, Druce. Ent. Mo. Mag., XIX. p. 17 (1882).
Habitat.— Andamans ; Penang ; Cochin China ; Cambodia ; Borneo.
104. OXYAMBULYX SUBOCELLATA.
Ambulyx subocellata, Feld. Reis. Nov., pi. 76, f. 3 (1874).
turbata, Moore P. Z. S., 1875, p. 252.
„ thwaitesi, Moore Lep. Ceyl., II. p. 11, pi. 80, f. 2 (1882).
Habitat.— Sikhim ; Assam ; Ceylon ; Andamans ; Penang ; Sumatra.
Genus Clanis.
Type,
Clanis, Hiibn. Verz., p. 138 (1827) phalaris.
Basiana, Wlk., VIII. 236 (1856) deucalion.
Metagastes ,Boisd. Spec. Gen. Lep. Het. I. p. 11 (1875) phalaris.
A. Forewing on underside with a black streak below
the cell —
a. Mid tibia white above bilineata,
b. Mid tibia not white above.
a1. Forewing with the costal area pale undulosa.
I1. Forewing with the costal area not pale deucalion.
B. Forewing on underside without black streak below
the cell —
a. Mid tibia with white streak on upperside titan.
b. Mid tibia without white streak on upperside ... phalaris.
110. Clanis bilineata.
Basiana bilineata, Wlk., XXXV. 1857 (1866).
Habitat.— Japan ; Corea ; Sikhim ; Assam ; Calcutta.
110a. Clanis undulosa,
Clanis undulosa, Moore P. Z. S., 1879, p. 387.
gigantea, Roths. Nov. Zool., I. p. 96 (1894).
Habitat.— Cms a. ; Sikhim ; Assam.
111. Clanis deucalion.
Basiana deucalion, Wlk., VIII. 237 (1856).
Habitat.— Punjab, Kulu.
109. Clanis phalaris.
Sphinx phalaris, Cram. Pap. Exot., II. p. 83, pi. 149, f. A (1777).
„ pagana, Fabr. Spec. Ins. II. p. 146 (1781).
„ nicobarensis, Schwarz, Nomencl., Ross. & Kleem, II. p. 1, pi. 1, fi. 1-2
(1840).
Basiana cervina, Wlk., VIII. 237 (1856).
Habitat.— Sikhim ; Ceylon ; Nicobars.
109a. Clanis titan.
Clanis titan, Roths. Nov. Zool., IX. Suppl., p. 218 (1903).
Habitat.— Sikhim ; Khasis.
638 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Genus Leucophlebia.
Type.
Leucophlebia, Westw. Cab. Or. Ent., p. 46 (1848) lineata.
Rasphale, Boisd. Spec. Gen. Lep. Het., I. p. 55 (1875) lineata.
A. Abdomen dorsally black except the spines lineata.
B. Abdomen not dorsally black emittens.
100. Leucophlebia lineata.
Leucophlebia lineata, Westw. Cab. Or. Ent./p. 46, pi. 22, f. 2 (1848).
„ luxeri, Boisd. Spec. Gen. Lep. Het., I. p. 55 (1875).
„ rosacea, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 15, pi. 2, f. 4.
Habitat. — China ; Formosa ; Punjab ; Nepal ; Assam ; Nilgieis ; Travan-
core ; Ceylon ; Java ; Philippines ; Celebes ; Flores.
101. Leucophlebia emittens.
Leucophlebia emittens, Wlk., XXXV. 1858 (1866).
bicolor, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 16, pi. 2, f. 5.
„ damascena, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 392.
Habitat. — Punjab ; Sikhim ; Bombay ; Central India ; Burma.
Genus Polyptychus.
Type.
Polyptychus, Hiibn. Verz., p. 141 (1827) dentatus.
Andriasa, Wlk., VII, 1735 (1856) contraria.
Pseudosmerinthus, Butl. Trans. Zool. Soc.,IX. p. 593 (1877). contraria.
Devitzia, Holl. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, XVI. p. 65 (1889) contraria.
A. Forewing with the subterminal line straight dentatus.
B. Forewing with the subterminal line excurved at
middle trilineatus.
90a. Polyptychus trilineatus.
Polyptychus trilineatus, Moore P. Z. S., 1888, p. 390.
Habitat. — Punjab.
Subsp. 1, Meatus, Roths. Nov. Zool., IX. Suppl., p. 237 (1903).
Habitat. — Ceylon.
Subsp. 2, undatus, Roths. Nov. Zool., IX. Suppl., p. 238 (1903).
Habitat. — Sikhim ; Assam.
Subsp. 3, chinensis, Roths. Nov. Zool., IX. Suppl., p. 239 (1903),
Habitat. — China.
Subsp. 4, philippinensis, Roths. Nov. Zool., IX. Suppl,, p. 239 (1903).
Habitat. — Philippines.
90. Polyptychus dentatus.
Sphinx dentatus, Cram. Pap. Exot., II. p. 42, pi. 125, f. G (1777).
„ timesius, Stoll. Cram. Pap. Exot., Suppl., p. 172, pi. 40, f. 1 (1790).
„ modesta, Fabr. Ent. Syst., III. p. 356 (1 793).
Habitat. — Sind ; Bombay ; Calcutta ; S. India ; Ceylon.
THE MOTHS OF INDIA. 039
Genus Maeumba.
Type.
Marumba, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., II, p. 8 (1882) dyras.
A. Fore tibia with claw at extremity indicus.
B. Fore tibia without claw at extremity.
a. Forewing on underside with large well-defined
fulvous patch near tornus spectabilis.
ft. Forewing with the patch absent, or small clay-
coloured and ill-defined.
a1. Abdomen with prominent dorsal line ; wings
without pale shades cristala.
ft1. Abdomen without prominent dorsal line, or
wings with pale shsdes.
a2. Forewing with the subterminal line double,
the outer line stronger dyras.
ft2. Forewing with the subterminal line single,
or the outer line obsolescent sperchius.
a3. Forewing with the basal, medial and sub-
terminal areas pale ; hind wing red-
brown.
6s. Forewing with the basal, medial and sub-
terminal areas purplish pink ; hind wing
dark-brown nympha.
92a. Maeumba ceistata.
Triptogon cristata, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 253.
Habitat. — W. China ; Sikhim.
92. Maeumba spectabilis.
Triptogon spectabilis, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 25G.
Habitat. — Sikhim.
Subsp. malayana, Roths. Nov. Zool., IX., Suppl., p. 274 dy03).
Habitat. — W. Sumatra.
91. Maeumba dye as.
Smerinthus dyras, Wlk., VIII, 250 (1856).
Triptogon sinensis, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 254.
ceylanka, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 255.
silhetensis, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 255.
oriens, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 255.
massurensis, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 256.
fuscescens, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 256.
andamana, Moore P. Z. S., 1877, p. 595.
Habitat.— Chin a ; N.-W. India ; Sikhim ; Bhutan ; Assam ; S. India ; Cey-
lon ; Buema ; Tenasseeim ; Tonkin ; Andamans.
Subsp. javanica, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 254.
Smerinthus paraUelis, Moore Cat. Lep, E. I. C, p. 264 (1857) non descr.
640 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
Smerinthus horsfieldii, Moore Cat. Lep. E. I. 0., p. 264 (1857) non descr.
Habitat.— Philippines ; Java,
91a. Marumba sperchius.
Smerinthus sper ■chius, Men. Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr. Lep., II. p. 137,
pi. 13, f. 5 (1857).
Triptogon piceipennis, Butl. A. M. N. H, (4), XX. p. 393 (1877).
Smerinthus michcclis, Oberth. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1886, p. 56.
Habitat. — Amurland ; Manchuria ; Japan ; China ; Loo Choo Is.
Subsp. 1, gigas, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 253.
Habitat. — Assam.
Subsp. 2, albicans, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 254.
Habitat. — Punjab.
916. Marumba indicus.
Smerinthus indicus, Wlk., VIII. 254 (1856).
Triptogon rectilinea, Moore P. Z. S., 1879, p. 388.
Habitat. — N. India.
91c. Marumba nympha (pi. D f. 17).
Marumba nympha, Roths. Nov. Zool., IX., Suppl., p. 806 (1903).
£. Head and thorax red-brown tinged with pink except on dorsum of
thorax and abdomen and on ventral surface ; palpi at sides, tibia? and tarsi
fuscous. Forewing red-brown ; the basal area suffused with pink and whitish,
except on costal area crossed by the indistinct rufous subbasal and antemedial
slightly incurved lines ; a medial oblique rufous band edged by rather darker
lines and with a wedge-shaped pinkish band beyond it from below costa to inner
margin with a slight whitish discoidal spot on it ; a postmedial pinkish band not
extending to costa, edged by darker lines which extend to costa, towards which
they are incurved, also incurved slightly at middle and strongly below vein 3,
and with a dark-brown ocellate spot with grey annulus above vein 1 ; the inner
margin grey towards tornus with a black-brown semicircular mark on it ; the
costal area tinged with pink before apex. Hindwing dark red-brown tinged
with grey towards inner margin ; traces of a curved subterminal line and of a
dark spot in submedian fold ; a more distinct black lunule at tornus ; the under-
side pale red-brown suffused with pink on basal area and grey on inner area ;
two nearly straight oblique medial rufous lines.
Habitat.— N. Kanara ; Karwar (T. R. Bell), Exp. 80 mill. Type in B. M.
Larva like that of P. dyras, but stouter. Food-plant Alseodaphne semi-
carpifolia (Laurineai).
Genus Daphnusa.
Type.
Daphnusa, Wlk., VIII, 237 (1856) ocellaris.
AUodaphnusa, Huwe Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., XL. p. 368 (1895). ocellaris.
97. Daphnusa ocellaris.
Daphnusa ocellaris, Wlk., VIII. 237 (1856).
orbifera, Wlk.. Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., VI., p. 85 (1862).
THE MOTHS OF INDIA. 641
Smerinthus ocul'ata, Boisd. Spec. Gen. Lep. Het., I, p. 20 (1875).
AUodaphnusa fruhstorferi , Huwe Berl. Ent. Zeilschr., XL. p. 368 (189')).
Habitat. — Assam ; Burma ; Bassein ; Penang ; Selangok ; Pahang ; Singa-
pore ; Sumatra ; Borneo ; Philippines ; Celebes.
Subsp. ailanti, Boisd. Spec. Gen. Lep. Het., I. p. 28, pi. 3, f. 2 (1875).
Habitat — Hongkong.
Genus Langia.
Type.
Langia, Moore P. Z. S., 1872, p. 5G7 (1872) zenzeroides.
99. Langia zenzeroides.
Langia zenzeroides, Moore P. Z. S., 1872, p. 567.
khasiana, Moore P. Z. S., 1872, p. 568.
Habitat —China (Yunnan) ; Punjab ; Sikhim ; Assam.
Subsp. nawal, Roths. Nov. Zool., IX. SuppL, p. 292 (1903).
Habitat. — Japan.
Genus Rhodopeasina.
Type.
Rhodoprasina, Roths. Nov. Zool., IX., Suppl., p. 292 (1903) ... fiuralis.
96. Rhodoprasina floralis.
Ambulyx floralis, Butl. Trans. Zool. Soc, IX. p. 639 (1877).
Habitat. — Sikhim.
Genus Clanidopsis.
Type.
Clanidopsis, Roths. Nov. Zool., IX., Suppl. p. 294 (1963) ...... exusta.
113. Clanidopsis exusta.
Basiana exusta, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 252.
Habitat. — Punjab.
Genus Agnosia.
Type.
Agnosia, Roths. Nov. Zool,, IX., Suppl., p. 294 (1903) orneus.
114. Agnosia orneus.
Sphinx orneus, Westw. Cab. Or. Ent.,- p. 13, pi. 16, f. 3 (1848).
Basiana pudorina, Butl. Trans. Zool. Soc, IX. p. 596 (1877).
Habitat.— Punjab ; Central India; Ceylon.
Genus Paeum.
Type.
Parum, Roths. Nov. Zool., IX., Suppl., p. 295 (1903)... colUgala.
98. Parum porphyria.
Daphnusa porphyria, Butl. Trans. Zool. Soc, IX. p. 640 (1877).
Habitat. — Sikhim.
Genus Cypa.
Type.
Cypa, Wlk., XXXI. 41 (1864) decolor.
94. Cypa decolor.
Smerinthus decolor, Wlk., III. 255 (1856).
14
#42 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Cypa incongruens, Butl III. Het. B. M., V. p. 12, pi. 80, ff. 8-9 (1881).
Habitat.— Sikhim ; Burma, Shan States.
Subsp. \,ferruginea, Wlk., XXXI. 42 (1864).
Habitat. — Ceylon.
Subsp. 2, e«?'oa, Roths. Nov. Zool., IX., Suppl., p, 209 (1903).
Habitat.— New Guinea, Milne Bay.
Genus SxMerinthulus.
Tope.
Siueriuthidus, Huwe, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., XL., p. 370 (1895). quadripunctaius.
A. Hindwing with diffused blackish postmedial band., perversa.
B. Hindwing without diffused blackish postmedial
band decoratus.
93a. Smerinthulus perversa.
Cypa perversa, Roths. Nov. Zool. II. p. 28 (1895).
Habitat.— Sikhim ; Khasis.
93. Smerinthulus decoratus.
Smerinihus decoratus, Moore P. Z. S., 1872, p. 568.
Habitat. — Sikhim.
Genus Degmaptera.
Type.
Degmaptera, Hmpsn. Moths. Ind., IV. p. 452 (1896) mirabilis.
92a. Degmaptera mirabilis.
Cypa mirabilis, Roths. Nov. Zool., I. p. 542 (1894).
Habitat. — SlKHIM ; Khasis.
Genus Callambulyx,
Callambulyx, Roths. Nov. Zool, IX, Suppl., p. 307 (1903) ... rubricosa.
A. Hindwing with large white-centred black post-
medial patch junonia.
B. Hindwing with the black patch subterminal, when
present, and with a white dot below it.
a. Forewing with the basal area suffused with
red on underside pacilus.
b. Forewing with the basal area not suffused
with red on underside rubricosa.
106. Callambulyx rubricosa.
Ambulyx rubricosa, Wlk., VIII., 122 (1856).
Basiana superba, Moore P. Z. S.> 1865, p. 793.
Habitat.— Sikhim ; Khasis.
Subsp. \,pieperd, Snell. Tijd., v. Ent. XXIII., Versl, p. 22 (1880).
Habitat.— Java.
Subsp. 2, amanda, Roths. Nov. Zool., IX., Suppl., p. 309 (1903).
Habitat.— Malacca, M. Takan ; Rokmeo, Kina Balu.
TEE MOTHS OF INDIA. 643
107, Callambtjlyx junonia.
Ambylyx junonia, Butl. 111. Het. B. M. V.. p. 9, pi. 80, f. 2 (1881).
Habitat. — Bhutan; Naga Hill-;.
106a. Callambtjlyx pceoilus.
Ambulijx pcecilus, Roths. Nov. Zool., V. p. 604, f. 2 (1898).
Habitat. — Punjab, Murree.
Genus Anambulyx. Type.
Anambulyx, Roths. Nov. Zool. IX., Suppl., p. 319 (1903) elwesi.
108. Anambulyx elwesi.
Amhulyx elwesi, Druce, Ent.Mo. Mag.. XIX. p. 17 (1882).
Habitat. — Si k him ; Assam.
Genus Sphinx.
Sphinx, Linn. Syst. Nat., X. p. 489 (1758) ocellata.
Laothoe, Fabr. Illig. Mag, Ent., VI. p. 287 (1807) ocellata.
Pilina, Dalm. Kongl. Vet. Ak. Handl., XXXVII. p. 212 (1816). oa>Mata.
Paonias, Hiibn. Verz., p. 142 (1827) ocellata.
Eusmerinthus, Grote, Can. Ent., IX p. 132 (1877) jamaicensis,
Copismeriuthus, Grote, Hawk Moths, N. Am., p. 35(1886) ... cerisyi.
96a. Sphynx kindermanni,
Smerinthus kindermanni, Led. Verb. Zool. Bot. Ges. Win., II., p. 22 (1852).
Habitat. — Asia Minor ; Caucasus.
Subsp. 1, orbata, Grum. Grishm Rom. Mem., IV. p. 512 (1890).
Habitat. — Transcaspia ; Turxistan ; N. Afghanistan.
Subsp. 2, obsoleta, Staud. Cat. Lep. pal., p. 100 (1901).
Head tegulte and patagia grey, head tinged with brown ; thorax olive-brown
above; abdomen grey dorsally tinged with brown. Forewmg olive-grey r a
little pink at base of inner margin ; a curved whitish subbasal line ; an anteme-
dial red-brown line strongly angled outwards below vein 2 and meeting the
medial line which is angled inwards, the area between the two lines being filled
in with red-brown suffusion from cell to inner margin ; a sinuous grey postme-
dial line angled inwards on vein 5 and defined on inner side by darker olive ;
a red-brown patch on termen extending down to vein 3 and bounded above by a
white line from apex dentate on vein 7 ; a rufous patch at tornus. Hindwing
pale red-brown largely suffused with pink, the inner area pale or tinged
with pink ; a diffused rufous antemedial line and slightly sinuous grey medial
and postmedial lines, with a more or less prominent dark patch with olive-grey
mark or it towards tornus ; the cilia white. Underside of forewing with the
basal half crimson except costa ; hindwing crimson with blackish patch near
tornus with two blue-grey lines on it.
Habitat. — E. Turkistan ; Chitral ; Afghanistan, Kandahar.
Genus Phyllosphingia. Type.
PliylloapUngia, Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6) XIX. p. 164 (1897)... dissimilis.
Clarkia, Tutt. Brit. Lep. III. p. 386 (1902) dissimilis.
644 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
92^, Phyllosphingia dissimilis.
Triptocjon dissimilis, Brem. Bull. Ac. St. Petersb., IIJ. p. 475 (1861).
Habitat. — Amurland; Japan; China, Kiukiang.
Subsp. perundulans, Swinh. A. M. N. H. (6), XIX., p. 104 (1897).
Habitat. — Assam, Jaintia Hills.
Sub-family Sesianje.
A. Abdomen with the spines of distal tergites uniseriate... Sataspes.
B. Abdomen with the spines of distal tergites not uniseriate.
a. Hindwing with the cell very short ; veins 3*4
stalked Cephonodes.
b. Hindwing with the cell two or three times as long
as broad Hcemorrhagia.
Genus Hcemorrhagia.
Type.
Hcemorrhagia, Grote and Rob. Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad., V.
p. 173(1865) thisbe.
Chamresesia, Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci., Ill, p. 220 (1877). gracilis.
A. Hindwing ferruginous without hyaline interspaces ... -rubra.
B. Hindwing hyaline with reddish or black terminal band.
a. Forewing with scaled fold in cell fuciformis.
b. Forewing without scaled fold in cell saundersi.
202. HvEMORrhagia fuciformis.
Sphinx fuciformis, Linn. Syst. Nat., ed. X., p. 493 (1758).
variegata, Allioni. Mel. Soc. Turin, p. 193 (1766).
„ bomhyliformis, Illiger. Den. and Schiff. Wien. Verz., ed. II., p. 22 (1800).
Macroglossa milesiformis, Treitshke,; Ochs. Schmett. Eur., X., I., p. 125 (1834).
lonicerce, Zell. Stett. Ent. Zeit., XXX., p. 387 (1809).
caprifolia. Z311. Stett. Ent. Zeit ., XXX., p. 387 (1869).
robusta, Alph. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross., XVII., p. 17 (1882).
Hemaris simittima, Moore P. Z. S., 1888, p. 391.
Macroglossa heynei, Bartel Ent. Nachr., .XXIV. p. 337 (1898).
Habitat.— Europe ; N. Africa ; W. Asia ; W. Siberia ; Turkestan ;
Punjab. Kangra.
Subsp. 1, ganssumsis, Grum. Grschm. Hor. Soc. Eur. Ross, XXV., 461 (1891).
Habitat.— Tibet.
Subsp. 2, affinis, Brem. Bull. Ac. St. Petersb., III., p. 475 (1801).
Macroglossa sieboldi, Orza. Lep. Japon, p. 35 (1868).
Sesia wUtelyi, Butl. A. M. N. H. (4), XIV., p. 307 (1874).
Habitat.— Amurland ; Japan ; Corea ; China.
203. HiEMORRHAGIA SAUNDERSI.
Sesia saundersi, Wlk., VIII., 83 (1850).
Macroglossa curtisi, Boisd. Spec. Gen. Lep. Het., I., p. 374 (1875).
Habitat.— Punjab ; Kashmir; Cochin China.
THE MOTHS OF INDIA. G45
204. HiEMORRHAGIA RUBRA.
Hemaris rubra, Hmpsn. Moths. Ind, I. p. 120 (1892).
Habitat — Kashmir.
Genus Cephonodes.
Type.
Cephonodes, Hiibn. Verz., p. 131 (1827) hylas.
Potidcea, Wllgrn. Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. (2) V. 4, p. 17
(18G5) hylas.
A. Fore tibia without apical claw hylas.
B. Fore tibia with apical claw picus.
205. Cephonodes hylas.
Sphinx hylas, Linn. Mant. Plant., p. 539 (1771).
Habitat. — Japan ; Loo Choo Js, China ; Formosa ; Tonkin ; Punjab ;
Sikhim ; Assam ; Bengal ; Bombay ; Madras ; Ceylon.
Subsp. 1, virescens, Wllgrn. Kongl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. (2) V. 4, p. 17(1805),
Macroglossa confinis, Boisd. Spec. Gen. Lep. Het., I., p. 37G (1875).
Habitat. — W., E. & S. Africa ; Madagascar.
Subsp. 2, cunninghami, Wlk., VIII., 85 (1856).
Habitat. — Flores ; Dili ; Timor ; Queensland.
205a. Cephonodes picus.
Sphinx picus, Cram. Pap. Exot., II., p. 38. pi 148, f. B. (1777).
Macroglossa yunx, Boisd. Spec. Gen. Lep. Het., I., p. 37G (1875).
Habitat — Nilgiris ; Ceylon ; Penang ; Java ; Christmas I. ; Sumba ;
Kissen ; Tiand.e Is ; New Guinea ; Queensland.
Genus Sataspes.
Type.
Sataspes, Moore. Cat. Lep. E. I. E., p. 261 (1857) infernalis.
Myodezia, Boisd. Spec. Gen. Lep. Het., I., p. 377 (1875) infernalis.
A. Abdomen with the posterior sternites yellow at sides
only infernalis.
B. Abdomen with the posterior sternites yellow tagalica.
206. Sataspes infernalis.
Sesia infernalis, Westw. Cab. Or. Fnt., p. 61, pi. 30, f. 3 (1848).
Sataspes uniformis, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 3.
xylocoparis, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875. p. 239.
Habitat.— China ; Nepal ; Sikhim ; Bhutan ; Assam ; Coimbatore ; Burma.
Subsp. glossatrix, Roths. Nov. Zoo!., IX., Suppl., p. 473 (1903).
Habitat. — Borneo ; Java.
207. Sataspes tagalica.
Sataspes tagalica, Boisd. Spec. Gen Lep. Het., I. p. 372, pi. 20, ff. 3 4 (1875).
ventralis, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 3.
cerbems, Semp. Schmett. Phil., II., p. 408 (1896),
„ hauxwelli, De Nice. J. Tomb. N. H. Soc, XIII., p. 173, pi. E. E.,
i, 22 (T.iiio),
646 JOURNAL, BOMB A Y NA TURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
Sataspea thoracica, Roths. Nov. Zool., IX,, Suppl., p. 474 (1903).
collaris, Roths. Nov. Zool., IX., Suppl., p 474 (1903).
Habitat.— Hongkong ; Sikhim ; Assam ; Burma : Philippines.
Sub-family Macroglossin^:.
Key to the genera.
A. Abdominal tergites with the spines of the 1st row not longer than broad.
a. Antennae of male with fasciculate cilia Macroglossum.
b. Antennae of male without fasciculate cilia Rhopalopsyche,
B. Abdominal tergites with the spines of the 1st row longer
than broad.
a. Fore tibia spinose.
a1. Hindwing with the costa deeply sinuate Gurelca.
bl. Hindwing with the costa not sinuate Splungonapiopsis.
b. Fore tibia not spinose.
a1. Pulvillus and paronychium absent Refhera,
&1. Pulvillus and paronychium present.
a'2. Antenna with the terminal joint long, filiform.
a3. Mid and hind tibia with the shorter spurs
with comb of bristles Nephele.
b3 . Mid and hind tibia with the shorter spurs
without comb of bristles.
a4. Forewing with the termen scolloped, an-
gulate or dentate.
a*. Antenna with the terminal joint not
scaled, with a number of very long
bristles Panacra.
bs. Antennas with the terminal joint scaled. Acosmeryx
b*. Forewing with the termen evenly curved.
a5. Antenna with the terminal joint not
scaled, with very long bristles Chromis.
br\ Antenna with the terminal joint scaled. Deilephila.
b2. Antenna with the terminal joint short.
a3. Eyes strongly lashed ; abdomen with the
spines of stemites strong Rhodosoma.
b*. Eyes not lashed ; abdomen with the spines
of sternites slender,
a*. Mid tibia with the spurs equal or nearly
equal and very short.
a". Forewing itrongly falcate ,.. Dchjra.
bs. Forewing Dot falcate.
a*. Eve not lashed Enpinanga.
b° Eye lashed ,. , Chara.
THE MOTHS OF INDIA. 647
6*. Mid tibiae with the spurs unequal.
a\ Hind tibia with the long terminal spur
at least half the length of 1st tarsal
joint, which is shorter than 1st mid
tarsal joint Angonyx.
Is. Hind tibise with the long terminal spur
shorter, or 1st hind tarsal joint longer
than the 1st mid tarsal joint.
a0. Abdomen with sharply marked pale
mesial line.
a1. Palpi and eyes large ; hind tarsus
with the 1st joint longer than
tibia Elibia.
b1 . Palpi and eyes smaller; hind tar-
sus with the 1st joint not longer
than tibia Ampelophaga.
b6. Abdomen without sharply marked
pale medial line Eurypteryx.
Genus Chromis.
Type.
Cliromis, Hubn. Verz., p. 138 (1827) erotus.
Gnathothlibus, Wllgrn. Wien. Ent. Mon., IV., p. 43 (1860) ... erotus.
145. Chkomis erotus.
Sphinx erotus, Cram. Pap. Eot., II., p. 12, pi. 104, f. B. (1777).
Chccrocampa andamanensis, Kirby. Trans. Ent. Soc, 1877, p. 242.
Habitat.— Ceylon,; Andamans ; .Nicobars ; Borneo ; Java ; Celebes ;
Sambawa ; Sumba.
Subsp. eras., Boisd. Voy. Astrolabe Lep, p. 185 (1832).
Gnathothlibus crotoides, Wllgrn. Wien. Ent. Mon., IV., p. 43 (1860).
Chcerocampa sapor, Koch. Stett. Ent. Zeit., XXXII., p. 293 (1871).
Habitat. — Moluccas ; Tenimber Is. ; Guam ; New Guinea ; Lovisiades ;
Solomons ; New Hanover ; Lifu ; Tahiti.
Genus Deilephila.
Type.
Deilephila, Lasp. Jen. Allg. Liter-Zeit., IV., p. 99 (1809) ... nerii.
Elpenor, Oken., Lehrb. Nat., III., I., p. 760 (1815) nerii.
Charocampa, Dup. Lep. Fr. Suppl., II., p. 159 (1835) nerii.
Metopsilus, Duncan, Jardine's Nat. Libr., XL., p. 154 (1836). nerii.
A. Forewing with the pale apical line widening to a spot
near apex.
a. Forewing with the green subbasal area recurved
below costa , layardi.
b. Forewing with the green subl asal area not re-
curved below costa .....i... ....... ..,••< i.-. hypolhou$.
648
JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
B. Forewing with the pale apical line simple.
a. Abdomen without pale subbasal band minima.
b. Abdomen with pale subbasal band.
a'. Teguhe and subbasal band of forewing bright
olive-green .. nerii.
b1-. Tegulse and subbasal band of forewing blackish
or brownish olive-green placida.
46. Deilephila nerii.
Sphinx nerii, Linn. Syst. Nat., X., p. 490 (1758).
Daphnis infemelutea, Saalm. Lep. Mad., p. 123 (1884).
Habitat.— Europe ; ^Ethiopian Region ; W. Asia; Punjab; Sikiiim ;
S. India ; Ceylon.
147. Deilephila hipothous.
Sphinx hypoihous, Cram. Pap. Exot., II ., p. 165, pi. 285, f. D. (1780).
Habitat.— Sikhim ; S. India ; Ceylon ; Burma ; Malacca ; Sumatra ; Bor-
neo ; Java ; Sumba ; Celebes ; Amboina ; Tenimber Is ; Key Is.
Subsp. pallescens, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 6.
Baphnh magnifica, Butl. A. M. N. H. (4) XIX., p. 461 (1877).
„ gloriosa, Roths. Nov. Zool., I., p. 85 (1894).
Habitat.— New Guinea ; Fergusson I. ; New Meklenberg ; Solomon
Is. ; Queensland.
149. Deilephila layardi.
Daphnis layardi, Moore Lep. Ceyl. II., p. 16, pi. 84, f. 1 (1882).
Habitat.— Ceylon.
148. Deilephila placida.
Darapsa placida, Wlk., VIII, 186 (1856).
Daphnis angustans, Feld. Reis. Nov., pi. 76, f. 6 (1874).
Chcerocampa hesperus, Boisd. Spec. Gen. Lep. Het., I. p. 228 (1875).
Daphnis horsfieldii, Butl. Trans. Zool. Soc, IX., p. 572 (1877).
„ andamana, Druce. Ent. Mo. Mag., XIX., p. 16 (1882).
Habitat.— Andamans ; Singapore ; Sumatra ; Java ; Lombok ; Samba wa ;
Sumba ; Amboina ; Key Is. ; New Guinea ; Solomon Is. ; New Hebrides ;
Queensland.
Subsp. torenia. Druce. Ent. Mo. Mag., XIX., p. 16 (1882).
Daphnis rosacea. Roths. Nov. Zool., I., p. 85 (1894).
Habitat.— Lifu ; Fiji.
152. Deilephila minima.
Daphnis minima, Butl. Trans. Zool. Soc, IX., p. 573, pi. 92, f. 5 (1877).
„ ernestina, Moore Lep. Ceyl., III., p. 534, pi. 211, f. 1 (1887).
Habitat. — Bombay ; Karwar ; Ceylon.
Genus Dahira.
Type.
Dahira, Moore P. Z. S., 1888, p. 390 , ruUyino&a.
THE MOTHS OF INDIA. 649
105. Dahira rubiginosa.
Dahira rubiginosa, Moore P. Z. S., 1888, p. 391.
Ambulyx rubrescens, Butl. 111. Het. B. M., VII., p. 26, pi. 121, f. 2.
Habitat. — Punjab.
Genus Ampelophaga.
Ampelophaga, Brem. & Grey. Motsch. Et. Ent., I., p. 61
(1852) non descr. Butl. Pap. I, p. 104 (1881) rubiginosa.
A. Forewing without sharply marked greyish white lines.
a. Abdomen and hindwing on underside bright rufous
testaceous . khasiana.
b. Abdomen and hindwing on underside salmon buff
or clay colour rubiginosa.
B. Forewing with sharply marked greyish white lines dolichoides.
117. Ampelophaga rubiginosa.
Ampelophaga rubiginosa, Brem. & Grey. Motosch. Et. Ent.,
I, p. 61 (1852).
Deilephila romanovi, Staud. Rom. Mem., III., pi. 9, f. 1 a. b.
(1887).
Acosmeryx ienobu. Holl. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, XVI., p. 71 (1889),
Habitat.— Amurland ; Japan ; China.
Subsp./osciogo, Moore P. Z. S., 1888, p. 391.
Ampelophaga harterti, Roths. Iris. VII., p. 299 (1894).
Habitat. — Punjab ; Assam.
118a. Ampelophaga khasiana.
Ampelophaga khasiana, Roths. Nov. Zool, II., p. 482 (1895).
Habitat. — W. China, Moupin ; Assam, Khasi and Jaintia Hills,
118. Ampelophaga dolichoides.
Philampelus dolichoides, Feld. Reis. Nov., pi. 76, f. 8 (1874).
Habitat. — Sikhtm ; Assam.
Genus Elibia.
Type.
Elibia, Wlk., VIII., 148 (1856) dolichus.
159. Elibia dolichus.
Sphinx dolichus, Westw. Cab. Or. Ent., p. 61, pi. 30, f. 1 (1848).
Habitat — Sikhim ; Assam ; Penang ; Sumatra ; Natuna Is. ;
Borneo ; Kalawan ; Java.
Genus Acosmeryx.
Type.
Acosmeryx, Boisd. Spec. Gen. Lep. Het. I., p. 214 (1875) ancms.
A. Forewing with the grey subterminal line or band straight,
extending to vein 1 naqa.
B. Forewing with the grey subterminal line or band curved,
ending at vein 4 or a little below it.
15
650 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
a. Fore and hindwing with the termen distinctly dentate.
a1. Forewing with the 1st postmedial line straight
from vein 4 to 1, strong sericeus.
bx. Forewing with the 1st postmedial line fine, inter-
rupted omissa.
b. Fore and hindwing with the termen not dentate.
a-. Hindwing on underside almost entirely ferruginous
or vinaceous ; forewing on upperside tawny,
cinnamon or chestnut brown , anceug.
b\ Hindwing on underside much shaded with olive-
grey ; forewing on upperside greyish olive socrates.
115. ACOSMERYX ANCEUS.
Sphinx anceus, Stoll. Cramer's Pap. Exot., IV., p. 124, pi. 355,
f . A. (1781).
Zonilia mixtura, Wlk., XXXI. 34 (1861).
Enyo cinuamomea, Herr. Schaff. Ausser. Eur. Schmett, f. 558 (1869).
Acosmeryx daulis, Boisd. Spec. Gen. Lep. Het. I., p. 218 (1876).
Acosmeryx mishini, Kirby Trans. Ent. Soc, 1877, p. 234.
„ cinerea, Pag. Iris., I., p. 86 (1886).
Habitat. — Amboina; Key Is.; Tenimber ; New Guinea; Trobriand Is.;
FERGUSSON I. ; WOODLARK I. ; QUEENSLAND.
Subsp. subdentata, Roths. Nov. Zool., IX., Suppl., p. 528 (1903).
Habitat.— Sikhim ; Bhutan ; Assam ; Sumatra ; Java.
116. — Acosmeryx naga.
Philampelus naga, Moore Cat. Lep. E. I. C, p, 271 (1857).
Acosmeryx Shervilli, Boisd. Spec. Gen. Lep. Het., p. 217 (1875).
metanaga, Butl. A. M. N. H. (5), IV., p. 350 (1879).
Habitat. — Japan ; Punjab ; Kumaon ; Sikhim ; Bhutan.
116a. Acosmeryx sericeus.
Philampelus sericeus, Wlk., VIII. 181 (1856).
Acosmeryx anceoides, Boisd. Spec. Gen. Lep. Het. I., p. 216 (1875).
Habitat. — Sikhim ; Bhutan ; Assam ; Philippines.
116 b. Acosmeryx omissa.
Acosmeryx omissa, Roths. Nov. Zooi., IX., Suppl., p. 530 (1903).
Habitat. — Sikhim ; Bhutan.
116r. Acosmeryx socrates.
Acosmeryx socrates, Boisd. Spec. Ge"n. Lep. Het., I., p. 219 (1875).
cinerea, But]. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 245.
Habitat.— Sikhim ; Assam ; Ceylon ; Andamans ; Sumatra ; Borneo ; Java,
Genus Panacra.
Type.
Panacra, Wlk., VIII. 154 (1856.) automedon.
A. Forewing with the medial area green busiris.
B. Forewing with the medial area not green.
THE MOTHS OF INDIA. 651
tt. Forewing with the 3rd and 4th postmedial lines
strongly dentate ; patagia with golden metallic scales
on upper edge mydon.
b. Forewing with the 3rd and 4th postmedial lines not
strongly dentate towards inner margin.
a1. Forewing with the medial area pale, band-like variolosa.
bx. Forewing with the medial area not band-like;
antemedial line indistinct.
a3. Hind wing with the terminal band dilated above
middle.
a3. Hindwing on underside with the postmedial
area tawny or ochreous, interrupted below costa.
a\ Forewing on underside with the double sub-
terminal line extending to inner margin ...... perfecla.
b\ Forewing on underside with the double sub-
terminal line dilated along vein 5 and
conjoined to the 1st postmedial line metallica.
b3. Hindwing on underside with the postmedial
area olive-brown towards costa sinuata.
b'. Hindwing with the terminal band not dilated
above middle automedon.
129. Panacra busiris.
Panacra busiris, Wlk., VIII. 158 (1856).
Habitat.— Sikhim ; Assam; Annam ; Nicobars ; Borneo.
132. Panacra automedon.
Panacra automedon, Wlk., VIII. 154 (1856).
truncata, Wlk , 160 (1856).
Habitat.— Sikhim ; Assam ; Burma ; Borneo ; Java.
130. Panacra variolosa.
Panacra variolosa, Wlk. VIII. 156 (1856).
vagans, Butl. 111. Het. B. M., V., p. 4, pi. 78, f. 7 (1881 ).
hamiltoni, Roths. Nov. Zoo!., I., p. 82 (1894).
Habitat.— Sikhim ; Bhutan ; Assam ; Malacca; Siam ; Borneo; Java.
131a. Panacra sinuata.
Panacra sinuata, Roths. Nov. Zool. IX., Suppl., p. 539 (1903).
Habitat. — Sikhim ; Assam.
131. Panacra metallica.
Panacra metallica, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 6.
Habitat. — Sikhim ; Bhutan.
1316. Panacra perfecta.
Panacra perfecta, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 391.
Habitat. — Sikhim ; Bhutan.
133. Panacra mydon.
Panacra mydon, Wlk. VI II. 155 (1856).
652 JOURNAL, BOMBA 7 NATURAL BISTORT SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Panacra scapularis, Wlk., VIII. 157 (1856).
Chcerocampa jasion, Boisd. Spec. Gen. Lep. Het. I., p. 282 (1875).
„ araclitus, Boisd. Spec. Gen. Lep. Het. J., p. 282 (1875).
Panacra frena, Swinh. Cat. Lep. Het. Mus. Oxon. I., p. 12, pi. 1, f. 5 (1892).
Habitat.— Sikhim ; Bhutan ; Assam ; Burma ; Tonkin.
Subsp. elegantulus, Herr. Schaff. Ausser. Eur. Schmett,f. 479 (1850).
Panacra regularis, Bull., P. Z. S., 1875, p. 247.
„ variegata, Roths. Nov. Zool. I., p. 81 (1894).
„ perahana, Roths. Nov. Zool. I., p. 81 (1894).
Habitat.— Penang ; Perak ; Borneo ; Philippines ; Java ; Lombok ;
SlJMBAWA ; SUMBA.
Genus Angonyx.
Type.
Angonyx, Boisd. Spec. Gen. Lep. Het. I., p. 317 (1875) testacea.
160. Angonyx testacea.
Angonyx testacea, Wlk., VIII., 102 (1856).
Tylognathus emus, Boisd. Spec. Gen. Lep. Het. I., p. 294 (1875).
Angonyx emilia, Boisd. Spec. Gen, Lep. Het. I., p. 318, pi. 8, f. 1 (1875).
Panacra ella, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 246.
Habitat — Assam ; Khasis ; Nilgiris ; Ceylon ; Java ; Amboina.
Subsp. papuana, Roths. Nov. Zool. IX., Suppl., p. 544 ^1903).
Habitat. — Queensland.
Genus Enpinanga.
Type.
Enpinanga, Roths. Nov. Zool., IX., Suppl., p. 545 (1903) ... vigens.
134. Enpinanga assamensis.
Panacra assamensis, Wlk./; VIII. 160 (1856).
Habitat.— Assam ; Khasis.
Genus Rethera.
Type.
Rethera, Roths. Nov. Zool., IX., Suppl., p. 547 (1903) komarovi.
160a. Rethera komarovi.
Deilephila komarovi, Christ. Rom. Mem. II., p. 169, pi. 15, f. 2 (1885).
Charocampa stipulates, Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc, 1885, p. 346, pi. 9, f. 1,
Habitat.— Asia Minor ; Transcaucasia ; Afghanistan.
Genus Cizara.
Type.
Cizara, Wlk., VIII. 120(1856) ardenice.
Abrisa, Kirby Cat. Lep. Het., I., p. 641 (1892) ' sculpta.
THE MOTHS OF INDIA. 653
161. ClZARA SCULPTA.
Mkrohphia sculpta, Feld. Reis Nov., pi. 75, f. 9 (1874).
Habitat. — Bombay, Canara ; Siam.
Genus Nephele.
Type.
Nephele, Hiibn. Verz., p. 133 (1827) didyma.
Zonitia, Wlk., VIII. 192 (185G) funebris.
172. Nephele didyma.
Sphinx didyma, Fabr. Syst. Ent., p. 543 (1775).
Nephele hespera, Fabr. Syst. Ent., p. 546 (1775).
Sphinx chiron, Cram. Pap. Exot. II., p. 62, pi. 137, f. E. (1777).
„ morpheus, Cram. Pap. Exot. II., p. 84, pi. 149, f. D. (1777).
„ qiiaterna. Charp. Esp. Sclimett., pi. 1, f. 2 (1830).
Perigonia obliterans, Wlk., XXXI, 28 (1864).
Habitat.— Punjab ;Sikhim ; Bombay; Madras ; Ceylon ; Burma ; Penang ;
Java.
Genus Gurelca.
Type.
Gurelca, Kirby Cat. Lep. Het. I., p. 643 (1892) hyas.
A. Hind-wing with the terminal band of even width hyas.
B. Hindwing with the terminal band narrowing to tornus masuriensis.
173. Gurelca hyas.
Lophura hyas, Wlk., VIII. 107 (1856).
Macroglossum geometricum, Moore Lep. E. I. C, p. 265 (1857).
Perigonia macroglossoides, Wlk., XXXV. 1851 (1866).
Habitat.— Formosa ; Punjab ; Sikhim ; Assam ; Bombay ; Madras ; Philip-
pines ; Java.
174. Gurelca masuriensis.
Lophura masuriensis, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 244, pi. 36, f. 3.
himachala, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 621.
erebina, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 621.
Habitat.— Punjab ; Sikhim ; Bhutan ; Assam ; Burma.
Subsp. sangaica, Butl. P. Z. S., 1875, p. 621.
Habitat— J afan ; Corea ; China.
( To be continued.)
654
THE BIRDS OF TRAVANCORE.
By H. S. Fergusson, F.L.S.
WITH NOTES ON THEIR NIDIFICATION.
By T. F. Bourdillon, F.L.S.
Part II.
{Continued from page 474.)
Order PICI.
Family Picid^e,
Sub-family Piemen.
(137) GecinDs striolatus. — The Little Scaly-bellied Green
Woo J pecker.
Blanford, No. 948 ; Jerdon, No. 171.
I have only lately obtained two specimens of this bird, both in the low
country — one at Gape Comorin in January 1902 and another at Quilon
at the beginning of 1903.
(138) Gecinus chxorogaster. — The South-Indian YeUow-naped
Woodpecker.
Blanford, No. 952 ; Jerdon, No. 175.
Fairly common in the hills at moderate elevations. I have nothing to
add to Mr. F. W. Bourdillon's description "not noisy except during the
breeding season. In February and March the plaintive monotonous
call of these birJs (which somewhat resembles the breeding call of the
common pariah kite) may be heard at all hours of the day, as they cling
motionless to the topmost bough of some tall forest tree. "
(139) Liopicus mahrattensis. — The Yellow-fronted Pied Wood-
pecker.
Blanford, No. 972; Jerdon, No. 160.
This Woodpecker is by no means common. There are two specimens
only in the Museum taken in or near Trevandrum.
(140) Iyngipicus gymnophthalmtjs. — The Ceylon Pigmy Wood-
pecker.
Blanford, No. 977; Hume, No. 164 bis.
This bird is found in forest, both in the low country and up to 2,000
feet on the hills. It frequents tho tops of tall trees and utters a long
thrillinji note.
THE BIRDS OF TRAVANCORE. C55
(141) Micropternus GULABis. — The Malabar Rufous Woodpecker.
Blanford, No. 985; Jerdon, No. 179.
I have only seen this bird in the low country and at the foot of the
hills ; so far as I am aware, it does not ascend them.
(142) Brachypternus aurantius. — The Golden-backed Wood-
pecker.
Blanford, No. 986 ; Jerdon, No. 180.
Common in the plains ; its loud harsh cry is a familiar sound in and
about Trevandrum.
(143) Tiga javanensis. — The Common Golden-backed Three-toed
Woodpecker.
Blanford, No. 988 ; Jerdon, No. 185.
This bird is very common in the hills at all elevations. Mr. T. F.
Bourdillon writes : " I was fortunate enough to obtain a clutch of eggs
of this bird in March, having observed the female boring indefatigablv
a dead branch. I may note that the most certain way of discovering
the nests of Woodpeckers is by noting where a bird is working for a long
time together in the breeding season. A little practice will enable an
observer to know whether the Woodpecker is boring a nest or simply
hunting for insects. The nest was in a hole in a mango tree (Mangfera
indica) about 30 feet from the ground and at an elevation of 3,000 feet.
Since then I have found other nests at elevations from 2,000 to 3,000
feet, but have never got the eggs. The eggs are two in number and
quite white.
(144) Chrysocolaptes gutticristatus. — Tickell's Golden-backed
Woodpecker.
Blanford, No. 992 ; Jerdon, No. 166.
Mr. F. W. Bourdillon records this as " inhabiting the lower ranges
of forest." It is certainly not confined to them, as I have shot it at
3,000 feet and also at 6,000 feet on the High Eange, generally in the
neighbourhood of streams.
(145) Hemicerctjs canente. — The Heart-spotted Woodpecker.
Blanford, No. 995; Jerdon, No. 165.
This little Woodpecker may be found in forest, both in the low country
and on the hills. They generally go about in pairs. They draw one's
attention at once by their loud call. Mr. T. F. Bourdillon writes :
656 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol.XV.
u This Woodpecker excavates a nest out of dead wood, boring into the
dead branch of a living tree or choosing a dead tree. Like all wood-
peckers, it never makes use of the same nest again. I have never been
able to obtain the eggs. They breed in February. "
(146) Thriponax hodgsoni. — The Malabar Great Black
Woodpecker.
Blanford, No. 997 ; Jerdon, No. 169.
This is eminently a forest bird and may be found on the hills from 500
to 3,000 feet, going about in pairs. Where there is coffee or tea cultiva-
tion it usually disappears — not that it is a shy bird, but because of the
wholesale destruction of the forests. In the cardamom hills, where the
forests are only thinned and the undergrowth removed to make room for
cardamoms, they are fairly common, and they may be heard calling to
each other as they fly from tree to tree.
(147) Picumnus innominatus. — The Speckled Piculet.
Blanford, No. 1001 ; Jerdon, No. 186.
I have only shot one specimen of this bird on the hills in South Tra-
vancore at an elevation of 4,000 feet in dense forest. I saw one other
specimen on the same day. Both were on living trees.
(148) Thereiceryx zeylonicds. — The Common Indian Green
Barbet.
Blanford, No. 1008 ; Jerdon, No. 193.
This Barbet is not common in the low country. I once shot one at
4,000 feet elevation in the hills.
(149) Thereiceryx viridis — The Small Green Barbet.
Blanford, No. 1010; Jerdon, No. 194.
This is a very common bird, both in the low country and on the hills at
all elevaiions. " The eggs of this Barbet are extremely difficult to obtain
as the bird invariably chooses a dead tree in which to bore a hole for its
nest. Sometimes these trees are of great growth and defy any attempts
to climb them ; at others they are too slight to bear the weight of a man,
and though I have seen dozens of nests and had young birds brought to
me, I have never been able to get the eggs. The birds never use the
nests a<nun, but frequently return to the same tree, and as they often
o-ive up boring holes which they have commenced, it is not an unusual
thing to see a tree with ten or fifteen holes in it. The breeding season
extends from March to May.— T. F. B."
THE BIRDS OF TRAVANCORE. C57
(150) Xanthol^ema h^matocephala. — The Crimson-breasted
Barbet.
Blanford, No. 1019; Jerdon, No. 197.
The Coppersmith is very common throughout the low country and at
times may be found on the hills up to 1,500 feet elevation. " It breeds
at elevations of 500 to 1,500 feet, and I once obtained a couple of eggs
in March from a hole in a tree at 1,500 feet elevation, not far from
Courtalium. The eggs were quite white and averaged 1*0 X 'G6. —
T. K Br
(151) Xanthol^ma malabarica — The Crimson-throated Barbet.
Blanford, No. 1020 ; Jerdon, No. 918.
Mr. F. W. Bourdillon writes of this bird : " This species is very
common throughout the low country, and during the hot weather ascends
the lower slopes of the hills. Its call, as Jerdon mentions, is similar to
that of the Crimson-breasted Barbet (A. hcematocephala), but the two are
easy to be distinguished from each other. "
This is quite a mistaken description, and Mr. Bourdillon must have
been misled by hearing the notes of the Coppersmith. The Crimson-
throated Barbet is certainly a forest bird and is confined to the hills.
I have not met with it in the low country, and my collector, though
repeatedly sent to look for it, never secured a single specimen.
Mr. W. Ogilvie Grant informs me that there is no specimen in
the Hume collection in the British Museum sent by Mr. Bourdillon,
but there is one from the Cardamom Hills, sent by Mr. T. Elwes.
I should therefore describe it as a rare bird found only in forest on
the hills.
Order ANISODACTYLI.
Sub-order Coragle.
Family Coraciadce.
(152) Cora cias indica. — The Indian Roller.
Blanford, No. 1022 ; Jerdon, No. 123.
The Indian Roller is found only in the low country. It often haunts
a particular spot, but it is nowhere very common, except perhaps at
Cape Comorin, where in July 1901 there were a good number, and
again in the same locality in December of that year. It is not found in
forest nor on the hills.
16
658 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
(153) Eubystomus orientalis. — The Broad-billed Roller.
Blanford, No. 1025 ; Jerdon, No. 126.
This is eminently a forest bird. I have only secured a single specimen
in forest land, near Koni, at an elevation of about 300 feet. Mr. T. F.
Bourdillon writes : " The Broad-billed Roller is a very remarkable bird
and comes to us to breed, leaving Travancore again before the commence-
ment of the monsoon. Pairs of these birds may be seen here and
there throughout the length of the hills at elevations from 500 — 3,000
feet, any time between September and the end of April ; but they are
by no means common, though their curious chattering cry and eccentric
flight attract attention at once. Their nests are placed in holes of trees
at about 30 — 40 feet from the ground, and contain three white eggs,
varying considerably in size and shape. "
Sub -order Mbropes.
Family Meropidce.
(154) Merops viridis. — The common Indian Bee-eater.
Blanford, No. 1026 ; Jerdon, No. 117.
This is one of the commonest and most numerous birds in the low
country.
(155) Merops philippinus. — The Blue-tailed Bee-eater.
Blanford, No. 1027; Jerdon, No. 118.
This is a rare bird, and the Museum contains only one specimen shot
near Trevandrum in August 1893.
(156) Melittophagus swinhoii. — The Chestnut-headed Bee-eater.
Blanford, No. 1030; Jerdon, No. 119.
This Bee-eater is confined to the hills, where it is not uncommon in
North Travancore about Pirmerd and the High Range. Breeds in
February.
(157) Nyctiornis athertoni. — The Blue-bearded Bee-eater.
Blanford, No. 1031 ; Jerdon, No. 122.
I have never come across this bird myself, but the Museum possesses
some skins labelled Travancore, so I include it in my list.
(158) Ceryle varia. — The Indian Pied Kingfisher.
Blanford, No. 1033; Jerdon, No. 136.
Common along the backwaters.
TEE BIRDS OF TRAVANCORE. 659
(159) Alcbdo ispida. — The Common Kingfisher.
Blanford, No. 1035 ; Jerdon, No. 134.
Common about the backwaters everywhere and also about tanks and
ponds in the low country, but does not ascend the hills. Breeds in
March.
(160) Alcbdo beavani. — Bea van's Kingfisher.
Blanford, No. 1036 ; Hume, No. 135 bis.
This bird is only found in the neighbourhood of the streams at the
foot of the hills, where it is not uncommon.
(161) Pelargopsis gurial. — The Brown-headed Stork- billod
Kingfisher.
Blanford, No. 1043 ; Jerdon, No. 127.
Like the last, confined to the low country, forest and the foot of the
hills, where it may occasionally be found, though it is nowhere abundant.
It frequents forest streams. Eggs of this bird, measuring 1'5 by 1*13,
were brought to Mr. Bourdillun by hillmen in April.
(162) Halcyon smybnbnsis. — The White-breasted Kingfisher.
Blanford, No. 1044 ; Jerdon, No. 129.
This is about the commonest of the Kingfishers, and does not frequent
the neighbourhood of streams only, but may be found in compounds
well away from water. It is easily kept in captivity. It does not
ascend the hills. " I have more than once had the eggs of this King-
fisher brought to me by the hillmen, who told me the usual number
of eggs is five, and that the nest is always placed in a hole on a river
bank. The eggs are quite white, rather glossy and spherical. — T. F.B."
Breeds in April.
(163) Halcyon pileata. — The Black-capped Kingfisher.
Blanford, No. 1045 ; Jerdon, No. 130.
This is a rare bird ; one specimen only was brought to me alive, having
been captured in a well in Trevandrum.
Sub-order Bucerotes.
Family Bucerotidte.
(164) Dichoceros bicornis.— The Great Horn bill.
Blanford, No. 1051 ; Jerdon, No. 140.
Not common, but very much in evidence when present. It is found
throughout the range. In captivity it is fearless and can hold its
own with most dogs. It will eat rats readily. Having killed a rat, the
bird passes it across and back between its mandibles, and when it is thus
660 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
sufficiently elongated and soft, it tosses it up and swallows it at one
gulp. The casque is not fully formed till nearly a year after the
bird is hatched.
" Breeds in the holes of large forest trees, at a height of 30 — 50 feet
from the ground , returning year after year to the same tree. It seems
pretty well ascertained now that the female plasters herself up in the
nest when she begins to incubate the eggs, and remains there till the
young one is hatched, depending all the time on the male for food.
During this time single birds alone are seen, and the nest may with a
little difficulty be found by observing where the male returns wdien
he has collected a sufficient quantity of food for his mate. I was
shewn a nest in February which the birds were preparing, but they
subsequently deserted it as a coffee clearing had been made close by,
and they seemed disturbed by such noises as the barking of dogs or the
shouting of coolies. In the beginning of March I was fortunate enough
to obtain an egg ; it was of a very rough texture, and was no doubt
originally white, but when I got it the egg was stained quite brown.
The size of the egg was 2*5 X 1"79.— T. F. B."
(165) Anthracoceros coronatus. — The Malabar Pied Horn bill.
Blanford, No. 1052 ; Jerdon, No. 141.
This bird is by no means common, but is locally distributed in forest
land at the foot of the hills. The Museum possesses only one specimen
shot about nine miles from Trevandrum.
(166) Lophoceros griseus. — The Malabar Grey Hornbill.
Blanford, No. 1063 ; Jerdon, No. 145.
This Hornbill is said by Blanford not to ascend the hills of South-
ern India above about 3,000 feet. It is commonest at this elevation,
especially on the Cardamom Hills, but I have shot it at over 5,000 feet
on the High Range and at 4,000 feet at Chimanji in South Travancore.
Sub-order Upup,e.
Family Upiqndce.
(167) Upupa indica. — The Indian Hoopoe.
Blanford, No. 1067 ; Jerdon, No. 255.
The Hoopoe is commonest in the drier regions of the south in the
low country. During the hot weather about March it may be found
in the hills even ascending the High Range.
THE BIRDS OF TRAVANCORE. 661
Order MACROCHIRES.
Sub-order Cypseli.
Family Cypselidce.
Sub-family Cypselince.
(168) Cypselus melba. — The Alpine Swift.
Blanford, No. 1068 ; Jerdon, No. 98.
1 have only shot these birds on the High Range, where they may be
seen in numbers hawking insects through the smoke wherever the grass
is being burnt.
(169) Cypselus affinis. — The Common Indian Swift.
Blanford, No. 1073 ; Jerdon, No. 100.
I have not come across this Swift myself, but my collectors found a
colony breeding in January 1903 in the registrar's office in North Parur
in North Travancore. They are looked upon as sacred, and permission
had to be obtained to take specimens with their nests and eggs.
(170) Tachornis batassiensis. — The Palm-Swift.
Blanford, No. 1075 ; Jerdon, No. 102.
This little Swift is very abundant in South Travancore, where the fan-
palm takes the place of the cocoanut. A few may be met with about
Trevandrum also. They utter a feeble twittering sound when on the
wing.
" They breed from February to June. I have had the eggs brought
to me more than once. They are pure white and decidedly pointed,
being, like allegga belonging to this genus, semi-transparent.— T. F. B."
(171) Ch-Etura indica. — The Brown-necked Spine-tail.
Blanford, No. 1078 ; Jerdon, No. 96.
This fine Swift is not uncommon on the hills, where, however, they are
more often heard than seen, as their flight is so swift that you hear only
a rushing sound ordinarily, but at times they seem to play and the flight
is then moderated. I only once got a really good chance of getting
specimens in March 1903 ; I found them in numbers playing in this way
in open ground at Chimanji at an elevation of 4,000 feet and was able
to secure several.
" Breeds in April and May as I observed one of them flying with a
straw in its mouth at the beginning of the former month, but whether it
breeds within Travancore or not I do not know as their power of flight
is so enormous. It seems however probable. — T. F. B."
662 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
(172) Collocalia fuciphaga — The Indian Edible-nest Swiftlet.
Stanford, No. 1081 ; Jerdon, No. 103.
Common on the hills, where it is a resident. " Breeds abundantly
throughout the hills of Travancore, sometimes in small colonies of four
or five pairs and sometimes in larger colonies of as many hundreds. The
nest is formed of moss stuck together with a gelatinous substance which
often covers the whole of the interior of the nest, and with which it is
securely attached to the rock. They are often so thickly placed together
that it is very difficult to detach one of them without bringing away two
or three others. The largest breeding place I know of is a cave situated
at the base of a grass ridge at an elevation of about 2,300 feet in South
Travancore. The greater number of the nests there when I visited it
in March contained two pointed oval white eggs."
(173) Macropteryx coronata. — The Indian Crested Swift.
Blanford, No. 1086 ; Jerdon, No. 104.
This Swift is by no means common ; the Museum contains a few
specimens without locality, and I have only once had one brought to mo
by my collector.
(174) Caprimulgus asiaticus. — The Common Indian Nightjar.
Blanford, No. 1091 ; Jerdon, No. 112.
The Common Indian Nightjar, or Ice-bird, is very common in the low
country throughout Travancore.
(175) Caprimtjlgus macrurus. — Horsfield's Nightjar.
Blanford, No. 1093 ; Jerdon, No. 111.
I have only received two specimens of this bird, which were both shot
on the High Range. I do not think it occurs in South Travancore.
(176) Caprimtjlgus indicus. — The Jungle Nightjar.
Blanford, No. 1095; Jerdon, Aro. 107*108.
Mr. F. W. Bourdillon describes this Nightjar as " a winter visitor,
occurring rather abundantly from November to March and preferring
open grass land at the edge of forest." I think this is incorrect as
regards the whole range. It is a winter visitor to the lower slopes of
the hills, not during May, and later it is to be found on the High Range,
and as in Ceylon, as described by Colonel Legge, " it appears to leave
these high regions for warmer districts during the cold nights of the
opposite season."
" The nest of this very common bird, if it deserves the name, is merely
a depression in the ground with possibly a few feathers to form a lining;
THE BIRDS OF TRAVANCORE. G63
here it lays two eggs of a beautiful salmon colour indistinctly blotched
and streaked with grey and darker salmon. The eggs are peculiarly
cylindrical, either end baing top or bottom. The breeding season extends
from January to March.
The average of several eggs is l'l X *8. — T. F. B."
(177) Lyncornis cerviniceps. — The Great-eared Nightjar.
Blanford, No. 1096 ; Hume, No. 114 ter.
This fine Nightjar is not uncommon about the foot of the hills in
forest usually near water. They come out shortly after sunset and may
be seen in flocks hawking.
Sub-order Podargi.
Family Podargidce.
(178) Batrachostomus moniliger.— The Ceylonese Frogmouth.
Blanford, No. 1099 ; Jerdon, No. 105.
This is a difficult bird to obtain as it is entirely nocturnal and frequents
dense jungle. There is only one specimen in the Museum.
" It breeds at elevations of 2,000 — 3,000 feet from January to the end
of February. My brother is the only person who has ever succeeded
in getting the nest of this very extraordinary bird with the young bird,
but since then I have picked up the curious pad which forms the nest,
though I should never have known what it was without seeing the other.
The first nest was taken on 24th February and contained a young bird
of about ten days' old. Beneath the tree, which was a small sapling,
were the remains of a white egg, evidently belonging to the above-men-
tioned nest. The latter was placed in a fork about 12 feet from the
ground, and was an almost flat pad 3 inches in diameter, by nearly an
inch in thickness, composed of a sort of felt which was really the bird's
down combined with moss, leaves, and small twigs. — T. F. B."
Order TROGONES.
Family Trogonid^e.
(179) Hy\RPACTES farciatus. — The Malabar Trogon.
Blanford, No. 1100 ; Jerdon, No. 115.
Not uncommon in heavy forest from 1,000 feet upwards. A solitary
bird whose presence is often advertised by the low mewing sound it
utters.
" It is very shy and retiring, keeping entirely to thick jungle, and
owing to this habit its nest and eggs are very rarely met wittu I
664 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
found one in March at an elevation of 2,100 feet at the edge of a thick
jungle. It was placed at the top of a stump about 6 feet from the
ground, and consisted simply of a few chips of rotten wood at the bottom
of a hollow four inches deep which the bird had dug out of the stump.
Here there lay two white eggs with the very slightest tinge of coffee
colour, very glossy and round — indeed they in all respects resembled
balls of rather old ivory. The eggs were 1*075 X '83 T w n „
1*0 X -92
Order COCCYGES.
Family Cuculim:.
Sub-family Cuculince.
(180) Cuculus canorus. — The Cuckoo.
Blanford, No. 1104; Jerdon, No. 199.
A rare winter visitor. The Museum has one specimen, shot in
Trevandrum in February 1893.
(181) Cuculus micropterus. — The Indian Cuckoo.
Blanford, No. 1107 ; Jerdon, No. 203.
The Museum contains two specimens only of this Cuckoo, both shot
in the low country, one in February and one in May. I have never
met with it in the hills. It frequents forest, and its loud cry may be
heard in April and May, especially towards dusk.
(182) Hierococcyx varius. — The Common Hawk-Cuckoo.
Blanford, No. 1109 ; Jerdon, No. 205.
This is a very common bird in the low country and about the foot
of the hills. I have only once seen one at 2,000 feet elevation ; it
usually keeps to the lower slopes. It is a resident and throughout the
hot weather (March to May) its exasperating cry may be heard by night
as well as by day. In Travancore it goes by the name of the Brain-
fever bird.
(183). Cacomantis Passerinus. — The Indian Plaintive Cuckoo.
Blanford, No. 1112; Jerdon, No. 208.
The Museum possesses only two specimens of this Cuckoo, both shot in
April in forest in the low country. I know nothing of its habits.
(184) Penthoceryx sonnerati. — The Banded Bay Cuckoo.
Blanford, No. 1114 ; Jerdon, No. 202.
This bird is said to be common in the forests near the Malabar Coast.
This does not apply to Travancore, where it is decidedly rare.
THE BIRDS OF TRAVANCORE. 665
(185) Surniculus lugubris. — The Drongo Cuckoo.
Blanford, No. 1117 ; Jerdon, No. 210.
The Drongo Cuckoo is not uncommon in the low country in South
Travancore, where it may be found in open forest land. I believe it is a
resident.
(186) Coccystbs jacobinus. — The Pied Crested Cuckoo.
Blanford, No. 1118; Jerdon, No. 212.
This fine Cuckoo is a resident and is fairly common in the low
country, more especially in the extreme south, frequenting low scrub
and open country where there are bushes. It is usually found singly.
(187) Coccystes coromandus.— The Red-winged Crested Cuckoo.
Blanford, No. 1119 ; Jerdon, No. 213.
This bird is a rare visitor to the hills in winter. The Museum possesses
two specimens, shot at 2,500 and 4,000 feet respectively, in South
Travancore.
Sub-family Phoenicophaince.
(188) Eudynamis honorata. — The Indian Koel.
Blanford, No. 1120 ; Jerdon, No. 21-1.
The Koel is not a very common bird in Travancore. It is resident and
may be found occasionally in the hills as well as in the low country.
(189) Rhopodytes viridirostris. — The Small Green-billed Malkoha.
Blanford, No. 1122 ; Jerdon, No. 216.
Not uncommon about the foot of the hills in open forest. It is said
not to ascend the hills, but I have shot it at Pirmerd at 3,000 feet
elevation.
(190) Taccocua leschenaulti. — The Sirkeer Cuckoo.
Blanford, No. 1129 ; Jerdon, No. 219.
This is a rare bird. The Museum has only one specimen, taken in the
low country.
(191) CENTROrus sinensis.— The Common Coucal or ('row-
Pheasant.
Blanford, No. 1130; Jerdon, No. 217.
Very abundant in the low country and about the foot of (he hills.
Travancore birds have the inter-scupulars black.
Mr. Bourdillon writes that he has had the eggs of this bird brought
to him in June and in August, but has not taken the nest l.imself.
17
666 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol XV.
(102) Centeopus bbngalbnsis. — The Lesser Coucal.
Blanford, No. 1133 ; Jerdon, No. 218.
Not uncommon in the hills, where it frequents grass land.
Order PSITTACI.
(103) Pal.eornis torquatus. — The Rose-ringed Paroquet.
Blanford, No. 1138 ; Jerdon, No. 118.
Very common throughout the low country. Breeds in February
and March.
(104) Pal^ornis cyanocephalus. — The Western Blossom-headed
Paroquet.
Blanford, No. 1130 ; Jerdon, No. 140.
(loinnion in the low country wherever there is forest, and also at the
foot of the hills, which it does not ascend. Breeds in March.
(105) Pal/Eornis columboides. — The Blue- winged. Parcquot.
Blanford, No. 1143 ; Jerdon, No. 151.
(iommon on the hills not ascending above 3,000 feet in the soul],
but found at 5,000 feet elevation on the High Range. " Towards the
end of the year shrieking flocks of paroquets, which abound at ele-
vations of 1,500 to 3,000 feet, pair off and begin to select sites for their
future homes. The site chosen is invariably a hole in a tree, usually
the Iron-wood tree ( Mesua ferrea) at a height of from 16 — 100 feet
from the ground. Here the eggs, usually four in number ; are deposited
in January or the beginning of February. The eggs are pure white,
rather rough and decidedly thick for their size. There is no attempt
at a nost, the eggs being simply laid on the bare wood, which may
sometimes be a little smoothed for their reception, and the same hole is
frequently used again. The average of seven eggs is 1*08 X'88.
— T. F. B. "
(100) Loriculis vernalis.— The Indian Loriquet.
Blanford, No. 1150 ; Jerdon, No. 153.
Common on the hills, descending to lower elevations than the last.
Breeds in March and April.
" One nest I found was at the top of a hollow stump over which a
creeper was growing, which formed a sort of cover. It was about 15
foot from the ground and contained throe very hard sot eo-os, white and
not glossy. This was at an elevation cf 2,000 foot. Tie eggs averaged
"73 X •58-7'. F. /J."
THE BIRDS OF TRAVANCORE.
Order STRIGES.
Family Strigid/e.
(197) Strix PLAMMEA. — The Barn-owl or Screech-owl.
Blanford, No. 1152 ; Jerdon, No. 60.
The Barn-owl is found occasionally in the low country about human
habitations. It breeds in December and January.
Family Asionid^;.
Sub-family Asionince.
(198) Ario accipitrinus. — The Short-eared Owl.
Blanford, No. 1157 ; Jerdon, No. 08.
I have never come across this bird. Mr. F. W. Bourdillon shot a
single specimen " while hawking at mid-day in bright sunshine at 4,000
feet elevation in the end of December."
(199) Syrnium ocellatum. — The Mottled Wood-owl.
Blanford, No. 1161 ; Jerdon, No. G5.
Two specimens were shot by my collectors at Perumbalam, an island
in the Verubanad lake, in January 1903. The contents of their stomachs
consisted of crabs and beetles. It is fairly common from Arukkutty
to Vycome. Eggs of this bird were brought to Mr. Bourdillon by the
hillmen in June.
Sub-Family Buhoninoe.
(200). Ketupa zeylonensis. — The Brown Fish-owl.
Blanford, No. 11G4 ; Jerdon, No. 72.
Common in forest land in the low country near the sea coast. Breeds
in March and April. The Public Gardens possess specimens that, have
been ten years in captivity.
(201). Huhua nepalensis. — The Forest Eagle-owl.
Blanford, No. 1170 ; Jerdon, No. 71.
This grand bird is not common. Two specimens, taken alive in the
low country in forest, lived for some years in the Public Gardens.
Another was shot on the High Range and presented to the Museum.
(202). Scops bakkamcena. — The Collared Scops-owl.
Blanford, No. 1178 ; Jerdon, No. 75.
A very common bird throughout the low country. It does not
ascend the hills.
6158 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
(203) Athene beama. — The Spotted Owlet.
Blanford, No. 1180 ; Jerdon, No. 76.
Another very common bird in the low country, especially so at Cape
Comorin, where numbers may be mat with in the old ruins of the for-
tified " Travancore Lines." Breeds in March and April. It does not
ascend the hills. Eggs taken by hilhnen were brought to Mr. Bour-
dillon in April. They measure l£xl&.
(201) Glaucidium kadiatum. — The Jungle Owlet.
Blanford, No. 1181 ; Jerdon, ATo. 11.
This owlet is common both in the low country and the lower slopes
of the hills, sometimes ascending them as high as 2,500 feet. It breeds
in April.
(205) Ninos scutulata.— The Brown Hawk-owl.
Blanford, No. 1187 ; Jerdon, No. 81.
Not uncommon in the hills at about 2,000 to 2,500 feet elevation.
Occurs also in forest land in the low country. Its cry is a sort of
double hoot. This can be easily imitated, and the birds will answer and
be attracted by calling them in this way. Eggs of this bird were
brought to Mr. Bourdillon by the hillmen in February. They measure
If X H.
Oedek ACCIPITRES.
Family Pandionid.e.
(206) Pandion hali^tus. — The Osprey.
Blanford, No. 1189 ; Jerdon, No. 40.
A cold weather visitor to the lakes near the coast, where specimens
may not uncommonly be seen dropping into the water from time to time,
causing a great commotion.
Family Vulturid^e.
(207) Otogyps calvus. — The Black Vulture or Pondicherry Vulture.
Blanford, JSo. 1191 ; Jerdon, No. 2.
A single specimen of this fine vulture was sent to me alive from
Colasagram, a locality close to the hills in South Travancore.
(208) Gyps indicus. — The Indian Long-billed Vulture.
Blanford, No. 1194 ; Jerdon, No. 4.
This is apparently a rare bird ; a live specimen was brought from
Nagercoil, and this is the only locality where it has been obtained in
Travancore.
THE BIRDS OF TRAVANCORE. 669
(209) Pseudogyps bbngalensis — Tho Indian White-backed
Vulture.
Blanford, No. 1196 ; Jerdon, No. 5.
This is the only vulture that is common in Travancore, where it may
be found both in the low country and on the hills.
" Breeds in colonies, building its nest, a huge pile of sticks, in trees,
and often at no great height from the ground. A colony of these birds
used to build regularly every year in a bit of forest adjoining Oliver's
estate in the Ashamboo hills in South Travancore, but since the forest
has been cleared for Goffee they have entirely deserted it. The breeding-
season in Travancore is from February to April.' — T. F. B."
(210) Neophron ginginianus. — The Smaller White Scavenger
Vulture.
Blanford, No. 1197 : Jerdon, No. 6.
I have only met with this bird in the dry district in the extreme south
where it is common about Nagercoil.
Family Falconhle.
Sub-family Falconince.
(211) Hier.etus pennatus. — The Booted Eagle.
Blanford, No. 1208 ; Jerdon, No. 31.
An occasional winter visitor. The Museum possesses only one
specimen, shot in Trevandrum in February.
(212) Lophotriorchis kienerl — The Rufous-bellied Hawk Eagle.
Blanford, No. 1209 ; Jerdon, No. 37.
A rare bird. Mr. F. W. Bourdillon had one given to him by a friend
who shot it at an elevation of 2,200 feet while in the act of swooping at
a chicken. Mr. Bourdillon further says: — "Not long after obtaining
this specimen an eagle flew past me, while I was riding, which, from its
deep chestnut-coloured belly, I have no doubt belonged to this same
species."
I shot one at the foot of the hills in South Travancore in April 1901.
(213) Ictin^tus malayensis. — The Black Eagle.
Blanford, No. 1210 ; Jerdon, No. 32.
A fairly common bird and resident. It may be seen soaring just
above the tops of the trees from 500 feet elevation upwards through-
out the hills extending to the High Range. " Breeds on cliffs at eleva-
tion of 2,000 feet and upwards. I once found the nest of these birds on
the ledge of a cliff of no very great height, but the nest was in such a
070 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
position that, though I got very near it, I was unable quite to reach it..
The birds breed in January and February, and lay from one to three
eggs, which are greyish white, sometimes sparingly, sometimes profusely r
blotched and mottled with brownish red.
The eggs average 2*6 X 1'95 inches.— T.F.B."
(214) Spiz^tus cirrhatus.— The Crested Hawk Eagle.
Blanford, No. 1211 ; Jerdon, No. 35.
Common in the low country, less so on the hills. It is very destruc-
tive to poultry, a? it takes its station on the top of a high tree, and day
after day, unless hunted away, will swoop down and carry off a fowl.
Breeds in March.
(215) Spiz^tus kelaarti. — Legge's Hawk Eagle.
Blanford, No. 1214.
Found only on the hills, and that rarely. I have never shot one, but
Mr. Bourdillon got two specimens at 2,500 feet elevation.
(216) Spilornis cheela. — The Crested Serpent Eagle.
Blanford, No. 1217 ; Jerdon, No. 39.
Fairly common in the low country and also on the hills. Two have
lived in captivity in the Public Gardens in Trevandrum for some years.
They feed readily on raw meat.
(217) Btjtastur teesa. — The White-Eyed Buzzard-Eagle.
Blanford, No. 1220 ; Jerdon, No. 39.
This bird is said to be rare in Southern India. This is not so as
regards South Travancore, where it is not uncommon in the low country
but does not ascend the hills.
(218) Haliastur indus. — The Brahminy Kite.
Blanford, No. 1228 ; Jerdon, No. 55.
Common all over the low country and occasionally found in the
hills during the hot season. Breeds in January and February.
(219) Milvus govinda. — The Common Pariah Kite.
Blanford, No. 1229 ; Jerdon, No. 56.
Abundant in the low country and common in the hills during the
hot season. Breeds usually during February and March.
(220) Elanus CiftRULEUS. — The Black-winged Kite.
Blanford, No. 1232 ; Jerdon, No. 59.
I believe this to be only a winter visitor. One specimen was shot in
Trevandrum in March. Another I saw in open grass land at Sastam-
THE BIRDS OF TRAVANCORE. 071
cotta in the low country near Quilon. also in March. It was hovering
like a Kestril, stooped and came feet foremost to the ground. I shot it
as it rose and found a lizard in its claws.
(221) Circus macrurus. — The Pale Harrier.
Stanford, No. 1233 ; Jerdon, No. 51.
A winter visitor both to the low country and the hills from November
to February. I have shot it in paddy fields round Trevandrum and in
grass land on the High Range at 6,000 feet.
(222) Circus cineraceus. — Montagu's Harrier.
Blanford, No. 1234 ; Jerdon, No. 52.
Like the last, Montagu's Harrier may be found in winter both in the
hills and on the plains. It arrives however about a month later.
(223) Circus melanoleucus. — The Pied Harrier.
Blanford, No. 1236 ; Jerdon, No. 53.
This is an occasional visitor and not so common as the last two. It
frequents the low country as well as the hills. It stays later than they
do as I have seen specimens in the beginning of April.
(221) Circus ^ruginosus.— The Marsh Harrier.
Blanford, No. 1237 ; Jerdon, No. 54.
This is the commonest of the Harriers, and like the rest a winter visitor.
It frequents paddy fields in the low country from October to April, but
docs not ascend the hills.
(225) Buteo desertorum. — The Common Buzzard.
Blanford, No. 1241 ; Jerdon, No. 47.
I have often seen these birds on the grass land at Ponmudi, but the
Museum possesses no specimen. Mr. F. W. Bourdillon says of it: —
" A winter visitor, seems to be not uncommon during December, January
and February, preferring high open country, where two or three may ho
soon steadily quartering the ground and occasionally .pouncing on seme
mouse or lizard. I have seen them perch both on trees and on stones,
and once saw one as low as 2,000 feet elevation, where it was beating
backwards and forwards over a field of young coffee."
(226) Astur badius.— The Shikar.
Blanford, No. 1244 ; Jerdon, No. 23.
A resident, and very common in the low country and at the foot of
the hills. It occasionally ascends them, but only where there is open
land. " Breeds profusely in the plains from March to June, in this
respect differing from other birds of prey which have finished breeding
672 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
long ere this. The nest is always placed on a tree and contains from
three to four eggs, pale bluish-white without any markings and of that
peculiar roughish texture seen in the eggs of goshawks and sparrow-
hawks. The average of four eggs is 1*6 X 1*24.— T. F. B."
(227) Lophospizias trivirgatus. — The Crested Goshawk.
Blanford, No. 1246 ; Jerdon, No. 22.
This fine hawk, though resident, is by no means common. It keeps
to the forest-clad hills and is seldom seen away from them. "It breeds
in our forests at elevations of 1,500 to 2,000 feet above sea-level. I have
twice taken their nests. On the first occasion I observed a bird fly off
a nest about 30 feet from the ground, and as I had no cooly with me
and the tree was not a difficult one I went up to the nest myself. The
nest was a frame-work of sticks, larger at the bottom and gradually
decreasing in size, with a lining of leaves, the last additions, which were
those of the Iron-wood tree (Mesuaferrea), being quite fresh. It mea-
sured 18 inches in diameter and contained two slightly set eggs. These
were of a rough texture, and when held up to the light seemed to have
a slightly greenish tinge. The ground colour was white and they had
a few very slight brown marks, but as a rule seemed like magnified
specimens of Butastur teesa. This was in March. The second nest
which I found in April, contained a couple of young birds, and it is to
ba noted that the colour of their eyes was a fine dark brown, contrasting
with those of adult birds, which are bright yellow. — T. F. B.,f
(228) AcciriTER nisus. — The Sparrow-Hawk.
Blanford, No. 1247; Jerdon, No. 24.
I have not come across this bird myself, nor is there a specimen in
the Museum. It is a rare winter visitor, as Mr. F. W. Bourdillon
secured only one on the hills, which was a nearly adult female.
(229) Pernis cristatus. — The Crested Honey-Buzzard.
Blanford, No. 1249 ; Jerdon, No. 57.
This I should say is also a rare winter visitor. I secured a single speci-
men at Pirmerd near the Peryaar dam in January 1901.
(230) Falco peregrinus. — The Peregrine Falcon.
Blanford, No. 1254; Jerdon, No. 8.
My collectors secured a single specimen on the backwaters of North
Travancore in December 1903, and saw a second also near the backwater
at Qui Ion.
THE BIRDS OF TRA VANCORE. 673
(231) Falco peregrinator. — The Shahin Falcon.
Stanford, No. 1255; Jenlon, No. 9.
A single specimen of this fine falcon was shot by Mr. Walch in
Trevandrum in November 1893, and sent to the Museum.
(232) Falco severus. — The Indian Hobby.
Blanford, No. 1261; Jerdon, No. 14.
The Hobby may be S8en on the hills and occasionally in the low
country in the cold season. Mr. F. W. Bourdillon says of it : — " A winter
visitor, though (without having taken a nest) I have reason to think it
breeds here." Mr. T. F. Bourdillon writes:—" Though I have never
taken the eggs, I have little doubt that the Indian Hobby breeds with us.
A pair of birds one year frequented a piece of forest on a very steep slope,
and though I was unable to find the nest at the time, I afterwards found
what I believe was their nest on a tree overhanging a precipice. The
breeding season, as with nearly all birds of prey, is early, and probably
extends from January to March."
(233) Tinnunculus alaudarius. — The Kestrel.
Blanford, No. 1265 ; Jerdon, No. 17.
A common winter visitor to the hills. " On one occasion I noticed a
pair of old birds feeding their young in a nest perched on the ledge of
an inaccessible rock at the elevation of 2,800 feet during the month of
April, and since then I have satisfied myself that the birds do breed with
us by the energy with which I have seen them driving away other birds
of prey from the neighbourhood of their breeding places. — T. F. B."
(To be continued.)
18
674
NOTES ON SOME OF THE PLANTS INTRODUCED
INTO THE VICTORIA GARDENS, BOMBAY,
DURING THE PAST 8 YEARS.
By Cavasji D. Mahaluxmivala.
Pakt IV.
(Read before the Natural History Society of Bombay on
16th June 1904.)
51. Gerbera Jamesoni,* Bolus (Composite). — The Barberton or
Transvaal Daisy. It is a dwarf herbaceous perennial native of the
temperate or mountainous regions of South Africa. The leaves are
large, radical, leathery, dark green, arranged in a rosette, runcinately
pin natifid and toothed. The flower heads are solitary, on a long naked
and partially nodding stalk, resembling annual chrysanthemums in size
and shape. The ray florets are dull yellow beneath and bright orange
or flame coloured above. It has been flowering irregularly throughout
the year, being found in flower in January, March, July, &c. The
plant was purchased in January 1898 from the Agri-Horticultural
Society of India, Calcutta, and thrives well in the conservatory, but
not so well in the open border, as it cannot, bear direct exposure to the
sun, especially in the hot weather. It can be propagated from seeds and
by side-shoots, but is found difficult to propagate as it does not seed or
very scantily, and the side shoots are very few and produced at very
long intervals.
52. Wormia Burbidgei t Hook. f. (DilleniacEjE). — It is said
to be a tree of Borneo, but the plant I have lately got appears to be
a shrub, is not more than a foot high and has already flowered. The
leaves are large, elliptic, the base of the leaves running down to the
winged petiole which clasps the stem at the base. The flowers are pale
golden yellow, about 3 inches in diameter, with white stamens in many
series. It is said to be propagated from seeds and with some difficulty
from cuttings, but the plant in the gardens is yet too small for pro-
pagation. It was received in exchange from the Superintendent, Royal
Botanic Gardens, Calcutta, in February 1903, and has produced a few
flowers in June and July.
* The genus is named in honour of Mr, Gerber, a German naturalist, and the specific name
after Mr. R. Jameson who is said to have discovered the variety in Transvaal, near
Barberton, in 1887.
t The genus is named after Olaus Wormius, a famous Danish philosopher and naturalist,
and the specific name after Burbidge.
PLANTS INTRODUCED INTO THE VICTORIA GARDENS. 675
53. Tinnea yETHioPiCA,* Kotschy (Labiat^e).— It is a hoary
shrub of tropical Africa, growing to a height of about 6 feet. The leaves
are small, opposite, petioled, ovate, narrowed at the base, and emarginate
and mucronate. The flowers are copiously produced, axillary, fragrant,
the scent being almost like that of violets ; calyx large, two-lipped,
covering the tube of the corolla ; corolla also two-lipped, and of a dark
maroon-purple colour. The fruit consists of four separate winged nutlets
closed in the enlarged and inflated calyx. It can be easily propagated
from seeds or by cuttings, by which latter method the plant has been
easily propagated here. It was purchased from the Government Agri-
Horticultural Gardens, Lucknow, in January 1900, and seems to do well
here, flowering occasionally in the rains and throughout the cold season.
54. Acacia HoustoniI (Leguminos^e). — It is an ornamental
shrub, native of Mexico, growing to a height of about 7 or 8 feet. The
leaves are handsome, bipinuate with the small narrow leaflets set like
the teeth of a comb. The crimson flowers of the bottle-brush form are
produced in globose heads during the rains and in the cold weather;
the calyx and corolla are hairy, light brown, but the petals are perfectly
white inside, forming a conspicuous background to the numerous, long,
rosy-purple stamens. The plant does not seed here and is propagated
by gooties only. It was purchased from the Agri-Horticultural Society
of India, Calcutta, in January 1898, and seems to thrive well in Bombay.
55. Calliandra h^matocephala,J Hassk. (LegtjminosjE).-— The
habitat of this shrub is uncertain, but it is probably a native of tropical
America. The leaves are bipinnate with seven to ten pairs of small
opposite pinnules. It bears in the cold season numerous heads of lovely
blood-red bottle-brush like flowers composed chiefly of the numerous,
radiating, blood-red stamens. It is said to seed sparingly, and has not
seeded here yet, but has been propagated by cuttings and gooties. The
plant was purchased from a local nursery in Bombay in March 1901, and
seems to thrive well. This plant bears a great resemblance in habit,
&c, to Acacia Houstoni described above.
* The genus is named after Mdlle. Tinne', a Nile voyager, ard the specific name means
African.
t The generic name is derived from acus, a needle, on account of many of the species
being furnished with spines, though the plant described here is unarmed, and the specific
name after Houston.
J The generic name is derived from hallos, beauty, and andro?, a stamen, referring to
the elegant long silky stamens, and the specific name means " bloody-headed " in referenc-3
to the colour of the stumen&j which are the most conspicuous part of the flower.
676 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
56. Acacia auriculifoemis * (Leguminos^). — A rapid growing
tree, native of Australia. It is very ornamental with its shiny scimitar-
shaped leaves 6" X 1", and sweet scented small yellow flowers in terminal
spikes. It can be readily propagated from seeds. Plants were raised
from seeds presented by the Superintendent, Agri-Horticultural Society,
Madras, in May 1898, and seem to do well here, flowering during the
rainy season.
57. Brunfelsia latifolia,! Benth. (Scrophulariace^).— It is an
elegant perennial shrub about 3 feet high, native of Brazil, much resemb-
ling in habit but not so free-flowering as B. Americana, which is a taller
shrub, producing throughout the year yellowish flowers afterwards turn-
ing white. The leaves are alternate, about 3" X 1", of a refreshing
green colour. The flowers produced throughout the rains and the cold
weather are terminal, salver shaped, about 1^" in diameter, fragrant,
purple coloured at first with a distinct white eye, turning lilac later on.
It has been propagated by layers or gooties. The plant was purchased
from the Government Agri- Horticultural Gardens, Lucknow, in Janu-
ary 1900, and thrives well here, flowering twice a year, in the rains and
again in the cold weather.
58. Solidago CANADENSIS,} L. (Composite). — Canadian Golden
Rod. It is a North American hardy perennial herb, commonly grown
in English shrubberies and reputed to possess vulnerary qualities.
The leaves are alternate, lanceolate, acuminate, sharply toothed, downy
beneath and rough above. The flower heads are very small, one-sided,
in numerous crowded terminal panicles of short, bright yellow florets.
It is easily propagated by division, as it spreads very rapidly where
planted, and is required to be kept in check if planted in a mixed border.
The plant was purchased from the Agri-Horticultural Society of India,
Calcutta, in February 1898, and thrives well here, flowering almost
throughout the year. It is a straggling plant, growing rapidly in the
rainy season with tall branches. The growth, however, gradually
becomes dwarfer during the cold season, and it takes a short rest in
the hot weather before starting again into growth.
* The generic name is derived from acus, a needle, on account of many of the species being
furnished with spines, though the plant described here is unarmed, and the specific name
means " ear-lap-shaped " probably from the form of the leaves.
+ The genus is named after Otto Brunfels, a physician of Men tz, and the specific name
means " broad leaved,"
J The generic name is derived from Latin Solido, to join or make who'e, alluding to its
reputed vulnerary qualities, and the specific Dame means " Canadian, " from its native
habitat.
PLANTS INTRODUCED INTO THE VICTORIA GARDENS. 6?
59. Panax Balfourii* (Araliace^e). — It is an elegant though
rather stiff' looking plant of dwarf growth, native of New Caledonia,
ornamental on account of its large orbicular, variegated leaves, scalloped
and serrated at the edge, light green, blotched and margined with
creamy white. It has been propagated by gooties and cuttings. The
plant was received in exchange from the Superintendent, State Gardens,
Baroda, in November 1901, and seems to do well here.
60. Kopsia FRUTicoSAf, A. Be. — (Syn. Cerbera fruticosa),
(Apocynace^). — It is a large spreading evergreen shrub, native of
India and Malay Peninsula. The leaves are opposite, ^'xH"? elliptic,
narrowed into a very short petiole, shining green above, paler beneath
and thinly coriaceous. The flowers are handsome, salver-shaped, light
pink at first with a distinct red eye, turning white later on, resembling
very much those of Vinca rosea. It has been propagated by layers or
gooties. The plant was purchased from the Agri-Horticultural Society
of India, Calcutta, in January 1898, and seems to do well here.
61. Nandina domestical Thb. (Berberide.e). — Sacred Bamboo of
China. A very handsome, compact, many stemmed, erect, evergreen shrub
of China and Japan, growing to a height of about 7 feet. The foliage,
which is very ornamental and graceful, is decompound with sheathing
petioles at the base, and each of the several branches consisting of 6 pairs
of leaves which are often trifoliate. It is very useful for decoration, and
makes a good substitute for ferns when the latter are not available. The
flowers are said to be white with yellow anthers, of no great beauty,
borue on upright branching spikes, and its bright scarlet berries, contrast-
ing with the dark shining leaves, are said to add much to the beauty of
the plant at fruiting time ; but the plant has not yet flowered or fruited
here. It can be propagated by division or by cuttings. The plant was
purchased from the Government Agri -Horticultural Gardens, Lucknow,
in January 1900, the one obtained in August 1899 from the Calcutta
Agri-Horticultural Society of India having been lost, and is doing well
here. It forms a good specimen on a lawn and is suitable for vases also.
* The generic name is derived from an old Greek name used by Theophrastus and akia
to panakes, a panacea or remedy for all complaints, applied to the genus in reference to
the stimulant drug, GHnseog. derived from one or two species of it ; and tbe specific name
is after Balfour,
f The genus is named after Jan Kops, Professor in TJtrecbt, and the specific name
means " sbrubby."
J The name is derived from Nandin, the vernacular name of the fchrub in Japan, and the
specific name means "domestic."
678 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
62. Habenaria Susanna,* R. Br. (Orchide.e). — A very handsome,
tall, herbaceous, terrestrial orchid, native of India and China. The leaves
are large, ovate-oblong, 9" X 4" with sheathing bases, imbricating
(overlapping) up to the flowers. Stems about 4 feet high. The flowers
are large in 3 to 5 flowered racemes, white, fragrant, with a long
spur and the side lobes of the lip very broad and pectinate (comb-
like). The plant was received in exchange from the garden of the
College of Science, Poona, through Professor Page, in July 1899,
and some more afterwards from the Superintendent, Empress Gardens,
Poona, in August 1901, and from Lanouli through Mr. Ghaswalla.
The tubers start into growth at the beginning of the monsoons, and
after flowering at the end of the rains, they gradually dry down and are
at rest in the cold and hot seasons.
63. Ficus Paroelli,! Veitch (Urticace.e). — It is a large variegated
shrub of Polynesia. It is ornamental simply on account of its leaves
which are large, 8" X 5", hispid, oblique, oblong, acuminate, serrated,
bright green and irregularly blotched with ivory white, which give
the plant a striking appearance. It can be propagated by cuttings.
The plant was presented by the Superintendent, State Gardens, Baroda,
in December 1896, and thrives well here. This plant seems to be
grown in England as a decorative greenhouse shrub, but in South Africa
it is reported to be growing into a noble tree about 25 feet high. The
plants planted in the Victoria Gardens have not yet grown more than
about 6 feet high.
• The generic name is derived from habena, a thong or strap, on account of the long
strap-shaped spur, aad (he specific name after Susanna, probably from its Heb. meaning
of lily.
t The generic name is derived from the old Latin name akin to the Greek sfukon or suk&n,
a fig, and the specific name after Parcell.
679
TWO NOTORIOUS INSECT PESTS.
By R. S. Hole, I.F.S., F.C.H., F.L.S., F.E.S.,
Officiating Deputy Conservator of Forests,
With Plates A to E.
(Read before the Bombay Natural History Society
on 16th June 1904.)
1. So far as our knowledge at present extends, the two most
dangerous insect enemies of the famous teak tree, Tectona grandis, in
India and Burma are the two moths known, respectively, as Pyrausta
machceralis (^syn. Paliga damaste salts) and Hyblcea puera.
2. My attention was first attracted to the great damage wrought
by these insects in the teak forests of the Central Provinces in 1898,
and since then I have endeavoured to collect as much information as
possible about them and their way of life. The following notes have
been compiled, from observations made in the Damoh and Jubbul-
pore districts of the Central Provinces during the period 1898 — 1902.
Official woi'k and the necessity of being constantly in camp have
made it impossible for me either to devote as much time as I should
have liked to these insects and their attacks, or to breed and keep
under continual observation a sufficient number of specimens of each
species, which will, I trust, be accepted as to some extent explain-
ing the incompleteness of the notes and the imperfections of the
illustrations which accompany them. I venture, however, to put
them forward as they are, seeing that my recent transfer from the
teak region will make it impossible for me to correct or supplement
them for some time to come.
3. Both these insects have a wide distribution, being found wherever
teak forests occur in India and Burma. The climatic conditions
under which the insects live in different localities, therefore, vary con-
siderably, and the present notes, referring as they do to a very small
area, require comparison with the results of observations made in other
localities, before we can hope to compile a complete life-history of these
pests which will apply to all teak forests in India and Burma. This
note will, I hope, in a small way, aid the preparation of an account of
these pests which, when complete, should make it possible to adopt some
plan of action by means of which the teak may be, to some extent at all
events, protected from them.
G80 JOURNA L, BOMBA Y NA TURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
DESCRIPTION OF THE INSECT.
A. Pyrausta machoeralis —
4. Moth. — The type is described in Hampson's Moths, Vol. IV.,
r. 433. It is there noted that the hind wing has a erenulate postrnedial
line, bent outwards between veins 5 and 3, along which it is retracted.
In the large number of specimens examined by me I have been unable
to trace this line. Fig. I. represents the type as commonly found in
these forests.
5. Egg.— The eggs are small, round, greenish, gelatinous bodies
which are usually laid singly on the backs of the young teak leaves
close to a rib or small vein.
6. Larva. — The mature larva is elongate, its length (in decimals
of an inch) varying from 0*83 to 0'98 and its mid-diameter from 0*08
to 0*11. Segments are 14 in number including the head. Segments
2, 3 and 4 each carry a pair of true legs, and segments 7, 8, 9, 10 and
14 each carry a pair of prolegs. Colour of mature larva is sap-green
above and pale below with two yellow dorsal lines, these lines being
sometimes tinted with reddish-purple. Between these lines on each
segment, from the 5th to the 12th inclusive, are four yellow spots
bearing dark-purple marks. On the 3rd and 4th segments only two
such marks are conspicuous, while the 2nd has none, it being spotted
with minute black specks. On each side, below the yellow dorsal lines,
are light-coloured lateral marks tipped with purple, these being more
or less indistinct, except on segments 3 and 4, where they are con-
spicuous. The dorsal marks are generally crescent-shaped, the lateral
marks being on a line with the first pair of dorsal marks on each
segment. Head is yellow, and a few erect hairs are scattered over each
segment. Fig. II. shows the mature larva, seen from above. On
emerging from the egg, the larva measures ^th of an inch in length
and is active from the first. Its colour is then a dirty-white, which
gradually changes to pale-greeu. The purple markings are usually
not distinct until the larva is 5 or 6 days old, its colour then being
bright sap-green above and yellow below. The construction of
the cocoon usually occupies one day, and pupation takes place inside
the cocoon, two days after the larva has stopped feeding. During the
hibernating stage, however, the larva remains in the cocoon for 22
weeks, after which period pupation takes place as usual. Just before
each change of skin the larva becomes torpid and contracts in
Journ B omL sty Nsut. Hist. Soc Vol. XV.
Plate A.
FitflElaO
1
Fig III 0»
T
Fig-I- T
Fig.n.i
Pyraaista, TnacKoeTcLlis .
Fig. I. vnuzgo . Fig. F. lourva . Fig. M(cv)pupcb (bcudzJFig. Fllbj-pupcv (~fhowb)
Fig.vn. \
la) (h)
Fig. IV. 1
FirfV. i
Fig .VI. |
NOTORIOUS INSECT PESTS.
HylolstesL puera .
Fig.W.vmago. Fig .W (ol) shjowvng upper&id^ &l Fig. IV (b)
the* underside^ oftke wings .
Fig.V.lcwvco (dorsaL view)
fig .VLJmtvco [side view)
Fig. YlLpupcu (frorvb)
NxnternBros .L-hroino„Lonal.on
TWO NOTORIOUS INSECT PESTS. 681
"size. At the same time its colour fades and becomes pale. Just before
pupation the colour of the larva is a pale-yellow, the dark-purple
markings being then very distinct and characteristic.
7. Pupa. — Slender. Colour yellowish-brown, dark on back, pale
to white in front, with a few scattered bristles. On the top of the
head, between the eyes, are two small dark bristles. At the point of
the tail there is a minute hook, with two outwardly pointed branches.
Figs. III. (a), III. (b) represent, respectively, the back and front view
of the pupa. To determine the dimensions of the pupa, 51 normally-
developed specimens were measured, which showed that the length
varied from 0*52 to 043 of an inch and the mid-diameter from 0*09
to 0-13.
B. Hyblcea puera —
8. Moth. — The type is described in Hampson's Moths, Vol. II.-,
p. 371, and is represented in Fig. IV. Fig. IV (a) shows the upper side
and Fig. IV (b) the under side of the wings. The colouring and
markings, however, vary considerably from those of the type in different
specimens. From a number of moths collected by me in 1901, I selected
eleven which showed the greatest variations, and sent them to Mr.
De Niceville for opinion, pointing out that in minor details the colour-
ing of some specimens approached that of Hyblcea constellata. Mr.
De Niceville identified them all as Hybhva puera, remarking that " the
species is obviously a very variable one." The ground colour of the
thorax and forewing above is often ashy-grey and the forewing has
frequently more or less extensive greenish, or yellowish-white, diffused
patches on the upper side, which are triangular in shape when the
wings are closed. On the under side the costa and apex of the fore-
win g, the whole of the hind wing, as well as the abdomen below and
at the sides are sometimes suffused with crimson, wdiereas in the type,
the underside of the abdomen is pale-yellow shaded with brown.
9. Egg. — The eggs are striate, yellowish or greenish in colour,
oblong, with long diameter 0-05 of an inch. They are somewhat trans-
parent, and the dark head of the young larva can be distinctly seen
inside the egg, shortly before hatching. After hatching, the empty
egg-shells are colourless.
10. They are laid singly on the back of the young leaves, generally
in an angle between two veins, or where the lateral veins join the
midrib. The youngest leaves are usually selected for egg-laying, so
19
682 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. If.
that the young larva may have plenty of soft leaf tissue near at hand*
Fig. VIII. shows an egg on the back of a leaflet of Millingtonia
hortensis.
11. Larva. — On emerging from the egg, the larva is pale-reddish or
greenish -yellow in colour with a black head and dorsal black mark on
the first somite. It is then y^th of an inch long and is active from
the first. The colour of the dorsal surface gradually darkens and
becomes greyish-green, the under surface being paler, the head and
dorsal band on the first somite being jet black.
12. When about a week old, a change of skin takes place, after
which the appearance of the larva entirely changes, the colouring now
being practically that of the mature larva, which then remains but little
changed until the end of the larval existence. The general colour is
now dark purple-grey to black above and bright yellow to greyish-green
below. The larva taken as the type, in Hampson's Moths, is described
as follows : " With a few short hairs ; dark purple-grey above, olive-
green below, with dorsal and lateral white lines, a subdorsal series of
minute white dots and rings, a series of black dots on lateral line ; head
and first somite black." Fig. V. shows the dorsal view and Fig. VI.
the side view of the larva which appears to have been taken as the type.
13. A reference to the illustration (Fig. V.) will show that a pale, in-
distinct line runs along the centre of the back, which I will designate (a)
and that there are two clear white dorsal lines, one on each side
of the central line (a) which we will call (ce). Below these dorsal lines
there is a clear white lateral line, running along each side of the larva,
just above the junction of the upper grey and lower yellow colour as
shown in Fig. VI. These lateral lines may be called (dd). The spaces
between the central line (a) and dorsal lines (cc), which I will call (66),
are practically the same colour as that portion of the sides between the
lines (cc) and (dd). This upper part of the sides I have called (ee).
As might have been expected in the case of an insect the imago of
which is so variable, the colour of the larva also exhibits great variety*
These variations are most marked in the case of the central dorsal lino
(a) and the adjacent spaces (66). In some cases, line (a) instead of being
pale-grey or smoky is orange or flesh-coloured, the spaces (66) being well
marked and as dark as the upper part of the sides (ee). The flesh-
coloured or orange line, in other specimens, gets gradually wider until,
finally, it occupies the whole of the space covered by the central line
Journ..Bomt>a.y!Nat.Hjst. Soc.
Plate B
^
Fig.vm.
.."T«-:^.: s*.
mm
*rf*wJJi
(a
•"S*
Fig. IX. -i
lj J-
Fig.X.j
,.-:•'
Fig. XI. j Fig.xn.l
NOTORIOUS INSECT PESTS
Fig. TBI. Shows orv egg of Hyblaea, puera, orv bach/ ofov leaflet of Milling toni a.
Kortensis m angle/ between/ rn^axlte cctvd lateral/ vein, .
fig. IK. Shows first sign., of larval attack/ of Hybla.ea, puera orv leaflet of
Milling torn a. Kortensis. Thehu-weol/ olowrvflcLp contairvs a. srrvall lovrva/.
Fig s.X&^XI. Showing larval/ shelters of Hybla-ea. puera. orv leaflets of
Milling torn. a. Kortensis .
Fig. ML Showing mode- of attac/klnq the/ leaj/es 0/^" Milling tonia, Kortensis by
uirva, of Hybla,ea, puera. . Also ov larval shelter in^ which, pvupattorvtooh/ place,.
Mintern. Bros. lith. London .
TWO NOTORIOUS INSECT PESTS. 683
(a) and the adjoining spaces (bb), the orange colour then extending over
the middle of the dorsal surface as far as the white lines (cc) on either
side. The spaces (bb) may be as dark as the upper part of the sides (ee), or
they may be considerably paler, and their colour spreads transversely
along the junction of two adjacent segments, thus more or less in-
terrupting the central line (a). All the colours become pale shortly
before pupation, and it is often difficult to determine to what extent the
normal colouring has been modified by this approaching change.
14. I have by no means indicated all the variations of colour which
the larva may present, but the most constant and remarkable variations
•certainly appear to be with respect to the presence or absence of the
orange dorsal line and to the extent of the space occupied by it when
it is present ; and I particularly wish to emphasize the fact that there
appears to be a complete series of intermediate forms, uniting the two
extremes, in which the orange or flesh-coloured line is entirely absent
and in which this line occupies the whole of dorsal surface between the
white lines (cc), respectively.
15. The larva is shy and seldom exposes its whole body to view
voluntarily. It usually constructs for itself, among the leaves on which
it feeds, a shelter in which it lies during the day and in the neighbour-
hood of which it feeds at night. Consequently it is somewhat difficult to
measure it ; for, if measured when at rest, crouching in its shelter, the
measurements are too small, while it moves so quickly if disturbed that
it is difficult to measure it when extended to its true length. Measure-
ments recorded by me gave the length and mid-diameter in inches of
the mature larva as 1*26 and 0*22, respectively. It tapers to both ends.
16. Pupa. — Stout, colour bright brown to very dark purplish -brown
or black, with a few scattered bristles. Tail short, obtuse, furnished at
the extremity with a hook, like a minute grapnel with several flukes
or claws. Length and mid-diameter in inches 0"74 and 0*21, respect-
ively. Fig. VII. represents the pupa.
17. The above descriptions have been given in considerable detail
for the following reasons : —
(1) The descriptions of the eggs, larvae and pupae at present on
record are meagre and of little help in the identification of the insects,
while the work of preparing a complete account of the pests will clearly
be greatly aided if observers are able to identify the insects in any stage
of their existence.
J84 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. X\\
(2) In the case of Hyblcea puera the moth is very variable and
the colouring and markings often resemble those of Hyblcea constellata.
The latter moth has recently been reported as attacking teak in Burma,
in company with Hyblcea puera, and it is therefore possible that these
insects may be confused. In recording observations, with the object
of completing their several life-histories, it is clearly most important
to make sure of the identification in each case, and it should be remem-
bered that Hyblcea. constellata is separated from HyUcea puera by two
main characters which appear to be constant and are as follows : —
(«) H constellata has the outer margin of the forewing excised
below the apes and excurved at the centre, whereas in H puera the
margin is evenly curved and not excised.
(b) H. constellata has in the anal angle, en the underside of the
hindwing, a single black spot, whereas there are two such spots in
H. puera.
(3) Mr. Stebbing* has recently separated a variety of H. puera
which he has provisionally named H. nigra, the principal character
relied on to distinguish the variety being the dark colour of the dorsal
surface of the larva and the absence of any flesh-coloured dorsal line.
In the larval description given above I have shown that there exists a
complete series of intermediate forms, uniting the dark-coloured larva
with no flesh-coloured stripe with the larva in which this stripe covers the
whole of the dorsal surface between the dorsal white lines. With such a
variable insect I cannot but think that it will ultimately prove impos-
sible to regard H. nigra as a well-marked Oi important variety, and that,
therefore, it is inadvisable to attempt to classify it separately, at all events
in the present state of our knowledge. So far as is known at present
also, the life-history, and relation of the variety to the forest, differ in
no particular from those of the type.
LIFE HISTORY.
I. Larval Food-plant.
A. Pyrausta machceralis — ■
18. Personally, I have never found the larv?e feeding on any plant
other than the teak tree. It is remarkable, however, that, in the case
of the individuals bred by me, the moths appeared, at the end of the
hibernating stage in the month of April, although in the dry forests to
• Departmental Notes on Insects that affect Forestry, by E, P. Stebbing, P.L.S., F.E.S.,
No. 2 Calcutta, 1903, pp. 294—297.
Jourri. Bombay Na,t.Hist . Soc.
Plate C.
&■*
^^,
9*SM
Fig. XIII
- ■
Mr
Fig. XIV.
Fitf.XV.
B
v,^
'^§i&
■r m
■01 -
*=■
,*'•
^|
:«#"
■s.
**
-3J»^
•-;«'«fe;-" I'm?!
^Ss&f . '^£4- ySk: "■'■
f
y
Fig. XVI. '-■
NOTORIOUS INSECT PESTS.
Fig .XJJ1 '. Showing -front view of a, slrueJJter rruxfLe> by a Lcurges lowvct> of Rybla.ea,
puera, on Leaf of Millmdtorua hortensis .
Fig. XN. Shows hoick/ view of ule> same; Iccrval shelter,
rig. XI . Showing shelter rnxxxLe, by ou young lourvco of Hyblaea, puera. on, a, texxJv
leaf auiol tha porfuon of tli& le&f exxtetv by if .
Fig. XVI. oho wing larval shelter irooooU' by ' Hyb] a.ea, ptiera. on ao tectk, leaf ' on-
wnzon, pupation* occur red. ' .
TWO NOTORIOUS INSECT PFSTS. 685
which tbesa notes refer the teak trees do not come into leaf until
June-July. This led me to think that the lame fed on some other
plant during April-May, but I was unable to prove this to be the case.
B. Hyblaza puera —
19. Hampson gives Bignoniacece as the food-plant. During the
rains of 1901 in Jubbulpore the insect was not very numerous, and,
although I searched carefully, I could only find the larvae on the leaves
of Millingtonia hortensis, with the exception of two isolated individuals
seen on teak on August 15th.
20. I made several attempts to make larvae bred on Millingtonia
leaves, eat teak leaves, but met with very little success. The larvae,
if able to escape, at once left the teak leaves to search for other food ;
if unable to escape and kept from other food they usually die. If
almost mature, the larvae, in a few cases, pupated, but very little, if any,
of the teak leaf was ever eaten. A fairly full-grown larva taken from
a Millingtonia tree on September 12th and placed on a teak leaf, ate a
little of the leaf and constructed a shelter by turning down the end of
the leaf in which it lived until September 15th, when it pupated inside
the shelter. Fig. XVI shows the shelter and the small portion of leaf
which was eaten.
21. Another young larva taken from a Millingtonia tree on
September 19th and then fed on teak leaves lived for 11 days,
died on September 30th, just after a change cf skin. This larva con-
structed a shelter by cutting and turning over a flap on the edge of
the leaf. Fig. XV shows this shelter with the portion of leaf
eaten by the larva close to it. When fed on Millingtonia leaves, I found
that several larvae attained their full development and pupated in 10 days,
whereas this larva, fed on teak, although more than 11 days old, was
then scarcely half grown and, as the photograph shows, it had then only
just acquired the power of biting through the fine veins of the leaf. In
this case the larvae preferred Millingtonia leaves to those of teak, and
probably other plants belonging to Bignoniacece are preferred to teak
when they are available. It is clear that the larvae did not readily
adapt themselves to the teak diet and that many perished through their
inability to do so. It appears, therefore, that the development of the
larvae can be considerably checked by destroying the supply of their
favourite food, and this is, at the same time, an indication of the enormous
numbers in which the larvae must occur in years when they are able to
686 JOURNAL, BOMB A 7 NA TUBA L HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
completely defoliate trees, so dissimilar as are teak and Albizzia lebbeke,
which was the case in Jubbulpore in July 1900.
II. Habits of the Larva.
A. P. machoeralis —
22. The larvae, if disturbed or alarmed, at once let themselves down
by threads from the leaves in which they are feeding, and thus either
reach the ground, or, after hanging suspended in the air for some tune,
climb back again on to the leaves.
23. The method of feeding is very characteristic. Only the soft
green parenchyma of the leaves is destroyed, and the veins and vascular
tissue are left untouched. The leaves are thus skeletonised, and fine
specimens of such leaves may be obtained when larval attacks are severe,
which are sometimes used for ornamental purposes. The young larvae
at first only destroy the epidermis of the leaf, their mandibles not being
fully developed, and the leaf tissue is thus at first not pierced. The
attacked leaves become brown in colour, and before they fall give the
forests a most remarkable appearance, which is very striking during the
monsoon, when the rest of the country side is green. From a distance
such forests look as if they had been damaged by frost or scorched by
fire. Fig. XVIII shows a photograph of a piece of teak leaf attacked
by this insect. Here and there, it will be noticed, are a few small holes
where the veins of the leaf have been destroyed. These are caused by
the habit which this larva has of gnawing small boltholes in the leaf-
tissue, near which it lies when feeding and by means of which the larva
can at any time gain ready access to the front or back of the leaf at need.
24. When the larvae are feeding on the leaves, they usually con-
struct a thin weft of silk threads which is attached to the surface of the
leaf and under shelter of which the larv?e lie. This web does not
conceal the larvae from view.
B. //. piiera —
25. The larvae, when disturbed, let themselves down by threads
from the leaves on which they are feeding, just as is the case with the
preceding species. The larvae acquire this power almost immediately
after emergence from the egg.
26. When irritated the larva emits a dark-green fluid which it
ejects from its mouth to a considerable distance.
27. As already noticed above, the larva is shy and seldom exposes
its whole body to view, always constructing hiding places for itself on
n: mi. B omb Bjy Ua.t . Hist . S o c .
PlaJ
.•i-i.c:
FiiJ.XVUI.
.'5
Fig. XVII.
m %
r*j» f«
■-r" V ' -L.' ,"M'd
\ fe: !■
«§§
■
■
Fig. XIX. j Fig. XX.}
NOTORIOUS INSECT PESTS.
Tig . XVII '. TeaJz, leaf showing cKujra^ter-is-dc metlivd of oLefblicctwn, by the Iccrvee of
HyLlaLea. puera. .Crounv.
Fig. XVIII. Por&ovv of 'ouTeaJt' lecof showing the sheletorvoxzng method/ of defbluxiooro
of the Icorvaz of Pyra.usta. ma-ehoera.lis.WWc.
Tigs. XIX &c XX. Showuig cocoons con&tru<dje*d by tk& Larvae* of Pyra.-u.sta.
xria.choera.lis in* depressions on- they boudt of greeru teak. Leaves.
MirLtei'rvBros.libh Lcmalcm. .
TWO NOTORIOUS INSECT PESTS. 687
the leaves on which it feeds. On leaving the egg, the larva at first
feeds on the soft parenchyma of the young leaves, but it soon acquires
the power of biting through the smaller veins and it then cuts a small
flap out of the edge of the leaf which it pulls over and fastens to the
upper leaf surface, thus forming a small shelter inside which it lies,
under the folded or curled leaf edge. Fig. IX shows the first shelter,
made by a larva shortly after hatching, in the edge of a young Milling-
tonia leaflet. As the larva grows, the shelter has to be made larger to
accommodate it. Fig. X shows the shelter of a larger larva, also on a Mil-
lingtonia leaflet. A single leaflet eventually becomes too small to hold
the larva, and Fig. XI shows a case in which the terminal leaflet has been
partially eaten and has then been rolled over and its lower end enclosed in
the pair of leaflets immediately below it, thus forming the shelter for the
larva. Figs. XIII and XIV show the front and back view, respectively,
of a shelter constructed on a still larger scale on a Millingtonia leaf.
28. I have unfortunately been unable to secure so complete a series
of drawings, to show the method of constructing the shelters on teak
leaves, but they appear to be usually made by rolling over the edge
or ends of the leaves. Figs. XV and XVI show the shelter of a young
and mature larva respectively on a teak leaf.
29. The method of attack followed by the larva is the same in
the case of both Millingtonia and teak leaves. The whole of the green
leaf tissue is destroyed, only the largest ribs being left, with small por-
tions of uneaten green tissue adhering to them here and there. Fig.
XII shows a larval shelter and the method of attacking Millingtonia
leaves, and Fig. XVII* shows a teak leaf attacked by the larva.
30. The larva does most of its feeding at night, but even when
feeding it usually keeps part of its body inside the shelter, into which it
hastily retreats on being alarmed.
31. Just before a change of skin, or before pupation, the larva lies
quiescent for several hours, and it then appears to be very susceptible to
injury, several larvae dying at this time, especially just before pupation.
III. Mode of Pupation.
A. P. machoeralis.
32. The puppe of this moth may be found in a variety of places,
such as on the green leaves on the trees, on the dead leaves on the
* Reproduced from ' Departmental Notes on Insects that affect Forestry ' by E. P. Steb*
bing, F.L.S., F.E.S., by kind permission c>f the author.
*688 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV-,
ground, in crevices under the bark of the tree trunks, or in the soil
underneath the trees.
33. Experiments made by me showed that about 45 per cent, of the
larvae pupated on the leaves of the trees on which they were feeding,
55 per cent, leaving the foliage and pupating in any convenient crevice
under the bark, in dead leaves, or in the soil. The number of larvee
pupating on the dead leaves is about twice the number of those pupating
in the soil, provided there is an ample supply of dead leaves.
34. An exception to the above remarks, however, occurs after the
hibernating stage, when pupation takes place usually, if not always, in
the ground.
35. The leaves on which pupation takes place, whether dead or green>
are, so far as I have seen, invariably teak. On the green leaves the
larva usually takes up its position in a depression along the mid-rib or
a lateral vein, and there forms its cocoon, drawing the sides of the leaf
loosely together with the silky web. Occasionally, the cocoon is made
between two leaves which overlap, so that when these leaves are pulled
apart, the cocoon is destroyed. Still more rarely, the cocoon may be
made in the rolled-up edge of the leaf.
36. On dead leaves, pupation usually occurs in the edge of the leaf,
which has become curled or rolled up, owing to the withering of the leaf*
The cocoons are also often made in a depression of the leaf surface as in
the case of the green leaves.
Figs. XIX and XX show cocoons constructed in depressions on
green teak leaves. In both cases the cocoon is on the back of the leaf.
In the case of green leaves, suitable depressions are usually more fre-
quent on the back than on the front of the leaves. The cocoon, within
which pupation takes place, is of white silk and of a shape to fit the
depression in which it is made.
37. When pupation takes place in the soil, the cocoon is made of
silk and bits of earth bound together.
B. U. puera —
38. Pupation may take place —
(1) In the leaves of the tree, on which the larva is feeding.
(2) In the leaves of shrubs or herbs growing beneath the trees
attacked by the larvae.
(3) In dead leaves, on the ground.
(4) In the soil.
TWO NOTORIOUS INSECT PESTS. G89
39. As a rule, the larvae when mature, quit the leaves on which
they have been feeding and pupate in the leaves of the undergrowth
below, or, in the absence of suitable undergrowth, in the dead leaves
lying on the ground and in the soil. Of course pupa may be occa-
sionally found on the leaves of the tree attacked and on dead leaves on
the ground, even where there is a thick undergrowth of shrubs below the
attacked trees, but such cases appear to be exceptions to the rule.
When pupation takes place on the leaves of the attacked trees, the larvae
usually leave the higher branches and pupate on the leaves of the lower
branches, but occasionally the larva remains in the shelter, near which it
has been feeding and pupates there. Fig. XII shows a larval shelter in
which pupation occurred.
40. When the leaves on which the larva feeds are close to the
ground, and there is no undergrowth, an unusually large proportion of
larvae pupate on the leaves of the attacked plants, and this is still more
marked when there are no dead leaves on the ground below. This
accounts for the interesting case recorded by Mr. L. S. Osmaston*
in which the larvae, which had been attacking young teak transplants
in a nursery, pupated in large numbers in the rolled up ends or edges of
the teak leaves. The plants were only 6 inches high, there was no
undergrowth of herbs, and there were no dead leaves on the ground.
41. It will then be noticed that pupation may take place on the
leaves, either dead or green, of many different plants and consequently the
shelter, which the larva makes to hold the cocoon in which it pupates,
exhibits great variety in shape and mode of construction. In dead
leaves, depressions and hollows caused by the drying of the leaves usually
exist which, with a little manipulation on the part of the larva, form
suitable shelters, while on green leaves such cavities are scarce. Again,
green leaves have to be treated differently according to their texture,,
coriaceous leaves cannot be folded so easily as soft flexible leaves, and
so on.
42. When pupation takes place on leaves, the pupal shelter may be
made in any of the following ways : —
(1) The tip of the leaf is pulled down and the leaf folded trans-
versely to its length — pupation taking place inside the fold, .
Fig. XXIV illustrates this.
* Vide Indian Forester, Vol. XXVI, p. 516.
20
(390 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
(2) A flap may be cut out of the edge of the leaf and folded over,
pupation taking place inside the flap.
Fig. XVI shows this.
(3) A single leaf may ho rolled up longitudinally, the cocoon
being placed inside the roll.
One-half of the leaf may be thus rolled up, or in the case of a
large leaf only a portion of the edge rolled, in, or, finally,
in the case of a small leaf both sides may be rolled in
towards the midrib, the larva pupating along the midrib.
To make the shelter secure, the hollow end of the roll is some-
times closed by having the surface of another leaf fastened
tightly over it.
Fin-. XXI shows a leaf with both sides rolled inwards and
Fig. XXII a leaf with only one edge rolled in.
(4) The surfaces of two leaves which overlap one another, may be
joined together, pupation taking place between them.
Fig. XXIII shows this.
(5) Several small leaves may be tightly bound together in a
variety of ways, the cocoon being made inside them.
Fig. XXV shows this.
43. When pupation takes place on the leaves of the plant on which
the larvae feed, the methods of constructing the shelter for the cocoon
and the ordinary larval shelter are practically identical, and sometimes, as
noticed abova, pupation takes placa in the larval shelter, all openings of
course being closed up.
44. The cocoon is of white silk, somewhat roughly woven, the threads
being further apart than is the case in the cocoon of Pyramid*
45. When the larva pupates in the soil, a pupal chamber is made of
silk and bits of earth bound together.
Fig. XXVI shows two such chambers.
46. It is perhaps as well to draw attention here to the fact that
Pyramid has been called the " Teak Leaf-roller." This appears to be a
misnomer, due I believe to a confusion of Pyramid with Hyblced.
Pyramid does not appear to merit the appellation, either on account of
the habits of the feeding larva, or on account of the way in which
the pupal shelter is constructed, whereas the name might well be
applied to ITyhhra for both reasons.
Jo-urn. B omba.v Na/t , Hist . S o c .
Plate E
■
i.lQQl.j-
f^m---
■\fiif.*-* -
-m
Fig. XXIII.-}
■ W*
Fig.XXI
.g/™ 2 • XXIV.
Fig. XXV.
NOTORIOUS INSECT PESTS
Fvgs. XXI, XXII, XXU1 'and XXIV show various methods of constfuuctingi Hue
pupaL shelters by Hyola.eaL piuerau orv l&ouves of Ha/berixa.emo:n.t,a,TiaL
corona.i'ia
Fig .XXV. Showing ou pizpaL shelter of .leaf Lets of Milling toni a, Kortensis
rruzole* by larva of Hj/bla.ea, puera .
Fig. XXVI. Showing two pupal' encumbers constructed un &i& scul &y Hybla.ea.
puera, .
Mmtern Bros. HtK. London
TWO NOTORIOUS INSECT PESTS. 691
47. As noted above, the larva? of Pyrausta, when feeding on the
teak leaves, do not, as a rule, roll up the edge of the leaf, but lie on tho
exposed leaf surface below a light weft of silk thread. On tho other
hand this rolling of the leaf-edge to form the larval shelter is very
characteristic of tho Hyblcea larva when feeding.
48. Again, when about to pupate, the larva of Pyrausta usually
takes advantage of the most convenient depression or cavity available
within which to construct the cocoon. In the case of damaged, dead
and withered loaves, the naturally curled-up edge forms such a cavity,
and pupation in consequence often takes place in it. Here, however,
the rolling of the leaf is primarily due not to the insect but to natural
causes. That this is so, is also shown by the fact that, when the
Pyrausta larva pupates on green teak leaves, pupation in the rolled -up
edge is quite the exception. In this case; naturally curled-up edges
are rare and the larva consequently makes the best of a depression along
the midrib or a lateral vein, making the cocoon there by drawing the
sides of the leaf loosely together by threads of silk.
The Hyblcea larva, on the other hand, when it pupates on the leaves
on which it has been feeding, constructs the pupal shelter in the same
way as the larval shelter which, in the case of teak leaves, is usually by
rolling up the end or edge of the leaf.
49. Further it appears probable that when, as is often the case,
the larvae of both Pyrausta and Hyblcea are feeding together on teak
trees, the larva? of Pyrausta will sometimes utilize the empty larval
shelters made by the Hyblcea larva? and vacated by them, as conveni-
ent places for pupation. Any one casually finding the Pyrausta Ian ?&
or pupje in these shelters, under the curled-up leaf edge, would be apt
to conclude that the rolling was done entirely by Pyrausta, whereas
the Hyblcea larva Is probably responsible for it.
50. For the above reasons I think the term " teak-loaf roller " is
as applied to Pyrausta, a misnomer which is apt to give an incorrect
impression regarding the habits of the larva.
IV. Period required for one complete Generation.
A. P. machceralis —
51. Although I have made several attempts with more than fifty
imagoes, I never succeeded in obtaining eggs from the moths kept in
captivity. The life of the imago is, however, a short one and does not,
as a rule, exceed 8 days. All eggs, also, found by me on the leaves of
ft92 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV
teak trees hatched in from three to four days. The period from the
pairing of the moths to the emergence of the larvae from the first eggs
laid by the moths does not, I believe, exceed 7 days. The larval stage
lasts 2 to 3 weeks, the average time being 16 days. The pupal stage
occupies 5 to 9 days, the average being 7 days. For a complete
generation, therefore, about a month is required as follows : —
From pairing of moths to emergence of larva) 7 days.
Larval stage 16 do.
Pupal do 7 do.
Total ... 30 days.
B. H. puera —
52. The average period is also about one month, as noted in the
case of the generations bred by mo, as follows : —
From pairing of moths to emergenco of larvae.
Larval stage
Pupal do.
Total
*
In the few cases for which I was able to obtain accurate dates, the
moths lived from 7 to 9 days. The eggs usually hatch in 3 to 4 days.
V. Overlapping of the Generations.
53. In the case of both species the generations overlap one another
more or less.
Of the imagoes of Pyrausta which ultimately developed from the
hibernating larvae bred by me in 1900-01, the last one appeared 20
days later than the first one. Hence the early larvae of the first complete
generation of the year get a start of at least 20 days over the
later larvae of the same generation. The same thing probably happens
in the case of Hyblcea, and in this species I also found that egg-laying
continued for several days, the first larvae of each generation appearing
some time before the later larvae of the same generation. In
the case of both insects, therefore, all stages of development may be
found at one and the same time. As a rule, this is most noticeable in the
case of Pyrausta, owing probably to the fact that this species usually
occurs in far greater numbers than Hyblcea.
* It must be understood that the period here given for a complete generation of Hyblcea.
refers to cases in which the larva; were bred on the leaves of Millingtonia hortensis. The
larvae probably require a longer period to develop when they are fed on teak leaves.
TWO NOTORIOUS INSECT PESTS. 693
VI. Hibernation.
A. P, machoeralis —
54. The insect hibernates in the larval stage. Hibernation commences
about the beginning of November and lasts about 22 weeks. When
about to hibernate, the larvae leave the trees on which they have been
feeding and construct cocoons, in which the hibernating stage is passed,
usually, if not always, in the ground. The hibernating larvae are often
found in clusters under large stones, and where there are no stones I
have found them at a depth of several inches in the ground.
At the end of the hibernating stage, pupation takes place inside the
cocoon, the pupal stage occupying the usual period of about 7 days, and
the moth appears in April.
B. H. puera —
55. I was unfortunately not able to discover how or where the insect
hibernates, but it is probable that it hibernates in the larval stage in the
ground. This, however, of course requires confirmation.
VII. Number of Generations in the Year.
56. In the case of both species the first severe larval attack of the
year noticed by me was in June-July, and the larvae leave the trees
about November. During this period one generation succeeds another
without intermission, providing only that there is a sufficient food supply
for the larvae, the number of generations passed through being four to
five. In Madras and Burma severe larval attacks have been reported
as early as April, and here the number of generations passed through
in one year appear to be seven.
57. I have already mentioned in para. 18 above that, in the case of
Pyrausta, the first moth among those bred by me appeared, at the
close of the hibernating stage, on April 7th. Allowing a month for
one complete life cycle, we should expect the moths of the first com-
pleted generation of the year to appear on May 7th, which practically
agrees with what has been recorded regarding the first appearance of
the larvae in Burma, for Major Bingham has noted* that he collected
larvae towards the end of April 1892 in the Eangoon Division, from
which the first moths were obtained on May 6th. In the case of the
dry teak forests of the Central Provinces, however, the larval attacks do
not commence in April, for the simple reason that the teak trees are
then leafless, the full foliage not appearing until June-July. During
the period April-June, therefore, a few larvae may survive on the trees
* See Indian Museum Notes, Vol . Ill, No. 2, p, 93,
694 JOLRNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV
in clamp situations, on wlii<^li the young foliage first appears, or else
they must live during this time on some species other than teak, hut
personally I have not found the larvae feeding in this interval.
RELATIONS TO THE FOREST.
58. The economic importance of these insects consists in the enormous
damage done hy them to the teak forests, throughout India and Burma.
Every year tho larvae of both species may be found, in or near the teak
forests, from June to November and in many places from April to Nov-
ember. The number of generations passed through in the year is large,
and in favourable localities amounts to as many as seven, any one,
or all, of which may contain a sufficient number of individuals to
entirely defoliate the teak forests in which they occur, and every year
one or several more or less complete defoliations, extending over areas
of various extent, and caused by one or other of these pests, or by
both together, is reported from some part of India or Burma. These
widely-spread, continually recurring, wholesale defoliations result in an
enormous loss of annual wood increment in the teak forests, and must,
to some extent, affect the vitality' of the trees and their power of pro-
ducing seed. The trees which have been completely defoliated put out
another flush of young leaves, and it is probable that the continual stop-
pages in growth caused by these defoliations, followed by flushes of
fresh leaves and renewed growth, produce several narrow rings of wood
in the year.
The occurrence of zones of very narrow rings in teakwocd has
long been known to be a fact, and various explanations have been given
from time to time. In l'JOl I suggested* tho attacks of these insect
pests as a possible explanation, which, however, still remains to be
proved.
59. In the dry forests, to which these notes refer, teak areas which
have been absolutely defoliated by one generation of the insects are not
attacked by the larvae of the immediately succeeding generation. The
reason is that the teak here require at least a month to renew their
foliage after defoliation, and all moths which appear after tho defolia-
tion has been completed, finding no green leaves on which to lay their
eggs, leave the defoliated forests and fly to other areas where the trees
are still in leaf and lay their eggs there.
* Vide Indian Forester for August 1901.— " Irregularity in the Growth of Teak."
TWO NOTORIOUS INSECT PESTS. G95
Thus, in this locality, the same teak trees are not, as a rule, defoliated
more than twice in any one year. This, however, of course depends on
the local conditions of climate, &c. From the above it is clear that the
development of a large number of larvae in any one generation, in places
where the food supply is limited, is prejudicial to the development of
a large number of individuals in the immediately succeeding generation.
60. So far as Pyrausia is concerned, the larval attacks are certainly
more severe in pure teak forests than in mixed forests.
61. In the case of Ifyhlcea it has been shown above that the
natural food plant of the larva is apparently not teak, but plants belong-
ing to Bignom'acece, also that the larvae find some difficulty in adapting
themselves to a teak-leaf diet, and that the larval development is, at first
at all events, if not later, slower on teak leaves than on the leaves of
Millingtonia hortensis for example. Generally speaking, then, mixed
forests, containing a large proportion of plants belonging to Bignoni-
acece, would be more favourable to the development of the insect than
pure teak forests would be. In the former, also, a certain number of
larvae would be kept alive on food which suits them best, in years
which are unfavourable to the development of the insect on a large scale.
62. Of course in years when the insect is present in large numbers
and the favourite larval food runs short in consequence, teak, in common
with several other species, is attacked, and once the insect becomes
established in a pure teak forest, the number of teak which suffer will of
course be far greater than would be the case in a mixed forest.
ENEMIES.
A. P. machoeralis —
63. The larvae suffer from the attacks of an ichneumon and also
from what appears to be a fungoid disease. Leaf spiders also attack and
kill the larvae. Bulbuls are said to eat the larvae, and I have often
found large numbers of these birds in an attacked forest.
B. II. puera —
64. The larva is a voracious feeder, but the insect has, fortunately
for the forest, some powerful enemies which account for its generally
occurring in fewer numbers than the Pyrausta. It is very liable to a
disease apparently caused by a fungus. The larva is usually attacked,
but I have also found pupae killed by it. The diseased larvae and pupae
become discoloured, wet and flabby, being filled with a yellowish-brown
liquid.
»)9G JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
65. The larvae are very susceptible to injury just before moulting
or pupation, and, when breeding them, care must be taken not to handle
them then.
66. The larvae and pupae, but especially the pupae, are greedily eaten
by birds which pull open the larval and pupal shelters. In Jubbulpore,
in 1901, crows were particularly destructive.
Leaf spiders also kill the larvae.
PROTECTION AND REMEDIES.
67. The circumstances of each particular case must of course decide
io what extent other factors, such as the necessity of curtailing expen-
diture, or sylvicultural considerations, will permit of the adoption of the
following suggested remedial and preventitive measures.
A. JP. machoeralis —
In the forest.
(1) Teak should be grown in mixed forests.
(2) A proportion of the larvae of each generation always leave the
trees to pupate on the dead leaves on the ground or in the
soil, and apparently all, or practically all, the larvae hiber-
nate in the soil. Pigs should, therefore, be admitted to the
forests throughout the year, and would probably destroy a
large number of larvae and pupae.
(3) Insectivorous birds and enemies must be protected.
In the nursery.
(4) During the larval attacks the plants should be sprayed with
arsenical compounds.
(5) Larvae and pupae should be collected by hand from the
leaves of the attacked plants, from April to November.
During this period also dead leaves should be left under the
plants, as a large number of larvae will pupate in them and
will there be more easily caught and destroyed than they
would be in the soil where, in the absence of dead leaves, they
would probably pupate.*
(6) Large stones should bo left in the soil, and these should be-
lifted, and a search made beneath them for hibernating larva;
from November to April.
* It is, however, possible that in the absence of dead leaves a larger proportion of
larvaa would pupate on the leaves of the attacked plants.
TWO NOTORIOUS INSECT TESTS. 697
B. 77. puera —
In ilie foresU
(1) Trass and plants, which are valueless from a forest point of
view and the leaves of which are a favourite food of the
larvae, should he cut out and destroyed as far as possible.
(2) Insectivorous birds must be protected, as they are a powerful
check on the increase of the insect's numbers.
(3) Undergrowth should be cleared, when this can he done without
injuring the forest, and dead leaves allowed to accumulate
under the trees.
A large number of larvae will pupate in these leaves and in
the soil, and if pigs are allowed in the forests, while the
larval attacks are in progress, they will destroy large num-
bers of larvae and pupae.
In the nursery.
(4) Plants should be sprayed with insecticides.
(5) The ground should be kept clear of weeds and dead leaves
from April to November. The larvae will then pupate
largely on the leaves of the attacked plants, and, being large
and easily seen, can be collected from them by hand.
n
698
ON THE ORIGINAL HOME OF THE TIGER.
By Col. C. E. Stewart, c.b., c.m.g., c.i.e.
The ordinary idea of English people that the tiger was originally an Indian
animal, is, I believe, quite a mistake. After careful enquiry, I have come to
the conclusion that the tiger is a comparatively late intruder into India.
Firstly, after enquiry, I can discover no Sanscrit word for the tiger. If
tigers had existed in India in the days when Sanscrit was a spoken language,
there would be a name in Sanscrit for it, while there is only a modern Hindus-
tani name. There is a Sanscrit word for lion, " Singha," which would point
to the fact that lions wer« certainly more common than tigers in time long past.
At present lions are not found in India, except a very few, which are strictly
preserved in Goojerat, one extreme corner of India, though I will allow that
lions were probably commoner than they are now in the olden time, though
probably never very numerous.
I remember, when I first went to India, nearly 50 years ago, a lion being
killed not very far to the southward of Allahabad, but this was even then a
rare occurrence. I have studied the question of the habitat of lions and tigers
in Persia, where I resided for a good many years. Lions are found only in
the very south of Persia, near the Persian Gulf, and Arabia ; while tigers are
only seen in the very north of Persia, near the Russian border, and especially
near the Caspian Sea, on the north of Persia, and they are more numerous
within British territory than within the Persian boundary, and tigers are more
common in southern Siberia than they are anywhere in Persia.
Tigers are more numerous in cold countries. They are plentiful in Corea,
which has a severe winter climate, and still more plentiful in the Island of
Saghalion, belonging to Russia, and further north than Corea, and which has
almost an arctic climate in winter. The tiger is mentioned by Marco Polo in
his travels, but nowhere as an Indian animal, and I very much doubt whether
tigers were found in India at the time Marco Polo visited it.
In the Sanscrit works, treating of the fighting between Rama and Rawun,
the Demon King of Ceylon, though many animals are mentioned, such as bears,
monkeys, and several others, I have been unable to find any mention of the
tiger ; and the tiger is not found in the Island of Ceylon, though the leopard
is ; nor is the tiger found in the larger Island of Borneo, which would seem
to point to its only inhabiting the Islands of the Indian Archipelago, which it
could reach by swimming. Thus it would seem that tigers did not exist in
India before the time that Ceylon was separated from India. Tigers did not
exist in the Island of Singapore until about 1809, when apparently they swam
over from the mainland. Tigers are such good swimmers that they can cross
a considerable body of water. I do not think any allusion to tigers in India
can be found in the Greek historians. I should feel much obliged if anyone
coidd fin \ me such a reference.
In the mo.mmonts of the Assyrian Kings, and of the Kings of Persia, there
are constant references to lion-hunts by those kings, but never allusion to a
ON THE ORIGINAL HOME OF THE TIGER. 699
tiger-hunt. Of course there is an existing Persian word for tiger, but there is
nothing to show that it is at all ancient.
My own idea is that the tiger was originally a purely northern animal, which
has gradually extended southward. I fancy that no allusion to a tiger in
India can be traced to a period anterior to the early Mahomedan conqueror3
of India. I should be much obliged to anyone who will help me to clear up
this question. We, English, have so completely assumed the idea that the
tiger is an Indian animal, that we have called him the Royal Bengal Tiger,
though I firmly believe he is as much an intruder from the north into Bengal
as we are ourselves.
(The above appeared in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London in
Vol. I of 1903.)
700
NOTES ON THE HABITS OF THE HOOLOCK.
By Geo. Candler, (m. b.) Cantab.
The Hoolock (Hylobates hoolock) is one of the most interesting of the family
Simiidce, and is perhaps not so familiar to naturalists at home as are some other
members of the family, as, owing to its extreme delicacy and the great difficulty
experienced in keeping it alive in confinement, it does not often find its way into
European collections. Even in the Calcutta Zoological Gardens it is difficult to
keep Hoolocks alive for any length of time. They often succumb to pneumonia,
or if they escape actual disease they mope and die from the effects of confine-
ment, or possibly from deprivation of some article of diet which in the wild state
they have been accustomed to. I have ventured, therefore, to submit to the
Society these short notes, made from the point of view of a field-naturalist
rather than from a scientific aspect.
The Hoolock is clothed all over with a fine soft hair, which, perfectly black
in the male, in the female shows a greyish tint, especially over the back. This
uniform dark colour is only relieved by narrow horizontal streaks of white hair
above the eyes. The face, palms of the hands, and soles of the feet are devoid
of hair, and here the black skin is smooth and finely wrinkled and as soft as the
finest kid.
The hallux and pollex have a flattened nail, the remaining digits have the nail
laterally compressed and resembling a claw.
There is no tail. Ischial tuberosities and cheek-pouches are absent.
When the ape is sitting, the vertebral column presents a single marked curve
with the convexity backwards. On the ground the Hoolock has a very charac-
teristic gait. He goes along in a sort of shambling waddle, with legs bowed and
knees bent, the soles of his feet applied flat to the ground with the hallux
widely abducted, both arms being carried upwards and extremely abducted as if
to balance himself. He cannot get up any speed, and invariably swings up into
the first tree he comes to, where his movements are suddenly changed from
extreme awkwardness to extraordinary grace and agility.
He swings along to the thinnest part of a bough, or to the slender end of a
bamboo, until it bends to his weight, then with a swing and a sort of a kick-off
he flies through the air, seizing another bough and swinging along it with the
unerring accuracy of a finished trapeze performer. I fancy he does very little
walking in the wild state, for I have never seen a wild Hoolock on the ground.
Moreover, they are only found in the dense jungle where the ground is every-
where covered by tangled vegetation. It is puzzling to me why these anthro-
poids, being so entirely arboreal in habit, should ,be lacking in such a useful
appendage as a tail. T think, at any rate, that it points to the fact that the apes
have been developed along a line distinct from the monkeys, the earlier traces
of which line are yet to be discovered .
The Hoolocks are extremely shy, and it is most difficult to watch them, as they
are concealed by leaves high up in the tops of the bamboo-clumps or forest trees.
You may hear their cries all round you as you ride quickly along a jungle-tract,
NOTES ON THE HABITS OF THE HGOLOCK. 701
hut the moment you leave the path or look up at them there is a dead silence
and scarcely a leaf stirs, until, tired of waiting, you move on again.
The cry of the Hoolock is a characteristic sound in the Cachar jungle. It is
a very pleasing note, rising and falling in intensity, and reminding one somewhat
in its rhythm of a pack of beagles giving tongue on a scent which is waxing and
waning in strength, as a larger or smaller number of the band join in the chorus.
It is heard chiefly in the early morning, then all through the heat of the day
there is silence, but towards evening, as the sun sinks, you may hear it again.
Hooloo ! Hooloo 1 Hooloo 1 with the accent on the Hoo syllable, is supposed to
describe the sound, but it is really quite indescribable in writing.
As in other species of apes, there is a special modification of the larynx, which
acts as a sort of resonating-box, and helps ( I suppose ) to make the sound carry
as it does, long distances. There is also a peculiar arrangement of the upper
aperture of the larynx, with its small and inadequate looking epiglottis, which
more resembles the arrangement in birds than the leaf-like epiglottis in man.
As, day after day, I have ridden through the jungle, it has seemed to me that
the Hoolocks work their ground systematically in their search for food, just as
the planter plucks one section of his tea to-day and another section in a distant
part of the garden to-morrow. For I have found them filling the air with their
cries along a particular stretch of jungle-road one day, whilst the next day not
one was to be heard ; then, perhaps, a week later they are back again in the same
place. Living as they do in communities, they are constantly on the move, and
from what we know of their great intelligence, it seems to me highly probable
that their movements are guided by very definite plans, and that very probably
they have some sort of government system.
There is a point about the Hoolock that strikes me as very extraordinary
and that is the fact that he cannot swim. I had been told this by both natives
and Europeans, but I confess I was somewhat sceptical about it until I tried
experiments myself. We put a full-grown Hoolock into a big tank in 10 feet
of water. He struggled helplessly, as a boy would before he learns to swim.
He sank twice, with head thrown back and arms waving frantically, and we
were obliged to rescue him almost asphyxiated and choking in the most human
way.
This weakness he shares with man, but I do not know whether (or not) it has
been noted in the other anthropoids.
It is a significant fact that the range of the Hoolock is bounded by two vast
rivers, the Brahmaputra on the north and the Irawaddi on the south. It may
well be that, with his natural aversion to water, these rivers have confined him
to the comparatively limited stretch of country he occupies. Travelling high up
in the jungle, he could swing easily across the ordinary streams which would
come in his path without having to take to the water. The monkeys of India
take readily to water, and it is a pretty sight to see them spring out from a
Ioety overhanging bough and drop, one after another, with a splash into the
stream, and strike out boldly for the further bank.
702 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV-
In Cachar, where these notes were written, the tea-planters often keep
Hoolocks for years, allowing them to run loose about the compound, and they
are certainly the cleanest and most interesting pets imaginable, offering a very
marked contrast in this respect to the red monkeys, which, chained to a pole
are so common a feature in Indian compounds.
A Hoolock, to be tamed in this way, must be caught quite young, and not tied,
or shut up in any way. A native boy is generally told off to watch him for a
few days, and to prevent him from bolting, but he soon learns to come down
from the trees for a plantain, and he will inmost cases settle down to a solitary
life, remaining about the same compound for years. But chain him or restrain
his liberty in any way, and he inevitably begins to mope and pine, and invari-
ably dies in a few weeks. It is strange that the calls of the wild Hoolock,
which he must hear almost daily all round him, do not tempt him to revert to
his natural life as a member of a wandering community. I imagine a Hoolock,
who attempted to join a strange band, would meet with a rough reception,
any way they never try to return to the jungle after they become tame.
Several such tame Hoolocks I have had the opportunity of observing for
some months past. Often they will be away up in the tree-tops for days
together, when nothing will tempt them down, but when one chooses to be
sociable he will come and sit on the arm of your chair at breakfast, and never
reach or snatch things off the table : in fact, his manners are unexceptionable,
and he keeps his skin beautifully clean without that exaggerated parade of flea-
hunting which makes the monkey tribe so objectionable as pets. At sunset you
may see him settle down to sleep, jammed tight in a fork in a squatting position.
In this semi-domesticated state I notice that the Hoolock seldom uses his voice.
I suppose, leading a solitary bachelor life, he finds no necessity for chattering
or calling. With regard to the diet of the Hoolock, Dr. Blanford, the Indian
naturalist, gives a long list, including fruit, leaves, young shoots, spiders, insects,
birds' eggs and young birds. But, it seems to me, the diet of such shy creatures
must be largely a matter of conjecture, for no certain conclusions can be drawn
from the habits of captured specimens, nor can we recognize, as a rule, subscances
in the stomach of shot specimens, as we can in the crop in the case of birds.
My own observations lead me to believe that fruits and the succulent shoots of
young bamboos and other trees form the bulk of their diet. They will certainly
catch and eat certain spiders ; but I have invariably found them to refuse such
insects as moths or butterflies, perhaps because many such insects have a bitter
taste. Eggs, too, I found they would not eat. If you give an insect or a small
bird to a Hoolock he will certainly pull it to pieces, and possibly taste or bite it,
but it by no means follows that it is one of the regular dishes he enjoys in his
wild life.
The following list of leaves and shoots which are eaten by the Hoo!ock is
given by Anderson : — Morugo pterygosperma, Spondias mangif&ra, Ficus religiosa,
Beta vulgaris, Ipompcea reptana, Carina indica.
I hope later on to supplement these short notes with some anatomical obser-
vations on weight of brain relative to body, and on the number ar.d de.th of
THE ANCESTRY OF THE HORSE. 703
convolutions. But this is a matter of time, for specimens are not very readily
obtained. The Hindoo coolies, who form the bulk of the population in the tea-
districts of Cachar, will never kill a Hoolock. The Kuki tribes in the Cachar
Hills, on the other hand, kill and eat them, and regard them as somewhat of a
delicacy, I believe. But even a Kuki finds it difficult to get a shot at these
creatures, so shy are they and so active in their movements.
(The above appeared in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society ff London in
Vol. I of 1903.)
THE ANCESTRY OF THE HORSE.
As is mentioned in Sir W. H. Flower's well-known work on the horse, it has
been urged that none of the modern representatives of the Equidae can be
descended from the three-toed hipparions of the later Tertiary period, owing to
the circumstance that they lack any trace of the face-gland, or tear-gland, the
cavity for the reception of which forms such a conspicuous feature on each side
of the skulls of the latter. Many years ago Professor Huxley pointed out that
the fossil horses of the Siwalik Hills in India, such as Equus sivalensis, do show a
distinct vestige of the depression of the gland in question, remarking at the same
time that they are the only species of Equus in which such a vestige is visible.
This would be a prima facie presumption that these extinct Indian horses are
the descendants of the three-toed hipparions, of which numerous remains occur
in the same formation.
Recently, while arranging a series of specimens in the Natural History
Museum, I have detected a very distinct vestige of the cavity for the face-gland
in the skull of an Indian domesticated horse sent home so long ago as 1845 by
Mr. Brian Hodgson. The depression in this skull, which is now exhibited in the
museum, stands out in striking contrast to the unbroken, flat, or rather slightly
convex, surface of the portion of the skull immediately in front of the eye-skull
in the case of other horses, asses, and zebras. It is, however, very remarkable
that a distinct, although somewhat less deep, vestige of the gland cavity is
noticeable in the skull of the race-horse Bend Or. It may be added that none
of the skulls of horses from the brickearths and turbaries of this country
preserved in the museum show any trace of the gland cavity.
Premising that I much desire the opportunity of seeing other skulls of Indian
domesticated horses, and also those of Arabs, I think the following suggestions
are justified from the facts at hand : Firstly, the extinct Equus sivalensis of
India is descended from the three-toed hipparion of the same country, and that
in turn it, or a nearly allied species, has been the ancestral stock (at any rate in
part) of some of the Eastern breeds of domesticated horses from which our own
thoroughbreds are descended, this theory receiving support from the occurrence
of a rudiment of the face-gland cavity, not only in the skull of Mr. Hodgson's
Indian horse, but also in that of Bend Or.
On the other hand, the cold-blooded horses of Western Europe are the
descendants of a species which had lost all trace of the face-glands of the
hipparion, and which was therefore widely different from Equus sivalensis. If
704 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL (11 STORY SOCIETY, Vol. AV.
this be true, our thoroughbreds belong to a species quite distinct from the
Equus caballus of Western Europe.
To pass from details of structure to peculiarities of colour, the dun-coloured
breed of pony so common in Kathiawar has become well known in zoological
literature ever since the publication of The Origin of Species on account of the
frequency or constancy with which it exhibits zebra-like markings. Darwin
himself apparently never saw one, and I am not aware that a living specimen
has ever been brought to this country, while I think it may be safely asserted
that hitherto there has been no example in any of our museums. Accordingly
it is satisfactory to announce that a specimen has been presented to the British
(Natural History) Museum by the superintendent of the civil-veterinary depart-
ment at Ahraednagar, Bombay, and is now exhibited to the public in the north
hall of that building. On examination the specimen proves to be of even more
interest than was expected.
Quoting from an Indian correspondent, Darwin stated that the Kathiawar
ponies are not considered pure bred unless they show striping. The spine, he
writes, is always striped, the legs generally show transverse barring, and in many
instances one, two, or even three shoulder-stripes may be present, while the
sides of the face may be also striped. It is added that the stripes are always
most conspicuous in the colts and that they may disappear in the adult.
The museum specimen (which stands about 14 hands) is a bright yellow dun
with a dark brown mane and dorsal stripe, the latter being continued down the
tail. The hairs on the sides and upper part of the tail are coloured like the
back, but the remainder is dark brown. Very noticeable is the circumstance that
for soms inches below its origin the upper surface of the tail is very sparsely
haired — that is to say, so far as long hairs are concerned. The under parts and
muzzle are coloured much like the back. On their front surfaces the limbs are
blackish brown from the knees and hocks downwards, as they also are on much
of their outer sides. Above the dark part barrings are distinctly visible on the
hind surface of the fore limbs and on the inner side of the hind pair. There is
no trace of a shoulder stripe, but certain dark mottlings on the sides of the face
may be regarded as remnants of stripes.
There can be little doubt that the aforesaid markings are the last vestiges of
a striping which was once complete, but was lost when the ancestral form of the
horse took more completely to a life in the open plains ; and from this it
follows that dun is probably the primitive colouring of the horse. But there is
another point of special interest in connection with this specimen. Those who
have seen the Mongolian wild ponies in the Zoo or in Woburn Park will not fail
to be struck by the marked resemblance presented to those animals (especially
the ones in which the muzzle and under parts are darker than usual) by the
Kathiawar pony. It is true ihat the latter is somewhat taller and more finely
built, while it has a much shorter and sleeker coat. Such differences are, how-
ever, only what we should expect to find in a domesticated breed inhabiting a
hot country. In addition to colouring (and it should be mentioned that the
THE ANCESTRY OF THE HORSE. 705
Mongolian ponies display leg-striping when in the summer coat), a marked resem-
blance between the two forms is noticeable in the sparse hairing of the base of
the tail.
There can, indeed, be little, if any, doubt as to the near relationship of the
domesticated Kathiawar pony to the wild pony of Mongolia, the former occu-
pying, in fact, a kind of halfway position between the latter and an ordinary
English pony. This resemblance, I venture to think, disposes for ever of the
pretensions of Equus prejeivalski to rank as a distinct species, and the question
narrows itself as to whether we are to consider the latter or the Kathiawar
pony as the ancestral type — that is to say, whether the Kathiawar pony is a
domesticated form of the wild Mongolian pony, or whether the Mongolian
pony is itself only a Kathiawar pony (or a nearly related breed with a white
muzzle) run wild. It would be of interest if Indian readers could give any
information as to whether white muzzles occur in Kathiawar ponies. I have
seen them in English dun ponies.
R. L;
(The above appeared in the Field on 28th November, 1903.)
2 2
706
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES.
No. I.— THE MEASUREMENTS OF THE LARGEST PAIR OF INDIAN
BISON'S HORNS (BOS GAURUS)m THE POSSESSION OF THE
BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.
Length of Right Horn, round the curve 39"
Do. Left do. do.
Round the entire sweep of both horns
Circumference of Right Horn, at the base.
Do. Left do. do.
Space between the tips, straight across
Inside span ... ... ...
Outside span
According to Mr. R. Lyddekker,* the gaur's head in this Society's Museum,
the measurements of which are given above, is the largest specimen on record.
The animal is said to have been killed by wild dogs in Salwen in Burma, and was
presented to us by Mr. A. J. A. Jardine in 1897.
W. S. MILLARD,
Honorary Secretary, Bombay Natural History Society.
93A"
20£"
20|"
m"
35A"
43*"
No. II— THE FOOD OF THE COMMON KRAIT (BUNGARUS
CANDID US).
I append another incident in further support of the belief that kraits subsist
mainly, if not exclusively, upon other snakes.
A warder in the jail here whilst going his rounds last night encountered a
krait (Bunf/arus caiulidus) which he captured in the act of devouring some creature.
A small portion of a tail was at the time protruding from the mouth. I killed
the snake which measured 2 feet 7f inches, and upon investigation found it
contained an adult Lycodon milieus, 1 foot 65 inches in length. This latter was
swallowed head first and lay at full length within the krait, the tail-tip being
about 5 inches from the mouth. The head and forebody were in an advanced
state of digestion, but the caudal extremity, including about two-thirds of the
body, appeared to be quite unaffected by the digestive process. It was especially
interesting as the victim proved to be a female, heavily pregnant with four eggs
which I judged to be very nearly matured. These were very elongate; one,
which was typical of all, measured 1| inches by § inch.
F. WALL, Capt., I.M.S.
Cannanoee, January 20th, 1904.
No. III.— THE FLAMINGO (PIICENICOPTERUS ROSEUS)
BREEDING ON THE RANN OF CUTCH.
(With a Plate.)
A note on the subject of the flamingo breeding in India, sent by Capt. C. D.
Lester, appeared amongst the miscellaneous notes printed in the Bombay
* The Great and Small Game of India, Burma and Thibet by R. Lyddekker, F.R.S., F.Z.S ,
F.G.S., 1900,
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 707
Natural History Society's Journal, Vol. VIII., No. 4. Since then 1 have more
than once made inquiries to find out if the larger flamingoes continued to breed
on the Rann of Cutch. It appears that they breed fairly regularly on the
Rann, except in seasons of a scanty rainfall, when there is very little or no
water lying on that tract, as has been the case during the recent years of scar-
city and famine, or when the rains do not arrive until very late in the year.
Their nests, which are built of earth while the earth is wet, are not made on
any particular island; but the birds seem to select ground slightly higher than
the surrounding country and covered with shallow water on all sides to a con-
siderable distance from the spot selected, evidently so as to be free from danger
from jackals, wolves, &c. It would be worth knowing if the flamingoes in
seasons which they find unfavourable for nesting on the Rann seek other safer
breeding grounds and, if so, whether they breed then on the Mekran Coast or
elsewhere, or whether in such years they do not nest at all. A few of the birds
are always to be seen in these parts. This year a large number of eggs and
three young birds not fully fledged have been brought to me. I have also had
photographs taken of the nests, which I send as they may prove of interest*
The place on the Rann where the nests were found is about eight miles to the
north-east of the Pachham,and here the nests were to be seen in hundreds.
The photograph was taken on the 6th November 1903, but the birds breed
earlier than that. The eggs found on the nests were all bad ones.
RAO KHENGARJI.
Bhuj Cutch, January 1904.
In the Fauna of British India, Birds, Vol. IV., page 409, Mr. Blanford ex-
presses some doubt as to whether the common flamingo does breed in the
Rann of Cutch, so that the above note by His Highness the Rao of Cutch,
together with the photograph supplied by him (which is here reproduced),
supplies us with conclusive evidence on this disputed point, and is of the greatest
value.
EDITORS.
No. IV— TIGER verms BEAR.
Last hot weather I visited some haunts of the gaur in the hopes of adding
another to the list of those slain. On the way to the camping ground I was
tramping along a jungle path on the edge of a water course, and arrested my
steps on seeing some tiger droppings. It is my invariable rule on such occa-
sions to make an examination in the event of anything of interest being
discovered. In this particular instance my curiosity was fully rewarded.
Two bears' claws and the remains of the beast's pads, entirely indigested, were
extracted. One of these claws I send for identification. My opinion is that
it belonged to a member of the species Ursus malayanus. Several days later,
quite by accident, I hit upon the scene of the fray. My attention was first
attracted by the appearance of the claw marks of a bear deeply indented in
the soft bark of a tree overhanging a pool of water. There were unmistakeable
signs of a severe scuffle in close proximity. Black hair tending to white at the
708 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
tips littered the ground in clumps, clearly indicating that the victim was not
overcome without making a good fight for his life and liberty. Though I
searched for the skull, I could not discover its whereabouts. The tiger must
have been, in the first instance, extremely pressed by hunger to tackle this
somewhat formidable antagonist. Though the Malayan bear is diminutive
in size, it can use its claws with great effect, and we can but surmise that the
tiger obtained some nasty scratches before he had proved the victor. It is
most probable that the bear was pounced upon unawares after having descended
from the tree. The tiger, too, must have felt somewhat uncomfortable till he
had got rid of the remains of his ursine meal. The spot where the bear was
devoured was high up on a mountain-side and some five miles from the place
where I picked up its claws. Are there other instances of a similar nature
on record ?
W. H. LANE, Captain,
Indian Army.
Kalemyo., Upper Burma,
January 20th, 1904.
No. V— LATE STAY OF SNIPE.
Last hot weather an orderly came to me one afternoon and brought news
that in some paddy fields that had recently been flooded by Burmans a.
considerable quantity of snipe had congregated together. As I had thought
to see no more of these birds that season, I was somewhat sceptical as to the
truth of the report. The first time on which I paid these inundated fields a
visit, I had ridden thirty miles in the morning ; but as two friends were arriving
on the following day, I made up my mind to prospect the swamp and see
whether it would be worth while giving them an outing. The following three
excerpts from my shooting diary may be of general interest, not on account of
the average number of cartridges per bird, for the shooting was very indifferent,
but by reason of the dates and the size of the bags : —
March 29th, Kalemyo. — 16 snipe, 1 redshank, 1 snippet (shot by mistake out
of a whisp) ; self out. My gun did not arrive from Kalewa till 4 p.m., light
very bad, and birds wild ; lost two more. Out of the last six shots only one
bird was hit, which eventually settled in very high grass, but darkness inter-
rupted the search. Expended 49 cartridges.
March 30tft, Kalemyo. — M B and self out in afternoon. Total 14 couple.
I was not shooting as straight as usual as guns walked too far apart and birds
got up rather wild.
April tth, Kalemyo. — Self out. Birds wild and day very hot. One of my boots
fell to pieces. 19 snipe. 50 cartridges expended.
On the first day I could not have commenced shooting before 4-30 p.m., as
the fields under water were a full mile from my bungalow. As the extract
shews, the last few shots were fired in semi-darkness. This, coupled with the
fact that I had just arrived from a 30-mile ride, was hardly conducive to
straight shooting. The second effort on March 30th was rendered a failure by
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 709
the other two guns constantly breaking the line in pursuit of flushed birds that
had got up out of range and settled again at no great distance. April 4th was
the best day of the three, and, had not the sole of ray boot come off, the bag
would have been larger. The heat of the sun was terrific, and it was almost
an impossibility to keep the hands on the barrels after firing a right and left.
I did not again venture out after them as on the 13th April I was after
gaur.
These snipe were evidently on their migratory trip northwards. Whether
the flooded piece of land received new recruits every night between the above
dates I am unable to state. Even in the heat of the day the birds were ex-
tremely wild, but there was no lack of numbers. I am positive they were not
there for breeding purposes, as the area was far too much disturbed.
Kalemyo, Upper Chindwin, W. H. LANE, Capt., I. A.,
February 9i/i, 1904. Burma Military Police.
No. VI.— LATE STAY OF SNIPE.
In a recent number of the Journal (page 344) of this volume, Captain
Lester has a note on the occurrence of snipe at Anmod, near Castle Rock, on the
7th 12th, and 20th of April. I recollect falling in with some on a later date
and at a point further South, namely, Honore (officially Honavar), in the North
Canara District. On the 11th of April, 1889, I found a number of snipe in a
small patch of rice in a sheltered valley, and shot four of them. Next day
I got two in the same place. There were more, and I recollect that they
seemed very tame ; but I was shooting atrociously, and the area was so limited
that they soon left it. Two years after, being in camp at Honore again, I went
to the same spot on the 21st of April, but found only two birds. My impres-
sion at the time was that this was a place where seclusion and good fare
tempted a few birds to defer their migration.
E. H. AITKEN.
Karachi, 2nd March 1904.
No. VII.— NOTES ON BIRDS' NESTING FROM POONA.
Having obtained a few good eggs since my last contribution to the Magazine,
I venture to add a few more notes. Before so doing, I trust I may be par-
doned if I make a remark or two solely on behalf of the Society.
Many members of the Society have remarked to me lately that the Journal
was getting too scientific and that even the Miscellaneous Notes were getting
beyond them, in consequence of which they were thinking of throwing up their
membership. This is mainly due to the use of scientific names. It must be
remembered that there are a large number of members who take interest
in Natural History, but do not go into it deeply or keep books of reference.
To such, scientific names convey no meaning. For example, there are many
sportsmen who shoot small game. To these Platalea leucorodia would convey
nothing ; but when the English name Spoonbill is introduced, interest is awa-
kened, as the bird is common and known to any person shooting duck or snipe.
When only the scientific name is used, many members pass over the article as
710 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
they do not know to what it refers. As soon as the English name appears, it i»
full of interest. It is not, therefore, expecting too much of contributors to the
Miscellaneous Notes to ask them to use English names when possible and to
thus attract and keep members.
The Brown Ceake (Amaurornis akool). — Barnes in his " Birds of Bombay *
states that the Brown Crake is not common in the Dekhan. T think he makes
a mistake, as I have frequently come across it at Poona and other parts of the
Dekhan ; in fact, should call it common. I have heard a shrill rattlelike call,
frequently emanating from a sugarcane field or some such similar locality,
which I attribute to this bird. I cannot be certain, as I have never caught the
bird in the act of calling ; but if my surmise is correct, I should say the bird
was abundant. Like all birds of this class, its habits are lurking : it haunts
swamps, water, thickets in the vicinity of water and such like places. It may
be seen on occasions walking along a path, jerking its tail or scutling across
a bit of open ground to cover. It is not over difficult to flush, though not a
strong flier. I found three nests round Poona last year — one on the 29th August,
with six fresh eggs, off which I shot the female for identification, and two on the
13th September with five and six slightly incubated eggs each. The nests, mere
pads of grass, well concealed, were placed on little raised tussocks of grass in
a swamp. The best way to discover the nest is with a line of beaters ; as the
line approaches the nest, the hen, a close sitter, slips off, and either runs ahead,
looking like a rat, or flies a short way. If search is made, a nest is usually
disclosed. The eggs are of whitish colour, covered with purplish or brownish
red spots, streaks and splashes.
The Bald Coot {Fulica atra). — In 1902 I found no nests of this bird.
In 1903 I came on many. The ground searched was the same as that in 1901.
I merely record the fact, as I do not think the Bald Coot breeds habitually in
India, but only occasionally.
The Black-winged Kite (Elanus cceruleus). — After many years of birds'
nesting, I have at last taken the eggs of this bird myself. It is said to have
been common round Poona about 1876. I have found it rare. On the 7th Sep-
tember 1903, I came on a couple of these birds in grass land, studded with mango
trees, half grown, and watched them. They are rather fascinating in their
movements, being very restless, flitting from perch to perch, hovering a moment,
dropping on some insect in the grass, uttering their whistlelike call — in fact,
being continuously on the move. I thought they were nesting as they appeared
more restless and anxious than usual, being decidedly aggressive to all winged
creatures. After a short period, one disappeared. I began searching round,
and presently noticed a crow-like nest in a small mango tree, on tapping which
out flew the bird. There were four partially incubated eggs. On 26th January
1904, I found another nest below the Mhaswad Tank Bank. There were only
two eggs which I left for three days, but as no more were laid, I took them.
Somehow I think they were addled. The nest was in a small sapling and the
bird on it. It looked absolutely new, being lined with fresh stalks of grass.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 711
The Spoonbill [Platalea leucorodia), the Indian Siiaq (Phalacrocorax
fuscicollis), the Smaller Egret (Herodias intermedia), and the Black Jbis
(Inocotis papillosus).—! had rather a find of these birds. During a recent tour
I stopped at Rajewadi on the Mhaswad Tank, about fifty miles due east of
Satara. This is an enormous stretch of water, but little did I think that I
should obtain water birds' eggs at this time of year— January. I soon noticed
a single tree, standing well in the water, laden with nests. On visiting it
I found nests of the first three on it : each sort seemed to keep to itself. The
Spoonbills all had young, but I obtained eggs of the other two. The Smaller
Egret's, four in number, partially incubated, while the Indian Shag's contained
four, five and six eggs each. Although I put the birds off their nests, I think
the eggs of the last mentioned were very suspicious as they shook in their shells.
The nests of all three were very similar, except that the Egret's were smaller.
The tree and nests were indescribably filthy, being white with droppings,
looking as though they were covered with hoar frost. The nests were alive
with vermin, and some had a dead bird or two to add to the accumulation. I am
sure they are not possessors of Sanitary Commissioners or Associations. On
my climbing the trees, all birds that could fly left it, and there was a general
uproar. The tiny young, incapable of moving, remained still ; the rest began
scrambling over each other and showing a wonderful amount of agility. I was
afraid they would be precipitated into the water : not a bit of it, they hung on
as tenaciously as monkeys. I came on several other trees, similarly situated,
with many Spoonbills' nests, and I got four clutches containing three eggs each,
except one which had only two. These nests, however, were by themselves and
not among the general crowd. It is curious why water-birds should breed in
colonies ; where trees are scarce, it might be understood, but when there are
plenty standing in water, why they should pack together is hard to understand.
It must be miserably uncomfortable to have no elbow room. Perhaps they
think that their young require licking into shape by each other. This they
apparently get, judging by the incessant squabbling and squawking that takes
place and the way they tumble over each other.
I also got three eggs of the Black Ibis. There was a single nest in a tree
standing in water, on which the bird was sitting. These eggs were quite bad.
How long they had been laid cannot be said or why the bird continued to sit.
One would think instinct would tell them that the eggs are " bad uns " : these
were even beyond the " election " stage. I consider I did the bird a good
turn by taking them, as she would probably have died in her efforts to hatch
them off.
The Painted Stork (Tantalus leucocephalus), — According to Oates, not many
nesting places are known of the Painted Stork. I came on one at Dhakor, in
Guzerat, some years ago, and have just struck another at Khatpal, about ten
miles East of Mhaswad Tank, on the western borders of Sholapur. The
colony consists, I should say, of some fifty or sixty couples. The nesting site was
at the top of an enormous banyan tree. The nests seem small, but sufficient
712 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
to fit the bird; I was afraid I should not obtain any eggs as some of the birds
were building. However, on sending up a man I got several clutches of abso-
lutely fresh eggs, 27th January 1904. Four appears the complement, though
one nest contained five eggs. It seems odd why these ungainly birds should nest
on the very tops of lofty trees. They do not look in the least at home, and
appear to take all their time in trying to keep their balance, in doing which
they give one the idea of being on a tight rope. It puzzles me why they should
select this ourious spot to breed in. The country round is dry and unattrac-
tive. True, there is a small tank close by, which always contains water and a
nullah, choked with reeds, running handy. Probably these contain a good
class of frog or other food palatable to the bird, which binds them here. The
local people say they never migrate, but remain all the year round.
The Bkahminy Kite (Haliastur indus). — Within a stone's throw of the
Painted Stork's colony I found a nest of this bird on the same date, containing one
fresh egg. Although fairly common, I have not found many of their nests.
They seem to retire to quiet and secluded retreats to bring up their young.
R. M. BETHAM, Majoe.
Poona, ith March, 1904.
No. VIII— THE HIMALAYAN NUTCRACKER (NUCIFRAGA
HEMISPILA) AND OTHER WALNUT-EATING BIRDS.
I am sending for the Society's Museum two skins of the Himalayan Nut-
cracker, which I have collected and prepared, as these specimens are in much
better plumage than the first I sent some time ago. I have also been able this
time to secure both the male and female birds.
In my first account of the Himalayan Nutcracker, I mentioned that I had
found it on the Mountains of Kullu at an altitude of from eight to nine thousand
feet. Jerdon states that he had observed it at ten thousand. This year I have
noticed the bird as low as five and six thousand. In fact, it follows the region of
the Piuus excelsa, the seeds of which furnish it, to a great extent, with food.
I am glad of an opportunity of again bringing the Himalayan Nutcracker to
the notice of the Ornithological Branch of your Committee, as in my first notice
of it I stated that, during a certain portion of the year, its food consisted of
wild walnuts, and I forwarded, with the specimen then sent, a string of walnuts,
both shells of which had been perforated by the bird in a very regular manner.
I felt certain of the fact I thus notified, because I made particular inquiries from
no less than seven different hillmen who lived on the mountain on which I shot
the bird, and they all told me that during the fruit season the Nutcracker lived
principally on wild walnuts, in confirmation of which statement they brought
me the doubly perforated shells, of which there was a quantity lying about undo*
every walnut tree in the vicinity of my mountain camp. Upon my suggesting
that the nuts had been opened in this way by a rat, the men ridiculed the idcii ,
and declared that the bird, and nothing but the bird, with which they were
quite familiar, had perforated the walnuts,
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 713
I saw in the Society's Journal, Volume 14, No. 4, published on the 10th
February 1903, page 819, a notice of the Nucifraga hemispila by Mr. Osmaston,
your Darjeeling correspondent, who criticised my former note in the following
words : —
" With reference to a note by General Osborn on the Himalayan nutcracker
{Nucifraga hemispila) which appeared on page 628 of Vol. 14 of the Society's
Journal, I should like to make a few remarks.
It is stated in the above that the nutcracker perforates the shell of the wild
walnut, and feeds upon the contents. This, I maintain, is a mistake.
The wild walnut of the Himalayas has an intensely hard shell which it would
be quite impossible for any bird to perforate. Even the black bear finds it too
tough a nut for his powerful jaws to crack, though he feeds largely on the
cultivated variety with a thinner shell. The only animal, as far as I know, which
can circumvent the excessively thick and hard shell of the wild walnut is a
species of rat (probably Mus mveiventer). When stationed for some years in
the North-West Himalayas (Chakrata), I constantly came across wild walnuts,
with the round holes, described by General Osborn, bored in a systematic manner
on either side of the nut ; but the holes showed evident marks of the teeth of a
small rodent, and though I never actually saw the rat at work, I think there
can be little doubt but that he is the culprit."
Upon reading the above note by Mr. Osmaston, I thought it advisable to
make still further enquiries as to the walnut-aating habit of the nutcracker, and
to this end I asked my friend Mr. J. C. Carroll, Deputy Conservator of Forests
in the Kullu Range, to make enquiries forme on quite a different mountain range
in Kuilu to the one I have mentioned, as to what bird or rodent is in the habit
of thus perforating the wild walnuts. I may mention that Mr. Carroll is himself
a good naturalist and ornithologist.
On returning from his forest tour, he brought me the information that, after
careful enquiries, he found that the bird which bores into the walnuts is, without
doubt, the Himalayan nutcracker. He further gave me a very interesting note,
which I insert below, regarding the walnut-eating habit of the lesser spotted
woodpecker {Dendrocopus minor), a much smaller bird than the nutcracker.
Mr. Carroll's Note.
" Your account of the perforation of walnuts by the Nucifraga hemispila is
very interesting, and, as I told you, has reminded me of a similar habit which
I have seen practised by the lesser spotted woodpecker.
I spent the summer in 1901 and 1902 at ' Kalatop, ' the forest bungalow
near Dalhousie, and was surprised to learn from the gardener that the fruit on
a walnut tree near the bungalow never came to anything. He could give me
no reason for this.
Later on in the summer, just as the walnuts were ripening, I was constantly
hearing the tapping of a woodpecker, and on tracing the sound found that it
came from the walnut tree referred to. I disturbed the bird, and found that it
was a lesser spotted woodpecker. On hearing the tapping again, I went quietly
23
714 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol XV
under the tree, and closely watched the bird at work, boring into the nuts, first
perforating the outer skin— an easy task — and then the hard, fully formed shell
of the nut itself — a very different matter.
I secured some of the nuts, and found that the whole of the kernel had been
eaten away by the bird. A large hole, sometimes nearly the size of one side of
the nut, had been made, and the contents neatly scooped out.
I was at first under the impression that the attacks were made in search of
some insect, but examination of nuts on which attacks had been commenced
disproved this, for the bird had certainly excavated for the contents of the nut
itself.
When I had made theso observations, I gathered the nuts which survived, and
found them all good, though rather small fruit, with very hard shells. I saw
the same thing happen to the same tree in 1902."
Now we have seen from Mr. Carroll's note that the lesser spotted wood-
pecker is a great destroyer of wild walnuts, and, for further light upon this
point, I extract the following from " Dr. Schlich's Manual of Forestry," Vol. 4,
page 128, where the learned doctor discourses on the damage done by wood-
peckers to trees and seeds.
He says Dendrocopus major, alone of the woodpeckers, eats large quantities,
of coniferous seeds. It wedges the cones which it has plucked in a cleft of the
bark or in an angle between a stem and a branch, opens them out, and
removes the seeds with its bill. One can distinguish between the action of the
crossbill and the woodpecker in this respect. Frequently the ground under a
tree is covered with opened out cones. Also v:alnuts, hazelnuts, acorns, and
other fruits are eaten by the great woodpecker.
Here we have the valuable testimony of two very competent witnesses, both
of them foresters, to the fact that the spotted woodpeckers, both great and
small, find no difficulty whatever in extracting the kernels from walnuts.
How much easier then must it be for the Himalayan nutcracker to do the
same thing, he being a much larger and very much more powerful bird, with a
bill built like that of the woodpecker, but much stronger in every way.
In connection with all these points, it is interesting to note that if you dissect
the eye of a woodpecker, you will find that the sclerotic coat (in which is en-
closed the soft portions of the eye, such as the crystaline lens, iris, vitreous
humour, &c.) is very much stronger, thicker, more cartilaginous, and more
absolutely horny than the sclerotic of any of the insect-eating, grain-eating or
fruit-eating birds. This extra strong construction of the eye of the genus
picus is to protect its semi-fluid contents from being jarred and very possibly
displaced by the shocks to which the head of the bird is subjected when the
woodpecker is hammering away with its bill at the hard bark or wood of a
tree.
Dissect the eye of a Himalayan nutcracker, and you will find the sclerotic
coal similarly specialized, this formation being doubtless a provision of nature
as in the case of the wooilpeokers, to protect the eye of the bird from damage
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 715
and shock whcii the owner is battering away at pine cones, hard walnuts and
other nuts. The inference, therefore, is that the structure of the eye of the
nutcracker is a fair indication of its feeding habits, as regards nut-cracking,
nut-piercing and walnut-boring, and even possibly tree-boring, for I have seen it
on decaying pine trunks evidently searching for grubs and insects.
I have written these notes, not in a spirit of controversy, but simply to
elucidate a doubted point in natural history, and to furnish, upon this very
same point, information which appears to me to be sufficiently clear and
reliable.
W. OSBORN, Lt.-Genebal,
Osuorn House, Naggar Kullu, Kangra District,
Punjab, Uth Match, 1904.
No. IX.— NESTING OF THE HORNBILLS.
It is well known that the hornbills build their nests in hollows and holes,
high up in forest trees, and that the male bird, when the hen is ready to sit,
walls her up, and completely conceals her and her nest by plastering up the
orifice of the hole with clay or mud, leaving only a small opening for her bill to
protrude. He brings food for her daily, and she remains thus imprisoned till
the young birds are ready to leave the nest. The reason for this curious
habit has always been a mystery, to which, however, I think I have obtained
a clue.
I ascertained some time ago, when a nest of the common grey hornbill
(_Menicefos bicomis) was discovered, that during the period of incubation and
subsequent care of her young, the hen bird, while walled into her nest, as above
described, had moulted the whole of the quill feathers of her wings and tail.
Now if it is the habit of the females of all of the hornbills to moult in this
fashion during the time of nidification, it is evident that the bird, unable to fly.
or in any way to retreat from her enemies, must become the prey of any
marauding predatory bird or beast which happened to discover her. This, it
strikes me, must be the reason why the hen hornbill is thus protected and con-
cealed by the male bird (which probably moults irregularly) while she is
incubating and bringing up her young brood.
The habit of moulting all of the quill feathers at one and the same time is
common to some of the ducks, notably "The Spot Bill" (Anas pcEciloryncha),
and, I have heard, to some of the Australian swans. But this peculiar moult in
the case of the hornbills, from the one instance that has come under my notice,
appears to be confined to the female bird alone, and, under the circumstances
described, the motive and necessity of the clever concealment of the nest
become apparent.
I should like to see some more information on this matter of the female
hornbill moulting as I have described. The habit must be common to all of the
numerous family of the hornbills, else why should their nests be so peculiarly
and ingeniously hidden ?
716 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Forest officers fond of bird life and sportsmen naturalists, -who wander into
the haunts of these birds, might be able to throw further light on this very
interesting point, for this curious nesting habit is common to all the hornbills of
India, Burmah, the Malay Peninsula, and Africa.
W. OSBORN, Lt.-General.
Osborn House, Naggar Kullu, Kangra District,
Punjab, 11th March, 1904.
No. X.— THE BLACK AND YELLOW GROSBEAK
(HESPERIPHONA ICTERIOIDES).
I send for the Society's Museum a stuffed skin of the male black and yellow
grosbeak which I shot at Naggar, Kullu, on the 1st of January 1904.
This handsome grosbeak is a winter visitant only to this part of the
Himalayas, but it does not stay long. I tried to get a specimen of the female
bird, the plumage of which differs considerably from that of the male, but
could not succeed, chiefly owing to the short stay of this grosbeak in Kullu.
W. OSBORN, Lt.-General.
Osborn House, Naggar Kullu, Kangra District,
Punjab, llth March, 1904.
No. XI.- OCCURRENCE OF THE WHOOPER SWAN {CYGNUS
MUSICOS) IN SIND.
I am sending you for the Society's collection the skin of what appears to be
a young whooper swan which was shot on the 31st January last on a sheet of
water known aa the Changra Dhand, in the Kambar Taluka, Larkana District,
It was the only one seen.
As, I believe, only one other specimen has been obtained in Sindr the occur-
rence is worth recording.
J. CRERAR, LOS.
Larkana, Sind, 12th February, 1904.
Mr. Crerar is undoubtedly correct in his identification, and the occurrence of
this rare bird is certainly worth recording. We have in our collection only
one other specimen obtained in India, shot on the River Beas, in Hoshiarpur,.
and sent to us by General W. Osborn in January 1900.
EDITORS-.
No. XII.— THE CRESTED HAWK-EAGLE
(SPIZJSTUS CIRRHATUS).
I send you a specimen of this bird for the Society^ collection, as, I think, its
occurrence here is of interest. The specimen was shot by Capt. Pritchard at
Chatrapur on the 7th instant. It had been seen about here since November,
and had killed several of his fowls and chickens. Captain Pritchard informs
me that he shot another here in 1895.
There are no forests within many miles of Chatrapur, and the nearest forests,
twenty miles away, are thin scrub for the most part. I have not previously
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 717
seen this bird so near the sea (within three miles) or so far from forests
although it is not uncommon inland in the forest tracts of Gumsur.
C. E. C. FISCHER, I. F. S.
Chatrapur, Ganjam District,
dth March, 1904.
No. XIII.— BIRDS BATHING IN CLOUDY WEATHER.
I daresay many people who have kept birds will have noticed that their
pets choose to take their baths, not as one might expect on hot sunny days,
but in dull overcast weather, when it is rather cooler than usual.
This has puzzled me for a long time. The only explanation I can find for it,
and I cannot say it is one I am altogether satisfied with, is that in such weather
evaporation is retarded, and the bird feels by instinct that it is less likely to
take a chill.
Last Christmas Day, however, I noticed a circumstance which accentuates
this curious habit.
It was a cold day and slightly overclouded. About half an hour before sun-
set I saw some sixty crows of two species (C. .splendens and corrone), all busily
engaged in splashing about in a shallow tank. Now what could have induced
these birds to choose one of the coldest days in the year, and just before
going to roost too, to thoroughly saturate themselves, I am at a loss to discover,
and perhaps some of our readers can throw some light on the subject.
A. NEWNHAM, Major.
Lucknow, March, 1904.
No. XIV— NATURAL CHECKS ON OVER-INCREASE.
It seems to me an investigation into the above subject is one which would
repay the trouble and bring to light many interesting facts. Out in India,
where man, as a destructive agency, has probably less influence than in any
other country in the world, we get things more or less in their natural state,
and should be able to study the question under exceptional advantages. The
particular phase of the subject mentioned in my heading, however, is the
apparent absence of any check in the case of certain animals and birds.
For example, monkeys. Natives, of course, will not kill them, and few
Europeans care to. They have no natural enemy to diminish their numbers,
though panthers may occasionally catch them in wooded country. Take the
ordinary case of monkeys in the plains, living near villages. They have
abundance of food all the year round and apparently no natural check what-
ever to their unlimited increase, yet, as far as I can make out, one never
hears of such an increase in their numbers as to make them a source of
danger or serious damage to man's food supply, as, for instance, is caused
by lemmings or locusts.
The Sadar Bazar here is full of monkeys, but from enquiries I have made
I find their numbers have remained stationary. One possible explanation
may be their family arrangements, according to which the lord of the harem
718 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV,
allows no intrusions by the younger males. Yet this does not entirely explain
it, for the same system prevails amongst many gregarious animals whose num-
bers are enormous in spite of many natural enemies. Monkeys are certainly
subject to plague, but I have not heard of any serious mortality on this
account nor by any other epidemic.
Turning to the bird-world, take the common parrot. Its numbers are
incredible in certain districts — Guzerat, for instance— and they do a lot of mis-
chief. But why are their numbers not even greater ? Few birds of prey can
catch a parrot. They roost in safety and nest in comparative safety, and food
they must be able to obtain at all seasons of the year, otherwise they would
migrate. Yet their numbers remain about the same, for one never sees in re-
venue reports any reference to a plague of parrots as a reason fur a deficient crop.
I think this is a subject on which the experiences and opinions of some of our
members, scattered as they are over the whole of India, would be very inter-
esting ; and it is in the hope of calling forth such that I have broached a topic
on which I personally confess to ignorance.
Lucknow, March, 1904. A. NEWNHAM, Major.
No. XV.— THE OCCURRENCE OF RARE BIRDS IN INDIA.
On the 7th instant a fine male specimen of the pink-footed goose (Anser
hrachyrhynchus) was brought to me by a native shikari The bird was one of
a flock of about forty geese, probably not all of this species, and was shot on
the banks of the Brahmaputra whilst working up stream preparatory to migra-
tion to North-East China. The colours of the soft parts were as follows :—
Iris red-brown ; feet, brilliant crimson-pink ; bill, brilliant crimson-pink ; com-
missure of lower mandible, yellowish ; nail, black, but the edges paler.
Mr. N. S. Mondy saw two birds, which he believed to be of this species, in a
lar<?e gaggle of geese on a chur in the same river. He could not get near
enough for a shot, but, even at the distance he was, the feet and bill were
rendered conspicuous by their brilliant colour.
Mr. More shot two female ducks {A nas zonorhyncha) on the Sissi bheel on
the 6th March. The birds were two out of a flock of about forty. It would
seem, therefore, that zonorhyncha and not pcecilorkyncha is the typical form of
spot-bill found in the extreme East of Assam. In Cachar, Manipore and
Gowhatty the form is poecilorhyncha,
E. C. STUART BAKER, F.Z.S.
Dibuugarii, Assam, 22nd March, 1004.
No. XVI— A LARGE BAOBAB TREE.
In the Journal, Vol. XV., page 131, there is a note on a large Adansonia
difjitata, and, as I happen to be living at present in a compound in which seven
baobabs grow, I have been induced to measure the largest, and find that two of
them exceed the dimensions given by Mr. G. M. Woodrow.
The largest (at 4' from the ground) measures 4<S'-2" in circumference, and
has an estimated height of 82'.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 719
The tree is known as the largest in Madras, and is a magnificent specimen as
you may see from the photograph sent under a separate cover.
The second largest tree measured at 4' from the ground 35-G" and at
1 from ground level 39'-6".
W. B. BANNERMAN, Lt.-Col., I.M.S.
St. Thomas' Mount, Madras,
2nd April, 1904.
No. XVII— DOVES AT JULLUNDUR.
It may be worth recording that on two occasions recently, when riding down
the Mall here, I observed, at the same spot, a dove (undoubtedly the same bird)
which looked to me like a cross between Turtus suratensis and Turtus cambayen-
sis. It was in the company of a pair of the latter, which with T. risorius are
the common species of these parts. The bird seemed too small for suratensis,
and, with the exception of the pale rufous-isabelline spots on the wing coverts,
was in size and markings similar to cambayensis.
The occurrence of T. suratensis in the plains of the Punjab is, I believe, if
not almost unknown, at any rate very rare, and this is certainly the first occasion
on which I have observed it in these parts. It is, however, not uncommon in
the Kangra Hills sixty miles North.
Unfortunately, on neither occasion had I a gun handy, and although I have
since looked for the bird, I have not been able to find it again.
Jullunddr, February, 1904. H. A. F. MAGRATH, Major.
No. XVIII.— THE OCCURRENCE OF THE MALAY FISH-OWL
(KETUPA JAVANENSIS) IN ASSAM.
I have to record the appearance of Ketupa javanensis in this district, a fine
female having been shot a few miles from here on March 23rd. At first sight
I mistook it for K. zeylonensis, but on comparison with that bird the smaller
size and absence of cross barrings were very evident. This is, I believe, the
first, record of K. javanensis in Assam.
' Margherita, Upper Assam, H. N. COLTART.
April, 1904.
No. XIX.— FLY-FISHING IN THE BOMBAY PRESIDENCY.
MEGALOPS CYPB1NOIDES AS A FLY-TAKER.
( With a Plate copied from Thomas' " Rod in India")
Fishermen are almost bound to welcome any information which, in any way,
tends to add to the number of fly-takers in Indian waters. A good fly-taker is
assuredly a rara avis, and in Megalops I have recently found a creature of the
required " gentlemanly tendencies."
Last rains it was decided to " stock " the tank close to the Government
Officers' Bungalows at Alibag. My object in doing this was to try and secure
some sort of fishing — the sea having failed me — during a time of the year
when existence is somewhat marred by monotony and generally damped by
ibout 100 inches of rain. The other objects were to secure a greater purity in
720 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL- HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
the water-supply and to keep the mosquito larvse from establishing a needless
monopoly. Thus it came about that I put in 1,000 fry of various sorts, includ-
ing, to my knowledge, the Lates calcarifer (" cock up "), Chela argentia
("chelwa"), Barbus filamentosus ("the black spot"), and Macrones chryseus
(" shingali"). At that time I had not recognized our present " friend^in-need "
the Megalops. I took him, I remember, for a little carp, but felt, at the same
time, uncertain as to his precise identity. This selection of fry will not be
considered a very judicious one by the expert, but it was the first time I had
ever attempted to " stock" a pond, and the all-pervading desire was to get the
fish in. The Lates calcarifer and Macrones chryseus, as is well known, are
essentially sea and estuary fish ; but they appear to thrive quite as well as the
Meyalops, whose true home and abode is the adjacent sea water.
The water in the tank is rapidly drying up now, and the welfare of the fish
is somewhat at stake. But it is hoped that the remaining two months may be
somehow tided over. So much for the actual history of the fish placed in the
little tank referred to here. What I ventured to sit down to draw very parti-
cular attention to was, however, the marvellous " fly-taking " propensities of this
fish. During the last three or four days they have displayed a more pronounced
inclination to rise about sun down and continue to do so until it is dark.
The fish are magnificently coloured and very game. We have used throughout
small " chelwa" flies supplied by Luscombe, and have secured several specimens
every evening. If one recollects that the fry were only put in last July, when
about 3" in length, and that they now attain \ to ^ lb. in weight and measure
10", their rate of growth, in strictly circumscribed circumstances, is one of the
most satisfactory features about an altogether satisfactory fish. Their habit
of leaping right out of the water when hooked requires very careful manipula-
tion and adds to the sport. The local vernacular name for the fish is " Warus,"
^J3, and they are known by the same name all down the Rutnagiri Coast. The
fish is described in page 214 of Thomas' " Rod in India," wherein his excellent
performance with the fly is not given sufficient prominence to. All that is
said is, " I am told that they, as well as Elops saurus, have been caught in the
Madras Fort ditch with a white fly."
It is to be hoped that a sufficient case has been made out to induce sports-
men to " stock " fresh-water tanks anywhere near the coast with Megalops.
The process is not very troublesome, and it is both interesting and productive.
Locally, the fish is said to attain to a length of nearly 2 feet, at which stage
he probably weighs between 3£ and 4£ lbs. A good fly-taker of this calibre
deserves a very respectful consideration at all hands.
W. A. WALLINGER.
Order. PHYSOSTOMI
Megalops eyprinoides B xxiv — xxvi D. 19 — 21 ( TT=n>)
V. 10 A 24—27 (2^) C. 19 L.L. 37—42 L. TV. 5—6/6
Vernacular name " Waras " (Marathi.)
Aubag, 19ft April, 1904.
MP W>r 'M >J/WffiMW^
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 721
No. XX.— THE LARGE BROWN FLYING-SQUIRREL
{PTEROMYS ORAL).
I have just shot an old male specimen of this animal in the Partabgarh
jungles, on the banks of the Kermoi stream, an affluent of the Jakam river,
near the Bhil village of Raima.* The spot is about 1,500 feet above sea level.
The local people call it a cat with wings (Pank-wala Billi). They say that it is
generally only seen at night. This one had been wounded in one hind leg, prob-
ably by some predatory animal, and came fluttering down close to our tents at
about 8 o'clock in the morning, and then climbed half way up a tree before he
«ould be secured.
Measurements : —
Length, including tail 2-9"
Length, without tail ... ... ... ... ... ... 1-3"
Greatest width stretched out 2'-0"
Width between fore-feet ... l'-8"
Width between hind-feet 1-8"
Though I know these jungles well, I have never before seen or even heard of
their being inhabited by this species or any kind of tree-squirrel.
A. F. PINHEY, Majob,
Resident, Meywar.
Camp Ranna (Partabgarh),
Uth April, 1904.
No. XXI —INDIAN YAMS (DIOSCOREA DAiMONA), ROXB.
Mr. Hooper, under date 15th ultimo, writes in reference to the chemical
analysis of Dioscorea dcemona which was quoted in my note at page 366 of the
present volume of this Journal :—
" It is not quite fair to quote an analysis of a tuber containing 65 per cent, of
water and compare it with the analysis of one containing 78'3 per cent. I have
examined a few samples of yams from your district, and I am analysing the
results calculated on the absolutely dry root. In doing this with the two
specimens you quote we get —
Yam. Potato.
Fat - 1*23 "46
Protein
Carbohydrates
Fibre ... ••-
Ash ... •••
8-91 10-14
78-94
4-06
6-86
}
100- 100-
Where there is not such a wide difference in the protein and carbohydrates as
is shown in the moist root*
* Latitude, 24° 12'.
Longitude, 74° 33'.
21
722 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV
You say that your analysis of the yam is ' a general average .' Those I have
examined have been one or two tubers of a distinct species, and I find the
average nitrogenous matter of some thirty specimens to be higher than the
potato. These results will shortly be published in an Agricultural Ledger."
In saying that the analysis of the yam was " a general average, " it ought to
have been made clearer that this remark alluded to the analysis of the potato
recorded immediately above and not to Dioscorea damona.
I need scarcely say I am very much indebted to Mr. Hooper for giving me
an opportunity of amending my note and also for sending me his interesting
comparative analysis of the dry root of Dioscorea damona and potato.
The results of his examination of these various yams, which are to appear in
an Agricultural Ledger, will be awaited with interest.
G. M. RYAN, I.F.S.
Thana District, l\th April, 1904.
No. XXII— SHOOTING NOTES IN CANNANORE.
I append a list of the game birds that have fallen to my gun this season
around Cannanore. The backwater here with its many winding waterways
opening out into jheellike expanses every here and there, and bordered with
lowlying marsh land, appears at first sight to offer peculiar attractions to
wild fowl, and it is therefore remarkable that practically none visit us. The
whole system is tidal, and many of the water courses run empty with the
ebb tides. Owing to these conditions, the water is brackish, and water weeds
receive little encouragement to flourish, and it is possibly to both of these
causes that one may attribute the paucity of species and numbers. During
the whole season I have seen less than a dozen duck, and all I saw appeared
to be of one species — whistling teal, I am told — but 1 got no chance of sub-
stantiating this information. The season is admitted by all, including our one
and only local shikari, to have been an indifferent one, snipe being not nearly
so plentiful as usual.
•These included 3 Columba intermedin (The Indian Blue Rock), 2 Totunus glottis (Greenshauk)
and 1 Gallinago gallinala (Jacksnipe).
F. WALL, Capt., I.M.S.
(J annanore, 20th April, 1904.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 723
No. XXIII— THE LAPWING OR PEEWIT
(VANELLUS VULGARIS).
I see in Blandford that the Peewit has not been recorded further east than
Oudh ; it may be interesting therefore to note, that last cold weather it was
fairly plentiful along the banks of the Upper Chindwin and in swampy ground
in the same locality. To make certain one was shot on the 12th December
1903 and skinned for identification.
H. H. HARINGTON, Captain.
Monywa, 17th April, 1904.
No. XXIV.— MELANISM AMONGST PANTHERS.
I do not know if the information is of any value beyond being corroborative,
but on 20th March, some forest employes working in the forests near Hopin
in the Bhamo District of Upper Burma came upon a black female leopard
with cubs in a large hollow tree. They returned to camp and came out with an
elephant, which scared the mother leopard and she bolted. The men were
then able to secure the cubs, one of which was black, while the other was the
ordinary spotted yellow kind. The latter died, but the black one is alive and
doing well, and I propose to take him home next month for the London Zoo,
This seems to make it perfectly clear that the black leopard is only a freak.
The cub I now have has a number of solitary white hairs all over the body
and legs, and the whiskers are pure white. In certain lights the ordinary
leopard spots can be distinctly seen, being jet black on a muddy black fur.
I hope to watch the development of colour.
T. A. HAUXWELL,
Conservator of Forests.
Maymyo, Burma, 21st April, 1904.
No. XXV— PAPILIO MACHAON IN BALUCHISTAN.
I saw, a few days ago, on a hill about midway between Quetta and Nushki,
a fine Papilio, which I am certain was machaon. It was a perfectly fresh
specimen, but seemed to be of a more greenish tint than those I have seen
in England and the Himalayas. I watched it for some time, and almost
succeeded in capturing it with my fingers. I do not know whether this
species has previously been recorded from Baluchistan, but I have been over
two years in the neighbourhood of Quetta, and never before saw any Papilio
here, so perhaps it may be worth recording.
C.G. NURSE, Major,
113th Infantry.
Quetta, May, 1904.
No. XXVI.— OCCURRENCE OF A RARE SEA SNAKE {DISTIRA
GILLESPIE) ON THE MALABAR COAST.
In the Bombay Natural History Society's Journal Vol. XI T, page 042,
Mr. G. A. Boulenger described and figured a new sea snake caught in the
724 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY } Vol. XV.
Kurrachee harbour which he called Distira GUlespice.
On the 5th March this year I had
a specimen of this evidently rare
snake brought me by a fisherman I
employ to collect fur me in Canna-
nore. When questioned he doubted
whether he had ever seen a similar
snake before. My specimen almost
exactly accords with Mr. Boule ti-
ger's description, and plate, but as
the snake is so rare, and there ap-
pear to me some additional points
worthy of mention, perhaps a repeti-
tion of the characters on my own
lines may be of interest.
The snake, a male, measures 4 feet
2| inches, of which the tail accounts
for 4f inches. It was brought alive
and unscathed in a chatty, and
proved to be remarkably active and
strong, freeing itself repeatedly from
the grasp of my long metal tongs.
Removed from its native element
the forepart of the body is freely
and actively mobile, but progression
is almost nullified by the weight
and conformation of its hinder
parts.
General Characters. — The head is-
of the same calibre as the anterior
part of the body. The snout pro-
jects well over the chin. The eye
is small, situated laterally, with a
slight inclination upwards, and the
iris during life was too dark to per-
mit of the shape of the pupil being investigated. After immersion inspirit
the pupil is seen to be round. The commissure of the mouth is peculiar
viewed in profile, resembling an italic / with the curves exaggerated, and the
anterior convex upwards. The neck shows no constriction behind the head.
The body is cylindrical and of nearly uniform calibre in about its anterior half,
when it rapidly increases, acquiring a markedly compressed character and
heavy form, the depth of the snake at its greatest girth being about four times
that in its anterior part. The tail as in other hydrophides is markedly flattened
from side to side (compressed).
Distira Gillespice.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 725
Color.— Head blackish above, merging to yellowish laterally. Chin (except
at tip which is blackish) and throat yellowish. Body anteriorly lemon-yellow
with black dorsal rhomboids confluent by their angles Vertebrally. Black-
similarly shaped marks on belly, confluent by their angles, form a ventral
streak. Posteriorly olive greenish black dorsally with obscure transverse
darker bars, merging to pale lemon in the flanks. The ventral black line is
continued to vent and after this is most conspicuous at the lower border
and tip of tail. Anteriorly the colors are bright, and glistening ; posteriorly
pale, and dull.
Scale Characters. Rostral. — Height in median line very slightly exceeds the
breadth. Lower border with central lobulus as in other sea snakes in
contact with 4 shields, of which the 1st supralabial sutures are rather
larger than the nasal.
Nasals. — Large, contiguous, in contact with the 1st and 2nd supralabials,
(and 3rd also on right side). Length 3 times the suture between the
prefrontals. Nostrils situated in postero-external part of shield with no
suture running to shield margin.
Prefrontals. — Small. In contact with nasal, preocular, supraocular, and
frontal (and 3rd supralabial on right side).
Frontal. — Small. Length less than distance to rostral ; subequal to supra-
oculars ; rather greater than half the parietals. Breadth. Subequal to
supraocular. In contact with (j shields, of which the parietal sutures are
longest, and the prefrontal smallest.
Parietals. — Bather narrow. Supralahials 7. All well developed ; the
3rd and 4th touching the eye ; 5th largest.
Prceoculars. — One ; smaller than the eye.
Postoculars. — Two ; the lower very small.
Temporals. — One, large, in contact with the 5th and 6th supralahials, and
succeeded by a rather larger shield touching the parietals.
Sublinguals. — Two well developed, subequal pairs, ihe fellows of each in
contact with one another.
Infralabials. — 6. Well developed, the first 4 touch the sublinguals. The
first are large, in contact with one another forming a suture larger than that
between the anterior sublingual fellows. The 4th is the largest of the series
and constitutes the pentagonal ; it is fully once and a third as broad as the
posterior sublinguals, and is in contact with two scales behind.
Scales. — Anterior (i.e., two heads lengths behind the head) 21 rows, glossy,
smooth, and very distinctly imbricate, about as long as broad, subequal, or
those of last row very slightly largest. Midbody (not including tail) 35-37
rows, not glossy, hexagonal, juxtaposed, bi or trituberculate, those of lowest
rows plurituberculate, and larger than those of vertebral rows. Posterior (i.e.,
two heads lengths in front of vent) 35-39 rows, with characters as in midbody.
Supracaudals. — Midtail 14 on each side, with 1 above and 1 below. A shield
at tip of tail about twice the size of adjacent scales.
726 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
Ventrals 377. Anterior, well developed, smooth, entire, and nearly twice the
breadth of adjacent rows. Midbody — Bi and trituberculate ; many divided.
Posterior — Bi and trituberculately, mostly divided. Anal 7 fid, small.
F. WALL, C.M.Z.S.,
Captain, I.M.S.
Cannanore, 1st May, 1904.
No. XXVII —THE EGGS OF THE SMALL SUN-BIRD
(ARACHNECTHRA MINIMA).
In the last number of the Society's Journal, page 473, there is a most interest-
ing article on the birds of Travancore, by Mr. H. S. Fergusson. In it I notice
he refers to Mr. Bourdillon's notes as to the eggs of Arachnecthra minima being
minatenrs of those of Arach. asiatica.
Now this has been stated before in Oates's " Nests and Eggs " with regard to
nests taken on the Nilgherries. I wish Mr. Fergusson had mentioned if he
had personally ever come across such eggs, as it is evident either a mistake
having been once made about this bird it is again and again repeated, or that
the bird lays in different places totally different eggs. In Kanara and about
Matheran near Bombay the bird is very common, but breeds early in the year,
generally in December and January, and I must have examined forty or fifty
of their nests. In no one of these could the eggs or nests have been mistaken
for either zeylonica or asiatica.
The nests of minima I have always found made of bright green moss orna-
mented with broad bands of white material, suspended in nine cases out of ten
at about three feet from the ground on the edge of a plant of Stfobilanihus.
They were much smaller than the brown fibre-built nests of the two larger
honey-suckers.
The eggs, of which I must have seen fifty, were all similar. They Were consi-
derably smaller, and more blunt than asiatica, and instead of being greeni^h-
white, thickly spotted with greenish-brown, were clear white, minutely spotb d,
on the larger end with purple, forming a well-defined zone round the larger end.
I hope Mr. Bonrdillon if still in Travancore, or Mr Fergusson, will be able to
clear up the matter.
J. DAVIDSON.
Edinburgh, 2~)th April 11)04.
No. XXVIII— OCCURRENCE OF THE CEYLON WHITE-EYE
(ZOSTEROPS CEYLONENSIS) IN THE NILGHERRIES.
It may bo worth recording that on the 5th June 1903 I shot a specimen of
the Ceylon White-Eye (Zosferojjs Ceyluumsis) at Coonoor, in the Nilgherries,
and that several birds, of this species, were observed by me at the time.
D. G. HATCHWELL.
Madras, \hth May, 1904.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 727
No. XXIX.— OCCURRENCE OF THE WHITE-THROATED
ROCK-THRUSH, PETROPHILA (MONT1COLA) GULARIS, IN
BURMA.
Among some birds' skins which I took home for the British Museum at South
Kensington was one which was identified by the authorities there as Petroplnla
gularis. I shot the bird in Popa during April 1903 and as this species has
hitherto not been included in the Fauna of British India, its occurrence is worth
recording.
K. C. MACDONALD,
D. S„ Police.
Pakokku, Upper Burma, May, 1904.
No. XXX— THE INDIAN EDIBLE-NEST SWIFTLET (COLLOCALIA
FUCIPHAGA) IN THE PULNEY HILLS.
I was rowing about on the lake at Kodaikanal, Pulney Hills, a few days
ago, just before a heavy storm, and could not help noticing a large number of
Swifts skimming over the surface and plunging into the water, after some
insect, frequently from a height of 10 or 15 feet. There must have been many
hundreds and they seemed all to belong to the same species (Collocalia
fuciphaga). Their speed was too great to allow me to see clearly whether they
actually plunged below the surface. I think not, but the violence with which
they struck the water was surprising and caused it to splash up 18in. or 2ft.
While I was wondering if by any chance one ever fell in and was unable to rise
again, I saw one dash in, as if in answer to my thoughts, and after several
attempts to get out it lay there flapping about helplessly. I rowed up to it as
quickly as I could and reached it just as it was apparently dying. However
I fished it out of the water which was very cold, and after thoroughly drying
its plumage and warming it, which occupied me for about an hour, 1 opened
my hands and away it flew, apparently little the worse for its unpleasant
experience. I have dozens of times watched these birds hawking insects over
water, but, though one would think such an accident must happen frequently,
I have never before actually seen it occur.
This Swift, I may add, (which builds the common Indian edible nest) breeds
regularly on the Pulneys, one of its favourite haunts being the caves and sides
of the famous Pillar Rocks.
R. FOULKES.
Vizianagkam, 11th May, 1904.
No. XXXI.- THE BOLDNESS OF PANTHERS.
A short time ago I was camping at the village of B. J. near M., in Central
India, when khabar was brought to me of two panthers which had killed and
eaten a young buffalo belonging to another village about three miles away ; so
I determined to try and shoot one of them at least. I at once bought two goats
and tied them up and sat over one in a machhaan ; they were both placed in
nalas not far from the village, but nothing came near my goat the whole night
728 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV.
and I heard no sounds of anything ; but in the morning my native shikari told
me that the other goat had been killed about 4 a.m., and that one hind leg bad
been eaten ; so the next night I sat over this kill, and had the other goat taken
back to the village.
The kill was lying in the dry stony bed of a stream which at this spot had
low banks ; there were a few big boulders about, but these were not in the way
for shooting. About twenty yards away there was a very small pool of water,
but this was just out of sight of the machhaan, which was placed about 20
yards from the goat in a tree about 15 feet from the ground.
I got into the machhaan at 5-15, but nothing appeared, except mongoose and
birds to drink, till 8-30, when a panther suddenly rushed up the nala, making a
good deal of noise and seized the goat by the remaining hind leg and tried
to drag it off, but it was firmly tied to a bush stump. He then rushed away
to the pool to drink, and at 8-40 p.m. again returned to the kill. It was then
only just light enough to see the panther, as the moon had not risen. I had
two shots and missed both barrels, the panther going away to my right in
some thin bushy jungle broken up with small nalas.
At 9-45 p.m. I heard a panther growl almost directly underneath where
I was sitting, but I could not see it, as the machhaan and tree were in the way.
At 11-20 a second panther came and I again missed with both barrels ; this
panther was only a half-grown cub judging from its size; as it was very small
indeed. It went away to the right front into the same piece of jungle as the
first panther had gone.
From midnight till 1-15 a.m. there was continuous growling about 30 to 50
yards away to the right front, where the two panthers had gone. At
1-20 a.m. a third panther came to the goat and began to eat, and this time
I wounded it slightly, as in the morning we discovered a few drops of blood
about 20 yards from the goat in the direction where it had gone, to the left
front, but the ground was too hard for tracking, and we never found it.
At 3-40 a.m. a fourth panther started eating, but this time I had better
luck and shot it dead first shot, the bullet entering the right side of the nose and
breaking away two inches of the lower left jaw bone; he evidently died practically
at once, as I never saw or heard him move again and we found him with his head
lying in the middle of the goat's body.
At 4-3 a.m. there was a good deal of growling close to the goat but inside
the line of bushes, and I could see nothing; but at 4-7 a.m. I saw a panther
walking round the goat in a circle of about 5 yards radius, looking at the dead
panther (a male — this one, the fifth, was a female). This time again I
killed it first shot, the bullet breaking the back-bone, 'and I found her in the
morning in the exact place where she was when I fired ; she answered the
shot with a deep growl, but I never saw or heard her move again, and she must
have also died almost at once.
At 4-30 a.m. the moon went behind a big hill and it got very dark ; however-
nothing more came and at 5-30 a m. I got down and inspected the results.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 72^
The following are the measurements I took almost immediately afterwards: —
You will notice that in the male the girth of the forearm and length of hind
lee are the same, 10" ; but in the female the girth of the forearm is one inch
less than the length of the hind leg.
The next night I sat up again over the same kill, but as this was my
third night up I was very sleepy indeed. I had been unable to sleep during
the day on account of the heat ; consequently at 9-30 p.m. I fell asleep
and did not wake till exactly midnight. I then discovered the second hind leg
of the goat had been eaten and that it had also been moved about 4 yards ;
I managed to keep awake after this, and at 12-58 a panther came and started
to eat, but I missed both barrels, and he never came again, and at 5-45 a.m. I
got down from the machhaan.
This, I think, accounts for five panthers at one kill in one night.
There were the two I shot ; and the half-grown cub and the wounded one
(4) which cannot have been either of those I shot later, as both of them had
only one wound ; also there was the one that came first of all at 8-3 p.m. Now
this may possibly have been the one I wounded later, or one of those I shot,
but if either of these be the case, how can the one that came the second night b«
accounted, as it was much too big to be the half-grown cub ? If it had
anything to do with the killing of the goat it would in all probability have come
the first night, or else it shows that panthers will eat carrion. It may possibly
have been the wounded one, but as it was only evidently slightly wounded it
would be quite able to kill food for itself. On the second night it did not
appear to have anything the matter with it, and did not walk at all lame. Of
course it is well known that panthers will return to a kill after having been shot
at from a machhaan, but I did not know that a wounded beast would do so.
M. YOUNG,
York and Lancashire Regiment.
Mhow (C. I.), May 1904.
No. XXXII.-A VIPERINE SNAKE WHICH IS OVIPAROUS.
I believe it is generally accepted that the Vipers are viviparous. Now I have
had sent to me by Father Bertrand, of the Theological Seminary at Kurseeong,
a cluster of some 10 eggs, from 2 of which the: young ones issned forth white
25
730 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, VoLX\
he and some other Fathers were examining them. On examining them I
found them to belong to the Crotalince — they being 2 Trimeresurus monticola.
They are about 6 inches long, pale yellow, and show the full markings of the
grown-up specimens but slightly paler ; the head scales as well as those of the
body are fully developed. In the other eggs you can make out the outlines of
the young snakes quite clearly. I shall be glad to send you one of the two young
snakes with the shell or rather skin of the egg from which it came forth, as
also an egg containing a young one if you wish it,
G. A. MILLER.
St. Joseph's College, Darjeeltng,
10th May WOi.
The specimens above referred to have arrived, and as Mr. Miller is per-
fectly correct in his identification we now possess the important evidence that
this Viperine Snake ( Trimeresurus monticola), or as it is now called Lachesis
monticola, is oviparous.
EDITORS.
m
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE MEETING HELD ON 21st JANUARY 1904.
A meeting of the members of the Bombay Natural History Society was held
at the Society's Rooms on Thursday, the 21st January 1904, Dr. A. H. Deane
presiding.
The Honorary Secretary stated that His Excellency Lord Lamington, the
■Governor of Bombay, had kindly agreed to become President of the Society.
NEW MEMBERS.
The election of the following new members was announced : — Mr. C. E. Scovell,
C.E. (Loilem, S. Shan States, Burma) ; Captain B. F. R. Holbrooke (Poona) ;
Mr. Philip Tinne, I.F.S. (Darjeeling) ; Mr. R. F. Stoney (Madura, S. I.) ;
Captain T. E. Watson, I.M.S. (Madura, S. I.) • Mr. A. W. Hardy (Talup,
Assam) ; Mr. Coleridge Beadon, F.G.S. (Oorgaum, S. I.) ; Lieutenant H. S.
Perrot, R.G.A. (Camp Dthali, Aden Field Force, S. Arabia) ; Colonel C. G.
F. Fagan, I. A. (Alwar, Rajputana) ; Captain H. A. F. Margarth (Fort Lock-
hart) ; Mr. W. G. Page (Surat) > Mr. J. T. 0. Barnard (Kamaing, Upper
Burma) ; H. H. the Maharajah Tukuji Rao Holkar (Indore, C. I,) (Life
Member) ; Mr. F. Fletcher (Poona) ; Mr. W. McC. Kirkpatrick (Delhi) ; The
Secretary, Kasauli Club (Kasauli, Punjab) ; Mr. T. N. C. Nevill (Bramall Hall,
near Stockport, Cheshire) ; The Mess President, 130th Baluchis (Hyderabad^
Sind) ; Captain C. C. Cobbe (Waltair) ; Lieutenant H. J. Elles, R.E. (Roorkie) -,
Lieutenant Chas. Elliot (Rangoon) ; Mr. C. J. Mackay (Mozufferpore, T. S.
R.) ; Mr. A. Parasu Ramdas Patro, B.A. (Berhampore) ; Rev. E. Blatter, S.J.
(Bombay) ; The Vice-President, Natural History Museum (Darjeeling) ; and
Captain J. T. Campbell (Simla).
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE MUSEUM.
The Honorary Secretary, Mr. H. M. Phipson, acknowledged receipt of the
following contributions since last meeting : —
732 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol XV.
Contribution.
Description.
Contributor.
1 Tufted Duck...
2 Persian House Mice
1 Brown Musk Shrew
1 White-nosed Weasel
1 New Rat
1 Houbara
1 Bronze-winged Dove
(alive).
1 Slender Loris
1 Slaty-backed Forktail
1 Green Tree Snake
A number of Butterflies
from Poona.
1 Python (alive)..,
1 Siberian Viper (i r o m
Bagdad).
1 Small Indian Civet (alive)
Myreca fuligula ..
J/vs bactriamts
Cmcidura murina
Putoriu* canigula
Mvs vicerex sj). n
Mr. C. H. Donald.
Col. A. E. Ward.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Houbara, macqueeni Mr. R. H. Brooke.
Chalcophaps indica Mr. C. M. Sherman
I (Calicut).
Loris gracilis jMr. W. Copleston, I.F.S.
Henicurus schistaceus !Mr. S. L. Whymper.
Dryophu mycttrimns JMr. F. J. Rome.
Mrs. Thomson.
Python molurus
Viverricula malaccentis .
Mr. T. J. Spooner, C.E..
!Capt. W. H. Cox, I.M.S-
i
I Mr. J.M. Lobo.
Minor contributions from Mr. C. V. Vernon, I.C.S., Dr. E. Wells-Witham
and H. H. the Rao Saheb of Cutch.
The following contributions to the Library have been made :■ — Rivista
critica del Genere Gossypium, pel Dottor Angelo Aliotta, from the Author ;
and The Geography of Mammals by Dr. W. L. Sclater and P. L. Sclater, from
the Authors.
The following papers were then read and discussed : —
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
The popular names of some plants, by E. Comber, F.Z.S.
Abnormal growth of trees by C. E. C. Fischer, I.F.S.
Some notes on Harrier Hawks in Uva, Ceylon, by F. Sikes.
The Batrachians of Travancore, by H. S. Ferguson, F.L.S.
Some notes on various insects, by L. C. H. Young.
The colouration of birds' eggs, by D. Dewar, I.C.S.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE MEETING HELD ON THURSDAY, THE
25th FEBRUARY 1904.
A meeting of the members took place at the Society's rooms on Thursday, the
25th February 1904, the Rev. E. Blatter, S.J., presiding.
NEW MEMBERS.
The election of the following new members since the last meeting was duly
nnnounced: — Major H. D. Merewether (Jhalawad Prant, Guzerat) ; Mr. W. G.
Wooster (Yawng Hwe, S. Shan States) ; Mr. S. M. Douglas, B.A. (Mandalay) ;
Mr. H. R. Rylands (Manekpur, Bassein Eoad) ; Mr. Shivrsm V. Bhandarkar
B.A., LL.B. (Bombay); Major A. R. Knox, R.F.A. (Barrackpore); Mr. E.
Staples, C.E. (Dum Dum) ; Captain E. C. MacLeod, I.M.S. (Aijal, Lushai
Hills, Assam) ; Mr. F. Napier (Karachi Canals, Sind) ; Captain F. D. S. Fayrer,
I M.S. (Madras); Mr. G. E. Lodge (London) ; Mr. R. A. Lyall (Rajputana) '■>
Lieutenant-Colonel P. Schlctter, C.B. (Rangoon) ; Mr. II. H. F. M. Tyler*
PROCEEDINGS.
733
I.C.S. (Chittoor, N. Arcot District) ; The Principal, Medical College (Madras) ;
Mr. A. W. Ogilvie, S.F.S. (Chiengmai, Siam); Mr. H. B. G. Garrett, S.F.S.,
(Chiengmai, Siam) ; The President, High Range Natural History Society
(Aneimudi, Munaar, P. 0., S. India) ; Mr. H. P. LeMesurier, C.E. (Calcutta).
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE LIBRARY.
The Honorary Secretary, Mr. H. M. Phipson, acknowledged receipt of the
following contributions since last meeting : —
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE LIBRARY.
Rivista critica del Genere Gossypium, pel Dottor Angelo Aliotta, from the
Author.
The Geography of Mammals by Dr. W. L. Sclater and P. L. Sclater.
Two copies of the Birds of Cutch, by Captain C. D. Lester, from H. H. the
Rao of Cutch.
The Mighty Mahseer and other Fish, or Hints to Beginners on Indian Fishing
by Skene Dhu, from the Author.
Memoir of the Geological Survey of India, Himalayan Fossils, Vol. I
Part 5, in exchange.
Bulletin de la Societe Royale de Botanique de Belgique, Vol. 40.
Notices sur les Plantes utiles, ou interessantes, de la Flore du Congo par
Emile de Wildeman.
Faune Entomologique de L'Af rique tropicale (Longicornes) par Aug, Lameere
from the Author.
734 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, Vol. XV .
THE ACCOUNTS FOR 1903.
Mr. N. C. Macleod, the Honorary Treasurer, placed before the meeting a
statement of accounts for the year ending 31st December 1903, showing : —
Balance brought forward Rs. 1,562-5-2, income during 1903, Rs. 15,379,-8-4 =
Rs. 16,941-13-0— expenditure during 1903 = Rs. 13,828-0-7 ; balance carried
forward Rs. 3,113-12-11. One hundred and fifty new members were elected
during^the year, and the sale of back numbers of the journal realized Rs. 1,935.
The accounts were approved of, subject to the usual audit, and a vote of thanks
was passed to Mr. N. C. Macleod, the Honorary Treasurer.
ELECTION OF OFFICE-BEARERS FOR 1904.
The following members were elected for the present year : — President — H. E.
Lord Lamington. Vice-Presidents — Mr. J. D. Inverarity, Rev. F. Dreckmann,
S.J., and Mr. E. H. Aitken. Managing Committee — Vety .-Major G. H. Evans,
Mr. E. C. Stuart Baker, F.Z.S., Mr. E. H. Aitken, Rev. F. Dreckmann, S.J .
Mr. E. Ernest Green, F.E.S., Lieutenant-Colonel K. R. Kirtiker, I.M.S.,
Mr. J. D. Inverarity, B.A.,LL.B., Lieutenant-Colonel H. D Olivier, R.E., F.Z.S..
Mr. A. Abercrombie, Mr. E. L. Barton, Mr. E. Comber, F.Z.S., Mr. T. R. D.
Bell, I.F.S., Major A. Newnham, F.Z.S., Major C. G. Nurse, F.E.S., Mr.L.C. D.
Young, and Mr. G. C. Dudgeon. Mr. N. C. Macleod, Honorary Treasurer
(ex-officio), and Mr. H. M. Phipson and Mr. W. S. Millard, Honorary Secretaries
(ex-officio).
PAPERS READ.
The following papers were then read and discussed : — 1. Distribution of
Butterflies in the Indian Area, by L. C. H. Young. B.A. 2. Further Notes on
some of the Plants introduced into the Victoria Gardens, Bombay, during the
past eight years, by C. D. Mahaluxmivala.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE MEETING HELD ON THURSDAY, THE 31st MARCH 1904.
A meeting of the members of the Bombay Natural History Society took place
at the Society's Rooms on Thursday, the 31st March 1904, Rev. F. Dreckmann,
S. J., presiding.
NEW MEMBERS.
The election of the following new members since the last meeting was duly
announced :• —
Mr. W. Maxwell (Assam) ; Dr. K. Lloyd Patterson (Assam) ; Mr. J, Crerar,
I.C.S. (Larkana, Sind) ; Mr. R. H. Lushington (Vizianagram) ; Captain C. H,
Turner (Mandalay) ; Captain C. F. G. Lang (Madras) ; Lieut. A. G. M. Cole
(Bombay) ; Major G. F. Mockler (Umballa); Captain A. W. Hasted (Kasauli);
Lieut. A. J. V. Betts, I.M.S. (Hyderabad, Sind); Mr. Morton Eden (Assam); The
Curator, Victoria Museum (Karachi); Lieut. M. Young (Mhow), and Dr. F. A,
Meyer (Bombay).
PROCEEDINGS.
735
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE MUSEUM.
Mr. H. M. Phipson, the Honorary Secretary, acknowledged receipt of tlit?
following contributions to the Society's collections : —
Contribution.
Description.
Contributor.
TickelPs Flower Pecker..
Panther (alive)
Eel (alive)
Whooper Swan
Avocet
Snake (alive)
1 Crested Hawk Eagle
A number of Mochs and
other InBects.
Skull of a Bear
2 Himalayan Nutcrackers....
1 Black aadYellowGrosbeab.
A number of Shells
1 Screech-Owl (alive)
Biccenm erythrorhyncus
Felis parting , ,
Mnraena undulata ....
Cygnus Musicus.. ...... .
Recurvirostra avoeetta
Acrocltordus javamcus.
• • •*••
Spizaetus cirrhatus.
Melursus ur sinus
Niicifraga hemispila
Hesperlphona ictorioides.
Strixjtammea.
Mr. G. M. Ryan, I.F.S.
Capt. B. H. Metge.
Mr. E. H. Young, C.E.
Mr. J. Crerar, I.C.S.
Mr. J. Wallace, C.E.
The Hon. R. A. Forbes-
Sempill.
Mr. C. E. C FiBcher, I.F.S.
Do.
Do.
General W. Osborn.
Do.
Mr. J. Watson.
Mrs. Nelson.
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE LIBRARY.
The Indian Field Shikar Book, by W. S. Burke, from the Author.
The Coceida? of Ceylon, by E. Ernest Green, Part III, from the Author.
PAPERS READ.
The following papers were read and discussed: — 1. On the Protective
Colouration of Birds' Eggs, by H. P. W. Macnaghten, B.A. 2. Birds' Nesting in
the Neighbourhood of Poona, by Major R. M. Betham. 3. The Nesting of the
Hornbills and other Notes, by Lieut.-General W. Osborn. 4. Tiger versus Bear
and other Notes, by Captain W. H. Lane. 5. The Food of the Common Kraft,
by Captain F. Wall, I.M.S. 6. Occurrence of the Whooper Swan in Sind, by
J. Crerar, I.C.S.
EXHIBITS.
Mr. E. L. Barton exhibited a number of specimens of boars' heads, bears,
chital, &c, which he had mounted, and a vote of thanks was passed to him for
the work he had done for the Society during the last twenty years.
flmktt Natural gHatorj £Mi*tg.
OFFICE-BEARERS, LIFE MEMBERS,
HONORARY CORRESPONDING MEMBERS, AND MEMBERS
ON 30TH SEPTEMBER 1904.
LIST OF OFFICE-BEARERS.
Ipresioent.
H. E. the Right Honourable Lord Lamington, g.c.m.g., g.c.i.b.
$ice-|)resit)ents.
Mr. J. D. Inverarity, b.a., ll.b. | Rev. F. Dreckmann, s.j. -
Mr. E. H. Aitken.
Jon, Secretaries.
Mr. H. M. Phipson, CM.z.s. | Mr. W. S. Millard.
pon. treasurer.
Mr. N. C. Maoleod.
(Sfoitors.
Mr. H. M. Phipson, CM.z.s. | Mr. W. S. Millard.
fUanagmg Committee .
Vet.-Major G. H. Evans.
Mr. E. C. Stuart Baker, f.z.s.
Mr. E. H. Aitken.
Rev. F. Dreckmann, s.J.
Mr. E. Ernest Green, f.e.s.
Lt.-Col. K. R. Kirtikar, i.m.s.
Mr. J. D. Inverarity, B.A., ll.b.
Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier, R.E., f.z.s.
Mr. G. C. Dudgeon, f.e.s.
Mr. A. Abercrombie.
Mr. G. M. Ryan, i.f.s.
Col. W. B. Bannerman, i.m.s.
Mr. E. Comber, f.z.s.
Mr. T. R. D. Bell, i.f.s.
Major A. Newnham, f.z.s.
Major C. G- Nurse, f.e.s.
Mr. L. C. H. Young, b.a., f.e.s.
Mr. J. McNeill, i.c.s.
President-
Secretary-
President-
Secretary-
President-
Secretary-
President-
Secretary-
Mr. N. C. Macleod, ex-officio.
Mr. H. M. Phipson, u.m.z.s., ex-officio.
Mr. W. S. Millard, ex-ofcio.
1st Section. — {Mammals and Birds.)
-Mr. J. D. Inverarity, B.A., LL.B.
-Mr. E. Comber, f.z.s.
2nd Section. — {Reptiles and Fishes.)
-Rev. F. Dreckmann, s.J.
-Mr. H. M. Phipson, c.m.z.s.
3rd Section. — (Insects.)
-Mr. E. H. Aitken.
-Mr. L. C. H. Young, b.a., f.e.s.
4th Section. — (Botany.)
-( Vacant.)
-Lt.-Col. K. R. Kirtikar, i.m.s., f.s.m. (France), m.r.c.s.
Bomfotn Itaturnl lltsforu Sorirtn.
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Life Members.
Aga Khan, H.H. Aga Sultan Mahomed Shaha ... Bombay.
Austria, H. I. H. the Archduke Franz Ferdinand.. Europe.
Baker, E. C. Stuart ( F.z.s., M.b.O.U.) ... Dibrugarh, Assam.
Baroda, H. H. the Maharaja Sir Sayaji Rao,
Gaekwar of ... ... ... ... Baroda.
Barton, E. L. ... ... ... ... Europe.
Bates, S. B. (f.z.s.) ... ... ... Banmauk, Burma.
Beale, H. F. ... ... ... ... Poona.
Bhownagar, H. H. Bhaosingji Takht Singji,
the Maharaja of... ... ... ... Bhownagar.
Bhurie Singh, Mean Saheb (c.i.e.) ... ... Chamba.
Bikaneer, H. H. Major Sir Gunga Singji, g.c.s.t.,
Maharaja of ... ... ..." ...Bikaneer.
Burder, H. C. ... ... ... ... Europe.
Caccia, A. M. (i.f.s.) ... ... ... DehraDun,N.-W.P.
Cama, Dr. Maneckji D. ... ... ... Bombay.
Cama, K. R. ... ... ... ... Bombay.
Campbell, Lt. D. ... ... ... ... Europe.
Clarke, L. 0. ... ... ... ... Aijal, Assam.
CooohBehar, H. H. Sir Nripendra Narayen Bhup
Bahadoor, g.C.I.e., Maharaja of ... ... Cooch Behar.
Coode, J. M. ... ... ... ... Jabalpur, C. P.
Cursetji, Khan Bahadoor CM. ... ... Bombay.
Cutch, H. H. Sir Shri Kengurji Sawai Bahadoor,
G.c.i.E., Rao Saheb of ... ... ... Cutch.
Dawson, W. H. (i.c.s.) ... ... ... Europe.
Dhunjibhoy Bomanji ... ... ... Bombay.
Drake-Brockman, Major H. E. (i.m.s.) ... ... Bhurtpur.
Dwarkadas, Naranji ... ... ... Bombay.
Foulkes, Capt. T. M. (i.m.s.) ... ... ... Waltair, Madras.
Fulton, Capt. H. T. Dehra Dun.
Gammie, Professor G. A. ... ... ... Poona.
Goculdas, Nurrotum Morarji ... ... Bombay.
Gwalior, H. H. Col. Sir Madho Rao Scindia,
G.c.s.i., g.c.v.o., the Maharaja of ... ... Gwalior, C. I.
Habibuddin, S. (n.c.s.) ... ... ... Hanumkonda,
Hyderabad, Deccan.
Hide, P. ... ... ... ... ... Poona.
LIST OF MEMBERS. iii
Holkar, H. H. the Maharaja Tukuji Rao ... Indore.
Hyam, Judah ... ... ... ..• Poona.
Ichalkaranji, The Hon'ble Meherhan Narayenrao
Govind, alias Babasaheb Ghorpade, Chief of .. Kolhapur.
Inglis, C, M. ... ... ... ... Darbhanga.
Inverarity, J. D. (b.a., ll.b.) ... ... ... Bombay.
Jamkhandi, Shrimant Parashram Ramchaudra
Ptitwavdhau, The Chief of ... ...Kolhapur.
Janjira, H. H. Sir Sidi Ahmed Khan, Nawab of ... Janjira.
Kolhapur, H. H. Sir Shahu Chhatrapati The
Maharaja of, g.c.s.i., g.c.v.o. ... ... Kolhapur.
Kotah, H. H. Sir Umed Sing Bahadoor, k.c.s.i.,
the Maharaja of ... ... ., ...Kotah.
Lamb, R. A. (i.c.s., c.i e.) ... ... ... Poona.
Long, G. R. (i.f.s.) ... ... ... Minbu, Burma.
MacDonald, Dr. D. ... ... ... Europe.
Manders, Major N. (r.A.m.c.) ... ... ... Europe.
Mandlik, Narayan Vishvanath ... ... Bombay.
Marshall, Arch. McL. ... ... ... Europe.
Marshall, J. McL. ... ... ... Europe.
Martin, Lieut. -Col. Gerald ... ... ... Europe,
Masani, A. M., Curator, Baroda State Museum ... Baroda.
Mills, J. D. ... ... ... ... Europe.
Miraj, Shrimant Gungadharrao Ganesh, aliasBaha-
sahib Patwardhan, Chief of ... ...Miraj.
Muspratt, E. ... ... ... ... Sibsagar, Assam.
Mysore, H.H. Krishna Raj Woodayar Bahadoor,
the Maharaja of ... ... ... ... Mysore.
Navanagar, H. H. Maharaja Shri Jaswat Singji,
the Jam Sahib of ... ... ... Rajkote.
Nurse, Major C. G. (JF.e.s.) ... ... ... Quetta.
Olivier, Lieut.-Col. H. D. (r.e., f.z.s.)... ... Bombay.
Partridge, Henry ... ... ... ... Pyinmana, Burma.
Pestonji Jivanji ... ... ... ... Hyderabad, Dec-
can.
Petit, Bomanji Dinshaw ... ... ... Bombay.
Petit, Dhunjibhoy Bomanji ... ... ... Bombay.
Petit, Jehangir Bomanji ... ... ... Bombay.
Phipson, H. M. (c.m.z.s.) ... ... ... Bombay.
Poncins, Baron Edmond de ... ... ... Europe.
iv LIST OF MEMBERS.
Ravenshaw, Lieut.-Col. C. W. ... ... Nepal.
Roberts, Capt. M. B. ... ... ... Lansdovvne.
Seton-Karr, H. "W.... ... ... ... London.
Spooner, T. J. (c.e.) ... ... ... Dharwar.
Standen, B. (i.c.s.) ... ... ... Betul, C. P.
Swayne, Herbert C. ... ... ... Europe.
Tata, Dorabji J. ... ... ... ... Bomboy.
Tejpal, Goverdhundas Goculdas ... ... Bombay.
Tilly, T. H. ... ... ... ... Mingin, Burma.
Travancore, H.H. Sultan Rama Raja Baliadoor,
g.c.s.i., g.c.i.e., Maharaja of ... ... Trivandmm.
Ulwar, H. H. Jey Singh Bahadoor, the Maharaja of Ulwar.
Unwalla, J. N. ... ... ... ... Bhownagar.
Viccaji, Framji R. ... ... ... ... Bombay.
Whitworth, The Hon'ble Mr. G. C. (i.c.s.) ... Satara.
Wroughton, R. 0. ... ... ... ... Europe.
Yerbury, Col. J. \V. ... ... ... Europe,
Honorary Corresponding Members.
Forel, Professeur Auguste ... ... ... Europe.
Heeckerenez, Le Baron Von ... ... ... Java.
Kerkhoven, E. J. ... ... ... ... Java.
Gates, E. W. ... ... ... ... Europe.
Members.
Abdy, Major A. J. (r.a.) ... ... ... South Africa.
Abercrombie, A. ... ... ... ... Europe.
Acworth, E. C. B. ... ... ... ... Bombay.
Aga Khan, His Highness Aga Sultan Mahomed
Shaha (Life Member) ... ... ... Bombay.
Aga Shaha Rookh Shaha, H.H. ... ... Poona.
Agricultural and Horticultural Society of India,
The Secretary ... ... ... ... Calcutta.
Ainslie, Capt. (J. (r.e.) ... ... ... Europe.
Ainslie, Capt. H. P. ... ... ... Vizianagram.
Ainsworth, Capt. H. (l.M.S.) ... ... ... Chumba, Punjab.
Aitchinson, W. (i.F.s.) ... ... ... Waltair.
Aitken, Major A. E... ... ... ... Europe.
Aitken, E. H. ... ... ... ... Karachi.
Alderson, M. J. ... ... ... ... Ceylon.
LIST OF MEMBERS.
V
Alexander, Oapt. J. D. (r.a.m.c.)
Allan, C. W. (b.f.s.)
Alien, C. E. (i.f.s.)
Allen, P. R.
Allison, F. W. (i.c.s.)
Allum, E. F.
Almon, W.
Alston, G. C.
Ameerudin Tyabjee...
... Pachmarhi,
0. P.
Pegu.
... Tha rr aw add y,
Lower Burma.
... Europe.
... Rajkote.
... Bombay.
... Europe,
... Ceylon.
... Bombay.
American Museum of Natural History Secretary... New York.
Anderson, Major A. V. (i.m.s.)
Anderson, J. C.
Anderson, John S. ...
Anderson, Lieut. R. H.
Andersonn, M.
Annesley, F. C.
Anthony, H. B. (i.f.s.)
Antra m, C. B.
Armstrong, S.
Armstrong, Capt. W. McG.
Arnould, F. G.
Arthur, Mrs. S. R. ...
Atlay, F.
Austria, H.I.H. the Archduke Franz Ferdinand
(Life Member) ... ... ... ... Europe.
... Europe.
... Europe.
... Coorg,
... Derail Ismail
Khan.
... Calcutta.
... Bombay.
... Rangoon.
... Cachar.
... Kirkee.
.„ Europe.
... Kawant Rajputana.
... Europe.
... Mogok, U. Burma.
Bach, Dr. C.
Bagnall, R.
Bagnall, Capt. T. N.
Bagshaw, L. V.
Bailey, F. M.
Bail ward, Lt.-Col. A. C. (i.a.)
Bainbridge, Surgeon-Genl. G. (i.m.s.) ...
Baker, E. C. Stuart (f.z.s.) (Life Member)
Baker, Capt. H. N. ... ...
Baldrey, Vet.-Lt. F. S. H.
Banks, Lieut.-Col. S. (i.m.s.) ...
Bannerman, Lt.-Col. W. B. (i.m.s.)
Baput, S. E.
Barker, P. W.
Barlow-Poole, B. H. (i.f.s.) ...
4
... Bombay.
... Bellary.
... Ootacamund.
... Gangaw, Upper
Burma.
...Tibet Frontier
Commission.
... Allahabad.
... Europe.
... Dibrugarh.
... Singapore.
... Europe.
... Europe.
... Bombay.
... Dhulia.
... Neschindipur, E.P.
Ry.
... Anantapur.
VI
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Barnard, J. T. 0.
Barnard, R. C. H. ...
Barnes, Capt. E.
Baroda, H, H. the Maharaja Sir Sayaji Rao
Gaekwar of (Life Member) ...
Barr, A. D. fSt. G. ...
Barrow, Col. H. J. Waller (r.a.m.c.)
Barry, Major T. D. Oollis (i.m.s.)
Bartlett, Major 0. R. (r.a.m.c, f.Z.S.)...
Barton, E. L. (Life Member) ...
Barton, Major F. J, H.
Bastow, A. H.
Batchelor, Hon'ble Mr. Justice S- L. (i.C.s.)
Bates, S. B. (f.z.s.) (Life Member)
Battle, J. S. (i.f.s.) ...
Battye, Cap};. W. 11. (i.m.s.) ...
Baumbach R.
Bayley, V. B. F.
Beadnell, C. B.
jjoaoion, Ku ... •*« ... ...
Beadon, Lieut. "W. ...
Beale, H. F. (Life Member) ...
Beaumont, T. L. F.
Beddek, Capt. E. E.
Beechey, A. St. V. (i.f.s.)
Beg, Mirza Nazir ...
Begbie, Capt. A. S....
Belcham, G. H.
Bell, Dr. A. H.
Bell, T. R. D. (i.f.s.)
Bell, W. M.
Bennett, Douglas ...
Benson, Miss A. M. (m.t>.)
Benson, J. J. B. (c.e.)
Benson, VV. A. (c.e.) ... ...
Bernhardt, K.
Berry, R. (c.e.)
Betham, J. A.
Betharn, Major R. M.
Betham, W. G. (i.f.s.)
Betts, A. J. V. (i.m.s.)
Beyts, C. A. (i.c.s.)...
Bhandarkar, Shivram V. (b.A., LL.B.) ...
Bhatavadekar, Sir Bhalchandra Krishna
Bhownagar, H. K. the Maharaja Bhaosingji
Takht Singji of (c.s.i.) (Life Member)
Kamaing, Upper
Burma.
Poona.
Dhar, C. I.
Baroda.
Amraoti, Berar.
Kasauli.
Bombay.
Europe.
Europe.
Europe.
Trevandnmi.
Bombay.
Europe.
Vellore.
Gwalior, C. I.
Bombay.
Bombay.
Nellore, Madras
Presidency.
Oorgaum, S. India.
Banu.
Poona.
Karachi.
Cannanore.
Khandwa, C. P.
Patan-Bori, Berar.
Europe.
Ratnagiri.
Sirsa, Punjab.
Karachi.
Karachi, Sind.
Bombay.
Europe.
Ahmednagar.
Europe.
Karachi.
Belgaum.
Purnea, Bengal.
Europe.
Ahmednagar.
Hyderabad, Sind.
Karachi, Sind.
Bombay.
Bombay.
Bhownagar.
LIST OF MEMBERS
vn
Bhurie Singh, Mean Saheb (c.i.e.) (Life Member)...
Bickei, F. W.
Bicknell, H.
Biggs, Major H. V. (r.e.)
Bignell, R.
Bikaneer, H.H. Major the Maharaja Sir Gunga
Singji Bahadoor of (g.c.s.i., g. c.i.e.) (Life
Member)
Bingham, Col. C. T. (f.z.s.) ...
Birdwood, H. M. (c.s.i.)
Biscoe, W. Fraser (i.f.s.)
Blanford, W. T. (f.r.s.)
Blathwayt, C. H. ( i.c.s. )
Blatter, Revd. E. (s.j.)
Bogle, Lt. J. S.
Bomanji, K. R. (i.c.s.)
Bombay Government, The Chief Secretary, Sepa-
rate Department ...
Bosanquet, E. M. (R.A.)
Bourdillon, The Hon'ble Sir James (i.c.s,, c.s.i.)...
Bourdillon, T. F. (i.f.s., f.l.s.)
Bourke, Lt.-Col. G. D. (r.a.m.c.)
Bourne, J. M.
Bowen, J. C. G.
Boyd, C. C. (i.c.s.)...
Brand, J.
Branson, R. M.
Brendon, B. A. (i.c.s.)
Brendon, C. R.
Bright, Geo. E. (c.E.)
Brodie, Lt. L. C. ... ... ...
Brodie, N. S. (i.c.s.)
Brook-Fox, E. ( c.E. )
Brooke, R. H.
Broughton, Capt. T. D. (r.e.)...
Brown, Capt. H. R. (i.m.s.) ...
Browne, Capt. S. D. (r.h.a.)
Brudenell Bruce, Lieut. H. R.
Buchanan, Major K. J.
Bulkley, H.
Bulkley, W.W
Burder, H. C. (Life Member) ...
Burke, W. S.
Burkill, J. H. (m.a.)
Burn, J. G. (i.c.s.) ...
Burn-Murdoch, Lieut.- Col. J. (r.e.) „..
Burness, T.
Burns, C. L.
Chamba.
Bombay.
Bombay.
Rawal Pindi.
Calcutta.
Bikanir.
Europe.
Europe.
Secunderabad,
Europe.
Shewan, Sind,
Bombay.
Bunji, Gilgit.
Bijapur.
Bombay.
Quetta.
Bangalore.
Quilon.
Peshawar.
JSellore.
Bombay.
Karwar.
Europe.
Bombay.
Hyderabad, Sind.
Europe.
Bombay.
run u J sf
berry.
Bombay.
Bankipur.
, Bombay.
Alderney.
Secunderabad.
Mhow, C. I.
Europe.
Banu, Punjab.
Kharaghora.
Jeypore.
Europe.
Calcutta.
Calcutta.
Madras.
Dharwar.
Dibrugarh, Assam.
Bombay.
Vlll
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Burton, Major R. G.
Burton, Capt. Richard W.
Butler, A. L.
Butler, Lieut. H. M.
... Simla.
... Aurungabado
... Europe.
... Bombay.
Cabell, W. H. L. (i.c.s.)
Caccia, A. M. (i.f.s.) (Life Member)
Cadell, P. R. (i.c.s.)
Calcutta, Hon. Secretary, Zoological Gardens
Calder. H. ... «.e
Cama,'K. R. (Life Member) ...
Cama, Dr. Maneckjee D. (Life Member)...
Cameron, A. C.
Cameron, H. S.
Cameron, W. L. (c.e.)
Campbell, Lieut. D. (Life Member)
Campbell, Capt. J. ...
Campbell, Revd. W. Howard
Capper, Capt. A. S. .., ...
Capper, Col. W. ... ... ...
Carr, R. C. C. (i.c.s.)
Carter, Lt. R. M. (i.m.s.)
Cassamali Jairajbhoy Peerbhoy
Cassels, Mrs, Herbert
Cayley, Dr. C. H. (m.a., m.b.)
Chaldecott, Lt. W. H. (r.e.) ...
Chalmers, H.
Chanter, F. W. (c.e.)
Chapman, J. A.
Chapman, Major L. P. (r.e.)
Chapman, Capt. P. F. (i.m.S.)
Chico, J. R. (c.e.) ...
Chitty, C. W.
Cholniondeley, E. C.
Christie, Major J. H. ... ...
Christy, Dr. C.
Clark, J. (i.c.s.)
Clark, W. H.
Clarke, Lt. F. Stanley
Clarke, Capt. G.
Clarke, L. 0. (i.c.s.) (Life Member)
Clarke, Robt. L. H. (i.c.s.)
Clarkson, Lt.-Col. J. W. (i.m.s.)
Cleveland, Major H. F. (i.m.s.)
Clifford, Lt. R.
... Rangoon.
... Hoshungabad, CP»
... Shikarpur, Sind.
... Calcutta.
... Rangoon.
... Bombay.
... Bombay.
... Mhow.
... Ceylon.
... Belgaurn.
... Europe.
... Simla.
... Gooty, Madras Pre-1-
sidency.
... Europe.
... Simla.
... Chittoor, "N. Arcot.
... Sanawi, S. Arabia.
... Bombay.
... Calcutta.
... Bombay.
... Somaliland.
... Europe.
... Bombay.
... Bassein, Burma*
... Bombay.
... Jabalpur, C. P.
... Baroda.
... Bombay.
... Europe.
... Kasauli.
... Europe.
... Europe.
... Kamptee, C* P.
... Europe.
... Cannanore.
... Ajal, Assam.
... Sultanpur.
... Europe.
... Poona.
... Saclon, Myictyina,
Burma.
LIST OF MEMBERS.
IX
Clutterbuck, P. H. (i.f.s., f.z.s.)
Caates, Lt. E. C.
Coates, Lt. Victor ...
Cobbe, Capt. C. C. ...
Coen, W. W.
Coggan, R. T.
Coghill, Capt. N. S. (i.a.)
Cogill, Dr. H. (m.r.c.s., l.r.c.p.)
Cole, Lt. A. G. M.
Collie, R. A. ... ... ... ...
Colombo, The Librarian, Colombo Museum
Colston, Captain H. K.
Coltart, Dr. H. N. (Life Member)
Comber, Edward (f.z.s.)
Conduitt, W. A. (c.E.)
Conley, Andrew
Constable, F. A.
Cooch Behar, H.H. Col. the Maharaja Sir Nri-
pendra Narayen Bhup Bahadoor of (g.c.i.e.)
(Life Member)
Coode, J. M. (Life Member) ...
Cooke, Lt. A. St. John
Cooke, J. V.
Cooper, R. W.
Coppinger, Lt. W. V. (i.m.s.)
Corbett, Capt. W. F.
Cosserat, L. (c.e.) ...
Coventry, B. 0. (i.f.s.)
Coventry, E. M. (i.f.s.)
Covernton, Professor A. L. ...
Covernton, J. G.
Cox, Major P. Z. (f.z.s., f.r.g.s., c.i.e.)
vvOX, o. (I.F.S. J ... ... ... ...
Craddock, W. H. (i.f.s.)
Cramp ton, M. ... ... w
Crawford, Leslie ...
Crawford, W. M. (i.c.s.)
Creaghe, P. F. S. ...
Crerar, J. (i.c.s.)
Crofts, Lt.-Col. A. M. (i.m.s.)
Croly, Lt.-Col. A. E.J. (r.a.m.c.)
Crommelin, C. A. R.
Crum, W. E. ... ... M.
Crump, L. C. (i.c.s.)
Cubitt, G.E. S. (i.f.s.)
Kheri, Oudh.
Meernt.
Kirkee.
Waltair.
Hubli, S. M.
Ry.
Calcutta.
Radhanpur.
Sholapur.
Bombay.
Dibrugarh, Assam.
Colombo.
Mhow.
Dibrugarh.
Bombay.
Bombay.
Calcutta.
New York, U.S.A.
Cooch Behar.
Europe.
South Africa.
Surat.
Karachi.
Europe.
Lucknow.
Kalol, Panch Mahals.
Lahore.
Naggar Kulu,
Kangra District.
Bombay.
Ahmedabad.
Bushire.
Coimbatore.
Rangoon.
Russelkonda, Gan-
jam District.
Bombay.
Europe,
Kirkee.
Larkhana, Sind.
Jodhpore.
Europe.
Bombay.
Bombay.
Ratnagiri.
Kindat, Burma.
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Cnffe, T. W.
Cummiug, W. D. ..,
dimming, Major W. H. (r.g.a.)
Curreembhoy Ebrahim
Currey, E. S.
Currey, Lieut. Y. F.
Currie, R. G.
Cursetji, Khan Bahadur C. M. (Life Member)
Cutch, H.H. Shri Kengurji Sawai Bahadoor,
Rao Saheb of, (g.c.i.e.) (Life Member)
... Bombay.
... Muscat, Persian
Gulf.
... Europe.
... Bombay.
... Europe.
... Karachi.
... Calcutta.
... Bombay,
the
... Bhuj, Cutch.
Dam trey, W. M. ...
Dallaporta, J. N. ...
Dalrymple-Hay, Mrs. L.
Dames, Felix L.
Daniell, Col. A. C. (r.a.)
Danson, J. W. W.
Darjeeling, The Vice-President, Natural
Museum
Davidson, C. J.
Davidson, H. M. M.
Davidson, J. (i.c.s.)
Davidson, Norman ...
Davis, Major R. E. S. (i.m.s.)
Dawson, G. B.
Dawson, W. H. (i.c.s.) (Life Member) ...
Deakin, Mrs.
Deane, Dr. A. H. ...
Deane, H. H. (c.e.)
DeSouza, A. B.
De Cartoret, St. G.
De Courey, Hon'ble M. W. R.
Delme-Radeliffo, Lieut. A.
Delme-Radcliffe, Lieut. S.
Dempster, F. E. (c.i.e.)
Dempster, G. II.
Des Vceux, Capt. H.
Desai, Dr. Manilal G.
Dewar, D. (i.c.s.) ...
Dhar, H. H. the Raja of
Dharampur, H.H. Maharana Baldeoji of
Dhunjibhoy Bomanji (Life Member)
Dick, Lt.-Col. A. R.
Dickinson, W. L. ...
Dickson, Capt. J. H. ... ...
Dimmock, Lt.-Col. II. P. (m.d., i.m.s.) ...
... New York.
... Bombay.
... Nellore.
... Europe.
... Bangalore.
... Rangoon.
History
... Darjeeling.
... Tokio, Japan.
... Darrang Assam.
... Europe.
... Quilon, S. I. Ry.
... Rangoon.
... Rangoon.
... Europe.
... Bombay.
... Bombay.
... Mhow, C. I.
... Hyderabad, Sind.
... Partabgarh, Oudh.
... Ahmednagar.
... Bhuj, Cutch.
... Kirkee.
... Calcutta.
... Mhow, C. I.
... Bassein, Burma.
... Kaira.
... Madras'.
... Dhar, C. I.
... Dharampur.
... Bombay.
... Peshawar,
... SIbsagar, Assam.
... Qnetta.
... Bombay.
LIST OF MEMBERS.
XI
Dixon, R. M.
Dodd, Lfc.-Col. J. R. (r,a.m.c.)
Donagliey, J. O'B. ...
Donald, C. H. ... ...
Donovan, Major G. (i.M.S.) ...
Douglas, D.
Douglas, S. M. (S. 0.)
Drake- Brock man, G. B.
Drake- Brockman, Capt. D. H.
Drake-Brockman, Maj. H. E. (i.m.s
Drake-Brockman, Capt. V. G. (i.m,
Dreckmann, Rev. F. (s.J.) ...
Druce, Herbert
DuBoulav, J. H. (i.c.s.)
Dudgeon, G. C. (f.e.s.)
Duke, Lt.-Col. J. (i.M.s.)
Dumayne, F. G.
Dunbar-Brander, A. (i.F.S.) ...
Duncan, P. (m.i.c.e.)
Dunsterville, Lt.-Col. K. S. (r.a.)
Dunsterville, Major L. C.
Dupuis, A. L.
Dwane, E. H.
Dyson, Major T. E. (i.m.s.) ...
... Bombay.
... Poona.
... Bangalore,
... Vizianagram, Viza-
gapatam Dist.
... Madras.
... Dibrugarh, Assam.
... Mandalay.
... Bankpura, Bengal.
... Tibet Mission.
) (Life Member).. Bhurtpur.
s.) ... ... Bbaratpur.
... Bombay.
... Europe.
... Poona.
... Palanpur, Punjab.
... Kapurthala.
... Calcutta.
... N. Cbanda.
... Europe.
... Rawal Pindi.
... Europe.
... Ceylon.
... Secunderabad.
... Bombay.
Eardley-Wilmot, S. (i.F.S.) ...
Ede, F. J. (a.m.i.c.e.)
Eden, Morton
Edlmann, Capt. E. E. (r.a.) ...
Edmiston, "W. L. ...
Edulji Nusserwanji, Dr.
Edwards, W. N.
Elgee, Major J. W. L.
Eliot, Lieut. H. S. (r.a.)
Eliot, Lieut. Neville (r.a.)
Elles, Lieut. H. J. (r.e.)
Elliot, Lieut. C.
Elliot, Major W. H. W. (f.l.s., i.m.s.)
Elliott, A. (c.i.e.) ...
Elliott, C. F. (i.f.s.)
Ellis, R. H. (i.c.s.) ...
Elmes, F. R.
Elsworthy, E. H. ...
Elwes, H. J. (f.r.s.)
Emanuel, A. E. L. (i.c.s.)
Simla.
Silchar, Cachar.
Nazira, Assam.
Abbottabad.
Kil-Kolagiri, S. I.
Bombay.
Majuligbur, Assam.
Bangalore.
Quetta.
Quetta.
Roorke.
Rangoon.
Simla.
Europe.
Mombassa, East
Africa.
Cbittor, N. Arcot.
Dibrugarh, Assam.
Bombay.
Europe.
Karachi, Sind.
xu
LIST OF ME MB ETIS.
English, A. E. (i.c.s.)
Enthoven, R. E. (i.c.s.)
Evans, Vety.-Major G. H. (f.L.S.)
Evans, Lt. W. fl. (r.e.)
Fagan, Capt. E. A. ...
Fagan, H. R. ... ...
Falkiner, Dr. J. M. ...
Farrel, R. C. (i.f.s.)...
Farrington, H. A. (i.f.s.)
Fawcett, C. H. (i.c.s.)
Fayrer, Capt. F. D. S. (i.m.s.)
Fearon, H. ... ... .»
Fenton, Lt.-Col. L. L.
Ferguson, H. 8. (f.z.s., f.l.s.)
Ferris, Lt.-Col. W. B,
Few, H. W.
Field, Frank
Finlay, C. K.
Fischer, C. E. C. (i.f.s.)
Fisher, W. F. D. (i.f.s.)
Fitz-Gerald, Col. H. S.
Fitz-Gibbon, P. J. ...
Fleming, W. N.
Fletcher, F.
Fletcher, F. E.
Forbes, A. W.
Forbes, C. H. B.
Forbes, Capt. G. F. R.
Forbes, J. D.
Forbes-Sempill, The Hon'ble R. A.
Forel, Monsieur Auguste (Hon. Correspg. Member)
Forsyth, Dr. W.
Foster, R. Guy
Foulkes, George F. F. (i.f.s.)
Foulkes, Capt. H. D.
Foulkes, R.
Foulkes, Capt. T. M. (i.m.s.) ...
Fountouklis, E.
Fox, Col. H. C. (r.e.)
Fraser, Major A.
Fraser, Capt. H. A. D. (r.e.)...
Fraser, S. M. (i.c.s., CLE.) ...
Frenchman, Lt.-Coh E. P. (i.m.s.)
.. Katha, Burma.
,. Poona.
ingoon.
... Jubbulpore, 0. P'.
... Alwar.
... Rangoon.
... Panitola, Dibru-
garh, Assam.
... Secunderabad.
... Jalpaiguri, BengaL
... Poona.
... Madras.
... Cocouada, Godavari
District,
... Srinagar, Kashmir.
... Europe.
... Kolhapore.
... Europe.
... v*aya.
... Rangoon.
... Chatrapur.
... Thana.
... Wellington.
... Belgaum.
... Europe.
... Poona.
... Calicut.
... Secunderabad.
... Bombay.
... Europe.
... Jubbulpore, C. P„
... Bangkok, Siam.
Europe.
Calcutta.
Bilur, Hassan Dis-
trict.
Coimbatore.
Mean Meer.
Russellkonda, Gan-
jam District.
Europe.
Europe.
Dhanvar.
Europe.
Derah Dun.
Gwalior, C. I.
Rangoon, Burma.
LIST OF MEMBERS.
xm
Friedlander and Son, Messrs. R.
Fry, T. B. (i.f.s.) ...
Fuller, Dr. Chas. A.
Fulton, Hon'ble Mr. E. M. (r.c.s., c.s.i.)
Fulton, Capt. H. T. (Life Member)
Fulton, Lt.-Col. R.
Gabbett, Capt. P. C. (i.m.s.) ...
Gadsden, F. 0. (r.i.m.)
Gale, Capt. E. S.
Galloway, R.
Gamroie, Prof. G. A.
Gamble, J. S. (f.l.s.)
Garrett, H. B. G. (s.F.s.)
Gaskin, L. E. P< (i.c.s.)
Gaye, W. C.
George, C. P.
Gerhardt, Paul
Ghosal, J. (i.c.s.) ...
Gibbs, H. M.
Gilbert, C. F. (m.lc.e.)
Gilbert, Reg. (f.z.s.)
Gilbert-Cooper, W. J. (i.f.s.)...
\T 1 1 1, II ■ ••• • • • B#'« • •*
Gillum, S. J.
Gimlette, Lt.-Col. G. H. S. (c.i.e., i.m.s.)
Giro, C. G.
Glaecer, John
Gleadow, F. (f.r.m.s., i.f.s.) ...
Godden, A. L.
Godfrey, G. 0.
Godwin- Austin, H.
Goldsmith, Dr. J. F.
Gonsalves, Dr. J. F.
Gordon, D. M.
Gore, r . 0. ... ... ...
Gore, Col. St. G. C. (r.b.)
Gough, Major C. ...
Gover, A. A.
Gracias, Dr. C. F. X.
Graham, Lt. B. C. ...
Graham, D. N.
Graham, J. A. ...
Graham, Capt. R. B. ...
Grant, John F.
Europe.
Poona.
Cawnpore.
Poona.
Dehra Dun.
Dharamsala.
Coonoor.
Europe.
Lungleh, Lushai
i Hills.
Secunderabad.
Poona.
Europe.
Kado, Burma.
Betui, C. P.
Secunderabad.
Secunderabad.
Bombay.
Ahmednagar.
Satara.
Rangoon, Burma.
Europe.
Moulmein.
Bombay.
Bombay.
Hyderabad,Deccan.
Calcutta.
Bombay.
Dehra Dun.
Silchar, Assam.
Calcutta.
Bassim, Berar.
Lashio, N. Shan
States.
Bandra. [States.
Taunggyi, S. Shan
Sibsagar, Assam.
Calcutta.
Europe.
Koraput, Vizagapa-
tam Dist.
Silvassa,wa Daman.
Tongshan,N. China.
Bombay.
Mercara, Coorg.
Rangoon.
Nazira, Assam.
xiv
LIST OF MEMBERS,
Grant, C. F. (i.c.s.)...
Gray, Chas.
Greany, Lieut.-Col. J. P. (i.m.s.)
Greaves, S. E. ... ... .,«
Green, E. Ernest (f.e.s.)
Gregerson, Dr. J. D.
Greig, Joseph
Griffith, F. C.
Griffiths, V. M. (p.w.d.)
Grubbe, Major E. A.
Habibuddin, S. (n.c.s.)
Haigh, P. B. (i.c.s.)
Hale, Major C. H. (r.a.m.c.) ...
Hall, William
Hamerton, Capt. A. E. (r.a.m.c.)
Hampson, Sir George F. (Bart.) (f.l.s., f.e.s.)
Hankin, A. C. (c.i.b.)
Hannyngton, F. (i.c.s.)
Hannyngton, W. 0.
Hanson, C. 0. (i.f.s.)
Harcourt, Capt. J. S. M.
Hardy, A. W.
Harington, Capt. H. H.
Harington, Lt.-Col. V. (i.m.s.)
Harper, E. W. (f.z.s.)
Harris, Major E. W.
Harrison, A. J.
Harter, R. W.
Harvey, Capt. W. F. (i.m.s.)
Harvey, W. L. (i.c.s.)
Harwood, Lieut.-Col. J. G. (r.a.m.c)...
H aslope, Rev. L. M.
Hasted, Capt. A. W.
Hasted, H. R. G. ...
Hasted, W. A.
Hatch, Major A. E.
Hatch, G. W. (i.c.s.)
Hatch, Lt.-Col. W. K. (i.m.s.)
Hatchell, D. G.
Hate, Vinayek N. ...
Haughton, Samuel (c.c.s.)
Hauxwell, T. A. (i.f.s.)
Hawkins, A. B.
Hay, !3urg.-Genl. G. W. R. (i.m.s.)
Haydeu, H. H.
... Rangoon.
... Coonoor.
... Karachi.
.... Bombay.
... Ceylon.
... Dibrugarh, Assam.
... Cachar.
... Hyderabad, Sind.
... Nasik.
... Europe.
... Hyderabad,Doccan.
... Karwar.
... Rangoon.
... Ahmedabad.
... Ferozepore,Punjab.
... Europe.
... Secunderabad.
... Ootacamund.
... Kawlin, Burma.
... Europe.
... Dehra Dun, N. P.
... Talup, Assam.
... Monywa, Burma.
... Mount Abu.
... Europe.
... Vizugapatam.
... Lakhimpur, Assam.
... Parel.
... Bombay.
... Lahore.
... Bombay.
... Poona.
... Bombay.
... Kasauli.
... Koraput, Vizagapa-
tam District.
... Nellore, Madras.
... Karachi.
... Belgaum.
... fturope.
... Madras.
... Bombay.
... Europe.
... Europe.
... Calcutta.
... Ootacamund.
.. Calcutta.
LIST OF MEMBERS.
xv
Hayter, 0. C. G.
Hearsey, Mrs. L. D.
Hearsey, T. N. (i.f.s.)
Heath, R. H. (c.b.)
Heeckerenz, Baron Von (Hon. Corrpg. Member)...
Henderson, Capt. R. R.
Herbert, Major H. (i.m.s.)
Hertz, W. A.
Heygate, Major R. H. G. (d.s.o.)
Hickman, R. St. J.
Hide, P. (Life Member)
Higgins, J. A. (d.s.p.)
High Range Natural History Society, The President
Hill, Claude H. (i.c.s., ci.e.)...
Hill-Trevor, Hon'ble A. E. ...
Hine-Haycock, A. L.
Hodgkinson, Capt. C.
Hodgkinson, Col. H.
Hoghton, Major F. A.
Hodgson, C. P.
Hojel, Major J. G. (i.m.s.) ...
Holbrooke, Capt. B. F. R.
xioie, -tL. xi. ... ... ... ...
Hole, R. S. ( i.f.s.) ...
Holmes, Capt. G. V.
Holy oak, Bernard ...
Hoosein Belgrami, The Hon'ble Mr. Syed Nawab
Imud-ul-mulk Babadoor
Hooton, Capt. A. (i.m.s.)
Hope, A. J. R.
Hopwood, J. C.
Hornidge, S.
Hotson, J. E. B. (i.c.s.)
Howell, E. B.
Howlett, Col. A. (i.s.c.)
Hudson, Capt. C. T. (i.m.s.) ...
Hudson, C. W. M. (i.c.s.)
Hudson, Lt. P.
Huggins, J. R.
Hulbert, Major J. G. (i.m.s.) ■
Hume, H. R. (d.s.p.)
Humphrey, J.
Humphrys, Lieut. F. H.
A j mere.
Ranikhet.
Kollegal, N. Coim-
batore Dist.
Sirsa, Punjab.
Java.
Sialkot.
Bombay.
Myitkyina, U.
Burma.
Thayetmyo, Burma.
Cachar.
Tezpur, Assam.
Poona.
Mundla, C. P.
Aneimudi, Munaar
P.O.
Poona.
Europe.
Bombay.
Colombo, Ceylon.
Lucknow.
Europe.
Europe.
Ootacamund.
Europe.
Poona.
Cachar.
Dehra Dun.
Kherwara.
Bombay.
Hyderabad, Deccan.
Bijapur.
Europe.
Kyankse, Upper
Europe. [Burma.
Rajkote,Kathiawar.
Nanking, China.
Europe.
Satara.
Kaira.
Rangoon.
Koraput.
Naini Tal.
Kaira.
Bombay.
Lahore.
XVI
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Hunt, C. B. Holman...
Hunt, Dr. E. H. ...
Hutchinson, Lt. C. G.
Hutchinson, F. G.
Hutchinson, F. T.
Hyam, Judah (Life Member)
... Munnar P. 0.,
S. India.
... Secunderabad.
... Burma Minbu.
... Karwar.
... Nasik.
... Poona.
Ichalkaranji, The Hon'ble Narayenrao Govind, alias
Babasaheb Ghorpade, Chief of, (Life Member) ... Kolhapur.
Ilbert, L. G. ... ... ... ... Sibsagar, Assam.
Imray, Robt. S. ... ... ... ... Peermaad, Travan-
core.
Indore, H.H. the Maharaja Tukuji Rao, Holkar of
(Life Member) ... ... ... ... Indore.
Ingle, F. A. ... ... ... ... Bombay.
Inglis, Chas. M. (Life Member) ... ... Durbhanga.
Inverarity, J. D. (b.a., ll.b.) (Life Member) ... Bombay.
Ivens, J. H. (p.w.d.) ... ... ... Agra.
Jamkhandi, Shrimant Parashram Ramchandra
wardhan, The Chief of, (Life Member)...
Jamsetji, M., Doctor
Janjira, H.H. Sir Sidi Ahmed Khan, (k.c
Nawab of, (Life Member) ...
Jardine, A. J. A. (d.s.p.)
Jardine, E. R.
Jardine, M. R.
Jardine, W. F.
Jayakar, Lt.-Col. A. S. G. (i.m.s.)
Jellett, H, H.
Jennings, Major W. E. (i.M.S.)
Jermyn, Lt.-Col. T.
Jesse, William
Jewett, Miss L.
John, H. C. (c.e.) ...
Johnson, S. M.
Johnston, J. C. R. ...
Johnstone, J. W. D.
Jones, Major F. W. C. (r.a.m.c.)
Jones, Major J. Lloyd (i.m.s.)
Jones, Capt. M. D. Goring ...
Jones, T. M.
Jowitt, John F.
tioyce, o. ... ... ... ...
Jukes, J. E. C. (i.c.s.)
Julius, Capt. 8. de V. A.
Pat-
... Kolhapore.
... Bombay.
■I.E.)
... Janjira.
... Myilkyina, Burma.
... Bombay.
... Bombay.
... Thana.
... Bandora.
... Calcutta.
... Bombay.
... Bellary.
... Meerut.
... Dhubri, Assam.
... Satara.
... Cawnpore.
... Calcutta.
... Gwalior, C. I.
... Nasirabad.
... Calcutta.
... Nagpur, C. P.
... Rangoon.
... Bandarwella,
Ceylon.
... Bombay.
... Ahmedabad.
... Delhi.
LIST OF MEMBERS.
XVH
Karachi, The Curator, Victoria Museum
Kasauli, The Secretary, Kasauli Club ...
-lv < . ti I 119. At O* ••• • ■-• • • - •••
Keary, Lt.-Col. H. D.
Keighly, Lt. H. D. S.
Kellie, Col. R. H. ...
lYeJIy, x5. 1 . ... ... ... ...
Kelly, Capt. C. R. (r.g.a.) ...
Kelsall, Capt. H. J. (r.a.)
Kemball, H. V. (c.e.)
Kemp, Capt. D. C. (i.m.s.)
Kemp, N. W.
Kendall, C. H. B. (i.c.s.)
Kendall, Capt. C. J. (r.i.m.) ...
Kennedy, R. M. (i.c.s.)
Kenny, S. D. (i.f.s.)
Kenyon, James
Kergarion, Comte de
Kerkhoven, E. J. (Hon. Correspg. Member)
Kerr, Dr. A. F. G....
Keys, H. W. (i.f.s.)
Khan, Muncherji Framji
Khareghat, M. P. (i.c.s.)
Kinloch, A. M.
Kirkpatrick, W. McColin
Kirtikar, Lt.-Col. K. R. (i.m.s.)
Knox, Major A. R. (r.f.a.) ...
Knyvett, W. A.
Koihapur, H.H. the Maharaja Sir Shahu, Chhatra-
pati (g.c.s.i, g.c.v.o.) (Life Member) ...
Kotah, H.H. the Maharaja Umed Sing, Bahadoor
(k.c.s.i.) (Life Member)
Kunwar Kushal Pal Singh ...
Karachi, Sind.
Kasauli.
Europe.
Rangoon, Burma.
Myitkyina Burmah.
Europe.
Mansi, Banmank
Katha, Burma.
Aden.
Europe.
Bombay.
Madras.
Bombay.
Gonda, Oudh.
Bombay.
Europe.
Chauda, C. P.
Karachi.
Bombay.
Paris.
Java.
Chiengmai, Siam.
Satara.
Colombo, Ceylon.
Dharwar.
Kil-Kotagiri,
Nilgiris.
Delhi.
Ratnagiri.
Barrackpore.
Gaya, Bengal.
Koihapur.
Kotah.
Rais Kotila, Agra
Dist.
Lace, John H. (i.f.s., f.l.s.) ...
Laird-MacGregor, E. G. L. (i.c.s.)
Lamb, Capt. Geo. (i.m.s.)
Lamb, R.A. (i.c.s., c.i.f.) (Life Member)
Lamington, H. E. Lord (g.c.m.g., g.c.i.e.)
Land Records and Agriculture, The Director of
Lane, Capt. W. H.
Lang, Capt. C. F. G.
Langham, Arthur ...
... Europe.
... Karwar.
... Kasauli, Punjab.
... Poona.
... Poona.
... Poona.
... Kalemyo, U.Burma.
... Madras.
... Bombay.
XVU1
LIST OF MEMBERS,
Lawrence, Mrs. E.
Lawrie, A. S.
Lee, Capt. A. W. H.
Lees, D. H. (Life Member)
Leete, F. A. (^f.c.h., i.f.s.)
Lefroy, II. M. (m.a., f.b.s., f.z.s.)
Lely, Hon'ble Mr. F. S. P. (i.c.s., c.s.i.)
Le Mesurier, H. P. (c. e.)
Lennox, Lt. G. M. „,.
Leslie, A. K.
Leslie, Major G. A. (r.E.)
Lester, Major CD.
Lethbridge, Capt. W. (i.M.s.)...
Light, Lt.-Col. R. H.
Light, Gapt. W. A.
Lightfoot, S. St. C.
Lincoln, Capt. C. H. (i.m.s.) ...
Linneli, Fred.
Liston, Capt. W. G. (i.m.s.) ...
Little, F. D. ... ...
Lloyd, Col. 0. E. P. (v.c, e.a.m.c.)
Loam, Mathew
Lock, Capt. F. R. E. (i.s.c.) ...
Lodge, G. E.
Logan, A. C. (i.c.s.)
Long, G. R. (i.f.s.) (Life Member)
Long H. W. (r.a.m.c.)
Lory, F. B. P. (m.a.)
Loudon, Major J. A.
Lovegrove, W. H. (i.f.s.)
Lowndes, G. R.
Lowrie, A. E. (i.f.s.)
Luard, E. S. ... ... ...
JLjllCtlS, \J m ••• ••• • ••
Lucknow, The Curator & Sec, Provincial
Lumley, Major F. D.
Lyall, Lt. R. A.
Lyell, Lt. A. G.
Lynch, C. B.
Lynn, G. R. (c.e.)
Macaulay, L. A. ... ...
Macaulay, R. H.
MacDonald, Dr. D. (Life Member)
... Europe.
... Dowlaishweram,Go-
davari Dist.
... With the Somali-
land Field Force.
... Tezpur, Assam.
... Minbu, Burma.
... Surat.
... Nagpur.
... Calcutta.
... Kamaing, U. Burma.
... Bombay.
... Kirkee.
... Fort Sandeman.
... Muscat.
... Fort Sandeman.
... Saugor, C. P.
... Taunggyi, U.
Burma.
... Bombay.
... Rangoon.
... Parel.
... Banmauk P. 0.,
Katha, U. Burma.
... Ootacamund.
... Berhampur.
... Aden.
... Europe.
... Satara.
... Minbu, U. Burma.
... Jullundur.
... Ahmedabad.
... Singapore, S. S.
... Kotedwara.
... Bombay.
... Raipur, C. P.
... Europe.
... Bombay.
Museum Lucknow.
... Europe.
... Jodhpur.
... Lansdowne.
... Bombay.
... Baroda.
.. Bombay.
... Europe.
... Europe.
LIST OF MEMBERS.
xix
MacDonald, J.
MacDonald, K. C. (d.s.p.)
MacLeod, Capt. E. C. (i.M.s.)
MacMillan, D. A. .„.
Mackay, G. J.
Mackay, E. D.
Mackenzie, Major A. F.
Mackenzie, Colin A.
Mackenzie, Kenneth ,..
Mackenzie, Lt. K. L. W.
Mackenzie, M. D. ...
Mackenzie, M. M. ...
Mackinnon, P. W. (f.e.s.)
Mackwood, F. M. ...
Maclaren, J. Malcolm (f.g.s.)
Macleod, Norman A.
Macleod, N. C.
Macnaghten, H. W. P.
Macpherson, John ...
Macpherson, Col. T. R. M. ...
Mactaggart, H. B. ...
Madras, The Professor of Zoology, Madras Chris-
tian College
Madras, The Principal Medical College
Madras, The Principal Presidency College
Madras, The Librarian, Govt. Central Museum ...
Magrath, Major H. A. F.
Mahaluxmi walla, CD.
Mahomedbhoy Currimbhoy Ebrahim ...
Maitland, Lt.-Col. C. B. (i.M.s.)
Major, Capt. F. F. ...
Malcolm, T.
Mallins, Col. C. (i.M.s.)
Manders, Major N. (r.a.m.c.)
Mandlik, Narayan V. (Life Member)
Mann, H. H.
Manners-Smith, Major J. (v.c, c.i.e.) ...
Manson, Lieut. B. E. A.
Manson, C. E. F. „..
Manson, F. B. (i.f.s. ) ... Me
Marjoribanks, G. (i.f.s.)
Marryat, N.
Marsden, E.
Marshall, Arch. McL. (Life Member)
Marshall, J. McL. (Life Member)
Marshall, Capt. T. E. (B.A.) ...
Marston, G. D. (c.E.)
Bombay.
Pokukku, Burma.
Aijal, Lushai Hills.
Keonjhar, Orissa.
MozufFerpur.
Sibsagar, Assam.
Poona.
Ootacamund.
Kuinool, Madras.
Fyzabad.
Hyderabad, Sind.
Chapra, Bengal.
Mussoorie, N.-W.P.
Colombo.
Calcutta.
Jaffirbund.
Bombay.
Bombay.
Europe.
Europe.
Negapatam.
Madras.
Madras.
Madras.
Madras.
Europe.
Bombay.
Bombay.
Calcutta.
Europe.
Jalna, Deccan.
Rajamundry.
Europe.
Europe.
Bombay.
Calcutta.
Nee much, C. I.
Belgaum.
Rangoon.
Rangoon.
Belgaum.
Bombay.
Europe.
Europe.
Europe.
Europe.
Bombay,
XX
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Marten, James
Martin, Lieut.-Coi. Gerald (Life Member)
Martin, L. K.
Masani, A. M. (Life Member) ...
Masson, The Hon'ble Mr. D. P. (c.i.e.)
Masson, W. P.
Massy, Major H. S.
Maxwell, F. D.
Maxwell, W.
Maxwell, Lt. W. F. (r.e.)
Mayne, Capt. H. B. (r.g.a.) ...
McCarrison, D. L. (d.s.p.) ...
McCanseland, 8. M.
MeCormack, R. B.
McDougall, E. (d.s.p.)
McGlashan, John (c.e.)
Mcintosh, Alex, (c.e.)
Mcintosh, R. (i.f.s.) ...
McKay, Lt.-Col. H. K. (i.m.s.)
McKearon, R. G. (m.a., i.c.s.)
McKenna, J. (i.c.s.)
McKenna, Lieut. J. C.
McKenzie, Alex.
McLaughlin, Lt. H. D.
McLeod, Major-Genl. D. J. S. (c.b., d.s.o.)
McMahon, Major A. H. (c.i.e., c.s.i.) ...
McMullen, Dr. G. C.
McNeil, J. (r.cs.) ...
Mead, Capt. H. R. ...
Mead, P. J. (i.c.s.) ...
Mears, Capt. A. (i.A.)
Meinertzhagen, Lieut. R.
Menon, K. G.
Merewether, Major H. D.
Merwanji Pallonji Talati
Mess President, 34th Battery, R. F. A. ...
Mess President, 1 10th Maratha L. Infantry
Mess President, 130th Baluchis
Mess President, South Wales Borderers
Mess President, R.A.
Messent, P. G. (c.b.)
Metcalfe, T. J.
Metge, Lt. R.
Meyer, Major C. H. L. (i.m.s.)
Meyer, Dr. F. A. ...
Meyer, 0.
Millard, W. Sk
DehraDun,N.-W.P.
Europe.
Buldana.
Baroda.
Lahore.
.. Darjeeling.
.. Europe.
.. Maubin, Burma.
.. Sibsagar, Assam.
.. Kirkee.
.. Europe.
.. Koraput.
.. Bombay.
.. Cocanada, Godavari
District.
.. Sandoway, Burma.
.. Calcutta.
.. Quilon, Travancore.
.. Dehra Dun.
.. Calcutta.
.. Rangoon.
.. Bassein, Burma.
.. Myitkyina, Burma.
.. Bombay.
.. Silchar, Cacher.
.. Rangoon.
.. Quetta.
.. Kotri, Sind.
.. Bombay.
.. Deolali.
.. Europe.
.. Calcutta.
.. Mombassa.
.. Trichor, Cochin.
.. Palanpur.
.. Bombay.
.. Campbellpore.
.. Hongkong.
.. Hyderabad, Sind.
.. Dalhousie.
.. Roorkee.
.. Bombay.
.. Rangoon.
.. Subathu.
.. Bombay.
.. Bombay.
.. Bombay.
.. Bombay.
LIST OF MEMBERS.
xxi
Miller, G. A.
Millett, G. P. (i.f.s.)
Mills, J. D. (Life Member)
Milne, Major C. J. Robertson (i.m.s.)
Minniken, G. G. (i.f.s.)
... Darjeeling.
... Bombay.
... Europe.
... Purulia.
... Simla.
Miraj, Shrimant Gungadharrao Ganesh, alias Baba-
saheb Patwardhan, Chief of (Life Member)
Mitchell, J. C. H. ...
Mitchell, Dr. W. ...
Mockler, Major G. F.
Modi, Bomanji Edulji
Moggridge, C. B. ...
Moller, F. A.
Mollison, J.
Monte, Mrs. Cecilia de (km. & s.)
Monte, Dr. D. A. de (l.m. & s.)
Monteath, G. (i.c.s.)
Monteath, J. (i.c.s.)
Moore, T. D.
Moore, T.
Moore, W. (f.i.c.) ...
Morgan, V. G. (i.f.s.)
Morgan, W. de (c.e.)
Morison, W. T. (i.c.s.)
Morley, G. S. (c.e.)
Morris, Capt. A. H. (r.a.m.c.)
Morris, Capt. D. 0.
Morris, G. C.
Morris, Capt. G. M.
Moscardi, E. H. (i.c.s.)
Mosse, Lt. A. H. E. (i.s.c.) ...
Mowbray, G. B.
Mowbray, Lt. J. L. (r.f.a.) ...
Moylan, W.
Mullalay, C. (i.c.s.)...
Mud hoi, Shrimant Malojirao Rage Ghorpade
Chief of
Miiller, Professor 0. V.
Mumford, E. G. (d.s.p.)
Mumford, J.
Mundy, N. S.
Munna Lai, Dr.
Murray, S. B. (p.w.d.)
6
... Miraj.
... Tezpur, Balipara
P.O., Assam.
... Europe.
... Subathu.
... Kaira.
... Rangoon.
... Darjeeling.
... Nagpur, C. P.
... Bombay.
... Bandora.
... Dharwar.
... Dharwar.
... Bombay.
... Russelkonda, Gan-
jam District.
... Dibrugarh.
... Munda, C. P.
... Waltair, Vizagapa-
tam District.
... Snrat.
... Nagpur, C. P.
... Bombay.
... Amraoti, Berar.
... Ceylon.
... Secunderabad, Dec-
can.
... Europe.
... Sadra, Mahikantha.
,.. Ceylon.
.. Barrackpore.
.. Calcutta.
.. Ootacamund.
Mudhol, S. M. C.
Europe.
Maubin, Burma.
Bombay.
Dibrugarh,
Assam.
Ballia, N.-W.P.
Ootacamund.
XX 1 1
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Muspratt, E. (d.s.p.) (Life Member)
Muspratt, Major F. C.
... Tezpur, Assam.
... Shau-h a i-K wan,
N. China.
Mysore, The Superintendent, Mysore Government
Museum ... •• ... ... Bangalore.
Mysore, H.H. the Maharaja Krishna Raj Woodayar
Bahadoor of, (Life Member)
Nagpur, The Curator, Central Museum...
Nangle, H. C.
Nangle, Capt. K. E.
Nangle, Lt. M. C. ...
Xapier, F.
Naranji Dwarkadas (Life Member)
Narrotumdas Morarji Goculdass (Life Member) ... Bombay.
Navanagar, H.H. Maharaja Shri Jaswat Singji, the
... Mysore.
... Nagpur.
... Kyaikto, Thaton
District, Lower
Burma.
... Aurungabad.
... Mandalay.
... Karachi, Sind.
Bombay.
Jam Saheb of (Life Member)
.Nelson, Major H. S. (r.g.a.) ...
Newill, F. N. C.
Newnham, Major A. (f.z.s.) ...
Nicholson, E. F.
Nicholson, Capt. W. C.
Nigel-Jones, M. E. ...
Nisbett, Capt. W. G.
Northcote, H. E. Lady
JNorthcote, H.E. Lord
Norvill, Dr. T. H. (m.d.)
Nurse, Major C. G. (f.e.s.) (Life Member)
Nurse, Capt. H. H.
Nuttall, W. M.
... Rajkote.
... Bombay,
... Europe.
... Lucknow.
... Europe.
... Europe.
... Dibrugarb, Assam.
... Katha, Upper
Burma.
... Australia.
... Australia.
... Lakhimpur.
... Quetta.
... Aden.
... Dibrugarb, Assam.
Oakden, R. M. (i.c.s.)
Oakes, George
Oates, E. W. (Hon. Correspg. Member)
O'Brien, Capt. Edward
O'Brien, Hon'ble W. T
Ogilvie, A. W. (i.f.s.)
Ogilvie, Capt. E. C. (r.e.)
Okeden, W. P.
Oldham, Capt. L. W. S. (r.e.)
Oliver, A. K.
Oliver, J. W. (i.f.s.)
Olivier, Lt.-Col. H. D. (r.e., f.z.s.) (Life Member)... Bombay.
Ollivant, Capt. A. H. ... ... ... Somaliland
Force.
... Meerut.
... Ootacamund.
... Europe.
... Amreli, Kathiawar.
... Karachi.
... Chiengmai, Siam.
... Poona.
... Rangoon.
... Europe.
... Bombay.
Europe.
Field
LIST OF MEMBERS.
XXW
Opium walla, Dorab E.
Orr, J. P. (i.c.s.)
Osborn, Lt.-Genl. W.
Osmaston, B. B. (i.f.s.)
Osmaston, L. S. (i.f.s.)
Oxley, Lt. J. C. S., (i.m.s.) ...
Ozzard, Major F. R. (i.m.s.) ...
Packard, Capt. H. N. (r.a.) ..
Page, W. G.
Page, W. T..(f.z.s.)
Pam, Albert
Parrington, Lt. J. W. (r.a.) ...
Parsons, H. J.
Parasu Raindas Patro, A. (b.a.)
Partridge, Henry (Life Member)
Patterson Dr. R. L.
Patton, Lt. W. S. (i.M.S.)
Pa walla, Jamsetji 0.
Payn, Capt. W. A. ...
Pearce, Capt. C. R. (i.m.s.) ...
Pearless, S. H.
Pearson, R. S. (i.f.s.)
Pecbey-Phipson, Mrs. (m.d.) ...
Peiniger, W. G.
Peiree, H. B.
Pernio, Dr. F. L. (m.r.c.s, l.r.c.p.)
Perreau, Capt. G. A.
Perrot, Lt. H. S. (r.g.a.)
Persbouse, Lt. S. ...
Pestonji Jivanji (n.c.s.) (Life Memb:r) ...
Peters, Lt.-Col. C.T. '
Petit, Bomanji Dinsbaw (Life Member) ...
Petit, Dhunjibhoy Bomanji (Life Member)
Petit, Jehangir Bomanji (Life Member) ...
Phear, G. A. (p.w.d.)
Phillott, Col. D. C. ...
Phipps, Henry
Pbipson, H. M. (c.m.z.s.) (Life Member)
Pilcher, Capt. A. J. (r.e.)
Pilcber, Col. J. G. (i.m.s.) ...
Pinbey, Major A. F. (c.i.e.) ...
Pink,'H. F. L.
Pocock, Capt. P. F.
Polwbele, A. C. (c.e.)
Poncins, Baron Edmond de (Life Member)
Porcb, Capt. C. P. ...
... Bombay.
... Thana.
... Hoshiarpur.
... Darjeeling.
... Dhulia.
... Seoni, Cbappara.
... Tougsbau, N.China.
... Ootacamund.
... Europe.
... Europe.
... Europe.
... Europe.
... Europe.
... Berhampur.
... Pyinmana, Burma.
... Sibsagar, Assam.
... Bombay.
... Bombay.
... Bareilly.
... Europe.
... Ceylon.
... Dhulia.
... Nasik.
... Chiengmai, via
Moulmein.
... Bombay.
... Bombay.
... Bakloh, Punjab.
... Rawal Pindi.
... Burma, Meiktila.
... Hyderabad, D.
... Dinajpur.
... Bombay.
... Bombay.
... Bombay.
... Nagpore, C. P.
... Kareman, Persia.
... Europe.
... Bombay.
... Europe.
... Europe.
... Oodeypur.
... Dehra Dun.
... Baroda.
... Agra.
... Europe.
... Lueknow.
XXXV
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Powell, Lt. A. E. (r.e.)
Pram, Major D. (i.m.s.)
Prall, Major S. E. (i.m.s.) ..
Pratt, F. G. (i.c.s.)...
Prescott, Lieut. G. W.
Preston, F. J.
Price, Sir Fred.
Prichard, G. M.
Priestley, Capt. C. E. N.
Primrose, Alex. M.
Prior, Major W. ...
Proctor, H. E.
Pundit, Jwala Prasad (i.c.s.)
Purkis, H. V.
Raby-Noble, W.
Raikes, E. B.
Ranger, G. 0.
Rattray, Lt.-Col. R. H.
Ravenshaw, Lt.-Col. C. W. (Life Member)
Ready, Capt. B. T. ...
Readymoney, N. J.
Rees, H. C.
XVtJfcJ.5* \ V • 1 - • ••• ••• •••
Xt©G^- 0» IX m ••• m.mm • • •
Reid, Cecil H. (i.c.s.)
Reid, M. F. (c.i.e.)...
Reid, W. J. (i.c.s.) ...
Rennie, Thos. (i.c.v.d.)
Reynolds, L. W. (i.c.s.)
Reynolds, P. (c.e.^ ...
Rhe-Philipe, G. W. de
Rhenius, C. E.
Rhodes, T. M.
Rice, Lieut. B. A. ...
Richards, G. (c.e.) ...
Richardson, Cecil ...
Richardson, H. L. ...
Richardson, Lt.-Col. W. St. John
Richmond, R. D. (i.f.s.)
Roberts, Lieut. A. S. B.
Roberts, Major M. B. ( Life Member) ...
Robertson, B. (i.c.s., c.i.e.) ...
Robertson, Col. Sir D. (k.c.s.i.)
... Kirkee.
... Calcutta.
... Aden.
... Europe.
... Banu, Punjab.
... Jubbulpore.
... Ootacamund.
... Ramtek, C. P.
... Rangoon.
... Tanarhat P. O.
Gauripur, Assam.
... Dilkusha, Oudh.
... Bombay.
... Orai, N.-W. P.
... Tissa, P. 0. Chum-
ba State.
... Behali P.O., Assam.
... Bombay.
... Calcutta.
... Fort Munro, Dehra
Gazi Khan.
... Nepal.
.. , Europe.
... Bombay.
... Pegu, Burma.
... Gay a, Bengal.
... Bombay.
... Calcutta.
... Bombay.
... Sibsagar, Assam.
... Rangoon.
... I ndo re, C. I.
... Europe.
... Lncknow.
... Bellary.
... Haflong, Cachar.
... Killa Drosh.
... Rangoon.
... Ahmedabad.
... Byculla.
... Rawal Pindi.
... Palamcotta, Madras
Presidency.
... Europe.
... Lansdowne.
... Nagpur, C.P.
... Europe*
LIST OF MEMBERS.
XXV
Robertson, F. W. (i.c.s.)
Robertson, J. H. (i.c.s.)
Robertson, L. (i.c.s.)
Robertson, Lt. W. (r.e.)
Robinson, H. K. (i.f.s.)
Robinson, John, J —
Robinson, Major 0. T. (r.f.a.)
Rodger, A. (i.f.s.) ...
Rodon, Major G. S. (f.z.s.) ...
Rogers, C. G. (i.f.s.)
Rogers, Henry (m.e.c.v.s.)
Rogers, Rev. K. St. A.
Rome, F. J.
Roome, Capt. R. E. ...
XlOSO} ' . ••• ••» •••
Routh, R. S.
Row, Dr. R. (m.d.)
Rundle, Lt.-Col. C. S. (i.m.s.)...
Rushton, Kenneth C.
Russell, J. B.
Russell, Hon'ble Mr. Justice L. P.
Ryan, G. M. (i.f.s.)...
Rylands, H. R.
Ryves, A. E.
... Waltair, Madras.
... Cuddapah, Madras
Presidency.
... Simla.
... Bangalore.
... Darjeeling.
... Ceylon.
... Mhow, C.I.
... Pegu, Burma.
... Dharwar.
... Port Blair.
... Europe.
... Mombassa, South
Africa.
... Bombay.
... Fort Sandeman.
... Dibrugarh, Assam.
... Chittagong.
... Bombay.
... Thayetmyo, Burma.
... Bhusawal.
... Hanbalu, Mysore.
... Bombay.
... Thana.
... Bombay.
... Allahabad.
Sale, Edward L. (i.c.s.)
Salkeld, Lt. R. E.
Salmon, Lt. W. H. B.
Saone, G. Prier De
Sassoon, Mrs. S. D.
Saunders, Capt. F. W. (r.e.) ...
Savile, P. B.
Schletter, Lt.-Col. P. (c.b.) ...
Scindia, H. H. the Maharaja Madho Rao
Member)
Scot, J. S. (i.f.s.) ...
Scotson, J. T. (i.c.s.)
Scott, Venerable Archdeacon W. E.
Scott, Edmund
Scott, G. C. ... ...
Scott, J. (m.i.c.e.) ...
Scovell, C. E. ... ... .,-
... Europe.
... Mombassa, East
Africa.
... Europe.
... Bombay.
... Bomba3r.
... Bombay.
... Bombay.
... Rangoon.
(Life
... Gwalior.
... Madanapalle, Cud-
dapah District,
... Kaira.
... Bombay.
... Ceylon.
... Ceylon.
... Calcutta.
... Loilem, S. Shan
States.
XXVI
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Scroope, H. W. P. (i.c.s.)
Seal, Dr. C. E. B. ...
Sealy, Oapt. A. E. ...
Sears, R. H. (c.e.) ...
Seervai, Dr. Rustom F.
Seton-Karr, H. W. (Life Member)
Sewell, Lt.-Col. J. H.
Sharp, Professor W. H.
Shaw, F. W.
Shaw, Dr. W. S. J.
Shipp, W. E.
Shortland, C. V. N. (a.M.I.C.E.)
Shoubridge, H. 0. B. (c.e.) ...
Shuttleworth, Lt. A. R. B.
Sikes, F. ...
Simcox, A. H. A. (i.c.s.)
Simcox, Lt. C. T.
Simpson, J. Hope (i.c.s.)
Sind Club, The Horry. Secretary
Sitwell, Capt. N. S. H. (r.a.) ...
Skey, Capt. F. E. G. (r.e.) ...
Slade, H. (i.f.s.)
Sladen, J. (i.c.s.)
Sladen, Dr. R. J. L.
Slater, E. M.
Slater, J. Sanders ...
Smales, Chas. B. (i.f.s.)
Smith, Capt. F. A. (i.M.8.)
Smith, Lt.-Col. S. G. (r.a.) ...
Souter, 0. A. (i.c.s.)
Span, Capt. H. J. B.
Sparke, W.
Spenee, L. H. (D.s.r.)
Spooner, T. J. (c.e.) (Life Member)
Stables, Major Alex. (r.a.m.c.)
Standen, B. (i.c.s.) ...
Stanton, W. C.
Staples, E. (c.e.)
Stebbing, E. P. (i.f.s., f.l.s., f.e.s.)
Steel, Sergeant-Instructor Alex.
Stehelen, A.
Steiner, E.
Stephens, L. B.
Stericker, Staff Surgeon W. (r.n.)
Stevens, Herbert ...
Stewart, J. Lee.
Stewart, R. B. (i.c.s.)
Stigand, Lieut. C. H.
... Tippera, Bengal.
... Darjeeling.
... Bakloh, Punjab.
... Darjeeling.
... Bombay.
... Europe.
... Rangoon, Burma.
... Europe.
... Bombay.
... Sholapur.
... Europe.
... Jabalpore, C. P.
... Nasik.
... Karachi.
... Ceylon.
. Thana.
... Lucknow.
„. Europe.
... Karachi.
... Dum Dum.
... Jamaica.
... Maymyo, Burma.
... Poena.
... Igatpuri.
... Europe.
... Bombay.
... Europe.
... Ulwar.
... Japalpur.
... Nellore, Madras.
... Europe.
... Rangoon, Burma.
... Dharwar.
... Dharwar.
... Karachi.
... Betul, C. P.
... Bombay.
... Dum Dum.
... Dehra Dun.
... Bolarum.
... Falam, Chin Hills.
... Bombay.
.„. Karachi.
... Europe.
... Dibrugarh, Assam.
... Bilur, Mysore.
... Poona.
... Europe-
LIST OF MEMBERS.
XXVll
Stirling, G. C. B. ...
Stiven, J. ...
Stockley, Lt. J. P. ...
Stoney, R. F.
Storey, Thos. H.
Stowell, C. H.
Stringfellow, H. P. ...
Strong, F. W. (i.c.s.)
Stuart, Capt. A. G. (a.d.c.) ...
Stuart, C. J.
Stuart, G. A. D.
Stuart, J. D.
Stuart, Major J. R. (r.a.m.c.)
Sturrock, Capt. G. 0. (r.A.) ...
Subramanian, V. (m.a.)
Sulivan, Col. G. D. F.
Summers, Thos. (c.e.)
Surveyor, Dr. N. F. (m.d.)
Swan, Capt. C.
Swan, H. H.
Swayne, Herbert (Life Member)
Swinhoe, Col. C.
Swinhoe, R. C J.
Sykes, C. M. (c.e.)...
Sykes, M. G. (i.c.s.)
Symes, W. C.
Symington, J. H, ...
Symons, H.
Talbot, W. A. (i.f.s.)
Tanner, Capt. C. 0. 0.
Tata, Dorabji J. (Life Member)
Taylor, James H. ...
... Europe.
... Europe.
... Kherwara, R a j-
putana.
... Madras.
... Oodeypur.
... Bombay.
... Bombay.
... Jorhat, Assam.
... Rangoon.
... Nellore.
... Nellore.
... Maubin, Burma.
... Kamptee, C. P.
... Balasore.
... Dharmapuri, Mad
ras Presidency.
... Bombay.
... Karachi.
... Bombay.
... Ootacamund.
... Europe.
... Europe.
... Europe.
... Europe.
... Jamnagar.
... Cuddalore, Madrag.
... Bombay.
... Bombay.
... Bombay.
... Europe.
... Quetta.
... Bombay.
... Chakradharpur,
Singbhum, Bengal.
... Karachi.
... Bombay.
... Bombay.
Taylor, S. B.
Tejpal, Goverdhundas Goculdas (Life Member)
Temulji B. Nariman, Dr.
Tenasserim Agri- Horticultural Society, The Hono-
rary Secretary of the ... ... ... Moulmein.
Thanawala, Y. D. (m.a.) ... ... ...Bombay.
Thomas, R. E. S. ... ... ... ... Calcutta.
Thompson, H. N. (f.z.s., i.f.s.) ... ... Taunggyi, Burma.
Thompson, U. H. E. (i.f.s.) ... ... ... Dehra Dun.
Thompson, St. 0. ... ... ... ... Lucknow.
Thomson, Major D. B. ... ... ... Bombay.
Thorburn, F. Seymour ... ... ... Lakhimpur.
XXT111
LIST OF MEM BEES.
Thornhill, Col. H. B.
Thornton, H. A. (i.c.s.)
Thorpe, Lt. L. L. G. (r.a.m.c.)
Tichborne, Sir Henry (Bart.) ...
Tilly, T. H. (Life Member) ...
Tinne, P. (i.f.s.)
Tod, Alex. M.
Todd-Naylor, H. P. (i.c.s., c.i.e.)
Tomkins, Capt. E. (r.a.)
Tomkins, S.
looth, L. E. ••• ... ...
Topham, F. D.
Toppin, Lt. S. M. (r.g.a.)
Tottenham, W. F. L. (i.f.s.) ...
Townsend, Capt. E. C. (i.s.c.)
Traill, W. H.
Travancore, H. H. The Maharaja Sultan Rama
Raja Bahadoor (g.c.s.i., g.c.i.e.) (Life Member).
Travers, 0. H.
Trench, G. C. (i.c.s.)
Trevithick, R. L. (a.m.i.c.e.) ...
Trevor, Col. F. W. (r.a.m.c.) ...
Trewby, Miss Lilian (m.d.)
Trivandrum, Hon. Sec, Government Museum and
Public Gardens ...
Trotter, E. W.
Troup, N. F. T.
Truninger, L.
Turner, Capt. C. H....
Turner, Sir Montague 0.
Tweedie, Lt. J. L.
Twemlow, Lt. G. H. E.
Twiss, Lt. A. M. (r.e.)
Tyler, H. H. F. M. (i. c. s.) ...
Tytler, Capt. H. C. ...
Simla.
Rangoon.
Aden.
Europe.
Mingin, Burma.
Darjeeling.
Bombay.
Akyab.
Europe.
Allahabad.
Poona.
Hubli, S. M. Ry.
Mussoorie.
Chiengmai, Siam.
Europe.
Europe.
Trivandrum.
Madras.
Europe.
Europe.
Bombay.
Amraoti.
Trivandrum.
Pyapon, L. Burma.
Kousanie P.O.,
Almora.
Calcutta.
Mandalay.
Calcutta.
Lucknow.
Wellington.
Ivirkee.
Chittoor, N. Arcot.
Cawnpore.
Ulwar, H.H. Maharaja Sawai Jey Singh Bahadoor
(Life Member) ... ... ' ... ... Rajputana,
Unwalla, J. N. (Life Member]... ... ... Bhavnagar.
Valentine, Capt. A. L.
Vans-Agnew, Major F. (r.a.)
Vaughan, J. P. (i.c.S.)
Vernon, H. A. B. (i.c.s.)
Verrieres, G. C. (p.w.d.)
Viccaji, Framji R. (Life Member)
... Europe.
... Wellington.
... Europe.
... Madras.
... Fyzabad, Oudh.
... Bombay.
LIST OF MEMBERS.
XXIX
Vidal, G. W.
Vincent, W. H. H. (i.c.s.) ...
Vithuldas Damodhar Thakersey, The Hon'ble Mr,
Wadeson, Major F. W. G. ...
Wadia, Sorab P. N.
Walker, Capt. G. K. (a.v.d.)...
Wall, Capt. F. (i.m.s., c.m.z.s.)
Wallace, John (c.e.)
Wallace, R. ... ...
Wallace, W. V. (i.c.s.)
Wallinger, W. A. ...
Walter, F. (i.f.s.) ...
Walton, Capt. H. J. (i.m.s.) ...
Wapshare, G.
Ward, Col. A. E. ...
Ward, Capt. C. H.
Wasey, G. K.
Waterfield, E. II . (i.c.s.)
Watson, Capt. H. D.
Watson, H. W. A. (i.f.s.)
Watson, Lt.-Col. J. (r.a.M.C.)
Watson, Capt. John C.
Watson, Capt. J. W. (i.m.s.) ...
Watson, L. P.
Watson, Capt. T. E. (i.m.s.) ...
Watts, Lieut. G. A. R.
Wells-Cole, Major H.
Wells- Witham, Dr. E. (m.d.) ...
Wenden, H. (c.e., c.i.e.)
Westropp, A. S. A. (i.c.s.)
Whately, Richard ... ..4
Whiffin, F. D
Whitcombe, Capt. E. G. R. (i.m.s.)
White, C. W.
White, Lt. A. W. ...
White, G. H,
White, W. P.
Whitehead, Lt. C. H. T.
Whitehouse, Langford
Whiting, J. E. (c.e.)
Whittall, Major F. V.
Whittell, A. L.
Whitworth, G. C. (i.c.s.) (Life Member)...
Whymper, S. L.
Whyte, Major C. W. F
Wickham, P. F. (c.e.)
Wickwar, 0. S.
. Europe.
, Bhagalpore.
. Bombay.
. Fort Sandeman.
. Bombay.
. Lahore.
. Cannanore.
. Bombay.
. Bombay.
. Europe.
. Alibag.
. Rangoon.
. Bombay.
. Ootacamund.
. Srinagar, Kashmir.
. Umballa.
,. Europe,
. Sholapur.
. Europe.
. Taungoo, Burma.
. Europe.
. Europe.
. Poona.
. Cawnpore.
. Madura, S. India*
. Nowshera.
. Europe.
, Europe.
. Bombay.
. Europe.
. Plmlera, R.-M. Ry.
. Rourkela, B. JSI. Ry.
. Poona.
. Bombay.
. Bhuj, Cutch.
. Bhusawal.
. Seoni, C. P.
. Kohat.
. Pank, Burma.
. Bombay.
. Bolarum.
. Bombay.
. Satara.
. Europe.
. Fort Sandeman.
. Shwebo, Burma.
Colombo.
XXi
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Wileman, A. E. (H. B. M. Consul)
Wilkinson, Major E. (i.m.s.) ...
Williams, Capt. 0. E. (i.m.s.)
Williamson, W. F.
Willis, R. A.
Willock, Lieut. A. (k.i.m.) ...
Wilson, A. R.
Wilson, Comdr. N. F. T. (r.i.m.)
Wilson, R. A. (i.c.s.)
Wilson, W. G.
Winsloe, Capt. H. E. (r.e.) ...
Winterscale, J. C. ...
Witt, D. 0. (i.f.s.) ...
Wolf-Murray, F. D. Q. (i.c.s.)
Wolseley, Major-Genl. Sir Geo. B. (k.c.b.)
Wood, C. W. (c.e.) ...
Wood, Lt. H. (r.e.)
Wood, R. B. (i.c.s.) .,, ,.,
Wood, S. A. (i.f.s.)
Woods, Vernon (c.e.) ...
Wooster, W. G.
Worlledge, Lt. N. A.
Wright, F. A. (c.e.)
Wright, H.
Wright, H. C.
Wright, R. R.
Write, Dr. W. B. ...
Wroughton, R. C. (Life Member)
Yates, Lieut. R. J. B.
Yeo, Edwin W.
Yerbury, Col. J. W. (r.a.) (Life Member)
Young, E. H.
Young, Major F. De B.
Young, Lt. G. G. (i.m.s)
A^oung, John
Young, L. C. H. (b.a., f.e.s.)
Young, Lieut, M. ...
Young, W. E.
Yule, Lt. R. A.
,, Auping, South For*
mosa, China,
.. Simla.
... Taunggyi.
.. Bangkok, Siam.
.. Bombay.
,. Europe.
.. Binsur, Almora,
.. Bombay.
,. Nagpur.
,. Bombay,
.. Europe.
.. Karangan, Kedah,
.. Bangkok, Siam.
.* Madras.
.. Europe.
.. Kurnool, Madras.
.. Mussoorie,N.-W.P,
.. Kaira.
.. Loilem, S. Shan
States.
,. Europe.
,. Yawng Hwe, S.
Shan States.
.. Canuanore.
. Howrah, Bengal.
. Peradeniya, Ceylon.
. Europe.
. Bombay.
. Lakhimpur, Assam,
. Europe.
,. Jubbulpore, C. P.
,. Bombay.
,. Europe.
,. Bombay.
„ Poona.
.. Poona.
,. Europe.
,. Bombay.
. Mhoyv/C. I.
,. Karachi.
,. Calcutta.
XXXI
>-
o
co
O
LU
«c
o -
CO
o
3
-KB
OS
<
CO
O
a
rT, © © © © C CO lO
O O CO 00 CO lO CM
o3
ft
O CO-+OOC ?o -H
O O CM o -+ tr o
i.^ CO CO CM ^-JyCO
i-T r-T <* <^J"
CM
T— I
co
1—1
I— I
oo
©
CO
CI
CM
©
OS
OJ
a
03
O
03
ft
-13
gs
S.2
^ P
X! g
ft ?
>
o
!Z5
©
CO
:§
• os
i— I
CO cu
© ^2
o> 03
s2
03 1c
> 1-1
Si
U- © CO
O 55 (D
P S *
ft
3
cS
o
cs
00
CM ©
i-i O
OS CM
CM
(M
■<*
05
ft
-.;
CO
ft
D-i P
o
rH CO
So
ft 3
p
c
o
ft
-1-3
o "ai c!
w p p
< § g g
--5 K*% ^ (-*
■43 f-l .£ £j
•s g^i s
ip.= s
P ^ H O
pR ft P- -O
J IS
c3 S
CO
o
yy{ CO
<x>
ft
CO
p :
o •
CO
03 o
s ©
p
P-i 9i
p ^ PrQ
p © Pt
cs OS O
I ft
o "IS
O S3
^^5
SH P
P oj ce
©
03
P2
03
=
2 S
P 03
-Pft
ft
,-P * '
3D
cS
c
r-| 03
CO 03
cS <±>
03 Oft
O 55 CO
03
P-I
&.
03
CO
ft
CM©©©©©1-1©©!— I ©OCM©00
i — i
»AiO©©©©'-,CM©-}< OOO©'*©
(NCSOJ«OOm5?OOco
"^O CM-*/i©<-i'*!
^CM ri t>- H.t* ©
"3J © KO >-i r*
co rt cc co
r- 1 IO © <— I
CO
CO
OS o o
. © © -*
01 r— l
© o ©
oo CO CM
. : co
CO • ©
o ©
CS CO r-t
^ 2 r^
OJ3
n
OS
OS
^H
03
^2
a
03
C3
OJ
03 .
g «
Pi P
~ c
•§^
03
03
JO
o JB
CS
" a; b »
T3 r- ^_ ^h
P.C5 O^H
03
-a
CS
o
o
p
CS
PQ
•SO
03 3J
OP-,
©
"3 "
03 ^
Ph o
CO Vu-,
I-. CO
O P
.2
C _Ph
-j_D r—
CS »
« i=
5 p
M CC
■CM CC "*
© © © © ©
OS CS OS OS cs --^
i-H t— I rH >— I i— i I— I
O
03
03 f-1
S p
o
i-o
o o o C O O o
•^3 rP "13 "TP rp "w Hp
ooooooPo
ftftfiPfipftp
: cs
' p
p
o
CO I— .
03 ~
03 M
ft-o
oS
03 _o
o '—
p «t-l
pS o
-k= 03
ft ac
03
P cS
• 03 Q3
S
IU — 2
O 03
®i
P P3
o cs
03 CO
03 03
J-l r-l
03 QJ
P P
co
32
o
8
S
ft §
W .
ft ^>
O "
^
o
JZ5
P
o cc ^
o
P ^
Jft
a
xxxn
>-
I-
UJ
o
o
CO
>-
oc
O
I-
co
-J
<
<
>-
<
CO
O
CO
CO
o
C5
"to
CO
y— I
co
o
CO
o
OS
•3
1—1
g
O
5
o
o
o
I
g
■gO ^
o Pn
ce
<D
CI
1
PS
o'
OS
I
s
o
[^ (LIBRARY) 30]
^^^K«
XXXIV
INDEX.
senea ••• ...
gequalis ...
iEro'macbus
iErua
seruginosum
reruginosus
jBscbynoraene ...
sesopus
sethiopica
sethiopicum
iEthiopsar
iEthiopyga
affinis... 131, 25+, 351,362,
a^amarschana ...
agamemnon ... ...
Aganosma ... ...
Agaricus
J\^J'iW 6 ... ... ...
agenor ... ...
agestis
agestor ...
agetes
aggresippna
aglaia ... ...
aglea ... ...
agleoides
agna ...
agnata
agni ...
253,
457,
PAGE
... 455
..< 633
... 496
... 553
... 188
35?, 671
... 543
... 491
... 675
... 424
... 462
... 513
472, 551,
644, 661
... 486
52, 494
... 549
... 363
... 555
... 495
... 490
... 495
... 494
... 486
... 483
43, 486
... 486
54, 496
... 488
485,496
agniverna ... 492
Agnosia ... 634, 641
agostina .. ... ... ... 493
agrarius <<. 485
Agrotinaj 602
Agrotis 604
ahrendti . ... 633
ailanti ... 641
Ailantus ... ... ... ... 541
Aipisurus 113
airoidea *.. 154
aitchisoni ... 106
aitkeni 327, 332, 336
ri K; i s.'t ••■ ••• ••• •• • t< ' .'
akooi 710
Alangium 547
alata 544,547
Alauda 472
alaudarius 131, 352, 369, 673
Alaudidaa , 472
alba 73, 75, 138, 251, 291, 354, 470, 546
albellus
albicans
albicaudata
albiceps ...
albicilia
albicialis ...
albicinctalis ...
albicosta
albicostalis
albida
albidefinis
albidisca
albi fascia
albifascialis ...
albilimbrialis ...
albiflavalis
albifrontata ...
albigen.ua
albigulare
albigularis
albipennis
albiventris
albizonalis
Albizzia
albomarginata...
album
alcandra
alcatboe
alceaa
Alcedo ...
alcbata
aleibiacles ...
alcippe
alcippus
alcmenor
alcmeone
Aleuritopteris ...
alexandrina ...
alexia
alica
alicea
Alisma
Alisroaceaa
Allamanda
allica
Allruania
Allodaphnusa ...
Allophylus
Allosorus ...
Allotinus
allous
PAGE
354
640
463
... ... 610
... 496,602
215
206
••• »•• 612
542
... . *. -j i'
489
.*. 495
• • • • ■• ~ O
221
... ... 215
... ... 465
... ... o85
... ... 525
... 259
... 343, 354
... ... 261
219
... 285, 686
... 423, 424
... «•• 553
... ... 485
... ... 486
49tj
350, 351, 659
•♦• ... 353
494
269
486
495
492
420
... 254
54, 488, 496
4»6
... ... 6ol
... ... 565
... ... 555
... ... 548
... 488
... 640, 641
... 283,541
421
... 303, 305
490
INDEX,
XXXV
almana ...
alompra ...
alpina
Ataeodaphne ...
Alseonax .,.
alseonax
alsinoidea
Alsocomus
Alstonia
alteratus
althese
altissima
Alysicarpus
alysos
Amana
amanda ...
amantes ...
Amarantacess ...
amarantha ...
Amarantus
Amaryllideas ...
Amaryllis
Amathasia ...
aniutus ...
arnaurornia ...
araba
ambareesa
Arabia ...
ambialis
Ambly podia ...
AmbulicinEe ...
Ambulyx ...
Amecera
americana
Ammobates ...
Ammonacefe ...
Ammoperdix ...
Ammophila
Amoeba ...
amoenum
amor
Ampelidea) ...
Ampelophaga ...
amphimedon ...
Ampittia
Anacardiaeese ...
Anacardium ...
Anadebis
analis
anamallensis ...
Anarnbulvx ...
PAGE
45, 483
485
254, 559
251,253,464
131
549, 550
• •• ••• ••* 515
••« • •• ••• • 4S
• • a ••• •#* »Oi/
• •• ••• ••• ■TvU
t*C • •• -■• 0\Ji)
• a« ••• ••• « '*» O
HI ••• »•■ *1 ■'•-*
••• »•• ••> >*-j-j
... 642
48, 491
•>•• • •• •• • ODD
••• % ■• ••• ooo
• •• •■■ ••■ 000
• • • ••• • ••DUO
... 297, SOO
... ••• ••» 4,'j
710
• • • ■ • • •• • "yo
52, 496
210
• •• • •• •••2X4
304, 305, 491
630, 634
636, 641, 649
301 302, 487
... 62, 176, 555, 676
■ •• ••• •••O/U
• • • ■ • ■ •••Dt>o
• • • ■•« ••• •>•>•>
••• ••• 89, 361
••• «•• ... 166
••• ••• ••• ou
• «• ••• ••• tJI
• •• ••• ••• * '■' I
647, 649
»t» ••• * • • ' « *'
... 53, 309, 311, 495
283, 542
284, 542
• • a ••• ••• — * ' I
632
• •• ••• •*« l''o
634, 643
142,
anarta ...
Anas
Anastomus
Anatidse
Anatinse
anceoides
aaceps
anceus
Ancistrodon
andamaua ...
andamanensis ...
andersoui
Andrena
Andriasa
androoles ...
Andrographis ...
Andropogon
Anaillema
Anerastianas
Angiopteris
anglica
Angonyx
angulare
angulata
angulatus
angulifera
angustans
angusticollis ...
angustirostris ...
Anisocliilns
Anisodactyli ...
Anisogonium ...
Anisomeles
annada
annais ... ...
annectens
Annelida
annexa
annuliferalis ...
Anodendron
Anogeissus ...
anomala
Anona
Anopheles
Anous
anrithame ...
Anser...
Anseres
Anserfnaa
anthe
PAGE
484
339,354,369,715,718
75,138
■ •• ... ... 337
... ... ... 337
... ... ... 650
•••■ ... ... 424
649, 650
369, 372, 526
484, 492, 493, 639, 648
647
100, 427, 491
360, 557-566
••• •• ... 638
490
... 552
••• ... ... 556
*•• ... ... 555
20
.... ... ... 10o
71, 254
647, 652
418, 426
488,491,496
543
209, 322
... 648
... ••• ... 445
.,, 340, 354
... ... ... 553
... ... ... 657
421
••• ••• ... 553
••. ••• ... 491
... ... ... 488
494
••• ••• oo8j 38i7
♦• • ••• •«• j. DO
••• ♦»• •■■ 572
• •* ••• ••• a2\
279, 288
£32, 546
••• ••• ••• 4of>
• • • ••• ••• *)oo
265-278,327-336,361
••> ■■« ... 160
••• ••• ••• 4y2
...142,337,524,718
• •• •■• ....■>• "* t
• • • • •• •• • *rO f
••• ••• • # a 1P(
XXXT1
INDEX.
Anthidium
Antkoceplialus...
Anthopbora
anthracis
Anlhracoceros ...
Authropoide9 ...
Anthus 145, 156,
Antidcsma
antidysenterica
antiopa ... ...
antiphates
antiquorum
anyta ...
aonis ...
aoris ... •-•
Apatura... 45, 298,
aperta ... ...
Aphidaa ...1,
Aphis ... ...
Aphnaaus. 49,
apiaster ...
apicalis ...
Apidte
Apis ...
Aplomaftix
Apocalypsis
Apocynacese
Apoda ... ...
Aponogeiton ...
Aporia ... ...
appendiculata ...
appiades
Appias
approximates ...
Aptera ... ...
Apterogyna
apus
aquatica ...
Aquila
aquilina
arabica
arabicus
Arachnechthia
arachtus
Araliacesa
arborea
arborescens
arbor-tristis
arcesilaus
Arcilasisa
PAGE
360, 575
... 547
... 360
660
... <-•• — • ■ ox
251,253,371,471,472,
520, 521
• •• ... ••• 004.
... •■• . ■ • •' 4 o
484
494
••« ••• *•• ooo
, 485
#, . ••• ••• TOO
484
299, 300, 484, 496, 530
... •• • ■■ • T.*sO
169,192,362,438,443
• • • ••• ••• oOO
303, 305, 361, 490, 497
349, 351
324,491,574
360, 557
360
G31, 633
288,548,677
401, 509
... 555
• •• ••• . . . ...M ' ' >
42 +
... ... -•• 481
... ••• ••• ol
166, 174, 175
360
• •• •■• • •• •' ' I
••• ... ••• oou
160,355
425
150, 153-155
...251,473,474,726
652
547, 677
291, 540, 552
• •• »•• • «• JOo
• ■■ ••« ••• 0*0
485
... ... ... 3uu
••• ... ... 608
avchias
Arcifera
arcuata ...
ardates
Ardea
ArdeidEe ...
ardeniai
ardentia
Ardeola
Ardetta
Ardisia
arenarius
arenata
arenosa ...
ares ...
Argemone
Argentauris ...
argentata
argentea
argeatiplumbea
argeutisparsa ...
argentulus
Argus
argusianus
argutum
Argya
Argynms
argynnis
Argyreia
argyrella
aivyrius
Arhopala
aria
ariadne
ariana
Arichauna
arida
ariel
Ario
aristata
aristaturn
aristogeiton
Aristolochia
Aristolochiacese
aristolochiai
arjuna
Armandia
armeniacus
armigera ...
Arnetta
Aroidoaa
PAGE
«ao • • • • • • *• O »'
••• •• • •• ■ OUo
• •• ••• • • • *i J J.
357, 488
75,138,160,350,354
... 652
• •• ••• •• • *■' *-
•■• • • • ••• ' (
77
• •• • •* ••• <' i '
853, 731
• •• •■• ••• O -i X
••• «•• «#'}.'.">
• •• ••• «•■ OuO
• •* • •• ••• loo
• •• • •• #•• 00 1
... 553
• •«. %•• ••• JiZo
••• ••• • • 11
160, 369
160, 369
87,427
• •• ••• . , . — ;> (S
297, 300, 483
• •• ••• • •• 4oQ
• ■a • * • •*■ OOU
• •• ••» «•• •> —
• •« ••• ••• i I ■'
48, 304, 305, 357, 491
54, 485
45, 486.
• • • • • ■ • • • 'i n • '
99ft
• •• ••• ••• ->-jy>
• • • «•• ••• *i «' -j
• • • •*• ••• DwJ
... ••• ... 667
••• ••• **• ■' i '
• •«, ••• • . • *I -J O
• •• ••• ••• "i oo
• • • •• • ... Ooo
• •• ••• •#• 0«5O
52, 495
••• ••• ••• OK)
307, 494
• •• ••• •••Oill
• '• ••• ••• t>u_,
53, 308, 311
9*9 #•■ ••• ODO
INDEX.
XXXVU
aromatica ,
arquata
Arrhenopteryx
arsana
Artamus
artemis
Arthropoda
Artobotrys
Artocarpus
aruna ,
Arundinaceag ,
Aruruiinaria .
Arundinax
AsaTcornis
asbolalis
Asclepiadeaa .
Ashr. .
asela
asella
asiatica
asiaticus
Asilidse
Asio .
AsionidfB
Asionina?
asita
asoka
AsparaguB
aiper .,
aspera .
asperrima
asphodelua
Aspidiere
PAGE
-«• ••• ••• OOx
254, 372
• •• • *• ... Tt-'O
■ •• . • • ••• 0*r if
255, 461, 519
1 QQ
• •• ••• • •• 1 ■' —
o» • ••• •••J. OO
••• ••• ... OOo
293, 554
• •• ••• «•• 400
• • • ••• • • • i.jj
••• •• • ••• * ' J T
253, 457
.. ... 536, 731
29
• •• • •• «•• > ' i •'
• • • ••• ••• I I'
... 485
... 486
473, 494, 552, 574, 726
74,131,662
n • • •« <•• ii i ■'
• •• ••• ••• • ■• — • ' «>
• •• ••• ••• ••• 00/
• •• ••• *■ . • • • ' ; ' ' '
••• ••• ••• •*• *' T
489,491
196, 204, 396, 554
•■• ••• ... 543, 553
■•■ ••• ••• ••• «<'j
• a* ••• ... *•• "t « I
... ... ••• *.. "' J I
Aspidium 417, 418, 421, 423,425, 426, 428
Aspidopterys 28?
Aspleniese 421
AspleoiumS9, 102, 417, 421, 423, 425, 428,
429
assamensis ...
assiniilis ...
a— nil;; ...
nstjiifi •••
asterie ...
asterope
astheniata
Astheaioide3 ...
Astictopterus ...
astorion
astrarcha
Astur
astvanax
494, 652
... 145
... 602
... 1
45, 483
... 488
... 320
... 226
808,495
319, 495
... 490
... 671
... 495
aswa
aswe ...
Atalarttia
Atella
ater
athamas
Athene
atbertoni
Athyma ,.,
Athyriuin
atkinsoiii
atlites ...
atra ...
atrata ...
atriceps
atricillus
ati-ifuscalis ...
atrigularis ..
Atriplex
atrisquamella
a'ropos
atropurpurea ..
atrovirens
Atrytone
atternanB ...
atticus ...
Atylosia
atymnus
auge
augias
aulicus
Aulocera
aurantiaca
aurantium
aurantius
auratum
aureolal'.s
aureus ...
auriculata
auriculatum
auriculiformis ...
aurifrons ...
auripennis ...
aurita
aurivena
aurobalteata
auropunctalis ...
aurota ...
australasica
australis
automedon
•••
•••
•••
• ••
•••
■•■
•••
• ••
••• • ••
485, €02, i
•■•
PAGE
484
486
. 282, 540
..45, 297, 498
349, 455
46, 485
351, 668
... 658
... 46
421
603
483
353, 710
465, 488
256, 260
... 585
... 140
148, 150
... 27
631, 632
... 553
.. 607
... 495
... 425
... 496
... 543
49,491
... 484
... 495
534, 706
301,302, 487
^qi a on
••■
•■•
•••
301,302,487
... 226,431,499,503
••• •••< ••• O'rU
• *• «•• ••• OOO
• •• • •• ••• *i»jt:
• •• ••• ••• -t <-i A
.*• •'■■ • • • X Oo
542,544
... 78,417,423,427
*•■ ••• • •• O * o
• •• «f. ••• OuO
a*a ..« ... *7«7
• • • •■• ••■ jU
• •• ••• ••* i) i ''J
• «• •• • in wlU
• * • •• • . * • l>'iJ
540
385, 493
650, 651
S
xxxvm
IXDEX.
avania
avatana
avatar ...
Avia
avocetta
axillaris
axion ...
axylides
azadirachta
.Azanus...
azurea ...
Bacillus
bactriana ...
bada
Badamia ...
badius
baeri
bagus
bahadar
bafcerianura
bakkamoena ...
balbita
baldus
balfourii ...
Balistes
balliston
balucha
Bambusa
Baoris ... ...
Baracus ...
baralacha
barbatus
Barbus
barbigerum
barbiros-tris ...
barlerioides ...
Barringtcnia ...
Basamia
basilicum
basistriga
Bassia ...
batassiensis
batatas
bathycles
batjanensia ...
Batoidea ...
BatrachoBtomus
batriva
PAGE
... 488
... 487
... 494
... 484
... 735
... 555
... 494
... 609
... 541
... 301
... 465
... ... 116, 182
351,732
406
... 55,308,311,496
... 671
342
489
... 5G8
426
... G67
... ... ... lOi)
... ... ... -to /
... ... ... *J t *
... ... . . . I W I
490
... 16,361, 558,573
293, 556
54,310
... ... ... 308
490
• «■ ••• ••• uOd
720
• •• • •• *o* 4 Jo
• •• ••• o2 i — — o Zu
... ... ... 551
• •• • •• • •• 51t>
637-641, 642
... 552
• •* *•• ••• DUO
... ••• ••• 04:0
• • • •• • •• > OOJL
»!, ... ... ''*l I
... • . • ••• *T ■' "I
• • • ••• • •• t JLo
Rl • •• . ••• 1 — •'
... «•• ••• '!*>•>
• t. ••• ••• *x*5 f
Bauhinia
biya
beavani
beddomei
06-ia ••■ ...
beladamboe ...
Belenois ...
belerica
belladonna
Bembex
benyalensis 144,
benjamina
bennetti
Berberidc33
berdmorii
berinda
Beta
betonica
bevani ...
bhadra
Bibasis
biblis ...
bicalyculata
bicaudata
bicolor
bicornis
biddulphi
biemarginata ...
bifa^ciata ...
bifilif oralis
Bignonia
Bignoniaceaa ...
bilineata
bilineolata
biloba
bimaculatus
bingha.mi
binectariferam
binotata
Eiophyllum
biplagiata
bisaltide ...
blserialia
bieerrata ...
Bixa ... ...
Bixinea?
Blabioides
blandfordii
blasius
Blattidse
PAGE
89, 545, 586
467
423, 424, 428, 503, 508
... ••• ••• 'CD
••• ••« ... 550
... ••• ••• OD 1
285, 645
• • • ••• •••"«.■' V
• •• ... «•• Oil
292, 315, 37S, 490, 536,
554, 555, 666, 669
... ••• ••• 004:
142
... ... •••Oil
... ■•• ••• O • ' '
4<H
... ... ... ^. *-*
... ... ... 7UJ
... ••• 552
54
487
• •• ••• ••• ^V »
, 55, 308
••• •»• ••• ^<jO
... ••• ••• OOJ
324, 325
638, 733
659,716
• • • • •• •'•• Ol>*7
562, 564
... ... ... 488
">2
... ... ... **«
5r»l
• tg ... ••• «F'»i
289,561, 685
••• ••• ••• 00 1
... ... ... 208
... ••• ••• ooU
190, 202
... ••• • •» o
• •• ... ••• <40j£
486
540
491
a*. ... ••• 4o0
••r *>• ••• • '
• •• ... ••: *j^'t
mmm ••• ••• OoJ
• • • ••• •• • ' '" **
• •• ••• ••* 20
423,426,428
*• ■ (■• • •• • 4 O I
177,179
INDEX.
IXX1X
Blechnese
Blechnum
Blepbaris
blomhoffii
blythii
Boarmia
Bocchoris ...
bochus
Boerhaavia ...
boarhaaviaefolia
boeticua
bolanica
bolina ... ...
Boiqbax...
BombyliformiB
bona-nox ...
bonducella
Bonnaya
Boragiunae
Borassus
boryanum
Bos ... ...
boscas ...
Botaurus
Bothriocephalic
BothropB
Botrychium
Botjs .«•
Boucerosia
bourdilloni
boylei ... ...
brachelix
brachiata
Brachyglossa ...
Brachypodinse...
BrachypternuB
Bracbypteryginas
Brachypteryx ...
brachyrhyacbuB
Bracbytrupes ...
brachyura
Braconidae
bracteata
bracteatus
brahminus
brama
brassicaa
brevireps
brevipalmata ...
Bridelia
brunescens
PAGE
421
421, 425, 429
... ... 552
... ... OaV
... 253, 462
226
214
...47,357,488
••• ••• Ouu
••• ••• OO-i
...48,319,489
■ •• • • * O
46,484
... 280,539
644
• •• ••• OdU
544
550
... 288,549
555
426
... 227,706
839, 354,369
7T
130
113
108,422,428
221
549
... 251,466
493
... 550,553
... ... t » >» i
... ... fcjOO
... ... 655
260
260
... 142,718
... 173,191
253, 455, 474
... 360
861,546,547
490
... 160,487
... ... 668
... ... *r •' t>
... 499,502
... ... 501
... ... £ c 1
... ... 513
113,403-
Brtmfelsia
brunnea
brunneicephalus
brunneifrons ...
bmnonium
bryophilalis ...
Bryophyllum ...
Bubalcua ...
Bubo
Buboninaa
Bucerotes
Bucerotidaa
Buchanania
buchanani
Bufo ...196,391,394-
Bufonidai
bulbifera
bulis
Bungarus
bungarus
Buprestidaa
burbidgei
burkii ...
Burleria
burrqanni
Bursera....
Burseraceas
busiris...
Bntaster
Butea
Buteo ...
butleri ...
Butorides
buxifolia
Byblia ...
caballus
Caccabis
cachinans
Cacomantis
Cacopus...
Cactesa
cadamba
eadesia
cadma ...
C^eciliidaa
Caanodomus
casrulea
casruleus
PAGE
,. ... 676
,. 253,261
... 70
530
426
222
.. 357,545
76
•• •■• ooJL
... 667
... 659
>«• ••• O0«7
542
160
396, 499, 508, 509
403—406, 508-
... ... 555
491
-406,524,535,706
358,359,369,407
• •• ••• J-'-' J
674
• •• ••• • > L *j
552
... 545
541
... 282,541
650,651
... ... 670
■ ... ... o4*>
253,284,352,671
i ••• ••• OOo
• •• •* • i i
» «jm • i » Oil
301, 302, 486
... 704
... 353, 369
70, 251
... ... 664
499,507,508
... 286, 547
547
• •> #•• 4o7
• •• ■•• *I J u
401
... ... of>
... ... 4S >
535, 670,710
xl
INDEX.
Csesalpinia
Csesaria
cains •••
Cajanus
Calais ... ...
Calamarhrous ...
calimalis ...
Calamus ...
calcaratum
cal carat as
calcarifer
Caleeidaa
calidris ...
Calinaga
Callambulyx ...
Calliana ...
Calliandra
Callicarpa
calligana
callinara ...
calliope
callirhoe
callophis
callosus
callula ...
Calo^asia
Calopbrynus ...
Calophyllum ...
Calotropis
calvus
calycina
calyeinum
Calycnpteris
calyculata
Calymnia
cama ••• ...
camadeva
eamara ... ...
cambayensia ...
cambica...
Camena
camens ...
camertes
camiba
Campanulaceaa
Campeehianum
Campopbaga ...
Carapteria
Camptopoeum ...
cana ...
cauace
PAGE
544
«. • ••• ••• O "i O
4S9
••• ••• ••• t -?*/
543
51,492
in ••• ••• 251"
... ... ... u*>
555
415, 426
... ••• ••• oo4
«•• ••• ••• ■ -"
• •■ ••• ••• loU
«• 254
••• ... ••• ^"7
635, 642, 643
• •• ••• ••• o' "o
••• ••• •• • O / O
289, 552
• * • • » • * * » ** ' »
• •• ••• ••• i - > ->
• •* ... »•• *i > »>
*•• ••• ••• 1O0
... ... ••• o©6
390,393,499, 506-508
• •• ••• •••000
• •• • •* ••• QO I
• • • ••• • • • O •> «7
• •• ••• • • * • ' *T • *
• •• ••• .*• ODo
539, 542
... ... 357, 545
285, 546, 589
• •• ••• ••• OtI
*•■ ... ••• 635
• •• ••• ••• TOT
••• ••, ••• 485
• •• ••-< ••• jni)
252, 352, 719
• •• ••• ••• 4o0
497,498
... 485
• • • ••• •■ • T ■' O
• •• •• ••• 4 0
• •• ••• ••• 0 to
... ... ... 545
• •• ■•■ ••• tD"
... ••• .. . *t -j J
... ••• . • • * J / • '
492, 543
••• ... ... 4o4
canadensis
Canavalia
candidus
canente
canesoens
canidia
canignla
Canis
caninsella
Carina
canorus
Canscora
Canthium
canum
capensis
capillus-veneris
capitat.us
capitellatum ...
Capparidea3
Capparis
caprifolia
Caprimulgus ...
Caprona ...
cara ...
Carabus
carandas
Caransidsa
carbo
Cardantbera ...
Cardiospermum
cardui
Careya
carinata
Carissa...
carniculata
camifer
carnosa ...
carnosus
carpinifolia
Carpodacus
Carulluma ...
caryopbyllacea
caryophyllata ...
Caryota
Casarca
cashmiralis
casbmirensis ...
casiapa
casiotis
caspia ...
cassandra ...
PAGK
••• ••• ••• O 4 D
... ••• •• . 04 *>
353, 524, 706
• •• ... ••• "o«
635, 637
• •• ... • • • 4 "O
... «•• ••• (04
••• ••* •• • i. oo
... ••• ••• "*
555, 702
...253,258,351,664
... ... ••• d4»
287, 547
•*• •»• ••• ooJ
140, 534, 722, 733
• •• ••• ••• 424:
••• ••• ••• ■* **
96, 290
280, 538
280, 588
644
• •• •• • ••• Vi »
351, 662
.307,496,530
560
• •• ••• « * • ' t —
288 548
... •■• ... -L^O
••• **« / — , DO 4
... ••• ... *>■'!
... ••• ••• 04 L
349, 484
• •• ••• ••• 040
115, 160, 406, 586
288, 548
• • • ... • • . O X v
... ••• ••• * *J —I
... ••• ...041
• . * ••• • • • *)' ' «"
... . • . « • « ■ ' «^ - '
251,253,469
• > ■ ••• •• . . ' i **
••• ••• ... OOI
• • • ••• ••• 04 "
293, 555
... ... Ooo.OOx
••• ••• 20
... ... •»• j * ■ i
••• ••• ... 4oo
••• ... ••• oo*i
71 *?54
• •• ••• * X y *J*s*.
... ••• ••• oo.l
INDEX.
xh
Cassia ...
cassida
Castalius
castaneicpa ...
castaneicoronata
castetsii
casti^liona
castor
Casuarina
casuariiiEB
Casuarineaa
Casyapa
catalania
Catapoecilma ...
catappa
catiang ...
catilla
Catocala ...
Catochrysops ...
Catopsilia
Catrellus
caucasicum
caudata
cedrella ...
Celsenorrhinus..
Celastrinesa
Celastrus
celebeusis ...
celerio ...
CeloBia
Celtis ... ...
ceutatirus
Centetes
Centropus
Cephalandra ...
Cephalomyia ...
cephalotes
cephea ... ...
cepheus
Cephonodes ...
ceramae...
Cerambicidaa ...
cerasoides
cerastoides
Ceratina
Ceratopteris
Ceratosmia
cerbera
cerberus
Cerceris
eerisyi
PAGB
• •• •«■ ••• Ott
• •• •■• ••• ^iJO
... 48, 303, 305, 489
... ••• • • • o j. u
• •• ••• ••• olX
••• ••• ♦•• 4oo
... ••• • • • '• — '
342
... ••• •■• oDx
• • • • •• ••• Oof)
• •• ... ••* OOt
• • * » . . • • • "' « ' ■ '
41,408,411
... ... ... 545
50, 492
■■« • ••> ••• •»' ' x
... 48, 303, 305, 489
... ••• ... OU
• •• ••• ••• DOJ
••• ••• ■•• O i o
■ .« ••• ••• "I o i
.. . ••• • •• -j f
52,53, 307,311,496
• • • . a . * • • * ' *» L
283, 541
«. a ••• in T i '»
• •• « • • in Ji)l
553
291, 554
357,491
255, 665, 666
• ■• ... »■• Oti
• •• •»• ■ • • o n Z
... ••• ... OOt>
a** •»• ••• 486
• •• * • ■ • • . 'I O I
644, 645
• •• ••• ••• *!.'•'
• •• ••• ... lO,'
••• ••• ••• OiiO
• • • ••• ■••OUO
360, 575—577
421,425
••• ••■ ••• 5/4
••• ••• ••■ 677
... 372,495,645
... ••• ... 361
... Ma 643
Ceropalidse ...
Ceropegia
cervina
cerviniceps
Cervus
Ceryle
ceterach
Cethosia
cetti
ceylanica
ceylanicus
ceylonensis
ceylonica
ceylonicus
Chfetoprocta ...
Ohjetnra
chalazodes
Chalcophaps ...
chalybeata
ChatQEe^esia
chamanica
Chameleon
charapaca
chandalla
chandica
chaon
chappar
Ckapra
Chaprona
Chaptia
CharadriuB
Charasia ...
Charaxes ...
charino
Charltona
Oharmion
cbaron
charybdis
Chatania
Chaulelasmus ...
chaus
chaya
chebula
cheela
cheena
Cheilanthes ...
Cheiloplecton ...
Chela
chelonides
chenaui ...
Chettusia
PAGE
••• ••• ... oou
• • • ♦ ■ • *■ 0 *T J
605, 637
• •• ••■ ••• 'I'lii
••• ... 355, 36$
*•• ••• ... OOO
••• ••• •• • ij"'
298,300,435
... *•■ • •« ■ ' '.' ' '
••• ••• 488, 637
••• ••• ••• "i.-i*
465,511, 726
••• ••• ••• 4ob
•-• ••• ••• 524
804, 303, 490
'•• ••• ••• onl
••• •■• *•• 505
• • • •*• ••* / Oil
••• ••• ... 604
••• ••• ..* 644
••• ... ... 490
••■ ••• ... 534
••• ••■ ••• 538
••• ••• ••• 489
••• ••• ••• 487
••• ••• ••• 4y*
••• ••• ••• 544
•*• •■• ... 54:
••• ... ... 54
— ... 455
••• ••• ... 254
••• ■•■ ... 372
... 46, 297,300,485
494
••« ••• ... +i jiO
• •• ••• ... o07
••• ••■ ••« o**2
••• •#• ... 484
• •• ••» ... o21
••• ••• ... 340
••• ••• ••• 368
••• ... ••• 496
••• ... 285, 545
372,670
••• ... ... 488
... 420, 423, 424, 428
••* ■*• ••• 421
*•• ••• ••• 7 JO
289, 551
• •■ ••• •■• 4oo
• •• •«• ' a • * (il^T
xlii
INDEX.
Chilades
childreni
Chilo
cbineasis
chiron ...
chironalis
chirurgus
•chitralensis
Chliaria
Chlorides
Chlorion ...
Cbloroga-ter ...
Chloropsis
Chloroxylon ...
chloroxylon
Choerocampa ...
Chola ...
Chonemorpha ...
chordata
chota •••
chromia
Chromis
chromus
Chrotoganus ...
chrysastus
chryseis
chryseus
Chrysididae
Chrysippus
Chrysis
chrysocnemis ...
Chrysocolaptes...
Chrysocraspeda
cbrysomallus
Chrysomelidaa ...
Cbrysopela ...
chrysopelea
Chrysophanus ...
Chrysopides
chrysopygia
chrysorrhea
chucar ...
Cicindelidaa
Ciconia
Ciconiadaa
cicutarium ...
Cidaria
Cilix
Cimex
cinclorhyncha
Cinclus
PAGE
••• ••• • •• • i
• •• • • • ••• '' ''
435
383, 384, 539, 553, 638
494, G53
• ■ • •«• ••• -J I »
369
494
304, 30% 490
••• ••• ••• v>\yZ
. 654
... ... ' 'J.i 1 , 262
... ... ... 641
... ... ... 0*zO
... 153,647,648,652
•• • •• ■ ••• o ' «
... ••< 166
*•> • » » «••'.'.*
• •• ••• >•• 4^4
646, 647
■•■ ••• o4j 4yt>
. • • •• • •• • i < ■ ■
■ ■■ ••#• ••• oOO
• •• ••• • •• *T •'-)
7';0
• •• ••• • • * —
... 360
43,361,486
••• ••• ••• ooU
--. 584
• • » ••■ •• * ODD
226
• •• • •• 9 "i»/X
169, 443
• • • ••• •■ « l ' "T <i
158, 369, 525
303, 305, 361, 489
«.«,« ... • • • t> o 5
145
■ i ■ ••• ••.'(,'.>
••• ••• i)0*>j UO"
361
• • • • • • ••• #o
• •• • • * ••• iii
• •• • •• ••' T-j'
• •• ••• ••• 22b
• •• •• • ••■ T "D
*• s ••• ••■ UUfl
253, 467
... ... ... ioi
cmeraceus ...
cineraria
cinerascens ...
cinerea ... 75.
cingala
cingalensis
cinnamomea
cinnamomeum ...
Cipadessa
cippus
circe
circia .„
circinalis ...
Circus
cirrhatns ...
Cirrochroa
Cisticola
citrifolia
Citrullus
Citrus ...
Cittocincla
Cizara
Clangula
Clanidopsis ...
Clanis
clarkei
Clarkia ...
cLitbratum
clavata
claytoniana
Cleandrus
Cleistanthu8 ...
Clematis
cleobis
Cleome
Clerodeadron ...
Clerorue
Clitoria
Clupea ...
clypeata
clytea
clyton
cneius
c-nigrum ,..
cobbe ...
Coccidaa
coccinea
Coccyges
Coceystes
cochleatum
Cocblospermum
PAGE
... 253, 532, 533, 671
••• ... ... 557
... ... t.. 369
138, 350, 354, 545, 650
491
492
77, 650, 612
• • • ••• • m m 2 0 1
••• •.. ••• 541
*•• ••• ••• 497
«•• ••• •••632
254, 340
••• ••• ••• 554
...141,253,352, 671
...372, 670,716, 735
298, 484
251, 456
... ... ... 547
... ... ... 547
... ... ... 540
... ... ... 4 ( * v
646,652,653
• •• ••• •• # O 4 1_/
... ... 634, 641
•■• ••• 634, 637
• •• ••• 4 _jO, *t w 4
• • • •• • ••• 0*1 o
91,427
542'
103, 427
• •• ••• <■• Jo.'
• •• ••■ ••• ODi)
•• • ••• ••• JoU
•• • ••• • . • 4 y •
••• ••• ••• 5oo
• •• ••• ••• OO+i
••• •• • •• • 4 oi>
o* * • •• ••• Ot<>
• • • ••• ••• I aO
••• •*• ••• «"j4U
••• ••• «•• 4 J . >
•*• ••• •*• 4 o ,'
48, 489
•• • ••• •• • *>U 4
283,541
169, 431, 441
547, 550
• •• ••• ••• DOt
••• ••• 134, 665-
423, 426
••• ••• OD«f
INDEX.
xliii
Cocinellidas
Occos
cocytoides
Coelentera
cockburnise
cce^estis
Ccelites
Ccelioxys
Coelomata
Ccenodomus ...
coffee
cognata
cognatum
Coladenia ...
Colebrookia
Oolecommuuis
Coleoptera 166,
Colias
collaris
col lata
colligata
collinus
Collocalia
colluroides ...
colocyntbis
colorata ...
Coluber
Columba
columbaris
columboides ...
Combretaceaa ..
Combretum
comma
commatella ...
Commelina
Commelinacea?
communis
Composite ...
Compsogene •..
concanus
concinna ...
concolor ...
condor ...
conferenda
confinis
conflictaria
congusta ••■
congruus
conbami
conicus
coDiifolium
••• •>••
••• •••
... •»•
PAGE
443
... ... ... 56o
632
166
472
157,254,354,488,722
801, 302
... 360, 577
,. 166
... 226
... 385
... 484
53, 308, 496
... ••• 289
128
169,174,361,435,482
306, 361, 492
646
«a, ••• ••• ODO
«•• ••• ••• Dt^
•-«• ••• *•• OOO
••• ... C62, 727
... 157, 519
... 547
... ... 282
... ... 348
... 352,722
• a. ... dj*j
... 666
... 285, 545
... 285,546
... 495
... 25
• •• .*• • • • ODD
• •• ... ••■ 000
46, 353
...287, 537, 674, 676
••• ... ... boo
••• • •• •• * T' "
••• ... »•• JoO
474, 634
»•• ••• «•* u*i
*■ • ... ••• TOO
• •• ••• «•» 040
• •» ••• ... »>->o
643, 544
... ••• «•* -1 *j
••• •*. ••• rftl.l
160, 252, 348
... 426
... ...
... ...
... «■«
comotalia
conjuncta ...
connexus
consanguinea ...
consangnis
consignata
consimilis
conspersa
constellata
contiguum
contra
contracta
coutraria
convexiuscula...
Convolvulaceaa
convolvuli
Copia
Copismeriathus
Copsycbus
Coraciadse
Coraciaa
Coracias
for as
corax
cordata
Cordia
cordi folia
core
Coreidas
coreoides
coreta ...
coriacea
corinna
Cornaceae
corni irons
cornuta
coromandelianus
coromandelica
coromandelicns
coromandus
coronata
coronatus
coronis ...
corrone ...
corcicea
Cortina
coruscans
Corvidaa
Corvinae
Corvus ...
corydon ...
PAGE
'. ... ... j*jO
... 496
583, 584
... 605
... 608, 636
■ 604
• ... ... 484
... ... 543
681, 684
■ 424
450
489
i. ... • • • Ooo
". ••• ... 55 t
.. ... ... 550
... 134, 631
493
... 643
>• ... ... 466
.. ... ... oo /
657
349,351
•• ••• •«. DO
• • ••• ••• 4 o • *
• • • • • ••• «0 —
, 288,549
427, 539, 547
43, 486
• • • •«. •• . 44 o
44,486
... ... ... 44
«• a ••• .a • _'■'.'
• *• ... ••• O i o
• •• •». ••• Oil
• a. ••• .a. uJl
... 338, 350, 354, 733
143,156,339
••• ... ••• olo
• •• • •« ... *jO*d
... ••• 769 665
••• ••• ... onj
160,660
• •• ••• »a a 4 *J9
• •• •■* ... / 1/
••• ••• ... Mli»
488, 490
•*• .a. Ml JOO
••• ••• *•• «0O
255, 369
••• ••• »•• 4o«/
xlit
INDEX.
corylifolia
corymbosa
coryta
costalia
costatum
Costus
Coturnix
coxalis
Crabro
Cragulus
craoieri ...
crassidena
Crassulacesa ...
Cratreva
Crateropodidse...
Crateropodinse
Crateropus
crathis ...
craticulella
crecca ...
crenulata
creon
cresphontes
cretacea
Cretens
cretica
crinigera
crino
Crinum
Criptolopha ...
crispa
Crispatulum ...
cristata
cristatum
cristatns ...
crocale
crocalis
Crocidophora ...
Crocidura ...
Crocisa
Crocodilus
Crossandra
Crotalaria
Crotalidsa
Crofcalinse
Crotalua
cruralis
Cryptoblabea ...
Cryptogramme...
Ctenoapia
cucnllatum
• • • • • •
••• •• •
PAGE
•• • *. • 04 Jj
547
486
... ... 605
... ... OO
... ... 000
... 353, 518
• •• ... O/J
16,17, 18,361
... 369
... 489
40
••• ••• 040
... 280, 588
• •• •■ • oO (
257
... 257, 258
... 632
...251, 840, 354, 369
• •• ••• ••• 04 «/
• • • ••• • • » — ••
• •• ••• ••• *i ■" '
• •• ••• ••• *j'"»
••■ ■•• ••• ouy
424
«•• ••• •••14''
• •» ••• • . • 4 %' 4
... ... •*• 608
•■■ ••• •• • Ol*j
424
• • * » • •
103,415,
• •• ••• 00*>j
••• ••• •••
142,156,342,459,
50,
• • • ••
284,
• •• ••
■ • • • •
511,
• •• ••
• •• . •
... 360,
• • • • •• • • •
427
639
549
672
492
212
217
732
578
372
552
542
1)3
730
113
514
32
420
570
284
Cuculidae ...
Cuculinsa
Cuculu3
Cucurbita
Cucurbitaceje ...
Culex ...
Culicicarpa ...
Culicidaa
culicifascies ...
cnliciformis ...
culta
cuneatus
cunia
cunninghami ...
Cuplia
cuprea ...
cuprealis
curcas
CurculionidgB ...
Curcuma
Curetia
curiosa
curius
cursitans ...
Cursorius
curtisi
curtus
curvifascia
Curvilinea
curviplena
cyane
cyanealis ...
cyaneus
Cyaniris
cyaniventria ...
cyanocephalus...
cyanonotus
cyanophlictus ...
Cyanotis
cyauuroptera ...
cyan us
Cybolomia
Cycas
Cyclopsedes
Cygnua
Cynodcm
Cynoglossum ...
Cynthia
CyoniB
Cypa
Cyprraui
PAGH
... 664
... ... 664
1, 12, 253, 351, 514, 664
• •• *•• • • » o4 i
»•■ ••• ••• 547
268—271, 333
465, 511
• •• ••• ••■ lOO
327, 328
...327—330,333,336
«•• • •• •■• OIU
°90
. • • • * * ■ • • *Jy> *t
• •a ••• ••• ') 4 O
298, 300, 484
• • • • » • • • » OU I
• •• ••• « 3 • -J 1 O
... 56, 62, 365, 554
169, 443
*•• •■• ••• 00(.)
... 48, 304, 3C5, 491
• • « ••• » « • 4 .' 1
• •• ••• ... T i''t
• •• *•• ... TX O O
• •• ••• fciO*. OLi)
• •• ••• ••■ 044
114, 405
... •»• ... 4 i/v
• •• ••• ••• OJi)
• • • «•• «•• OUO
... ... 485
• »• ... »•* ml 1 '-'
• •• ••• ••• DO*j
■ ■• ••• ••• t(
... 511
... ... 666
253, 369, 467
195, 499, 500
... ... 555
... ... 158
... 253, 467
220
«•• ••• OJ4:
309
... 716, 735
... ... 556
... ... o4 J
298, 300, 485
... 463, 733
... 635, 641
5), 492
• *• •••
INDEX.
ilv
cyprinoides
Cypseli
Cypselidse
Cypselinaa
Cypaelua
Cyrestia
cyrtolophia
cyrtolopbum
cyrtomium
cyrus
Cysfcopteria
Daboia
dactylifera
idactylina
dactyloa
Dasdalanthus ...
dasmona ...
Dafila
Dahira
Dalbergia
dalbergioides ...
dalhousias ...
damascena
damastesalis ...
damoetes
dan
danae
Danaia
danava
daoa
dapbe
Dapbnis ...
Daphnuaa
daplidice
CtcH*!! ••• •••
darana ... «...
Darapa
daraxa ...
darias
daruka ...
daeahara
dasarada ...
Datura
daucifolium
danris
Davallia
Davalliaj ...
davendra
9
PAGE
... ... I X J
... ... 661
... ... 661
... ... 661
251, 351, 661
... ... 40
... ... 632
... 95, 427
••• •■• 4-- J
■•• ••• 4:.'0
... 421, 424
113, 408, 406
••• ••• •• • ooo
424, 428
• •• *•• ••• OOO
••• *• • • •• OOX
336, 721, 722
• •* ■ B • • ■ ■ l) I U
646, 648
283, 544
... 424
... 638
221, 223, 679
• • • ••• ••• luj
• * l ••■ Q • • 4 J (.1
... ... 51, 492
43,296,300,486, 498
• • • ••• ••• io()
••• ••• •*. 4co
• »• ••• ••• 4«*»>
.. 648
634,640,641
... 361,493
... 495
... 491
... 648
485, 498
• •• ••• Ooo
.. 484
53, 357, 496
■ • «••
» - •••
••• • ••
••• •• ■
■ • ••«
• •• ••
#•• • ••
••• ••• ••» 4-' ►
• •• ••• ••• oou
• •• *•» *•• xuo
• •• ••• •#• DOU
...420,423,424,428
».. ... ... 42U
■•• ••• ••• "TOO
decandrum
decidea
decissima
decolor
decoratua
decreta
decumana ...
decumanus
decus8ata
Degmaptera ...
Deilephila
Deiphobe
delesserti
Delias
delicatalis
demolion
demolius
demophon
Dendrocalamus
Dendrocitta ...
Dendrocopua ...
Dendrocyna ...
dendrophilus ...
densiflora
dentatus
denticulatum
detigerum
depalpura
derogata
Derris
descripta
deserti
deserticola
desertorum ...
Desmodium
Deasemurus
detecta
Deucalion ...
Deudorix
deva ...
Devitzia ...
diana
diandra ...
diandrum
Diatbraustodes
Diatrasa
Diboma
Dicasidas
Dicasum
Dicboctsros
Dichouroci^
PAGE
••• ... ... 546
48,489
••• ... ... 610
... 641
... 642
... ... ... 4o"
... ... ... >)'£''
372
•• • *• • ••• 04 J
685, 642
361,646—648
180,181
• • • ••• ••• jO /
50, 306, 493
••• ••• ••» xy
494, 496
... ... ... 4i/X
... ... ... 4 Jt
... ... ... 556
251, 256, 449
851, 713, 714
•• • ••• ••• ooo
••■ ••• ••• OI20
■•• ••• ••• *joO
133,638
••• ... ... 549
• •• • •• • > 1 1 i
••• ••» ••* 492
• •• ••• ••• Jlo
••« ••• ... 544
••• ••• ••• ooo
••• ••• ••• 355
*•* ••• ••• Z J*
253, 574, 671
••• ••• •• • • ' lr»
... 455
••• ••• ca» 571
••• ••• ••• bo7
49, 304, 305, 490, 498
496
••• ••• ••• 608
••• ••* ... 551
••• ••• ••• 554
••• ••• ••• 21 1
•*• ••• «•• jjh
••• ••• ... 208
••• ••• ... 474
135, 474
... 669
... 214
••• «••
xJvi
INDEX.
Dichorragia ...
dichotoma ...
dichroa
dichroalis
Dichrostachys ..
Dichuridse
Dicrurus ...
Dicksonia
Dicksoniaa ...
didyma ...
didymum
difflciltB ...
digitata 131,
digna
Dillenia
Dilleniacesa
dillenii
Diludia
diluta
dilwara ...
dimila
diocippus
diodes
Diodontus ...
dioica
dione
Dioscorea
Diospyros
diphilnB
dipbtherix
diphylla
Diplazium
Diploptera
Dipsadomorphus
Dipsas
Diptera ■ 166,
Dipterocarpeae...
Dirades
dirtea
dirua
discalis
discistriga-
disGolor
discombesi
discophora ...
discrepans
disrupta
dissecta
dissimilis
1 diesura
distans
*•» "••
• •• ••
• •• • •
• • • ••
424, 428, 539, 550, 718
487
... ... ... 538
538,674
*• • ••• ••• Oli
••• 632
... 489
• •• O
... 495
... 484
13, 14, 361
• •• ... «•• ioo
*». ... • >• 'XtJO
366, 721, 722
... ... 287j 548
... ••• ••• 'l«/0
• • • ••• ••• J. 10
... 543
... 421
... 360
• •• ••
• • a * •
524,525
369, 372, 534
169,175,361,443,482
• •• ••• ••• DijJ
•■■ ••• ••• «i-j'»
mmm •• • ••• 4ot>
••• ••• ••• 4*7 J
212,491
••• ••• *•• 633
•*• ' ••• •*. 538
••• •••' ••• 493
298, 486, 497
• •• ... ... 487
... ... 484
••• ... ... 609
... 52, 495,643,644
• •• ••• ••• 74
... 79, 419, 196, 631
distichis ...
distichus ...-.
Disticola ...
di9tictalis
distincta ...
distinguenda ...
Distira
ditrapeziirm ...
divergens
diverei color ...
dodonea
Doamia
dolabriformis ...
Dolbina
Dolbinopsis
Dolescballia ...
dolichoides
Dolichos
dolichus
dolon ...
dolope ...
dolopes
dolorosa
domestica ...
domesticuB
dominica
dorise
dorippuB
dorsalis
dorylas
doson
doubledayi
Draco
dravidarum
dravira
dreponophyllum
Drina
drona
Drosera
Droseracesa ...
drasia
Drymochares ...
Drynaria
Dryophis
Dryopteris
dryopteriB
drypetis
dubia 156,
dubius ...
dudgconi ...
dulce tii
PAGE
... ... ... 154
... ... ... Out
... ... ... 536
... ... • i J M
... 0*. ... 01 J
... ... * * • O / A
372, 723—726
... ... ... 605
... ... ... t >.'*.■'■
tec ... ... *J <Jl>
• •o ... • .• i ''I
• •• •■• • •• • "1 *!'■'
**•• ••» •>*• 04O
... „•• 631, 634
... ... '631, 634
298, 485
... ••• ... Ot.
• •* ••• ... OiJ)
••• ••• •>. ' • 1 t
• •• ••• ••» IQi)
*•• ... •* • r O O
• •* ... ■•• iOI
• b« ... ... ooo
167, 677
• •• ... •. 4o«7
• • * ... ••• oUo
.* . •. . ••• li'l
• DO ««• •*• 4 I '
••• ••• *>•• «'► i Li
• "• ... ... rti/T
494
• •• ••• ••• 485
... • • " « ,. *jt: o
• •• ••• . • • 4 Jo
... 496
... ••• i^-»j 4 »j J
•»• ••• ••* 498
• •• ... * • . 'i J I
••• ... ... 545
... ... ••• OtD
••• •■• ••• 487
511, 514, 515
96, 421
347, 534, 732
••• ... ••• 4*.jl
• •• •* • ••• oU
••• ■•• ••• 4o i
254,353,423, 424,541
... 74, 492, 496, 733
•;_ tii ••• 545
INDEX.
xlvii
PAUE
... 647,649
490
860
492
... 489,652
... ... 360
... 102, 427
424
... ... 18
720
... ... 647
488
••* ... ^yu
226, 609,643
301, 302, 487
... 283,633
326
• •• • •• 00*/
... ... 553
• •• ••• 4o7
548
... ••• 652
••• •** t)>)j
... 4S0
490
... ... 652
... ... t.i j
206
... 206
421
... 387,505
298, 300, 486
... 542
646, 652
... 102, 424
543
... 285, 545
... ... oo*/
... ... 650
492
494
494
570
... ... 384
... .. 384
29, 32
•■• *. . ii i y
••• .* » •'* i «•"
xlviii
INDEX.
epijarbas
Epilecta
Epinepbile
Epischnia
episcopus
Epiplema
Epiplemidse ...
Episilia ...
epius •••
epops
eqnisetifolia ...
Equns
eras
erato
Erebia ...
erebina
eremita
Ergolis
Eriades
Erinaceu8
Eriuota
Erismatura ...
Eristena
Erites
erithonius
ernestina
Eronia
erota
erotus ...
erretica
erubescens
Erycibe
Erycinidaa
erymanthis
Erynnis
erithoniuB
erithraea
Erythrina
eryfchrinus
erytbrocephala
erythrocnemis ...
erythrolopbia ...
erythronotus ...
erythropus ...
erythropygia...
erythrorhycahus
erythrotis
Eryx
escu eatum
esperi
eteocles ... ...
PAGE
■ •• ••• "j 4yu
••• . . * ■■■ ' * - ■
301, 302, 488
... ••• ... ••-'
74
• •• * > • • • * * *
226, 322
... ... ... 322
606
47, 357, 490
255, 351
554
703
6*7
., . »«■ ••• 40o
... 301/2, 488, 497
653
520
45, 301/2, 486
• - . ••• »■•«-'••
• •• ••• ••• -»'■>-
•«« ••• ♦•• oVu
... ... • •• O • ' T
... ••• ... 20"
... ... ••• o02
52
648
306, 494
*•• ••■ ••* TOO
• •• ••• ••• Dil
••• ••• ■•• 4
78, 427
••• ••• ••• oou
295, 296, 302, 599
484
■ . ■ ■ • • . a - t)"i'
••• ••• ... 494
••• ••• •■• 198
284, 543
126, 253, 469
10, 251, 456
••• ... «•» b$Q
••• *•• •■ • ox
... 459
• • . •• • »•■ 0—4
470
251, 474, 735
• • • ... .. . jj . i X
«■• ••■ ••• Joj
425, 549
486, 495
... 636
... ...
etiella ... ...
etolus
etrida
Euasplenium ...
Eucalyptus
Eucera
eucbaris
Eucheilanthes ...
eudoxa
Eudynamis
Eugenia
Eulabes
Eulabetidas
Eulygodium ...
Eumjnee.
Eunephrodium
Eunetta
Euphorbia
Euphorbiaceaa ...
Euploea ... 43,
Eupolypodium...
euprepialis ...
Eupterotidsa ...
euralis
Euripus
euros ...
Eurois
europa ...
europeus
eurymene
Eurypteryx
eurypylus
Eiirystomus ...
Eusmerinthus ...
Euthalia
euthymius
Euwoodsia
Euzophera
EuzopherodeB ...
evagete
Evangeliua
Evania...
evanidus
evansii...
evecta ...
evelina...
Everes
eversmanni
evippe
cvolvuloidcs ...
Evolvulus
- ' •
• ••
•••
• ••
• ••
•••
• ••
• ••
.B. ••• JOl'j «'■■
•%• ... 289, 55
44, 296, 800, 486, 4S
• •• • •• ... **j
PAGE
••• ••• oo
51, 493
421
546
... 578-582
...50, 51, 493
420
484
... ... 665
... 286, 546
... 251, 461
461
... 105
... 360, 574
421
— 141, 339
289, 553
289, 553
98
. 421
223
• •• ••• ••• ()<)!'
• •• ••• ••» Z£o
298, 300, 484
642
... ... ... \}\j i
44, 487
••• ••• ... 351
••• ♦•• ... 484
••• ••• ... 647
••• ••• ■■• 494
••• ••• ••• ooS
643
46, 530
... ... 486
420
24
• •• ••• Z'X
• •• ••• 4 Jo
••• ••• 4 Jri
360
496
490
106
485
303, 305, 489
••• ... 559
••• ... * .?».
... 550
••«
•••
«• •
•••
•■•
••*
•■•
•••
INDEX.
xlix
Exacam
excavata
excelsa...
excelsum
excisa...
exclamationis...
exempts
exiguum
exprompta ...
exsertum
exBtigmalis
extensa ... ...
extensum
exusta ... .«■
exustus...
fabius ... ...
faciatus... ...
fairbanki
falax ... ...
falcata ...
falcatum
falcinellus
Falco
Falconidfe
Falconinaa
farciatus
farinosa ...
farinus
famesiana ...
fasciata... ...
fasciatus
fascicularis
fasciculata
fasciolatus
fasciosa
fastuosa
fatalis
fatih
faustinus
faustus ...
febrifuga
fedts^henkoi ...
feisthamelii
felderi
r 611S • • • •••
• » • ••
• • ••
• ■ • • •
fergusoni
646, 484
251, 257
... 126
141, 226, 339
... 426
73
145, 352, 369, 672/3
669
••• •■• ••* oby
• •• ••• ••• vl'fl
••• ... ••• *J4:
• •• ••• ' l"'-'
• •• ••• ««» Oiu
320, 612
145, 160, 302, 403,
406, 524, 535
• •• ••• ••• 1*00
552,610
... ••• ••• too
• ■• •>• ••• 04y
• a* ••• ••« OOU
• •• ... ••• OQ I
••• «•• •■• 4«/0
••• ••• ••• * «*-'
361,492
■•• ••• •• • ot X
» • • •■• «•! Of u
• •• ••• ••• %Jt)
**• ••• ••• *J1
...144,357,368, 526,
733, 735
41, 411, 414
fergusonii ...
ferina
Feronia
ferox
ferruginea ...
ferrugineum ...
ferus
fibrillosa ...
Ficus
fieldii
filamentosus ...
filicula
filix-femina
filix-mas
fimbriata
fimbriatum
Firmesternia ...
fissum
fistula
flabellrformis ...
Flacourtia
flagella
flaminia
flammatra ...
flammea
fiammens
flava ...
fiavala ...
fiavalba
flavescens ...
flavicollis ...
flavidiventris...
flaviolus
flavirena
flavocincta
flavofascies
flegyas
Flemingia
flexuosa
flexuosum
flocculosum
floralis ,
florentium
tloreta
floribunda ..
flosreginaa
fluviatjlis
fo ... ..,
frrtida ... ..
foliosum
PAGE
496, 499, 609
... ... ... 341
... ... ... 541
... ... ... 352
341, 513, 544, 642
••• ... ... 544
... ... ... 337
••• ... ... 426
...191,292,815,554,
678, 702
•« 492
720
••• ... ... 424
417, 423, 426, 428/9
...417, 418, 426, 428
... ... ... 491
••• ••• ... 425
••• ••• ... 500
88, 427
••• ... ... 544
••• ••• ... 565
••• ~. ... 539
••• ••• ... 565
••• ••• ... 160
••• ... ... 604
667, 735
••• ••• ... 461
••• ... ... 492
... ... ... 610
... ... ... 493
... ... ... 321
77, 469
141, 157/8
••• ... ... 157
605/6
... 496
•• ... 561, 566
• • ... ... 488
• • ... ... 544
103, 550
... 105
88, 427
... ... ... o41
... ... ... 675
... ... ... 492
285, 546, 589
••• ••• ••• 546
254, 327, 330, 332
••• ••• ••• boo
••• ••• ■•• 54o
••• •■• «•• \*.o
••• •••
••• •••
••• ••
» » ••
INDEX.
folus .
fontanum .
Forficula
Forficulidse
Formicidaa
formosa .,
fortipes...
fortunei
Fossores
fragilis
fragrane .
francise
Francolinus
Franklinia
fraterna
fraxinea
freia
frena
Frerea ... .
Fringillauda .,
Fringillidae
frondosa
frontalis
fruhstorferi ..
frutescens
fruticosa
fuciformis
fuciphaga
fugitiva
fulgida
Fulica
fulicata
fuliginosa
fuliginosus
fuligula
fulva
fulvidorsalis
fulvilinea
fulvimarginella
fulvitarsis
fulvius ...
fulvofusa
fulvus
fumosalis
funebris
fuuerea
furva
fusca
fuscesens
fuscicaudata ..
fusocollis ..,
PAGK
54, 495
••• •*. 17o
... 177, 192
... 861, 435
• •• ••• "ii'l
• •• ••• '-' 1 O
• •• ••• 1J O
«•• •■• 360
... 10, 424
... 424, 551
484
... 252, 253
• •• •• • *T. • > I
47, 488, 491
100
• •• ••« ^tyj.
» 652
... ••• obJ
• ta ••• Xt>«j
••■ ••• 4 u J
... 284, 543
... 227—248
641
• • • •• • i)i*J
... 541,677
644
=.. 662, 727
490
• •• ••• ii'l
710
... 255, 465
••* • • • I 1
... 268-277
... 342, 732
• •• ••• OOiJ
• ■ • ••• X *7
• ■ • ■•• 0 -»•)
• • • .. . Jo
■•• ... 585
••• ••» 'i <'-j
211
... 254, 351
35, 226
• •• ♦•• OOo
*•• -** «7
>•• ••• Di&
... 226, 490
263
72y 158, 711
fuscocalcarata.
fllBCUS ... .
gadamu...
gaea
gaika
galba
Galerita
gallarum
gallicus
Gall in ago
Gallinula
gamblei
gamra ...
ganesa
ganessa
Gangara
gangeticus
Ganoris
ganssuensis
Gardenia
garni la
Garrulax
garuda
Garuga ...
garzetta
Gastrosericus
Gathynia
gaura ...
gaarus ...
Gavige ..
Gavialis
Gazella ...
Gecinus
Gegenes
Gegenophis
Gelonium
geniculatus
Gentianaceaa
genutia
Geocichla
geofiroyi
geometricum
Gerbera
Gerbillus
germanicum
Gerydus
ghesseoibilla .
PAGE
... ... ... 562
...255, 450, 461, 463,
503, 519
... ... ... 414
51, 494
53, 489
53, 489, 496
... 251, 472
• •• •#• ••• <-• i «>
• •• ••• ••• UUt>
157, 251, 254, 354, 722
354, 722
423, 426, 428
489
«•• ••• *. • 4 «'o
••• •*• — • j I , Jui5
309,311,496
' ••• ••• ... <>•>'"
••• ••• ••• obi
mam ... 644
382,5^7
•••> *•* ••■ Sol
••• ••• ••• 257
••• ••• 46, 485
282, 541
•«• ••• • • . i 6
• •• ••• t y 061
••• «•• ••• i»L b
■ '•• ... ... 489
227—248,706
«•• ••• ••■ 70
» ■■• ••• ••• 5d6
••• ••• ••• J. 1 *j>
i ••• ... ... 654
309, 811
... •>. ... 509
... ... ... 554
... ... ... 13
... ... ... 54 9
... ... 43, 486
253,369,466/7
254, 853
«•* ••• ••• 6oi>
**• ••• ••• 674
••• «•* ••• 733
••• ♦*• ••• 4* 5
••• ••• S03, 3(>5
••• «•• Ma 5£4
INDEX.
li
gibbosa •••
gigantea ...
gigas
gillespisa
gingraianus ...
glabra ... ...
gladiator ...
glandulifera ...
glandulosa ...
glandulosus
Glareola ...
glauca ...
Glaucidium ...
glaucion
glaucippe
glauculalis ...
glazovii
Gleichenia
Gleicheniacese ...
Globba ...
globosa
Globulus
Glochidion
glomerata
Gloriosa
gloriosa
gloriosse
glossatrix
glottis
Glottula
glutinosuB
glycerion
Glycosuria
Glyphodes
Gruelina
Guatholibus
Gnetacese
Gnetum ••«
Gnoma
godartii
gokala
Gonepteryx
gongyloides
gongylopbia
Gongylus ..
Goniopalpia ..
Goniophlebmm
Goniopteris •<
gopala
Gorsachius
Gorytes .,
••• ••*
PAGE
»*• ••• ••• ai«/2
„,634, 541, 549, 637
640
723, 726
252, 669
284, 544
... ... ... 3J
364, 554
200, 542, 550
... ... ... 505
160
... 544,545, 551,552
... ... 668
... ... ... Otu
151, 493
... ... ... aId
554
420,424
••• ••• ••• 4-U
... 555
... 542
... 546
... 291
292, 554
... 555
491,648
... 608
... 645
... 722
. ... 608
. 401, 509
... 494
. 232, 540
... 216
... 552
... 647
I • • • • <-l K ' « >
. 279, 293
... 480
... 489
... 486
,. 306, 492
. 180, 181
.. 252, 348
. 180, 181
i* ••» X J
85—87
81, 424
... 495
.. 14, 15, 361
••• ••*
goBBypifolia
gossypium
gotinda ...
goviada
govindra
gracilescons
gracilis
grahamii •
Gramineas
gramineus
Grammatidesa ...
Grammatopbila
grammica
Grammitis
grandiliora
grandifolium ...
grandis
gratissimum
Graucalus
grayi
gregaria
gremius
Grewia
griffithi
grisea
griseus
grossalis
Gryllidaa
Gryllotalpa ...
guayava
Guazuma
guentheri •
gularis
gulgula
gummifera
Gurelca
gurial „
guttata
guttatus
gutticristatus ...
Guttifersa
gutturalis ...
Guvava
Gymnogramme ...
GymnophthalmuB
Gymnopteris ...
Gymnortis ...
Gymnoscelis „.
PAGE
• »• ... ... 8o4
539
... ... ... 484
... 352, 670
... ... ... 495
426, 429
197, 369, 457,
644, 732
••• ••• ••• 284:
293, 416, 556
••• ••• ... 534
... ... 421
... ... ... 510
... ... ... 43
... ... ... 102
... ... ... 542
... ... ... 93
632, 679
••• ••• ... 552
... ... ... 161
... ... ... 77
... ... ... J54
... ... 53, 496
282, £40
... ... ... 549
38, 252, 424, 473, 634
...77, 256, 258, 369,
6G0, 731
••• ••• ••• ^jXo
178, 190
190, 191
546
... 540
-••• ... 394
264, 655, 727
472
... 382,547
... 646,653
... ... 659
... ... 2oL
54,496
... ... 655
... ... ii<>j
470
••• ••• 285
98—102,421,
423, 429
... ... 654
... ... luo
... 469
226
••• •»•
it,
INDEX.
GymnoBporia ...
Gytiandropsls ...
GypcEtus
Gypa
Habenaria
Hadena
hadeni
Hadeninse
hsamatocephala
Hasmatopua ..
Hsematoxylon ..
Hsemorrbagia ..
hasmorrhous
Halcyon ..,
haliaetua
haliartus
Haliastur
halicacabam ...
halictoides
Halictus
halitherses ...
Halpe ... hi
halyi ... ...
haruasta...
hamatus
hamiltoni ...
Hamiltonia
Hantana
hapalina
haplonotus
hardwickii
barina
Harpactea
harpax
harterti
bascbeana
Hasora
hasseltii
hastata ...
hauxwelli
hearsay i
Hebomoia
becabe ... ...
becaboides ...
becticus
hector
Hedrychidium...
Hedrycbum ...
PAGE
... 283
... 53S
... DO*j
351,668
555, 678
608—610
»• ••• ••• 4od
>. ... ... 608
>• ••• 657, 675
• • • •• ••• ZOt
»• ••• ••• OtO
• • ••• ••• Ott
i* ••• ••• ddOo
m ••• ♦•• boy
• ••• ••• 008
• ••• •■• 4 o i
... 670, 712
. ... • » • ■ > i J.
. ... ... 566
... 360, 566
... 310,311
» ... ... 4DJ.
... ... 485
489
••• ••• ool
547
••• . •• ul)/
••• .•* tOJ
•»• •>• 256
... 494,733
• •• ••• **'X
... ••• 663
••• ••• 485
196,197,387
54,308,311,496
••• ■•■ Oat
• • » ••• »* i
••• ••• 645
••• ••• f .'.>
51, 306,493
50, 491
• •• •• • i JI
••» ••«. 201
... 52, 495
... ... 360
360
Hedylepta
hedysarifolia
hegesippus
Helagra
Helecteres
belena ...
helenua
helioptinns
Heliotbis
hellenica
helua ...
Hemaris...
Hemecircua
Hemerobiidaa
Hemichelidon
HemidesmnB
Hemedictyum
Hemigrapbis .
Hemiloba
hemipexella .
Hemiptera
Hemipus .
bemispila
Hemitragus
Henicurua
Heptapleurum.,
her a
Herculea
Heriadea
Hermonassa
Herodiaa
Herod iones
Herae
bespera
Hesperia
He&penadiB 43,
52,
Hesperipbona .
hesperus
Heatia
Heatina
heterocarpum .
Heterocera
Heterogeneidaa
Heterographis ..
Heterophragma
heteropus
heteva
hexadactyla ...
bexandra .«
PAGE
••• ••• -.„ 215
••• ••• ... 280
••• *•• •»• 486
••• ••• ... 297
♦•• ••■ ... 540
••• •• • ••• o4o
52, 494
491
••• •■• •■« b\)2
••* ••• f * • Ml £t
491
644,645
249, 655
••• ••• ••• o84
613, 522
... ... ... 549
»•• ... ... 421
... ... ... 551
... 210
••• ••• ••• 30
...166, 169,175, 362,
435, 443
*•• ••• •*• ioy
...522,712, 713, 735
••• ••• ... 369
••• ••• ••• / C*j
•• • ••• ••• Oi i
... 561
■ •■ •• • • •• *jU<j
•• • ••• ••• o i §
••• ... *■■ uUo
75,76,138,354,711
••• ••• ••■ 7o
• •• • •• ••• Ou L
653
... 53,307,811,496
53, 295, 296, 307, 482,
495, 497, 600
716, 735
... 648
296, 300, 498
297, 300, 484
•• • ■•# •• . y#>
169, 319
••• • •• ••• £v&
• • • *•• ... ~* -j
... ••• ••• ZoJ
• •• *•• • •• *j»'o
• •• ... ••• -»- M
499—501
#• • •• • . • • Mo
tNDEK,
ttii
heyuei
Hibiscus
Hidari
Hieraetus
Merax
Hierococcyx ...
hierta
hilaria
himachala
hiraala ...
himaiaicus
himantopus
himalayaauB ...
bimalayensis ...
hindia
hipothous
Hipparchia
hippia ... ...
hippobosca
hippoclus
bippoides
hipponax
Hiptage
hirsuta
hirta
hirtipes
Hinmdinid;e ...
Hirundo
hispaniolensis...
hispida
bodgsoni
Holarrbena ...
Holigarna
Holoptelia ...
holosticta
bomocbroma ...
Homeosoma
Homogambras...
homomorpha ...
honorata ...
hookeri
boolock ...
faopei
Hoplocephalus...
Hoplopterus ...
hordonia
Horeites
Horornis ...
horrida
horsfieldii 4C,
10
PAGE
*• « ••■ *•• ') I 4
• •• ••« ••• ->!>.'
• •• • •• *•• OU<7
... 145, 160, 352, 369
••• •• * ••• 4< <J
664, 733
45, 483
«•• ••• o« • xJJ
.. . »d • ••« DUO
324
• •• ••• .♦ 'I l1 T
• »• ••• ... D'Oo
... «•• 369, 372
• •■ «sa liH. r , 4
... at • >i* lOO
647, 648
• * o ••• •• o OOl
• •• ••• • •• ^tl/X
• •• • »• ... OOJ
484
... ••* ••• • - »
... «<• ••• T-*JO
48K
• •• ••• ... ~U w
282, 540
4-24
426, 429
■ ■ e ••• ••• 4 i v
141,253,470
548, 554
512, 656
•«• •«* ••• OxO
• •• ••• *•• ^UT
291, 554
... «ao <•• — -»''
••• ••• •«» 0110
... »•• ••• 1- i-
••• ■*■ ••• lj A
• • . ••• ■•■ Z 10
..O »B» ••• OOO
*?91
«•• •■• • • t I V''
«•• ••• ... 4oO
113, 405
• •• ••• ... JLOv
• •• ... ••• '1 O "i
• « * ••• • »• «i *> u
eo a • •« ••• i..) 1 t>
• •• ••• •■•Ooo
258, 260, 357, 369, 485,
489, 493, C40, 648
bortensis
Houbara
houstoni
bowra
buebneri ...
buegelii
Hugonia
Hubua
bumeralls
bumilis
Hupbina
burrianse
huttoni
byale
hyas
Hybljea
bybrida
hydaspea
Hydrelia
Hydrocampinas
Hydrochelidon
Hydrolea
Hydropba=ianus
Hydrophidas ...
Hydropbyllaceze
Hydropbyllax ...
Hydroprogne ...
byemalis ...
Hygropbila ...
hylas
bylax
Hylobates ...
Hyloicns
HymenodictyoQ
Hymenophyllacese
Hymenophyllum
Hymenoptera ...
hypargyrus ...
byperborea
hyperbus
bypocautella ...
Hypolais
hypoleuca
bypoleucus ...
Hypolimnas ...
Hypolycaana ...
Hypotsenidia ...
Hypothemis ...
bypsclis
Hypsipetes
PAGE
... ... ... boo
... ... oOo, toS
... ... ... 675
... ... ...oil
44, 488,530
485, 489
••• ... ... 540
••• ••• ■ ■ . oo i
... .0 > ■ , 1 <y i
••• ... ••• 548
... ••• »• . u i
■ •• ■> • . •■» too
... 485
«.. o»* ,, , t 'i *.' Li
*. » ••• ■■• 0ut5
679—697
71,254,492
••• ... ... 484
... ... ... aZo
... ... ... *j'','
71, 254
... •«• ... OtJ
... ... ... 0 0."
113, 114
• ° • ••• ••• OtO
• •• *•• ... 04 3
71, 254
••* ••• ••• 27
••• »•. ... 551
••• •.. 361, 645
••• ••• ••• 489
••• ... ••• /OO
••• ••• ••• 634
«.. ••• ■ » • Oi i
... ••• *•• 4 *ill
420, 424
... 1, 166, 168, 169,
174, 359, 435
361, 490
•*• ••• ... 4.j4
... ••• ■•• 4:00
• #• *•• ... *j'.h
220, 253, 457
• •• ... ••• ~o*>
254, 353
...46, 296, 300, 484
303, 305, 488
■•• ••• ■•• 15S
••• ... 465
••• ••• ••• 484
251, 263
»•• ••»
]iv
INDEX.
Hypsipyla
Hypiis
Ibididfe
Ibidorrbyncbus
Ibis
icarins
Icbnenmonidge
IchnocarpuB ...
icthysBtus
Ichthyophis ...
icterica
icterioides
Ictinastus
ictis
idas
idea ••>
ignavus
ignicaudata ..
ilea
ilicifolium
ilitbyia
immaculatus ..
immersa
imna
imperatrix
imperialis ,.
impudena ..
inpunctata
iaacbis
inara
inarina
iucisa
incomitata ...
incongrueus
increta
indeeora
indica
indioata
inrticum
indicus
Indigofera
indrani
70,
... 401/2,
252, 264,
... 716,
••• ••«
• • • • •
••• ^")
47, 283-
363, 484,
542—547,
555, 657,
... 604,
... 214,
285, 287,
489, 494,
550, 552,
659—661,
538, 549-
4, 253, 337, 461, 471,
529, 513, 549, 639, 640,
668,
PAGE
SO, 226
73
160
73
495
360
549
254
509
346
735
669
490
490
486
351
513
492
426
486
493
424
46
494
494
15
494
485
481
484
G09
216
642
633
487
349,
496,
553,
702,
732
215
-551
505,
662,
731
542
496
indus
inexacta
infernalis
infernelutea ...
infortunatura ...
inframicans ...
ingratella
inhians ...
innominatu9 ...
ino
Inocotis
inopbyllum
inornata
inornatuB
inquieta ...
insigne
instabiliata
integrifolia
intermedia
intermissus
interruptus
intraeta ...
intruders
involucrata
iuvoluta
Ionidium
ipbiata
iphita
Ipomea
Ipompea
Iraota
Irena ...
irregularis
irroralis
irrorata
irviuii
lb Lb •• ■ ■ ■
Iscbismum
Ismene ...
ismene
isocbroma
isocrates
isophtbaima ...
isora
Isoteinon
ispida
iswara ...
iswarra ...
itara
itbiclla
PAGE
670, 712
■•■ ••• ••! Odi
• •• ••• •«• 04 kP
• •• «0* ■•• 'til
• •• •■• •*» •>•}--
• •• •♦ c •• • O JLv
• •> • •• . -j 1 -
• •• •»• ••■ i.i— i —
• •« • •• - ■■ * ■»■>.'
• • • ••• »*• U|0
• •• ••• / ») . / JL JL
... ... 538
888, 459
«•■ • •» *•• DOJ
• •• ••• ••• Iti)
• <■■ ..* ••• Jol
323, 324
291, 554
... 76, 288, 352, 483,
711,722
<*•• «•• ••* 4.'1j
«•* ••■ • o • 'l C •
• •• «•• •*• OUo
• e • « • ■ ••• 1 t>
554
102, 427
• •• ••• ••• uToi.'
••• •• ■ 4 £)• *t o»>
... 550
• ••> ••• • • o i U -J
... 48, 304, 305. 491
251, 262
• •• *•• ••• l-'f
• •• *• • *«• J I
602, 613
• •• ••• •■■ 4 . ' ■
484
308,311,496
44, 484, 486
••• •*• ••• ouo
50, 490
»aa • • • •• • 7U (/
• •• ••• ••• t)iU
53, 308
350, 351, 659
••• ••• ••• *t.'*j
••• ... 3(>0
♦♦• •• • ••• '.» -' *
••• ••• • •• "A J t>
INDEX.
Iv
PAGE
Jton ... ... ... ... ••• 310
Ixalus 203—205, 249, 431, 499, 505
Ixias 61, 306, 492
ixiocephalus 289
Ixora 287, 547
junonia...
Justicia...
justina ...
jyngipicus
Jynx
Kallidryas
Kallima
kamarupa
kandulana
kandura
kankana
kardhanus
karsandra
karwari
kashgarensis ,
kashmiriensis
kassala ...
kassarupa
kasyapa
kelaarti
kennedii
kerana
ketupa
khasiana
khasianum
khimalara
kieneri ...
Kigelia ...
kindermanni
kingii ...
kleinii ...
klugii
knysna ...
knyvetti
koeaigi
kollari ...
koruarovi
konkurka
Kopsia ...
korinti ...
Koruthaialos
krangrae
kuhlii
kundoo
Kjdia ...
PAGE
487, 642, 643
... ... 552
487
... 654
... ... OU L
306, 492
... 46, 298, 357, 485
••« ••• *•• * ■ ' '
488
489
••• .. • •>*• I Ju
47, 361, 489
327, 334, 336
490
484
• ■• • •• ... io>)
484
490
• •• ••>• •«. '> i ' '
••■ ••• •••> 4,'_
••>• ••* <**• OU"
667, 719
485, 649
634, 641
• a • .• * ••• 4oD
... ••• ••• OOtf
... ... ... 551
••• ... ••• '•!.»
423, 428
... • • » ••• (H x
43, 486
... ... ... *!<',?
••• ... ... 010
145, 486
• •• ••• ••• '» • ' -i
... ••• ••• 488
677
• •• ••• ... Ouo
308, 311
... .. 569
... ... . j . ■ •
... 145, 253, 354, 461
• •• ••• ••• >'f»>J
Jri
INDEX.
abialis
Labiatese
lablab
laburnifolia
lachenensis ...
Lachesis
lachesis
lachnopns
laciniata
lactea ,..
ladakensis ...
ladon
laestrygonum ...
laeta
lasvilrons ...
laevigata
laevis
Lagerstraamia ...
Lagonys
lahora
liius ...
lakoocha
lalassis
1-album ...
Lanjacha
lamarkii ...
lampas
Lampides ...
lanator
lanceola
lanceolarium ...
lanceolatum
Langia
langii
laniafca
Laniidaa ...
Lanius
Lantana
lanuginosa
lanuginosum ...
laodamia
laomedon
Laotnce ,.,
lara
larida
Laridaa ...
Larra
laroidea
Laius
larutensis
... ...
PAGE
289, 552, 675
... 543
... 542
• •■ ... «. • tjO
• •• •■• ••• i 0\)
133, 632
••• ••• 86, 427
«■ •-,• ••■ 94
• •• ••• ... "ItJiJ
484, 494
«•• ... ... 496
494
9, 50, 491
••• ••• ••• 677
540
195, 549
••• ... ... 546
••• ••• ••• o/2
••• ••• ••• boo
•■>• ••• ••• 4oy
••• ... ... 554
••• ••• ... 487
••■ ••» ••• 611
208,209
• «• ... ... 547
280,539
... 48,303,305,488
••• ... ... 289
••• ... ... 604
••• ... 291
••• ... ... 554
••• ... 685, 641
487, 490
••• ••• ... 611
459
145, 157, 253, 459, 518
289,314,552
98
109, 110, 428
483
495
••• ••• ... 643
488
487
70
4, 361
488
70, 254, 354
200, 204
VAGV
253, 261
... 290
... 421
... 561
... 201
419, 427, 428
... 720
... 483
196
♦ o *
• ••
*••
••• •• a ... ItfV
• • ■ • • * *• • ' *' if
,542,544,546,548,676
••• ... •• • 0*t &
491
... 251, 464
493
• •■ •• • Oil
*•• ••• "loO
• ■» ... fciOiJ
... 496
489
546
... ... 550
486, 647, 648
44, 486
■•a ••■ OUT
284, 542, 675/6
97, 427, 429
45, 483
... ••. 47
... ... 550
413
... 423, 426
487
484
... 486, 496
... ... 552
484
169, 174,361,386,
,386,
„,436,
x, 361
w, 438,
• ••
482/3
... 363
... 175
... 175
... 488
... 203
... 539
... 214
... 76
397, 398
307, 494
... 543
INDEX.
Ivii
Leptograrnme ...
Leptomyza
leptophylla
Lepfcoptilus
Leptosia ...
Lepyrodes
leschenaulfci ...
Lethe ...
lethe
Lethrinus
leucanalis
Leucania
Leucas
leucocephala ...
leucocephalus ...
leucocera
leucura
leucocyma
Leucceaa
leucogaster
leucogastra ...
leucogenys
leucomyBtax ...
leucophlea
Leucophlebia ...
leucophyrus ...
Leuoopsis
leucorhinus ...
leucorodia
Leucostegia
leucostigma ...
leucothoe
leucotis...
leacura
levingii
levipes
Libellulidse
libythaea
Libythaeinsa
libythea
lichenosa
lidderdalii
lifuense
ligatus
ligulatum
lilacina
lilacinus
Lilinm
lima ... ..,
limbatus
limborgii
PAGE
98,99,421
• •• ••• ... 4 - >
101,427
74, 733
306,493
... ... ... 2X1
... ... ... 665
44, 301, 302, 487, 530
*•■ ••* *»• 1>0*J
••• ••• .•• JLJo
••• ••• «•• - — •-
610—613
553
«•• •• * i Oj Ot)l
• • • ••• » *• I i X
• •• ••■■ ••• Or)
• •• «•• ••• J 4. " "
*a • •«• til lOI
• •• ••• •■» Otu
• •• ••• ••• DUO
251,255
• » • •■ » •• • O i &
*•• ••• ••• -J ' ' J
••• ••• ••• 04 0
634, 638
327, 330
• ■• ••• ••• OOU
• •• •»• ••• O'l-'
73, 709, 711
420
388, 392
45, 483
• •* ••• ••• J.OO
•»• ... ••• ooo
.99,423,427
• •• ••• ••• JO
.. • ••» ••• OOt)
50, 51
802, 357, 488, 491, 493
••• ••• ••• i Jo
*•• • *• •■•> 'i I'!
••• •<• >• ooo
••• ■•• •• • ioy
••• ••• •■• ooo
••a •■ • • •* O 4uO
49, 490
• •• ••• ••• ouo
• > • ••• • • • y *.' *i
••• ••• «*• $"0
• 435
Limenitis
Limnanthemum
Limnas ... ...
limniace
liinnocbaris
Limnophila
limonia
Limonidromus...
Linese ... ...
lineare ... ...
linearis
lineata
liueatum ...
linifolia...
linnsei
linuffium
Linociera
Liogryllus
lioinedon
Liopicus
Liothrix
Liotrichinaa
Liphyra
liquida ... m.
Liris
litbargyria
lituralis
liturata
livia
livida
livornica
lobata
lobatum
lobatus
Lobelia
Locustella «••
Locustidse ...
tewii
Loganacesa
Logauia ...
lohita
lombokiana ...
loncbitis
Lonchodes
longicaudata ...
longiceps
longidentalis ...
longifloruB
longifolia
longifolium
longinus
PAGE
... 485, 498
549
361, 486, 498
... 43, 486
197, 499, 501
... ... 550
540
... 253, 471
... ... 540
90,93, 427
90
103, 427, 638
... 83, 84, 427
542
... ... 486
552
••• ••• 2oo
190
497
• •• ••• 004
... 158, 510
262
... 304,305
«.. ... 361
489
... ... 326
... ... 636
... ... oOZ
... ... -jUi
... ... 361
62, 539
... ... 418
... ... Oox
548
253, 871, 456
178, 189, 531
••• ••• 4 JU
• ■■ ••• 04: J
... 303
49, 490
... 493
• •• **t> *i -j o
184
... ... 456
... ... 1*0
211
290, 291, 553
188,424,538
425
49, 490
• *t
• ••
• ••
lviii
INDEX.
longipalpalis ...
longipes
longirostris
loniceras
loniceroides ...
Lopaphus
Lophoceros
Lopbopborus ...
Lophospizias ...
Lophotriorchis
Lopbura
Loranthacese ...
Lorantbus ...
loreyi
Loriculis
LoriB
lotenia
Lotongus
lotus
Loxaspilates ...
Loxo^ramme ...
Loxura
lubentina
lubricata ...
hictuosa
luctuosum
ludens
Ludwigia
Luffa •••
lugubris
Luma
lunaria
lunawara
lunifera
lusitanicum ...
lutea ...
luteatuB
luteolus
luxeri ...
Lycasna
Lycsenestbes ...
Lyoaanidaa ...
lycsenioa
Lycodoa
Lycophotia
Lygaeidse
Lygodium
lynceus ...
Lyncornis ...
ysimon ...
PAGE
... ... ... jJj
400,401
• • • * • • • • • *• *
644
290, 291
... ... ••• 182
... 660
... ... ... ouy
372, 672
669
653
290, 553
... 290/1, 293, 553
... ... ... O JL A
... ... ... 666
249, 369, 732
•■• ••• •• • * ' i • '
• ■• • •« •■• ()'.'
••• ••• •(>• Owl
• •• ••• ••!. JJO
102
49,304/5,491
46, 484, 530
• ■ ' *# • ••• _j
• •• ••• ... lJi'
426, 428/9
424, 429
••• 547
••• ... 665
••• •• < ••• -i.i J
428
• •• ••■ ••• 4oO
. - r> ••• •••']■'''
106,107,428
158, 510, 570
••• ••• ••• DOo
*•• ••• ••• *jU'r
••• ••• ... voo
...303,305,861,489
47, 357
47, 295, 302, 361, 482,
488, 599
»■• ••• i( » OOj
534, 706
... ... ... 606
... ... ... lii>
105,422
... ... ... 486
249, 663
• •• ... ... 40*7
lysione
Lytbracere
Macalla
macareu8 .,.
machaon ...
macbaralis
Macbilas
macii
mackinnoui
rnackwoodi
macleodii
Maclolophus
macqueeiii
macrantha
rnacrocarpum ...
Macrocera
Mac roch ires
macrodactyla
macrodon
Macroglossa
MacroglosBinas... ...
macroglossoides
MacrogloBsum...
macrolopba
uiacromera
Macrones
macropbthalma
macropbylla
Macropistbodoa
Macropygia
Macropteryx
macrorbyncbus ...
MacroBila
macrura.
macrurus 253, 352, 532,
maculata
maculatus ...202, 253,
maculifera
ncaculipenais ...
Madablotta
madraspatana
madras patensis
moecenas
UlCCSa •■• *•• •••
moasoides ... ...
ruaevias
magnifica ... ...
PAGE
... 489
... 546
...34, 35, 226
495
•■«
494, 723
223,679—
• • •
-697
289
461
423, 42
160, 356,
• *•
•••
•••
485
549
256
., 732
... 289
... 425
... 579
... 661
... 198
196, 400
361, 644
630, 646
653
i
... 369
... 633
... 720
... 488
... 541
... 525
... 513
... 662
... 255
631—634
466
646, 653
533, 662, 671
471,
282,
• ••
• ••
. 362
499, 504,
521, 570
... 636
265
540
283
... 471
48, 491
... 495
... 495
53, 495
... 648
INDEX.
lix
MagnoliaceEB ...
magnirostris ...
maba
mabadeva —
mabesa
mahratta
mabrattensis ...
maimou
maitrya
major
majus
malabarica 251,
malabaricum ...
malabaricus
malacca
malaccensis
malaeodon
nialayana ...
malayanus ...
malayensis ...
malayica
malelas
Mallopbaga
Mallotus
Malpieiaceas ...
malsara
Malvaceaa
niambo
mandara
mandata
Manduca
Maneca ...
Mangifera
inangifera
mani
manihot ...
manillensis
manipurensis ...
Manis
Mantidas
ruanyar
rnarantse
niarathus
Mareca
margarita
marginalis
marginata
marginatum ...
marianne
maritima ...
Marmaronctta
PAGE
253, 458, 521
47, 489
495, 497
484
485
... ... ... 654
489
• •« •• • • •• 4o7
131, 503, 714
••• ••• «•• Jt)
252, 262, 469, 472, 657
280, 281, 539
463, 499, 503
• •• • »• ••• 'Inn
••• ••• «>>'•'_
94,96, 427
• •• ••• *■• OoJ
• • • ••• • • • i U i
••• ••• »•• DO«7
• •• ••• ••• 4 .' L
«•• ••» «•• I ^ i
• •• »<• ••• ■> i ' »
554
282, 540
• •• • •*, • * • if) /
• *« ••• • • • ■ > ■> .'
• •• ••• ... 1 -J ' I
.. . ••• ••• rt yu
>•» • • • «•• 4o I
• •• ••• •«• Owj
• *• ■•• • * * T ." O
283, 542
542, 702
■•■ ... ••• 4oo
. . • ••• .-•■)■) *r
138, 160
527
• •• • » • ... x 00
...177,180,192, 531
156, 468
98, 427
••• ••• ••• 4ot
• ■• *•• ••• 04U
••• •• • • • > o ■ >
... ... *.. 603
216
418, 423, 426
51, 492
•■• •• • .*» Din
340, 354
lx
INbEX.
melanostoma ...
tnelanotus
melanoxylon ...
melastigma
Melastomaceaa ...
melba ...
Melia
Meliacas •••
Melitsea
MelittopbaguB...
Melopus
Melursus ...
membranaceum
membranuloRa ...
Memecylon
meminna
xnenava ...
menelaus ....
Meniceros
Meniscium
llenophon
tnenophron
Merganser
Merginse
merguiaria
Mergus
meridionale
meridionalis ...
Meropidse
Merops
Mertensia
Merula
Mescinia
taesentina
Mesia ...
Metagastes
metallica
metanaga
metaBarcia
Metasia
Metazoa
Methora
Metopsilus
Metortbochilus
mexicana
Mezoneuron
micans
michaelis ...
Michelia
micrautha ...
micranthes ...
••• •••
» • ••
PAGE
... 579
.. 337
... 548
... 490
286, 546
251, 351
«• * ••• .. . Ot J
282,541
297, 300, 483
*•• •■• ••» OOO
158,160
* 144,735
93, 427
••« ... ••• 4-j'l
286, 546
156, 160, 369
• •• ••• ••• 4o I
9
• • « » • • • • • *■*
••• ••• •• ■ * 1 o
••• ♦•• 82
... •• • •■• Oil
... ••• ••• OOO
160, 342
... ••• ••■ 0*t -j
401
342, 354
251, 257
... ... ... *i .'-i
... ... ... 658
...349,351,530,658
420
251, 466
... .. ... Zd
51, 361, 493
... -• « •• • J- 00
• •• ••• #•• DO/
490,651
• •• • • • ••• DOU
85,226
... ... *.<jU, Zu\
... ... ... 1 'Mr
... ... ... A\JO
... ... ... *' I I
... ... ... dJtO
... ... ... OOO
... ... ' ■ -' l ' '
... ... ... Zo
... ... ... OiU
... ... ... Odc5
... ... ••% o*)Z
... ... ... Ot)-J
micranthus ...
micrixalu8
microcichla
Microbyla
Microlepia
Microlophia ...
Micromus
Micronia
Microperdix ...
Microphyla
microphyllum ~.
Micropternus ...
micropterus
Micropus
microrhizoma ...
ruicrostictella ...
Microtus
microtympanum
migrans
milesiformis ...
Miliusa
Millettia
Millingtonia ...
Milvus
mirxiosa
mimusoide8
Mimusops
mineus
minima
minimalis ...
minor ...
minoralis
iuinos ...
minuta
minutella
minutula
minutus
mirabilis
Mirafra
miraria
Miscopus
misippns
miskini ...
Mitrasacme
mixtalis
Mixtura
modesta ...
modiola
mcerulalis ...
molle ... ...
mollis ... ••■
PAGE
• •S >•• •• • DO •'
■ •• • •• • •• OUtJ
••• ••• «•• 0_i L
499,506
420
*■« ••« ••• OOO
... ... ••• Oo5
• e t • • » • • * ' ' «■ ' ~
251, 527
387—390,392
105, 427, 429
... ... ... 655
*** ... ••• *'Ox
264
86, 427
••« ••• #•■ '-'•>
... •••' ••• otZ
... ••• *• • *tJ *
••* ••• • •• OOa
• •• ••• ••• O "« *
... ••• ••• OOo
jit ••■ a*. ''■ j
551, 685
352, 670
... ••• ••• OtO)
nil
287, 548
44,487,530
251, 473, 550, 648, 726
71 3
51,495
... •*« ••• ^0*i
... ••• ••« — u
..* ••• «•• OOO
••• ••• ••• A*'
642
156, 472
... ••• ••• o^O
... ••• ', On J
46, 484
.•• ••• ••■ OO"
... •*. ••• o*J
... ... ■*•• t)D
••• ••• *•• oou
... 3,496,611, 638
154
••■ ••• ... zio
426
559, 560
INDEX.
lxi
molliusculum ...
molluginifolia...
Mollusca
Molpastes ...
molurns
monachus
mongolica
monilifer
monochrous
monophylla
monostigma
monstrosus
montana 193
naontanus
Monticola ...
monticola
moonii... ...
mooreanns
mora
Morinda
Moringa
Moringeaa
morpheus
luorta
Morugo
Morus
mota
Motacilla
Motacillidas
nioulmeinense ...
mucosus ...
Mucuna
multlcaudatum
multilenealis ...
multilineatum...
multimaculata...
multistrigaria ...
mungo
Munia
Murasna
uiuraria
raurex
murina
Murraya
Mus ...
musa ...
Musca
Muscicapidas ...
musicus
mutcns
mulhii ...
11
PAGE
423,426
• • • ••• •• • 002
• •• ••• ••• JLOO
...158, 160. 263, 372
••• ••• »..>*j4 , /•>-!
• •• •>• ••• 001
• • • •• • •• • ZD'z
543
402
538, 540
• •• ••• ••• — •'•J
189/190
287, 399,424, 548,555
• •• ••• *x «' i . oox
• •• ••• ••• I ~ i
• • • ••• ••• i I » ' '
• •• ••• ••• /oU
••• ••• . > •
489
542
• •• ••• ••• ' ' ' — '
• • • • •• •• • Df)w
632
• *• ••• • •« ' \-<a
• •• ••• « • • *. ■* 1
• •• ••• ••• 'ti'O
145,253/4,470.471
• •• ••• • . . 'i I u
• •• *•• ••• ' ' ■ '
...348,368,525,534
• •• ... . .: • ' > *T «">
• •• ••• 4 ZiJ) T*J«/
• •* « * • <•• Jll)
83, 84, 427
• •• ••• ••■ o*5o
• •• ••• eg* i'tO
252, 468
• •• •• * ••! iOD
« • • ••■ «•• OlT
• • ■ •• • ••• OD X
too
• • • • • • ••« t • » —
• •• • •• *•* 04 U
• »* ••• o ( ->y ioZ
555, 586, 587
... ... • ' • J . 0 /
... •■* . . . *1 I ) i>
... ... 716, 735
• •• ... » • • * « * • '
»«e ■•• ... 104
mutica ..
Mutilla
mutui
Mycalesis
mycterizans ..
mycrerizus
myrion
Myelois
Myodezia
Myosticta
mvra
Myreca
Myrina
Myrmecocyslus
Myrmeleonidse..
Myrmeleonides
myrruidonella ..
Myrrha.
Myrsineaa
Myrtacese
mysorensis
mystax
myxa
Nacaduba
Nacoleia
nadira ...
naga
Nagia
Naia 113,35
Naiadaceaj
natra
nais
nakula
nama
nainba
nana
nanga
nanus
napi
nara ..
narada ••
naradoides
narcissus
narooa
nasuta
nawai
naxus
uazira
PAGE
>« ♦ *• ••• o i Z
• ••• ••• obU
• ••• ... Zoo
44, 301/2, 487, 630
347, 534
• • ••• ••• / ♦)»!
• ••• ••« OOJ
> • ••• ••• — • '
»• • •• ••• OOX
• ••• ••• OO
492
304, 305, 491
»• ••• ••• DOl
359
• • •• ••• oo5
>• ••• ••• 4oo
• • ••• ••• 548
285, 546
292
... 540
.. ••• ... Zoo
...303, 305, 357, 488
► «•• ••• »■* «j i * .)
• ••• ■•• • •• 'i*"'
649—50
214,216
5, 369, 403—407, 524, 535
» ••* ••• ••* 000
494
46, 356, 485
• •• ••• ••• tJI
484,493
145, 563
■ ••• »■• «•• -cOt
18
... 493
... 489
... 491
... 491
... 491
... 496
188. 3<i9
... 641
..- 489
.<, 190
* * • • • »
••• •••
Ixii
INDEX.
...
nesora ... ...
nebulosa
nebulosus
Nectariniidae
Nectariniinae
Necte8
Nectophryne
iieelgherrieDsiB
neetes •
neglecta
negundo
Nelumbiim
nemathelminthes
Nemoptera
nemoricola
neombo ...
neophila
Neophron
Neorina ...
nepalensis
nepatasfolia
Nephele
Nepheronia
Nephopteryx ...
Nephrodium 81,
Nephrolepis ...
nephte ...
Neptis
nerii
neriifolia
Nerium
nervosum
nesimachus ...
nestor
Netta
Nettapus
Nettium
NeurobaBis
Neurois
Neuroptera
niamus ...
nicea ... ...
nicevillei
Nichitona
nicobarensis
nicobarica
nicobarus
nicotia
nicula
Nidus
PAGE
4
«•• • #• ^
. 633
499
473
... 393, 394
• •• ••• • > J t
...44, 487, 530
**• *•• J Jo
*•• ••• I 0 «
... 289, 552
• •• ••• OOo
... ... 166
• •• ••• oO\3
... 251, 254
497
208
252, 352, 669
301, 303, 305
132, 667, 733
... ... 553
... 646, 653
... ... 50
... 26/9, 33
83, 415, 417, 418, 421,
423, 426—428
... 421,427
492
45, 217
... 647, 648
... 291, 548
549
... 543
... 485
... 631
341, 354
143,156,339
254, 340, 354, 359, 525
••• ••• 383, 384
• •• ••• ••• DUO
166, 174, 359, 375, 386
• •• •*• • •• ■T*"'!
• •ft
• ••
,386
494
485
53, 360, 495
50
• ••
•••
• ••
491
484
, 637
, 486
495
487
490
425
nietneri
nigerriina
nigerrimuB
nigra
nigrescens
nigricans
nigriceps
nigricollis
nigrilincalis ...
nigrimedialiB ...
nigripes ...
nigripileus
nigrirufa
nigrocuprea
nigromystax ...
nigropalmatus ...
nigrorenalis ...
nigroviridis
nigrum
nilghiriana
nilgiriana ...
nilgiriense ...
nilgiriensis ...
nimbella
niphe ...
Ninox
Nipholobus
niriua
nirnri
Nisaga
nisus
nitidula
nitidus
nivea
niveicilialiB
niveicostella ...
niveobarbata ...
Nivosus
nivulia
noctuella
Noctuidse
nodiflora
N'ola
Nomada...
Nomia
nomius ... ...
Noorda
noreia
normalis
Nosophora
Nothcerua
PAGE
. ... ... 485
609
827—329, 336
• • • • • •!• Cut
i • ••• •••*rol
286, 287, 631
i* ••• ••• OOo
>• ••• ••• o'irfy
218, 226
21
• • ••• •■• -J l
,. ... ... 425
•• ••• ••• 20 j.
464
... ... 606
•mi
i. ••• ••• *j ' ' •*
• * • * • • • * 'j ' ' -*
.« ••• • • • ** i -j
>• ••• ••• 606
• • •♦• ••• DO'/
• • • t • ••• DO
•■ ••• ••• 4JD
, » ••• •• ft *T .' _l
251, 467, 471, 486
• # *•• ••• Jl
> • ••• ••• 4o*#
»• *•• ••• M>o
87, 88, 421
• • ••♦ ••• i«/t
• • ••• •• • Oo*r
. • • * • ••• ' ' o' I
160, 352, 672
• • ••• • • • ' — ■
• • ». « ••» 40o
226, 325
221
°s
.ft •■• «•• 1-1 *J
.. ... ... 560
10, 11
• • ... ••• OOO
224, 226
•• ••• ••• 4oo
i . ■ ••• • • • o o •>
>•• ••• ••• ' • —
360, 571, 572
360, 369, 5C8
52, 357, 494
• • ••• •• • «X"
• • ••• ••• oOl
• • ••• ••• ^ ■•• *.*
.. ••• ••• *?1*
*■ • ■ « «n OOt)
INDEX.
Ixiii
Nothochlseaa ..
nubilus
nuchalis
nucifraga
Nucifraga
nudiflora
nudiflorum
Numenius
nummularifolia
nux vomica ...
Nyctagineas
Nyctalsemon ...
Nyctibatracbus
Nycticorax
Nyctiornis
nyotiphanes ...
nylas ...
Nympha ...
Nympha^a
Nympbaeaceae ...
Nymphalidae ...
Nymphula
nypsiusalis
Nyroca... ...
nyseus
obliqua
obliquaria ...
obliquum ...
obliterans ...
obnubilalis
obscura...
obscuralis
obscuraria ...
obscuruB
obsolete ..,
occidentale
occideiitis
occipitalis
occnltnm
ocellaris
ocellata
ocellatum
Ocbna...
Ochanaceaa
ocbracea
ochralis
ochreipenniB ...
ochrifascalis ...
• ■• ••
• •• ••
• • e ••
• •• ••
• •ft- • *
• • • ••
... ••
PAGE
98, 421, 427
... •*• • •• 4i7V
519
... 131, 555
712, 713T 735
554
... 555
... 254
... 543
.. 549
••• ••• dod
... 319
• • ■ ••• ••• DUO
77, 138, 139, 369, 731
658
... ... o.« 032
... ... ... TOT
639/40
.. 538
.. 53S
43, 295, 296, 483, 597
*•• ••* ■ • * « **
• •• ••• • •• aAa
341, 354
47, 357, 489
... ... 631
... ... ;>j''
... 423, 426
• • • • . • 0-0 o
206
499, 506, 612
• •• •• • *j«)
• •• ... 0*j*>
*•• • •» IvO
... 145, 643
• •* ••• 04^
■ •• ••• T'T.J
458
... 423, 426
640
180, 513, 643
... ... 667
541
541
606, 635—6
••• ••• OX
••• ••• 4"Li
• ••
... 206
Gchromela
ochropus
ochrota...
ochrotalis «..
ochthodes
oculata
oculus
oensta... ...
odata
Odina...
Odonata
odontatis ...
odontoloma
Odontopaschia...
odorata
odoratissimus ...
odorum ...
CEdynerus
CEeiiicnemns ...
(Eenceis
CEestridaa
oinistis
Gidenlandia ...
Uiea ... ...
Oleaceaa
Oleandra
oleracea
oliens
Oligodon
Oligostignia ...
Oligura
olivascens ...
olivescalis ...
olivialis
omissa ...
Onocles
onocrotatus
Onriza
ODychium
opaca
opalina ...
operculata
ophiana ...
ODhiofagus
Opbioglossacea?
Opbioglossura...
Ophtbalmodes...
opisthorhodns ...
oppositata
Opnntia
oraia
... ...
PAGE.
... ... 464
... 254, 353
... ••• *--J*J
213
418
«•• ... O'tl
••• ••• 4ni
••• ... o2£>
490
... 307, 542
... 226
418, 423, 429
• •• ••• ••• 0*
*•• ••* • »• 0(>.7
• •• ••• >•• OtiO
... 549.
... 360
... 731
... 302
... 361
... 21
... 546
••• ... ■>)* dOO
288, 548
421, 427
... 545
160, 348, 368
... 210
... 511
... 606
... -j«>
• •• ••• ••• 30
• • ft ••• #»• lUU
420, 424, 429
72
• • • ■■ • ••• o 1 U
...420,424, 428, 42S
... 566-
• .. ... • •• vox
... • •• ••• t>T-t>
45, 484
• •• ft. • ••• J I • ►
.«. ... *•• 4-/-'
106, 422, 428
... 226
... 508
... 320
... 286
• it Tt^iJ
••• •••
•*• •••
... fttft
... •••
... ...
• a . •• .
••• •••
Ixiv
INDEX.
oral
orbata ...
orbifera...
Orca
Orchideee
Orcocincla
Orcocorys
ordinata
orellaua...
orestes ...
oriens ...
orientale
oriental is
Orinoma ..
Oriolidas
Oriolus
orithyia
orixa ...
orixensis
ornata ...
ornatella
ornatum
orneus ...
Ornithoptera
Oroxylum
orseis ...
Orstiisena
Orthaga...
Orthopastus
Orthoptera
PAOE
791
... ... ... ... ""■
••• 643
640
39
55B
467
513
488
••• 539
... ... ... ••• *"*
... ... ••• •'• 63"
187, 425, 429
...7,179,360,424,582,585,
631, 658
801, 302, 487
461
... 145, 253, 255, 354, 461
45, 483
Orthotonus
Orudiza...
Oryctes...
oscitans...
Osniia ...
Osmunda
Osmundaceaa
ossa ...
ostralegus
Osyris ...
othona ...
otis
Otocompsa
Otogyps...
otrea
ouida ...
ovalifolium
Oxalis
... ... ... ••• 488
... ... ... ••• 55i>
81, 158, 348, 369, 887, 499,
506, 525
20
81,427
641
51
... ... ... ooi
... ... ... <>o I
801, 302, 487
36
... ••• ••• 808
...166,174,178,192,
359,482
466
... 322
... ... ... 168
75,138,139
360, 573
...103,110,422, 427
103, 422
... ••• ••• 't O ».'
• < • ••• «•• .->■>''
... 291
... 490
47, 489
158,263
... 608
... 487
... 488
285,546
... 540
Oxya
Oxyambnlyx ...
Oxybelus ...
oxybolum
OxyglosBus
Oxymsearia
Oxystelma
Oxytenantbera...
Pacbinaa
Pachyrhizus
Pachytiglus
Pacbyzancla
pactolus
padma ...
Psesia ...
pagana ...
Pagellus
pagodarum
palaemo
Palajornis
Palarus
Palibotbra
Paligia
palitana
pallens
pallescens
pallida
pallidicosta
pallidipes
pallidum
Palma ...
Palmesa
Palpares
palpibroga
paludosum
Palumbus
palustris
pammon
Pamphila
pampurum
Pauacra
panava ...
Pandaneaa
Pandanus
pandava
pandia
Pandioa
Pandionidse
PAGE
... ... loo
631,635—637
... ••• i > ' ' i
94,427
... 194, 195
••• ••• AJiti
• •• ••• Otj
• •• • •• —i J i»
>•• ... Zx (
»•• ••• 543
359
* • ■ ••• it 1 O
!■• ••• 4oo
487
... ••• 637
••• ... IJd
... ... 4<>j
«•• ••• '! **_j
... ... 666
... 4—6, 361
.. . ••• a I
• •• •••*>'>'
491
... ... 4 J J>
... ... bio
493
c. 612
463
... 877,418
... ... *j.'.>
... 555
•■ » ... #*>> . f
261
• •• ... oU
• 352
52,495
309,311,495
• •• ••* lOr
648, 650, 651
490
... ... 555
... ... ooo
... ... TO
489
... ... 668
... ... 668
INDEX.
lxv
PAGE
pandum 426,428
pandyana 497
paniculata, 283, 541, 544, 547, 550, 552
panicnlatum
pann
pannosa
panope
panopus
Panurgus
Paonias
Papaveracesa
paphus ...
papilio
Papilio
Papilionidae
Papilionina
papillosus
papone
papuana
paradiseus
paradisi
paradisiaca
Paragerydus ...
parallelis
parallelogrammum
Parantirrkoea ...
paraponyx ...
Pararge
Parasitica
parasitica
1 1 triitti ••• ■••
pardus ...
Pareba
Parevaspis
parietahs
Parinaj
Parinda
paris ...
parisatis
Parkinsonia
Parnara
Parnassius ...
parryaj
Parthenos ...
Parum... ...
Parus
parva
parvibracteata
parviflora
parviflorum
parvifolia
288
»« *•• ••• • • * *r k'\)
»• ••• • •• ••• OIU
■ • •■• • •• ••■ "xVO
* . ••• ••• ••• Wl)''
■ • ••* ••• ••■ ODU
■ • *•• •«• •• • 0 "i '*>
,m • •• ••• ••• OOO
• • ••• ••• ••• ii't
423,426,428
..52,307,357,494,497,723
51, 295, 296, 307, 494, 600
294—311,403
i.. ... ... "I • *■ L
. ... ... T."''
. ... ... 652
... 455
255, 465
... 803, 305
... 418, 426
... 296/300
206
301, 302, 487
■ ••• ■•• £ uU
• ••• *•• 554:
• ••• ••• «■■' t
• ••• . • • i DO
. 296—300, 486
• ••• •*• oou
• ••• ••• o08
• ••• ••• *ji.)0
• ••• «•• li'l)
» ••• ••• *r J*i
■ «•• » • • *i O I
• ••• ••• * > i *t
54, 496
... 807, 494
■ ••• • • • I .* T
46, 2^7, 485
... 634, 641
. ... ... 256
. ... ... i^i'
*•• ... 552
287, 546, 547, 552
. ... ... 547
... 286, 547
parvimanus ..
par vula
parvus
parysatis ..
Pasites
pasithoe
Passalcecus
i. ass6r ... ..
passerinus
Passiflora
PaesifloresB
Pastor.,..
patalla
Patania .,
patatas
patentis&ima ..
x atissa... «i
patna
patnia
patroclus
patrua
patuelis
pavana
Pavetta...
Pavonia
pavonia...
Pavoncella
pectinata .,
pectinatum .,
pectlnicornella.
pectiaicornis .
pectoralis
Pedalineaa
Pedalium
pedata ...
pedatum
Pedestes...
Pedilanthus
pedunculatum .
peeroza ... .
peguauus
Pelamis ...
Pelargopsis
Pelias
Pelicanidse
Pelicanus
Pellea ...
Pellorneura
Pelobatidas
pelodytoides .
Peltophorum .,
lxvi
INDEX.
Pemphredon ...
penangensis
penelope ...
pennatus
pentadactyla ...
pentadalis
pentagyna
pentaphylla
Pentatomidse ...
Penthema
Penthoceryx ...
pepu
perakana ...
percnopterus ...
peregrinator ...
peregrinum, 171,
peregriaus
perfecta
perforata
Pergesinee
Pericrocotua
Perigonia
Periplaneta
Peristrophe
perithous
perius
pemiger
Peruis
pemomiua
perse ... ...
perseus
persica
personata
perspicata
perundulans ...
perversa
peshinica
pestigridia
Petalidium ...
petiolatus
Petrophila
phaaalis
phasdrus
pbaeella
phaeocephala ...
phaeoptera
phaaopteris
Phaeton
Phalacrocoracidae
Phalacrocorax...
Phalanta
••• •••
PAGE
• •c • «• *•« OOA
394, 395
• •• •• • ••• OxU
••• ••• ••• 00*7
• •• ••• • « • A O **
220
• •• ■•• ••• OOO
282, 538, 540, 542, 550
... ... ... 435
297, 800
• •• • •• ■•• OD4
• ••' • •• ••• Oil
• •• ••• ••• DOtf
• •• • .« •■■ oOj
••• ••• •••040
184, 187, 359, 522, 828
.. 254, 369, 460, 672
••• •*• ••• Ool
• • • ••• ••■ 1 — 0
••• •*« ••• OoU
... 460
... ... 653
... 176, 179
552
• • ■•• '3 1.
46,484
<•• ••• "iH
672
... 494
50, 490
44, 487, 577
... 50, 361
... 145
... 247
... 644
... 642
... 559, 561
• •* •■ • ••• Ui)\J
• •• •■• ••• 001
• •* •• • ••• i. 0
253, 467, 727
••• ••• •*■ *j!»1
••• ••• • » • *t •/ A.
••• ••• _:»T 01
• • • ••• ••• *. ■ ' J
• •• ••• »»• *jVM
• •• ■•• ••• *j!o
• • • • •• •*■ I OX
79
■ • • ••■ ••• t —
72, 138, 354, 711
45, 484
••• •••
••• •••
••• •••
Phalaris
Pbalena ...
Phaseolus
Phasmidae
PhegopteriB ...
phegopteris
Philampelus ...
Philanthua
philarchus
philemon ...
philenora
philippensiB ...
philippina
philippinus ...
philomela
philoxenus .*.
phleas ...
phlegeua
Phlyctaenodes ...
Phcenicophainae
Phoenicops ...
Phcenicopterus...
Phoenix
phoenix
Phryganeidae ...
Phryganodes ...
phryne
Phrynella
Phyeita
Phycitinsa
Phyllanthus ...
Phyllium
Phylloscopus
Phyllosphingia
Phymatodes ...
Phyontodes
Physalis
Pysapteri8
Physematinm ...
Pica
picalia
picatuB
Piceipennia ...
Pici
Picidae
Picinaa
picta
picturata
pictus
Picmnnua
pieus
••• •••
PAGE
••• ••• rtt ()i><
• •• ••• ••• -J 1 *
• •• ••• ••• <>4o
174, 181
78, 79, 421
• •• »<•• i i • ~i *j i
• •• • •• ••• 0*x»7
... ... ••• 361
485
*•• ••• ••• bub
••• ••• ••• ol J
...72, 493, 554, 638
• •• ••» • ••*!.'»
»•%, ••• ••• OOo
44, 487
• •• ••• ••* *x5/"j
361, 490
••• ... •■• 4 .'J
218, 219
• •• ••• ••• OOO-
• •• ••• ••• (>'"*
... 354
••• ••• OOO"
495
... ••• OoO
• •• *•• jIt
51r 493, 679
... 392
27, 31
• •• «■• • ••• "1
••• ••• 553, 554
••• ••• ••• 1 o^
...131, 251, 252, 457
634, 643, 644
90, 91
... ... ... *! «J 1
... ... 550
4.9ft
• •• •• • • •• i _i ' '
131, 372, 520
216, 226
»•• ••• ••• i').'
• •• ••• ••• OfU
«•• 650
■ • • ••• ••• 0;>U
• • • ••• ••• 001/
• •• ••• ••• Ot.o
••• ••• ••• *--j'1
16, 203, 492, 570
• •• ••■ ••• OOO
••• ••• ••• O*t0
«•• •«•
••• •••
INDEX.
lxvii
p'lepersi
Pieridaa ... 50,
Pieris
pileata ...
Piletocera
Pilina ...
pilipes
pilcsa ...
pimpla
pingasa ...
pinnata
pinnatifidum ...
Pinus
Pionea
pirama ...
Pirdana
piscator
Pison
Pisonia
Pithauria
Pithecolobium...
Pitta
Pittidaa ...
placida
plagiata
plagiogramma...
plagiosa ...
planicaule ...
planidens
Platalea ...
Plataleee
Plataleidaa
platissa
plato
Platurus
platyceps
Platyhelmintb.es
Platyloma
platyphylla
plat y ura
plecto
Plegadis
pleistonax
Pleopeltis
pleurostigma ...
pleurotasuia ...
plicatalis ...
plicatella
plinius
Ploceid;c
Ploceinse
PAGE
295, 296, 306, 491, 599
806, 493, 497
... 368, 659
• a. ... #• ■ £i 1 *J
... ... ... DlJ
557, 563
... •*. ... Otu
... ... - ■ ■ ** c i
282, 551
105, 106, 427
• •• ••• ••• loo
*•• ••• ^j! * *j_*j
••• ••» ••• 1 J 1
• •• ••• ••■ »>U."
348, 372, 524
• *• »•• •■• ool
*•• ••• «•» OOo
••• »•• ••• ouy
• •• ••• ••• 'Ho
253, 455, 474
••• •• • ♦*• t IT
...484, 635, 636, 648
... ••• ••• b08
• • • •■ • ••• jjo
••■ *•• »•• lOt
••■ ••• ••• 4 -t O
... 570
73, 709, 711
•*• • •• *•• I O
••• • •• »•• to
• •• ••• ••• '1 o *.*
• •• ••• ••• 4oO
• •• ••• ••• A 1 0
• •■ •• » ••• O i L
••• ••• ••• J.OO
• •• ••• ••• "i *j i
424
• •• ••• * t * T. O i
••• «•• ••• 6*05
»• • ••« ••• ■ o
90—97, 421
• •• ••■ •• * "O/
••• ••• •*• ^o\j
• •• ••• ••• rfi)
• • • ••• ■ ••• 1 vO
48, 489
••• ••• ••• "0 1
■ • ■ •>• I 4 tO I
Ploceus ...
Plotinaa
Plotua
Plumbaginesa ...
Plumbago
plumbea ...
plumbeomicanB
plumbicolor
Plumeria ...
Plusia
Pnaepyga
Podalirius
Podargi ...
Podargidsa
Podiceps
Podicipedidae ...
Podicipes
poecilorhyncha...
pcecilus
poeyi
Poinciana
polialis
polibete
polinice
poliocephalas ...
Polistes
polisticta
pollioaris
Polyaltbea
polyanthos
polyctor
polydora
polydoruB
polyeuctes
Polygala
Polygalese
Polygonacese ...
Polygonum
Polygrammodes
polymnestor ...
Polyocha ...
Polyodontophl8
Polyommatus ...
Polypedates
polyphyllum ...
Polypodiaceaa ...
Polypodieaa ...
polypodioides...
Polypodium ...
Polyptichna
PAGE
56, 467, 468
• •• ••• ■•• i £i
••• •• • • »« i a
• • • ••• «it OiO
• •• ••• it* Oto
• »• • •• ••• il '*
«■• >•■ ••• TOO
• •• ••• ••• DdO
• • • ••• •• • UTO
••• ••• • •• »">0 i.
■•• *•• >♦» OIj
»•■ ••• • »• Ooi
••• ••• ••• ouo
• •• ••• ••• ODD
142, 156
■ • • ••• ••• •» > *-»
• •• ••• rfti) *>0 I
339, 715, 718
642, 643
••t •■• ••• toO
••• ••• ••• Oil
• •• ••• ••• «j I •>
• •• ••• • •• '!<'■'
• •• ••• it« »oD
...353,468,514, 515
• • ♦ ••• mi DOU
• •* ••• ■■• W*J-J
• •• ••• t>. if i' -u
«•• ••• •*• Otto
... 424
... 494
... 319
••• • •• • •• ' v*J
• •• ••■ ••• * t't)
»•• ••• ••• ODO
• •• ••• ■•• OuO
• •• • • * » • • O ■ ) •>
••• ••• ttt OOo
217, 218, 226
• •• ••• Ojj+ *r.*il
• •• ••• ' ••• i_!F
• •* ••• ••• I ''"
48, 349, 361
• •• *•■ ••• I »' t
• •• ••• «St 10/
• •• • •• ttl T-itf
491
■ •• • •• »•* l*ji.)
78—97, 419, 421, 423,
427—4 29
133, 634, 638
• •!» •••
••♦ ••*
Jxviii
INDEX.
Polystichum ...
Polytela
poly tea
polyxena
Pomasia
Pomatorhinua ...
potuifera
pomona
pompeius
Pompilidaa
pompilius
pondicerianus ...
Pongania
populnea
Poritia
porphyria
Porphyrio
porphyronotus
porsenna
Portulaca
Portulaceas ...
potatorum
Potidaea
prabha
Pratincola
pratipa
precatorius
Precis
prejavalski
Premna ..
prepialis
prescottianum...
prexaspes
Prinia
Prioneris ...
prionitia
procera
procris
procumbens ...
prodomella
prole ucalia
proliferum
prolixum
prominens
Propasser
propinqnum ...
prosopif oralis ...
prostrata ...
Protagrotia
protheclaria
Prothoc
PAGE
... 421
... 608
52, 495
... 484
... 226
!, 519
513
580
258:
492,
*• • • ■ i
160, 252,
... 284,
... 280,
... 303,
495
360
494
460
544
539
805
•••
45
• ••
. 641
353, 468
... 145
... 493
... 539
... 539
... 549
... 645
... 491
868, 465
... 485
... 543
», 297, 483
... 705
283, 552
... 207
... 426
494
160,458,459
.. 306, 493
.. ... 552
549
... 484
... 552
... 22
82,427
... 418
54,488
... 132
89,427
... 17
... 542
... 607
... 298
• ••
• ••
• ••
' • ••
t •*
protoginia
protonor
Protoparce
Protozoa
protractus
pnmicalis
pruriena
pryeri
psarella
Psen
pseudacanthe ...
Psendarthria ...
Psendechis
pseudelpis
Pseudergolis ...
pseudoconvoivuli
pseudocystopteris
Pseudodolbina ...
Pseudogyps
pseudolonginua
pseudomsesa
Pseudomicronia
Pseudorcas
Pseudosmerinthns
Pseudosphinx ...
Pseudotantalup...
Psidium
Psilodochea ...
Psilogramma ...
Psittaci
psittacua
Psocid®
Psocua
Psoralia
Psorora
Payllidse
Pterideae
PteriB
Pterocarpaa
Pteroclea
Pteroclurus
Pteromys
Pterophoridse ...
pterygoaperma
pterygospermum
Ptyomaxia ■=.,
pubescens
pucrasia
pndica ...
Pdicitia
pudorina
PAGE
*• • ••• ••» lOl
« •• ••• «• 9 4 .' I)
••■ ••• 134, 631
• •• ••• ••• J.OO
«• • •• • ♦• * I • <J
• •• ••• •• ■ £tx i
• •* ••• ••■ '''it)
• •• »•• ••• OtJO
• • * ••• ••• i)U
11
• • • ••• «•• TT«/0
• •• ••• ••• * >*! '»
113, 114, 405
*•• ••• •»• TOO
298,485
... ... t*« OOl
... .'. •!« til
... ... 631, 633
... ... ... 669
490
••• ••• ••• o*«u
• •• ••• Oif. H'<
*• • •• ■ •• • u DO
632—634
••• ••• ••• / o
... 106
631,633
••• ••• ••• QUO
• •• ••• ••• 'li'i'
• •• ••• ••• QQ*J
• •• ••♦ ••• Ooi)
..* »*• «M 'Ifj
■ >• ••* ••• -liJ
• #• ••• ••• TTt)
420,421
421, 423—425, 428, 429
... ... ... 544
160, 353, 731
160, 353
369,721
29fi
542,702
• •• •♦• »•• '){''
»•• ••* •>•• j-m?
• •• ••• • • • * ' * ' — ■
• •• i«i ••• DUi7
• •• •■• ••• OttO
• •• ••• «••»•"•'
• •• •»■ ••• "**
INDEX.
Ixix
puella
puellaris
puera
pueritia
pugnax
pulcbella
pulchellum
pulcher
pulcherrima
pulchra
pulchricollis
pulchrifascja
pulverealis
pumila
punctata
punctatum
punctatus
punctulata
punctulatua
Pupalia
pura
pureea
purendra
purpurea
purus
pusilla
puspa
putli
Putorius
putris
Pycnonotus
pygmasa
Pygopodes
Pyralidaa
Pyralinai
Pyralia
Pyrameis
pyramus
pyranthe
Pyrausta
Pyraustinse
pyrene
pyrenassa
Pyrrhulauda
pyrrhus
Python
pyxidiferum
*•* •••
PAGE
.. 251,262
679-697
217
.. 353, 372
488
»• »«j 'I'll)
489
544
391-393
... 515
• •• ••• ••■ — J I '
• •• O • • «•• fcj V '
» o» ••• •• • 04 -J
127, 580
81, 427
• •• • • • •• ^ > ' • *
• » ♦ ••• ••• *iX) -J
327, 331, 336
487, 488
• •• • • a *•• Ti7 «J
53, 357, 496
468, 542, 545
■t • » c • o « . *r *' »>
• •• •••) . , • I i _J
47, 489
489
• •• ••• ••• (D>j
• • a ••• ••• OUt)
... 255, 264
• •• « • » «■• TOa/
"• «oo •■< D't^j
• •• ••• • o • T t)-f
• •« ••• •• • — ' ' I
207, 216
46, 349
50, 492
223, 224, 226, 679-697
• •• ■•■ • «■ o -J — *t
51, 492
492
252, 473
•■« • •• ••• lOO
•■• •• • ■•• Oji
... 424, 429
12
quadrangularis
quadriaurita ...
quadricornis ...
quadrifida
quadrimaculalis
quadriporcatus
quadripunctatus
quamoclit
quaterna
quaternalis
quercetornm ...
Querquedula ...
quettse
quettaensis
qniescens
quinqueangu lar is
racemosa
racemosus
radiata
radiatum
radicans
radoszkowskii ...
Ragadia
iiiniii • » .. •••
ramdeo
ramontchii
ramosum
Rana ... 193,
Randia •
Ranidfe
ransonnettii ...
Ranunculaceas...
Rapala
ltll'IiX *o • ••«
Rasphale
Rathinda
Rauwolfia
ravergieri
r*.'Citi •• • •• •
rectilinea ...
rectimarginata
Recurvirostra ...
refractus
refulgens
regalis
regia
rejjularis ...
PAGE
... 541
... 424
... 346
... 539
... 216
... 396
... 642
... 550
... 653
... 214
... 491
254, 340
... 1
... 7
... 5, 6
... 553
... ... 545, 586
... ... ...000
... ... ... I — o
... ... ... OOu
... ... ... I -]■■
... ... ... ' I o -'
301, 302
253, 457, 488, 491
• •• ••• ••• xOO
• • • ••« •* • i)i)i'
423, 426
195-201,387,430,499,
500-503
285, 291, 547
194, 500
496, 530
••• ••• ... 2o\)
49, 357
276, 383
... 49, 304, 305, 491
• •• ••• ••• JoO
• •• ••• •■ • • > . -
484
• •• ••• » i » ' » i ' '
• • • ••♦ • •• j *9
*• • ■■# ••• I oo
• • • ••• ••• J. i.
• •* ••• •• • .)->,'
104, 427
544
... ... ... Utl^
Ixx
INDEX.
INDEX.
Ixxi
fufilata
rufimargo
rufina
rufistrigosa
rufitarsis
rufitinctaria
rufiventre
rnfiventris
rufobarbatum
rufulus
rugosa
rugosulum
rugosus
rnmiformis
runeka
Rungia
rupicola
ruptaria
ruselli
russellii
rustica
rusticola
rusticula
Rutaceaa
rutamuraria
rutila
Ruticilla
PAGE
«•• n'.i toi ••■ •"-J '
• •• • •• • •• '•- >)j"
• •( aaa a«a ••• ut I
>•• as* ••• •■« '■ A -1
' B B • • • »•• - » • O
• •• •«• «•• •«• -jO
■ • t> « • • o • • •»• o / o
o 0 a ■ at • 0 • 1 — , J » > -J
• •• •*• ••• ••• 1 J.1'
156, 472
■>•• o«« ••• *•■ 'f4i 1
• • • s • • ••• ■. • ■ ox
aaa. aoa BBS ««• OlO
• •• • »• *•• ••• — — O
• •• ••€• ««o ta* *tO •
> •• • ■■ ••• ••• oOJi
•>••> ••• o • o J — •> . *r.j * t
• •• ••• ••• ••• Oj.1)
115, 134, 358
... 403,406,526,534, 535
... 131, 253, 372, 470, 620
«•• ■-J* ••• ••* 40t
o»o ••• • •• «*• OOt
• •• «•« ••• • •*• *- o J
o o o • • ■ aaa a a a 4 _r t)
••• ••<> ••• 0*>O, Oul
*ee •«• «•« «a* X Oa
Saccopetalurn
sagara
Sagenia
saitis
aakontala ,,
sakra
salicifolium
Saliciaaceaa
Saliciusa
Salius ,
Sal is
Salpornia
salsala
saltator
Saltatoria
saltnella
Saluria
Salvadora
salvifolia
saruan
samba
... 538
... 495
... 421
... 497
... 483
... 488
... 105
. -> — .' •>
... 554
... 360
293, 554
160, 731
53, 496
... 575
... 183
• •a OO
... 20
... 50
... 540
... 545
... 487
gamoa
Samphires
Samydaceaa ;.
Sanchus
sancta
sanctum
Sandrabatis .
sangaica
Sangra
Sanguinalis
Santalaceae
Santalinus
Santalum .
saphir ...
sapientum
Sapindaceaa
Sapindus
sapor
sapota
Sapotaceaa
Sapyga
Saraca
Sarangesa
saraswati
sarcidornis
Sarcogrammis
sarpedon
sassanides
satanas
Sataspes
sateliitia
sativa ...
sativuB
satricus
saturatus .
Satyridsa
Satyrus
saularis
saulii
saundersi
saurus ...
saxicola
Sasicola
Saxicolinse
scabra ...
seindens.
scapularis
scarabioides
Scarabo3ida3
PAGK
... ... ... 4o"
• •• • •) o »•• 1VX
• • • ••• •!• OtO
aaa aaa •• a yUO
• a* aaa ••• *i ■'*>
a»e ••• ••• OOt>
.,.« •'•• ••• Ji)
••• ... 653
47, 487
a-e ••• ••• ^«7-3
• •a) a»a ••• OOO
oao *u» ••• OlT
• •a aaa ««• OOl>
aaa ••■ ••• "i""'
555, 587
283, 541
aaa •• • •'•• UT...J
aaa aaa ••• 04 I
• ■ • a a o ••• OtO
287, 548
• »» ••• ••• ooU
• a* ••• ••• dOt
. 53, 308,311,357, 496
• a* aaa • c ■ *t O i
• •• ••• aaa Ot> t
353, 529
52, 494
• •» aaa • •• TiJ'_F
• •a a a a ill OOJ
• »a ea* aaa 040
••• •.- 565, 566
aaa aaa aaa 4i")
• »• aaa ••• •.)«)')
o a • •«• o t . t) 4 t>
• a • «•• aaa 4 O t
aaa aaa •>•• O i. %
...295, 300, 486, 598
301, 302, 487
... 466
... 423, 425
••• ••• ••• 'ill
• •• ••• ••» i -J U
21, 145
• a* ••• •*• OOD
• •• ••• ••• *400
*•• ••• ••■ 4: _ 4
105, 285,293, 314, 541
544, 545, 553
aaa •»■ aaa OOw
I aaa • • • • • O *X *F
» ••• ••• hi 4 iO
Ixxn
INDEX.
Scaraboeus ...
Sceliphron
Bchimperianum
schistaoea
schistaceus
Schistocerca ...
Schizseacese
Schizodactylu9...
Schleichera
schogaiclus
Scboenicola
Sckoenobiana3 ...
Sckcenobius
scbolaris
scbomburgki ...
schrebera
scbreiberi
Soitaminese ...
Sciurus
Scobuva
Scolia
Scoliidas
Scolopax
scolopax
Scolopendra
Scolytidse
Scoparia
Scoparianse
Scops ...
Scopula
Scorpoenidaa
Scotocerea
scotochlora
Scropbularinese
Bculpta ...
scutulata
scutulatus
scythe
seena
segetiB
Selagia
selectus
selenophora ...
Selliguea
Semecarpua
setuibaccata ...
somicarpifolia
semiherbida ...
semivinosa
Semnopithecus
scna
PAGE
361
... 361
... 426
49, 490
... ... i Od
... ... 359
... 105, 422
... 189, 190
• •• ■•■ OtJ
145
457
... 20
• •• •• • Ox o
369
• • • •• • 040
485
555
• • • ••• I DO
.,. 496
... ... 360
... 360
... 254, 354
... 353, 731
... 534
169
212, 224, 550
212
667
... 221, 223
129
145
609
550
... 652, 653
... 668
... 536, 731
••• ••• lo2
71
... ... 603
... ... oA
13
484
... 102, 421
... 284, 542
... 149, 155
640
607
^06
369
... 55, 490
senna ...
sennoides
sensitiva
separata
sepiaria
septentrionale...
9eptentrionis ...
Septentrionum...
sergius
sericea...
sericeipennis ...
sericeus
seriopuncta
seriziatalis
seronis
serrata
serrato-dentatu m
serrator
serratum
serratus
Sesamum
Sesbania
Sesia ... ...
Sesianfe
setigerum
setipes
setosum
severina
severus
shallada
Bhacdura
shervilli
shiva
Shorea
siaruea
sibirica
Sibinas
sichelii ...
Sida ... ...
Sideroxylon ...
sidonis
sieboldi
sigillata
siguata... ...
significans
sikkima
sikkimensis ...
silhetana
similis
simillima
simplex 1)1,
pag£
• • • ••• ••• 4«f 1
••• ••• •■• o ~i iy
.»• ••• ••• tJTO
• •• •*• ••• DU(j
...538, 539, 544, 550
424
... 486
... ... ... 1 1* <j
... ... ... do*.
542
*•• ••• ••• OoO
650
226
••■ ••• ••• ZA±
• >• ••• *•• T-'i
■•• ••• ••■•'41
423, 426, 428
160
**■ ••• ••• ''''.j
• •• ••• ••• Ox x
,, * •■• • • • O ' > 1
••« ... ••• 54ij
644,645
630
426, 429
• •• ••• • •• OOi
• •• ••• • • • *t_j h
• *. •■■ ••• ''f-j
254, 673
• •• ••• ••• 4oo
487
... 650
382, 537, 539
•*• ••• ••• • >4 4-
.»• • •«• ••• OjtA
• •• ■•• ••< iit>l
• •• ••• • ■ • *' 0*J
• • . . . * •«* Oiiy
287, 291
• •• • •* ••• i ' ' l
• • a »•• •• • ' ' 4 "1
• •» *•• ••■ 4o*7
• •• ••• ■•• —■ ■'-
■ «• ••• ••■ r ■ ' ' I
494, 606
• •• ••• ... 4 J I
411
• • • ••■ — ' I i ) t> I i.
609, 644
93, 427, 436, 492, 630
INDEX,
lxxiii
slmulata
SimuludsB
Simurabesa
sindianus
sinensis 54, 77, 255, 412,
singalensis
sirtba
sinhala
siuorix
sinuata ...484, 539,
sinuosa
Siphia
siphouantbus
Sirex
sissoo
sitana ... ...
Sitta
Sittidse
Sittiparus
siva
sivalensis
Stnerinthulus
Smerinthus
Smitbia
srnyrneusis
sobria ... ...
Bocialis
socrates
Solanacese
Solarium
solans ...
solitarius
sommervillei
Sonerila
sonnerati
sordida
Sotalia ... ...
Soymida
spadicella
Spalgis ... 47, 303,
sparsata ... ...
sparsum
Spatholobus ...
Spatula
speciosa
speciosum
speciosus
spectabiliB
Spectrum
Spercbius
Spermacoce
PAGE
492
• •» ••» ool
■•« ••* Oil
• ■* ••• oOl
414, 689, 665
««• ••• 'lOi'
... 484, 488
... 43, 486
487
603, 604, 651
611
• a. a • • ■ ' -J X.
... ... 552
170
... *•* 044
484
... 157, 455
• •• ■•• 400
510
... ... 158
703
... 635, 642
... 639-643
543
• •• ••• t)0«7
••• ... 60S
458
... ... 650
*•• ••• oou
• • • •• • OoU
... ••• 4*7j£
■•• ••* o/u
546
664
... ... I • ' —
411-414
... ••• U'i I
• •■ •*• DO
305, 357, 490
• •• ... _ijO
... 426
• ■ . ••• •) T i>
... 340, 354
• a. *•■ i)'i i*
• •• ... OOO
... ••« ooo
... 582, 639
• •• •*. \)oA
... 639, 640
... ••% t)4o
spenosa
sphajropteris ...
Sphecodes
Spbegidsa
Spbex
Sphingidaa
SpbingonaBiopsis
Spbinx 631-634,
Sphyrasna
spicata
Spilonota
SpiloruiB
spiuarum
Spinifera
Spiniiex
spinigera
spinoletta
spinosa ...
spinosus
spiratum ...
Spizsetus
spleudens
8pleadidum
Sponias
sponsa
Sporajginthus ...
Sporobolus
spretus
squalida
squamigerum ...
Squaraipermes...
squamosa
squarrosa
squarrosum
squarrosus
sreapa
Stacbitarpheta
stagnatilis
Stamnodes
Statina
staudingeri
SteganopcdeB ...
stellaris
stellata
Stemmatopbora
Stemodia
Stemona
Stenia
steniella
Steno ...
PAGE
420, 424:
... ... ... ODl/
... 1, 361
... 10, 11, 361, 531
... ... 133, 630
... ... ... D*i D
643, 645, 647-650, 653
• a. ••• taa 1*0
• •• ••• ... JLOx
160, 731
372, 670
«■« ••• ••• OtO
«•• «•• «•• '"'.>
.«. ••• ... OOD
... ... _•# OOi
• •• ... ••• I'iO
... 287, 551
■ ■• ••• .t- OOj
• •• -•• «•• OOO
372, 670, 716, 735
255, 369, 717
... ... ... 360
542, 702
• •• ... •«* O/u
141, 157
.*■ ••• •• a 1 04
• •• .a. ••• -1 J "X
• a. • •« »*9 'Oil
423, 425, 428
• • ■ •» • • • J. - o
• •• ••• • • • u*>o
... .a. »•»• OtI
• a. ... .a. 4w->
.a. »•• ••• DOO
... ... a* • f> Li O
• •■ »• a •(• Ol)d
254
.a* ... •* • -J')
• a. ... ... 551
«•» **• ... Ji\)
■ •a .»• m»t OOO
... ... • * a 4 L
77, 550
... ••» ••• Ooo
207, 208
••« .«■ ••• 0 OU
.a. *uu .a* OOO
... ... ••• -J I -*
... ••• ..a OX
412, 414
lixiv
INDEX.
Stenoloma
stentoriu8
stentsi ...
steuura
Stephegyne ...
Sterculia
Sterculiacea? ...
Stereospermum
Stericta
Sterna ... ...
SternidiB
sterrhalis
stewarti
stichius
Stichophthalmia
stigmata
stigmosum
stigmus... ...
Stilbum
Btipularis
stipulata
Stizus
stolatus
stoliczkana
stolidus
Stoparola
Stormopastor ...
strabo
stracheyi
straminea
straminealis ...
strath ersi
Streblus
streperua ...
striata
striataria
striatifera
striatus
stricta
stnctua
strigerella
Striges
Strigidge
striginervella ...
strigosa
striolata
striolatus
Strix
Strobilauthes ...
Strobilanthus ...
Strophiata .,.
PAGE
• • • a*, oo « X *.U
253, 456
... ... 604
254, 722
286, 547
281,282, 540
281, 540
... 289, 551
• • • ••• ••• 00
s • . ... • • * fJL
• •• ••• • o . 4 L
... ••• «.. M J (7
95,96, 427
*•• ••• ... 4f0
297, 300, 485
• •• ••• ••• 'i'I
88, 427
••• ... 1) 1<£
•*• ••• •• • oOU
••a ••• ••• '••) —
• •• ••• ... *yOO
... ... ••• ODi.
...347, 372, 525, 534
• • • ••• ••• u l ' .'
... ••• ... 160
••• ••• ... 'i'i»i
• •• ••• • « • 4 ou
48,489
• • • *• • ••• i 40
371,453
209,213,221
... ... ••« J.oU
• •• •• • • • • OOi
••• •• • ... o4U
158,468,510
226
258, 495
284,548
... ... 556
9P>
... ... ... _j • '
... ... ... ob /
... ... ... 00/
... ... ... JO
... ... ... •)<!'!
141
• • . *a a 1 Oj 4 / _J
...160, 534, 667, 735
289,583
... ... ... 726
... ... ... oJX
StrophiJia ...
Struthiopteris
Strychnos
Sturnia ...
Stnrnidaa ...
Sturnus
stygianus ...
styracifoliuB ...
Suada
Suastna
suaveolens
suavissima
subarqaata
sabasper
subciliaria
subdentata
subdita
suberosa
subfalcatum ...
Bubfasciata
subfiavalis
subgrisea
subgriseua
snbhyalinalis ...
subnubilla
snbocellata
subochraceum...
subpunctatus ...
subquinata
subroseus
subrufa ...
substrigilis
subundulata ...
subvillosa
snbvitrealis
succinctum ...
suffructicosa ...
suffructicosum...
suffnsa
sulphuralis
sundra
superba ...
superbus
superciliaris ...
sura
suratensia
Surendra
Surniculus
surga
suryndama
PAS 12
**» • •• »•• o jU
... kti • •• »— U
*•• ... • •« Or,'
253, 462
• •• .. » •• . 4*>i5
• • • ... •■ • I It)
... * • • • ■ i T J U
• • . • • . ... ''lO
••*> »•• ••• Odd
• •» ••• •■• o'Jo
...53, 308, 311, 496
543, 547, 551, 553
• a. ... .a. jC'J
... ••• ..* *j O x
193, 393, 394
140
486, 488
538, 543
85, 427
••* a*. ,. • 4 0 i
• » • • » • » . « .J U /
496
160, 348, 368
... at • •«• -J I J
* t • ... •*• 4y o
635, 637
• •• ••. aaaXOi
... ... ... 160
423, 425
• -• ... ... 4«fo
*• • ••• .. . Juo
••• ... 635, 636
• •• • «• *.a 14U
... ... ... 424
•• • •• • •» • _ 1 o
...187, 188, 436,528
... ... 546, 553
.a. ... ... 5uO
• •• *•* ... TOO
••• ••• ... 361
... ... ... 545
... 496, 555, 586, 642
... ... ... 114;
... ••• <■•• wOl
»■• ... ... TC.M>
... 719
304,305,491
... ... 665
491-493
486
••• ...
INDEX.
Ixxv
susannsB
Sutera
Butleji
sutoriua
suya
swaha
Sweitetiia
Bweitenia
sweiteuioides .,
swinhoei
swinhoii ••
eykesii
Sylepta
sylvanus
Bylvatica
Bylvestris
Sylvia
Sylvicidsa
sylvicola
Symbreathia ..
sympathetica ..
Symphasdra
Synancea
SynchloB
Syrnium
systoma
Systropha
szovitzii
tabitha
Taccocia
Tachornis
Tackysphex
Tachytes
Tadorna
Tseniopsis
tagalica
Tagiadea
Tajuria
Tamarindus
tambra
tamilana
tamu
Tanaecia
tancrai
Tantalus
tapestrina
taplini
taprobana
PAGE
••• ••• «•• DOO
• •• ■•• ••» oou
■ ■ o ••• ••• 4 o J
• •• ••• «*• tOO
140
• •« •• a a* • TO I
• •• ••• «•• Oil
• a* ••• •• • 04 J,
• •• ••• ••• 040
484,491,496
658
460
216, 226
• • • ••• «• • Old
• •a ... ••• OlO
• *• •♦• ••• 000
• »• ••• IxO.OOO
•*• ••• ••• 400
252, 460
297, 300, 484
284
46, 298-300, 356, 486
... ••• •»• 129
• •• ••• ••* o*>s
369, 667
507, 508
••• ••• ••• 5 * o
••• ••• ••• t j-i
• •• ••
... 487
*^« ••• ••• uOO
-a. 661
a* • ••• ••• *' '-'1
••• ••• •■• o
... 338, 350, 354, 733
• a a ••• ••• J> Uu
• a a •• a aaa OtO
807,311
• • • ••• ... 4>7
285, 544
*• • < • • »»m 400
494
«•• ••• • •• 4 JU
298, 300, 484
• »• aaa a. a DO 4
• a • ••• ■•■ t J. 1
• aa ••■ ••• 400
aaa • »• aaa IrO
45, 486, 493
taprobanes
Tarache
Taractrocera
Tarucus
Taxila
Tecoma
Tectona
Tj66SJ1 aaa
Tegulifera
Teinopalpus
Telchinia
telephioides
telephus
Telicota
Temenuchus
temmincki
templetonii
temporalis
tenellum
tenera ...
tenlelum
tenuicauda
tenuifolia
tenuifolium
tenuifrons
tenuis ...
tephnia ...
Tephrodornis
TephroBia
Teracolus
Teratausta
teredon
Terias
Terinoa
Termes
Terminalia
Termitidse
Termopsis
ternatea
ternatum
Terpsiphone
terrestris
Tesia
testacea
testacipes
Tetinus
Tetracerus
Tetralonia
tetranda
Tetraogallus
tetrasperma
PAGE
••o «•• <57o) *> i ..'
• a* •«• aaa ,")OL
«•• ^um Ot)| 4«/0
302, 488
• a • aaa a . a OO X
552, 679
aaa *K aaa U • '■■'
207
307, 494
44, 486
• a* ••• ••• 0£>*7
• •• ••• ••• 4JiE
54
• a a aaa ■>• 4 '>-<
• ■a ••• OOl j *>0.7
• •• ••• • •• 4i'*J
43 0, 503
... 423, 428
aaa «•• • •■ 040
• •• *»n •■■ *rJO
*•• ••• ••• *' *
• • a aaa aaa 4 ,j X
• •• ••• 4«40j 4 - .*
425, 429
564, 577, 606
• a* ••• *•• tOO
160, 252, 460
542
50, 51, 306, 361, 492
aaa ••• • •» --J*)
• a* *•• aaa 4 *' 4
... 50, 306, 357, 419
297, 300
378, 379, 381
285, 532, 545
... 168, 359, 376, 377
445, 446
• m» ••• •• • 'Hi)
108, 109, 428
... 255, 465
o.a ••* m»* 04U
irft.. ••• ••• Oil
••• ... ... 652
«•• ... 584
. , a •■■ •• • OOO
••• ••• *•• 04 O
360, 579
291, 554
••• ••• *•• J- ■> '
293, 554
hcxvi
INDEX.
Tetrodon
teuta
thais
Tbalassodes
Thalassophryna
thalictroides ...
Thamnobia
Tbamncecha ...
Tbamnopteris ...
Tharraleus
Thaumantis
Tbecla...
tbeclata
thelephassa ...
thelypteris
thelypteroides ...
theophrastus ...
Thereiceryx
thermodusa
theseus ... ...
Thespesia
thetis
Thevetia
theylia...
thisbe
thisorella
Thlyptoceras ...
thomsoni
thoosalis
thoracica
t> ii nix ••• •*•
Tbriponax
thryssa ... ...
Tbunbergia
tbwaitesi
thyelia
Tbylocoptila ...
tbymbron
Thymelacese ...
tbymifolia ...
Tbynnus
tbyodamas
Thyrididse
thyrsis ...
Thysanoptera ...
Thysanura
thysbe
tibialis
tickelli
Tickellia
Tiga
PAGE
... ♦• • 1 *j t
484
484
••• ••• Zao
• * • » » . 1 — o
• •• •• • i40
... 255, 465
... 6S1, 634
421
145
... 298, 485
304, 305, 490
... ... 326
... ... QU-L
426
425
48, 489
... 656
... ... *1 .J 'z
489
... 280, 539
... 48, 491
548
... 13S, 134
644
... .... 'iJj
... ... Zl (
... ... i — v
... lit a1|
... ... 646
496
... 656
126
... ... oox
... ••• 637
... 485
«• a ••• — i
... ••• ityo
• * * •• • *j ■ " '
«■• ••• •'■'.)
• • • •• • J. — ' *
46, 485
«•• «•• -J J ■ >
• •• • •• D4
... 166, 175
175
493
... . .. oft
... ... * ' > •>
... 4 - ' I _J
... ... K)00
tigrina
tigris
Tiliaceas
tiliEefolia
Timelia
Timelunfe
timesius
tiraeus
timoleon
Timora
tinctoria
Tinea
Tineidse
Tineina
Tiniiunculus ...
tinulatum
tirucalli ...
tissa
titan ... ...
titania
titbymaloides ...
Toddalia
tomentosa 532,
tomentosum ...
tomentosuB
topela ... ...
cora ... ...
torenia
torquata
torquatus
torqnilla
torrentium
torridaria
Totanus ...
Totinus
totta ...
Tracbinua ...
Tragia
Tragopan
Tragnlns
tranquillaris
transitoria
travancoricus
Trewia
triangularis ...
Tribulus
Tribura
Trichodectus ...
Tribcodesma ...
Tricbornanes ...
trichoinanes ...
PAGE
197, 490, 499, 501
• • • ... ••• ooo
, 282, 540
282, 540, 550
••• •• • ••• ooo
• •• ••• ••• -J •_) J
• •• •• • •» ooo
• •• •• • ■• t 4 J \)
• • • • • • • • ■ 40
602
288, 542, 547, 549
• •• • » » •*• f)o
• • • ■•■ • • • 4oD
• •• ••■ hi jJi)
131, 352, 369, 673
«•• ... *•• i — "t
• •• •■• - ■ ' < .' i >
• ■• ••• •■• 'i.'O
... ... ... 637
• »■ ••• (■"*• *r ('.j
• •• •• * ••• ■) i J't
• •• •■■ ... O'iU
540, 545-7, 549, 552
291, 558
• •• •■• • •• — •' 1
140, 141
544
• •• ••• •■. '.Iti*
••• ••• ••• OOiJ
... ... ... 666
... ••• *■• oO 1
425
... *. • ... O - I
254, 353
• * • •• . ... o i o
98,427
• •• »• • ••• 1-Jt'
■»• ••• ... uD't
• *• ••■ ... •>'.'.''
156,160,249
• •• ••■ «.. Du<a
... •• • .. . t > •) .'
499, 505
... ... ... 554
... ... ... 501
... 540
... ... ... XoJ.
... ... ... 377
... ... ... 'i4,'
420, 424
• • • • « . «• • 1 -
INDEX.
Isxvii
158,
Tricbophysetis
Tricbosautbes
tricoloralis
tridentata
trifida
trifle-rum.
trifoliata
trifoliatus
trifureata
trigona ...
trigonata
trigonifera
trigonopbora ...
triguttalis
trijuga ...
trilineatus
trilobatum
trilobus...
trimaculatus ...
Trimeresurus ...
trinervis
trinervius
Triuga ...
triopas
Triphsena
Triptogon
tripudians
tripuuctatus ...
Tristellateia ...
tristis ...
Triumfetta
tviurnpbator ...
trivena
trivirgatus ...
Trochalopterura
trochilus
Trogones
Trogonidse
Tropidonotus, 347/8, 371/2, 524/5
truncata
Trypoxylon
Tryxalia
tsiela ...
tuberculosis
tuberosa
tumidella
turbata
turcestanica
TurdidEB
Turdinae
Turdus
13
PAGE
206
547
20
550
543
542
, ... ... «j^*j
490
, ... ... 548
369, 372, 524, 733
26
26
oi 4.
. ... ... ^i^
54 °
... 638
550
. ... ... 04 O
158
534, 730
... 552
... 543
156, 254
... 491
... 607
640, 644
524, 525
... 492
... 540
462, 486
... 540
... 494
... 484
372, 672
... 251
47, 489
... 663
... 663
,534,536
... 651
8,361
... 188
292, 554
... 115
549, 555
... 27
209, 637
... 582
... 465
... 465
... 354
639,
403,406,407
450,
turgida
tnrkudi
Turnix
Turpinia
tursio
Tursiops ...
Turtur
Turtus
tusalia
tvlodes
Tylognathus ...
Tyndis
Typblops
tytia
PAGE
... 549
330
• • • ••• ••• o7_i
••• ••• ••• 513
40, 409—411
— 40, 408, 410, 411
...160, 252, 352, 353
• •• ••• .. . i I i
• t • ■ a • * . • O I O
• •• ••■ •••41c
• •• ••• ...''■'.
209
160
... ... ... 4S6
ubaldus
Udaspes
ulceratalis
uliginosa
uljaninii
umbellatum ...
Umbellifera? ...
uncia
undatus
undulasfolia ...
undularis
undnlata
undulatus
undulosa
unicauda
unicolor ...
uniformalia
uniformis
uuilaterale
uuipuDcta
unita
Unona
Upupa
Upupaj
Upupidje
Urseotyphlus ...
IlraniidsB
uranus
Urapteroides ...
Uraria
Urena
urens
Uroloncba
361
54, .309
224
547,551
... ... 584
287
537
... ... 7 o •*
... ..o boo
... ... OOt
487
735
• •• ••• i Oi*
*.. ... 63<
••• ••• .>_■''
355
33
490,491,034,645
425
611
... 558
... 538
255, 351, 660
660
660
_ 509
• •• -..<_> i .'
489
i ••• • • • O — -J
543
• ••• •<• OOi'
293, 540, 555
140, 468, 469
Ixxviii
INDEX.
Uromastix
urophyllutn
ursinus
Ursus
Urticaceae
u stabs
ustnlalis
Utricularia
vagans
vaginalis
vablii
v-albuni
Valeria
vamana
Vanellus
Vanessa
Vangueria
varata
Varanus
varia
variabilis
varians
variegata
variegatella ...
variolosa
varius
varmona
varuna
varunana
vasanta
vasica
veda
vedettus
vellea
velocissimus ...
velox
veloxina
velutina
venal ba
venata
venenosa
Venilia
venosus
Ventilabris
Ventilago
ventralis
venulosum
venusta
PAGE
,.. 733
81, 427
144, 735
... 707
291, 554
... 215
... 215
550, 551
... 491, 651
•>. ... 543
... ... OiO
611
494
486
... 353, 723
297, 300, 484
287
486
... ... 536
... ... 658
217
425
644
20
651
... 664, 733
484
495
489
485
... 289, 552
•>• •«• 485
• •• ••# OoJ
... 98, 427
585
••• 188, 633
• •• ••• ODD
538
613
491
126
• •• ... 226
489
... 584
641
.. 160, 645
547
... 551 i
venustum
Verbenaceas
verma
vermictilatus
vernalis
Vtrnonia
verrucosus
Vespa
vesta
vestal is
veBtita
vicerex
Viduinre
vigens
Vigna
vildersalis
vhloea
Vinca
vincfcoria
vindhia ,
vindbiana
Violacese .
violaceipennis .
violas
Vipera
Viperidas
Virachola
viraja ...
virens
virescens
virgaurea
virgens
virginianum ..
virgo
viridanus
viride
viridirostris
viridis
viridissima
viscida
vucivorus
viscosa
Viscum
Vitex
Vitis
Vittaria
vittatus
Viverricula
viverrima
volubilis
vulcanus
PAGE
• • 9 ••• _''?..'» • ' ' ' ->
• • • ••• Mt tOi
581, 666
... ... « • . — j
... ... ... 501
... ... ....>'>''
486
492
100, 427
... ... ... I o -J
... ... ... lDo
... ... - - . ' ' - ' ~
543
• •> ••• • • • *j 1 O
540, 542
• •• ••• ••• 0*rO
••• • • • ••• 4o i
• • • ••• ••■ TOI
53, 160, 496
• •• ••» •■■ Ooo
• •• ••• •«• O(jo
44, 486
...134, 358, 526, 534
113
496
46, 103, 427, 485, 607
34, 494, 645
490
181
109, 110
... 731
253, 458, 521
• • • • • • •■ • 4 _j O
• • * ••• •• ■ OOO
349, 530, 656, 658
... 577
543
... 354
538, 544, 550
••• ••• *•« _jJU
289, 552
541, 589
458
'" ... ... < ->-j
... 526
, 427, 544
, 49, 490
INDEX.
Ixxix
vulgalis
vulgaris
vulgatum
Vnltur
Vulturidse
wallichi
WalUchiana
wallichii
waltlii
wardi
wattii ...
Webera
Wendlandia
weranga
westermanni
whitelyi
wilfordii
Woodford ia
woodrowii
Woodsia
wroughtoni
PAGE
• •• ••• ••• » * . AJ 1 (J
79, 130,190,353,395,486,
702, 723
106, 107, 428, 429
••• •• • ••• ■«■ uuo
369
425
• •• ••• '1 j (
Q
• •• • • • •»/
468, 485, 497
424
547
• • • ••■ ■ l I I
487
490
... 644
424
... 546
... ... oOo
420
... 8, 445, 446
xanthocarpum..
Xanthelasma ...
xanthoschita ...
Xanthota^nia ...
Xanthothysana
xenocles
Xenographia ..
Xenorhynchus...
xiphia
Xylia
Xylocopa
xylocoparis
xylodes
xylopyrus
yama
... 550
252, 657
... 512
... 297
224, 226
... 495
... 226
... 74
50, 493
... 545
... 360
... 645
418, 426
... 541
... 487
yarnoides
yarkundensis
Yphthima
yphthimoides
ypsilon
yunx
zaida
zalmora
Zarnenis
zaneka
Zanthoxylum
zarona
zayla
zebra
zebrinus
zelima ...
zelmira
Zemeros
zephyrua
zeriaspa
zeroca
Zeuxidia
zeuxippus
zeuzeroideB
zeylanica
zeylonensis
zeylonica
zeylonicus
Zesius
Zinaspa
Zingiber
zipelli
Zizera
Zizyphus
Zographastus
zoilus
Zonilia
zonorhyncha
Zornia
Zosterops
Zygophyllea?
zytenius ' .
PAGK
487
.301,487,497, 530
488
. ... ... 604
» ... ... 645
... ... ... 4o"x
489
348, 368, 372, 525,
534, 733
492
282
, 303
485, 498
• • • ■ 4 «i# T^U
»• *•• • • • *±J l»
a • •• * • • • "i' »'
302, 488
304, 305
490
484
298, 300
ii • • ■ • • *, *i '. ' ■ >
•• ••• •• • O T X
..539,548, 549, 726
.. 667, 719
... ... 656
49, 304, 305
498
... 555
93
47, 361
283, 291, 541
■ • •«•, ••§ OvO
i • '••• • • • "1 ■ ' ' '
• ... 633, 653
718
... 261, 726
i • • • • • • * O'l \r
4S0
THE
JOURNAL
OF THE
Bombay Natural History Society.
EDITED BY
n . ivr . r> h i r» s o jv , c.m.z.s.,
AND
-W. S. MILLARD.
VOL. XV, No. 1.
Date of publication, 10th June 1903.
Price to Non-Members ^s- 6-0
PKINTED AT THE " TIMES OF INDIA. " PRESS,
BOMBAY-
1438-03
CONTENTS OF THIS NUMBER.
PAGE.
New Species of Indian Hymenoptera. By Major C. G. Nurse, 13th
Bombay Iufantry 1
The Moths of India. Supplementary Paper to the Volumes in
" The Fauna of British India." Series II., Part IX. By Sir
G. F. Hampson, Bart., f.z.s., f.e.s 19
On Two Cetaceans from Travancore. By H. S. Ferguson. With
a Note on the same. By R. Lydekker, b.a., f.r.s., f.g.s., &c.
(With Plates A & B) 38
A List of the Butterflies of the Konkan. By E. H. Aitken
and E. Comber 42
The Poisonous Plants of Bombay. By Lieut.-Colonel K. R. Kirtikar,
i.m.s., f.l.s., Member, Association Internationale des Botanistes,
Holland, Civil Surgeon, Ratnagiri. Part XX. [With Plate V.) ... 56
The Birds of the Madhubani Sub-Division of the Darbhanga
District, Tirhut, with Notes on Species noticed elsewhere
in the District. By C. M. Inglis. Part VI 70
The Ferns of North-Western India. By C. W. Hope. Part III —
The General List 78
Snake-Bites and Poisonous Fishes. By P. W. Bassett-Smith,
M.R.C.S., R.N. o 112
Miscellaneous Notes —
1. Size of remarkable Trees. By G. Marshall Woodrow 131
2. Nesting notes from Kashmir. By Kenneth Buchanan, Major, 4th Sikhs. 131
3. Notes on a few Caterpillars of Indian Sphingidfe. By A. H. Mosse,
Lieut., i.s.c 13P,
4. Number of eggs of the Daboia (,Vij)era russelli^). By A. H. Mossej
Lieut., i.s.c ., 134
5. The incubation of a Cuckoo's egg. By A. H. Mosse, Lieut., I.S.C,
Assist, Political Agent, Mahi Kantha 134
6. A Centipede eating a Snake. (With^ a PTwtagrapti.') By W. P. Okeden, 135
7. A Man-eating Panther. By L. S. Osmaston, Deputy Conservator of
Forests 135
8. Note on the breeding of certain Herons, etc., in Southern India. By H.
N. Packard, Capt., R.A .'. 138
9. Queer find of a Painted Snipe's egg. By H. N. Packard, Capt., R.A, ... 139
10. Bird's nesting in Southern Shan States of Burma. By H. H.
Harrington, Capt 140
11. Rare Ducks. By E. C. Stuart Baker 141
12. Gazelle taking to Water. By G. S. Rodon, Major 142
13. The Crested Grebe. By E. C. Stuart Baker 142
14. Food of the Hamadryad or King Cobra. By W. H. Craddock 143
15. Occurrence of the Cotton Teal (Fettapus eoromandeliantts) in Sind.
By J. W. Parrington, Lieut., 47th Battery, R.F.A 143
16. Food of Mfilursus ursinus (The Sloth-Bear or Indian Bear). By H. R.
G. Hasted c 144.
{Continued on third page of cover?)
CONTENTS OF THIS N U M B E R—(conchl).
Miscellaneous Notes— concld. page.
17. Felis lengalensis (The Leopard Cat). By H. E. G. Hasted ,. 144
18. Notes on Birds near Quetta. By J. W. Watson, Capt., I.MS 144
19. Note on Hieraetus fasciatus. By W. D. dimming ]4,",
20 Prehistoric-Man-Hunting in India. By H. W. Seton-Karr 14(;
21. Drought-resisting Fodder Plants for India. By W. Wedderbnrn J4S
Proceedings of the Meetings held on the 5th February, 5th March and
16th April 1903 ■. 156
BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY,
NOTICE,
The back numbers of the Society's Journal are still to be obtained at the
following rates : —
Apply to the HONORARY SECRETARY,
Bombay Natural History Society,
Ji. signifies " rejmnt " and no plates.
THE
JOURNAL
OF THE
Bombay Natural History Society.
EDITED BY
H . 3VI . PHIPSON, CIVI.Z.S ,
AND
■w . s. ove i r. il. -a. r. r» .
VOL. XV, No. 2.
D<xfe 0/ publication, 28th October, 1903.
Price to Non-Members . . . ... ••• ••• Rs. 6-0
PRINTED AT THE "TIMES OF INDI1 " PRESS,
BOMBAY.
2972-03
CONTENTS OF THIS NUMBER.
PAGE.
Insect Life in India and How to Study it, being a Simple Account
of the more important families of insects, with examples of
the Damage they do to Crops, Tea, Coffee and Indigo Con-
cerns, Fruit and Forest Trees in India. (With a Plate.) By
E. P. Stebbing, f.l.s., f.e.s 163
A List of the Batrachians known to inhabit the Malay Peninsula,
with some Remarks on their Habits, Distribution, &c. By A.
L. Butler, f.z.s., m.b.o.u., &c. (Director of Game Breservation,
Soudan Government) 193
The Moths of India. Supplementary Paper to the Volumes in
"The Fauna of British India." Series II., Part X. {With
Plate C.) By Sir G. F. Hampson, Bart., f.z.s., f.e.s 206
The Gaur and the Gayal {Eos gaurus and Eos frontalis). By E. U.
Stuart Baker, f.z.s 227
The Birds of Travancore. By H. S. Ferguson, f.l.s. : with Notes
on their Nidification. By T. F. "Bourdillon, f.l.s. ( With a
Plate) 249
Notes on the Anopheles in Ceylon and on the Life History of
Anopheles Fuliginosus. Giles. By Major N . Manders, r.a.m.c,
f.e.s. (With Remarks and Drawings — Plates A and B — by E. E.
Green, f.e.s., Entomologist to the Government of Ceylon.) 265
The Trees and Shrubs of the Lonavla and Karla Groves. By G.
A. Gammie, f.l.s., Professor of Botany and Agriculture, College of
Science, Poena 279
The Classification of the Lepidoptera Papilionina. By L. C H.
Young, Entomological Hony. Secy, to the Bombay Natural History
Society .* 294
44 Kills " by Carnivorous Animals, being some Remarks on the
Method of their Identification. By W. A. Wallinger, Divisional
Forest Officer, Dharwar 312
A Catalogue of the Heterocera of Sikhim and Bhutan. By G. C.
Dudgeon, f.e.s., with Notes by H. J. Elwes, f.r.s., &c, and
Additions by Sir George Hampson, Bart., b.a., f.e.s., &c. Part XV. 319
The Anopheles of Karwar (North Kanaka). {With a Plate.) By H.
Cogill, M.R.C.S., l.r.C.p., Acting Civil Surgeon, Sholapur 327
The Birds of the Madhubani Sub-Division of the Darbhanga
District, Tirhut, with Notes on Species noticed elsewhere
in the District. By C. M. Inglis. Part VII 337
Miscellaneous Notes —
1. Late Stay of Snipe. By. C. D. Lester, Captain 344
2. A Panther Experience. By. T. R. D. Bell 344
3. The Four-homed Antelope QTetracerus quadricornW). By G. S. Rodon,
Major ! 346
{Continued on third page of cover.)
CONTENTS OF THIS N U M B E R—(conckQ.
Miscellaneous Notes— concld. page.
4. The Nesting of the Yellow-browed Bulbul (lute icterlca") and the Spot-
ted Babbler (Pdlomeum rujicejjs'j. By R. M. Betham, Major, 8ch
Bombay Infantry 340
5. Food of Dryophis inycterizans. By A. M. Primrose 347
6. Note on Clangula glaucion (The Golden-Eye). By E. C. Stuart
Baker, F.z.s 348
7. The Enemies of Butterflies. By C. G, Nurse, Major, 13th Bombay
Infantry 349
8. Curious accident to a Kingfisher. By E. C. Cholmondeley 350
9. Late stay of the Sheldrake (TacUrna cornuta) in Tirhut and peculiar
form of Albinism in the Common Heron (Ardea cintrea). By Chas.
M. Inglie 350
10. Notes on Birds near Quetta. By T. E. Marshall, Capt., K.A 351
11. Sambar killed by Wild Dogs. By Reginald H. Heath 355
12. Further notes on Konkan Butterflies. By E. Comber 356
13. The Golden Cat (Fe.lis temmineki). By L. 0. Clarke, I.C.S 357
14. Dr. Calmette1s Antitoxic Serum and the Poison of the Daboia (Vipera
Russdli"). By G. S. Rodon, Major 355
15. Ferocity of the Hamadryad or King-Cobra (Naia buKgarug). By W.
Raby Noble 358
16. Notes on the Insects of Quetta. By C. G. Nurse, Major, 13th Bombay
Infantry 359
17. Curious accident to the Common Swift QCypsehis. affinis). By M. D.
Mackenzie 362
18. Four interesting Bombay Plants. (With 3 Plates.) By G. Marshall
Woodrow 363
19. Rat killed by lead-poisoning. By A. C. Yate, Lieut. -Cob, 2nd Baluch
Battn 364
20- The Food and Poison of Centipedes. By W. D. dimming 364
21. Jatropha cureas. By F. Gleadow 365
22. Parasites in Peregrine Falcons. By S. Delme Radcliffe, Capt., Meywar
Bhil Corps ~ 365
23. Dioscorea dcemona. Roxb. By G. M. Ryan, i.f.s., F.L.S 366
Pboceedings of the Meetings held on the 23rd July and 24th September
1903.., 86*
BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.
ITOTIOE.
The back numbers of the Society's Journal are still to be obtained at the
following rates : —
Apply to the HONORARY SECRETARY,
Bombay Natural History Society,
Ji, signifies " reprint " and no plales.
THfi
JOURNAL
OF THE
Bombay Natural History Society.
EDITED BY
K . 1VX . F- H I I* S O Ptf , C.3VI.Z.S.,
AND
■w. S. MI H. L -A. R r> .
VOL. XV, No. 3.
Date 0/ publication, loth February, 1904-
Price to Non-Members... ... ... ••• Rs. 6-0
PRINTED AT THE " TIMES OF INDIi" PRESS,
BOMBAY.
5702-94
CONTENTS OF THIS NUMBER.
PAGE
Insect Life in India and How to Study it, being a Simple Account
of the more important Families of Insects, "with Examples of
the Damage they do to Crops, Tea, Coffee and Indigo Con-
cerns, Fruit and Forest Trees in India. Part II. By E. P.
Stebbing, f.l.s., f.e.s 375
A List of the Batrachians known to inhabit the Malay Peninsula,
with some Remarks on their Habits, Distribution, &c. By A.
L. Butler, f.z.s., m.b.o.u., &c. (Director of Game Preservation,
Sondan Government) 387
The Use of Calmette's Antivenene in Snake-Bite in India. By
Lt.-Col. W. B. Bannerinan, M.D., b.sc., f.r.s.e., Indian Medical
Service 403
On Two Dolphins from Madras. {With Plates C and D). By B.
Lydekker *,«..,..»..... 408
The Ferns of North-Western India. By C. W. Hope , 415
Descriptions of Three New Frogs from Southern India and
Ceylon. [With a Plate). By G. A. Boulenger, f.r.s., v.p.z.s 430
The Present Position of Economic Entomology in India. By H.
Maxwell-Lefroy, M.A., f.e.s., e.z.s , Entomologist to the Government
of India 432
A New Termite from India. Described by J. Desneux (Brussels) 445
The Colouration of Birds' Eggs. By D. Dewar, i.c.s 447
The Birds of Travancore. By H. S. Ferguson, f.l.s. : with Notes
on their Nidification. (With a Plate) Part II. By T. F.
Bourdillon, f.l.s 455
The Collections in the Society's Museum. By E. Comber, f.z.s. ... 475
Synonymic Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Papilionina in thk
Society's Collection. By L. C. H. Young, Hon. Secy., Insect Sec-
tion of the Bombay Natural History Society 483
Further Notes on the Classification of Indian Butterflies. By
L. C. H. Young , 498
A List of Travancore Batrachians. (With Plates A, B,and C.)
By H. S. Ferguson, f.l s , 499
Miscellaneous Notes —
1. Notes on the Breeding of Certain Birds near Darjeeling. By B. B.
Osmaston, i.f.s , 510
2. Occurrence of the Cotton Teal in Guzerat. By A. H. Mosse 515
3(a). Some Panther Notes. By A. H. Mosse 5]g
3 (&)• Some Panther Notes. By W. D. Gumming 517
4. Notes on the Nidification of the Indian Rlack-breasted Rain-quail
(jCorttirnix Cor ow and elica~). By R. II. Heath 518
5. The Nesting of (474) Zanivs collurlndes (the Burmese Shrike) and
0*12) Avtamus Fusciit (the Ashy Swallow Shrike) in Upper Burma.
By H. H. Harington, Capt £i<)
{Continued on third page of cover)
CONTENTS OF THIS N U M B E R—(concld.).
Miscellaneous Notes — contd. page
6. The Nesting of (117) Pomatorhlnus nuchalis (the Tweeddale Scimitar
Babbler). By H. H. Hariugton, Capt , 519
7. The Koel laying in the Nest of Rica rvstica^ the Magpie. By H. H.
Harington, Capt 520
8. Birds Nesting in Garwhal. By S. L. "Whymper 520
9. Sand-Grouse and Locusts. By K. H. Heath 522
10. Occurrence of the Dwarf Goose (Anser erythrcpus') in Assam. By E.
C Stuart-Baker 524
11. Cannibalism in Snakes. By F. Wall, Capt., i.m.s 524
12. The Oceanic, or Andaman Teal (JNnttium alligvlare). By Chas. M.
Inglis 525
12(5). The Oceanic, or Andaman Teal {Nettium alligulare). By N. F.
Wilson, Commander, B, I. M. S. <c Canning11 525
13. On the Penis of Russell's Viper. By F. Wall, Capt., i.m.s 526
14. Note on Young Fishing Cat Q'elis viverrina) By F. Wall, Capt., i.m.s. 526
15. The Manipnr Bush-quail, or Hume's Bush-qtail (Micrflpcrdix Mani~
parentis). By H. B. Thomhill, Lt.-Col 507
10. Locusts in Gujarat. By A. H. Mosse 523
17. Extraordinary Courage of a Panther. By L. C. Brodie ...••• 529
18. Occurrence of Sarcogramivw indicus (the Red-wattled Lapwing) in
the Dibrugarh Listrict, Upper Assam. By H. Stevens 529
19. Occurrence of Horeites brunneifrous (tli3 Rufous-capped Bush-warb-
ler). By H. Stevens 530
20. Butterflies of the Koukan District. By L. C. H. Young 530
21. Enemies of Insects. By L. C. H. Young 530
22. Occurrence of the Common Indian Bee-eater (_3/erops viridis} in
Baluchistan. By C. G. Nurse, Major, 113th Infantry 530
23. The Enemies of Butterflies. By H. Maxwell Lefroy 531
24. A Note on the Habits of Chlorion (Sphex) hiatus. By H. Maxwell
Lefroy 531
25. Abnormal Growth of Trees. By C. E. C. Fischer, I.F.S 532
26. Some Notes on Hanier Hawks in Uva, Ceylon. By F. Sikes 529
Proceedings of the Meetings held on the 5th November and 17th Decem-
ber 1903 534
BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.
The back numbers
following rates : —
Price to the
Public.
Vol. I.—
No. 1 ... Es. 2 0
» 2 ... „ !
NOTICE,
of the Society's Journal are still to be obtained at the
Price to
Members.
»
>'
2 0
2 0
-Rs. 8 0
Es. 1
,, 1
„ 1
„ 1
4
4
4
4
Vol. II.—
No. 1 ... Es. 2 0
„ 2 0
„ 2 0
„ 2 0
Es. 1
1
1
4 R
»
II
4
4
4
1 4
,Es. 8 0
Vol. III.—
No. 1 E..Es. 2 0
«• Z • • • m A 0
0
0
„ 3 E „ 2
„ 4 E „ 2
-Es. 8
Es. 1 4
1 4
1 4
1 4
0 Es.
ii
n
Vol. IV.—
No. 1 E.Es. 2 0
» 2E „ 2
,, D ... ,, 2
., 4E „ 2
0
0
0
-Es. 8
Es. 1 4
1 4
1 4
1 4
0 Es.
5)
>■
Vol. V.—
No. l...Es. 2 0
- . . .
4
l>
»J
• >l
2 0
2 0
2 0
-Es. 8
Es. 1 4
1 4
1 4
1 4
0 Rs.
ii
Vol. VI.—
No. 1... Es. 2 0
„ 2... „ 2 0
„ ili„ 3
-Rs. 9
Rs. 1 4
1 4
1 4
2 0
0 Rs.
Vol. VII.—
No. 1... Rs. 4 0
>'
3...
„ .j... „
5 2
4
4
4
i)
}'
0
0
0
0
Rs.
»
ii
II
■Rs. 5 0
-Rs. 5 0
5 0
5 0
5 0
5 12
-Rs. 18 0
8
S
8
8
4
— Rs. 11 4
Vol. VIII.—
No. 1... Rs. 4 0
2... „ 4 0
»
5)
■>
Rs. 2 8
2 8
4...
5...
0
0
I)
-Rs. 18 0
2 8
1 4
-Rs. 11 4
Carried forward Rs. 85 0
Rs. 53 4
Total ... Rs. 241 0
Es. 156 6
Apply to the HONORARY SECRETARY,
Bombay Natural History Society,
R, signifies " reprint " and no plates.
THE
JOURNAL
OK THE
Bombay Natural History Society.
EDITED BY
h . ivr . i* h i r» s o r^ , c.ive.z.ss.,
AND
"W. S. IVIILL.ARD.
VOL. XV, No. 4.
Date of publication, 27 tk Jane 100 If.
Price to Non-Members... ... Rs. 6-0
PRINTED AT THE "TIMES OF INDIA" PRES3,
BOMBAY-
1155-04
BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.
NOTICE.
The back numbers of the Society's Journal are still to be obtained at the
loUowinnr rates : —
Apply to the HONORARY SECRETARY,
Bombay Natural History Society,
R, signifies " reprint " and no plates-
THE
JOURNAL
OF THE
Bombay Natural History Society
EDITED BY
xx. 2ve. x»xxxx»soisr, crac.as.s.,
AND
•%JV. S. 3VEXXJIXa^k.X&X>.
VOL. I5C"V\ 2TO. 5-
Containing Title Page, Errata, Contents of Vol. XV, List of
Contributors, List of Plates, List of Office-bearers,
List of Members, Accounts for 1903,
Index to Vol. XV,
Date of publication, 16th October 190 Jf.
Price to Non-Members ... ... • . • ... ns. 2.
PRINTED AT THE "TIMES" PRESS,
'§ o m b a i) .
3080-04
NOTICE TO THE BINDER.
The contents of this Number should be arranged as follows, when
Vol. XV is being bound
Title Page
Errata
Contents of Vol. XV
List of Contributors
List of Plates
List of Office-bearers
List of Members ...
Accounts for 1(J03
Index to Vol. XV
Frontispiece.
)*To follow the Frontispiece.
)> At the end of the Volume
in this order.
BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.
NOTICE,
The back numbers of the Society's Journal are still to be obtained at the
following rates
Price to the
Public.
V,l. I.—
No. 1 ..
3 ...
4 ..,
»
Rs.
»
-Rs. 8
Vol. II —
No. 1
9
4 R
Rs. 2
g
g
•>
15 -<
0
0
0
0
-,Rs.
Price to
Members.
Rs. 1 4
» 1 ^
» 1 4
0 Rs. 5 0
Rs. 1 4
„ 1 *
.. 1 4
1 4
8 0
-Rs. 5 0
Vol. III.—
No. 1 R..Rs. 2
2 R „ 2
3 R „ 2
4 R ,, 2
5)
Rs. 1 4
„ 1 4
,. 1 *
., 1 4
-Rs. 8 0
Vol. IV.—
No. 1 R..Rs. 2
5) -• "> )> -1
,, 4 R „ 2
Rs. 1 4
* 1 4
„ 1 4
., 1 4
-Rs. 8 0
Vol. V.—
No. 1 ...Rs. 2
2
»>
0
0
0
I)
Rs. 1 4
» 1 1
„ 1 *
„ 1 4
-Rs. 8 0
Vol. VI.—
No. 1... Rs. 2
n
2s... .,
3 R „
4 R „
2
3
0
0
0
0
■Rs. 9
Vol. VII.—
No. 1... Rs. 4
/••• ,) **
3... „ 4
4... „ 4
5... ,, 2
»
i)
»>
v>
0
(t
0
0
0
2 8
1 4
■Rs. 5 0
-Rs. 5 0
■ Rs. 6 0
Rs. 1 4
,, 1 i
,. 2 0
0 Rs. 5 12
Rs. 2 8
„ ^ S
.,2 8
-Rs. 18 0
— Rs. 11 4
Vol. VIII.—
No. 1... Rs. 4
M
2...
4...
5...
4
4
4
2
0
0
0
0
0
Rs. 2 8
„ 2 8
„ 2 8
„ 2 8
» 1 4
-Rs. 18 0 Ra. 11 4
Carried forward Rs. 85 0
Rs. 53 4
Price to the
Public.
Brought forward Rs. 85
Vol. IX.—
No. 1... Rs. 4 0
» 2... „ 4 0
„ 3... „ 4 0
„ 4... „ 5 0
Price to
Members.
0 Rs. 53 4
Rs. 2 8
.,2 8
5..
2 0
2 8
3 6
1 4
-Rs. 19 0
Rs. 12 2
Vol. X.—
No. 1... Rs. 5 0
,, 2... „ 5 0
„ 3... ,, 5 0
„ 4R » 4 0
;, 5... ,.2 0
Es. 3 6
» 3 6
.,3 6
1 4
-Rs. 21 0
-Rs. 13 14
Vol. XI.—
No. 1... Rs. 5 0
„ 2... „ 6 0
., 3... ,. 6 0
„ 4... .., 6 0
9)
Rs. 3 6
„ 4 0
„ 4 0
,. 4 0
„ 1 4
■Rs. 25 0
-Rs. 16 10
Vol. XII.—
No. 1... Rs. 6 0
,. 2... „ 6 0
,. 3... ,,6 0
o 0
2 0
., 5...
Rs. 4 0
„ 4 0
,, 4 0
„ * 0
„ 1 4
-Rs. 26 0
-Rs. 17 4
Vol. XIII.—
No. 1... Rs. 6 0
6 0
6 0
6 0
5... ;; 3 o
5>
93
»
>9
4... „
Rs. 4 0
„ 4 0
„ 4 0
„ 4 0
., 2 0
-Rs. 27 0
-Rs. 18 0
Vol. XIV.—
No. 1... Rs. 6 0
„ 2.- >, 6 0
„ 3... „ 6 0
„ 4 6 0
„ 5... „ 2 0
Rs. 4 0
» 4 S
„ 4 0
„ 4 0
.. 1 4
Rs. 26 0
■ Rs. 17 4
Vol. XV.—
No. 1...
„ 2...
„ 3...
„ 4...
Rs. 6
6
0
0
0
0
Rs.
4 (i
4 0
4 0
4 0
Total ... Rs. 253 0
Rs. 164 6
Apply to the HONORARY SECRETARY,
Bombay Natural History Society.
Rt siym/ies " reprint " and no plain.
MBL WHOI LIBRARY
UH 1^4(3 3